Vf tm. re *( ' dcjt i: I<5< THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA GIFT OF PROFESSOR GEORGE R. STEWART University of California Berkeley INQUIRE WITHIN IOB ANYTHING YOU WANT TO KNOW; OR, OVER THREE THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED FACTS WORTH KNOWING. PARTICULARLY INTENDED AS A BOOK FOR FAMILY REFERENCE ON ALL SUBJECTS CONNECTED WITH DOMESTIC ECONOMY, AND CONTAINING THE LARG- KST AND MOST VALUABLE COLLECTION OF USEFUL INFOR- MATION THAT HAS EVER YET BEEN PUBLISHED. INQUIRERS ARE REFERRED TO THE INDEX. NEW YORK: DICK & FITZQERALD, No. 18 ANN STREET. 1859. Entered *m.T2 Almond Confection 918 Almond Custards 2523 Almond Custards, Good 8731 Almond Flavor 240 Almond Pudding 252 Almond Sponge Cake . . 2525 Aloes Best way to take 2683 Anti-Spasmodic Electu- ary . 927 Anti-Spasmodic Mixture 993 Anti-Spasmodic Powder 1010 Ants, To Destroy 2048 Aperient Medicines . . 151 Aperient Pills 153 Aphides, To Kill 2084 Acid, Uses of Citric . . 2771 Acids, To Remove the Stains of 8275 Aloes, Effects of 2788 Alum Confection 919 Alum Eye-wash .... 908 Apoplexy, Treatment. .. 1214 Apoplexy, Another Treatment 2258 Acids, Poisoning by ... 2273 Acidulated Gargle 954 Acted Charades Ex- plained 2440 Alum Gargle 958 Alum Poultice 8323 Alum, To Discover in Bread 2399 Apostrophe, The 1657 Apparel, Changes of ... 879 Apparatus, Simple Sur- gical 2223 Address or Direct ? 1575 Alum Whey 2536 Appetite, How Lost T>33 Adhesive Plaster 2196 Adjective, The 2974 Adjectives, The Use of. . 1411 Adulterations, Practical American Bushel 8199 American Economy 5SO American History in Brief . . 843 Apple Bread 137 Apple Cake for Children 213 Apple Dumplings 2503 Apple Fritters . . 2513 Hints upon 2429 Adulterations, Plan for American Tooth Powder 173 Ammoniuted Embroca- Applo Marmalade 894 Apple Poultice . . 3316 Escapin^ them .... 2387 tion Strong . 936 Apple Pudding ... 2453 Adverb, The 2980 Advice to Young Ladies 796 Advice to Young Men . . 8326 Advice to a Husband . . 2927 ^Jther, Uses of 2692 ^Ethereal, Tincture of Fern 3015 Ammonia, Poisoning by 2278 Ammonia, Uses of 2698 Ammoniacum, Uses of. . 2757 Amusement. Parlor .. 8233 Anagrams, Specimens of 2436 Anaprestic Feet 2991 Ancliovies . . 892 Apple Puddiug,Boaton . . 2526 Apple Pie 2511 Apples, Dried 2509 Apples in Syrup 852 Apples in Syrup 2454 Apples, Keeping 2433 \.pp!es,Served with Cus- Affectation Condemned 1779 Affectation of Learning 878 Agent of the Landlord, Anchovy Sauce 286 Anchovy and Lobster Butter 2795 Anchovv Butte" 2793 tard 252T Apples and Rice for Children 217 Apple Sauce . . . 2155 Ago or Back ? ... 1400 A great largo House, &c 1379 Ague and Fever, Cure for 3284 Ague Medicine 8285 A "'ue Treatment of 1245 Anchovy Sandwiches . . 2794 Anchovv Toast 2796 Anglo -Japanese Work.. 2537 Angostura Bark. Uses of 2714 Angry Words, Effect of. 792 Ankle-ioints Affections Ypples should not be Cored 732 Apple Tirt, Warmed ... 350 Apple Water 2514 Apricots, Dry 2798 Apricots Jelly 2799 Air, Vitiated 2943 Aitch-bone, Economy of 238 Alabaster Cleaning . 2519 of the 937 Annato, Adulterated . . 2394 Anodvne and Discutient Apricots Stewed in Syr- up . 2737 Apricot Jam e iA^ Alabaster Staining 359 Embrocation 935 April, Things in Season 51 NOTE. For Inquiries not in this Index see Additional Index, page 27. (5) 6 APR BAN BAX BBE BEE BLA April, Gardening for ... )0 '0 Aquafortis, Poisoning by 2273 Are, or Is? 1375 Are or Is v 1 r >59 Bandages, to Apply 2203 Bandoline for tLe Hair . . ir>0 Banting Tables 8361 Bane Berries, Poisoning by 2281 Bannock, Indian 8354 1 Bark U^es of . . 27()3 Bees, Chloroform for... 2294 Bees. Cure for their Sting .... 159 Beetles, to Exterminate 1819 Beetles, to keep from Clothes 1307 Beetroots, to Pickle - 2883 Behaviour at Dinner.... K173 Behaviour, Art of Good 2313 Best or Better? 15ST Best or Very Best? 1519 Bellows, How to Use Properly 1139 Belvedere Cakes So'3 Belly, Bardagins the . . 2'JK? Bible, Statistics of the. . 2'J3 Blcarbonateof Ammonia, Uses of 2669 Bile Treatment of . . 1215 Biles,or Boils, Poulticing '.'503 Bilious Complaints.... 1215 Bills of Fares af Dinner Parties 26ST Birdlime V!"9 Arnica for Bites 2295 Arnica Good for a Bruise 8358 Aromatic Mixture 993 Arrack, Imitative 2443 Arrowroot Jelly 2C16 Arrowroot, To Discover Adulterated 2393 Arrowroot, Uses of 27S8 Arsenic, Poisoning by.. 2266' Arsenic. To Detect 25i>8 Artichokes, To Pickle.. 2286 Artichokes, Cooking 2450 Articles A and The ... 2970 Art of feeing Agreeable 25o Ascends up, or Ascends ? 1570 As or So? 1408 Asparagus, Cooking 2452 Asparirus Soup . 2481 Barley Broth 2456 Barley Water 2512 Barn, Cheap Paint for a 8280 1 Barometer, Chemical. . . 847 Barometer, Leech 2180 Barrel Measure 3196 Baryta, Poisoning by . . 2'279 Basil, when to Gather 2458 Bass when in Season.. 54 Bastings, All Kinds of. . 2540 'Batter Pudding 470 I Batter Pudding, Baked. 2507 Batter Pudding, BcUed 2507 Bath Buns 2548 Bath, Boiler for . - 652 Bathing, Cramp in 824 Bathing in Hot Water, Precautions 2812 Bathing Feet and Hands 900 Bathing, Hints upon 650 Bath Place for a 651 Asparagus, When in Sea- son .... 52 Assafoetida Guano 951 Assafcetida, Uses of. ... 2700 Assignment of Leases.. 2849 Asthma, to Relieve 2073 Asterisk, or Star* 1662 Astringents. Effects of. . 2715 Astringent Gargle 955 Astringent Pills . 990 Bird's Eggs for Cabinets 789 Birds, Keeping Insects from 2497 Birds, Paste for 817 Birds Stuffing - '404 Bean Flour, to Discover in Bread 2100 Beach Leaves for Beds 2445 Bed Clothes, the Best. . 44 Bed Curtains are Bad.. 736 Beds for the Poor . . 2415 Bd Furniture, Washing 2533 Bed, Quick Mode of Heating . 57C Biscuits, Excellent .... 466 Biscuits, Sugar 478 Bishop, Mulled Wine . . 2520 Bismuth, Poisoning by ~'~!'2 Bites Arnica for 205 At orOn? 1560 August, Gardening for.. 1036 August Things in Sea- son 55 Bites of Insects 2076 Bites of Mad Animals. . 5T2SO Bites of. Reptiles 1'2S6 Biting the Nails 788 Awakening Children... 1090 Ayn't, Arn't, &c 1393 Bed Rooms, Ventilating 2041 Bed, To Ascertain if Aired 571 Bed Rooms, Windows of 1095 Bed Rooms, Scouring.. 2585 Beds, Position of 1096 Beef, Alamode 2157 Beef, Barrel of 8197 Beef, Plain Boiled .... 771 Beef Stewed 7G6 Beef Baked 2552 Beef Bones, Roast 2546 Beef Broth . 2548 IB Bachelor Friends 2929 Bitter Apple, Poisoning by 9289 Blackberry-leaf Tea ... 24S9 Blackberries, Healthful 2489 Blackberry Jam, Chil- dren's 21 Bacon lor a Dozen Peo- ple 2483 Bacon and Vegetables. 233 Bacon, Hint on Curing 2172 Bacon, how to Boil . . . 2482 Bacon, how to Freshen. 2482 Bacon, Rashers of Cold. 2146 Bacon Slices . . .'. 2484 Bacon, to Choose Good. 17 Bad Writing to Improve 782 Baking, an Experienced Baker's Instructions. . 2552 Baking, Dialogue on ... 1972 Bakinsr, Remarks upon . 230 Baked Penrs . .. 354 Baldness, Boxwood for. 2045 Baldness, Liquid to Pre- vent 169 Ba'dness, Pomade for. . . 148 EaHiH-ss. Wilson's Lotion 149 Bale of Cotton 3222 Bale of TTay 3226 Balls, Etioi'iette of 474 Banbury Cakes 88 Bandages, Surgical 2200 Bhckberry Wine 2490 Blackbirds, Food for .... 828 Blackbirds, Management of . . 2342 Black Cloth Reviver .... 1S Black Draught 154 Black Fish -When in Season 53 Black Hole of Calcutta 29-19 B'acking, Finest Quality 184 Blacking for Leather Seats 2491 Blacking for Stoves 551 Blacking Liquid 182 Blacking Paste 141 Blacking Paste 1S8 Blacking, Various Re- ceipts 181 Black Ink 82 Beef Bubbl 3 and Squeak 828 Beef, Extract of 2479 Beef Glaze 2549 Beef Gravy Sauce 2156 Beef Lobscous 829 Beef Rissoles 830 Beef Sausages, Prime.. 101 Beef Soup, French .... 769 BeefSteak Pie 2147 Beef Stewed, Fresh . . 770 Beef, to Choose Good.. 12 Beef Tea 2480 Beef, Warming Cold Boiled 2553 Back Paper Patterns.. 24S6 B'ark Pepper Confection 921 B'ack Bilk Reviver 24S8 Blackwash Lotion 979 Beef with Mashed Pota toes . . 826 ' Beer, Bottling 35o6 BTA BOO BOO BRE BRB BUT 7 Black Yiper, Bite of . v 2286 Bladder,Inflamination of 1235 Blancmange, Arrowroot '2449 Blanched Almonds . . . 2791 Blister, After Removal. 2762 Blister, Period Required 2762 Blue Stone, Uses of .... 2774 Blue Stone, Poisoning by 2267 Blue Vitriol, Poisoning by 2267 Boots, Cleaning 2493 Boots, French Polish for 818 'Boots, To Get on Tight 556 Boot Tops Cleaning ... 2-99 Boot top Liquid : 185 Bread Poultice 8814 Bread, to Powder Stale 3111 Bread Jelly, to Make.. 3785 Breakfast to lay out.... 8122 Breasts, Salve for Sore . 3325 Breast of Mutton, Roast 607 Breast of Veal, Carving 262? Breath Offensive . .. 1311 BreathTainted byOnions 256(3 Brewing, Remarks ou.. 2559 Brewis, to Make 713 Bridal Chamber 29 2 Briil.'. Kissing the ... 2913 Bridal Frolics 2914 Bridesmaid. Her duty.. 2906 Brilliant Whitewash .... 190 Brisket of Beef, Baked 2551 Brisket of Beef Stewed 2550 Brisket of Beef, Uses o.' 233 Britannia Metals, Clean ing 2565 Broiling Remarks upon 230 Bronchitis, Mixture for 996 Bronze Goods, Cleaning 549 Broth for Children ... 20T Broth, if too Salt ;'97 Brown Gravy 2477 Brown Paper, unfit to Cover Meat 2553 Brown Sauce 2156 Brown Stock 2475 Broad-cloth, to Remove Stains from 8273 Bruise, Arnica good fora 8358 Bruises, Hot Water good for 2801 Burdock Root, Proper- ties and Uses of 8018 Bruises Lotion for 966 Bruises, Mixture for 285 Bruises, Remedy for .... 2076 Bruises, Treated by.... Opium 2696 Brunswick Black for Grates . 87 Boston Apple-Pudding. 2526 Botanical Specimens to Dry 1926 Bottles, to Clean Glass 3056 Bottles, To Dry Glass. . 3058 Bottles, How to Cork all kinds of 3059 Bleaching Faded Dresses 515 Bleached Straw Bonnets 2492 Bleeding at the Nose.. 1836 B iced ing from the Nose 2249 Bleeding, Surgical .... 2226 Bleeding, to Stop 2226 Blistered Feet, Remedy for 1278 Blight,to keep from Rose frees 1303 Blond Lace, Reviving.. 2501 Blood and the Weather 2135 Bloodshot Eye, Cure for 2696 Blood, thinning th ... 2138 Bloodroot, Properties and Uses of 8006 Blotched Face, Wash for 1280 BlowerFish,poisoningby 22S5 Blows, Hot \Vater for . . 2:J01 Bloated Cattle, Cure for 3287 BhieFish, when in Season 54 Board, How to Make a Chopping 8l09 Bottles, How to tie the Corks tn S060 Bottles, How to Stopper Glass 3062 Bottles, How to Unstop- per Glass ?061 Bottles, Clean with Coal 2500 Bottlin<* Beer 2505 Bottling Fruits Direc- tions 8S9 Bottling Porter 2505 Bottling Wine Bottling Yeast Bowels, Inflammation of 1286 Bowels, Looseness of.. 1248 Boxwood, Easy way to Plant 363T Brain, Inflammation of 1237 Brain Water on the .... 1270 Brain, Compression of. . 2252 Brandy, Adulterated .. 2396 Bran -water Bread 114 Bran Bread. Economy of 587 Brandy Peaches 2589 Brasses of Furniture Cleaning ... . 652 Board Measure 3218 Boards, to take Ink out of 176 Boards, to Scour 2502 Bobbinet, to Starch ... 91 Body in Flames, what to do 2240 Boiled Boef, Sauce for 2545 Boiling, Care of the Liquor 595 Boiling, Dialogue on . . 1972 Boiling Fresh Meat . . 592 Boiling, Hints and .Cau- tions 590 Brasses, Cleaning 2565 Brass Kettle, to Clean 724 Brass Ornaments, Clean- ing 692 Brass ditto to Clean.. 1843 Brasswork, Rock Alum for 694 Breach of Promise of Marriage 2047 Bread, Adulterations of 2393 Bread Adulterated with Alum, to Discover.. 1817 Bread Apple .. . 187 Brutes, Cleanliness of . 903 Bubble and Squeak,Beef 32S Buckthorn, Uses of 2737 Bugs, Camphor Basra for 343 Bugs Destroyed by Lime 1298 Bugs. Killed by Naphtha 2173 Bus Poison 272 Buildings, Modelling ... 1953 Bullfinches, Manage- ment of 2811 Bunions, Treatment of 2567 Burgundy Pitch, Uses of 2763 Burns, Cure by Alum . 164 Burns, Curo by Wheat Flour 266 Bushel Measure 3199 Business Rules 3327 Butter, a Firkia of - . 828C Butter a Tub of 822C Butter, How to make good Ul Boiling, Loss bv 2:39 Boiling, Proper Time of 591 Boiling, Time Required 239 Boiling, to Boil Equally 594 Boilin^ Vegetables .... 632 Bologna Sausages 449 Bonnet, Dust after Walk- ing 730 Bonnets, Cleaning Straw 2493 Bonnets,BleachingStraw ^492 Bonnets, Dyeing 2504 Bone, Staining Black 860 Bone, Staining Blue 8fil Bone, Staining Green . . 862 Bone, Staining Red 863 Bone Staining Scarlet 864 Bone, Staling Yellow . . 366 Books. Technical terms relative to 3246 Book, Grease Spots from 815 Books, Stains from . 206S Bread, French 1155 Bread, Home-made, the Proportions 2323 Bread Hurtful to Chil- dren if New 1062 Bread made with Bran- water 114 Bread made of Rice ... 113 Bread Pudding 472 Bread Pudding, Elegant, 443 Bread Slices at Dinner.. 25S9 Bread suited for Chil- dren 1062 Bread, to Obtain Pure 2397 Bread, Unfermented .... 8077 Bread, Waste Pieces .... 717 Buttered Toast - 812* BUR CAN CAN CAS CAS CHi Burns, Ointment for ... 979 Burns, Preparation for. . 938 Burns, Sweet-oil for ... 508 Burns, Treatment of . . . 228S Cane- bottomedChairs,to Clean.... 890 Cantharides, Uses of 2762 Capitalists, Hints to Castor-Oil Pomade.. . 81 Castor-Oil Enema 949 Castor-Oil, Uses of ... . 2780 Catechu Ointment... . 982 Burton Ale Brewing . . . 25C2 Business Habits 1827 lists, Hints to Small 2S 9 2 Caterpillars, to Kill .... 2084 Cathartics Effects of 2727 Busts in Plaister, Mak- ing 1962 Put or Than ? 1493 lutor That? 1386 Butter, Adulterated.... 2408 Butterfiies, to Kill .- .. 2037 Butter, Freshening Salt 2571 Butter, Improving Bad 2569 Butter of Antimony, Carbonic AcidGas, What is it? 2938 Carbonic Acid, a poison 2941 Carbonic Acid, how to tell 2942 Carbon and Oxygen unite with the blood. . 2940 Carbon and Oxygen, what they are . 2939 Cathartic Mixture 994 Calhednils', Modelling.. 1952 Catnip, Properties and uses of 2993 Cattle, to Cure Fcrmen- tatioa in . . 8715 Cattle, swelled with Green Food, cure for .. 82S7 Poisoning by 2269 Butter of Tin, Poisoning by 2270 Carbonic Acid, Trees and Flowers absorb.. 2958 Catfish, when in Season 53 Cauliflowers, to Pickle 2838 Caustic Poisoning by 2272 Butter, Rancid 1277 By or Of? 1562 Cards,* Evening Amuse- ments with 161 Cautions in Visiting the Sick 2579 By or With? 1460 Cards How to tell for- Caves Modelling 1989 Byron's Enigma 11 279 tunes with 161 C. Cabba^ Water 2572 Cards, the Court of. ... 161 Cards, Description of ... 161 Carolina, or Sweet Pota- tain Pure ! 2404 Celebrated or Notorious? 1474 Celery, Essence of 205-5 Celery Vinegar . . . 9164 Cabinet-work Polishing 686 Cages, Keeping Insects from 2497 Carrot Poultice 8324 Carbonate of Soda, Uses of 2769 Cellarius Waltz 1702 Cements, Excellent Re- ceipts 22^ Cakes for Breakfast or Cards at Parties 489 Cement for Decayed Tea 856 Cake of Fruits 889 Cards, Games at 2082 Carded Cotton, 2193 Teeth 142 Cement, How to Use it 1180 Cakes, Unfermented 459 Cakes Johnny to make 3719 Cardinal Mulled Wine. . 2521 Carriages Accidents in 2517 Centre Dishes for Din- ner 8177 Calamint,Properties and uses of 2096 Caledonian Quadrilles.. 1691 Calves' Feet Jellv . 2578 Carrots, Cold Use for.. 2067 Carpets, Beating 2576 Carpets, Care of 441 Ceremonies, Social .... 456 Cesspools, to purify 8780 Chaldron of Coal 8229 Chattel Mortgage 21S8 Calves' Heads. Carving 2630 Ca'ves' Head Pie 440 Carpets, Colors of .... 673 Champagne how to hand round . . .... 8167 Calico Bad for Shirts 203 Calomel Caution upon mended 680 Carpets Selecting.... 678 Chairs, to clean Cane- bottomed .... 890 Taking 2708 Carpets, Sweeping with Grass 2142 Chalk, to Discover in Bread 2401 Calomel' poisoning by.. 2268 Carpets the mostChaste 677 Chalk Ointment 979 Cambrics to Wash 8669 Carpets to Buy 672 Chalk, Uses of.... 2721 Camphor, to powder.. 8166 Camp Cookery - 765 Camphor, an Anti-Spas- modic 2705 Camphor-balls,for Chaps 29 Camphorated Liniment 939 Carver, Give Room to the 2592 Carving, General Rules 2584 Carving and Trussing. . 2-608 Carving, Directions for 2609 Carving Knives and Forks, to arrange.. . . 8150 Case 1 * The 2978 Chamomile, Properties and uses of. 8001 Chamomile flowers, gath- ering 2580 Chamomile Tea 2581 Chamomile, Uses of. ... 2712 Camphoi, Poisoning by 2281 Camphor, Powdering. . . 2665 CainphoratedToothpow- der 145 Cash and Credit con- trasted 258 Casks, Sweetening .... 2578 Chapped Hands, Oat- meal for 12S2 Chapped Hands, Oint- Camphor, Uses of 2691 Canaries, Management of 22S7 Canaries, Management of 308 Candles, Discolored Wax 581 Candles, Improved *>y j-e Aping 581 Casting in Plaster 1968 Casting in Wax 1901 Cast-iron Work 690 Castor-Oil and Senna Confection 924 Castor-Oil, Best Way to Take 2682 Chaps, Prevent by Cam- phor 29 Character, Elements of 1776 Charades, Acted 2440 Charades, Explanation of 2483 Charades, List of Words for ... . . 2441 ( oidles, Proper Way to l.iarht... . 532 Castor Oil, How to make palatable .. .8268 Charcoal.... 857 Charcoal. Cautions on . 57S CHE CHL CHL OLE CLE COD Cheese, to destroy mites in 8732 Chloride of Lime,TTses of 2776 Chloride of Zinc, Poi- soning by 2271 Chlorine Gas, Poisoning by 2274 Chocolate. Adulterated. 2406 Chocolate, Iceland Moss 1S43 Choking, Treatment of. 2253 Choke Damp, what it is 2964 Cholera, Cold Stage ... 998 Cholera, Pills for 990 Cholera, Rules for the Prevention of 1188 Chops, Relish for 2149 Churches, Modelling . . 2952 Chutrey, Excellent .... 2171 China, How to Pack .... 1937 Chopping, How it is done 3109 Cleaning Kid Gloves.... 2064 Cleaning Hair Brushes. 1320 Cleaning Japan'd Goods 455 Cleaning Knives and Forks 550 Cleaning Knives and Forks with Charcoal. . 729 Cleaning M ahogany Frames 547 Cleaning Marble 500 Cleaning Marble 1301 Cleaning Oil-cloth 536 Cleaning Ottomans. 539 Cleaning Papier-Mache Goods 455 Cleaning Porcelain .- . 1122 Cleaning Plated Ware . . 544 Cleaning Satins 42 Cleaning White Satin.. 837 Cleaning China Crape Shawls 796 Cleaning Shoes 2498 Cleaning Silks . 42 Charcoal, Caution 2010 Charcoal, Clean Knives 729 Charcoal Fumes, Re- medy 522 Charcoal, Meat Restored by 533 Charcoal takes Bad Smells from Knives. . 729 Charts, Varnishing - 2297 Charcoal, To Powder. . . 3106 Cheap Fuel, Good . . . 395 Cheese-Cake, Potato . 126 Chemical Barometer. . 847 Chemical Remedies . 2764 Chess at Parties 490 Chess, Laws of 2354 Chestnuts, for Dessert. . 25S3 Chest, Bandaging the.. 2209 Chest, Formation of Child's 1078 Chopping Board, How Chopping Knives, How fixed 8109 Chicken and Ham Pat- ties 100 Cider, \\ hat is a Barrel. 8197 Cinders. Grottos of ... 1937 Circassian Circle, Dance 1706 Cities, Modelling 1949 Cities, Distance from New York to other. . . 3357 Citric Acid, Uses of ... 2771 Civility in Shopkeepers 2829 Clams, when in Season . . 53 Cleanliness Agreeable. . 894 Cleanliness, Etiquette of 278 Cleanliness Morally Con- sidered 401 Cleanliness, Reasons for 878 Cleanliness Refreshing . 904 Cleanliness Sanitary 835 Cleaning Straw Bonnet" 2493 Cleaning Alabaster 2519 Cleaning Boots 2493 Cleaning Books 2058 Cleaning, Floor-Boards. 3733 Cleaning Boot-Tops.. .. 2499 Cleaning Bottles with Coal 2500 Cleaning Brasses of Fur- niture 552 Cleaning Brasses 2565 Cleaning Bottles 8056 Cleaning Brass Orna- ments 692 Cleaning Brass Kettles. 724 Cleaning Decanters . . . 8957 Cleaning, Clothes-Balls for 2530 Cleaning Black Clothes . 27 Cleaning Coppers 2565 Cleaning Carpets 2577 Cleaning Var'd Doors.. 457 Cleaning U'ool'n Dresses 42 Cleaning Feathers ... 2318 Cleaning Ostrich Fea- thers 2043 Cleaning Flowered Silks 337 Cleaning Sofas 539 Cleaning Straw Matting 537 Chicory, Uses of 2405 Chicken Pox 1216 Chilblains,before Broken 2076 Chilblains, Ointment for 2176 Chilblains, Treatment of 1217 Child, Daily Diet for. . . 1060 Child, Six Months 1054 Child, a Year Old 1065 Child, Two Years Old. . 1088 Children, Awakening . . 1090 Children and Cutlery . . 2291 Children, Choose Names for 140 Cleaning Lace Veils .... 844 Cleaning White Veils.. 2307 Cleaning Vegetables ... 686 Cleaning Grease from Velvet 1286 Cleaning Waiters 455 Cleaning and Drying Glass 3056 Clear Starch Laces, &c., To 8634 Children and Fire, Cau- tion 2017 Children's Bedroom . . . 1091 Children, Cookery for . 205 Children, Discipline of. 203 Children, Discipline of . 733 Children's Food, Time for 1053 Children's Meals should be Regular 1059 Children Over-indulged 1078 Children should not be kept too much at the Breast 1064 Climate, Influence of. . . 2678 Clocks Care of . 569 Clothes, Balls foV Clean- in <> ... 2580 Clothes Closets, Keep Moths from 520 Cloth, Cement for 2293 Cloth, Dveing Black, . . 414 Cloth, Dveing Red ... 415 Cloth, Dyeing Scarlet.. 418 Cloth, Dveing Yellow . 417 Cloth, Grease from 1288 Cloth, Patterns on 2487 Clothes, to Clean Black 27 Cloth, to take Wax from 504 Clouds, their Indica- tions 2071 Cloth -T:nle, to Lav a.. 8147 Coal, A Chaldron of. . . . 3229 Coal Measure 8229 Coal, to Obtain Good . . 1142 Cocoanut Pie 2165 Cockroaches, to Kill . . 1832 Cocoa, Adulterated .... 240 Cod-Fish, Baked 255 Cod-Fish, to Know Fresn Cod-Liver Oil, How to Get Cheap and Good 888 Cod-Oil, Best Way to Tata .. .. 2Si Children, Treatment of 1052 Chiinaphila Decoction . . 930 Jhimney on Fire, Keep Windows Shut 524 Chimney on Fire, to Ex- tinguish by Powdered Sulphur 898 China. Cement for 139 China Tea-pots Best .. 545 China War, Care of.. 1121 Chine of Mutton, Roas 604 Chinese Lanterns, 1851 Chinese Porcelain 1124 Chintzes, Washing 657 Chloride of GoU, Poi snnin<' bv. . 5272 Cleaning Furn iure 684 Cl^aninsr Furs .. , .. 2081 10 OOF OOX CON cou COU CUT Coffee, Adulterated . - . 2407 Coffee as a Disinfectant 844 Coffee, Hint on Coffee- pot 575 Coffee Milk for the Sick 2292 Coffee, Turkish Mode . . 832 Coins, Impressions from 1304 Col. Birch's Remedy for Rheumatic Gout .... 2173 Cold, Caution 2012 Col- 1 Cream 84 Convulsions from Teeth- ing 951 Convulsions in Children 1222 Conjunctions 29S2 Conversation, Art of 8ol5 Conversation, Object of. 8024 Conversation as an Art. 8045 Cookery for Children . . '204 Cookery, Camp - . 765 Cookery, Leading In- structions 239 Courtship, Etiquette of. 2345 Courtship, How to Com- mence a 2879 Courses at Dinner 8158 Crab, Mock 444 Crab, to Choose Fresh . . 9 Cramp in the Legs 2080 Cramp in the Stomach. 1010 Cramp while Bathing. . . 824 Cramp while Bathing.. 2811 Crape to Renovate Black 1299 Cold Evaporating Lo- tion ... ... 969 Cooking, Time Required for 289 Crape, to u ash China. . 795 Crape Water Stains from 884 Cold M,-at, Garnish for 2542 Cold Meats, Cooking . . 825 Cold, Mixture for a Bad 167 Cold Sweet Dishes, Warming 843 Cold, to Avoid Catching 454 Colic Essence for 949 Coppers, Cleaning . ... 2565 Copper in Green Tea, to Detect ... 1310 Copper in Pickles, to de- tect 1810 Copper, Poisoning by.. 2267 Copper to Detect . 252& Cranesbill, Properties and Uses of 8010 Cream of Tartar Confec- tion 92 Cream of Tartar, Uses of 2789 Cream, Substitute for.. 2;)57 Cress Vinegar 2165 Col! vria, or Eye Washes 907 Colo'cv nth, Uses of 2736 Columbian Hair Dye . . 271 Colour, restoring to Silk 2518 Colder Weather, Signs of 3526 Colored Washes for Walls 190 Copying Ink, to Make. . 3716 Corn, What is a Barrel of 3197 Corn Meal Poultice .... 8815 Correcting Proofs, Signs for 8?60 Correspondence, Love . .. 2881 Cribbage, Eight Card... 2111 Cribbage, Five Card.... 2107 Cribbage, Odds of 2112 Cribbage, Rules of 2104 Crtbbage, Three or Four Hand ... 2109 Coltsfoot, Piopertiesand Uses of . ... 3008 Commercial Bale of Cot- Cord of Wood 3-280 Corks, Tying down .... 8060 Cork Caves of . 1941 Cribbage, Terms Used in 2105 Cries of Children Bene- ficial ... 1075 ton 8222 Comma, Displacing a . . 1654 Common Enema 947 Common Eye Wash . . 909 Cork, Modelling in 1931 Corns, Cause and Cure . 2844 Corns, Cured by Pota- toes 2817 Cries of Infants 1067 Cross Writing is Bad ... 780 Croup, Treatment of. . .. 1228 Crochet Ladies' Guide Common Purgative Pills 987 Corns Cured by Acetic to ' 8308 Complexion, to Improve 60 Composition, Writing.. 774 Compound Alum Eye Wash 910 Compound Ammoni^f;- od Ointment 937 Acid 178 Corns, Mixture for ... 1297 Corns, soft,Treatinent of 2568 Correspondence, Postal 7T5 Corrosive Sublimate, Poisoning by . 2268 Cucumbers, to Pickle... 2382 Cucumbers, to Preserve 858 Cumfrey, Properties and Uses of 8008 Cup in a Pie-dish, Use of 276 Cupping . . 2227 Compound Soda Powder 1005 Cossack's Plum Pud- ding 772 Curling Rashers of Ba- con . 8484 Wash 915 Compresses, Surgical ... 2197 Concussion, Treatment of 2251 Conduct, Consistent . . . 1774 Conduct, Kules of 822 Confections,Aaulterated 2408 Confections and Electu- aries 916 Cotton, Commercial Bale of 8222 Cough, Cure for a Dry . 2806 Cough, Hooping, Treat- ment 1232 Cough Mixture 996 Cough, Mixture for Bad 167 Couh, Mixture for Chil- dren 997 Currants for Children.. 220 Currant Cake, Economi- cal 75 Currant Jellv, (Black) . . 112 <'urrant Jellv (Red).... 89 Currant Jelly ( ^ bite) . . 120 Currant \\ine, to Make.. 2315 Curried Beef, Madras Way . . . . . 445 Connexions, Card Game 2123 Connexions of Shop- keepers 2S36 Coughs, Peculiar Reme- edy 828 Cough Pills 989 Durry Powders 284 Durry Powder 2167 Curry Powder, Indian. . 168 Constipation, Treat- ment of . 1220 Cough, Pills for a Bad . . 180 Cough Syrup for . . . 2177 Curtains, Correspond with Carpet . 678 Consumption, Treat- ment of . 1221 Cough, Treatment of.. 1219 Country Dances 1710 Curious Facts 3268 Curious Properties of the Contusions, Lotion for . 969 Contusions, Treatment of 2247 Conundrums, Specimens of 2437 Conversatioi , Etiquette of 864 Oonvnlsions, ilorafor* for... .. 2816 Countries, Modelling .. 1955 Couple or Two ? . ... 1487 Covenants betw'n Land- lord and Tenant 2847 Cowhage 922 Cowhage, Uses of 2779 Cough "Syrup, Good . . 8356 Courtship, Pialiminaries of a .. .. 2872 Number Nine 2159 Custard, Baked. 2481 Custard Powders, Adul- terated 2410 Custard Served with Apples 2527 Custards, Good Almond 8781 Cutting and Grinding Glass... .. 806 CUT DIN D1X DUE DRE EGG 11 Cutaneous Eruptions,.. 1^33 Cutlery and Children.. 229 Cutlery, wrap in Zinc.. 231.' Cuts, treatment of 224" Cats, Treatment of 2(551 I> Dahlias, to Protect from Earwigs 1318 Damp Linen, Dangers of 203 Damp \\alls, Improved by Lead 819 Damsons, Preserved. ... 160 Dances, Terms Udcd to Describe 1718 Dancing, Figures De scribed 1678 Dandelion Decoction .. 932 Daughters, the Care of. 109 Deadly Nightshade, Poi- Dinners, First Class 8145 Dinner, Behaviour at... 3178 Dinner things, to re- move 8169 Dining-Table, to Arrange an Oval . . . 3158 Dress, How a lady should 3299 Dress, How to, with taste 8288 Dress for balls and parties 3295 Dress, general rule for. . 8302 Dress, the most Elegant. 3800 Dress, Ladies, on Fire . . 704 Dress, Female 230 Dress, Hints upon 1322 Dressings, Surgical 2187 Dresses, to Ciean Woollen 42 Dresses, to Preserve Colour of 4f>l Dried Apples 2509 Drinking,Children,wben best 1066 Drink for Children 1063 Drinks for the Sick, .... liOl Drop Cakes, Excellent.. 74 Dropsy, Decoction for.. 930 Drops for Removing Grease 115 Dropsies, Mixture for. . . 995 Dropsy of the Belly ... 939 Dropsy, Treatment of . 1224 Drowning, Treatment of 2255 Drugs, Properties of ... 2686 DrunkennessCondemned 1821 Drunkenness,Treatment 2257 Dry ing Herbs 2457 Drying Glass bottles . . . 8068 Duck Baked 2~>52 Dioramic Pictures 1851 Directions for Icing ... 249 Direct or Address 1 .... 1575 Diseases, Causes of .... 87S Diseases, Treatment of. 1212 Dishes, How to Arrange 3127 Dishes, to Place on the Table 8152 Dishes should be Gar- nished 8129 Dishes Centre .. . 8177 Disinfecting Fluid 400 Disinfecting Fluid, Sir ^ . Burnett's 2776 Disinfecting Fumigation 1838 Dlaputatiom, Opinion on 1800 Distance from New York to other Cities 3357 Dispute, Never get in a. 8025 Diuretics, Effects of ... 3745 Diu retic Mixture 995 Dividing, Chopping, and Powderino- 8101 Deafness from Deficient Wax 1293 Deafness, Keraedy for. . 2141 Debt, Going into 281 Decayed Tooth, Gutta Percha for Filling ... 737 December, Gardening f or 1044 Dogs, Treatment of 265) Domestic Pharmacopoeia 906 Domestic Rules 846 Domestic Surgery, 2186 Domestic Manipulation. 8052 Domino. Card Game 2117 Doors, Cleaning, Var- nished 457 December, SVhat for Dinner? 59 Ducks, Carving 2^44 Duck, Stuffing, 2153 Dumplings, Boil in a Net 203 Dntch Oven, the 1936 Dwarf Plants 1929 Dyeing Bonnets .... 2504 Dyeing,General Drr'ions 4:)2 Dvsenterv, Pills for 990 Dysentery, Infallible Remedy for . 8784 Decoctions, Medical ... 929 Decoction, Process of.. . 2672 Decisions in Law 8552 Decanters, Cleaning ... 8057 Decanters Drying 8058 Decan.ing Liquids 8085 Decanting Svphon 3088 Detective Enunciation 132-! Demulcents, Effects of . 2782 Depilatory Ointment.. . 1839 Deposits in Kettles, Pre- venting 578 Dessert, Serving the .... 2601 Devonshire Junket 1842 Dew, its Indications. . . 2070 Diamond Cement 78 Diamond Kings, How injured 8088 Doorway, to keep Open 534 Drank or Drunk 1466 Jraughts,Eu!es of Game 739 Drawers, Keeping In- sects from 2497 Dr. Babington's Mixture for Indigestion 1287 Dr. Birt Davies' Gout Mixture 12S4 E E., the Letter, in Spelling 1669 Each, Either, Every 1369 Early Rising, Healthful 842 Early Rising,Tiine saved by . . . 773 Dr. Br wer's Guide to Science 291 Dr. i larke's Pills for Nervous Headache. . . . 1291 Dr. Franklin's Advice to Swimmers 2801 Dr lire's Ink Writing. . 82 Dr. Scott's Wash to Whiten the Nails. .... 1296 Dr. Boerhaave's Rules. . 8278 Dredging, all kinds of. . 2541 )ress, How a bridegroom should 2905 )ress, How a bride should 2903 Earwigs, to Kill 208S Earwigs, to Protect Dahlias from 1813 Eating. Rules for 8178 Economical Dish 238 Economy of Fuel 1185 Economy, Hints upon. . 710 Edinburgh Ale,Brewing 2563 Education of Children,.. 1079 Eels, Baked 2552 Effervescing Drinks, cau- tion 2025 Egg and Ham Patties. . . 96 Egg and Lime Cement. . 231 Egg Powders, adulterat- ed 2410 Eecs and Minced Ham. 1C* Diamond for \Vriting on Glass 80S2 Diaphanie, Instructions In 1851 Diaphoretics, Effects of. 2751 Diarrhoea, Pills for . 990 Diet, Dailv, for a Child. 1060 Digestion of Substances 2(570 Diluents, Uses of 2789 Dining Tables, Polishing 5-i2 Dinners, arrangement of 2384 Dinners for a ^ eek. ... 41 Dinner, What Can we Have . . . 48 to 59 )ress, How a bridesmaid should 2904 )ress, How a groomsman should 2905 Dress, How a gentleman RhmiW ... . . 8290 Dinner, How to lay out 8145 rinnft f!onrRM> for. . .. . 8153 12 EGG ETY EVE FEA FEA FIR figgs Pickled, Excellent 110 EggN Preserving 4'.) 7 Eggs, Preserving Bird's. TSft Eggs to Keep Long .... 790 Eggs, Preserving 232J Evening Amusement. . . 2485 Evening Parties, Eti- quette 476 Everlasting, Properties anil uses of 2998 Feathers, Dyeing Pink . 191S Feathers. Pvring deep Hod ." 422 F eathers, Dyeing Red. . 1919 Feathers, Dyeing Rose Colour 421 Either or Each 15S5 Either, Neither 1871 Exclamations and Oaths 1600 Exemption laws may be waived 8261 Feathers, Dyeing Yellow 423 Feathers, Dyeing Yellow 1917 Exercise Bodily 1179 Dye ' 193 Elder Flowers, when to Gather 2461 Kxercise! Duration of. . . 668 Exercise for Females 203 Feathers, to Clean Os- trich 2048 Elder Roots, Properties and uses of 3012 Elecampane, Properties and uses of 30C9 Electuaries and Confec- Exercise, Mental . . . 1179 Exercise, Remarks on. . 659 Exercise, Time for ..... 662 Exercises, Various 660 Expectorants, Effects of. 2756 February. Gardening for 102C February What for Dinner? 49 Feet, Remedy for Blis- tered .... 1278 tions 916 Extracts of Substances.. 2673 Eye Dirt in the 2241 Felon, or Whitlow, rnents 933 Emetics Effects of 2724 Eye' Lime in the 2242 Eye Washes Several 907 Felon, Cure for a 8286 Female Dress 280 Eminent and Imminent? 1595 Emollient Lotion ... 963 Eye, Iron or Steel in ... 2243 Eyelashes to make them Female Temper 282 Fennel When to Gather 2462 Emollients, Uses of. ... 2790 Enamelled Leather, to Polish . 1841 Grow 393 Eyes, Cure for sore.... 165 Eyes Cure for weak, . . . 165 Fevers Arise from Dirt. 881 Fever, Common Contin- ued 1218 Enemas, Medicated 943 Enigma, Pyron's, II 279 Enigma, Cockney H 279 Enigma Cockney V 279 Eves, Injured by Sew- ing.... 203 Eyes, Treatment of In- flamed 1243 Fevers, Convalescence after 999 Fever, Intermittent - . . 1245 Fever Scarlet Treat- Enigma Ancient . . . 2442 ment 1261 Enigmas,Explanations of 2442 F Fever, Typhus, Treat- nopsis of 2965 English Bushel 3199 Engravings, Technical terms relative to .... 324( Entrees, to Arrange . 8156 Entering Parties, Eti- quette ' 47( Enunciation, Defective. 132 Envy Condemned 1799 Epilepsy, Treatment of 1225 Face, Eruptions on the-. 1227 Face, Lotion for Pain in 33 Face, Wash for Blotched 1280 Faded Dresses, Bleach- ing 515 Failures of Shopkeepers 2826 Failures of Large Shop- keepers 2830 Faintness, Treatment of 1228 Fever and Ague,Cure for S2S4 Fig Pudding 2320 Fillet of Veal, Carving. 2626 Fillet of Veal, Roasting 611 Filtering Fluids ....... 2668 Filter Liquids, How to. 8085 Filter, How to make a. . 8097 Filtering Paper 3097 Finger Glasses, How to arrange 8151 Epispastics, Uses of. ... 2761 Epsom Salts Uses of. . . 2741 Falsehood, Avoid 1775 Family Circle the 340 Finger-glasses at Dinner 2601 Fining Wine 2505 Equation Table, a very useful 3361 Family Circles, Sugges- tions for Forming 2391 Fire Buckets Recom- mended 707 Erasmus Wilson's Lotion for the Hair 1295 Family Connexions . - - 2840 Family Pudding ... 255 Fire in Chimney, Sul- phur for 898 Er, as used in Spelling. . 1671 Errors in Speaking . IS Family Tool-Chests . - - 1097 Farina, Imitative 1913 Farther or Further ? - - 1492 Fire, Escaping from 526 Fire, Precautions in Case of .... 695 Eruptions' on the Face.. 1226 Eschalots, to Pickle. ... 2381 Escharotics, Effects of... 277: Fatigue, Hot Water for . 230] Feather Beds, to Manage 203 Feather Beds unfit for Nurseries 1094 Fire in Chimney, Wet Blanket 559 Fire Screens, Burnishing 528 Fire Solution to Extin- Etiquette Opinion upon Feathers Cleansin^ . . 2318 guish 706 Books on 1769 Etiquette, Newly-mar- ried . 1211 lEtiquc'tte. Hints on ... 2345 'Etiquette of Courtship and Marriage 2365 Etiquette at the 1 able . 8178 Etiquette of Presenta- tions 278 Etvmolosnr What it l - 2969 Feather Flowers 1908 Feathers, Dyeing Black 418 Feathers, Dyeing Blue. 411 Feathers, Dyeing Blue. 1916 Feathers, Dyeing Crim son 420 Feathers, Dyeing Green 1918 Feathers, Dyeing Green 2053 Feathers, Dyeing Lilac. 1921 Feathers. Dyeing Pink . 421 Fire, Teach Children Respecting 523 Fires, Management of Family 1187 Fire, how to get a Horse out of the.. 826.1 Fires, Precautions agalnrt 558 Fires Prevented by Alum 2 ! Firkin of Butter? How ' mnch is a 822* FIR FOR POU GAL GAL OLA 13 First Set of Quadrilles . . ^679 First-Watch Stew 836 Fishes, Preserving Curi- ous 2496 Four good points 8192 Galopade Dance. .. . 1698 Four important rules . . 8193 Fowls Carving 2637 Galopade Quadrilles. . . . 1699 Gambope, Poisoning by. 2:^.82 Gamboge, Uses of 27S1 Game, Garnishes for 2^42 1 Game Sauce 2156 Game, Time Required to Cook 289 Game, to Choose Good . 25 Gardening Operations. . 1021 Garden Seeds, what kind to Plant 871* Garden Stands, Paint for 501 Gargles, Various. 952 Garlic, Juice of, as a Cement 1183 Fowl, Serving-up cold. 2166 Fowls, to Fatten quickly 1316 Fowls, to choose Good 20 Franklin's. Dr., Rules.. 848 Freezing Preparation.. 241 Freezing without Ice or Acids 241 Freckles, Lotion for. ... 172 Freckles, Remedy for . . 2293 Freckles, to Remove ... 386 French Batter 2582 French Beans 2544 Fish, TTowtoeat 3182 Fish, Directions frr carv ing 2609 Fish Fried with F >tatoes 124 Fish, Oarnish for 2542 jfteti Cake 104 Fish $ance, Anchovies, Ac. 286 Fish Sauce 2156 Fi s h, to choose Fresh Water 7 Fish, to choose Good.. . 2 Fits, Treatment of 2258 Fixature for the Hair . 150 Flannels, Caution . i Wahin 660 French Polishes 188 French Rolls 1155 Fried Fish, Carving. . . . 2595 Friendly Parties 840 Friends, Choice of them 446 Fritters. Batter for 2532 From or Of?... 1514 Frost-bite Treatment of 1229 Frozen limbs. Treatment 1229 Frosty weather, Signs of 3586 Fruit stains, to remove 827V Fruit Cake 339 Fruit for Children ..... 21 6 Fruit-fritters, Batter for 2532 Fruit, Health fulness of. 108 Fruits Healthy for Chil- dren ' 219 Fruit, Modelling Wax.. 1876 Fruit, Preserving .... 642 Fruit stains from Linen 450 Fruits, to Fottlo 889 Frugality, Franklin's Rules S48 Frving, Dialogue on 1972 Frying-pan, the 1984 Frying, Remarks Upon . 289 Frving Vegetables, New Plan 2582 Fuel, Cheap and Good . 895 Fuel. Economy of . .. 1135 Fumigation, Disinfecting 1888 Fungi", to Preserve . . 1930 Furniture, Care of Rose- wood . 541 Furnishing, Cautions.. . 581 Furniture, Cleansing of. 684 Furniture Polish 687 Furniture, When Liable to Crack 540 Furs, Liquid to Preserve 187 Furs, to Clean 2081 6 Gad-fly Sting 2288 Galbunuin, Uses of . . . 2701 Galling in Invalids .. .. 2CC5 Gallon measure, Hot* much is It? 8204 <5a.ls Lotion... . 975 Garlic, to Pickle 2331 Garnished, Every Dish should be 8129 Garnishes. All Kinds of. 2542 Gas, Carbonic Acid 2938 Gas, Nitrogen, Rejected by the Lung's 2947 Flannels, Washing 516 Flat Fish, Carving 2607 Flatulent Colic 993 F'ies destroyed by Pepper 560 Flies, Green Tea destroys 519 Flies, Mixture to destroy 1294 Flint to powder ... 8106 Geese, to Choose Good. 21 Gentian, Uses of 2711 Gentleman, the True.. 1793 German Paste, for Birds 817 German Sausage, with Poultry. 2483 German Yeast, Bread Made With 2824 German Yeast Consid- ered 268 Gherkins, to Pickle .... 1881 Gilt Frames, Protecting from Flies and Dust. . 2570 Gilt Frames, to Clean . . 457 Gin, Adulterated 2411 Ginger-beer, Dr. Perei- ra's 79 Floors, Hints on scrub- bing 2844 Floors, to take Grease from 283 Flour, to test Suspected 586 Flour unfit for Children 1053 Flour? How much Is a barrel of 8197 Flounders, when in Sea- son 48 1 Flounders, how to chooso them 8 Flowers, Feather 1908 Flowers, Keep from Bed- rooms . . 572 Flowers, Leaves of Fea- ther 1924 Flowers, Modelling Wax 1876 Flowers of Bismuth, Poi- soning 2272 Flower of Brimstone. .. 157 Flower of Silver, Poison- ing by 2272 Flowers of Zinc, Poison- ing by 22T1 Folding, Starching and Ginger-beer Powders. .. 186 Ginger-beer, Superior.. 1289 Gingerbread Aperient.. 2484 Gingerbread Cake 162 Gingerbread Snaps 73 Ginger Biscuits 2474 Ginger Cakes ^6 Ginger Cakes 2474 Ginger, Powdering 2W5 Ginger, Uses of . 2760 Grlandular Enlargements 986 Glandular Enlargements, Embrocation for ....*. 986 Glass, cutting and grind- ing SOC6 Glass, cleaning and dry- ing 8058 Glass. Cement for ..... 189 Glass Bottles, to label . . 8080 Glass, Hardening 1127 jlass, How to wipe 8149 Glasses. How to arrange Wine 8151 glasses, Ilow to arrange Finger .' 3151 Glass, Ink for writin? UDon . . " 3.'r*1 Food in Season 48 Food, to choose Good .. 1 Food, TTnfit for Children 1086 Fool's Parsley, Poisoning by - . 831 Foot, Bandaging the ... 2214 Foot or Feet? 1462 For or Of? 1561 For or To? 1539 Forcemeat Balls 2161 Fore-quarter Lamb, Roastin" . 621 Fortures, how to tell o -ifh CnrA* . Ifil 14 GLA ORE ORE HAS HAS HON Glass and Metals,Cement 232 - t'urificfl by Char- Green Peas, when in Season 52 Hashed Mutton 884 eo-il 557 Gridiron, the 1988 Hats, Brush in" 1 Gl;"^ Stoppers Loosen Grill Sauce . 2547 Haunch of Mutton Carv- by Oil 254 Grilled Beef Bonos ... 2546 Glass Stoppers, to loosen 3U61 Glass, to Break to any Figure 1322 Glass, to clean, bottles. 805(5 Glass to pack . '2937 Grind, How to 8101 Grinding Glass 3060 Groomsman, His Duty. 2906 Grottoes of Cinders 1937 Ground GKss Imitative 1829 IlAimchof Mutton, Roast 603 Haunch of Mutton, Sauce 603 Haunch of Venison, Carv- ing 2616 Glass Ware, Care of. ... 1121 Grubs, to Kill 2035 Hay, Ton of ... . 39^5 Glass, wash in cold Gum Arabic Starch ... 91 Hay Measure . . . 8226 water 5!3 Gum Arabic Starch - 8678 Glauber's Salt, Uses of . 2742 Glaze, Beef 2540 Glazing for Hams 44S Glazing for Meats 44S Gutta Percha for Bad Teeth 787 Gutta Percha, Modelling in . 1981 Hay, Load of 3226 II.-Bone of Beef . 2556 Headache Cured by Sul- phuric uEther 2692 Si-lazing for Tongues 44S Glenny's Gardening quot- ed ~ . . 2039 Gloves, Cleaning Kid... 2064 Gut^a Percha Soles How to put them on . . 887 Gum, How to Powder. . 3106 Headache, Nervous, Dr. Clarke's Pills for ... 1291 Head, Bandaging the-. 2202 Head high, Lying with the 842 Gloves! Dyeing Purple. . 427 Gloves, Dyeing Purple . . 427 Gloves, to take Care of 203 Gnat 'Sting, Remedy for 2288 Gold Fish, the Treat- II Habits, Constitutional.. 2676 Had or Would? 1385 Haemorrhoids, Ointment for 2174 Head, Lotion for Pain in 33 Health, General 2679 Health in Youth 1150 Health, Rules for the Preservation of . . 115G Gold, Poisoning by 2272 Goose Baked . . . 2552 Hair Brushes, to Clean . 1320 Hair Dye, to Make 270 to Sickness 902 Heart-burn Drink for 2140 Goose' Carving 2643 Goose, Marbled 105 Goose Mock 2144 Hair, Dyeing Black.... 424 Hair, Dyeing Green . . . 2053 Hair, Erasmus Wilson's Heart, Palpitation of the 8283 Hearths, Keeping Clean 523 Hearth, Grease Spots on 530 Goose Roast 2153 Lotion 1295 Goose' Stuffing 2152 Hair, Methods of Dyeing 824 Hair Oil of Roses 1281 trast with Carpet 681 Gooseberry Wiiie,to make 2315 Hair' Oils, Various 268 of 2243 Gorlitza, the 1708 Gossiping Condemned. . 791 Government Land Meas- Hair, Opinions on Dye- ing 824 Hair Restored by Onions 788 He or Him, Him or Them 1407 Hence, Whence, and Thence . . . 1381 ure 3203 Hair, Superfluous 899 Herbs, Drying 2457 0-ont Mixture, Dr. Birt Davies' 1284 Hair, to Promote Growth of .... . 147 Herbs, to Powder 8111 Gout Pills for 188 Hair Wash, Borax Grease from Paper 815 Grease from Silk 2042 Grease, Scouring Drops for 115 Grease Spots on Hearth 530 Green-page Jam 2446 Green Gages, Preserved 160 Green Tea, to Detect Copper in 1810 Ham, Slices 2484 Hams, Hint on Curing . 2172 Hand, Bandaging the ... 2211 Hand Flour Mill. 2390 Handkerchief as a Ban- dage 2215 Handkerchief, to Carry Neatly 278 Handkerchief as a Night- Cap 2143 Hands v take Stains from 603 Hands, to Whiten 87 Hanging, Treatment of. 2256 Hartshorne will remove Stains 8275 Him or He ? 1888 Hind Quarter Lamb, Roasting 620 History, American In brief 848 Hither. Thither, and Whither 1882 Hoarhound, Properties and Uses of ... 2997 Home Comforts, Re- marks on 208 Home-made Bread 2323 Home Truths for Home Peace 281 Homo Truths on Monev Green Wash, to make Brilliant ... 190 Has Been, or W is? .... 1547 HaGot,orHas? 1487 Matters ". 2883 Honesty Commended. . . 1741 HON IDI IDL INS INS JEP 15 3onev Soap, to make.. 845 Honey Water.... .. 163 Hooping Cough Mixture 47 looping: Co'igh, Roche's Embrocation 224 Hooping Cough, Treat- ment 1282 Hop, Medical Uses of. . 2695 Hops. Pillow of 2605 Hop Poultice 3321 Hop-roots, Properties and Uses of 8012 Horn Staining 867 Horses, Caution 2015 Horse, how to judge a. . 8705 Horse, how to get out of the Fire 8265 Horse, to tell the ago of a 3700 Horseradish, Properties and Uses of ... 3012 Horseradish Powder ... 21S5 Horseradish Vinegar .. 2163 Hornet Sting 2288 Hot Water for Bruises,&c. 2301 House, Taking Cautions 2316 Household Economy . . 579 Household Management, Hints on 1849 "How Long will it Take to Cook?" ... 239 "How shall we get Rid of that Smell?" 220 House on Fire, "What to Do 696 House Lark 618 Idleness Condemned . . 1796 I don't Think, or I Think? 1594 111 temper Condemned . 1777 Important Rules in Law 3r>52 Indian Bannock 8354 Indian Pickle, to Make 2340 Indian Syrup 2170 Indigestion, Dr. Babing- ton's Mixture for .. 1287 Indigestion, How Caused 203 Indigestion, Treatment of 1234 Indolent Tumors, Oint- ment for 978 Infant's Aperient 156 Infant, Food for an ... 205 Infant's Food, Age Six Months 206 Infants Cries of 1067 Insects, I' reserving Cu- rious 24;w Insect Stings 2288 Insects, to Clear Vegeta- bles of 1837 Insects, to Ketp from Birds 2497 Integrity of Shopkeep- ers 2889 Interest Tables (very useful i . . ' S368 IntermeddlingCondemn- ed 1773 Intermittent Fever ... 1245 Interruptions are Rude 872 Introductions, Etiquette of 278 Invalids, Galling in ... 2065 Invitations to Balls, Eti- quette 475 Interest, the Laws of us- ury and 8859 Interjections, \vhat they are 2988 Interest Tables, 6 and 7 per cent 3363 Ipecacuanha, Uses of. . 2725 Iron Mould, to remove 8271 Ironing, Folding, and Starching 8674 Iron from Rust 251 P Infants should Sleep by Night 1087 Infant's Sleep 1088 Infectious Diseases ... 890 Inflamed Eyes, Treat- ment 1243 Inflammation of the Bladder, Treatment.. 1285 Inflammation of the Bowels, Treatment . . 1286 Inflammation of the Brain, Treatment of 1237 Inflammation of the Kid neys, Treatment .... 1238 Inflammation of the Liver 1239 Iron, Gradually Heat New 728 Iron Guns Staining 869 Iron Stains from Marble 543 Iron Work, Polished.. 689 Iron Wipers 514 Isinglass, Adulterated.. 2412 Italian Furniture Polish 686 Itch, Ointment for 980 Itch, treated by Sir W Burnett's Disinfecting Fluid 2776 Itch, Treatment of 124* tt, Grammatical Use of 1849 Ivory, Staining Black.. 860 [vory, Staining Blue ... 861 [vory, staining Green . . . 862 Ivory, Staining Red .... 868 tvory, Staining Scarlet 864 I vory.Staining Yellow . . 866 J Jalap, uses of 2785 January, Gardening for 1028 lanuary, What for Din- ner? 48 Japanned Goods, Clean- ing 455 Japanese ' r ork 2537 Jaundice, Remedy for. . 2079 Jaundice, Treatment of 1247 Jaques' Egg Preserva- tive 790 Jeffrev's Marine Glue.. 23* [nflammation of the Lungs, Treatment .... 1240 [nflammation of the Stomach 1241 fnflammatory sore throat 1242 Influenza, Treatment of 1244 Infusions, Making 2671 Ing, where Added 1669 Ink, Black 82 Ink, Red 84 [nk, Always Use Good . 782 [nk from Mahogany 502 [nk, to make Copying. . 8716 [nk for writing on Glass 8'"' 84 [nk Stains, to remove . . 8271 Ink from Table Covers . . 507 Ink for Zinc Labels 86 Ink .Powder . 88 Houses, Modelling . .. 1951 Housewife should Ob- serve 731 Husband, Advice to a.. 2927 Husbands' Attentions.. 197 Husbands' Honor .... 199 Husbands' and Home.. Conversations 195 Husbands, and their Rule 202 Husbands and Wives, Hints to 191 Husbands' and "Wives' Pleasures 198 Hydrochlorate of Am- monia Lotion 970 Hydrophobia, Symptoms, in Dogs 2650 Hydrophobia, Treatment of .. 22S7 Hyphen, The 1658 Hysterics, Treatment of 1233 I Iambic Feet 2991 Ink Stains from Mahog- any 1292 Ink Stains,Complete Re- moval TC44 Ink, to Take Out of Linen 175 Ink, to Take Out cf Pa- per 177 :nk Stains from Silver . . 277 ^nks, Various Receipts . . 81 In, or Into ? . 1486 In, or Within? 1589 Insects, Bites of 2076 j Insects, Keening from Drawers .. .. 2497; Iceland Moss Chocolate 1848 Ices, for the Table 241 Ices, how to Serve 8175 Icing for Wedding Cakes 2932 Idiosyncrasy. Treatment of . 2680 16 JEL KNO KXO LEA. LEA LIE Jelly for the Sick 1803 Jellv of Currants and Raspberries 89 Jewellery, Excess of 1825 Jersey Wonders 76 Jelly, to make Bread. . . 3735 Knot, two Half Hitch .. 8117 Knot, the Clove Hitch.. 3117 Knot, to tie up Pre- serves 8118 Knots, how they should be tied 8112 Leases, Held by Married Women 2%^ Leases, Precautions ... .840 Leches, Termination oi" 2S:>3 Lease, when Void 2183 Jewellery, what kiud to wear 3296 Knots, Packages and par- cels 8112 Lease for Years iisi-1 Lease for Life 2863 Johnswort, properties and uses of 2999 Oohnny Cakes, to make 3719 Joints, Economy of the 238 Joints, Garnishes for.. 2542 Joints, set on Large Dishes 2591 Ei Laborers, the worth of. . 1050 Laces and Cambrics, how Lease at Will 3863 Lease by Sufferance . 2t>64 Leather, Cement for . . 2298 Leather, Dyeing Black . . 425 Leather, Modelling in. 1931 Leather Seat, Blacking for 2491 Joints, their Names, &c. 236 to wash 3669 Leather Straps for Par- Joints, Time Kequired to Cook 239 Laces, how to Iron and cels 203 July, Gardenin ' for . . 1035 Lacing Tight 3299 al . . . 2553 July, what for Dinner ? 54 Tune, Gardening for .... 10S3 " What for Dinner.. 51 Juniper, uses of 2749 K Kermes Mineral, Poison- Lace, Reviving Blond.. 2501 Lady, how to address a 2S67 Ladies, how to win the favor of 2866 Ladies, Advice to Young 796 Lady's Dress on Fire.. 704 Lamb, Fried in Slices . 335 Lamb, remarks on Roast- ino- gig Leaves, Fac-similes in Copper 272 Leaves, Impressions of. . 1318 Leaves, to make Skele- ton 1927 Leaving Parties ... 437 Leeches, Applying 2229 Leech Barometer, the . . 218C Leech Bites, to Stay ing by 2269 Lamb to choose good 15 Bleeding . 2234 Kettle, to prevent "Fur- ring" 573 Kid Gloves, to Clean.. 1321 Kid Gloves to wash.... 323 Kidneys, Inflammation 1233 Kindness commended.. 1801 Killogramme of France 3221 Kissing the Bride 2913 Knives, to arrange 3150 Kind Words, Effect of. . 792 Kino Uses of 2717 Lamp Oil, the best ... 529 Lam p Shades, Diaphanie 1861 Lamp, to prevent smok- ing 496 Lamp, to prevent smok- ing 1283 Lamp Wicks from old stockings 25T5 Lancers, Quadrilles . 1685 Landlord and Tenant, Leeches, changing their water 1834 Leeches, Restoring. ... 2233 Leg and Foot Bandaging 2214 Leg Broken, Treatment 2224 Leg of Beef Baked. 2552 Leg of Beef, Economy of 233 Leg of Lamb, Roasting 633 Leg of Mutton, Carving 2622 Leg of Mutton, Roast... 603 Le ' of Pork Carvin" 1 2632 Kitchen Floor, covering for 553 Landlord's Right to En- ter .Premises 2852 Legs, Cramp in the 2080 Legal Interest in the va- Kitchen Garden . . 1046 Land Measure . . . 8206 rious States 3365 Kite-flying, while Swim- Land Measure, Govern- Lemonade 12S8 Knees Affections of the 937 ment 32.18 Lard Adulterated 2413 Lemon Biscuits 86 Larder Airing the 582 Lemon Buns . .. 464 ing 550 Knives, cleaned with Charcoal .' 729 Knives, Keep in Condi- tion 2590 Lavender Scent-Bag 347 Lavender Water 171 Law Maxims . - 3552 Laws for Usury and In- terest 83 66 Lemon Kali, Receipt for 69 Lemon Peel Syrup 2162 Lemon Peel, Tincture of 2145 Lemon Rice with Syrup 62 Lemon Sponge . 321 Knives, never dip in hot water 727 Knives, to take care of. . 203 Knuckle of Veal, carv- ing 2631 Kreosote Lotion 974 Knot to Cork Bottles. . . 8060 Knot, to unstopper a bot- tle 3061 Knot, a poor 8113 Lawns, to Improve 91 LaxaLive, Enema 944 Laxative Emulsion 1016 Lays or Lies ? 1431 Lead for Damp Walls.. 819 Lead, Poisoning by ... 2275 Leaf Lice, to Free Plants from 1814 Leaf Impressions,toTake 838 Leaf Printing 839 Lemon Thyme, when to gather 2464 Lemon Water Ico . . . 247 Lemons for Dessert .... 143 Lemons, Uses of 2767 Length of a Day and Xi-ht. to ascertain. . . 2934 Less or Fewer ? 14jft Letter II., Memorandum on Use of 27S Knot, the " Sheet Bend" 3114 Knot, the" Weaver's".. 8114 Knot, the Binding 8116 Knot the " Reef' 3115 League Measure 3211 Learns or Teaches ? . . 1424 Leases, Assignment of. . 2849 Letters, Properly Ad- dressing 203 Latters Love, how to Write 2881 Knot] the ' Surzon's". . 8117 when it is .. .. 2935 Hebig's Beef Extract . 247* LIE LOG LOI MAR MAR MEA 17 Life Belts for Learning Swimming 2815 Life Belts, to make 2181 Life, Duration of 1043 Life, Modelling from .. 1962 Light essential toliealth 203 I ightning, Caution 2008 Lily Roots, Properties and Uses of 8018 Loin of Lamb, Roasting 626 Loin of Mutton, carving 2623 Loin of Mutton, Roast 606 Loin of Pork, Carving.. 2633 Loin of Veal, Carving.. 2025 Loin of Veal, Roasting.. 612 Looking-glasses, to clean 457 Loo, Card Game 2118 Looseness of the Bowels 1248 Marriage, After 2923 Marriage, Acquaintances after 2928 Maps, Varnishing 2297 Marble Chimney Pieces 688 Marble Cleaning 500 Marble Cleaning 1301 Marbled Goose 105 Marble Mortars Cartoon 2666 Lime and Egg Cement.. 231 Lime and Egg Cement. . 677 Lime and Oil Liniment. . 938 Lime to Destroy Bugs. . 1293 Lime Water for Burns. . . 627 Lime Water, Use of in Making Bread . 1187 Loosestrife, Powdering.. 2665 Lotions, Various 961 Lotion for the Face ... 83 Lotion for the Head ... 83 Love Apple Sauce 2510 Love's Telegraph. 2032 L, the letter in Spelling 1664 Marble Staining 859 March, Gardening for. . . 1027 March, what for Dinner? 50 Marjoram, when to Ga- ther 2463 Marketing. Rules for 41 Marking Ink Perma- Lime, to Powder 8106 Linen, to Remove Wine Stains from . . 8277 Loud Speaking avoid.. 8022 Love, Correspondence.. 2881 Lunar Caustic, poisoning 2272 nent. 83 Marking Ink. to Take Out . . 175 Linen, to Remove Ink Stains from 8271 Linens, how to wash ... 8669 Linen, Sweet Bags for. . 452 Lunar Caustic, Uses of. . 2775 Lumbago, remedy for. . . 2076 Luncheon Cakes 462 Luncheon, how to Lay Out . 8182 Marking Ink, without Preparation 85 Marriage, What Consti- tutes a Breach of Pro- mi*e' 2047 Mould from 8271 Luncheon for a Child.. 209 Marriage by the Episco- Linen, to Remove Mil- Lungs, Development of the .... 2936 pal service 2917 Linen, to Remove Fruit Stains from 3277 Linen to Remove Fruit Lungs, Nitrogen Gas re jected by the 2947 Lungs, Inflammation of 12-10 of 2811 Married Women, as Les- sees 2854 Stainsfrom 460 Linen Rags should be saved 725 Linen, Scouring Drops for 1800 Linen, Damp should not be hung in Bedrooms 1092 Linen, takin g Care of. ... 267 Linen, take Ink Out of 175 Linen, to Restore Mil- dewed 506 Lungs, to Learn the State of 829 Ly, as used in spelling. . . 1670 Lyingwith vhe head high 342 Mace, Powdering 2665 Maceration, Process of. . 2669 Mackarel Baked. 2552 Marmalade, Adulterated 2414 Marmalade, Apple 894 Marsh Mallow, Uses of. 2785 Matches, Keep from Children... 208 Matches, Lucifor.caution 2028 Matrimony, Card Game 2125 Maxims for All-Fours,.. 2116 Maxims for Cribbace. . . 2103 Maxims for Whist .". 2093 Maxims Law 8">52 Linen, Wine Stains from 1290 Liniments and Embroca- tions 933 Linnets, Management of 2318 Linseed, Uses of 2784 Lint to Apply 2192 Lint, to Make 2191 Lip Salve, to Make 67 Mackarel, Marinated ... 65 Mackarel, Preserved .... 65 M ackarel, to know Fresh 2 Mad Animals, Bites of. . 2286 Madder, Dyeing Red ... 431 Madder, Dyeing Yellow 432 Magnesia, uses of. 2732 MahoganyFrames, clean- ing 64S Maxims, Poor Richard's 855 May, Gardening for 1031 May What for Dinner ? 52 May wood, Properties and Uses of 8002 Mazurka Dance 1700 Mechanical Remedies . . 2777 Me or I? 1889 Medicine Stains 510 Liquid Glue, to make . 230 Liquorice Uses of 2787 Mahogany, Ink Stains from 1292 Medicine, Weights and Measures 2658 Liquids, how to Filter. . 8085 Liquids, how to Strain . . 3085 Living, advantages of Regular . 1051 Mahogany, Stains from 1845 Male-fern Root 2780 Mallow, Uses of 2786 Man of Business Habits 1827 Medicines, Aperient 151 Medicines,Best Forms of 2681 Medicines, Precautions Respecting 2674 Lobster and Ancbovy Butter 2795 Lobster Butter 2795 Lobster Patties 95 Lobsters, to choose fresh 8 Mangoes, to Pickle 282 Manna, Uses of 272S Manners, Artificial ... 2299 Manners, Hints upon Personal 1769 Mandrake Root Proper- Medicines, Preparation of them 2652 Medicines, Preventing Taste of 26S8 Medicines, Proper Dose* of 26S5 Shops .'. 2824 Local Stimulants, Effects 2728 Load of Hay, how much 8226 Logwood Decoction .... 931 Logwood, Uses of 2719 ties and Uses of . - . . 8007 Manuscript, marks for correcting 8360 Marriage, Etiquette of 2S65 Marriage, Ceremony of 2900 Medicines, Terms Used to Express their Pro- perties 3T14 Meal Unfit for Children 1058 Measles, Treatment of . 124 1 8 MEA MOD MOD MTR NAI NOV Measures and Weights . 8194 Measure a Tree or Pole, to ... 3269 Modelling in Paper 1981 Modelling in Plaster of Paris 1981 K Nails, Biting the TS4J Meat, Do not Leave in Water 598 Modelling in Wax 1931 Modelling in Wood 1931 Nails, Dr. Scott's Wart to whiten .. . 1296 Meat Cakes 93 Modest Demeanour 874 Nails, to whiten 83 Meat for Children 1055 Meat Underdone, for Money Matters, How to Manage 23S5 Names, Meanings of Christian 1 40 Hashes 594 Monk's Hood, Poisoning by ' T 2282 Naphtha, Caution 202J Napkins Foldin 01 Dinner 2587 ing 554 Meats for Children .... 211 Meats, How to Eat. ... 31>3 Meats, Most Economical 233 Meats Unfit for Children 105i> Medicine for Fever and A<*ue .. S2^5 Monuments, Modelling. 1960 Moon, its Indications. . . 2072 Mori age, What is a Chbtel 2183 Mortgager, or Mort- gagee ' 1582 Most Str 'ghtest p Bleeding.. 2249 Note of Exclamation 1 . . 1660 Note of Interrogat 01 ? . i 659 Notices Should e in Writin^ 2S50 Btrov 3732 Mixtures. Medical 991 Mixture for Stains 8270 Mock Crab 444 Mock Goose 2144 Modelling in Cork . . 1931 Modelling in Gutta Per- cha 1981 Modelling in Leather . 1931 Mutton Pies 2143 Mutton Pie, Good 81 Mutton Shanks for Stock ' 35 Mutton Soup ffi7 Mutton, Stewed Fresh. 770 Mutton, to Choose Good. 14 Mutton/Venison Fashior 609 Myrrh Gargle 959 Myrrh Tootb Vowder. 146 Notorious, or Noted? . . 1478 Nouns ar74 Parties Etiquette of . . 474 Partridges, Carving .... 2638 Partridges, Choose Good 25 Partridge Pie, Cold .... 897 Paste for Fruit Pies .... 588 Paste Imitative 1912 O Oak Bark, Uses of 271S Oxide of Zinc, Uses of. . 2707 Oyster Ketchup 2289 Oyster Patties 94 Oyster Pie 106 Oj ster Powders 31"9 Oysters, to Choose Fresh 11 P Packase, How to Make a Neat 8121 Pads, Surgical 2198 Painful Menstruation. . . 1252 Pain in the Stomach ... 1010 Paint, Cheap for a Barn 8280 Paint for Garden Stands 501 Paint, to Get Bid of the Smell 826 Paint, Removing Smell of 1302 Paint, to Extract from Goods 3276 Painted Wainscot, clean- in" ... ... 565 Paste, Permanent Flour 229 Paste, Puff 98 Paste, Savoury 99 Paste, Wheat Flour 228 Pastils for Burning.. . 179 Pastime, Evening 2435 Pastry, Care of the Flour 563 Parlor Amusement 8238 Participle the 2979 Oatmeal, Adulterated . . 2417 Obsolete Words 1378 October, Gardening for. 1041 October, What for Din- ner? 57 Oil, Care of Lamp 568 Oil-cloth, Cleaning 586 Oil-cloth for a Sitting Koom 203 Pastry for Tarts 471 Pastry Unfit for Children 1056 Pasty, Seven Bell 837 Patterns, Black Paper. . 2486 Patterns on Cloth 2487 Patterns on Muslin 2487 Peaches, Preserved 2606 Pea-Flour, to Discover in Bread 2400 Oil of Roses for Hair. . . 1281 Oil of Turpentine, Uses of 2750 Oil Paintings, Hanging . 538 Ointments and Cerates . 976 Old Jenkins 1049 Old Parr 1049 Old Sores, Excellent Poultice for . 3324 Pearl White, Poisoning by 2272 Pea Balm, Properties and Uses of 8000 Pea Soup, Plain 768 Peas for Children 218 Peas Pudding 1835 Peas Powder 2184 Pennyroyal, Properties and Uses of 2994 Pepper, Adulterated - 2416 Peppermint, Powdering 2665 Perfume, a Pleasant . - 2296 Personal Appearance. . . 1824 Pestle and Mortar, How to Use 2664 Petticoat, Turn Hind Part Before 203 Pharmacopoeia.Domestic 906 Pheasants, Carving 2636 Phial,Common, for Mag- nifying 2395 Phosphorus Paste for Eats 80 Old Towels, Use for 514 Old Wife, Poisoning by. 2285 Olive Oil Enema 950 Painting Houses, Best Season for 3717 Palpitation of the Heart 1255 Palpitation of the Heart, Cure for ... 8283 On, or In? 1516 On, or Of? 1566 Onions and Potatoes Mashed 125 Onions Restore the Hair 788 Onion Sauce with Steak 2554 Only Want, or Want only? 1593 Opium,asAntispastnodic 2706 Opium Enema 949 Opium Lotion 966 Opium, Poisoning by... 2281 Opium. Uses of 2696 Oracle Consulting Card. 161 Oracle, Weather 3366 Orange Confection 926 Orange Flowers, When to Gather, 2466 Pancakes for Children . . 215 Paper Cement 1957 Paper, Grease from . ... 815 Paper Hangings, Choos- ing 533 Paper IIangings,to Clean 261 Paper, Modelling in ... 1931 Paper, Staining Blue 370 Paper, Staining Green . . 371 Paper, Staining Orange . 372 Paper, Staining Purple. 873 Paper, Staining Red ... 871 Paper, Staining Yellow. 374 Paper, to take Ink out of 177 Paper, Uses of Waste . . . 1120 Papers, Printed, Unfit for Wrapping 1116 Papier-Mach6 Goods, Cleaning 455 Papier-Machr, Washing 511 Paralytic Numbness . . 936 Parchment, Staining Blue 370 Parchment, Staining Green 3T1 Parchment, Staining Orange 872 Parchment, Staining Purple . 373 Orange Marmalade .... 45 Orancre Peel and Chamo- mile Flowers 25S8 Orange Peel, Caution. . . 2020 Orange Peel Syrup. . . . 2162 Orange Thyme, When to Gather 2467 Orange- Water Ice 248 Ordinary Lotion ... 968 Ostrich Feathers, to Clean 2043 Phosphorus, Poisoning by ... 2277 Pickeral, When in Sea- son 54 Pickles, Adulterated . . . 2418 Pickles, to Detect Cop- per in 1310 Pickles, to Obtain Cheap and Good 2418 Pickling, Hints upon . . 793 Pickling, Instructions on 2325 Pic-nic Biscuits - . 24S5 Ottomans, Cleaning ... 539 Ought, or Aught 1436 Oven, the 1986 Over, or Across 1530 Oxalic Acid, Poisoning by .". 2283 Ox-Cheek, Stewed .... 2290 Ox-Cheek, Uses of 238 Pictures, Transparent . 1S61 Pis. Baked Suckiug.. . 2552 Pigeons, Carving - . 2640 Pigeons, Choose Good . 28 Piles, Ointment for . . . 2174 Piles, Treatment of .. - 185" Parchment,Staining Red 871 Parchment, Staining Yellow 374 Parenthesis, the ( ) . . 1661 Parsley, When to Gather 2468 ! 20 PIL POT POT PRE PRE QUI -. Pills, Various 984 Pink Wash, to Make Brilliant 190 Planting Box - Wood Edges, IIo\v it is done 8687 Plant Skeletons,!*) Make 840 Plants, Dwarf 1929 Plants, Origin of 2081 Plants, to Dry Specimen 1926 Plants, to Free from Leaf-Lice 1814 Plaster of Paris, Model- ling 1931 Plaster of Paris, to Hard- en 275 Plated Ware, "Washing. 544 Pluui Cakes - 72 Pium Cake, Nice 463 Plum Jam 2446 Plum Pudding 469 PluniPudding,Cossack's 772 Plum Pudding, Simple. 40 Plum Pudding Warmed 851 Plums, Preserved 160' Points, Direction of 1653 Points, Importance of. . 1655 Points Used in Writing , ; : 1649 Poisons, Caution 2018 Poisons, their Antidotes 2261 Poisonous Fish 2235 Poisonous Water 2275 Poisonous Wine 2275 Potato Scones 184 Potato Snow 130 Potato Puffs 1(12 Potato Pie ... 135 Potato Pudding 255 Potatoes, Boiled 1'23 Potatoes Escolloped . . . 133 Potatoes for Children . . 213 Potatoes for Children . . 1057 Potatoes Fried Whole . . 131 Potatoes Fried, Sliced . . 183 Potatoes Fried with Fish 124 Potatoes Mashed with Beef .... 827 Potatoes Mashed with Cabbage 2066 Potatoes Mashed with Onions 125 Potatoes Mashed with Spinach 2066 Preserving Mi'.k 811 Press, Writing for the.. 1S50 Preston Salts . . 2319 Previous, or Previous- ly 14SO Pride Condemned 1778 Pride of Riches.. .. 853 Prints, Impressions from 46 Professional Titles .1403 Pronoun, The 2075 Pronunciation, Rules of 16'>'3 Pronunciation, Rules of 1617 Prosody, Wiiat it is 2990 Proof, Marks for Cor- recting o3GO Proud Flesh, Cure by Lunar Caustic 2775 Pruning Vines, Direc- tions for 3092 Pudding, Mother Eve's. 288 Puddings for Children . . 21 i Pudding Sauce 252 Puff Paste .... 98 Potatoes, Preserving . . . 23u2 Potatoes, Eemarks on . 589 Potatoes, Sweet or Caro- lina, When in Season. 55 Potatoes under Meat ... 128 Potatoes, Various Ways. 122 Potichomanie, Instruc- tions in 1864 Potichomanie, Various uses of ... 1875 Potted Beef 338 Potted Fish. Adulterated 2419 Potted Meats, Adulter- ated 2413 Pulled Bread 2647 Pulled Turkey 2775 Pulverize, How to . . . . 8102 Punctuality Commend- ed 1804 Punctuation, Rules of. . 1647 Punning, Avoid 81 .-85 Purgative Confection . . 924 Purgative Emulsion . . . 1017 Purgative for Children. 1007 Purgative Powder . ... 1012 Purgative, Senna Con- fection 923 Poker in the Fire, Cau- tion 1137 Polish for Boots 818 Polish for Shoes 818 Potted Meats, Flavor- ing for 2531 Potted Meats, Strasburg 447 Poultices 2199 Poultices of all kinds . . . 8313 Poultry and Game,Carv- ing 2604 Poultry, Carve before Bringing to Table 2594 Poultry Sauce 2156 Poultry, Time Required to Cook 239 Poultry, Garnish for ... 2542 Pounding Almonds 2792 Powdering, How it is done 31C2 Put Card Game 2119 Put, Four-handed 2120 Put, Rules of 2121 Put, Two-handed 2119 Putty Powder, Poison- ing by 2270 Puzzles, Practical &c... 2444 Puzzles, Specimens of. . 8241 Q Quadrille, Card Game . . 2180 Quadrilles, First Set ... 1679 Quadrille, Terms of Cards 2132 Quadrupeds, Stuffing . . 2494 Quarter of Lamb, Carv- ing .... 2624 Quarrel, in presence of Ladies Never 30?6 Quarter of Grain ? What is a ;:'2l7 Quassia, Uses of 271 J Questions, Various, An- swered . . 291 Quinine, Best Way to Take 26S3 Quinine Tooth-powder. 174 Quinsey, Treatment of . 1257 Quinzc, Card Game .... 8184 Politeness Commended 1802 Political Connections .. 2842 Polka The . 1707 Polka Waltzes 1704 Pomade of Castor Oil ... 30 Pomatums, Several. ... 116 Poor Richard's Maxims. 855 Pope Joan, Card Game. 2134 Pope, Mulled Wine .... 2522 Popping the Question . . 2889 Porcelain, Cleaning - . 1122 Porgies.When in Season 43 Pork Barrel of 8197 Pork, Spare Rib 2430 Pork, Stewed 766 Pork. Stewed F resh .... 770 Pork, Tried in Slices.. 836 Pork Pies 2148 Pork Sausage with Poul- try 2483 Pork, to Choose Good . 16 Portable Soup 2549 Porter, Adulterated .. 2419 Porter, Bottling 2505 Porter, Brewing 2564 Pot au Feu . . 769 Potash, Poisoning by . 2273 Potato Balls Ragout . . . 129 Potato Cheese Cake ... 126 Potato Colcanoa 12T Powdering Substances . 2664 Powders, Medical 1004 Prepositions, What they are 2981 Prescriptions for Dis- eases 1273 Presentations, Etiquette of ... . .. 278 Preserved Cucumbers . . 853 Preserved Ginger 662 Preserves, Adulterated. 24J8 Preserves, Covering for. 2447 Preserves, Hints on Making 61 Preserves, How to Tie Up 8118 Preserving Fruit 641 RAB RIO RIC RU3 RU8 SCR 21 ft Rabbit*, to 01: Jose Good 24 Raining Hard, or Fast?. 1490 Rain, Uow to Tell when It will 3499 Raised Pies 2148 Rancid Butter 1277 Raspberry Ice Cream . . 244 Raspberry Vinegar. 2063 Raspberry-water Ice.. . 246 Rats, Nux Vomica for. . 1279 Rats, Paste to Destroy . 80 Rats, to Destroy 251 Rattlesnake, Bite of. ... 2286 Reading by Candle-light 203 Reading in Bed 525 Ready Money Best .... 1144 Rebuses, Explanation of 2443 Receipt, A, Not Conclu- sive Evidence 3255 Rice Bread 341 Rice Bread, Excellent..' 113 Rice Dumplings 821 Rust, to Keep Goods from 2515 Rustic Work, Modelling 1971 Rye and Wheat Bread. . 2649 Saddle of Lamb, Carving 2615 Saddle of Mutton, Carv- ing .. 2614 Rice-flour Cement 827 Rice for Curry 2169 Rice Pudding for Chil- dren 214 Rice Pudding Without Eggs 733 Rice Pudding Warmed 349 Bice, Yellow 2060 Rich, How to Get 8326 Rickets, Treatment of. . 1259 Riddles, Specimens of. . 3424 Ring, Wedding, Why on Fourth Finger ... 259 Rings, Jewelled 518 Rings, Origin of Wed- ding 453 Saddle of Mutton, Roast 60S Saddle of Pork, Carving 2614 Sage and Onion Sauce.. 2154 Sage, when to Gather.. 2469 Salad and Salad Sauce.. 107 Salad, Winter 709 Salivation, Gargle for.. 956 Salmon, to Know Fresh 5 Salt, Barrel of 8199 Salt Cellars, to Arrange. 8127 Salt, Saturated Solution of 230 Rings, Wedding, How Used 2909 Ringworm, Cure for ... 2030 Ringworm, Treatment of ..... 1260 Eeceipt for Rent 2827 Receipts for Rent, Take Care of . . 2869 Receipts, How to Word 3257 Red Cement for Glass and Metals 232 Salve for sore Breasts.. 8326 Sal- volatile Restores Col- ors 722 Samphire, to Pickle .... 2339 Sage, Properties and Uses of ... . 8008 Rise or Raise ? 1500 Roasting Beef 598 Roasting, Dialogue on. . 1972 Roasting, Hints and Cau- tions 598 Roasting, Loss by 239 Roasting Mutton 602 Red Ink, to Make ..... 84 Red Lead, Poisoning by 2275 Redowa Waltz 1701 Refrigerants, Uses of. . . 2765 Relaxed L vula, Mixture for . 919 Sarsaparilla, Properties and Uses of 8018 Sarsaparilla, Decoction of 2300 Sarsaparilla, Uses of ... 2755 Sassafras, Properties and Uses of 8012 Roasting, Time Required 289 Roche'5 Embrocation . . 224 Rock Fish, Poisoning by - ... 2285 Relaxed Uvula 955 Religious Connections.. 2841 Rent and Taxes, Pay- ment of 2848 Repairs by Landlords . . 2851 Repairs by Tenants . . . 2850 Reptiles, Bites of 2286 Reserve, Opinion on ... 1803 Resin for Coughs 828 Reviver for Black Cloth 186 Revoking at Whist 20S8 Revolving Oven, The . . 1986 Rheumatic Gout 2173 Rheumatic Pains 936 Rheumatic Pains 939 Kheumatism, Pills for. . 166 Rheumatism, Remedy for 2076 Rolls, Breakfast 841 Rolls French 1165 Satins, to Clean '. 48 Satin, to Clean White . . 88T Saucepan, the 1987 Rolls' Hot, in Napkins . . 8128 Roots, How to Powder. 2665 Roots, Powdering 2665 Rose Leaves, Uses of. . . 2720 Rose Trees, Blight from 1308 Round of Beef, Carving 2619 Round of Beef, Salt. . . . 2565 Rubefacients, Uses of. . . 2761 Ruins, Modelling 1970 Rule, General at the Table 8191 Rule, General for Dress- ing 3802 Rules Domestic 846 Sausages, Bologna 449 Sausages, Impure 2422 Sausage, or Meat Cutting Machine 2390 Sausages, to obtain Good 2422 Savoury Paste 99 Says I, or I pnid . . . 1891 Scalds, Cure by Alum. . 164 Scalds, Ointment for . 979 Scalds, Preparation for. . 938 Scalds, Treatment of.. 2239 Scale for Guests and Ser- vants 8164 Scammony, Uses of 2740 Scanty Menstruation .. 1251 Scarfs, wash China Crape 795 Scarlet Fever, Treatment 1261 Schottischo, the 1709 Scones, to make 458 Rheumatism, Treatment of 1258 Rhubarb and Magnesia Powder 1007 Rhubarb, to Preserve . . 89 Rhubarb, Uses of 2734 Rhubarb Wine, to Make 2315 Ribs of Beef, Boned and Rolled 601 Ribs of Beef, Carving. . 2618 Ribs of Beef, Economy of 238 Ribs of Beef, Roasting . 600 Ribs of Lamb, Roasting 626 Rice, a Black Man's Re- cir- 221 Rules, Dr. Boerhaave's . 3278 Rules for a Sick Room . 8304 Rules for Marketing, Dr. Kitchener's 41 Rules for the Weather . 8366 Rules, Four Important. 8193 Rules, Good Business . . 3327 Rules in Law 8552 Rum, Adulterated . . . 2421 Rump of Beef, Carving 2617 Bump of Beef, Uses of 238 Rump Steak and Onion Saue 2554 Rump Stak Pie. 214T Rust from Steel Goods.. 830 Bust. Mixture for 691 Scoring at Whist 2083 Scorpion Sting 2288 Scotch Fint, How Much it is 3228 Scouring Drops for Lin en 1300 Scratches, Treatment of 2804 Scripture Measures. . 3213 Scrofula, Treatment of 126i Scrofulous Ulcerati i, CUntmert for 98* 22 SCR SUO SHO SXA. SM SPR Scrubbing Floors, Hints on 2844 Bcurf in the Heads of Infants 1 %> 76 Shoulder of Veal, Roast- ing 613 Shrimps, to Choose Fresh 10 Sialogoguos, Effects of . 2709 Sick, Cautions in Visit- ing 2579 Snipes, Carving 2641 Snipe*, to Choose Good 24 Suutf, Adulterated 2423 So, or As? 1568 Soda Cake 465 Bcurf in the Head .... 2078 Scurvy, Treatment of. . 1263 Sea Lobster, Poisoning by 22S5 Bea Pie, Capital 748 Soda, Poisoning by 2278 Soda-water Powders ... 64 Soda, Uses of Medical.. 2769 Soap Liniment with Spanish Flies 940 Soap, to Save 656 Sick-Room, Rules for a. 3804 Side-board, Aid to Din- ner Tables 2586 Sidney Smith (Rev.) and Soup .... 1849 Sieve, a Simple 8104 Sifting Powders, &c. ... 2667 Signs oi the Weather. . . 3366 Sight, Helps for Weak.. 203 Signatures, Write Plain 779 Silk, Black, Reviver ... 2488 Silk, Dyeing Black.... 428 Silk, Dveing Blue 429 Silk, Dyeing Carnation 430 Silk, Dyeing Crimson.. 2068 Silk, Dyeing Lilac 2052 Silk, Grease spots from . . 2042 Silk, Restoring Colour to 2518 Silks, Caution Respecting Color 505 Silks, to Clean 42 Silks, to Clean Flowered 337 Silks, to Renovate 1844 Silks, to Remove Stains from ... . 8274 Bdns, Buying at the Proper 1147 Sea- water, Artificial . . . 264 Sea-weeds, Collecting.. 1925 Sedative Lotion 965 Seeds, Garden, what kind to plant 371S Seidlitz Powders 92 Self His, Their. Mine, <&c . . 1868 Sofas, Correspond with Carpet 678 Sofas, Cleaning 539 Soft Water, to obtain.. 726 Solar System, Table of the 3736 Soldering, Neat Mode.. 2061 Soles, Carving . 2608 Sore Breasts, Salve for. 8325 Sore Throat . . ... 355 Self-praise Condemned. . 1738 Senna and Manna for Children . . .222 Sore Throat, Malignant 954 Sore Throat, Treatment of 1242 Sores, an Excellent Poul- tice for old 8324 Soup, when to Serve . . . 8166 Soup, how to Serve ... 3166 Soup, how to Eat 3181 Soup, Portable 2549 Sour Milk, to Restore.. 8355 Spanish Dance 1691 Spanish Flies, Poisoning by 6 2284 Spare-Rib of Pork, Carv- ing 2634 Senna Confection 923 Senna, Powdering 2665 Senna, Savory, when to Gather 2470 Senna, Uses of 2733 September, Gardening for 1039 September What for Dinner ? 56 Serpents, Bites of 2286 Servants' Wages 203 Servants, how to Treat 110 Servants, to get Good.. 110 Besqui - Carbonate of Ammonia 2699 Sesqui - Carbonate of Soda . . . 2769 Silver, to Arrange 3150 Silver Plate should be well Cleaned 3149 Silvsr, Poisoning by ... 2272 Silver, Take Ink from. . 277 Silver Ware, Washing. . 544 Singing, Utility of 845 Sirloin of Beef, Carving 2617 Sirloin of Beef, Economy of 233 Sirloin, Roasting a, Beef 598 Sir Roger de Coverley, Dance 1711 Skeleton Leaves 1927 Spasms, Enema for .... 949 Spasms of the Bowels.. 998 Speaking, Errors in ... 1323 Spearmint, Properties and Uses of 2995 Speculation. Card Game 2122 Speech, Parts of 2969 Spelling, hints upon ... 1668 Sphinx, the, an Ancient Enigma 2442 Set, or Sit 1488 Setting, or Sitting 1489 Seven-bell Pasty 837 Seville Oranges, Uses of 2766 Sewing at Home 720 Sewing by Candle-light 203 Shad, When in Season.. 51 Shall and Will 1329 Skin Diseases, their Cause 882 Skin, Soften by Sulphur 60 Sky-larks, Management of 2343 Sky-lights, Ornamental . 1851 Slang Phrases, Avoid. . . 8031 Sleep, how to get 881 Sleep of Infants ... ... 1083 Slippery Elm Poultice. 8318 Sluggish Liver, Decoc- tion for 932 Slugs, to Destroy 1306 Slugs, to Kill 822 Slugs, to Kill 2038 Slurs, and Inuendoes... 3028 Small-pox Marks 2040 Small-pox, to Prevent Pitting 1013 Small-p.ox, Treatment j)f 1264 Smoky Chimneys 667 Snails Trap for 1305 Spice Poultice 3322 Shell - fish, to Choose Fresh 8 Sherbet, Eeceipt for .... 69 Shin of Beef, Economy of 238 Shins of Beef, Baked.. 2552 Shocks, Treatment of.. 2250 Shoes, Cleaning 2498 Shoes, French Polish for 818 Shoes, to get on Tight. . 556 Shop, Taking, Cautions 2821 Shopkeepers' Duties .... 2843 Shopkeepers' Precautions 2827 Shopkeepers, why they Fail 2826 Spiced Meats, Flavoring for ... 2531 Spikenard, Properties and Uses of 8008 Spirit of Salt, poisoning by 2278 Spirits of Hartshorne will Remove Stains.. 3275 Spit, the 1985 Spoiling, Dialogue on. . . 1972 Spoonsful, or Spoonfuls ? 1590 Sponge Cake 43 Sponge Cake ... 2524 Sponging the Body 454 Spots from Furniture ... 684 Sprains, Lotion for i69 Spraius, Mixture for .... 285 Sprains, Mixture for ... 2<>76 Sprains, Remedy for 2i)75 Sprats Baked 2552 Shoulder of Lamb, Roast- ing . 624 Bhoulder of Mutton, Carving 2821 Bhoulder of Mutton, Roast .. . 60:> : Spring Aperient 152 Sorinklo Clothes, how to 36S# Snail* U> Kill 2033 SQU STE STR TAB TAB CHI 23 Squills, Uses of 2743 Squinting, Treatment of 23 8 Squirrels, Management of 2312 Stained Glass, Imitative 1852 Staining, General Direc- tions 853 Staining Stone 359 Stains from Books 2058 Stains from the Hands . . 503 Stains from Floors 2S3 Stains of Medicines .... 510 Stains, to Remove from Books 2058 Stains, a good Mixture to Remove 8270 Stains, to Eemove from Broadcloth 3273 Stains from Colored Silks to Remove . - 8274 Stains, to Remove Fruit and Wine 8277 Stains, to Remove Ink . . 8271 Stains, Spirits of Harts- horne will remove . 8275 Stains made by Acids, to remove 8275 Stair-Rods, Caution . - 2024 Stairs, Sweeping 635 Stalactite Caves, to make 1940 Starching, Folding, and Ironing 8674 Starch of Gum Arabic. . 91 Starch Paste 1948 Strong Purgative Pills . . 985 Stubborn Breast* 939 Stuffing, Duck or Goose 2152 St. Vitus's Dance, Treat- ment of 1265 Substantives 2971 Succedaneum for Hollow Teeth 142 Sucking Pig, Carving.. 2628 Sudorific Powder 1013 Suet Pudding, Plain .... 468 Suffocation by Charcoal 522 Suffocation, Treatment of 2259 Sugar, Adulterated 2424 Su<*ar Biscuits 478 Table of Local and Rela- tive 8363 Table for Equation and Banking 8361 Table of Distances in the United States 8357 Table, waiting at 3164 Tables, Laying Out first Class 81^2 Table of the Solar System 8736 Tables, Confusion at Avoided 3124 Tables, Interest, (6 and 7 per cent.) .. 8364 Tables, Laying Out of. . 25*5 Taking a House, Cautions 2816 Taking a Shop, Cautions 2821 Tales, Idle, Condemned 1797 Tamarind Drinks . . . 1(^02 Tamarinds, Uses of . . 2729 Tape- worm, Remedy for *780 Tape-worm, Tincture for li 15 Tartar Emetic 983 Tartar Emetic, Poison- ing by 2269 Tartaric Acid, Uses of. . 2772 Tattle, never 883 Time Table 8362 Turkey, Carving 2642 Turkey, to choose Good 19 Turnip, Cold, Use for . . 2067 Vegetable Soup 1880 Vegetables, Boil Sepa- rately 685 Time, Local and Rcla- tive 3350 Turnip Radishes, Boiled 1846 Turnip Wine . 257 Vegetables, Chopped for Soups 2422 Tin, poisoning by 2270 Tins. Cleaning. . 2565 Turpentine Enema - . . 946 Turpentine Liniment ... 941 Vegetables for Children 212 Vegetables for Children 1054 To or V\ ith 9 ... 1451 Two First,or First Two 9 1465 Vegetables Indigestible To Let, or To Be Let ? 1450 Toads should be kept... 2039 Tying Broken Sticks... 3116 Tying Corks in Bottles 3060 Tying up Preserve Jars 8118 Under-boiled .' 689 Vegetables, preparation of 627 Good . . . 3128 Tying Neat Paper Par- Vegetables Mode of Tofist Buttered How to cels 3120 make Good .'. 8128 Tobacco, Adalterated. . . 2426 Toi'et Etiquette of the 278 Tying all kind of Knots 8112 Typographical marks ex- plained 8360 Vegetables, to Boil 632 Vegetables, to Choose.. 630 Vegetables to Clear of Toilet of a Roman Lady 260 Toilette, Young Lady's 749 Tolu, Uses of 2758 Typhus Fever, Treat- ment 1269 Twelvetree' l sWashingRe- Insects 1837 Vegetables,to Give Good Color to 640 Tornata Sauce 2510 Tongues, Carving 2629 Tonic and Stimulant Mixture 999 Tonic Aperient 155 ceipt 8669 tjt Vegetables, to Refresh . . 631 Vegetables, to wash . - 633 Vegetables, Unripe. . . . . 629 Vegetables, Properties and Uses of 2992 Tonic Pills- .......'.". 988 Tonic Powder 1006 Ulcerated Mouth, Mix- ture for . ... 919 Veil, to Wash a Lace ... 344 Veils, to Clean White. 2807 Tonic and Stimulant Gargle 957 Tonics, Effects of. ..... 2709 Ton of Hay 82l5 Ton weight, what is a? 8215 Ton, a Liquid 8218 Ton of Hound Timber. . S216 Took, or Mistook ? 1534 Tool Chests, Family ... 109T Toothache, Oil of Cloves for 170 Ulcerations, Indolent, Ointment for 982 Ulceration, Scrofulous Ointment for 981 Ulcers, Flabby, Lotion for ( Ulcers, Lotion for 066 Ulcers, Preparation for . . 941 Ulcers, Treatment by Lunar Caustic 2775 Umbrellas, Usefulness of 203 Velvet, Grease from .... 12S Velvet, Raising Plush of 555 Velvet, How to Raise the Pile on 3686 Venice Turpentino 2744 Venison, to Choose Good 18 Ventilation, Hint upon 203 Verbs, what they are . . 2977 Verbs and Nouns, List of 160S Verdigris, poisoning by 2267 Toothache, Preventive of 142 Tooihachc Relieved by Unfermented Bread . . 2077 Unfermented Cakes 459 Verditer, poisoning by.. 2267 Vermicelli Soup 2482 Opium .. - 2696 Toothache, Treatment 1268 Tooth Powders .... 145 Tooth Powder, Ameri- can 173 Urns, &c., Cleaning - . . 455 Usury Laws in the vari- ous States 8345 Vermilion, poisoning by 2268 Vermin, Cause of, and Use . 833 Vines, Directions for Pruning ... 3692 {Tooth Powder, Quinine 174 Topographical Models . 1956 Tortoiseshell, Imitation 868 Tow, for Surgery 2194 Towels. Economv of . 208 V Valerian, Uses of 2702 Valso a Deux Temps .... 1705 Vaoor Baths ..... .. 2455 Vingt-un, Card Game.. 2129 Viper, Bite of '22Sfi Visits, Etiquette of 278 Vitriol, poisoning by .... 2278 Volatile Salt. Ue -s of. 2573 TOL WAX WAX WHA WHA WHY 25 Voltaires Kiddie . '. . . 8237 What weather shall we Vulgar, to Talk Loud.. 3030 Fruit .. ... 1876 have 9 2069 Vulgar. Slang Phrases Ter y 8031 Weak Eyes, wash for.. 913 Weak Lyes Zinc wash Wheat and Rye Bread. . 2649 Vulgar, to Swear 3047 for 915 Pure' 2402 Vulgarity Condemned.. 1780 W Waiters, Cleaning 455 Waiters, Duties of ... 2598 Weather and the Blood 2135 Weather, Signs of . . 2070 Weath r, Oracle of the.. 8366 Weather, how to tell when dry will continue 8377 Weather, for Fine of short duration 8376 Wheat, Mills for Grind- ing 2391 Week Fish, when in season 54 Weights and measures.. 8194 When is a Black Tea- pot Best 9 1994 Walking Gracefully... 68 Walking, Caution".. . 2019 Walls Lead for Damp 819 Weather, Continued Rainy and Showery. . 3405 Weather for foul and Which, or That? 1367 Which, or Who ? 1356 Whist Rules of 2082 Walnut Ketchup 2158 Walnuts, to pickle - - . 2334 Waltz Circular 1703 wet 3412 Weather, for Stormy.. . 8489 Weather for increase of Whist' Terms Used in . . 2088 White Hellebore.poison- ing by 2282 Waltz Cotillon 1697 Stormy 8500 Whites Treatment of 1271 Wanting, or wanted?.. 1555 Warm weather, signs of 3531 Weather, for decrease of Stormy 3503 White Sauce 882 White Swellings Emetic 988 Warmth, Apply to the Body 2225 "Warts, Cure by Acetic Acid 1815 Warts Cure by Caustic 885 Weather, for Colder .... 8526 Weather, for warmer.. 3681 Weather, for Frosty... 8536 Wear, what to 8288 Wedding Ceremony 2898 White Vitriol, poisoning by 2271 White Vitriol, Uses of. . 2722 Whitlow or Felon, how Warts, Cure by Lunar. . Caustic 2775 Wedding Festivities!!! 2912 Weddin- Ring 2909 White Jenton, proper- ties and uses of 3008 Washing, a new method 2179 Washing Bed Furniture 2533 Washing, Remarks upon 654 Washing Revision of. . 208 Wedding Ring, why on Fourth Finger 259 Wedding Rings, Origin of 458 White and Yellow Lily Roots, uses of 8011 Whitewash, how to make Brilliant 190 Washing the Body. ... 898 Washing the Feet 899 WeddingBreakfast, Hints Upon .... 2923 Whitewash, Excellent Cheap 8297 Washes for walls of yari- Wedding Cakes, to make 2930 Whiskers, to promote Washing Fluids 8668 Washing Linens, Cam- brics and Laces . . 8C69 Upon ... 2924 Wedding Day, Arrange- ments of 2901 Whitlows, hot water for 2301 Who ? Interrogative 1866 Whom or who ? . 1857 "Washing, Receipt by Professor Twelvetree. 8669 Washing in One Hour.. 8670 Washing Receipt (very good) 8673 Watch how to manage a 3720 Wedding Dress, Hints Upon 2915 Wedding party Order of Going to Church . . 2917 Wedding party Order Who, or whom ? 1346 Whose and whom 1853 Whose? the Use of.... 1347 Why does a Polished Teapot make the Best Tea ? 1990 Was or Had ? 1578 Church 2922 Why will not a Dull Tea- Was, or were ? 1396 Was, or were? 1481 Wasps Cure for the sting of 159 Wedding Receptions . . 2925 Wedding Tours 2926 Wedgeware Mortars, Caution 2666 pot make good Tea ?. . 1991 Why do Aged Cottagers prefer the Earthen Teapot ? 1992 Wasps to Kill 2036 Wedgewood ware De- Why will a Black Tea- W a sto paper, Uses of... 1120 Waterproofing Boots and Shoes 70 Waterproofin^ Shoes 498 fective 546 Were, or was ? 657 What became of his W ill? 284 pot make the Best Tea? 1998 Why does a Laundress Moisten an Iron to Water for Tea 574 What is Rain ? 301 know if it be Hot 9 . . 298 Water, in models 1947 What is the Cause of Snow ? 298 Why does water roll on Hot Iron ? 292 Water, Reason why bard 655 What is the Smoke of a Candle ? 2001 Why is the Iron Hotter when the Moisture Water, to Obtain Soft . . 726 Water Hemlock, poison- What is the Use of Clothino-? 308 runs off from it ? .... 294 Why should not the Bot- ing by 2231 What may Be,or what Is? 1475 What or That ? 1472 tom of a Kettle be Pol- ished? 1997 Water' How to Filter..' 8100 Wax out of CJoth 504 What'makes Baby Cry ? 1067 What shall we Name our Child 140 Why does an Old Sauce- pan Boil Quicker than a New One? 199* 2 6 "WHY WHY WHY WOO woo zm Why are Dinner Covers Why is there more rain Wool, a Sack of 322* nvtdeof Brigut Metal* 1993 fr.>! Windows of Bedrooms 1095 Wino Biscuits 467 Words, Use of Erroneous 1323 Work, do a little well . . 723 Worms in the Intes- Why (loos' a Lamp-glass Diminish the Sinoke? 2005 Why are some Particles Wine, Fining ... 2505 Wines Adulterated . 2427 Wines, Directions for Makin< 2315 tines 1272 Worms. Intestinal 2778 Wormwood, Uses of.. 2713 Worser Lesser 1877 sumed ? 2002 Why are Damp Beds Dangerous 9 . 295 Wine Stains from Linen 129u Wine Stains to Remcrve 8277 Wine, when taken at Wow- wow Sauce 2&4fi Wounds, Treatment of 2245 Wounds, to Prevent Dinner 2598 from Mortifvin" 8267 Cold ' 295 Winter Salad 70S Wounds, Flabby Lo- Why is Health Impair- ed by Cold? . 296 Winter Savory, when to gather 2473 tion for 968 Writing Errors in . . 1663 Wby does not sea wa- ter give cold ? 297 Winchester Bushel .... 3199 Winter's Bark, Proper- ties and Uses 3014 Writing for the Press.. 1850 Writing, Points Used in 3647 used in Winter? 305 Why do not Wools and Furs give Heat ? . . . 306 Why would the Heat of the Body Escape if not for Wools and Furs? 307 Wives, Advice to 1152 Wives and Cheerfulness 203 Wives' and Husbands' Tempers ... 196 Wives and Neatness 200 Wives and Newspapers 194 Wives and Shirt-buttons 192 Write on Glass, to 3060 IT Yeast, Home-made 2160 Yeast to Make 896 Winds? ... 310 Why are March winds dry? 309 Why is it said tlril Wives and the last word 198 Woodcocks, Carving . . . 2639 Woodcocks, to Choose Good 6 Yeast, to Make 2648 Yeast, Poultice 3319 Yellow Lily Roots, prop- " March comes in like Wood, models in 1944 Yellow wash, to Make a Lion '" . . . 311 Wood, modelling in - . 1939 Brilliant ... . 190 Why does " March go out like a Lamb?".... 312 Why is it said that "March Flowers make no Sainmor Bowers?" 316 Why is it said that " A Dry March naver bags Wool, Staining Black.. 375 Wood, Staining Blue. .. 376 Wood, Staining Botany Bay 377 Wood, Staining Green . . 378 Wood, Staining Light Brown 330 Yellow Lotion 971 Yolk of Egg Beaten .... 2138 Young, Counsels for the 1153 Y and Yes, in Spelling . 1676 Y, The Letter, in Spell- inom the sugar, if the latter is good ; and boiling it without a cover, allows :he evaporation of all the watery par- ;icles therefrom ; the preserves keep irm, and weH flavoured. The propor- ;ions are, three-quarters of a pound of sugar to a pound of fruit. Jam made in ;his way, of currants, strawberries, rasp- >erries, or gooseberries, is excellent. Gvi. LEMON RICE. Boil sufficient rice in milk, with white sugar to taste, ill it is soft ; put it into a pint basin >r an earthenware blancmange mould, and leave it till cold. Peel a lemon ery thick, cut the peel into shreds ibout half or three-quarters of an inch n length, put them into a little water, xril them up, and throw the water nvaj lest ifc should be bitter, then pour ibout a tea-cup full of fresh water upon them ; squeeze and strain the juice of the lemon, add it, with white ugar, to the water and shreds, and let t stew gently at the fire for two hours. When cold it will be a syrup . ) Having urned out the jellied rice into a cut- lass dish, or one of common delf, our the syrup gradually over the rice, aking care the little shreds of the pel re equally distributed over the whoja. 40 WILFIL WASTE MAKES WOEEUL WANT. 63. MOUTH GLUE. A very useful preparation is sold by many of the law stationers under this title ; it is nerely a thin cake of soluble glue (four inches by one and a half), which, when moist- ened with the tongue, furnishes a ready means of fastening papers, &c , together. It is made by dissolving one pound of fine glue, or gelatine, in water, and adding half a pound of brown sugar, boiling the whole until it is sufficiently thick to become solid on cooling ; it is then poured into moulds, or on a slab slightly greased, and cut into the re- quired shape when cool. (See 66.) 64. SODA WATER POWDERS. A pleasant, cooling, summer drink. The blue paper contains carbonate of soda, thirty grains ; the white paper tartaric acid, twenty-five grains. Directions. Dissolve the contents of the blue paper in half a tumbler of water, stir in the other powder, and drink during effervescence. Soda powders furnish a saline bever- age, which is very slightly laxative, and w r ell calculated to allay the thirst in hot weather. One pound of carbonate of soda, and thirteen ounces and a half of tartaric acid, supply the materials for 256 pow- ders of each sort. 65. METHOD OF PRESERVING MACKEREL, SO THAT IT WILL KEEP AND BE EXCELLENT FOR MONTHS. Mackerel, being at cer- tain times exceedingly plentiful (espe- cially to those who live near the coast), eo much so indeed as to become almost a drug &t such seasons, may be pre served to make an excellent and well- flavoured dish, weeks or months after the season is past, by the following means: Having chosen fine fish, cleaned them perfectly, and either boiled them or lightly fried them in oil, the fish should be divided, and the bones, heads, and skins being removed, they should then be well rubbed over with the following seasoning: For every dozen good-sized fish, it will be requi- site to use three table -spocnfuls of salt ''heaped) one mnce and ft half of com- mon black pepper, six or eight cloves, and a little mace, finely powdered, and as r:ueh nutmeg, grated, as the oper- ator chooses to afford, not, however exceeding one nutmeg. Let the whole surface be well covered with the sea- soning; then lay the fish in layers, packed into a stone jar (not a glazed one) ; cover the whole with pretty good vinegar, and, if it be intended to be long kept, pour salad oil or melted suet over the top. N. B. The glazing on earthen jars is made from lead or arsenic, from which vinegar draws forth poison. (See 2.) 66. LIQUID GLUE. Dissolve one ounce ^ borax in a pint of boiling wa- ter; adi two ounces of shellac, and boil in a covered vessel until the lac is dissolved. This forms a very useful and cheap cement ; it answers well for pasting labels on tin, and withstands damp much better than the common glue. The liquid glue made by dissolv- ing shellac in naptha is dearer, soon dries up, and has an unpleasant smell (See 63.) 67. ROSE LIP SALVE. No. 1. Oil of almonds, three ounces ; alkanet, half an ounce. Let them stand to- gether in a warm place until the oil is coloured, then strain. Melt one ounce and a half of white-wax, and half an ounce of spermaceti with the oil, stir till it begins to thicken, and add twelve drops of otto of roses. No. 2. White wax, one ounce ; almond oil, two ounces ; alkanet, one drachm. Digest in a warm place till sufficiently colour- ed, strain, and stir in six drops of otto of roses. 68. WALKING. To walk grace- fully, the body must be erect, but not stiff, and the head held up in such a posture that the eyes are directed for- ward. The tendency of untaught walk- ers is to look towards the ground near the feet ; and some persons appear al- ways as if admiring their shoe-ties. The eyes should not thus be cast downward, neither should the chest bend forward to throw out the back, making what Are termed round shoulders; on the WHAT IS DONE WELL ENOUGH, iS DONE QUICK ENOUGH. 4J contrary, the whole person must hold Itself up, as if not afraid to look the world in the face, and the chestf by all means be allowed to expand. At the game time, everything like strutting or pomposity must be carefully avoid- ed. An easy, firm, and erect posture, are alone desirable. In walking, it is necessary to bear in mind that the locomotion is to be performed entirely by the legs. Awkward persons rock from side to side, helping forward each leg alternately by advancing the haunches. This is not only ungrace- ful, but fatiguing. Let the legs alone advance, bearing up the body. 69. LEMON AND KALI, OR SHERBET. Large quantities of this wholesome and refreshing preparation are manufactured and consumed every summer ; it is sold in bottles, and also as a beverage, made by dissolving a large tea-spoonful in a tumbler two- thirds filled with water. Ground white sugar, half a pound; tartaric acid, car- bonate of soda, of each a quarter of a pound ; essence of lemon, forty drops. All the powders should be well dried ; add the essence to the sugar, then the other powders; stir all together, and mix by passing twice through a hair sieve. Must be kept in tightly-corked bottles, into which a damp spoon must not be inserted. All the materials may be obtained at a wholesale druggist's. The sugar must be ground, as, if mere- ly powdered, the coarser parts remain undissolved. 70. WATERPROOFING FOR BOOTS AND SHOES. Linseed oil, one pint ; oil of turpentine, or cam- phine, a quarter of a pint ; yellow wax, a quarter of a pound ; Burgundy pitch, a quarter of a pound. To be melted together with a gentle heat, and when required for use, to be warmed and well rubbed into the leather before a fire, or in the hot sun. Should be poured, when melted, into small galli- pots or tin boxes, for sale. 71. MY WIFE'S LITTLE TEA PARTIES. My wife is celebrated for her little tea parties ; not tea parties alone but dinner parties, pic nic parties, music parties, supper parties in fact, she is the life and soul of ALL PARTIES, which is more than any leading politician of the day can boast. But her great forte is her little tea parties praised and enjoyed by everybody. A constant visitor at these little parties is Mrs. Hitchings (spoken of elsewhere, 27 1 J\ and she remarks that she " never knew any one who understood the /tart of bringing so many Aelegauces together ' as my wife. Nobody makes tea like her, and how she makes it she will im- part at a future time. But for her lit- tle " nick-nacks," as she calls them, which give a variety and a charm to the tea table, without trenching too deeply upon our own pocket, she has been kind enough to give a few re- ceipts upon the present occasion. 72. NICE PLUM CAKE. One pound of flour, quarter of a pound of butter, quarter of a pound of sugar, quarter of a pound of currants, three eggs, half a pint of milk, and a small tea-spoonful of carbonate of suda. The above is excellent. The cakes are always baked in a common earthen flower-pot saucer, which is a very good plan. 73. GINGERBREAD SNAPS. One pound of flour, half a pound of treacle, half a pound of sugar, quarter of a pound of butter, half an ounce of best prepared ginger, sixteen drops of essence of lemon, potash the size of a nut, dissolved in a table-spoonful of hot water. This has been used in my wife's family for thirty years. 74. DROP CAKES. One pint of flour, half a pound of butter, quarter of a pound of pounded lump sugar half a nutmeg grated, a handful of cur- rants, two eggs, and a large pinch of carbonate of soda, or volatile salta To be baked in a slack oven for ten minutes or a quarter of an hour. The above quantity will make about thirty cakes. The cakes are excellent. 75. A VERY EXCELLENT AND CHEAF CAKE. Two pounds and a half of flour, three quarters of a pound of w EVERY ONE BASTETH THE FAT HOG. WHILE TUB LEAN ONE BUllXETII. gar, three-quarters of a pound of but- ter, half a pound of currants, or quarter of a pound of raisins, quarter of a pound of orange peel, two ounces of carraway seeds, half an ounce of ground cinna- mon, or ginger, four tea- spoonfuls of carbonate of soda ; mixed well, with rather better than a pint of new milk. The butter must be well melted previ- ous to being mixed with the ingredients. 76. "JERSEY WONDERS.'' The cddity of these "wonders" consists solely in the manner of cooking, and the shape consequent. Take two pounds of flour, six ounces of butter, six ounces of white sugar, a little nut- meg, ground ginger, and lemon peel ; beat eight eggs, and knead them all well together ; a taste of brandy will be an improvement. Roll them about the thickness of your w 7 rist ; cut oft' a small slice, and roll it into an oval, about four inches long and three inches Tvide, not too thin; cut tw T o slits in it, but not through either end ; there will then be three bands. Pass the left one through the aperture, to the right, and throw it into a brass or bell-metal skillet of BOILING lard, or beef or mut- ton dripping. You may cook three or four at a time. In about two minutes turn them with a fork, and you will find them browned, and swollen or risen in two or three minutes more. Remove them from the pan to a dish, when they will dry arid cool. 77. MUFFINS. Add a pint and a naif of good ale yeast (from pale malt, if possible) to a bushel of the very best white flour ; let the yeast lie all night in water, then pour off the water quite clear ; make two gallons of water just milk warm, and mix your water, yeast, and two ounces of salt well together for about a quarter of an hour. Strain the whole, and mix up your dough as light as possible, letting it lie in the trough an hour, to rise ; next roll it with your hand, pulling it into little pieces about the size of a large walnut. These must be rolled out thin with a rolling-pin, in a good deal of flour, and If covered immediately with a piece of flannel, they will rise to a proper thick- ness; but if too large or Hiuall, dough must be added accordingly, or taken away; meanwhile, the dough must be also covered with flannel. Next begin baking ; and when laid on the iron watch carefully, and when one (side changes colour, turn the other, taking care that they do not burn or become discoloured. Be careful also that the iron does not get too hot. In order to bake muffins properly, you ought to have a place built as if a copper w r as to be set ; but instead of copper, a piece of iron must be put over the top, fixed in form like the bottom of an iron pot, underneath which a coal fire is kindled when required. Toast the muffins crisp on b':th sides with a fork; pull them 0|- it with your hand, and they will be like a honeycomb ; lay in as much but- ter as you intend, then clap them to- gether, and set by the fire ; turn them once, that both sides may be buttered alike. When quite done, cut them across with a knife ; but if you use a knife either to spread or divide them, they will be as heavy as lead. Some kind of flour will soak up more water than another; when this occurs, add water; or if too moist, add flour: for the dough must be as light as possible. 78. DIAMOND CEMENT. Soak isinglass in water^till it is soft, then dissolve it in the smallest possible quan- tity of proof spirit, by the aid of a gentle heat; in two ounces of this mixture dissolve ten grains of ammoniacum, and whilst still liquid, add half a drachm of mastic dissolved in three drachms of rectified spirit ; stir well together, and put into small bottles for sale. (See 139.) Directions for use. Liquify the ce- ment by standing the bottle in hot wa- ter, and use it directly. The cement improves the oftener the bottle is thus warmed, and resists the action of water and moisture perfectly. 79. GINGER-BEER, The follow- ing recipe for making a very superioi ginger-beer is taken from the cele- brated treatise of Dr. Pereira, on diet The honey gives it a peculiar softness EVERY MAN IS THE ARCHITECT OP HIS OWN FORTUNE. 43 and from not being fermented with yeast, it is less violent iu its action when opened, but requires to be kept a longer time than usual before use. White sugar, five pounds; lemon-juice, one quarter of a pint ; honey, one quarter of a pound ; ginger, bruised, live ounces ; water, four gallons and a half. Boil the ginger iu three quarts of the water for half an hour, then add the sugar, lemon-juice, and honey, with the remainder of the water, and strain through a cloth ; when cold, add a quarter of the white of an egg, and a small tea-spoonful of essence of lemon; let the whole stand four days, and bot- tle ; this will keep many months. This quantity will make 100 bottles. 80. PHOSPHORUS PAST." DESTROYING RATS AND MiUE. Melt one pound of lard with a very gentle heat in a bottle or glass flask plunged into warm water ; then add half an ounce of phosphorus, and one pint of proof spirit; cork the bottle securely, and as it cools shake it fre- quently, so as to mix the phosphorus uniformly ; when cold pour off the spirit (which may be preserved for the same purpose), and thicken the mix- ture with flour. Small portions of this mixture may be placed neur the rat holes, and being luminous in the dark, it attracts them, is eaten greedily, and is certainly fatal. N. B. There is no danger of fire from its use. 81. INKS. There are many reci- pes published for making- ink ; the fol- lowing is as useful and economical a mode of producing good ink as any of them : 82. DR. URE'S!NK. For twelve gal- lons of ink take twelve pounds of bruised galls, five pounds of gum, five pounds of green sulphate of iron, and twelve gallons of rain water. Boil the galls with nine gallons of the water for three hours, adding fresh water to sup- ply that lost in vapour ; let the decoc- tion settle, and draw off the cl^ar liquor. Add to it the gum previously dissolved in one and a-half gallons of rately in one and a half- gallons of water, and mix the whole. 84. INK POWDER. Is formed of the dry ingredients for ink, powdered and mixed. Powdered galls, two pounds pound powdered green vitriol, one powdered gum, eight ounces. This should be put up into two ounce packets, each of which will make one pint of ink. 84. RED WRITING INK. Best ground Brazil wood, four ounces diluted acetic half an ounce. acid, one pint; alum, Boil them slowly in an enamelled vessel for one hour ; strain, and add an ounce of gum. 85. MARKING-INK WITHOUT PRE- PARATION. There are several recipes for this ink, but the following of Mr. Redwood is rapidly superseding all the others : Dissolve, separately, one ounce of nitrate of silver, and one and a-half ounces of sub-carbonate soda (best washing soda) in distilled or rain wa- ter. Mix the solutions, and collect and wash the precipitate in a filter ; whilst still moist rub it up in a marble or wedge-wood mortar with three drachms of tartaric acid ; add two ounces of dis- tilled water, mix six drachms of white sugar, and ten drachms of powdered gum arable, half an ounce of archil and water to make up six ounces in measure. 86. INK FOR ZINC GARDEN LA- BELS. Verdigris, one ounce ; sal am- moniac, one ounce; lamp black, half an ounce ; water, half a pint. Mix in an earthenware mortar, without using a metal spatula. Should be put up in small (one ounce) bottles for sale. Directions. To be shaken before use, and used with a clean quill pen, on bright, freshly-cleaned zinc. Note. Another kind of ink for zinc is also used, made of chloride of plati mini, five grains, dissolved in one ounce of distilled or rain water ; but he first, which is much less expensive, answers perfectly, if used as directed, on clean, bright zinc 87. BRUNSWICK BLACK FOR VARNISHING GRATES. Melt four water; dissolve the green vitri* I sepv | pounds of common asphaltum, and add WHEfl FORTUNE SMILES SHE OFTEN DESIGNS THE MOST MISCHIEF. two pints of linseed oil and one gallon of oil of turpentine. This is usually put up in stoneware bottles for sale, and is used with a paint brush. If too thick, more turpentine may be add 3d. 88. BANBURY CAKES. Rollout the paste about half an inch thick, and cut it into pieces, then roll again till each piece becomes twice the size ; put some Baribury meat in the middle of one side, fold the other over it, and pinch it up into a somewhat oval shape, flatten it with your hand at the top, letting the seam be quite at the bottom, rub the tops over with the white of an egg, laid on with a brush, and dust loaf-sugar over them. Bake in a mode- rate oven. The meat for this cake is made thus : Beat up a quarter of a pound of butter until it becomes in the state of cream, then mix with it half a pound of candied orange and lemon peel, cut fine, one pound of cur- rants, quarter of an ounce of ground cinnamon, and a quarter of an ounce of allspice ; mix all well together, and keep in a jar till wanted for use. 89. RED CURRANT JELLY. With three parts of fine, ripe, red cur- rants, mix one of white currants ; put them into a clean preserving-pan, and stir them gently over a clear fire until the juice flows from them freely ; then turn them into a fine hair sieve, and let them drain well, but without pressure. Pass the juice through a folded muslin, or a jelly-bag; weigh it, and then boil it fast for a quarter of an hour ; add for each -pound, eight ounces of sugar, coarsely powdered ; stir this to it, off the fire, until it is dissolved ; give the jelly eight minutes more of quick boil- and of raspberries, with the same pro- portion of sugar and degree of boiling as mentioned in the foregoing receipt. 90. INDICATIONS OF WHOLE SOME MUSHROOMS. Whenever a fungus is pleasant in flavour and odour it may be considered whole- some if, on the contrary, it have an offensive smell, a bitter, astringent, or styptic taste, or even if it leave an un- pleasant flavour in the mouth, it should not be considered fit for food. The colour, figure, and texture of these vegetables do not aflord any characters on which we can safely rely; yet it may be remarked that in colour the pure yellow, gold colour, bluish pale dark or lustre brown, wine red, or the violet, belong to many that are escu- lent ; ellow bright or blood-rod, and the greenish, belong to few but the poisonous. The safe kinds have most frequently a com- pact, brittle texture ; the flesh is white ; they grow more readily in open places, such as dry pastures and waste lands, than in places humid or shaded by wood. In general, those should be suspected which grow in caverns and subterra- nean passages, on animal matter under- going putrefaction, as well as those whose flesh is soft or watery. 91. GUM ARABIC STARCH. Get two ounces of fine white gum arabic, and pound it to powder. Next put it into a pitcher, and pour on it a pint or more of boiling water (accord- ing to the degree of strength you de- sire), and then having covered it, let it set all night. In the morning, pour it carefully from the dregs into a clean bottle, cork it, and keep it for use. A ing, and pour it out. It will be firm, I tablespoouful of gum water stirred into and of excellent colour and flavour. Be sure to clear off the scum as it rises, both before and after the sugar is put n, clear. or the preserve will not be Juice of red currants, three pounds; juice of white currants, one pound : fifteen minutes. Sugar, two pounds : eight minutes. An excellent jelly may be made with equal parts of a pint of starch that has been made in the usual manner, will give to lawns (either white or printed) a look of new- ness to which nothing else can resfoiv them after washing. It is also good (much diluted) for thin white muslin and bobbinet. 92. SEIDLITZ POWDERS. Seidlitz powders are usually put up iu the juice of red and of white currant* [two papers. The larger blue paper con. THEY MUST HUNGER IN FROST WHO WILL NOT WORK IN HEAT. 45 tains tartarized soda ^also called Ro- chelle salt) two drachma, and carbonate of soda two scruples ; in practice it will bo found more convenient to inix the two materials in larger quantity by passing them twice through a sieve, and then divide the mixture either by weight or measure, than to make each powder separately. Directions for use. Dissolve the contents of blue paper in half a tumbler of cold water, stir in the other powder, and drink during effervescence. MY WIFE'S LITTLE SUPPERS. 93. MEAT CAKES. Take any cold meat, game, or poultry (if under-done, all the better), mince it fine, with a little fat bacon or ham, or an anchovy ; season it with a little pepper and salt ; mix well, and make it into small cakes three inches long, half as wide, and half an inch thick : fry these a light brown, and serve them with good gravy, or put it into a mould, and boil or bake it. N. B. Bread - crumbs, hard yolks of eggs, onions, sweet herbs, savoury spices, zest, or curry-powder, or any of the forcemeats. 94. OVSTER PATTIES. Roll out puff paste a quarter of an inch thick, cut it into squares with a knife, sheet eight or ten patty pans, put upon each a bit of bread the size of half a walnut; roll out another layer of paste of the same thickness, cut it as above, wet the edge of the bottom paste, and put on the top, pare them round to the pan, and notch them about a dozen times with the back of the knife, rub them lightly with yolk of egg, bake them in a hot oven about a quarter of an hour: when done, take a thin slice off the top, then with a Email knife, or spoon, take out the bread and th* inside paste, leaving the outside quite entire ; then parboil two dozen of large oysters, strain them from their liquor, -?vash, beard, and cut them into four, put them into a stew-pan with an ounce of butter rolled in flour, half a gill of good cream, a little grated lemon-peel, the oyster liquor, free from sediment, reduce'd by boiling to one- half, some cayenne pepper, salt, and a tea-spoonful of lemon-juice : stir it ove* a fire five minutes, and fill the patties (See 11.) 95. LOBSTER PATTIES. Prepare the patties as in the last receipt. Take a hen lobster already boiled pick the meat from the tail and claws, and chop it fine ; put it into a stew-pan with a lit* tie of the inside spawn pounded in a mor tar till quite smooth, an ounce of fresh butter, half a gill of cream, and half a gill of veal consomme, cayenne pep- per, and salt, a tea-spoonful of essence of anchovy, the same of lemon-juice, and a table- spoonful of flour and water : stew it five minutes. (Sec 8.) 96. EGG AND HAM PATTIES. Cut a slice of bread two inches thick, fronc the most solid part of a stale quartern loaf; have ready a tin round cutter two inches diameter, cut out four or five pieces, then take a cutter two sizes smaller, press it nearly through the larger pieces, then remove with a small knife the bread from the inner circle; have ready a large stew-pan full of boiling lard; fry them of a light brown colour, drain them dry with a clean cloth, and set them by till wanted: then take half a pound of lean ham, mince it small, add to it a gill of good brown sauce ; stir it over the fire a few minutes, and put a small quantity of cayenne pepper and lemon juice: fill the shapes with the mixture, and lay a poached egg upon each. 97. VEAL AND HAM PATTIES. Chop about six ounces of ready-dressed lean veal, and three ounces of ham very small, put it into a stew-pan with an ounce of butter rolled in flour, half a gill of cream, half a gill of veal stock, a little grated nutmeg and lemon-peel, some cayenne pepper and salt, a spoon ful of essence of ham, and lemon-juico, and stir it over the fire some time, tak- ing care it does not burn. 98. PUFF PASTE. To a pound and a quarter of sifted flour rub gently in with the hand half a pound of fresh but- ter; mix up with half a pint of spring water ; knead it well, and set it by fo* 46 HE WHO SERVES WELL. NEED NOT BE AFRAID TO ASK HIS WAGES. a quarter of an hour ; then roll it out thiu, lay on it in small pieces three- quarters of a pound more of butter, throw on it a little flour, double it up in folds, and roll it out thin three times, and set it by for about an hour in a cold vlace. Or, if a more substantial and savoury paste is desired, use the fol- lowing: 99. PASTE FOR MEAT OR SAVOURY PIES. Sift two pounds of fine flour to one and a-halfof good salt butter, break it into small pieces, and wash it well in cold water; rub gently together the butter and flour, and mix it up with the yolks of three eggs, beat together with a spoon, and nearly a pint of spring water ; roll it out, and double it in folds three times, and it is ready. 100. CHICKEN AND HAM PATTIES. Use the white meat from the breast of the chickens or fowls, and proceed as for veal and ham patties. 101. PRIME BEEF SAUSAGES. Take a p^ound of lean beef, and half a pound ot suet, clean from the skin, chop it fine as for mince collop, then beat it well with a roller, or in a mar- ble mortar, till it is all well mixed and will stick together season highly with zest, if you have it, and salt, or any mixed spices you please, make it into flat round cakes, about an inch thick, and shaped with a cup or saucer, and fry them a light brown. They should be served up on boiled rice, as for curry; if for company, you may do them with eggs and bread crumbs ; but they a're quite as good without. Or they may be rolled in puff or pie paste, and baked. (See 98 and 99.) 102. POTATO PUFFS. Take cold roast meat, either beef or mutton, or veal and ham, clear it from the gristle, cut it small, and season either with zest or pepper and salt, and cut pickles boil and mash some potatoes, and make them into a paste with one or two eggs, roll it out, with a dust of flour, cut it round with a saucer, put some of your seasoned meat on one half, and fold it over like a puff; pinck or nick t neatly round, and fry it a light brown. This is the most elegant method of preparing meat tLat has been dressed before. 103. FRIED EGGS AND MINCED HAM OR BACON. Choose some very fine bacon streaked with a good deal of lean ; cut this into very thin slices, and afterwards into small square pieces ; throw them into a stew-pan, and set it over a gentle fire, that they may lose some of their fat. When as much as will freely come is thus melted from them, lay them on a warm dish. Put into a stew-pan a ladleful of melted bacon or lard ; set it on a stove ; put in about a dozen of the small pieces of bacon, then stoop the stew-pan and break in an egg. Manage this care- fully, and the egg will presently be done. It will be very round, and the little dice of bacon will stick to it all over, so that it will make a very pretty appearance. Take care the yolks do not harden ; when the egg is thus done, lay it carefully in a warm dish, and do the others. 104. FISH CAKE. Take the meat from the bones of any kind of cold fish, which latter put with the head and fins into a stew-pan with a pint of water, a little salt, pepper, an onion, and a fag- got of sweet herbs to stew for gravy. Mince the meat, and mix it well with crumbs of bread and cold potatoes, equal parts, a little parsley and season- ing. Make into a cake with the white of an egg, or a little butter or milk ; ;gg it over, and cover with bread srumbs, then fry a light brown. Pour ;he gravy over, and stew gently for fif- ;een minutes, stirring it carefully twice or thrice. Serve hot, and garnish with slices of lemon, or parsley. 105. MARBLED GOOSE. The fol- owing, though scarcely pertaining to ' My Wife's Little Suppers," is too de- icious a relish to be overlooked. It is suitable for larger supper parties, or as stock dish for families where visitors are frequent. It is also excellent for breakfast, or for pic-nics : Take a fine mellow ox-tongue out of pickle, cut off the root and horny part at the tip, w'p* BUSYBODIES NEVER HAVE ANYTHING TO DO. dry, and boil till it Is quite tender; then peel it, cut a deep slit in its whole length, and lay a fair proportion of the following mixture within it : Mace, half an ounce ; nutmeg, half an ounce ; cloves, half an ounce ; salt, two table- Bpoonfuls ; and twelve Spanish olives. The olives should be stoned, and all the ingredients well pounded and mixed together. Next take a barn-door fowl, and a good large goose, and bone them. Lay the tongue inside the fowl, rub the latter outside with the season- ing, and having ready some slices of ham divested of the rind, wrap them tightly round the fowl ; put these in- side the goose, with the remainder of the^seasoning, sew it up, and make all secure and natural shape with a piece of new linen and tape. Put it in an earthen pan or jar just large enough to hold it, with plenty of clarified butter, and bake it two hours and a-half in a slow oven ; then take it out, and when cold take out the goose and set it in a sieve ; take off the butter and hard fat, which put by the fire to melt, add- ing, if required, more clarified butter. Wash and wipe out the pan, put the bird again into it, and take care that it is well covered with the warm butter ; then tie the jar down with bladder and leather. It will keep thus for a long time. When wanted for the table, the jar should be placed in a tub of hot water so as melt the butter ; the goose then can be taken out, the cloth taken oft' it, and sent to table cold. 106. OYSTER PIE. The following directions may be safely relied upon. Take a large dish, butter it, and spread a rich paste over the sides and round the edge, but not at the bottom. The oysters should be fresh, and as large and fine as possible. Drain off part of the liquor from the oysters. Put them into a pan, and season them with pep- per, salt and spice. Stir them well with the seasoning. Have ready the yolks of eggs, chopped fine, and the grated bread. Pour the oysters (with as much of their liquor as you please) into the dish that has the paste in it. Strew over them the chopped egg and grated bread. Roll out the lid of the pie, and put it on, crimping the edges handsomely. Take a small sheet of paste, cut it into a square, and roll it up. Cut it with a sharp knife into the form. of a double tulip. Make a slit in the centre of the upper crust, and stick the tulip in it. Cut out eight large leaves of paste, and lay them on the lid. Bake the pie in a quick oven. 107. SALAD. This is a point of pro- ficiency which it is easy to attain with care. The main point is, to incorporate the several articles required for the sauce, and to serve up at table as fresh as possible. The herbs should be " morning gathered," and they will be much refreshed by laying an hour or two in spring water. Careful picking, and washing, and drying in a cloth, in the kitchen, are also very important, and the due proportion of each herb requires attention. The sauce may be thus prepared: Boil two eggs for ten or twelve minutes, and then pat them in cold water for a few minutes, so that the yolks may become quite cold and hard. Rub them through a coarse sieve with a wooden spoon, and mix them with a tablespoonful of water or cream and then add two tablespoonfuls of fine flask oil or melted butter; mix, and add by degrees a teaspoonful of salt, and the same quantity of mustard ; mix till smooth, when incorporate with the other ingredients about three table- spoonfuls of vinegar ; then pour this sauce down the side of the salad-bowl, but do not stir up the salad till wanted to be eaten. Garnish the top of the salad with the white of the eggs, cut in slices ; or these may be arranged in - such manner as to be ornamental on the table. Some persons may fancy they are able to prepare a salad with- out previous instruction; but like every- thing else, a little knowledge in this case may not be thrown away. 308. USE OF FRUIT. Instead of standing in any fear of a generous con- sumption of ripe fruits, we regard them as positively conducive to health. Th* 48 THINK OF EASE, BUT WORK ON. very maladies commonly assumed to have their origin in the free use of apples, peaches, cherries, melons, and wild berries, have been quite as preva- lent, if not equally destructive, in seasons of scarcity. There are so many erroneous notions entertained of the bad effects of fruits, that it is quite time a counteracting impression should be promulgated, having its foundation in common sense, and based on the com- mon observation of the intelligent. We have no patience in reading the endless rules to be observed in this particular department of physical com- fort. No one, we imagine, ever lived longer or freer from the paroxysms of disease, hy discarding the delicious fruits of the land in which he finds a home. On the contrary, they are necessary to the preservation of health, and are therefore caused to make their appearance at the very time when the condition of the body, operated upon by the deteriorating causes not always understood, requires their grateful, renovating influence. 109. DAUGHTERS. Mothers, who wish not only to discharge well their own duties in the domestic circle, but to train up their daughters at a later day to make happy and comforta- ble firesides for their families, should watch well, and guard well, the notions wii.ch they imbibe and with which they grow up. There will be so many persons ready to fill their young heads with false and vain fancies, and there is BO much always afloat in society oppos- ed to duty and common sense, that if mothers do not watch well, they may contract ideas very fatal to their future happiness and usefulness, and hold them till they grow into habits of thought or feeling. A wise mother will have her eyes open, and be ready for every case. A few words of common, downright, respectable, practical sense, timely lit- tered by her, may be enough to coun- teract some foolish idea or belief put into her daughter's head by others, whilst, if it be left unchecked, it may take such possession of the mind that il cannot later be corrected. One main falsity abroad in this age is the notion, that women, unless compelled to it by absolute poverty, are out of place when engaged in domestic affairs. Now mothers should have n care lest theii daughters get hold of this conviction as regards tnemselves there is danger of it ; the fashion of the day endangers it, and the care that an affectionate family ;ake to keep a girl, during the time of icr education, free from other occupa- :ions than those of her tasks or her re reations, also endangers it. It is possi ale that affection may err in pushing this care too far; for as education means a fitting for life, and as a wo- man's life is much connected with do- mestic and family a flairs, or ought to be so, if the indulgent consideration of parents abstains from all demands upon the young pupil of the school not con- nected with her books or her play, will she not naturally infer that the matters with which she is never asked to con- cern herself are, in fact, no concern to tier, and that any attention she ever may bestow on them is not a matter of simple duty, but of grace, or concession, or stooping, on her part ? Let mothers avoid such danger. If they would do so, they must bring up their daughters from the first with the idea that in this world it is required to give as well as to receive, to minister as well as to eu joy ; that every person is bound to be useful, practically, literally useful, in his own sphere, and that a woman's first sphere is the house, and its concerns and demands. Once really imbued with this belief, and taught to see how much the happiness of woman herself, as well as her family, depends on this part of her discharge of duty, and a young girl will usually be anxious to learn all that her mother is disposed to teach, and will be proud and happy to aid in any domestic occupations assigned to her which need never be made so heavy a to interfere with the peculiar duties of her age, or its peculiar delights. If a mother wishes to see her daughter be- come a good, happy, and rational \v& RICHES ARE BUT THE BAGGAGE OF FORTUNE. man, never let her admit of contempt for domestic occupations, or even suffer them to be deemed secondary. They may be varied in character by station, but they can never be secondary to a woman. HO. SERVANTS. There are fre- quont complaints that, in these days servants are bad, and apprentices are bad, and dependants and aiding hands generally are bad. It may be so. But if it is so , what is the inference ? In the working of the machine of society, class moves pretty much with class; that is, one class moves pretty much with its equals in the community (equals so far as social station is con- cerned), and apart from other classes, as much those below as those above itself; but there is one grand exception to this general rule, and that is, in the case of domestic servants. The same holds, though in less degree, with ap- prentices and assistant hands ; and in less degree only, because, in this last case, the difference of grade is slighter. Domestic servants and assistants in business and trade, come most closely and continually into contact with their employers ; they are about them from morning to night, see them in every phase of character, in every style of humour, in every act of life. How in- fluence will descend ! Conscientiousness is spread, not only by precept but by example, and, so to speak, by contagion it is spread more widely. Kindness is communicated in the same way. Virtue of every kind acts like an electric shock. Those in contact with its practice rs re- ceive the communication of it. The same with qualities and tempers that do no honour to our nature. If servants come to you bad, you may at least im- prove them; possibly almost change their nature. Hei*e follows, then, a recipe to that effect: Recipe for ob- taining good servants. Let them ob- serve in your conduct to others just the qualities and virtues that you would deaire they should possess and practice as respects you. Be uniformly kind and gentle. If you reprove, do so with reason and with temper. Be re- spectable, and you will be respected by him. Be kind and you will meet kind ness from them. Consider their inter ests, and they will consider yours. A friend in a servant is no contemptible thing. Be to every servant a friend; and heartless, indeed, will be the ser- vant who does not warm in love to you. 111. How TO MAKE GOOD BUT- TER. Milk should never be set for butter in a dark, damp cellar as in the case with butter makers in this section as the cream is thereby moulded be- fore it has had time to rise, which gives the butter a mouldy taste. The milk is allowed to stand too long before being skimmed, which gives it a cheesy taste. The cream is kept too long before it is churned, after it is skimmed, which gives it the taste of the other two ; and also a sour taste. The butter should never be washed in water, because it takes away that beautiful aroma so essential in good butter. It should never be taken in a per- son's warm hands, as the heat melts a certain portion of the globules, which gives it an oily taste, and makes it be- come rancid very soon. The milk should be set in good clean tin or earthen pans, in a dry, open, airy and shady place, above ground, if pos- sible, although a cellar may be so built, and ventilated, as to answer the pur- pose. It should never be set over twenty-four hours in warm weather; and for a dairy of three cows or over, the cream should be churned every morning, and never be kept over forty eight hours, in warm weather ; in cold weather it may be kept longer. It should alwaya be about the same heat that the milk is when drawn from tho cow, and churned steadily, and I have never known it to fail of coming readily, (we use a cylinder churn ;) it is then taken from the chum with a wooden butter ladle, into a wooden tray, which has been well scalded and cooled in 50 WHO LOOKS NOT BEFORE FINDS H1MSKLF BEHIND. pure cold water ; the ealt is then work- ed in to suit the taste, which is easily done with a little practice, and the butter-milk well worked out ; it is then set away in a cool place for about twenty-four hours, when it is well worked over again, as long as milk or pickle can be worked out. Butter made in this way, and put in stone pots, and kept from 'the air, will keep for along time. 112 BLACK CURRANT JELLY. To each pound of picked fruit, allow one gill of water ; set them on the fire in the preserving-pan to scald, but do not let them boil; bruise them well with a silver fork, or wooden beater, take them oif and squeeze them through a hair sieve ; and to every pint of juice allow a pound of loaf or raw sugar; boil it ten minutes. 113. BREAD (CHEAP AND EX- CELLENT KIND). Simmer slowly, over a gentle fire, a pound of rice in three quarts of water, till the rice has become perfectly soft, and the water has either evaporated or imbibed by the rice: let it become cool, but not cold, and mix it completely with four pounds of flour ; add to it some salt, and about four tablespoonfuls of yeast. Knead it very thoroughly, for on this depends whether 0r not your good materials produce a superior article. Next let it rise well before the fire, make it up into loaves with a little of the flour which, for that purpose, you must reserve from your four pounds and bake it rather long. , This is an exceedingly good and cheap bread. 114 ECONOMICAL AND NOURISH- ING BREAD. Suffer the miller to re- move from the flour only the coarse flake bran. Of this bran boil five or six pounds in four and a-half gallons of water; when the goodness is extracted from the bran, during which time the liquor will waste one-half or three-quar- ters of a gallon, strain it and let it cool. When it has cooled down to the temper- ature of new milk, mix it with fifty-six pounds of flour, and as much salt and yeast as would be used for other bread ; knead it exceedingly well ; let it rise before the fire, and bake it in email loaves: small loaves are preferable to large ones, because they take the heat more equally. There are two advan tages in making bread with bran water instead of plain water ; the one being that there is considerable nourishment in bran which is thus extracted and added to the bread, the other, that flour imbibes much more of bran water than it does of plain water ; so much more, as to give in the bread produced almost a fifth in weight more than the quantity of flour made up with plain water would have done. These are important considerations to the poor. Fifty-six pounds of flour, made with plain water, would produce sixty-nine and a-half pounds of bread ; made with bran water it will produce eighty-three and a-half pounds. 115. SCOURING DROPS FOR REMOVING GREASE. There are several preparations of this name ; one of the best is made as follows: Cain- phene, or spirits of turpentine, three ounces ; essence of lemon, one ounce ; mix. 116. POMATUMS.^For making pomatums, the lard, fat, suet, or mar- row used, must be carefully prepared by being melted with as gentle a heat as possible, skimmed, strained, and cleared from the dregs which are de- posited on standing. 117. COMMON POMATUM. Mutton suet, prepared as above, one pound ; lard, three pounds ; carefully melted to- gether, and stirred constantly as it cools, two ounces of bergainot being added. 118. HARD POMATUM. Lard and mutton suet carefully prepared, of each one pound ; white wax, four ounces ; es- sence of bergamot, one ounce. 119. PICKLING EGGS. If the following pickle were generally known it would be more generally used. W constantly keep it in our family, and find it an excellent pickle to be eaten with cold meat, &c. The eggs should be boiled hard (say ten minutes), and THERE ARE NONE POOR BUT SUCH AS GOD DISOWNS. 51 then divested of their shells ; when quite cold put them in jars, and pour over them vinegar (sufficient to quite cover them), in which has been previ- ously boiled the usual spices for pick- ling ; tie the jars down tight with blad- der, and keep them till they begin to change colour. 120. WHITE CURRANT JELLY. White currant jelly is made in the same way as red currant jelly, only it should have double-refined sugar, and Dot bo boiled above ten minutes. White currant jelly should be put through a lawn sieve! 121. ANOTHER RECEIPT FOR WHITE CURRANT JELLY. After the fruit is stripped from the stalks, put it into the pan, and when it boils run it quickly through a sieve : take a pound of sugar to each pint of juice, and let it boil twenty minutes. 122. POTATOES. We are all po- iato eaters (for ourselves we esteem potatoes beyond any other vegetable), yet few persons know how to cook them. Shall we be bold enough to commence our hints by presuming to hrform our " grandmothers" how 123. To BOIL POTATOES? Put them inio a saucepan with scarcely sufficient water to cover them. Directly the skins begia to break, lift them from the fire, and M vapidly as possible pour off every drop of the water. Then place a coarse (we need not%ay clean) towel over them, and return them to the fire again until they are thoroughly done, and quite dry. A little salt, to taste, should have been added to the water before boiling-. 124. POTATOES FRIED WITH FISH. Take cold fish and cold potatoes. Pick all the bones from the former, and mash the fi*h and the potatoes together. Form into rolls, and fry with lard until the outsides are brown and crisp. For this purpose, the drier kinds of fish, iuch as cod, are preferable. Eels, &c., are not so good. This is an economi- tal and excellent relish. (See 104.) 125. POTATOES MASHED WITH ONIONS. Prepare some boiled onions, 3 by putting them through a sieve, and mix them with potatoes. Regulate the portions according to taste. 126. POTATO CHEESE CAKES. One pound of mashed potatoes, quarter of a pound of currants, quarter of a pound of sugar and butter, and four eggs, to be well mixed together ; bake them in patty pans, having first lined them with puff paste. 127. POTATO COLCANON. Boil po- tatoes and greens, and spinach, sepa- rately ; mash the potatoes ; squeeze the greens dry ; chop them quite fine, and mix them with the potatoes with a little butter, pepper, and salt. Put into a mould, buttering it well first; let it stand in a hot oven for ten minutes. 128. POTATOES ROASTED UNDER MEAT. Half boil large potatoes ; drain the water ; put them into an earthen dish, or small tin pan, under meat roast- ing before the fire ; baste them with the dripping. Turn them to brown on all sides ; send up in a separate dish. 129. POTATO BALLS RAGOUT. Add to a pound of potatoes a quarter of a pound of grated ham, or some sweet herbs, or chopped parsley, an onion or eschalot, salt, pepper, and a little grated nutmeg, and other spice, with the yolk of a couple of eggs ; then dress as potatoes escolloped. 130. POTATO SNOW. Pick out the whitest potatoes, put them on in cold water; when they begin to crack, strain, and put them in a clean stew- pan before the fire till they are quite dry, and fall to pieces; rub them them through a wire sieve or the dish they are to be sent up in, and do not disturb them afterwards. 131. POTATOES FRIED WHOLE. When nearly boiled enough, put them into a stew-pan with a bit of butter, or some clean beef drippings; shake them about often to prevent burning, til they are bro>*n and crisp ; drain them frojp the fat. It will be an improve- ment if they are floured and dipped into the yolk of an egg, and then rolled in finely-sifted bread crumbs. 132. POTATOES FRIED IN SLICES BETTER GO TO BED SUPPERLESS THAN Ru,*; IN DEBT. Peel large potatoes, slice them about a quarter of an inch thick, or cut them into shavings, as you would peel a lemon ; dry them well in a clean cloth, and fry them in lard or dripping. Take care that the fat and frying-pan are quite clean ; put it on a quick fire, and as soon as the lard boils, and is still, put in the slices of potato, and keep moving them until they are crisp ; take them up, and lay them to drain on a sieve. Send to table with a little salt sprink- led over them. 133. POTATOES ESCOLLOPED Mash potatoes in the usual way ; then butter some nice clean scollop-shells, patty-pans, or tea-cups, or saucers ; put m your potatoes; make them smooth at the top ; cross a knife over them ; stew a few fine bread-crumbs on them ; sprinkle them with a paste-brush with a few drops of melted butter, and set them in a Dutch oven. When nicely browned on the top, take them care- fully out of the shells, and brown on the other side. Cold potatoes may be warmed up in this way. 134. POTATO SCONES. Mash boiled potatoes till they are quite smooth, adding a little salt; then knead out the flour, or barley-meal, to the thick- ness required; toast on the griddle, pricking with a fork to prevent them blistering. When eaten with fresh or salt butter they are equal to crumpets even superior, and very nutritious. 135. POTATOE PIE. Peel and slice your potatoes very thin into a pie-dish ; between each layer of potatoes put a little * chopped onion ; between each layer sprinkle a little pepper and salt : put in a little water, and cut about two ounces of fresh butter into bits, and lay them on the top ; cover it close with paste. The yolks of four eggs may be added ; and when baked, a table-spoon- ful of good mushroom ketchup poured in through a funnel. Another method is to put between the layers small Jiits of mutton, beef, or pork. (See. 31.) 136. GINGER-BEER POWDERS. Blue paper: Carbonate of soda, thirty grains ; powdered gingei , five grains ; ground white sugar, one drachm to one drachm and a-half; essence of lemon, one drop. Add the essence to the sugar, then the other ingredients. A quantity should be mixed and divid- ed, as recommended for Seidlitz pow- ders. White paper : Tartaric acid, thirty grains. Directions. Dissolve the contents of the blue paper in water ; stir in the contents of the white paper, and drinl? during effervescence. Ginger-beer pow ders do not meet with such general approbation as lemon and kali, the powdered ginger rendering the liquid slightly turbid. 137. APPLE BREAD. A very light pleasant bread is made in France by a mixture of apples and flour, in the proportion of one of the former to two of the latter. The usual quantity of yeast is employed as in making com- mon bread, and is beaten with flour and warm pulp of the apples after they have boiled, and the dough is then considered as set ; it is then put in a proper vessel, and allowed to rise for eight or twelve hours, and then baked in long loaves. Very little water is requisite: none, generally, if the apples are very fresh. 138. TO MAKE ANCHOVIES. Procure a quantity of sprats, as fresh as possible ; do not wash or wipe them, but just take them as caught, and for every peck of the fish take two pounds of common salt, quarMr of a pound of bay-salt, four pounds of saltpetre, two ounces of sal-prunella, and two penny- worth of cochineal. Pound all these ingredients in a mortar, mixing them well together. Then take stone jars or small kegs, according- to your quantity of sprats, and lay a layer of the fish, and a layer of the mixed ingredients alternately, until the pot is full ; then press hard down, and cover close for six months, they will then be fit for use I can vouch for the excellence and cheapness of the anchovies made in thia manner. 139. CEMENT FOR BROKEN CHINA, GLASS, &c. The following recipe, from experience, we know to be WHEN THE TREE IS FALLEN EVERT MAN RUSHES TO IT WITH A HATCHBT. 53 R good one, and, being nearly colourless, it possesses advantages which liquid glue and other cements do not : Dis- solve half an ounce of gum acacia in a, wine glass of boiling water ; add plas- ter of Paris sufficient to form a thick paste, and apply it with a brush to the parts required to be cemented together. Several articles upon our toilette table have been repaired most effectually by this recipe. (See 78.) 140. SIGNIFICATIONS OF NAMES. Aaron, Hebrew, a mountain. Abel, Hebrew, vanity. Abraham, Hebrew, the father of many. Adam, Hebrew, red earth. Adolphus, Saxon, happiness and help. Albert, Saxon, all bright. Alexander. Greek, a helper of men. Alfred. Saxon, all peace. Ambrose, Greek, immortal Amos, Hebrew, a burden. Andrew, Greek, courageous. Anthony, Latin, flourishing. Archibald, German, a bold observer. Arnold. German, a maintainer of honour. Arthur. British, a strong man. Baldwin, German, a bold winner. Bardulph, German, a famous helper. Barnaby, Hebrew, a prophet's son. Bartholomew, Hebrew, the son of him who made the waters to rise. Beaumont, French, a pretty mount. Bede, Saxon, prayer. Benjamin, Hebrew, the son of a right hand. Bennet, Latin, blessed. Bernard, German, bear's heart. Bertram, German, fair, illustrious. Boniface, Latin, a well-doer. Brian, French, having a thundering voice. Cadwallader, British, valiant in war. Caesar, Latin, adorned with hair. Caleb, Hebrew, a dog. Cecil, Latin, dim-sighted. Charles, German, noble-spirited. Christopher, Greek, bearing Christ. Clement, Latin, mild-tempered. Conrad, German, able counsel. Constantino, Latin, resoluve. Crispin, Latin, having curled locks. Cuthbert, Saxon, known famously. Daniel, Hebrew, God is judge. David, Hebrew, well-beloved. Denis, Greek, belonging to the god 9 wine. Dunstan, Saxon, most high. Edgar, Saxon, happy honour. Edmund, Saxon, happy peace. Edward, Saxon, happy keeper. Edwin, Saxon, happy conqueror. Egbert, Saxon, ever bright. Elijah, Hebrew, God, the Lord. Elisha, Hebrew, the salvation of God Ephraim, Hebrew, fruitful. Erasmus, Greek, lovely, worthy to b loved. Ernest, Greek, earnest, serious. Evan or Ivou,British, the same as Johii. Everard, German, well reported. Eugene, Greek, nobly descended. Eustace, Greek, standing firm. Ezekiel, Hebrew, the strength of God Felix, Latin, happy. Ferdinand, German, pure peace. Francis, German, free. Frederic, German, rich peace. Gabriel, Hebrew, the strength tt God Geoffery, German, joyful. George, Greek, a husbandman. Gerard, Saxon, all towardliness Gideon, Hebrew, a breaker Gilbert, Saxon, bright as gold. Giles, Greek, a little goat. Godard, German, a godly disposition Godrey, German, God's peace. Godwin, German, victorious in God Griffith, British, having great faith. Guy, French, the mistletoe shrub. Hannibal, Punic, a gracious lord. Harold, Saxon, a champion. Hector, Greek, a stout defender. Henry, German, a rich lord. Herbert, German, a bright lord. Hercules, Greek, the glory of Hera Juno. Hezekiah, Hebrew, cleaving to the Lord Horatio, Italian, worthy to be beheld Howel, British, sound or whole. Hubert. German, a bright colour. Hugh, Dutch, high, lofty. |K.arpLrey, German, domestic peace THE BEST PHYSICIANS ARE DR. DIET, DR. QUIET, AND DR. MERRYMAN. Jacob, Hebrew, a supplanter. James or Jacques, beguiling. Ingram, German, of angelic purity. Joab, Hebrew, fatherhood. Job, Hebrew, sorrowing. Joel, Hzbrcw, acquiescing. John, Hebrew, the grace of the Lord. Jonah, Hebrew, a dove. Jonathan, Hebreic, the gift of the Lord. Joscelin, German, just. Joseph, Hebrew, addition. Josias, Hebrew, the fire of the Lord. Joshua, Hebrew, a Saviour. Isaac, Hebrew, laughter. Lambert, Saxon, a fair lamb. juancelot, Spanish, a little lance. Laurence, Latin, crowned with laurels. Lazarus, Hebrew, destitute of help. Leonard, German, like a lion. Leopold, German, defending the people. Lewellin, British, like a lion. Lewis, French, the defender of the peo- ple. Lionel. Latin, a little lion. Lucius, Latin, shining. Luke, Greek, a wood or grove. Mark, Latin, a hammer. Martin, Latin, martial. Mathew, Hebrew, a gift or present. Maurice, Latin, sprung of a Moor. Meredith, British, the roaring of the sea.- Michael Hebrew, who is like God ? Morgan. British, a mariner. Moses, Hebrew, drawn out. Nathaniel, Hebrew, the gift of God. Neal, French, somewhat black. Nicolas, Greek, victorious over the people. Noel, French, belonging to one's na- tivity. Norman, French, one born in Nor- mandy. Obadiah, Hebrew, the servant of the Lord. Oliver, Latin, an olive. Orlando, Italian, counsel for the land. Osmund, Saxon, house peace. Oswald, Saxon, ruler of a house. Owen, British, well descended. Patrick, Latin, a nobleman. Paul, Latin, small, little. Percival, French, a place in France. Peregrine, Latin, outlandish. Peter, Greek, a rock or stone. Philip, Greek, a lover of horses. Phiueas, Hebrew, of bold countenance Ralph, contracted from Radolph, or Randal, or Rauulph, Saxon, pure help Raymund, German, quiet peace. Reuben, Hebrew, the son of vision. Reynold, German, a lover of purity. Richard, Saxon, powerful. Robert, German, famous in counsel. Roger, German, strong counsel. Rowland, German, counsel for the land Rufus, Latin, reddish. Solomon, Hebrew, peaceable. Samson, Hebrew, a little son. Samuel, Hebrew, heard by God. Saul, Hebrew, desired. Sebastian, Greek, to be reverenced. Simeon, Hebrew, hearing. Simon, Hebrew, obedient. Stephen, Greek, a crown or garland. Swithin, Saxon, very high. Theobald, Saxon, bold over the people. Theodore, Greek, the gift of God. Theodosius, Greek, given of God. Theophilus, Greek, a lover of God. Thomas, Hebrew, a twin. Timothy, Greek, a fearer of God. Toby or Tobias, Hebrew, the goodness of the Lord. Valentine, Latin, powerful. Vincent, Latin, conquering. Vivian, Latin, living. Walter, German, a wood master. Wai win, German, a conqueror. William, German, defending many. Zaccheus, Syriac, innocent. Zachary, Hebrew, remembering the Lord. Zebedee, Syriac, having an inheritance. Zedekiah, Hebrew, the justice of the Lord. Adeline, German, a princess. Agatha, Greek, good. Agnes, German, chaste. Alethea, Greek, the truth. Althea, Greek, hunting. Alice, Alicia, German, noble. Amy, Amelia, French, a beloved. Anna, Anne, or Hannah, Hebrew, gra cious. THE MILL CANNOT GRIND WITH THE WATER THAT IS PAST. Arabella, Latin, a fair altar. Aureola, Latin, like gold. Barbara, Latin, foreign or strange. Beatrice, Latin, making happy. Benedicta, Latin, blessed. Bernice, Greek, bringing victory. Bertha, Greek, bright or famous. Blanche, French, fair. Bona, Latin, good. Bridget, Irish, shining bright. Cassandra, Greek, a reformer of men. Catharine, Greek, pure or clean. Charity, Greek, love, bounty. Charlotte, French, all noble. Caroline, feminine of Carolus, the Latin of Charles, noble-spirited. Chloe, Greek, a green herb. Christiana, Greek, belonging to Christ. Cecilia, Latin, from Cecil. Cicely, a corruption of Cecilia. Clara, Latin, clear or bright. Constance, Latin, constant. Deborah, Hebrew, a bee. Diana, Greek, Jupiter's daughter. Dorcas, Greek, a wild roe. Dorothy, Greek, the gift of God. Eadith, Saxon, happiness. Eleanor, Saxon, all fruitful. Eliza, Elizabeth, Hebrew?, the oath of God Emily, corrupted from Amelia. Emma, German, a nurse. Esther, Hesther, Hebrew, secret. Eve, Hebrew, causing life. Eunice, Greek, fair victory. Eudoia, Greek, prospering in the way Frances, German, free, Gertrude, German, all truth. Grace, Latin, favour. Hagar, Hebrew, a stranger. Helena, Greek, alluring. Jane, softened from Joan ; or, Janne, the feminine of John. Janet, Jeannette, little Jane. Joyce, French, pleasant. Isabella, Spanish, fair Eliza. Judith, Hebrew, praising. Julia, Juliana, feminine, of Julius. Letitia, Latin, joy or gladness. Lois, Greek, better. Lucre tia, Latin, a chaste Roman lady. Lucy, Latin, feminins of Lucius. Lydia, Greek, descended fron Lud. Mabel, Latin, lovely. Magdalene,Maudlin,%riae, magnificent Margaret, German, a pearl. Martha, Hebrew, bitterness. Mary, Hebrew, bitter. Maud, Matilda, Greek, a lady of honour Mercy, English, compassion. Mildred, Saxon, speaking mild. Nest, British, the same as Agnes. Nicola, Greek, feminine of Nicolas. Olympia, Greek, heavenly. Orabilis, Latin, to be entreated. Parnell, or Petronilla, little Peter. Patience, Latin, bearing patiently. Paulina, Latin, feminine of Paulinus. Penelope, Greek, a turkey. Persjs, Greek, destroying. Philadelphia, Greek, brotherly love. Philippa, Greek, feminine of Philip. Phoebe, Greek, the light of life. Phyllis, Greek, a green bough. Priscilla, Latin, somewhat old. Prudence, Latin, discretion. Psyche, Greek, the soul. Rachel, Hebrew, a lamb. Rebecca, Hebrew, fat or plump. Rhode, Greek, a rose. Rosamund, Saxon, rose of peace Rosa, Latin, a rose. Rosecleer, English, a fair rose. Rosabella, Italian, a fair rose. Ruth, Hebrew, trembling. Sabina, Latin, sprung from the Sabine* Salome, Hebrew, perfect. Sapphira, Greek, like a sapphire stone Sarah, Hebrew, a princess. Sibylla, Greek, the counsel of God. Sophia, Greek, wisdom. Sophronia, Greek, of a sound mind. Susan, Susanna, Hebretc, a lily. Tabitha, Syriac, a roe. Temperance, Latin, moderation. Theodosia, Greek, given by God. Tryphosa, Greek, delicious. Tryphena, Greek, delicate. Vida, Erse, feminine of David. Ursula, Latin, a female bear. Walburg, Saxon, gracious. Winifred, Saxon, winning peace. Zenobia, Greek, the life of Jupiter. 141. BLACKING (Paste). Half a pound of ivoiy black, half a pound of treacle, half an ounce of powdered 56 BETTER GO ROUND THAN FALL INTO THE DITCH. aluin, one drachm of turpentine, one ounce of eulphuric acid, and two ounces of raw linseed oil. The ivory black and treacle must first be mixed to- gether until thoroughlj incorporated; then add the rest of the ingredients. It keeps best in a bladder. This receipt has been used in a friend's family for the last seventeen years, and is much approved. 142. SUC CEDANEUM. Take an old silver thimble, an old silver coin, or other silver article, and with a very fine file, convert it into filings. Sift through gauze, to separate the coarse from the fine particles. Take the finer portion, and mix with sufficient quicksilver to form a stiff amalgam, and while in this state, fill the cavities of decayed teeth. This is precisely the same as the metal- lic amalgam used by all dentists. Quicksilver may be bought at a trifle per half-ounce or ounce, at the chem- ist's. We have not the slightest hesi- tation in pronouncing this to be the best thing of the kind. Caution : as it turns black under the action of the acids of the mouth, it should be used sparingly for front teeth. A tooth should never be filled while it is aching. (See 144.) 143. LEMONS, WHOLE, FOR DESSERT. Take six fine, fresh, well- shaped lemons, cut a hole just round the stock, and with a narrow spoon scoop put the pippins, and press out the juice, but leave the pulp in the lemons. Put them into a bowl with two or three quarts of spring water, to steep out the bitterness. Leave them three 'days, changing the water each day ; or only two days if you wish them to be very bitter. Strain the juice as soon as squeezed out, boil it with one pound of loaf-sugar (setting the jar into which it was strained in a pan of boil- ing water fifteen or twenty minutes) ; *ie it up, quite hot, with bladder, and Bet by till wanted. Taste the water the lemons are lying in at the end of the third day; if not bitter, lift the lemons out into a china-lined pan, pour the water through a strainer upon them, boil gently one or two hours sot by in the pan. Boil again next day until BO tender that the head of a large needle will easily pierce the rind. Put in one pound of loaf-sugar, making it just boil, and leave to cool. Next day boil the syrup, and pour it to the lemons; add :ne pound of sugar, and hot water to supply what was boiled away. Lift out the lemons, and boil the syrup and pour on them again every day for a fortnight, then every three or four days, adding gradually three pounds of sugar When the lemons look clear and bright, boil the syrup pretty hard, add the lemon juice which had been set by, just boil, skim ; put the lemons into jars, pour the syrup upon them, and tie up the jars instantly with bladder. 144. THE TEETH. Dissolve two oz. borax in three pints of water ; be* fore quite cold, add thereto one tea- spoonful of tincture of myrrh and one tablespoonful of spirits of camphor ; bot- tle the mixture for use. One wineglass of the solution, added to half a pint of tepid water, is sufficient for each appli- cation. This solution, applied daily, preserves and beautifies the teeth, ex- tirpates tartarous adhesion, produces a pearl-like whiteness, arrests decay, and induces a healthy action in the gums. (See 142.) 145. CAMPHORATED DENTIFRICE. Prepared chalk, one pound; cam- phor, one or two drachms. The cam- phor must be finely powdered by moist- ening it with little spirits of wine, and then intimately mixed with the chalk. 146. MYRRH DENTIFRICE. Pow- dered cuttle fish, one pound ; powdered myrrh, two ounces. 147. COMPOUNDS TO PRO- MOTE THE GROWTH OF HAIR. When the hair falls off from dimin- ished action of the scalp, preparations of cantharides often prove useful ; they are sold under the names of Dupuy- tren's Pomade, Cazenaze's Pomade, &c. The following directions are as good as any of the more complicated recipes : 148. POMADE AGAINST BALDNESS. Beef marrow, soaked in several wa- WILLOWS ARE WEAK, YET THEY BIND OTHEB. WOOD. 57 ters, melted and strained, half a pound ; tincture of cantharides (made by soak- ing for a week one drachm of powdered cantharides in one ounce of proof spirit), one ounce; oil of bergamot, twelve irops. 149. ERASMUS WILSON'S LOTION AGAINST BALDNESS. Eaude Cologne, two ounces; tincture of cautharides, two drachms ; oil of lavender or rose- mary, of each ten drops. These appli- cations must be used once or twice a day for a considerable time ; but if the scalp become sore, they must be dis- continued for a time, or used at longer intervals. 150. BANDOLINE OR FIXATURE. Several preparations are used ; the fol- lowing are the best : No. 1. MuciLage of clean picked Irish moss, made by boiling a quarter of an ounce of the moss in one quart of water until sufficiently thick, rectified spirit in the proportion of a teaspoon- ful to each bottle, to prevent its being mildewed. The quantity of spirit varies ling to the time it requires to be kept. according No. 2. GumTragacanth, one drachm and a half; water, half a pint; proof spirit (made by mixing equal parts of rectified spirit and water), three ounces ; otto of roses, ten drops ; soak for twenty-four hours and strain. 151. MEDICINES (APERIENT) In the spring time of the year the judicious use of aperient medicines is much to be commended. 152. SPRING APERIENTS. For children nothing is better than: 1. Brimstone and treacle ; to each tea- cupful of this, when mixed, add a teaspoonful of cream of tartar. As this sometimes produces sickness, the following may be used : 2. Take of tartrate of soda one drachm and a half, powdered jalap and powdered rhubarb each fifteen grains, ginger, two grains mix. Dose for a child above five years one small teaspoonful: above ten years, a large teaspoonful ; above fif- teen, half the whole, or two teaspoon- fuV and for a person above twenty, three teaspoonfuls, or the whole, as may be required by the habit of the person. This medicine may be dis- solved in warm water, common or mint tea. This powder can be kept for use in a wide-mouthed bottle, and be in readiness for any emergency. The druggist may be directed to treble or quadruple the quantities as conve- nient. 153. APERIENT PILLS. To some adults all liquid medicines produce such nausea that pills are the only form in which laxative medicines can be exhibited ; the following is a useful formula : 3. Take of compound rhu- barb pill a drachm and one scruple, of powdered ipecacuanha six grains, and of extract of hyoscyamus one scruple Mix and beat into a mass, and divide into twenty-four pills. Take one, or two, or if of a very costive habit, three at bed-time. 4. For persons requiring a more powerful purge the same for mula, with ten grains of compound extract of colocynth, will form a good purgative pill. The mass receiving this addition must be divided into thirty, instead of twenty-four pills. 154. BLACK DRAUGHT. 5. The common aperient medicine known as black draught is made in the following manner: Take of senna leaves six drachms, bruised ginger, half a drachm sliced liquorice -root four drachms, boiling water half an imperial pint. Keep this standing- on the hob, or near the fire, for three hours, then strain, and after allowing it to grow cool, add of sal volatile one drachm and a-half, of tincture of senna, and of tincture of cardamoms, each half an ounce. (This mixture will keep a long time in a cool .) Dose, a wineglassful for an adult; two tablespoontuls for young persons above fifteen years of age. It is not a suitable medicine for chil- dren. 155. TONIC APERIENT. 6. Take of Epsom salts one ounce, diluted sulphu- ric acid one drachm, infusion of quassia chips half an imperial pint, compound tincture of rhubarb two d racking. Half 68 CHILDREN AND CHICKENS MUST ALWAYS BE PICKING. a wineglassful for a dose twice day. 156. INFANTS' APERIENT 7. Tak of rhubarb five grains, magnesia thre trains, white sugar a scruple, mann ve grains ; mix. Dose, varying from a piece half the size of a sweet-pea t a piece the size of an ordinary pea. 8. A useful laxative for children i composed of calomel two grains, an< sugar a scruple, made into five pow ders ; half of one of these for a chili from birth to one year and a-half, anc a whole one from that age to five years. 157. FLOUR OP BRIMSTONE is a mild aperient in doses of about a quar ter of an ounce ; it is best taken in milk 158. MEDICINE WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. All medicines are mix ed by apothecaries' weight : this musi be carefully borne in mind, as the apothecaries' drachm is more than double that of avoirdupois or the com- mon weights. A set of the proper weights may be obtained at any scale- makers ; and they will be found to be marked thus : 5 Grains Scruples thus, 3 Drachms thus, 3 Ounces thus, 3 APOTHECARIES' WEIGHT. 20 grains make 1 scruple 9i 3 scruples " 1 drachm 3i 8 drachms " 1 ounce 3i 12 ounces " 1 pound nr Medicines are always purchased wholesale by avoirdupois weight. For compounding liquids an apothecary's glass measure will be found indispensa- ble. A two or three ounce size will be large enough for most purposes. 159. METHOD OF CURING THE STINGS OF BEES AND WASPS. The sting of a bee is generally more virulent than that of a wasp, and with some people attended with very violent effects. The sting of a bee is barbed at the end, and, consequently, always left in the wound ; that of a wasp is pointed only, BO that they can sting more than once, w^ich a bee cannot do. When any person is stung by a bee, let the sting, in the first place, be instantly pulled out ; for the longer it remains in the wound the deeper it will pierce, owiug to its peculiar form, and emit more of the poison. The sting is hoi. low, and the poison flows through it, which is the sole cause of the pain and inflammation. The pulling out of the sting should be done carefully, and with a steady hand, for if any part of it breaks in, all remedies then, in a great measure, will be ineffectual. When the sting is extracted, suck the wounded part, if possible, and very little inflam- mation, if any, will ensue. If hartshorn drops are immediately afterwards rub- bed on the part, the cure will be more complete. All notions of the efficacy of sweet oil, bruised parsley, burne^ tobacco, &c., appear, on various trials, to be totally groundless. On some people the sting of bees and wasps lave no effect ; it is therefore of little consequence what remedy they apply to the wound. However, the effect f stings greatly depends on the habit f body a person is of; at one time a sting shall take little or no effect, ;hough no remedy is used, which at mother time will be very virulent OD he same person. We have had occasion o test this remedy several times, and ?an safely avouch its efficacy. The exposure to which persons are subject ed during the hot summer months, wiD no doubt render this advice very use- ul ; its very simplicity making it more .cceptable. 160. PRESERVED PLUMS. xut your plums in half (they must not '6 quite ripe), and take out the stones Weigh the plums, and allow a pound of oaf-sugar to a pound of fruit. Crack be stones, take out the kernels, and reak them in pieces. Boil the plums nd kernels very slowly for abou fteen minutes, in as little water a ossible. Then spread them on a lurga ish to cool, and strain the liquor lext day make your syrup. Melt tha :igar in as little water as will suffice tv- issolve it (about a gill of water to a LITTLE STICKS KINDLE THE FIEE, BUT GREAT ONES PUT IT OUT. 59 pound of sugar), and boil it a few minutes, skimming it till quite clear. Then put in your plums with the liquor, and boil them fifteen minutes. Put them In jars, pour the juic* over them warm, and tie them up when cold, with brandy paper. Plums for common uee are very good done in treacle. Put your plums into an earthen vessel that holds a gallon, having first slit each plum with a kn' f e. To three quarts of plums put a pint of treacle. Cover them, and set them on hot coals in the chimney corner. Let them stew for twelve hours or more, occasionally stirring them and renewing the coals. The next day put them up in jars. Done in this manner, they will keep till the next Spring. Syrups may be improved in clearness by adding to the dissolved sugar and water some white of egg very well beaten, allowing the white of one egg to two pounds of sugar. Boil it very hard (adding the egg shell), and skim it well, that it may be quite clear before you put in your fruit. In the season for" preserves " our readers may be glad of the above instructions, which have been adopted with great success. Hints about making preserves, 61, are well worthy of attention. (See also, 39, 61,89, 112, 120, and 121.) 161. ^EVENING AMUSEMENTS WITH CARDS. Playing at cards, or any other game, for money or any- thing else of value, is a practice to be reprobated; but frr pleasant amuse- ment at an evening party, cards are extremely attractive. Raphael introduces to the notice of his young readers the system of an amusement which is in itself perfectly harmless, and at the same time both amusing and interesting. In the words of a celebrated author, " Divination (or that which is understood by the common term fortune-telling, and which of itself is both ambiguous and inappli- cable) may be pursued, in order to ob- tain an idea of the ultimate conse- quences of any action or thought, See "Tricks with Carl*/' published by Dick & Fitzgerald 3* provided a system be uniform and carefully observed." The same au- thor further adds, " that the sympa- thies of nature provide the means of elucidation if the mind is sufficiently anxious." To this Raphael might raise some question. He, however, offers the fol- lowing, hoping it may be productive of amusement in the sense he intends it. Take a pack of cards, and we will presume the presiding genius to be a lady of very fair and light complexion ; she will then be represented by the queen of diamonds, as persons of dif- ferent complexions are represented by the different suits of the pack. Thus diamonds represent the fairest, hearts the next fair, clubs a dark complexion, and spades very dark persons. Ladies are represented by the queens of the respective suits, and gentlemen by the kings. The jack or knave of each suit represents the person's thoughts of that suit of which the king represents the party ; thus if a king of diamonds represents a very fair man the knave of diamonds represents his thoughts. In order to proceed, let the cards be properly shuffled, and if the presiding personage tells his or her own destiny, he or she is represented by the card (king or queen, according to the sex), as above described, or if another per- son's, that person is represented in like manner. Suppose one is telling another their prospects ; let that per- son cut the pack, after being shuffled, into three lots, then, taking up the lots indiscriminately, let the cards be laid out (faces uppermost) in rows of nine in a row ; then, as there are fifty -two cards in the pack, therswill be five rows of nine each, and one of seven at the bottom ; these being laid on a ta- ble will form nearly a square. The representative card will of course be seen in one of the rows, and commenc- ing with that as one, count nine cards in every way possible, then the cards ending at nine in the various countings will denote what is to come to CO WHAT THOU CANST DO THYSELF, COMMIT NOT TO AKOTHBE. according to the following scale, and which must be applied to the best and most suitable advantage by the CON- SULTING ORACLE : Description of the Cards. The ace of diamonds represents a ring ; the ace of hearts, your house ; the ace of clubs, a letter ; and the ace of spades, death, spite, quarreling. OF DIAMONDS The Duce is money. Trey Four Five Six Seven Eight Nine Ten The Duce is Trey " Four " Five " Six Seven ;< Eight " Nine " Ten Speaking with a friend. a Strange Bed. a Settlement Pleasure. Money Business. New Clothes. Business. A journey. Money. OF HEARTS A Visitor. A Kiss. A Marriage Bed. A Present. Courtship. Friends. New Clothes. Feasting and Courtship. A Place of Amusement. OF CLUBS. The Duce is Vexation. Trey " Quarrels. Four " A Strange Bed. Five " A Bundle or Parcel. Six " Trouble. Seven " A Prison. Eight " Confusion. Nine " A Drinking Party. Ten ' " Going by Water. OF SPADES The Duce is a False friend. Trey " Tears. Four " A Sickbed. Five " A Surprise. Six " A Child. Seven " A Removal. Eight " A Roadway. Nine " A Disappointment. Ten " Sickness. OF THE COURT OF CARDS. The Kings represent Males according to the complexion . The Queens represent Females in like manner. The Knaves, the Thoughts of the re- spective parties. Therefore, as example, suppose nine cards being counted out four different ways, or even more, and let the person be a young lady whose destiny is to be determined, and the six of hearts, the eight of hearts, the ten of hearts, and ten of diamonds, are the four terminat- ing cards, it is shown that the lady in question will speedily receive particu- lar attentions from a gentleman ; that she will have some new apparel, go to some place of public amusement, and take a journey, or have money given to her. Supposing the queen of the suit representing the lady in question lying on the table faces to the right hand, and a knave or king- of clubs so placed as to look towards her, it shows the at- tention she will receive will be from a dark gentleman ; if it is the knave, and very close, it may be one of the com- pany, or near to her, or not residing far )ff; but if distant, he is from a distance, [t is not imperative to lay the cards out in rows of nine each, only that it affords a means of counting to a greater num- >er of cards. When several diamonds come together, it is a sign of receipt of money; several hearts, love; several clubs, drink and debauch ; and several pades, vexation and disappointment ; Spades are the most untoward signifi- cation. A married lady, in reading the 'uture, must make her husband king of her own suit ; but a single lady must make her lover king of his own suit. The knaves of the suit are representa- ive of their thoughts ; so that what is ruling in their minds may be learned >y counting from them, alway^ taking care to include the representative card. A single lady may see how her lover is disposed towards her by the way in which his representative card lies fthat s, if the king's or knave's face is ;owards her card, it is well ; if the back s turned he is not true, or is inattentive, and his thoughts are directed to another object. ALL THINGS HAVE A BEGINNING, GOD EXCEPTED. 61 If any one desires to know if she will have her wish, let her shuffle the cards well (as she likewise must on other occasions), wishing all the time for some one thing ; then cut them once, and, remembering carefully what card she cuts, she should shuffle them again, and deal the pack into three parcels ; look over each parcel, and if you find the card you cut in the first instance 'in the same parcel as your representa- tive card, there are great hopes ; if it conies next, or within one or two, you will certainly have your wish; if the nine of spades is in the same parcel, a disappointment awaits you as regards your wish; if the card (the nine of spades) is near your representative card, the disappointment will be heavy ; and according as you find the cards run in the parcel where your representative card is, so you may judge of the wish being realized. The nine of hearts is termed the wish card, and the seven of hearts the thoughts of the person whose destiny is being described, and according as these fall out in respect or next to other cards, must the result be construed. (See 489 and 2082.) 162. TO MAKE GINGERBREAD CAKE. Take one pound and a-half of treacle, one and a-half ounces of ground ginger, half an ounce of carra- way seeds, two ounces of allspice, four ounces of orange peel, shred fine ; half a pound sweet butter, six ounces blanched almonds, one pound honey, and one and a-half ounces carbonate of soda, with as much fine flour as makes a dough of moderate consistence. Directions for baking it. Make a pit in five pounds flour, then pour in the treacle, and all the other ingredients, creaming the butter; then mix them all together into a dough, work it well, then put in three quarters of an ounce tartaric acid, and put the dough into a buttered pan, and bake for two hours in a cool oven. To know when it is ready, dip a fork into it, and if it comes out sticky put it in the oven again; if not, it is read/ 163. HONEY WATER. Rectified spirits eight ounces ; oil of cloves, oil of bergamot, oil of lavender, of each half a drachm ; musk three grains ; yellow sanders shavings, four drachms. Digest for eight days ; add two ounces each of orange flower water and rose water. 164. A CURE FOR BURNS AND SCALDS. Four ounces of powdered alum put into a pint of cold water. A Eiece of rag to be dipped into this :quid, to be applied to the burn or scald frequently changed during the day. This is a rapid cure. 165. A CURE FOR WEAK AND SORE EYES. Sulphate of zinc three grains, tincture of opium ten drops, water two ounces. To be applied three or four times a-day. 166. PILLS FOR GOUT AND RHEUMATISM. Acetic extract of colchicum two grains, powdered ipeca cuanha four grains, compound extract of colocynth half a drachm, blue pill four grains. Divide into twelve pills ; one to be taken night and morning. 167. A MIXTURE FOR A BAD COLD AND COUGH. Solution of acetate of ammonia two ounces, ipeca- cuanha wine two drachms, antimony wine two drachms, solution of muriate of morphine half a drachm, treacle four drachms ; water add eight ounces. Take two tablespoonsfuls three times a-day. 168. TRUE INDIAN CURRY POWDER. Turmeric four ounces, coriander seeds eleven ounces, cayenne half an ounce, black pepper five ounces, pimento two ounces, cloves half an ounce, cinnamon three ounces, ginger two ounces, cumin seeds three ounces, shallots one ounce. All these ingredi- ents should be of a fine quality, and recently ground or powdered. 169. LIQUID FOR THE CURE AND PREVENTION OF BALD- NESS. Eau de Cologne two ounces, tincture of cantharides two drachma, oil of rosemary, oil of nutmeg, and oil of lavender, each ten drops. To b rubbed on the bald part of the head every night. (See 147. ) 170. CURE FOR TOOTHACHE 62 A GOOD BEGINNING MAKES A GOOD EXDINC, Two or three drops of essential oil of clovea, put upon a small piece of lint or cotton wool, and placed in the hollow of the tooth, which will be found to have the active power of curing the toothache without destroying the tooth or injuring the gums. l?j. LAVENDER WATER. Es- sence of musk four drachms, essence ( f ambergris four drachms, oil of cin- namon ten drops, English lavender six drachms, oil of geranium two drachms, spirits of wine twenty ounces. To be all mixed together. 172. LOTION FOR FRECKLES. Muriate of ammonia, half a drachm ; lavender water, two drachms ; distilled water, half a pint. Applied with a Bponge two or three times a day. 173. AMERICAN TOOTH POW- DER. Coral, cuttle fish-bone, dra- gon's blood, of each eight drachms; burnt alum and red ganders, of each four drachms ; orris root, eight drachms ; cloves and cinnamon, of each half a drachm ; vanilla, eleven grains ; rosewood, half a drachm ; rose pink, eight drachms. All to be finely pow- dered and mixed. 174. QUININE TOOTH POW- DER. Rose pink, two drachms; pre- cipitated chalk, twelve drachms; car- bonate of magnesia, one drachm ; qui- nine (sulphate), six grains. All to be well mixed together. 175. HOW TO TAKE MARKING INK OUT OF LINEN. A saturated solution of cyanuret of potassium, ap- plied with a camel' s-hair brush. After the marking ink disappears, the linen should be well washed in cold water. 176. HOW TO TAKE INK OUT OF BOARDS. Strong muriatic acid, or spirits of salts, applied with a piece of cloth ; afterwards well washed with water. 177. HOW TO TAKE WRITING INK OUT OF PAPER. Solution of muriate of tin, two drachms; water, four drachms. To be applied with a caniel's-hair brush. After the writing has disappeared, the paper should be passed through water, and dried. 178. A POSITIVE CURE FOR CORNS. The strongest acetic acid, applied night and morning with a camel's-hair brush. In one week the corn will disappear. Soft or hard corns. 179. PASTILS FOR BURNING. Cascarilla bark, eight drachms; guin benzoin, four drachms ; yellow sanders, two drachms ; styrax, two drachms ; olibanum, two drachms; charcoal, six ounces ; nitre, one drachm and a-half , mucilage of tragacanth, sufficient quan- tity. Reduce the substances to a pow- der, and form into a paste with the mucilage, and divide into small cones ; then put them into an oven until quite ^80. PILLS FOR A BAD COUGH. Compound ipecacuanhas powder, half a drachm; fresh dried squills, ten grains; ammoniacum, ten grains ; sulphate of quinine, six grains ; treacle, sufficient quantity to make a mass. Divide into twelve pills ; one to be taken night and morning. 181. BLACKING. Blacking is now always made with ivory black, treacle, linseed or sweet oil, and oil of vitriol. The proportions vary in the different directions, and a variable quantity of water is added, as paste or liquid black- ing is required ; the mode of making being otherwise precisely the same. (See 141.) 182. LIQUID BLACKING. 1. Ivory black and treacle of each one pound, sweet oil and oil of vitriol of each a quarter of a pound. Put the first three together until the oil is perfectly mixed or " killed; 1 ' then add the oil of vitriol diluted with three times its weight of water, and after standing three hours add one quart of water or sour beer. 2. In larger quantity it may be made as follows: ivory black three cwt., molasses or treacle two cwt., linseed oil three gallons, oil of vitriol twenty pounds, water eighty gallons. Mix as above directed. 183. PASTE BLACKING. 1. Ivory black twc pounds, treacle one pound, olivo oil and oil of vitriol of each A SLOTHFUL MAN IS A BEGGAR'S BROTHER. 63 quarter of a pound. Mix as before, adding only sufficient water to form into a paste. 2. In larger quantity: Ivory black three cwt., common treacle twD cwt., 1'jiseed oil and vinegar bottoms of each three gallons, oil of vitriol twenty-eight pounds, water a sufficient quantity. Note. The ivory black must be very finely ground for liquid blacking, other- wise it settles rapidly. The oil of vit- riol is powerfully corrosive when undi- luted, but uniting with the lime of the ivory black, it is partly neutralized, and" does not injure the leather, whilst it much improves the quality of the black- ing. 184. BEST BLACKING FOR BOOTS AND SHOES. Ivory black one and a- half ounce, treacle one and a-half ounce, Bperin oil three drachms, strong oil of vitriol three drachms, common vinegar half a pint. Mix the ivory black, trea- cle, and vinegar together, then mix the sperm oil and oil of vitriol separately, and add them to the other mixture. 185. BOOT-TOP LIQUID. Ox- alic acid and white vitriol of each one ounce, water one and a-half pint. To be applied with a sponge to the leather, previously washed, and then washed off again. This preparation is poisonous. 186. BLACK REVIVER FOR BLACK CLOTH. Bruised galls one pound, logwood two pounds, green vitriol half a pound, water five quarts. Boil for two hours, and strain. Used to restore the colour of black cloth. 187. LIQUID FOR PRESERV- ING FURS FROM MOTH. Warm water, one pint ; corrosive sublimate, twelve grains. If washed with this, and afterwards dried, furs are safe from moth. Care should taken to label the liquid poison. 188. FRENCH POLISHES. 1. N" APT HA POLISH. Shellac, three pounds; wood naptha, three quarts. Dissolve. 189. 2. SPIRIT POLISH. Shellac, two pounds; powdered ruast'c and sandarac, of each one ounce; copal half a pint; spirits >: wine one gallon. Digest in the cold till dis solved. 190. BRILLIANT WHITEWASH. Many have heard of the brilliant stucco whitewash on the east end 01 the President's house at Washington. The following is a receipt for it ; it is gleaned from the National Intelligencer, with some additional improvements learned by experiments. Take half a bushel of nice unslacked lime, slack it with boiling water, cover it during the process to keep in the steam. Strain and* the liquid through a fine sieve or strain- er, and add to it a peck of salt, pre- viously well dissolved in warm water ; three pounds of ground rice, boiled to a thin paste, and stirred in boiling hot ; half a pound of powdered Spanish whiting, and a. pound of clean glue, which has been previously dissolved by- soaking it well, and then hanging it over a slow fire, in a small kettle within a large one filled with water. Add five gallons of hot water to the mixture, stir it well, and let it stand a few days covered from the dirt. It should be put on right hot; for this purpose it can be kept in a kettle on a portable furnace. It is said that about a pint of this mixture will cover a square yard upon the outside of a house if properly applied. Brushes more or less small may be used accord- ing to the neatness of the job required. It answers as well as oil paint for wood, brick or stone, and is cheaper. It re- tains its brilliancy for many years. There is nothing of the kind that will compare with it, either for inside or outside walls. Colouring matter may be put in and made of any shade you like. Spanish brown stirred in will make red pink, more or less deep according to the quantity. A delicate tinge of this is very pretty, for insid** walls. Finely- pulverized common clay, well mixed with Spanish brown, make a reddish stone colour.* Yellow-ochre stirred in makes yellow wash, but crome goes further, and makes a colour generally esteemed prettier. In all th** case* 64 A FOOL'S BOLi IS SOON SHOT. the darkness of the shades of course is determined by the quantity of colour- ing used. It is difficult to make rules because tastes are different , it would be best to try experiments on a shingle and let it dry. We have been told that green must not be mixed with lime. The lime destroys the colour, and the colour has an effect on the whitewash, which makes it crack and p< <_!. When walls have been badly smoked and you wish to have them a clean white, it is well to squeeze indigo plentifully through a bag into the water you use, before it is stirred in the whole mixture. If a larger quantity than five gallons be wanted, the same proportion should be observed. 191. HUSBAND AND WIFE. Being hints to each other for the good of both, as actually delivered at our own table : 192. HINTS FOR WIVES. If your husband occasionally looks a little troubled when he comes home, do not say to him, with an alarmed counte- nance, " What ails you, my dear ?" Don't bother him ; he will tell you of his own accord, if need be. Don't rat- tle a hailstorm of fun about his ears either ; be observant and quiet. Don't suppose whenever he is silent and thoughtful that you are of course the cause. Let him alone until he is in- clined to talk ; take up your book or your needlework (pleasantly, cheer- fully; no pouting no sulleuness), and waft until he is inclined to be sociable. Don't let him ever find a shirt-button missing.- A shirt-button being off a col lar or wrist-band has frequently pro- duced the first hurricane in married life. Men's shirt-collars never fit ex- actly see that your husband's are made as well as possible, and then, if he does fret a little about them, never mind it; men have a prescriptive right to fret about shirt-collars. 193. HINTS FOR HUSBANDS If your wife complains that -young ladies " now-a-day" are very forward, don't accuse her of jealousy. A little con- cern on her part only proves her lore for you, and you may enjoy your tri umph without saying a word. Don't evince your weakness either, by com- plaining of every trifling neglect. What though her chair is not set so close to yours as it used to be, or though her knitting and crochet seem to abeord too large a share of her attention, depend upon it that, as her eyes watch the mtertwinings of the threads, and the manoeuvres of the needles as they dance in compliance to her delicate fingers, she is thinking of courting days, 4ove-letters, smiles, tears, suspicions, and reconciliations, by which your two hearts became entwined together in the network of love, whose meshes you can neither of you unravel or escape. 194. HINTS FOR WIVES. Never complain that your husband pores too much over the newspaper, to the ex^ elusion of that pleasing converse which you formerly enjoyed with him. Don't hide the paper ; don't give it to the children to tear ; don't be sulky when the boy leaves it at the door ; but take it in pleasantly, and lay it down before your spouse. Think what man would be without a newspaper ; treat it as a great agent in the work of civilization, which it assuredly is ; and think how much good newspapers have done by exposing bad husbands and bad wives, by giving their errors to the eye of the public. But manage you in this way : when your husband is absent, instead of gossiping with neighbors, or looking into shop windows, sit down quietly, and look over that paper; run your eye over its homo and foreign news ; glance rapidly at the accidents and casualties ; carefully scan the leading articles; and at tea-time, when your husband again takes up the paper, say, " My dear, what an awful state of things there seems to be in India ;" or " what a terrible calamity at the Glas- gow theatre;" or " trade appears to be flourishing in the north !" and depend upon it down will go the paper. If he has not read the information, he will hear it all from your lips, and whe A LIAR SHOULD HAVE A GOOD MEMORY. 65 you have done, he will ask, " Did you, my dear, read Simpson's letter upon the discovery of chleroform?" And whether you did or not, you will grad- ually get into as cosy a chat as you ever enjoyed; and you will soon dis- cover that, rightly used, the newspaper is the wife's real friend, for it keeps the husband at home, and supplies capital topics for every-day table-talk. 195. HINTS FOR HUSBANDS. You can hardly imagine how refreshing it is to occasionally call up the recollection of your courting days. How tediously the hours rolled away prior to the ap- pointed time of meeting; how swift they seemed to fly, when met; how fond was the first greeting ; how tender the last embrace ; how fervent were your vows ; how vivid your dreams of future happiness, when, re- turning to your home, you felt yourself secure in the confessed love of the ob- ject of your warm affections. Is your dream realized ? are you so happy as you expected ? Why not ? Consider whether as a husband you are as fer- vent and constant as you were when a lover. Remember that the wife's claims to your unremitting regard great be- fore marriage, are now exalted to a much higher degree. She has left the world for you the home of her child- hood, the fireside of her parents, their watchful care and sweet intercourse bave 'all been yielded up for you. Look then most jealously upon all that may tend to attract you from home, and to weaken that union upon which your temporal happiness mainly depends; and believe that in the solemn relationship of husband is to be found one of the best guarantees for man's honour and happiness. 196. HINTS FOR WIVES. Per- chance you think that your husband's disposition is much changed ; that he is no longer the sweet-tempered, ardent lover he used to be. This may be a mistake. Consider his struggles with the world his everlasting race with the busy competition of trade. What IB it makes him so oajjer in the pursuit of gain so energetic by day, so sleep- less by night but his love of home, wife, and children, and a dread that their respectability, according to the light in which he has conceived it, may be encroached upon by the strife of ex- istence. This is the time secret of that silent care which preys upon the hearts of many men ; and true it is, that when love is least apparent, it is nevertheless the active principle which animates the heart, though fears and disappoint- ments make up a cloud which obscures the warmer element. As .above the clouds there is glorious sunshine, while below are showers and gloom, so with the conduct of man behind the gloom of anxiety is a bright fountain of high and noble feeling. Think of this in those moments when clouds seem to lower upon your domestic peace, and by tempering your conduct accordingly, the gloom will soon pass away, and warmth and brightness take its place. 197. HINTS FOR HUSBANDS. Sum- mer is the season of love ! Happy birds mate, and sing among the trees ; fishes dart athwart the running streams, and leap from their element in resistless ecstacy ; cattle group in peaceful nooke, by cooling streams ; even the flowers seem to love as they twine their tender arms around each other, and throw their wild tresses about in beautiful profusion; the happy swain sits with his loved and loving mistress beneath the sheltering oak, whose arms spread out, as if to shield and sanctify their pure attachment. What shall the hus- band do now, when earth and heaven seem to meet in happy union ? Must he still pore over the calculations of the counting-house, or ceaselessly pursue the toils of the work-room sparing no iment to taste the joys which Heaven measures out so liberally 1 No ! " Come, dear wife, let us once more breathe the fresh air of heaven, and look upon the beauties of earth. The summers are few we may dwell together; we will not give them all to Mammon. Again [et our hearts glow with emotions of renewed love our feet shall again S6 A HUNGRY MAN SEES PAR. tread the green sward, and the music of the rustling trees shall mingle in our whisperings of love !" 198. HINTS FOR WIVES. " It was !" " It was not !" " It was .''"'It was not /" " Ah !" Ha !" Now who's the wiser or the better for this contention for the last word? Does obstinacy establish superiority, or elicit truth ? Decidedly not ! Woman has always been described as clamoring for the last word ; actors, authors, preach- ers, and philosophers, have agreed in attributing this trait to her, and in cen- suring her for it. Yet why they should condemn her, unless they wish the matter reversed, and thus committed themselves to the error imputed to her, it were difficult to discover. However, so it is ; and it remains for some one of the sex, by an exhibition of noble example, to aid in sweeping away the unpleasant imputation. The wife who will establish the rule of allowing her husband to have the last word, will achieve for herself and her sex a great moral victory ! Is he right ? it were a great error to oppose him. Is he wrong ? he will soon discover it, and applaud the self- command which bore nnvexed his pertinacity. And gradually there will spring up such a happy fusion of feelings and ideas, that there will be no " last word" to contend about but a steady and unruffled flow of generous sentiment. 199. HINTS FOR HUSBANDS. When once a man has established a home, his most important duties have fairly begun. The errors of youth may be overlooked ; want of purpose, and even of honour, in his earlier days, may be forgotten. But from the moment of his marriage he begins to write his indelible history; not by pen and ink, but by actions by which he must eve- afterwards be re- ported and judged. His conduct at home ; his solicitude, for his family ; the training of his children ; his devotion to his wile ; his regard for the great inter ests of eternity ; these are the tests by which his worth will ever afterwards be estimated by all who think or care about him. These will determine his position while living, and influence, his memory when died. He uses well or ill the brief space allotted to him out of all eternity, to build up a fame found ed upon the most solid of all founda- tions private worth; and God will judge him, and man judge of him ac- cordingly. 200. HINTS FOR WIVES. Don't imagine when you have obtained a hus- band that your attention to personal neatness and deportment may be re- laxed. Now, in reality, is the time for you to exhibit superior taste and excel- lence in the cultivation of your address, and the becoming elegance of your ap- pearance. If it required some little care to foster the admiration of a lovei how much more is requisite to keep yourself lovely in the eyes of him, to whom there is now no privacy or dis- guise your hourly companion? And if it was due to your lover that you should always present to him, vfhopro- posed to wed and cherish you, a neat and lady-like aspect ; how much more is he entitled to a similar mark of re- spect, who lias kept his promise with honourable fidelity, and linked all his hopes of future happiness with yours ? If you can manage these matters with- out appearing to study them, so much the better. Some husbands are impa- tient of the routine of the toilette, and not unreasonably so they possess ac- tive and energetic spirits, sorely dis- turbed by any waste of time. Some wives have discovered an admirable facility in dealing with this difficulty ; and it is a secret which, having been discovered by some, may be known to all and is well worth the finding out. 201. HINTS FOR HUSBANDS. Cus- tom entitles you to be considered the " lord and master" over your household But don't assume the master and sink the iord. Remember that noble gener osity, forbearance, amiability, and in tcgrity, are among the more lordly at tributes of man. As a husband therefore, exhibit the true nobility o AT OPEN DOORS DOGS COME IN. 67 man, and seek to govern your own household by the display of high moral excellence. A domineering spirit a fault-finding petulance impatience of trifling delays and the exhibition of unworthy passions at the slightest prov- ocation, can add no laure-l to your own " lordly" brow, impart no sweetness to home, and call forth no respect from those by whom you may be surrounded. It is one thing to be a master another thing to be a man. The latter should be the husband's aspiration ; for he who cannot govern himself is M-qualified to govern another. 202. HINTS TO WIVES. It is as- tonishing how much the cheerfulness of a wife contributes to the happiness of home. She is the sun the centre of a domestic system, and her children are like planets around her, reflecting her rays. How merry the little ones look when the mother is joyous and good-tempered ; and how easily and pleasantly her household labours are overcome! Her cheerfulness is re- flected everywhere: it is seen in the neatness of her toilette, the order of her table, and even the seasoning of her dishes. We remember hearing a hus- band say that he could always guage the temper of his wife by the quality of her cooking: good temper even influ- enced the seasoning of her soups-, and the lightness and delicacy of her pastry. When ill temper pervades, the pepper is dashed in as a cloud ; perchance the top of the pepper-box is included, as a kind of diminutive thunderbolt ; the salt is all in lumps ; and the spices seem to betake themselves all to one spot in a pudding, as if dreading the frowning face above them. If there be a hus- band who could abuse the smiles of a really good-tempered wife, we should like to look at him ! No, no, such a phenomenon does not exist. Among elements of domestic happiness, the 'imiability of the wife and mother is of the utmost importance it is one of the best securities for the HAP?INESS OF HOME, 203. HINTS FOR HOME COM- FORTS. A short needle makes the most ex- pedition in plain sewing. When you are particular in wishing to have precisely what you want from a butcher's, go and purchase it your- self. One flannel petticoat will wear near- ly as long as two, if turned behind -part before, when the front begins to wear thin. People in general are not aware ho\* very essential to the health of their in- mates is the free admission of light into their houses. A leather strap, with a buckle to fasten, is much more commodious than a cord for a box in general use for short distances ; cording and uncording is a nasty job. There is not any real economy in purchasing cheap calico for gentlemen's night shirts. The calico cuts in holes , and soon becomes bad coloured in washing. Sitting to sew by candle-light by a table with a dark cloth on it is injurious to the eye-sight. When no other remedy presents itself, put a sheet of white pa- per before you. People very commonly complain of indigestion: how can it be wondered at, when they seem by their habit of swallowing their food wholesale, to for- get for what purpose they are provided with teeth. Never allow your servants to put wiped knives on your table ; for, gene- rally speaking, you may see that they have been wiped with a dirty cloth. If a knife is brightly cleaned, they are compelled to use a clean cloth. There is not anything gained in econo- my by having very young and inexperi- enced servants at low wages ; they break, waste, and destroy more than an equivalent for higher wages, setting aside comfort and respectability. No article in dress tarnishes so readi ly as black crape trimmings, and few things injure it more than damp ; there- fore, to preserve its beauty on be nneta cs A WORD BEFORE IS WORTH TWO BEHIND. a lady in nice mourning should, in her 9Vi>ning walks, at all seasons of the yt-;tr, take as * companion an old para- BO! to shade ter crape. A piece of oil-cloth (about twenty inches long) is a useful appendage to a common sitting-room. Kept in the closet, it can be available at any time to place jars upon, &c., &c., which are likely to soil your table during the pro- cess of dispensing their contents : a wing and duster are harmonious accom- paniments to the oil-cloth. In most families many members are not fond of fat ; servants seldom like it, consequently there is frequently much wasted ; to avoid which, take off bits of suet fat from beef-steaks, &c., pre- vious to cooking ; they can be used for puddings. With good management, there need not be any waste in any shape or form. Nothing looks worse than shabby gloves ; and, as they are expensive arti- cles in dress, they require a little man- agement. A good glove will last six cheap ones with care. Do not wear your best gloves to night church the neat of the gas, &c., gives a moisture to the hands that spoils the gloves ; do not wear them in very wet weather ; as carrying umbrellas, and drops of rain, spoil them. A given quantity of tea is similar to malt only giving strength to a given quantity of water, as we find therefore any additional quantity is waste. Two small teaspoonfuls of good black tea, and one three parts full of green, is sufficient to make three teacupsful agreeable, the water being put in, in a boiling state, at once ; a second edition of water gives a vapid flavour to tea. It may sound like being over particu- lar, but we recommend persons to make a practice of fully addressing notes, &c., on all occasions; when, in case of their being dropped by careless mes- gengers (which is not a rare occur- rence), it is evident for whom they are intended, without undergoing the inspec- tion of any other parties bearing a simi- lar name. Children should not be allowed to ask for the same thing twice. This may be accomplished by parents, teacher (or whoever may happen to have the management of them), paying attention to their little wants, if proper, at once, when possible. The children should be instructed to understand that when they are not answered immedi- ately, it is because it is not convenient. Let them learn patience by waiting. We know not of anything attended with more serious consequences than that of sleeping in damp linen. Per- sons are frequently assured that they have been at a fire for many hours, but the question is as to what sort of fire, and whether they have been prop- erly turned, so that every part may be exposed to the fire. The fear of creasing the linen, we know, prevents many from unfolding it, so as to be what we consider sufficiently aired; but health is of more importance than appearances ; with gentleness there need be no fear of want of neatness. If the weather appears doubtful, al ways take the precaution of having an umbrella when you go out, particu- larly in going to church ; you thereby avoid incurring one of three disagreea- bles: in the first place, the chance of getting wet or encroaching under a friend's umbrella or being under the necessity of borrowing one, conse- quently involving the trouble of re- turning it, and possibly (as is the case nine times out of ten) inconveniencing your friend by neglecting to return it. Those who disdain the use of um- brellas generally appear with shabby hats, tumbled bonnet ribbons, wrinkled silk dresses, &c., &c., the consequence of frequent exposure to unexpected showers, to say nothing of colds taken, no one can tell how. Exercise in the open air is of the first importance to the human frame, yet how many are in a manner de- prived of it by their own want of man- agement of their time ! Females with slender means are for the most part destined to in- door occupations, and A BLIND MAN SHOULD NOT JUDGE OF COLOURS cave but little time allotted them lor taking the air, and that little time is generally sadly encroached upon by the ceremony of dressing to go out. It may appear a simple suggestion, but experience only will show how much time might be redeemed by habits of regularity; such as putting the shawls, cloaks, gloves, shoes, clogs, &c., &c., or whatever is intended to be worn, in readiness, instead of having to search one drawer, then another, for possibly a glove or collar wait for shoes being cleaned, &c. and this when (probably) the out-going persons have to return to their employment at a given time. Whereas, if all were in readiness, the preparations might be accomplished in a few minutes, the walk not being cur- tailed by unnecessary delays. Eat slowly and you will not over- eat. Keeping the feet warm will prevent headaches. Late at breakfast hurried for din- ner cross at tea. Between husband and wife little at- tentions beget much love. Always lay your table neatly, whether you have company or not. Put your balls or reels of cotton into little bags, leaving the ends out. Whatever you may choose to give iway, always be sure to keep your tem- per. Dirty windows speak to the passer- by of the negligence of the inmates. In cold weather, a leg of mutton im- proves by being hung three, four, or Sve weeks. When meat is hanging, change its position frequently, to equally distribute the juices. There is much more injury done by admitting visitors to invalids than is generally supposed. Matches, out of the reach of children, should be kept in every bed-room. They are cheap enough Apple and suet dumplings are lighter when boiled in a net than a cloth. Scum the pot well. When chamber towels get thin in the middle, cut them in two, sew the Bel- vages together, and hern the sides When you dry salt for the table, do not place it in the salt-cells until it is cold, otherwise it will harden into a lump. Never put away plate, knives and forks, &c., uncleaued, or sad inconve- nience will arise when the articles are wanted. Feather-b.eds should be opened every third year, the ticking well dusted, soaped, and waxed, the feathers dress- ed and returned. Persons of defective sight, when threading a needle, should hold it over something white, by which the sight will be assisted. In mending sheets and shirts, put the pieces sufficiently large, or in the first washing the thin parts give way. and the work is all undone. Reading by candle-light, place the candle behind you, that the rays may This will relieve the eyes. A wire fire-guard, for each fire-place in a house, costs little, and greatly diminishes the risk to life and property. Fix them before going to bed. In winter, get the work forward by daylight, to prevent running about at night with candles. Thus you escape grease spots and risks of fire. Be at much pains to keep your chil dren's feet dry and warm. Don't bury their bodies in heavy flannels and wools, and leave their knees and legs naked. Apples and pears, cut into quarters, and stripped of the rind, baked with a little water and sugar, and eaten with boiled rice, are capital food for chil- dren. After washing, overlook linen, and stitch on buttons, hooks and eyes, &c. ; for this purpose, keep a " housewife's friend," full of miscellaneous threads, cottons, buttons, hooks, &o. For ventilation open your windows, both at top and bottom. The fresh air rushes in one way, while the foul makes its exit the other. This is letting in your friend and expelling your enemy ro ALL IS NOT GOLD THAT GLITTERS. 204. COOKERY FOR CHILD REN. 205. FOOD FOR AN INFANT. Take of fresh cow's milk, one tablespoonful, and mix with two tablespoonfuls of hot water ; sweeten with loaf-sugar as much as may be agreeable. This quan- tity i sufficient for once feeding a new- born infant; and the same quantity may be given every two or three hours, not oftener, till the mother's breast affords natural nourishment. 206. MILK FOR INFANTS Six MONTHS OLD. Take one pint of milk, one pint of water ; boil it, and add one tablespoonful of flour. Dissolve the flour first in half a teacupful of water ; it must be strained in gradually, and boiled hard twenty minutes. As the child grows older, one third water. If properly made, it is the most nutritious, at the same time the most delicate food, that can bo given to young children. 207. BROTH. Made of lamb or chicken, wjtn stale bread toasted, and broken in, is safe and healthy for the dinners of children, when first weaned. 208. MILK. Fresh from the cow, with a very little loaf-sugar, is good and safe food for young children. From three years old to seven, pure milk, into which is crumbled stale bread, is the best breakfast and supper for a child. 209. FOR A CHILD'S LUNCHEON Good sweet butter, with stale bread, is one of the most nutritious, at the same time the most wholesome articles of food, thJtt can be given children after they are .weaned. 210. MILK PORRIDGE. Stir four tablespoonfuls of oatmeal, smoothly, into a quart of milk ; then stir it quickly into a quart of boiling water, and boil up a few minutes till it is thickened : sweeten with sugar. Oat- meal, where it is found to agree with the stomach, is much better for chil- dren, being a fine opener as well as cleanser ; fine flour, in every shape, is the reverse. Where biscuit-powder is in use, let it be made at home ; this, at all events, will prevent them getting the sweepings of the baker's counters, boxes, and baskets. All the left bread in the nursery, hard ends of stale 1 iaves, &c., ought to be dried in the oven of screen, and reduced to powder in the mortar. 211. MEATS FOR CHILDREN. Mut- ton, lamb, and poultry, are the best Birds and the white meat of fowls, ar the most delicate food of this kind tha can be given. ' These meats should b slowly cooked, and no gravy, if mad rich with butter, should be eate by young child. Never give children hard tough, half-worked meats, of any kind. 212. VEGETABLES FOR CHILDREN. EGGR, &c. Their rice ought to be cooked in no more water than is neces- sary to swell it ; their apples roasted, or stewed with no more water than is necessary to steam them ; their vege- tables so well cooked as to make them require little butter, and less digestion ; their eggs boiled slow and soft. The boiling of their milk ought to be di- rected by the state of their bowels ; if flatulent or bilious, a very little curry- powder may be given in their vegeta- bles with good effect- such as turme- ric and the warm seeds (not hot pep- pers) are particularly useful in such cases. 213. POTATOES AND PEAS. Pota- toes, particularly some kinds, are not easily digested by children ; but this is easily remedied by mashing them very fine, and seasoning them with sugar and a little milk. When peas are dressed for children, let them be seasoned with mint and sugar, which will take off the flatulency. If they are old let them be pulped, as the skins are perfectly indigestible by children's or weak sto- machs. Never give them vegetables less stewed than would pulp through a colander. 214. RICE PUDDING WITH FRUIT. In a pint of new milk put two large spoonfuls of rice well washed ; then add two apples, pared and quartered, or a few currants or raisins. Simmer slowly till the rice is very soft, then add one egg, beaten, to bind it. Serve with cream and sugar. A SWALLOW MAKES NOT SUMMER OR SPRING TIME. 71 215. PUDDINGS AND PANCAKES FOB CHILD BEN. Sugar and egg, browned before the fire, or dropped as fritters into a hot frying pan, without fat, will make them a nourishing meal. 216. To PREPARE FRUIT FOR CHIL- DREN. A far more wholesome way than in pics or puddings, is to put ap- ples sliced, or plums, currants, goose- berries, &c., into a stone jar ; and sprinkle among them as much sugar as necessary. Set the jar in an oven on a hearth, with a teacupful of water to prevent the fruit from burning ; or put the jar into a saucepan of water till its contents be perfectly done. Slices of bread or some rice may be put into the jar, to eat with the fruit. 217. RICE AND APPLES. Core as many nice apples as will fill the dish ; boil them in light syrup; prepare a quarter of a pound of rice in milk, with sugar and ealt ; put some of the rice in the dish, and put in the apples and fill up the intervals with rice, and bake it in the oven till it is a fine colour. 218. A NICE APPLE CAKE FOR CHILDREN. Grate some stale bread, and slice about double the quantity of apples ; butter a mould, and line it with sugar paste, .and strew in some crumbs, mixed with a little sugar ; then lay in apples, with a few bits of butter over them, and so continue till the dish is full ; cover it with crumbs, or prepared rice ; season with cinnamon and sugar. Bake it well. 219. FRUITS FOR CHILDREN. That fruits are naturally healthy in their sea- son, if rightly taken, no one who believes that the Creator is a kind and benefi- cent Being can doubt. And yet the use of summer fruits appears often to cause most fatal diseases, especially in children. Why is this ? Because we do not conform to the natural laws in using this kind of diet. These laws are very simple and easy to understand. Let the fruit be ripe when you eat it ; and eat when you require food. Fruits that have seeds are much healthier than the stone fruits. But all fruits are better, for very young children, if i baked or cooked in some manner, and eaten with bread. The French always eat bread with raw fruit. Apples and winter pears are very excellent food for children, indeed, for almost any person in health ; but best when eaten for breakfast or dinner. If taken late in the evening, fruit often proves in- jurious. The old saying that apples are gold in the morning, silver at noon, and lead at night, is pretty near the truth. Both apples and pears are often good and nutritious when baked or stewed, for those delicate constitutions that cannot bear raw fruit. Much of the fruit gathered when unripe, might be rendered fit for food by preserving in sugar. (See 108.) 220. RIPE CURRANTS are excellent food for children. Mash the fruit, sprinkle with sugar, and with good Dread let them eat of this fruit freely. 221. BLACKBERRY JAM. Gather the fruit in dry weather ; allow half a pound of good brown sugar to every pound of fruit ; boil the whole together gently for an hour, or till the blackber- ries are soft, stirring and mashing them well. Preserve it like any other jam, and it will be found very useful in fam- ilies, particularly for children regu- lating their bowels, and enabling you to dispense with cathartics. It may be spread on bread, or on puddings, in- stead of butter: and even when the blackberries are bought, it is cheaper than butter. In the country, every family should preserve, at least, half a peck of blackberries. 222. To MAKE SENNA AND MANNA PALATABLE. Take half an ounce, when mixed, senna and manna; put in half a pint of boiling water ; when the strength is abstracted, pour into the liquid from a quarter to half a pound of prunes and two large tablespoonfuls of W. I. molasses. Stew sl 20 lowance ....-..) A. chine of pork 20 A. neck of mutton 1 30 A. haunch of venison . . about 3 30 To roast properly, meat should be put a good distance from the fire,and brought gradually nearer when about half the time required for cooking it has elapsed ; it should be basted frequently ; and when nearly done, floured to make it look frothed. Old meats do not require BO much dressing as young ; and if not fat enough, use a little dripping for basting. Veal and mutton require a little paper put over the fat, to preserve it from being burn.. If roasting with a spit, be careful to have it well cleaned before running it through the meat, which should be dome always in the inferior parts ; but In many joints the spit will pass into the bones, and run along them for some distance, so as not to stain or injure the prime part. Balance skewers will fre- quently be required. Broiling requires a brisk rapid heat, which, by producing a greater degree of change in the affinities of the raw meat than roasting, generates a higher flavour, so that broiled meat is more savoury than roast. The surface be- coming charred, a dark-coloured crust is formed, which retards the evapora- tion of the juices; and, therefore, if properly done, broiled may be as tender and juicy as roasted meat. Baking does not admit of the evap- oration of the vapours so rapidly as by the processes of broiling and roast- ing ; the fat is also retained more, and becomes converted by the agency of the heat into an empyreumatic oil, so as to render the meat less fitted for del- icate stomachs, and more difficult to digest. The meat is, in fact, partly boiled in its own confined water, and partly roasted by the dry hot air of the oven. The loss by baking has not been esti- mated ; and, as the time required to cook many articles must vary with their size, nature, &c., we have con- sidered it better to leave that until giving the receipts for them. Frying is of all methods the most ob- jectionable, from the foods being less digestible when thus prepared, as the fat employed undergoes chemical changes. Olive oil in this respect is pref- erable to lard or butter. The crackling noise which accompanies the process of frying meat in a pan is occasioned by the explosions of steam formed in fat, the temperature of which is much above 21 2 degrees. If the meat is very juicy t will not fry well, because it becomes sodden before the water is evaporated ; and it will not brown because the tem- perature is too low to scorch it. To ry fish well the fat should be boiling hot (600 degrees), and the fish irell dried in a cloth ; otherwise, owing to ;he generation of steam, the tempera- ;ure will fall go low that it will be boil- ed in its own steam, and not be brown- ed. Meat, or indeed any article," should >e frequently turned and agitated dnr- ing frying, to promote the evaporation of the watery particles. To make fried THERE ARE NONE SO WICKED AS REPRESENTED J 79 things look well, the} should be done over twice with egg and stale bread crumbs. To some extent the claims of either process of cooking depends upon the taste o the individual. Some persons may esteem the peculiar flavour of fried meats, while others will prefer broils or stews. It is important, however, to understand the theory of each method of cooking, so that whichever may be adopted, it may be done well. Bad cooking, though by a good method, is far inferior to good cooking by a bad method. Therefore attend to 1972. 240. ALMOND FLAVOUR. ES- SENCE OF PEACH KERNELS. QUINT- ESSENCE OF NOYEAU. Dissolve one ounce of essential oil of bitter almonds in one pint of spirits of wine. Used as flavouring for cordials, and perfuming pastry. In large quantities exceedingly poisonous. A few drops' only should be used to several pounds of syrups, pastry, vwdered, is to be intimately mixed with two pounds of nitrate of potash or saltpetre, also in powder , this mixture we may call No. 1. No 2 is formed by crushing three pounds of the best soda. In use, an equal bulk of both No. 1 and No. 2 is to be taken, stirred together, placed in the ice-pail sur- rounding the ice-pot, and rather lesa cold water poured on than will dissolve the whole; if one quart of No. 1, and the same bulk of No. 2 are taken, it will require about one quart of water to dissolve them, and the temperature will fall, if the materials used are cool, to nearly thirty degrees below freezing. Those who fail may trace their want of success to one or other of the following points : the use of too small a quantity of the preparation ; the employment of a few ounces; whereas, in freezing ices, the ice-pot must be entirely sur- rounded with the freezing material: no one would attempt to freeze with four ounces of ice and salt. Again, too large a quantity of water may be used to dissolve the preparation, when all the excess of water has to be cooled down instead of the substance it is wished to freeze. All the materials used should be pure, and as cool as can be obtained. The ice-pail in which the mixture is made must be of some non - conducting material, as wood, which will prevent the access of warmth from the air ; and the ice-pot, in which the liquor to be frozen is placed, should be of pewter, and surrounded nearly to its top by the freezing mixture. Bear in mind that the makiDg of ice-cream, under any circumstances, is an opera- tion requiring considerable dexterity and practice. 250. THE ART OF BEING AGREEABLE. The true art of be- ing agreeable is to appear well pleased with all the company, and rather to seem well entertained with them than to bring entertainment to them. A man thus disposed, perhaps, may not have much learning, nor any wit ; but if he has common sense, and something friendly in his behaviour, it conciliates men's minds more than the brightest parts without this disposition ; and when a man of such a turn comes to old age, he is almost sure to be treated KEEP ON GOOD TERMS WITH TOUR WIFE, TOUR STOMACH, AND YOUR CONSCIENCE. 83 with respect. It is true, indeed, that we should not I'.ssemble and flatter in company : but a man may be very agreeable, strictly consistent with truth and sincerity, by a prudent silence where he cannot concur, and a pleasing assent where he can. Now and then you meet with a person so exactly formed to | lease, that he will gain upon every one that hears or beholds him ; this disposition is not merely the gift of nature, but frequently the effect of much knowledge of the world, and a command over the passions. 251. DESTRUCTION OF RATS. The following recipe for the destruc- tion of rats has been communicated by Dr. Ure to the council of the English Agricultural Society, and is highly re- commended as the best know r n means of getting rid of these most obnoxious and destructive vermin. It has been tried by several intelligent persons, and found perfectly effectual. Melt hog's lard in a bottle plunged in water, heated to about 150 degrees of Fah- renheit ; introduce into it half an ounce of phosphorus for every pound of lard ; then add a pint of proof-spirit or whis- key; cork the bottle firmly after its contents have been heated to 150 de- grees, taking it at the same time out of the water, and agitate smartly till the phosphorus becomes uniformly diffused, forming a milky-looking liquid. This liquid being cooled, will afford a white compound of phosphorus and lard, from which the spirit spontaneously sepa- rates, and may be poured off to be used again, for none of it enters into the combination, but it merely serves to comminute the phosphorus, and dif- fuse it in very fine particles through the lard. This compound, on being warmed very gently, may be poured out into a mixture of wheat flour and sugar, incorporated therewith, and then flavoured with oil of rhodium, or not, at pleasure. The flavour may be varied with oil of aniseed, &c. This dough, being made into pellets, is to be laid in rat-holes. By its lurninousness in the dark, it attracts th ; .r notice, and 4* being agreeable to their palates and noses, it is readily eaten, and proves certainly fatal. 25-2. ALMOND PUDDING AND SAUCE. A large cupful of finely- minced beef suet, a teacupful of milk, four ounces of bread-crumbs, four ounces of well-cleaned currants, two ounces of almonds, half a pound ot stoned raisins, three well-beaten eggs, and the whites of other J;wo: sugar, nutmeg, and cinnamon, and a small glass of rum. Butter a shape, and place part of the raisins neatly in rows. Blanche the almonds ; reserve the half of them to be placed in rows between the raisins just before serving. Mix all the remaining ingredients well to- gether, put into the ehape, and boil three hours. The Sauce One tea- spoonful of milk, and two yolks of eggs well beaten, and some sugar ; place on the fire and stir till it just comes to the boil; then let it cool. When luke- warm, stir it into a glass of sherry or currant wine, and serve in a sauce tur- een. This sauce is a great improve- ment to the raisin pudding. 253. STEWED WATER-CRESS. The following receipt may be new, and will be found an agreeable and wholesome dish : Lay the cress in strong salt and water, to clear it from insects. Pick and wash nicely, and stew it in w r ater for about tfcn minutes ; drain and chop, season with pepper and salt, add a little butter, and return it to the stew-pan until well heated. Add a little vinegar first before serving; put around it sippets of toast or fried bread. The above, made thin, as a substitute for parsley and butter, wll be found an excellent covering for a boiled fowl. There should be more of the cress considerably than of the pars- ley, as the flavour is much milder. 254. TO LOOSEN GLASS STOP- PERS OF BOTTLES. (See 3063.) With a feather rub a drop or two of salad oil round the stopper, close to the mouth of the bottle or decanter, which must be then placed before the fire, at the distance of about eighteen inches 84 IF Y3U COVET PRAISE, YOU DON'T DESKRTE IT. the heat will cause the oil to insinuate itself between the stopper and the neck. When the battle or decanter has grown warm, gently strike the stopper on one side, and then on the other, with any light wooden instru- ment; then try it with the hand ; it' it will not yet move, place it again before the fire, adding another drop of oil. After a while strike again as before ; and, by persevering in this process, however tightly it may be fastened in, you will at length succeed in loosening it. This is decidedly the best plan. 255. ECONOMICAL FAMILY PUDDING. Bruise with a wooden spoon, through a colander, six large or twelve middle-sized boiled potatoes ; beat four eggs, mix with a pint of good milk, stir in the potatoes ; sugar and seasoning to taste ; butter a dish ; bake half an hour. This receipt is simple and economical, as it is made of what is wasted in most families, viz. cold potatoes, which may be kept two or three days, till a sufficient quantity is collected. It is a weekly dish at our table. A teaspoonful of chip marma- lade makes a delicious seasoning. 256. PARSNIP WINK Take fif- teen pounds of sliced parsnips, and boil until quite soft in five gallons of water ; squeeze the liquor well out of them, run it through a sieve, and add three pounds of coarse lump sugar to every gallon of liquor. Boil the whole for three-quarters of an hour. When it is nearly cold, add a little yeast on toast. Let it remain in a tub for ten days, stirring it from the bottom every day ; then put it into a cask for a year. As it works over, fill it up every day. 257. TURNIP WINE. Take a large number of turnips, pare and slice them ; then place them in a cider-press, and obtain all the juice you can. To every gallon of juice add three pounds of lump sugar, and half a pint of brandy. Pour into a ?ask, but do not bung until it has done working; then bung it close for three months, and draw off into another cask- when it is fin 3. bottle, and cork wed. 258. CASH AND CREDIT. If you would get rich, don't deal in bill books. Credit is the " tempter in a new shape." Buy goods on trust, and you. will purchase a thousand articles that Jash would never have dreamed of. A shilling in the hand looks larger than ten shillings seen through the per spective of a three months' bill. Cash is practical, while Credit takes horribly to taste and romance. Let Cash buy a dinner, and you will have a beef-steak flanked with onions. Send Credit to market, and he will return with eight pairs of woodcocks and a peck of mush- rooms. Credit believes in diamond pins and champagne suppers. Cash is more easily satisfied. Give him three meals a day, and he don't care much if two of them are made up of roasted potatoes and a little dirty salt. Cash is a good adviser, while Credit is a good fellow to be on visiting terms with. If you want double chins and contentment, do business with Cash. 259. WHY THE WEDDING-RING IS PLACED ON THE FOURTH FINGER. We have remarked on the vulgar error of a vein g^oing from the fourth finger of the lett hand to the heart. It is said by Swinbum and others that, therefore, it became the wedding-finger. The priesthood kept up this idea by still keeping it as the wedding-finger ,but it was got at through the use of the Trinity ; for, in the ancient ritual of English marriages, the ring was placed by the husband on the top of the thumb of the left hand, with the words " In the name of the Father;" he then removed it to the forefinger, saying, " In the name of the Son ;" then to the middle finger, add ng, "And of the Holy Ghost;" finally, lie left it as now, on the fourth finger, with the closing word, " Amen." The History and Poetry of Finger-rings. 260. A ROMAN LADY'S TOILET. The toilet of a Roman lady involved an elaborate and very costly process. It commenced at night, when the face, supposed to have been tarnished bv xposure, was overlaid with a poultice AN ACT IS BETTEB THAN A WORD. 85 composed of boiled or moistened Hour spread on with the fingers. Poppsean unguents sealed the lips, and the lady was profusely rubbed with Cerona ointment. In die morning, the poultice and unguents were washed off', a bath of asses' milk imparted a delicate whiteness to the skin, and the pale face was freshened and revived with enamel. The full eyelids, which the Roman lady still knows so well how to use, now suddenly raising them to reveal a glance of surprise, or of melting tender- ness, now letting them drop like a veil over the lustrous eyes, the full rounded eyelids were coloured within, and .a needle, dipped in jetty dye, gave length and sphericity to the eyebrows. The forehead was encircled by a wreath, or fillet, fastened in the luxu- riant hair, which rose in front in a pyramidal pile, formed of successive ranges of curls, and giving the appear- ance of more than ordinary height. 261. METHOD OF CLEANING PAPER-HANGINGS. Cut into eight half-quarters a quartern loaf, two days old ; it must neither be newer nor staler. With one of these pieces, after having blown off all the dust from the paper to be cleaned, by the means of a good pair of bellows, begin at the top of the room, holding- the crust in the hand, and wiping lightly downward with the crum, about half a yard at each stroke, till the upper part of the hang- ings is completely cleaned all round. Then go round again, with the like sweeping stroke downwards, always commencing each successive course a little higher than the upper stroke had extended, till the bottom be finished. This operation, if carefully performed, will frequently make very old paper took almost equal to new. Great cau- tion must be used not by any means to rub the paper hard, nor to attempt cleaning it the cross or horizontal way. The dirty part of the bread, too, must be each time cut away, and the pieces renewed as soon as it may become ne- cessary. 262* T) PREVENT MOTHS. In the month of April or May, beat your fur garments well with a small cane or elastic stick, then lap them up in linen, without pressing the fur too hard, and put betwixt the folds some camphor in small lumps; then put your furs in this state in boxes well closed. When the furs are wanted for use, beat them well as before, and ex- pose them for twenty-four hours to the air, which will take aw r ay the smell of the camphor. If the fur has long hair, as bear or fox, add to the camphor an equal quantity of black pepper in powder. 263. GERMAN YEAST. We have repeatedly noticed the fatality of late of attacks of carbuncles, and the preva- lence of diseases of that nature, which w r e were disposed to attribute to the state of the atmosphere, and as arising from much the same cause as the visi- tation of cholera. A correspondent, however, has thrown some light upon the subject, and we print his statement in the hope that the baking fraternity will be prohibited by law from using the pernicious stuff mentioned. We are protected from the sale of diseased and poisonous meat, and from the adul- teration of flour, beer and other articles, and it is absolutely necessary now that we should be protected from German yeast. Our correspondent says : " Per- haps not the least important matter on the subject of cookery is to avoid every- thing calculated to injure the purity of the family bread, whether prepared at home or in the baker's oven, and that this is done to a great extent (although unconsciously) will be at once apparent from the following statement of facts, upon which the public require to be informed. It is well known that a very large proportion of the bread prepared for family use is raised from what is called German yeast a noxious com- pound imported weekly into Hull in quantities really astounding, and where, I am credibly informed, tons of it ar* thrown into the sea from having become alive ; yet this is used by the great ma- jority of bakers over the kingdom to 86 GOOD NATDUE COLLECTS HONEY FROM EVERY 11EKK. produce the bread for our vast popula- tion, who little suspect the slow poison they are daily and unconsciously con- suming, and to which, from discussions in medical societies, and notices in medical journals, it seems extremely probable that the numerous cases of carbuncles and boils, which, within these few years, have proved of so seri- i .UK aud even fatal a character, may i\ve their origin. It ought to be gener- ally known that this German yeast is prepared from every species of refuse grain, and especially (where they can obtain it) from, that which is wholly unfit for the food of either man or beast, and if in a state of positive putrefaction, so much the more valuable it is for their purpose, running the more rapidly and easily into fermentation." 264. HOW TO MAKE SEA- WATER. There cannot be a question that by far the simplest plan would consist in the evaporation of the sea- water itself in large quantities, preserv- ing the resulting salt in closely-stopped vessels to prevent the absorption of moisture, and vending it in this form to the consumer; the proportion of this dry saline matter being fifty- six ounces to ten gallon s of water, less three pints. This plan was suggested by Dr. E. Schweitzer, for the extemporaneous formation of sea-water for medicinal baths. Mr. H. Schweitzer writes me that he has for many years made this compound, in accordance with his cousin's analysis. The proportion or- dered to be used is six ounces to the gallon of water, and stirred well until dissolved. 265. HOW TO TAKE CARE OF YOUR HAT. If your hat is wet, shake it out as much as possible ; then brush it with a soft brush as smooth as you can, or with a clean linen cloth or 'handkerchief; wipe it very carefully, keep the beaver flat aud smooth, in the same direction as it was first placed ; then, with a small cane, beat the nap gently up, and hang it up to dry in a ,?ool place. When it is dry, lay it on a with a soft brush in the proper direc- tion ; and you will find your hat not the least injured by the rain. If the gloss is not quite so high as you wish, take a flat iron, moderately heated, and pass the same two or three times gently over the hat ; brush it afterwards and it will become nearly as handsome as when sent home from the maker. To Scour a Hat ichcn the Nap is Clotted, and to take Salt Water out. Get a hard brush, a basin of hot water (boiling), and some yellow soap ; rub a little of the soap lightly on the brush and dip it into the water: brush the hat round with the nap. If you find the nap clot- ted, do not scrape it with your fingers, as that tears it off, but brush it until it is smooth, and the soap is thoroughly out; then take a piece of w r ood, or the back of a knife, and scrape it well round ; you will find all the dirt come out ; then beat it gently with a cane. 266. CURE FOR BURNS. Of all applications for a burn, we believe that there are none equal to a simple covering of common wheat-flour. This is always at hand ; and while it requires no skill in using, it produces most astonishing effects. The moisture pro- duced upon the surface of a slight or deep burn is at once absorbed by the flour, and forms a paste which shuts out the air. As long- as the fluid mat- ters continue flowing, they are absorb- ed and prevented from producing irrita- tion, as they would do, if kept from passing off by oily or resinous applica- tions ; while the greater the amount of those absorbed by the flour, the thicker the protective covering. Another ad- vantage of the flour covering' is that next to the surface it is kept moist and flexible. It can also be readily washed off, without further irritation in remov- ing. It may occasionally be washed oft' very carefully, when it has become matted and dry, and a new covering b sprinkled on. 267. CARE OF LINEN. Whec linen is well dried and laid by for us* nothing more is necessary than to sc- tnble, and brush it round several times ' cure it from damp and insects ILL NATURE SUCKS POISON FROM THE SWEETEST FLOWERS. 87 latter may be agreeably performed by a judicious mixture of aromatic shrubs and fl :wers, cut up and sewed up in silkeL. bags, to be intersperse^ among the dn \vers and shelves. The&o ingre- dients may consist of lavender, thyme, roses, cedar shavings, powdered sassa- fras, cassia lignea, &c., into which a few drops of otto of roses, or other strong- scented perfume, may bo thrown. In all cases, it will be fuiind more consist- ent with economy to examine and re- pair all washable articles, more espe- cially linen, that may stand in need of it, previous to sending them to the laundry. It will also be prudent to have every article carefully numbered, and so arranged, after w y ashing, as to have their regular turn and term in domestic use. 268. HAIR OILS. ROSE OIL. Olive oil, one pint ; otto of roses, five . to sixteen drops. Essence of bergamot being much cheaper, is usually used instead of the more expensive otto of 269. RED ROSE OIL. The same. The oil coloured before scenting, by steeping in it one drachm of alkanet root with a gentle heat, until the desired tint is produced. Alkanet root 20 cts. per pound. 270. HAIR DYE. A friend of ours, to whom we applied upon the subject, favoured us with the following- infor- mation : I have operated upon my own cranium for at least a dozen years, and though I have heard it affirmed that dyeing the hair will produce insan- ity, I am happy to think I am, as yet, perfectly sane, and under no fear of being otherwise ; at all events, I am wiser than I once was, when I paid five shillings for what I can now make my- self for less than twopence ! but to the question : I procure lime, which I speedily reduce to powder by throwing a little water upon it, then mix this with litharge (three quarters lime, and a quarter litharge), which I sift through a fine hair sieve, and then 1 have what is sold at a h'gli price under the name >i' ' Unique Powder" and the irist effectual harr dye that has yet been discovered. But the application of it is not very agreeable, though simple enough : Put a quantity of it in a saucer, pour boiling water upon it. and mix it up with a knife like thick mus- tard; divide the hair into thin layers, with a comb, and plaster the mixture thickly into the layers to the roots, and all over the hair. When it is all com- pletely covered over with it, then lay all over it a covering of damp blue, or brown paper, then bind over it, closely, a handkerchief, then put on a nightcap over all, and go to bed ; in the morning, brush out the powder, wash thoroughly with soap and warm water, then dry, curl, oil, &c. I wan-ant that hair thus managed will be a permanent and beau- tiful black, which, I dare say, most people would prefer to either gray or red. Now, notwithstanding the patient endurance and satisfactory experience of our friend, we very much doubt, whether one person in a hundred, would be content to envelope their heads in batter of this description, and then re- tire to rest. To rest! did we say? We envy not the slumbers enjoyed under these circumstances. Wo fancy we can do something still better for those who are ashamed of their gray hairs. The hair-dyes formerly used produced very objectionable tints. Lat- terly several perfumers have been sell- ing dyes, consisting of two liquids to be used in succession, at exceedingly hi^h prices. The composition has been kept a close secret in the hands of a few. The procuring of it for publication in this work has been attended with con siderable difficulty, biit our readers may take it as an earnest that no pains or expense will be spared to render really useful information. 271. HAIR DYE, USUALLY STYLEI* COLOMBIAN, ARGENTINE, &c., &c.- Solution No. I. Hydrosulphurct of am- monia, one ounce ; solution of potash, three drachms ; distilled, or tain water, one ounce (all by measure). Mix, and put into small bottles, labelling it No, I. Solution No. II Nitrate of silve^ B8 UE THAT NEGLECTS TIME, TIME WILL NEGLECT. one drachm ; distilled, or rain-water, two ounces. Dissolved and labelled No. II. Directions. The solution No. I. is first applied to the hair with a tooth brush, and the application continued for fifteen or twenty minutes. The solution No., II. is then brushed over, a comb being used to separate the hairs, and allow the liquid to come in contact with every part. Care must be taken that the liquid do not conle in contact with the skin, as the solu- tion No. II. produces a very permanent dark stain on all substances with which it comes in contact. If the shade is not sufficiently deep, the operation may be repeated. The hair should be cleaned from grease before using the dye. To try the effect of hair-dye upon hair of any colour, cut off a lock and apply the dye thoroughly as directed above. This will be a guarantee of success, or will at least guard against failure. 272. BUG POISON. Proof spirit, one pint ; camphor, two ounces ; oil of turpentine, four ounces ; corrosive sub- limate, one ounce. Mix. 273. TO MAKE A FAC-SIMILE OF A LEAF IN COPPER. This beautiful experiment can be performed by any person in possession of a com- mon galvanic battery. The process is as follows: Soften a piece of gutta percha over a candle, or before a fire ; knead it with the moist fingers upon a table, until the surface is perfectly smooth, and large enough to cover the leaf to be copied ; lay the leaf flat upon the surface, and press every part well into the gutta percha. In about five minutes the leaf may be removed, when if the operation has* been carefully per- formed a perfect impression of the leai will be made on the gutta percha. This must now be attached to the wire in connexion with the zinc end of the battery (which can easily be done by heating the end of the wire, and press- ing it into the gutta percha), dusted well over with the best black lead, with a camel's hair brush the Oj?ct of which is to render it a conductor of slectricity and then completely im- mersed in a saturated solution of eul- phate of copper. A piece of copper attached to the wire in connexion with ;he copper end of the battery, must als* je inserted into the copper solution, acing the gutta percha but not touch- ng it; this not only acts as a conductor to the electricity, but also maintains the solution of copper of a permanent strength. In a short time, the copper will be found to creep over the whole surface of the gutta percha, and in about twenty-four hours, a thick deposit of copper will be obtained, which may then be detached from the mould. The accuracy with which a loaf may thus be cast is truly surprising 1 . I have in my possession a cast of a hazel-leaf made by the process, which nobody would take to be a production of art ; every fibre and nerve, in fact, the mi- nutest part, is delineated with the ut- most fidelity. 274. GOLDFISH. Great care must be taken of gold fish, as they are very susceptible ; and hence a loud noise, strong smell, violent or even slight shaking of the vessel, will ofttimes de- stroy them. Small worms, which are common to the water, suffice for their food in general ; but the Chinese, who bring gold fish to great perfection, throw small balls of paste into the water, of which they are very fond. They give them also lean pork, dried in the sun, and reduced to a very fine and delicate powder. Fresh river-water must be given them every day. Care must be taken to collect the spawn, when seen floating on the water, as otherwise it will be destroyed by the fish themselves. This spawn is put into a vessel, and exposed to the sun, until vivified by the heat. Gold fish, however, seldom deposit spawn when kept in vases. In order to procure a supply, they must be put into reser- voirs of a considerable depth, in some parts at least, well shaded at intervals with water-lilies, and constantly sup- pi; =}d with fresh w r ater. At a certain KNOWLEDGE IS THE WING WHEREBY WE FLY TO HEAVEN. 89 time of the year, numerous barques are | Been in the great river of Yaugft-se- Keang, which go thither to purchase the spawn of gold fish. This is ob- tained with no small care, for towards the month of May, the inhabitants close the river in several places with mats and hurdles, which extend nine or ten leagues, and leave only a space in the middle sufficient for the passage of boats. The spawn is stopped by these hurdles, and the water being afterwards drawn up, and put into large vessels, is sold to merchants, who send it to all parts. 275. METHOD OF HARDENING OBJECTS IN PLASTER OF PA- RIS. Take two parts of stearine, two parts of Venetian soap, one part of pearl- ash, and twenty-four to thirty parts of a solution of caustic potash. The stearine and soap are cut into slices, mixed with the cold ley, and boiled for about half an hour, being constantly stirred. Whenever the mass rises, a little cold ley is added. The pearlash, previously moistened with a little rain water, is then added, and the whole boiled for a few minutes. The mass is then stirred until cold, when it is mixed with so much cold ley that it becomes perfectly liquid, and runs off the spoon without coagulating and contracting. Before using this composition, it should be kept for several days well covered. It may be preserved for years. Be- fore applying it to the objects, they should be well dusted, the stains scraped away, and then coated, by means of a thick brush, with the wash, as long as the plaster of Paris absorbs it, and left to dry. The coating is then dusted with leather, or a soft brush. If the surface has not become shining-, the operation must be repeated. 276. CUP IN A PIE-DISH. The custom of placing an inverted cup in a fruit pie, the cook will inform us, is to contain the juice while the pie is bak- ing in the oven, and prevent its boiling over; and she is the more convinced in her theo ry, because, when the pie is withdrawn from the oven, the cup will be found full of juice. When the cup is first put in the dish it is full of cold air, and, when the pie is placed in the oven this air will expand by the beat and nil the cup, and drive out all the juice and a portion of the present air It contains, in which state it will remain until removed from the oven, when the air in the cup will condense, and occupy a very small space, leaving the re- mainder to be filled with juice ; but this does not take place till the danger of the juice boiling over is passed. If a small glass tumbler is inverted in the pie, its contents Cftn be examined into while it is in the oven, and it will be found what has been advanced is cor- rect. 277. TO REMOVE INK-STAINS FROM SILVER. The tops and other portions of silver inkstands frequently become deeply discoloured with ink, which is difficult to remove by ordi- nary means. It may, however, be com- pletely eradicated by making a little chloride of lime into a paste with water, and rubbing it upon the stains. Chlo- ride of lime has been misnamed " The general bleacher," but it is a foul ene- my to all metallic surfaces. 278. PARISIAN ETIQUETTE. Many of our readers may be visiting Paris, and to such persons the follow- ing hints will be useful : INTRODUCTION TO SOCIETY. Avoid all extravagance and manner- ism, and not be over-timid at the out- set. Be discreet and sparing of youi words. Awkwardness is a great misfortune, but it is not an unpardonable fault. To deserve the reputation of moving in good society, something more is re- quisite than the avoidance of blunt rudeness. Strictly keep tc your engagements. Punctuality is the essence of royal politeness. THE TOILET. Too much attention cannot be paiJ to the arrangements of the toilet. 90 THE SWEETEST ROSE GROWS UPON THE SHARPEST THORN'S. A man is often judged by his appear ance, and seldom incorrectly. A neat exterior, equally free from ex- travagance and poverty, almost ahvay proclaims a right-minded man. To dress appropriately, and with good taste, is to respect yourself and others. A black coat and trowsers are indis- pensable for a visit of ceremony, an entertainment, or a ball. The white or black waistcoat is equally proper in these cases. The hand should always be gloved. A well-bred man always wears yel- low kids in dancing. [So says our Pa- risian authority : we take exception, however, to the ydlow a tint is prefer- able to a decided colour!] A person of distinction is always known by the fineness of his linen, and by the nicety of his hat, gloves, and boots. [Rather read: fine linen, and a good hat, gloves, and boots, are evi- dences of the highest taste in dress.] A gentleman walking should always wear gloves, this being one of the charac- teristics of good breeding. Upon public and State occasions offi- cers should appear in uniform. Ladies dresses should be chosen so as to produce an agreeable harmony. Never put on a dark-coloured bonnet with a light spring costume. Avoid uniting colours which will fmggest an epigram; such as a straw- coloured dress with a g-reen bonnet. The arrangement of the hair is most important, Bands are becoming to faces of a Grecian caste. Ringlets better suit lively and expres- sive heads. Whatever be your style of face, avoid an excess of lace, and let flowers be few and choice. In a married woman a richer style of ornament is admissible. Costly elegance for her for the young girl, a style of modest simplicity. The most e^gant dress loses its char- acter if it is. not worn with grace. oung girls have often an air of con- straint, and their dress seems to par take of their want of ease. In speaking of her toilet, a woman should not conrey the idea that her whole skill consists in adjusting taste- fully some trifling ornaments. A simple style of dress is an indica- tion of modesty. CLEANLINESS. The hands should receive special at- tention. They are the outward signs of general cleanliness. The same may be said of the face, the neck, the ears, and the teeth. (See 37, 38, 60, 344, 145 and 146). The cleanliness of the system gene- rally, and of bodily apparel, pertains to Health, and will be treated of under this head. THE HANDKERCHIEF. There is considerable art in using this accessory of dress and comfort. Avoid extreme patterns, styles, and colours. Never be without a handkerchief. Hold it freely in the hand, and do not roll it into a, ball. Hold it by the centre, and let the corners form a fanlike ex- pansion. Avoid using it too much. "With some persons the habit becomes troublesome and unpleasant. VISITS AND PRESENTATIONS. Friendship calls should be made in the forenoon, and require neatness, without costliness of dress. Calls to give invitations to dinner- parties, or balls, should be veiy hort, and should be paid in the after- noon. Visits of condolence require a grave style of dress. A formal visit should never be made Before noon. If a second visitor is an nounced, it will be proper for you to retire, unless you are very intimate, both with the host and the visitor an- nounced ; unless, indeed, the hoet ex- presses a wish for you to remain Visits after balls or parties should be made within a month. In the latter, it is customary to ors close your card in an envelope, AT NIGHT NATURE IS IN MOURNING FOR THE LOSS OF THE SUN. 91 the address outside. This may be sent by post, if you reside at a distance. But, in the neighbourhood, it is polite to send your servant, or to call. In the latter case a corner should be turned down. Scrape yom shoes and use the mat. Never appear in a drawing-room with mud on your boots. When a new visitor enters a draw- ing-room, if it be a gentleman the ladies bow slightly ; if a lady, the guests rise. Hold your hat in your hand, unless requested to place it down. Then lay it beside you. The last arrival in a drawing-room takes a seat left vacant near the mis- tress of the house. A lady is not required to rise on re- ceiving a gentleman, nor to accompany him to the door. When your visitor retires, ring the bell for the servant. You may then accompany your guest as far towards the door as the circumstances of your friendship seem to demand. Request the servant, during the visit of guests, to be ready to attend to the door the moment the bell rings. When you introduce a person pro- nounce the name distinctly, and say whatever you can to make the intro- duction agreeable. Such as " an old and valued friend," a " school-fellow of mine," " an old acquaintance of our family." Never stare about you in a room as if you were taking stock. The gloves should not be removed during a visit. Be hearty in your reception of guests. And where you see much diffidence, assist the stranger to throw it off. A lady does not put her address on hnr visiting card. (See 474 and 2345.) 279. II OR NO H? How MRS. HITCHING WAS CURED OF HER HABIT OF SPEAKING INCORRECTLY. In the evening, after returning home, we were Bitting by the fire, and felt comfortable ond chatty, when I prop, sed to Mrs. Hitching the following Enigma, the author of which -had favoured me with a copy of it : The Vide Vorld you may search, and my fellow not find ; I dwells in Wacuum, deficient in Vind ; In the Wisage I'm seen in the Woice I am heard, And yet I am inwisible, gives went to no Vurd. I'm not much of a Vag, for I'm vanting in Vit; But distinguished in Werse for the Wollums I've writ. I'm the head of all Willains, yet far from the Vurst I'm foremost in Wice, tho' in Wirtue the first. I'm not used to Veapons, and ne'er goes to Vor ; Though in Walour inwincible in Wic- tory sure ; The first of all Wiands and Wictuals is mine Rich in Wenison and Weal, but defi- cient in Vine. To Wanity given, I in Welwets abound ; But in Voman, in Vife, and in Vidow ain't found ; Yet conspicuous in Wirgins, and I'll tell you between us, To persons of taste I'm a bit of a Weuus ; Yet none take me for Veal or for Voe in its stead, For I ranks not among the sweet Voo'd, Vun, and Ved ! Before the recital of the enigma was half completed Mrs. Hitching laughed heartily she saw. of course, the mean- ing of it that it was a play upon the Cockney error of using the V instead of the W, and the latter instead of the V. Several times as I proceeded, she xclaimed " ^excellent ! ^excellent!" and when I had finished, she remarked that it was very " /(ingenious," and enough to "/topen the Aeyes" of the ckneys to their stupid and vulgar manner oi speaking. A more difficult and delicate task lay before me. I told her that as she 00 TO BED WITU THE LAMB AXD RISE WITH THE LARK. was BO much pleased with the firs enigma, I would submit anotlier by the eaiiie author. I felt very nervous, but determined to proceed : I dwells in the Herth, and I breathes iu the Hair ; If you gearches the Hocean, you'll find that I'm there. The first of all Hangels, in Holympus am Hi, Yet I'm banished from 'Eaven, expell- ed from on 'Igh. But, though on this Horb I'm destined to grovel, I'm ne'er seen in an 'Ouse, in an 'Ut, nor an 'Ovel ; Not an 'Oss nor an 'Unter e'er bears me, alas ! But often I'm found on the top of a Hass. I resides in a Hattic, and loves not to roam, And yet I'm invariably absent from 'Ome. Tho' 'ushed in the 'Urricane, of the Hatmosphere part. I enters no 'Ed, I creeps into no 'Art. Only look, and you'll see in the Heye I appear, Only hark, and you'll 'ear me just breathe in the Hear ; Though in sex not an 'E, I am (strange paradox !) Not a bit of an 'Efier, but partly a Hox. Of Heternity Hi 'm the beginning ! And mark, Though I goes not with Noar, I'm first in th,e Hark. I'm never in 'Ealth have with Fysic no power ; I dies in a month but comes back in a Hour ! I noticed during the progress of this enigma, in reciting which I ventured to emphasize the misplaced h's as much as possible, that occasional blushes and smiles passed over Mr* Hitching' s fact After it was finished there was A pause of some minutes. At last she s*id " Very good, very clever. ' She avoided using any word in which the h, hard or soft, \v;is required. 1 e;i\v she wits timid, and I then deter- mined to complete the task 1 bad be- gun, by repeating the following enigma by Byron, upon the same letter : T was whispered in heaven, it was muttered in hell, And echo caught faintly the sound as it fell: Oi the confines of earth 't was pei-mit- ted to rest, And the depths of the ocean its presence confessed. 'T will be found in the sphere when 't is riven asunder, Be seen in the lightning and heard in the thunder. 'Twas allotted to man with his earliest breath, Attends at his birth, and awaits him in death ; It presides o'er his happiness, honour, and health, Is the prop of his house, and the end of his w-ealth. Without it the soldier and seaman may roam, But woe to the wretch who expels it from home. In the whispers of conscience its voice will be found; Nor e'en in the whirlwind of passion be drowned. Twill not soften the heart, and tho deaf to che ear, Twill make It acutely and instantly hear. But in shade, let it rest like a delicate flower Oh, breathe on it softly it dies in an hour. She was much pleased, but seemed houghtful, and once or twice in conver ation checked herself, and corrected ier pronunciation of words that w< rr difficult to her. A few days afterwards I called upon ler, and upon being introduced to tse tarloftr to wait for her appearance, 1 aw lying upon her table the following HONEST LOSS IS PREFERABLE TO SHAMEFUL GAIlt. 93 MEMORANDUM UPON THE USE OF THE LETTER H. Pronounce Herb, 'Erb. Heir, 'Eir. Honesty, 'Onesty. Honour, 'Onour. Hospital, 'Ospital. ; Hostler, 'Ostler. Hour, 'Our. " Humour, 'Umour. Humble, 'Umble. Humility, 'Umility. In all other cases H. is to be sounded when it begins a word. Mem. Be careful to sound the H. slightly in such words as w/tere, w/ten, w/iat, wAy don't say, were, wen, wat, wy. I am happy to say that it is now a pleasure to hear Mrs. Hitching's con- versation. I only hope that others may improve as she has done. 280. FEMALE DRESS. It is well known that a loose and easy dress con- tributes much to give the sex the fine proportions of body that are observable in the Grecian statues, and which serve as models to our present artists, nature being too much disfigured among us to afford any such. The Greeks knew nothing of those Gothic shackles, that multiplicity of ligatures and bandages with which our bodies are compressed. Their women were ignorant of the use of whalebone-stays, b^ which ours dis- tort their shape instead of displaying it. This practice, carried to so great an excess as it is in America, must in time degenerate the species, and is an in- stance of bad taste. Can it be a pleas- ant sight to behold a woman cut in two in the middle, as it were like a wasp ? On the contrary, it is as shocking to the eye as it is painful to the imagination. A fine shape, like the limb, hath its due size and proportion, a diminution of which is certainly a defect. Such a deformity also would be shocking in a naked figure ; wherefore, then, should t be esteemed a beauty in one that is dressed 1 Everything that confines and under a restraint is an in- stance of bad taste. This is as true in regard to the ornaments of the body as to the embellishments of the mind. Life, health, reason, and convenience, ought to be taken first into considera- tion. Gracefulness cannot subsist with- out ease ; delicacy is not debility ; nor must a woman be sick in order to please. 281. GOING IN DEBT. What comparison is there between the guilt of the poor uneducated wretch, who ventures, in rags and misery, to steal from the apparent superfluities of his neighbour a portion for his starving family, and the crime of the well-fed, well-dressed, much-accomplished lady, who sails into the shop of the unwary tradesman for articles of useless luxury; and, under cover of the respectability of her appearance and the address she gives, " defrauds him of property to a considerable amount!" The ragged culprit is watched and driven from the window the fashionable thief is Avel- comed in complacently and bowed out gratefully, with the promise that " her esteemed orders shall be attended to immediately." When the goods she has nominally purchased are sent home, and they, like their real owner, are readily taken in, the grand piano 18, perhaps, heard in her elegantly fur uished villa, or the carriage of som wealthier friend is standing at the door. The lady's place in church and in so ciety is gaily filled, and, for a certain, or rather uncertain period, the custom and the company of " such a highly- respectable family." are considered an acquisition in the neighbourhood. But " a change comes over the spirit of the dream:" in course of time, the lady who ordered with the greatest ease, is discovered to pay with the greatest difficulty, and her commands are not so much esteemed as formerly. The dishonest beggar, if detected, is com- mitted to prison ; but. when things come to a crash with the fashionable thief, the lady's husband is simply d^- clared " unfortunate ;" and if forced to remove into a humbler dwelling, in 94 EXAMPLES DO NOT AUTHORIZE SIXS. district in which she is not known, the lady is at liberty to pursue her former practices of shop-lifting 1 , as far as cir- cumstances will allow ! It is certainly not too much to assert that every one of the articles which have been thus fool- ishly and fraudulently obtained, and the possession of w T hich appeared so in- dispensable to the vanity or the con- sequence of those who longed for them, has, in its turn, helped to lessen their consideration, and to expose them to ridicule, if not contempt. What, in fact, has the costly time-piece, " the curtains like Mrs. Pimlico's," the "love of a looking-glass like that next door," which cost nearly a quarter's income what have these and similar inconsist- ent belongings brought upon their un- lucky owners ? Literally, nothing but censure and ill-will ; and yet, for these, conscience and comfort have been bar- tered, and the elegant lady will expose herself to tremble before the humblest tradesman in the street, lest he should deny her the commonest necessaries of life ! 282. THE FEMALE TEMPER. No trait of character is more agreeable in a female than the possession of a sweet temper. Home can never be happy without it. It is like the flowers that spring up in our pathway, reviv- ing and cheering us. Let a man go home at night, wearied and worn by the toils of the day, and how soothing is a word dictated by a good disposi- tion ! It is sunshine falling on his heart. He is happy, and the cares of life a*e forgotten. A sweet temper has a sooth- ing influence over the minds of a whole family. Where it is found in the wife and mother, yon observe a kindness and love predominating over the natu- al feelings of a bad heart. Smiles, ind words and looks, characterize the hildren, and peace and love have their dwelling there. Study, then, to acquire and attain a sweet temper. 2.S3. HOW TO REMOVE STAINS FROM FLOORS. For removing spots of grease from boards, take equal parts of a pound of each, and boil in a quart of soft water; and, while hot, lay it on the greased parts, allowing it to remain on them for ten or twelve hours ; after which it may be scoured oft' with sand and water. A floor much spotted with grease should be completely washed over with this mixture the day before it is ccoured. Fullers' earth or ox-gall boiled together, form a very powerful cleansing mixture for floors or carpets Stains of ink are removed by strong vinegar, or salts of lemon will remove them. 284. WILLS. A will is an instru ment in writing, executed in fonn of law, by which a person makes a dispo sition of his property, to take effect after his death. A codicil is a supplement or addition to a will, and by which the will is alter ed, explained or added to, but in no case wholly revoked. A bequest to a subscribing of a will is void. Let every man about to make a will endeavour to make it as concise as pos- sible ; and if he employs a lawyer, agree to pay him, not by the length, but by the transaction. Let him keep in his mind that every trust or use he creates, also creates the danger of a Chancery suit. Every will should be dated on the day it is executed. It is also of the first importance that it should be prepared without blot or al- teration, or erasure, for it is an instru- ment that may not come into operation for many years of a surety not until the party best capable of explaining it, the testator himself, is removed from the scene of evidence, and possibly not until both the writer of it, and the witnesses, have either ceased to exist, or whose locality is not to be traced. 285. FOR 'SPRAINS AND BRUISES. Take one pint of train- oil, half-a-pound of stone-pitch, half-a- pound of resin, half-a-pound of bees wax, and half-a-pound of stale tallow or in like proportion. Boil them to- gether for about half-an-hour skim off of fullers' earth and pearlash, a quarter | the scum, and pour the iquid int> JUDGEMENT IS XHE THRONE OF PRUDENCE. 1)5 Apply it to t ised, and let it the part cups, and when cold it will be ready for use. When needed, it must be spread as thick, but not thicker, than blister-salve, upon a piece of coarse flaxen cloth, sprained or bruise for a day or more ; it will gif e almost immediate relief, and one or two plaisters will be sufficient for a perfect cure. '286. SAUCE FOR FISH. Twenty- four anchovies chopped ; ten eschalots ; two ounces of horse-radish, scraped ; four blades of mace ; one lemon, sliced ; twelve cloves; quarter-of-an-ounce of black pepper, whole ; one gill of the anchovy liquor ; one quart of best vinegar ; one quart of water. Let the whole simmer on the fire until reduced to one quart, in a covered saucepan, strain, and bottle for use. If required for long keeping-, add a quarter-of-an- ounce of cayenne pepper. 287. CANARIES. Especial care must be taken to keep the canary scrupulously clean. For this purpose, the cage should be strewed every morning with clean sand, or rather, h'ne gravel, for small pebbles are abso- lutely essential to life and health in cage birds; fresh water must be given every day, both for drinking and bathing ; the latter being in a shallow vessel ; and, during the moulting season, a small bit of iron should be put into the water for drinking. The food of a canary should consist principally of summer rape-seed, that is, of those small brown rape-seeds which are ob- tained from plants sown in the spring, and which ripen during the summer ; large and black rape-seeds, on the con- trary, are produced by such plants as are sown in autumn, and reaped in spring. A little chickweed in spring, lettuce-leaves in summer, and endive in autumn, with slices of sweet apple in winter, may be safely given, but bread and sugar ought to be generally avoid- ed. Occasionally also, a few poppy or canary-seeds, and a small quantity simple food, and fresh but not cold air are essential to the well-being of a canary. During the winter, the cage should ~,ever be hung in a room with- out a fire, but even then, w r hen the air is mild, and the sun shines bright, the little prisoner will be refreshed by having the window open. The cage should never be less than eight inches in diameter, and a foot high, with perches at different heights. 288. MOTHER EVE'S PUDDING. IF you would have a good pudding, ob- serve what you're taught : Take two pennyworth of eggs, when twelve for the groat ; And of the same fruit that Eve had once chosen, Well pared and well chopp'd, at least half-a-dozen ; Six ounces of bread, (let your maid eat the crust,) The crumbs must be grated as small as the dust ; Six ounces of currants from the stones you must sort, Lest they break out your teeth, and spoil all your sport ; Five ounces of sugar won't make it too sweet ; Some salt and some nutmeg will make it complete, Three hours let it boil, without hurry or flutter, And then serve it up without sugar or butter. 289. WASH FOR SUNBURN. Take two drachms of borax, one drachm of Roman alum, one drachm of cam- phor, half-an-ounce of sugar-candy, and a pound of ox-gall. Mix, and stir well for ten minutes or so, and repeat thia stirring thrae or four times a-day for a fortnight, till it appears clear and transparent. Strain through blotting paper, and bottle up for use. 290. STEWED MUSHROOMS. Cut off the ends of the stalks, and paro neatly some middle -oized or button* bruised hemp-seed may be added, but j mushrooms, and put them into a basin the last very sparingly. Cleanliness,) of water with the juice uf a lemon as/ SELF DENIAL IS ONE OF THE CHIEF VIRTUES. they are done. When all are prepared, take them from the water \vith the hands to avoid the sediment, and put them into a stew-pan with a little fresh butter, white pepper, salt, and a little lemon-juice ; cover the pan close, and let them stew gently for twenty mi- nutes or half an hour ; then thicken the butter with a spoonful of flour, and add gradually sufficient cream, or cream and milk, to make the same about thv thickness of good cream. Season the sauce to palate, adding a little pounded mace or grated nutmeg. Let the whole stew gently until the mushrooms are tender. Remove every particle of butter which may be float- ing on the top before serving. 291. QUESTIONS & ANSWERS ON FAMILIAR THINGS' Why do candles and lamps " spirt," when rain is at hand? Because the air is filled with vapour, and the humidity penetrates the wick, where (being formed into steam) it expands sudden- ly, and produces a little explosion. 292. Why does a drop of water sometimes roll along a piece of hot iron without leaving the least trace ? Because (when the iron is very hot in- deed) the bottom of the drop is turned into vapour, which buoys the drop up, without allowing it to touch the iron. 293. why does a laundress pvvt a little saliva on a flat-iron, to know if it be hot enough? Because, when the saliva sticks to the box, and is evapo- rated, she knows it is not sufficiently hot : but when it runs along the iron, it is. 294. Why is the flat-iron hotter, if the saliva runs along it, than if it ad- heres till it is evaporated ? Because, when the saliva runs along the iron, the heat is sufficient to convert the bottom of the drop into vapour ; but if the pnliva will not roll, the iron is not sufficiently hot to convert the bottom of the drop into vapour. 295. Why do wet feet or clothes give us " cold ?" Because, the evapo- ration absorbs the heat go abundantly from the surface of our body, that its temperature is lowered below its na tural standard ; in consequence of which health is injured. [This also explains why it is dangerous to sleep in a damp oed.] 296. Why is the health injured when the temperature of the body is reduced below its natural standard ? Because, the balance of the circulation is de- stroyed, blood is driven away from the external surface by the chill, arid thrown upon the internal organs, which are oppressed by this increased load oi blood. 297 Why do not sailors get cold, who are frequently wet all day with sea-water; Because the salt of the sea retards evaporation; and (&s the heat of their bodies is drawn off gradually) the sensation of cold is prevented. Also, the salt of the sea acts as a stimu- lous, and keeps the blood circulating in the skin. 298. What is the cause of snow ? When the air is nearly saturated with vapour, and condensed by a current of air below freezing-point, some of the vapour is condensed, and frozen into snow. A few years ago, some fisher- men (who wintered at Nova Zeinbla) after they had been shut up in a hut for several days, opened the window ; and the cold external air rushing in, in- stantly condensed the air of the hut, and its vapour fell on the floor in a shower of snow. 299. What is the cause of sleet ? When flakes of snow (in their descent) pass through a bed of air above freez- ing-point, they partially melt, and fall to the earth as half-melted snow. 300. What is hail ? Rain which has passed in its descent through some cold bed of air, and has been frozen MI to drops of ice. 301. What is rain ? The vapour of the clouds or air condensed, and precip- itated to the earth. 302. Why are rain-drops sometimes much larger than at other times? When the rain-cloud is floating noar the earth, the drope> are large, because such a cloud is much more dense than AS A MAN LIVES, SO SHALL HE DIE; one more elevated. The size of the rain-drop is also increased according to the rapidity with which the vapours ire condensed. 303. Why does the Bible say that Grod "giveth snow like wool?" Be- cause snow (being a very bad conductor of heat) protects vegetables and seeds from the frost and cold. 304. How does the non-conducting power of snow protect vegetables from the frost and cold? It prevents the heat of the earth from being drawn off by the cold air which rests upon it. 305. Why are woollens and furs used for clothing in cold weather ? Because they are very bad conductors of heat, and therefore prevent the warmth of the body from being drawn off by the cold air. 306. Do not woollens and furs actu ally impart heat to the body? No; they mert-Jy prevent the heat of the body from escaping. 307. Where would the heat escape to, if the body were not wYapped in wool or fur ? The heat of the body would fly off into the air ; for the cold air, coming in contact with our body, would gradually draw away its heat, till it was as cold as the air itself. 308. What then is the principal use of clothing in winter-time ? To pre- vent the animal heat from escaping too freely; and to protect the body from the external air i^or wind), which would carry away its heat too rapidly. 309. Why are March winds dry ? Because they generally blow from the east or north-east, and therefore sweep over the continent of America. 310._What is the use of March winds ? They dry the soil (which is saturated by the floods of February), break up the heavy clods, and fit the iand for the seeds which are committed to it. 311. Why is it said that "March comes in like a lion ?" Because it comes in with blustering east winds, so essential to dry the soil, which wojid otherwise rot the seed committed to it. 3J2. Why does " M.-irch go out like n lamb?" Because the water, evapor ated by the high winds, falls again in showers to fertilize the earth, and breaks the violence of the winds. 313. Why is it said that " A bushel of March dust is worth a king's ran- som ?" Because it indicates that there has been a continuance of dry weather^ and unless March be dry, the seed wiL rot in wet soil. 314. W T hy is it said that "A dry cold March never begs bread ?" Because the dry cold winds of March prepare the soil for seeds, which germinate and produce fruit in the autumn. 315. Why is it said that "A wet March makes a sad autumn?" Be- cause, if March be wet, so much of ut p) vi- jly thoroughly dried) as will li 98 AS A TREE FALLS, SO IT SHALL LIE them into a paste; roll this paste out | upon the prominent traits of that charac several times, and lastly flour it, and ' roll ifc out the thickness of a half-crown, and cut it into pieces about one inch square ; lay them in a Dutch oven, where they will dry so gently as not to get burned ; turn them every half hour, and when they begin to dry crumble them. They will take about four hours to dry. Pound them, sift them, and put them into dry bottles; cork and seal them. Three dozen of natives re- quire seven ounces and a -half of flour to make them into a paste weighing eleven ounces, and when dried, six and a-half ounces. To make half-a-pint of sauce, put one ounce of butter into a flatter, and if the brain be rather small, stewpan with three drachms of oyster powder, and six tablespoonfuls of milk ; set it on a slow fire, stir it till it boils, and season it with salt. As a sauce, it is excellent for fish, fowls, or rump- steaks. Sprinkled on bread and but- ter, it makes a good sandwich. 320. HOW TO WIN A SWEET- HEART. The attention and the ad- miration of an individual of the opposite sex may be obtained in various ways ; and love may be and is often engender- ed where none is felt by the opposite party. But all this is accomplished by- playing upon some passion or passions of the individual whose love is desired and whose hand is to be won. Thus some are obtained by playing upon the desire for wealth or high stati n in so- ciety; others through their pride, by flattery of their persons ; others through their kindness, by exciting their benevo- lent feelings ; others through their nat- ural amative passions, by exciting the desire of stfxual love ; others by show- ing one's self to possess, or by pretend- ing to possess, kindred sympathies and feelings kindred emotions of head and heart kindred likes and desires kin- dred tastes and sentiments. To win the affections, therefore, we should learn the character of the individual whose love is sought. That being known, success is to be obtained by bringing the batteries to bear properly ter. True love arises from a principle of sympathy from a oneness of feeling from a similarity in some points of character, although other points m;iy be very dissimilar, from showing that you possess something which the other admires. Acting upon th4s you may induce in another love for you, find cement the affections upon y( Upon this subject, I give you the phrenological teachings of O. S. Fow ler, who says : " If approbativeness predominate, and causality be moderate, you may put it on thickly. Praise their dress, features, appearance, on particular oc- casions, and any and everything they take pride in. ' them, and k( Take much notice of continually saying something to tickle their vanity; for this organization will bear all the " soft soap " you can administer. When you have gained this organ, you have got the " bell-sheep," which all the other faculties will blindly follow on the run. But if approbativeness be only full or large, with reason and morality quite as large or larger, and the head of a good size, and well developed, " soft- soap " will not take, but will only sicken ; for reason will soon penetrate your motive, and morality will reverse the other faculties against you, and de- stroy all chance of gaining the affec- tions. See to it that you really esteem those with this organization esteem them not for their dress, beauty, man- ners, &c., but for their moral purity, their elevated sentiments, their fine feelings, and their intellectual attain- ments. As they estimate themselves and others not by a standard of wealth, beauty, dress, &c., but by a moral and intellectual standard, so your showing them that you really esteem those qual- ities which they prize so highly, will cause them to perceive that your tastes harmonize with theirs, and thus turn their leading organs in your favour, and unite and endear them to you. TOR AGE AND WANT SAVE WHILE TOD MAY. " If benevolence predominate in the person, show yourself kind, not to the individual alone, nor in little matters of modern politeness, but as an habitual feeling of your soul, always gushing forth spontaneously at the call of want or suffering, and ready to make per- sonal sacrifices to do good. Be philan- thropic, and show yourself deeply in terested in the welfare of your fellow- men. This will gratify his or her be- nevolence, and bring it over in your behalf, which will draw the other fac- ilties along with it. " To one who has large intellectual organs, do not talk fashionable non- sense, or words without ideas chit- chat, or small talk I mean the polite tete-a-tete of fashionable young people ; but converse intellectually upon sensi- ble subjects; evince good sense and sound*. judgment in all you can say and do ; present ideas and exhibit intellect This will gratify their intellects, and lay a deep intellectual basis for mutual your or love, as well ing it. as go far towards excit- " If the person be pious and devout, be religious yourself, and your religious feelings will strike a chord that will throb through her whole soul, kindling an irresistible flame of mutual love. "If the individual be a timid damsel, do not frighten her ; for this will drive away every vestige of lurking affection, and turn her faculties against you; but be gentle and soothing and offer her all the protection in your power, causing her to feel safe under your wing, and she will hover under it, and love you devoutly for the care you be- stow upon her. " If ideality be large show refine- ment and good taste, and avoid all grossness and improper allusions; for nothing will more effectually array 'her against you than either impropriety or be neat, apparel nice, and every tract of the slovenly removed. 'I But since it is the affections, mainly, that you wish to enlist, show yourself affectionate and tender. As like begets like, whatever faculty is lively in you will be excited in them ; therefore your friendship and love, as they beam forth from your eyes, soften your countenance, burn on your lips, escape through the soft and tender tones of your voice, light up y< countenance with the smile of love, impress the kiss of affection, imbue your whole soul and are embodied in every look, word and action, will as surely find a way to their hearts as the river to the ocean, and kindle in them a reciprocity of love. By these and other similar applications of this principle, the disengaged affections ol almost any one can be secured, especi- ally if the organs of both be similar ; for the command thus obtained over the feelings, will, and even judgment, is almost unlimited. (Sec 2865.) 321. LEMON SPONGE. For u quart mould dissolve two ounces of isinglass in a pint and three quarters of water; strain it, and add three- quarters of a pound of sifted loaf sugar, the juice of six lemons and the rind of one ; boil the whole a few minutes, strain it again, and let it stand till quite cold and just beginning to stiffen ; then beat the whites of two eggs, and put them to it, ?>nd whisk till it is quite white ; put it into a mould, which must be first wetted with cold water, or salad oil is a much better substitute for turning out jelly, blancmange, &c., great care being taken not to pour it into the mould till quite cool, or the oil will float on the top, and after it is turned out ft must be carefully wiped over with a clean cloth. This plan only requires to be tried once to be in- variably adopted. 322. TO KILL SLUGS Take a vulgarity, or even inelegance. Descant on the exquisite and sentimental, on poetry and oratory, and expatiate on j quantity of cabbage-leaves, and either the beauties of nature and art, and put them into a warm oven, or hold especially of natural scenery. If order j them before the fire till they get quite be also large, see to it that your person ! soft ; then rub them with unsalted 5 100 LITTLE STROKES FELL GREAT OAKS. butter, or any kind of fresh dripping, aiid lay them in places infested with slugs. In a few hou \s the leaves will be found covered witl. snails and slugs, which may then, of course, be de- stroyed in any way the gardener may think fit. 323. HOW TO WASH KID GLOVES. Have ready a little new milk in one saucer, and a piece of brown soap in another, and a clean cloth or. towel folded three or four times. On the cloth spread out the glove smooth and neat. Take a piece of flannel, drp it in the milk, then rub off a good quantity of soap to the wet- ted flannel, and commence to rub the glove downwards towards the fingers, holding it firmly with the left hand. Continue this process until the glove, if white, looks of a dingy yellow, though clean ; if coloured, till it looks dark and spoiled. Lay it to dry ; and old gloves will goon look nearly new. They will be soft, glossy, smooth, shapy and elastic. 324. DYEING THE HAIR. It may be stated once for all that this practice is decidedly injurious. It may fail altogether in producing the desired result ; it is never unattended by a certain amount of unpleasant cir- cumstances, and frequently with evil results. In the first place, the alteration of the abnormal colour, so far as the ge- neral aspect of the face is concerned, hae an effect the very reverse of that which was intended. Every consti- tuent part of man tends to make the human machine one harmonious whole . the figure, the stature, the skin, the hair, the gait, &c. Fair hair is associated with a sangui- neous and lymphatic temperament, a fine and white skin, blue eyes, and a soft and mild expression. Black hair, on the contrary, is generally connected with a bilious habit of body, a muscu- lar and nervous temperament, a dark and yellowish skin, lively black eyes and a bold, proud air. Red hair is j associated with a peculiar constitution although closely approaching to tha fair type. In this variety the skin is transparent, fresh, and presents n peculiar limpidity, which belongs ex- clusively to the colour of hair men- tioned. To what absurd contrasts, then, are those persons not exposed, who, from idle vanity, attempt to break the bond of union which exists between the hair and the rest of the body? If, then, from the impression that red hair is a disfigurement, it is dyed black what relation can exist between this new colour, and the soft blue eye, and a skin so fine and so susceptible, that the sun's rays seem to penetrate it, in the form of those lentiginous spots commonly called freckles. These objections do not apply with equal force to those cases where the object is merely to disguise partial dis- colouration of the hair ; but, at the same time, it is not always easy to pro- duce the exact shade of the original colour, and when the hair begins tc grow this partial discolouration reap- pears and discloses the dye. Finally, when this discolouration is widely d'iffused over the head, and re- quires an extensive application of the dye, in the case of an old man for ex ample, the hair will then present a lustre, brilliancy and tint, in melan- choly contradistinction with the faded and wrinkled skin, dull leaden eye, furrowed cheek, and broken and tot- tering gait. Besides, experience has sufficiently established the fact, that the ingre- dients of which the dyes are composed, are far from being free from danger or inconvenience. The texture of the hair itself is deteriorated by them. Composed as they are generally, of very active remedies, they burn the hair, alter the piliferous capsule , arrest the natural secretion of the hair and favour the production of baldness, They also frequently produce inflam- mation of the scalp. I have met with many cases in which females who had been in the habit of using those dyes WE IXCREASE OUR WEALTH WHEN WE LESSEN OUR DESIRES. 101 Were reduced to the sad alternative of maintaining a disagreeable arid painful eruption, the result of the ingre- dients employed, or to abandon the disguise they were intended to pro- duce. Since we cannot hope to prohibit altogether the use of compositions for dyeing the hair, it only remains to point out those that are the least in jurious, and most likely to answer the purpose sought for. From the earliest time the following substances have been employed to blacken the hair: The oil of cade, gall nuts, the lye of vine branches, preparations of lead ; ravens' eggs have been extolled, probably because the colour of that bird is the most perfect black ; putrified swallows, colocynth, &c. However, experience has shown that a certain number of preparations possess more or less effi- cacy, the principal of which I shall here point out. Preparations of silver are used in Carious forms ; as, for example, a po- uado composed of nitrate of silver, eream of tartar, ammoniac, and pre- pared lard. This pomade is to be applied to the hair by the aid of the brush and comb. They are also used in the form of paste : Nitrate of silver, proto-nitrate of mercury, and distilled water. Dis- solve strain, and wash the residue with sufficient water to make a paste. A clear paste is made of this solu- tion and a sufficient quantity of starch, which is then carefully applied to the hair in the evening. The head is covered with a cap of gummed taffeta during the night, and the following morning the paste is washed off, and the hair anointed with any simple oint- ment. (Sec 270, 271.) 325. COOKING COLD BUTCHERS MEAT. 326. BEEF MINCED. Cut into small dice remains of cold beef; and gravy reserved from it on the first day of its being served should be put in the stew- pan with the addition of warm water some mace, sliced eschalot, salt, and black pepper. Let the whole simmer gently for an hour. A few minutes be- fore it is served, take out the ~_eat and dish it ; add to the gravy some walnut catsup, and a little lemon juice, or wal- nut pickle. Boil up the gravy once more, and, when hot, pour it over the meat. Serve it up with bread sip- pets. 327. BEEF (WITH MASHED POTA- TOES). Mash some potatoes with hot milk, the yolk of an egg, some butter and salt. Slice the cold beef and lay it at the bottom of a pie-dish, adding to it some sliced eschalot, pepper, salt, and a little beef gravy ; cover the whole with a thick paste of potatoes, making the crust to rise in the centre above the edges of the dish. Score the po- tato crust with the point of a knife in squares of equal sizes. Put the dish before a fire in a Dutch oven, and brown it on all side? ; by the time it is coloured, the meat and potatoes will be sufficiently done. 328. BEEF BUBBLF AND SQUEAK. Cut into pieces, convenient for fry- ing, cold roast or boiled beef; pepper, salt, and fry them ; when done lay them on a hot drainer, and while the meat is draining- from the fat used in frying them, have in readiness a cab- bage already boiled in two waters ; chop it small, and put it in the frying-pan with some butter, add a little pepper and keep stirring it, that all of it may be equally done. When taken from the fire, sprinkle over the cab- bage a very little vinegar, only enough to give it a slight acid taste. Place the cabbage in the centre of the dish, and arrange the slices of meat r eatly around it. 329. BEEF OR MUTTON LOBSCOUS. Mince, not too finely, some cold roast beef or mutton. Chop the bones, and put them in a saucepan with six pota- toes peeled and sliced, one onion, alsc sliced, some pepper and salt; of these make a gravy. When the potatoes arf completely incorporated vith the grary :o2 WHERE REASON RULES, APPETITE OBEYS J take out the bortos, and put in the meat; stew the whole together lor an hour before it is to be served. 330. BEEF EISSOLES. Mir.ce and season cold beef, and llavour it \vith mushroom or walnut catsup. Make of beef dripping a very thin paste, roll it out in thin pieces, about four inches square ; enclose in each piece some of the mince, in the same way as lor putts, cutting each neatly all round: fry them in dripping of a very light brov.-n. The paste can scarcely be roll- ed out too thin. 331. VEAL MINCED. Cut veal from the fillet or shoulder into very small dice ^ put into veal or mutton broth with a little mace, white pepper, salt, some lemon-peel grated, and a table- spoonful of mushroom catsup or mush- room powder, rubbed smooth into the gravy. Take out some of the gravy when nearly done, and when cool enough thicken it with flour, cream, and a little butter ; boil it up with the rest of the gravy, and pour it over the meat when done. Garnish with bread sippets. A little lemon-juice added to the gravy improves its flavour. 332. VlEAL DRESSED WITH WHITE SAUCE. Boil milk or cream with a thickening of flour and butter ; put into it thin slices of cold veal, and simmer it in the gravy till it is made hot with- out boiling. When nearly done, beat up the yolk of an egg, with a little an- chovy and white sauce ; pour it gently to the rest, stirring it all the time ; simmer, again the whole together, and serve it with sippets of bread and curl- ed bacon alternately. 333. VEAL RISSOLES. Mince an^ pound veal extremely fine ; grate into it some remains of cooked ham. Mix these well together with white sauce, flavoured with mushrooms : form this mixture into balls, and enclose each in pastry. Fry them in butter of a nice brown. The same mince may be fried in balls without pastry, being first ce- mented together with egg and bread crumbs. 334. MUTTON HASHED. Cut cold mutton into thin slices, fat and lean to- gether ; make gravy with the bone* whence the nuaT lias been taken, boil them long enoruh in water, with onion, pepper, and salt; strain the gravj and warm, but not boil, the mutton 'in it. Then take out some of the gravy to thicken it with flour and butter, and Hit v< air it with mushroom catsup. Tour in the thickening and boil it up, having before taken out the meat, and placed it neatly on the dish in which it is to go to the table. Pour over it the boiling gravy, and add sippets of bread. 335. LAMB. Fry slices or chops of lamb in butter till they are slightly browned. Serve them on a puree of cucumbers, or on a dish of spinach ; or dip the slices in bread crumbs, chopped parsley, and yolk of an egg ; some grated lemon and a little nutmeg may be. added. Fry them, and pour a little nice gravy over them when served. 336. PORK. Slices of cold pork, fried and laid on apple sauce, form an excellent side or corner dish. Boiled pork may also be made into rissole*, minced very fine like sausage meat, and seasoned sufficiently, but not over much. 337. TO CLEAN WHITE SATIN AND FLO WERED SILKS. 1. Mix sifted stale bread crumbs with powder blue, and rub it thoroughly all over, then shake it well, and dust it with clean soft cloths. Afterwards, where there are any gold or silver flow r ers, take a piece of crimson ingrain velvet, rub the flowers with it, which will re- store them to their original lustre. 2. Pass them through a solution of fine hard soap, at a hand heat, drawing them through the hand. Rinse in luke- warm water, diy and finish by pinning out. Brush the flossy or bright side with a clean clothes-brush, the way of the nap. Finish them by dipping a spongo into size, made by boiling isinglaaa in water, and rub the wrong side. Rinse out a second time, and brush, and dry near a fire or in a warm room. Silk may be treated in the same way, bu< not brushed. (See 42.) WHEN APPETITE COMMANDS, THE POCKET PAYS. 103 338. POTTED BEEP. -Take three or four pounds, or any smaller quantity of lean Ixvjf, free from sinews, and rub them well with a mixture iiuide of a handful of salt, one ounce of saltpetre, and one ounce of coarse sugar ; let the meat lie in the salt for two days, turning and rubbing it twice a day. Put it into a stone jar with a little beef gra^y, and cover it with a paste to keep it close. Bake it for several hours in a very slow oven, till the meat is tender ; then pour off the gravy, which should be in a very small quantity, or the juice of the meat will be lost; pound the meat when cold, in a marble mor- tar till it is reduced to a smooth paste, adding by degrees a little fresh butter melted. Season it as you proceed with pepper, allspice, nutmeg, pounded mace, and cloves, or such of these spices as are thought agreeable. Some flavour with anchovy, ham, shallots, mustard, wine, flavoured vinegar, ragout powder, curry powder, &c., according to taste. When it is thoroughly beaten and mingled together, press it closely into small shallow pots, nearly full, and fill them up with a layer a quarter of -an inch thick of clarified butter, and tie them up with a bladder, or sheet of India rubber. They should be kept in a cool place. 339. CAKE OF MIXED FRUITS. Extract the juice from red currants by simmering them very gently for a few minutes over a slow fire ; strain it through a folded muslin, and to one pound of it add a pound and a-half of nonsuches or of freshly gathered apples, pared, and rather deeply cored, that the fibrous part may be avoided. Boil these quite slowly until the mixture is perfectly smooth ; then to evaporate part of the moisture, let the boiling be quickened. In from twenty-five to thirty minutes, draw the pan from the fire, and throw in gradually a pound and a quarter of sugar in fine powder ; mix it well with the fruit, and when it is dissolved, continue the boiling rapidly for twenty minutes longer, keeping the mixture constantly st : rz ^d ; put it irt " a mould and store it when cold, for winter use, or serve it for dessert, or for the second course ; in the latter case, decorate it with spikes of almonds blanched, and heap solid whipped cream round it. or pour a custard into the dish. For dessert, it may be gar- nished with dice of the palest apple- jelly. Juice of red currants, one pound; apples (pared and cored), one pound and a-half twenty-five to thirty min- utes. Sugar one pound and a-half twenty minutes. 340. THE FAMILY CIRCLE. Under this title, a series of friendly parties have been instituted by a group of acquaintances in New York. The following form of invitation and the rules of the Family Circle will be found interesting, probably useful : Will you do me the favour of meet- ing here, as a guest, on next, at seven precisely, a few friends who have kindly joined in an attempt to com- mence occasional, pleasant, and social parties, of which the spirit and intent will be better understood by the perus- al of the few annexed remarks and rules from Yours sincerely, 1st. Worldly appearance ; the phan- tom leading many to suppose that wealth is the standard of worth in the minds of friends, a notion equally de- grading to both parties. 2nd. Overdress ; causing unneces- sary expense and waste of time. 3rd. Expensive entertainments ; as regards refreshments. 4th. Late hours. The following brief rules are sug- gested, in the hope to show the way to a more constant, easy, and friendly in- tercourse amongst friends, the writer feeling convinced that society is equal- ly beneficial and requisite in fact, that mankind in seclusion, like the sword in the scabbard, often loses polish, and gradually rusts. RULE 1. That meetings be held in rotation, at each member's house, foi the enjoyment of conversation ; music 104 DEEP RIVERS FLO\S WITH SILENT MAJESTY J grave and gay ; dancing, gay only ; a*U [ lovers, privileged to do odd things ' during their temporary lunacy, and also married couples, who are expected to dance together at least once during the evening, and oftener if they please. RULE 9. That to avoid unnecessary expense, the refreshments be limited to cold meat, sandwiches, bread, cheese, butter, vegetables, fruits, tea, coffee, negus, punch, malt liquors, &c. RULE 10. That all personal or face- to-face laudatory speeches (commonly called toasts, or, as may be, roasts,) be for the future forbidden, without per- mission or enquiry, for reasons follow- ing : That as the family circle in- cludes bachelors and spinsters, and he, she, or they may be secretly engaged, card-playing at limited stakes RULE 2. That such meetings com- mence at seven and end about or after twelve, and that members and guests be requested to remember that punctu- ality has been called the politeness of kings. RULE 3. That as gentlemen are al- lowed for the whole season to appear, like the raven, in one suit, ladies are to have the like privilege ; and that no lady be allowed to quiz or notice the habits of another lady ; and that demi- toilette in dress be considered the bet- ter taste in the family circle ; not that the writer wishes to raise or lower the proper standard of ladies' dress, which ought to be neither too high nor too low, but at a happy medium. RULE 4. That any lady infringing the last rule, be liable to reproof by the oldest lady present at the meeting, if the oldest lady, like the oldest in- habitant, can be discovered. RULE 5. That all members or guests be requested to bring with them their own vocal, instrumental or dance music, and take it away with them if possible, to avoid loss and confusion. RULE 6. That no member or guest able to sing, play, or dance, refuse, un- less excused by medical certificate ; and that no cold w sore throat be al- lowed to last more than a week. RULE 7. That as every member or guest known to be able to sing, play, or dance, is bound to do so if request- ed, the performer (especially if timid,) is to be kindly criticised and encou- raged ; it being a fact well known that the greatest masters of an art are al- ways the most lenient critics, from their deep knowledge of the feeling, intelligence, and perseverance required to at all approach perfection. RULE 8. That gentlemen present do .ay every attention to ladies, especially ; h.>rs; but such attention is to be general, and not particular for in- stance, no gentleman is to dance more that, three times with one lady during the evening, except in tie case of it be therefore cruel to excite hopes that may be disappointed , and that as some well-informed Benedict of long experience may after supper advise the bachelor to find the way to woman's heart vice versa, some deep- feeling wife or widow, by " pity mov- en," may perhaps after supper advise the spinster the other way, which in public is an impropriety manifestly to be avoided. RULE 11, (suggested by a lady.) That any lady, after supper, may (if she please) ask any gentleman appar- ently diffident, or requiring encourage- ment, to dance with her, and that no gentleman can of course refuse so kind a request. RULE 12. That no gentleman be ex- pected to escort any lady home on foot beyond a distance of three miles, un- less the gentleman be positive and the lady agreeable. RULE THE LAST. That as the fore- going remarks and rules are intended, in perfect good faith and spirit, to be considered general and not personal, no umbrage is to be taken, and the reader is to bear in mind the common and homely saying " Always at trifles scorn to take offence, It shows great pride and very little sense.' P.S. To save trouble to both par- ties, this invitation be deemed accepted. SHALLOW BllOOKS ARE NOISY. 105 without the necessity to reply, unless refu&td within twenty-four hours. 341. RICE BREAD. Take one pound and a halt' of rice, and boil it gently over a slow fire in three quarts of water about five hours, stirring it, and afterwards beating it up into a smooth paste. Mix this while warm into two gallons, or four pounds of flour, adding at the same time the usual quantity of yeast. Allow the dough to work a certain time near the fire, after which divide it into loaves, and it will be found, when baked, to produce twenty-eight or thirty pounds of excel- lent white bre^d. 342. LYING WITH THE HEAD HIGH. It is often a question amongst people who are unacquainted with the anatomy and physiology of man,whether lying with his head exalted or even with the body is most wholesome. Most, consulting their own ease on this point, argue in favour of that which they prefer. Now, although mauv de- light in bolstering up their heads at night and sleep soundly without injury, yet we declare it to be a dangerous habit. The vessels through which blood passes from the heart to the head, are always lessened in the cavi- ties when the head is resting in bed higher than the body, therefore, in all diseases attended with fever, the head should be pretty near on a level with the body ; and people ought to ac- custom themselves to sleep thus to avoid danger. 343. AMERICAN . HISTORY IN BRIEF. The following important facts in the history of the settlement and progress of the United States will be found in- teresting, and may save the readers of Inquire Within, as much time as they cost the compiler. 1607 Virginia first settled by the Eng- lish. J614 New York first settled by the Dutch J657 Massachusetts settled by the Pu- ritan 8 1623 New Hampshire settled by the Puritans. 1624 New Jersey settled by the Dutch. 1627 Delaware settled by Danes and Swedes. 1635 Maryland settled by Irish Ca- tholics. 1635 Connecticut settled by the Pu- ritans. 1636 Rhode Island settled by Roger Williams. 1650 North Carolina settled by the English. 1670 South Carolina settled by the Huguenots. 1682 Pennsylvania settled by William Penn. 1788 Georgia settled by Gen. Ogle thorpe. 1791 Vermont admitted into the Uni- u. 1792 Kentucky admitted into the Union. 1796 Tennessee admitted into the Union 1802 Ohio admitte-d into the Union. 1811 Louisiana admitted into the Union 1816 Indiana admitted into the Union. 1817 Mississippi admitted into the Union. 1818 Illinois admitted into the Union. 1819 Alabama admitted into the Union 1820 Maine admitted into the Union I - 1 \ M issouri admitted into the Union 1836 Michigan admitted into the Union 1836 Arkansas admitted into the Union 1845 Florida admitted into the Union. 1845 Texas admitted into the Union 1846 Iowa admitted into ths Union. 1848 Wisconsin admitted into the Union 1850 California admitted into the Union 344. TO WASH A WHITE LACE VEIL. Put the veil into a strong lather of white soap and very clear water, and let it simmer slowly for a quarter of an hour. Take it out and squeeze it well, but be sure not to rub it. Rinse it in two cold waters, with a drop or two of liquid blue in the last. Have ready some very clear gum arabic water, or some thin starch, or rice-water. Pass the veil through it, and clear it by clapping. Then stretch it out even, and pin it to dry on a linen clotb, making the edge as straight a* 106 TRUST NOT THE MAN WHO PROMISES WITH AN OATH. possible, opening out all the scallops, and fastening each with pins. When dry, lay a piece of thin muslin smooth- ly over it, and iron it on the wrong Bide. 345. HONEY SOAP. Cut thin two pounds of yellow soap into a double saucepan, occasionally stirring it till it is itelted, which will be in a few min- utes if the w T ater is kept boiling around it , then add a quarter of a pound of palm oil, quarter of a pound of honey, three pennyworth of true oil of cinna- mon ; let all boil together another six or eight minutes ; pour out and stand it by till next day, it is then fit for imme- diate use. If made as these directions it will be found to be a very superior soap. 346. TO DISTINGUISH MUSH- EOOMS FROM POISONOUS FUNGI. 1. Sprinkle a little salt on the spongy part or gills of the sample to be tried. If they turn yellow they are poisonous, if black, they are whole- some. Allow the salt to act before you decide on the question. 2. False mushrooms have a warty cap, or else fragments of membrane, adhering- to the upper surface, are heavy, and emerge from a vulva or bag ; they grow in tufts or clusters in woods, on the stumps of trees, &c., whereas the true mushrooms grow in pastures. 3. False mushrooms have an astringent, styptic, and disagreeable taste. 4. When cut they turn blue. 5. They are moist on the surface, and generally 6. Of a rose or orange, color. 7. The gills of the true mushroom are of a pinky red, changing to a liver colour. 8. The flesh is white. 9. The stem is white, solid, and cylindrical. 347. LAVENDER SCENT BAG. Take of lavender flowers free from stalk, half a pound ; dried thyme and mint of each half an ounce ; ground cloves and caraways of each a quarter 3f an rnnce ; common salt, dried, one ounce ; inix the whole well together, and put the product into silk or camb- ric bags. In this way it will perfume th drawers ad linen very nicely. 348. WARMING COLD SWEET DJSHES. 349. RICE PUDDING. Over the cold rice pudding pour a custard, and add a few lumps of jelly or preserved fruit. Remember to remove the baked coating of the pudding before the cus- tard is poured over it. 350. APPLE TART. Cut into trian- gular pieces the remains of a cold apple tart; arrange the pieces around the sides of a glass or china bowl, and leave space in the centre for a custard to be poured in. 351. PLUM PUDDING. Cut inU thin round slices cold plum pudding and fry them in butter. Fry also Spanish fritters, and place them high in the centre of the dish, and the fried pudding all round the heaped-up frit- ters. Powder all with lump sugar and serve them with wine sauce in a tureen. 352. APPLES IN SYRUP FOR IMMEDIATE USE. Bare and core some hard round apples, and throw them into a basin of water ; as they are done, clarify as much loaf sugar as will cover them ; put the apples in along with the juice and rind of a lemon, and let them simmer till they are quite clear ; great care must be taken not to break them. Place them on the dish they are to appear upon at table, and pour the syrup over. 353 TO PRESERVE CUCUM- BERS. Take large and fresh-gather- ed cucumbers ; split them down and take out all the seeds ; lay them in salt and w T ater that will bear an egg three days: set them on a fire with cold w r ater, and a smalt lump of alum, and boil them a few minutes, or till tender drain them, and pour on them a thin syrup : let them lie two days, boil the syrup again, and put it over the cucum- bers, repeat it twice more, then have ready some fresh-clarified sugar, boiled to a How (which may be known by dipping the skimmer into the sugar, and blowing strongly through the holes of it ; if little bladders appear, it has at attained that degree) ; put in the cv THE NOBLE MIND HAS NO RESENTMENTS. IV t cum bers. and fc.miner it five minutes : set it by till next day ; boil the syrup and cucumbers again, and set them in glasses lor use. 354. BAKED PEARS. Take twelve large baking pears pare and cut them into halves, leaving on the stem about half an inch long : take out the core with the point of a knife, and place the HI close together in a block- tin saucepan, the inside of 'which is quite bright, with the cover to fit quite close, put to them the rind of a lemon cut thin, with half its juice, a small stick of cinnamon, and twenty grains of allspice ; cover them w 7 ith spring- water, and allow one pound of loaf- sugar to a pint and a-half of water : cover them up close, and bake them for six hours in a very slow oven : they will be quite tender, and of a bright colour. Prepared cochineal is gener- ally used for colouring the pears ; but if the above is strictly attended to, it will be found to answer best. 355. SORE THROAT. -I have been subject to sore throat, and have invariably found the following prepara- tion (simple and cheap) highly efficaci- ous when used in the early stage : Pour a pint of boiling water upon twenty- five or thirty leaves of common sage ; let the infusion stand for half an hour. Add vinegar sufficient to make it mod- erately acid, and honey according to the taste. This combination of the as- tringent and the emolieut principle sel- dom fails to produce the desired effect. The infusion must be used as a gargle several times a-day. It has this advan- tage over many gargles it is pleasant to the taste, and may be swallowed oc- casionally, not only without danger, but with advantage. 356. BELV1DERE CAKES, FOR BREAKFAST OR TEA. Take a quart of Hour, four eggs, a piece of but- ter the size of an egg, a piece of lard the same size ; mix the butter and lard well in the flour; beat the eggs light in a pint bowl, and fill it up with cold milk ; then pour it gradually into the ftour; add a teaspoonful of salt; work 5* it for eight or ten minutes only ; cut the dough with a knife the size you wish it; roll them into cakes about the size of a breakfast plate, and bake in a quick oven. 357. CHARCOAL. All sorts of glass vessels and other utensils may bo purified from long-retained smells of every kind, in the easiest and most per- fect manner, by rinsing them out well with charcoal powder, after the grosser impurities have been scoured off with sand and potash. Rubbing the teeth, and washing out the mouth with fine harcoal powder, will render the teeth beautifully white, and the breath per- fectly sweet, where an offensive breath lias been owing to a scorbutic disposi- tion of the gums. Putrid water is im- mediately deprived of its bad smell by charcoal. When meat, fish, &c., from intense heat, or long keeping, are likely to pass into a state of corruption, a sim- ple and pure mode of keeping them sound and healthful is, by putting a few pieces of charcoal, each the size of an egg, into the pot or saucepan wherein the fish or flesh is to be boiled. Among others, an experiment of this kind was tried upon a turbot, which appeared to be too far gone to be eatable ; the cook, as advised, put three or four pieces of charcoal, each the size of an egg, under the strainer, in the fish-kettle : after boiling the proper time, the turbot came to the table sweet and firm. 358. STAINING. GENERAL OB- SERVATIONS. When alabaster, mar- ble, and other stones, %re coloured, and the stain is required to be deep, it should be poured on boiling-hot, and brushed equally over every part if made with water; if with spirit, it should be applied cold, otherwise the evaporation, being too rapid, would leave the colouring matter on the sur- face, without any, or very little, being able to penetrate. In greyish or brownish stones, the stain will be wanting in brightness, because the nat- ural colour combines with the stain; therefore, if the stone be of a pure col- our, the >-esult will be a combination 108 WHEN ALOXE WE HAVE OUR THOUGHTS TO WATCH, of the colour and stair In staining bone or ivory, the colours will take bet- ter before than after polishing ; and if any dark spots appear, they should be rubbed with chalk, and the article dyed again to produce uniformity of shade. On removal from the boiling- hot dye-bath, the bone should be im- mediately plunged into cold water, to prevent cracks from the heat. If paper or parchment is stained, a broad varnish brush should be employed to lay the colouring on evenly. When the stains for icood are required to be very strong, it is better to soak and not brush them ; therefore, if for inlaying or fine work, the wood should be previously split or sawn into proper thicknesses, and when directed to be brushed several times over with the stains, it should be allowed to dry between each coating. When it is wished to render any of the stains more durable and beautiful, the work should be well rubbed with Dutch or common rushes after it is coloured, and then varnished with seed-lac var- nish, or if a better appearance is desired, with three coats of the same, or shellac varnish. Common work only requires frequent rubbing with linseed oil and woollen rags. The remainder, with the exception of glass, will be treated of in this paper. 359. ALABASTER, MARBLE, and STONE, may be stained of a yellow 7 , red, green, blue, purple, black, or any of the compound colours, by the stains used for wood. 360. BONE A^D IVORY. Black. I. Lay the 'articles for several hours in a strong solution of nitrate of silver, and expose to the light. 2. Boil the article for some time in a strained decoction of logwood, and then steep it in a solu- tion of per-sulphate or acetate of iron. 3. Immerse frequently in ink, until of sufficient depth of colour. 361. Blue. 1. Immerse for some time in a dilute solution of sulphate of indigo partly saturated with potash nd it will be fully stained. 2 Steep in a strong solution of sulj late of copper. 362. Green. 1. Dip blue-stained ar- ticles for a short time in nitro-bydro- chlorate of tin, and then in a hot de- coction of fustic. 2. Boil in a solution of verdigris in vinegar until the desired colour is obtained. 363. Red.l . Dip the articles first in the tin mordant used in dyeing, and theu plunge into a hot decoction of Brazil wood half a pound to a gallon of water or cochineal. 2. Steep in red ink until sufficiently stained. 364. &:arlet. Use lac-dye instead of the preceding. 365. Violet. and then immerse in a decoction logwood. 366. Yellow. 1. Impregnate with nitro hydro chlorate of tin, and then digest with heat in a strained decoction of fustic. 2. Steep for twenty-four hours in a strong solution of the neu tral chromate of potash, and then plunge for some time in a boiling solu- tion of acetate of lead. 3. Boil the articles in a solution of alum a pound to half a gallon and then immerse for half an hour in the following mixture : Take half a pound of turmeric, and a quarter of a pound of pearl-ash ; boil in a gallon of w r ater. When taken from this, the bone must be again dipped in the alum solution. 367. HORN must be treated in the same manner as bone and ivory for the various colours given under that head- ing. 368. In Imitation of Tortoise-Shell. First steam and then press the horn into proper shapes, and afterwards lay the following mixture on with a small brush, in imitation of the mottle of tortoise-shell : Take equal parts of quick-lime and litharge, and mix with strong soap lees ; let this remain until it is thoroughly dry, brush off, and repeat two or three, times, if necessary. Such parts as are required to be of a reddish brown should be covered with a mixture of w : hiting and the stain. 369. IRON. Black, for ship's guns, shot, Sfc. To one gallon of viuegar add I u qua-ter of a pound of iron-rust, let it IN OUR FAMILIES OUR TEMPERS, AND IN SOCIETY OUR TOXGCES. 109 stand for a week ; then add a pound of dry lamp-black, and three-quarters of a pound of copperas ; stir it up for a couple of days. Lay five or six coats on the gun, &c., with a sponge, allnv- ing it to dry well between each. P( lish with linseed oil and soft woollen rag, and it will look like ebony. 370. PAPER AND PARCHMENT. "Blu.1,. ]. Stain it green with the ver- digris stain given below, and brush over with a solution of pearl-ash two ounces to the pint till it becomes blue. 2. Use the blue stain for wood. 371. Green and Red. The same as for wood. 372. Orange. Brush over with a tincture of turmeric, formed by infus- ing an ounce of the root in a pint of spirit of wine ; let this dry, and give another coat of pearl-ash solution, made by dissolving two ounces of the salt in a quart of water. 373. Purple. 1. Brush over with the expressed juice of ripe privet ber- ries. 2. The same as for wood. 374. Yellow. I. Brush over with tincture of turmeric. 2. Add anatto or dragon's-blood to the tincture of tur- meric, and brush over as usual. 375 WOOD. Black. 1. Drop a little sulphuric acid into a small quan- tity of water, brush over the wood and hold it to the fire ; it will be a fine black, and receive a good polish. 2. Take half a gallon of vinegar, an ounce of bruised nut-galls, of logwood chips and copperas each half a pound boil well ; add half an ounce of the tincture of sesquichloride of iron, formerly called the muriated tincture, and brash on hot. 3. Use the stain given for ships' guns. 4. Take half a gallon of vinegar, half a pound of dry lamp-black, and three pounds of iron-rust sifted. Mix, and let stand for a week. Lay three coats of this on hot, and then rub with linseed oil, and you will have a fine deep black. 5. Add to the a"bove stain an ounce of nut-galls, half a pound of logwood chips, and a quarter of a pound of copperas ; lay ;>n three coats, oi] Well, and you wil have a black stain ;hat will stand any kind of weather, and one that is well suited for ships' combings, &c. 6. Take a pound of ogwood chips, a quarter of a pound of Brazil wood, and boil for an hour and a half in a gallon of water. Brush the wood several times with this decoction while hot Make a decoction of nut- alls by simmering gently for three or our dstys a quarter of a pound of the galls in two quarts of water ; give the wood three coats of this, and while wet on a solution of sulphate of iron two ounces to a quart), and when dry oil or varnish. 7. Give three coats with a solution of copper filings in aquafortis, and repeatedly brush over with the logwood decoction, until the greenness of the copper is destroyed. 3. Boil half a pound of logwood chips n two quarts of water, add an ounce of pearl-ash, and apply hot with a brush. Then take two quarts of the [ogwood decoction, and half an ounce of verdigris, and the same of copperas ; strain, and throw in half a pound of iron rust. Brush the work well with this, and oil. 376. Blue. 1. Dissolve copper filings in aquafortis, brush the wood with it, and then go over the work with a hot solution of pearl-ash (two ounces to a pint of water), till it assumes a per- fectly blue colour. 2. Boil a pound of indigo, two pounds of woad, and three ounces of alum in a gallon of water ; brush well over until thoroughly stained. 377. In imitation of Botany-Bay Wood. Boil half a pound of French berries (the unripe berries of the rham- nus infectorius), in two quarts of water till of a deep yellow, and while boiling hot give two or three coats to the work. If a deeper colour is desired, give a coat of logwood decoction over the yellow. When nearly dry, form, the grain with No. 8 black stain, used hot, and when dry rust and varnisiu 378. Green. Dissolve verdigris in vinegar, and brush over with the hot solution until of a proper colour. 379. Mahogany Colour. D Dark. 1. 110 THE SEA IS THE HEAVING BOSOM OF THE WORLD. Boil half a pound of madder and two ounces of logwood chips in a gallon of water, aud brush well 'over while hot ; when dry. go over the whole with pearl-ash solution, two drachms to the streaks with No. 8 black stain; let dry and varnish. 2. Brush over with the logwood decoction used for No. 6 black, three or four times ; put half a pound of iron filings into two quarts of vine- quart. 2. Put two ounces of dragon's- j gar ; then with a graining brush or blood, bruised, into a quart of oil of turpentine ; let the bottle stand in a warm place, shake frequently, and, xv hen dissolved, steep the work in the mixture. :?80. Light Red Brown. Boil half a pound of madder and a quarter o a pound of fustic in a gallon of water ; brush over the work when boiling-hot, until properly stained. 2. The surface of the work being quite smooth, brush over with a weak solution of aquafortis, half an ounce to the pint, and then finish with the following: Put four ounces and a half of dragon's-blood and an ounce of soda, both well bruised, to three pints of spirit of wine, let it stand in a warm place, shake frequently, strain, and lay on with a soft brash, re- peating until of a proper colour ; polish with linseed oil or varnish. 881. Purple. Brush the work seve- ral times with the logwood decoction used for No. 6 black, and when dry give a coat of pearl-ash solution, one drachm care to lav it on to a quart, taking evenly. 382. Red. I. Boil a pound of Brazil wood and an ounce of pearl- ash in a gallon of water, and while hot brush over the work until of a proper colour. Dissolve two ounces of alum in a quart of water, and brush the solution over the work before it dries. 2. Take a gal- lon of the above stain, add two more ounces of pearl-ash ; use hot, and brush often with the alum solution. 3. Use a cold infusion of archil, and brush over with the pearl-ash solution used for No. 1 dark mahogany 383. In imitation of Eosewood, 1 . Boil half a pound of logwood in three pints of water till it is of a very dark red, add half an ounce of salt of tartar ; Btain the work with the liquor while boiling hot, giving three coats; then with a painter's gaming brush, form cane, braised at the end, apply the iron- filing solution in the form required, and polish with bees-wax and turpentine when dry, or varnish. 384. Yellow. I. Brush over with tho tincture of turmeric. 2. Warm the work, and brush over with weak aqua- fortis, then hold to the fire. Varnish or oil as usual. 385. CURE OF WARTS. Dr. Lawrence, says, the easiest way to get rid of warts is to pare off the thicken- ed skin which covers the prominent wart ; cut it off by successive layers : shave it till you come to the surface of the skin, and till you draw blood in two or three places. When you have thus denuded the surface of the skin, rub the part thoroughly over with lunar caustic, and one effective operation of this kind will generally destroy the wart ; if not, you cut off the black spot which has been occasioned by the caus- tic, and apply it again; or you may ap- ply acetic acid, and thus you will get rid of it. 386. TO REMOVE FRECKLES. Dissolve, in half an ounce of lemon- juice, one ounce of Venice soap, and add a quarter of an ounce each of oil Oi bitter almonds, and deliquated oil oi tartar. Place this mixture in the sun till it acquires the consistency of oint- ment. When in this state add three drops of the oil of rhodium, and keep it for use. Apply it to the face and hands in the manner following : Wash the parts at night with elder-flower water,, then anoint with the ointment. In the morning cleanse the skin from its oily adhesion by washing it copiously in rose-water. 387. DIRECTIONS FOR PUT TING ON GUTTA PERCHA SOLES. Dry the old sole, and rougfc it well with a rasp, after which, put on a thin coat of warm solution with thf A BIRD'S NEST IS A NATURAL EGG-CUP. Ill finger, rub it well in ; let it dry, then hold it to the fire, and, whilst warm, put on a second coat of solution thicker than the first, let it dry. Then take the gutta-percha sole, and put it in hot water until it is soft ; take it out, wipe it, and hold the sole in one hand and the shoe in the other to the fire, and they will become sticky ; immediately ;y the sole on, beginning 1 at the toe, nnd proceed gradually In half an hour, take- a knife and pare .i. The solution (should be warmed by putting as much as you want to use in a cup, and plac- ing it iu hot water, taking care that no water mixes with the solution. 338. COD LIVER OIL. Cod- liver oil is neither more nor less than cod-oil clarified ; and consequently two- thirds of its medicinal qualities are abstracted thereby. Cod-oil can be pur- chased pure at any wholesale oil ware- aouse, at about one-thirtieth part of ihe price charged for the so-called cod- >if er oil. Many persons who have used jod-oil pure as imported, have found it to answer much better than the cod- liver oil purchased of a druggist. The beet vehicle for taking cod liver oil in is new milk, and the disagreeable fla- vour of the drug can easily be covered by the addition of one drachm of orange- peel to every eight ounces of the oil. 389. TO BOTTLE FRUITS. Burn a match in a bottle to exhaust all air, then place in the fruit to be pre- served, quite dry, and without blemish ; sprinkle sugar between each layer, put in the bung, and tie bladder over, set- ting the bottles bung downwards, in a large stew-pan of cold water, with hay between to prevent breaking. When the skin is just cracking, take them out. All preserves require exclusion from the air ; place a piece of paper dipped in sweet oil over the top of the fruit ; prepare thin paper, immersed in gum- wfifcor, and, while wet, press it over and Around the top of the jar; as it dries, it will become quite firm and tight. 390. TO CLEAN CANE-BOTTOM CHAIRS Turn up the chair bot- toio, &c and \*'tb hot water fnd a sponge wash the cane-work well, go that it may become completely soaked. Should it be very dirty you must add soap. Let it dry in the open air, if pos- sible, or in a place where there is a thorough draught, and it will become as tight and firm as when new, provid ing that it has not been broken. 391. TEETHING. Young children whilst cutting their first set of teeth often suffer severe constitutional dis- turbance. At first there is restlessness and peevishness, with slight fever, but not unfrequently these are followed by convulsive fits, as they are commonly called, which depend on the brain be- coming irritated: and sometimes under this condition the child is either cut off suddenly, or the foundation of serious mischief to the brain is laid. The remedy, or rather the safeguard, against these frightful consequences is trifling, safe, and almost certain, and consists merely in lancing the gum covering the tooth which is making its way through, When teething is about it may be knowr by the spittle constantly drivelling from the mouth and wetting the frock The child has its fingers often in it* niouth, and bites hard any substance it can get hold of. If the gums be carefully looked at, the part where tht tooth is pressing up is swollen am redder than usual ; and if the finger be pressed on it the child shrinS i and cries showing that the gum is tender. Whei these symptoms occur, the gum shouk be lanced, and sometimes the tooth comes through the next day, if near the surface ; but if not so far advanced thr cut heals and a scar forms, which is thought by some objectionable, as rendering the passage of the tooth more difficult. This, however, is untrue, for the scar will give way much more easily than the uncut gum. If the tooth do not come through after two or three days, the lancing may bo re- peated ; and this is more especially needed if the child be very fractious, and seem in much pain. Lancing the gums is further advantageous, because it empties the inflamed part of it* (12 A LAUGHING CHILD IS THE BEST PORTRAIT OF HAPPINESS. blood, and so relievo* the pain and inflammation. The relief children ex perience in the course of two or three hours from the operation is often very remarkable, as they almost immediately become lively and cheerful. 39-2. TO MAKE ANCHOVIES To a pock of sprats put two pounds of fait, three ounces of bay salt, one pound of saltpetre, two ounces of prunella, and a few grains of cochineal ; pound them all in a mortar, then put into a stone p;m or anchovy ban-el, first a layer of sprats, and then one of the compound, and so on alternately to the top. Press them down hard ; cover them close for six months, and they will be fit for use, and will readily produce a most excellent flavoured sauce. A large trade is done in this article, especially for making anchovy oaste or sauce, when a little more co- louring is added. 393. EYELASHES. The mode adopted by the beauties of the East to increase the length and strength of their eyelashes is simply to clip the split ends with a pair of scissors about once a month. Mothers perform the operation on their children, both male and female, when they are mere infants, watching the opportunity whilst they sleep ; the practice never fails to produce the desired effect. We re- commend it to fair readers, as the attention of our a safe and innocent means of enhancing the charms which BO many of them, no doubt, already 394. APPLE MARMALADE. Peel and core two pounds sub-acid apples and put them in an enamelled saucepan with one pint of sweet cider, or half a pint of pure wine, and one pound of crushed sugar, and cook them by n gentle heat three hours, or longer, until the fruit is very soft, and then squeeze it first through a colander and then through a sieve. If ujt sufficiently sweet, add powdered tag-ar to sui't along with t-he bones and giblets of the It is delicious w^hen eaten with milk and sfill better with cream. 395. CHEAP FUEL. One bushel of small coal or sawdust, or both mixed together, two v bushels of sand, one bushel and a-half of clay. Let these be mixed together with common water, like ordinary mortar ; the mure they are stirred and mixed together the better ; then make them into balls, or with a small mould make them in the shape of bricks, pile them in a dry place, and % whcn they are hard and sufficiently dry they may be used. A fire cannot be lighted with them, but when the fire is quite lighted, put them on behind, with a coal or two in front, and they will be found to keep up a stronger fire than any fuel of the com mon kind. 396. DOMESTIC YEAST. Ladies who are in the habit (and a most lauda- ble and comfortable habit it is) of making domestic bread, cake, &c., are informed that they cau easily manufac ture their own yeast by attending to the following directions : Boil one pound of good flour, a quarter of a pound of brown sugar, and a little salt, in two gallons of water, for one hour. When milk warm, bottle it, and cork it It will be fit for use in twenty four hours. One pint of this yeast will make ISlbs. of bread. 397. COLD PARTRIDGE PIE. Bone partridges, the number accord- ing to the size the pie is wanted, make some good force, and fill the partridges with it: put a whole raw truffle in each partridge, (let the truffle be peel- ed), raise the pie, lay a few slices oC veal in the bottom, 'and a thick layer of force ; then the partridges, and four ;ruflles to each partridge ; then cover ;he partridges and truffles over with sheets of bacon, cover the pie in and finish it. It will take four hours bak- ng. Cut two pounds of lean ham (if nglit partridges are in the pie) into very thin slices, put it in a stewpan your taste, and put aw T ay in jars made airtight by u piece of wet bladder, partridges, and any other loose giblets that sre at hand, aii old fowl, a faggot MUSIC IS SOUL EMBODIED IN SOUND. 113 of thyme and parsley, a little mace, and about twenty-four shalots ; add about a pint of stock. Set the stewpan on a stove to draw down for half-an-hour, then put three quarts of good etock ; let it boil for two hours, then strain it off, and reduce the liquid to one pint ; add sherry wine to it, and put aside till the pie is baked. When the pie has been out of the oven for half-an- hour, boil what was strained from the bones, &c. of the partridges, and put it into the pie. Let it stand for twenty-four hours before it is eaten. N.B. Do not take any of the fat from the pie, as that is what preserves it. A pie made in this manner will be eat- able for three months after it is cut ; in short, it cannot spoil in any reason- able time. All cold pies are made in this manner. Either poultry or game that is put into a raised crust, and in- tended not to be eaten until cold, should be boned, and the liquor that is to fill up the pie made from the bones, &c. 398. TO EXTINGUISH A FIRE IN A CHIMNEY. So many serious fires have been caused by chimneys catching fire, and not being quickly ex- tinguished, that the following method of doing this should be made generally known. Throw some powdered brim- stone on the fire in the grate, or ignite some on the hob, and then put a board or something in the front of the fire- place, to prevent the fumes descending into the room. The vapour of the brimstone ascending the chimney, will then effectually extinguish the soot on fire. (See 28.) 399. SUPERFLUOUS HAIR. Any remedy is doubtful ; many of those commonly used are dangerous. The safest plan is as follows : The hairs should be perseveringly plucked up by the roots, and the skin, having been washed twice a-day with warm eoft water, without soap, should be treated with the following wash, com- monly called MILK OF ROSES. Beat four ounces of sweet almonds in a mor- tar, an ^ add half an ounce of white sugar during the process ; reduce the whole to a paste by pounding ; then add, in small quantities at a time, eight ounces of rose water. The emulsion thus formed, should be strained through a fine cloth, and the residue again pounded, while the strained fluid should be bottled in a large stopped vial. Tf the pasty mass in the mortar add half an ounce of sugar, and eight ounces of rose water, and strain again. This process must be repeated three times. To the thirty -two ounces of fluid, add twenty grains ofthe bichloride of mer- cury, dissolved in two ounces of alcohol, and shake the mixture for five minutes. The fluid should be applied with a towel, immediately after washing, and the skin gently rubbed with a dry- cloth till perfectly dry. Wilson, in his work on Healthy Skin, writes as fol- lows : " Substances are sold by the perfumers called depilatories, which are represented as having the power of removing hair. But the hair is not destroyed by these means ; the root and that part of the shaft implanted with- in the skin still remain, and are ready to shoot up with increased vigour as soon as the depilatory is withdrawn. The effect of the depilatory is the same, in this respect, as that of a razor, and the latter is, unquestionably, the better remedy. It must not, however, be imagined that depilatories are nega- tive remedies, and that, if they do no permanent good, they are, at least, harmless ; that is not the fact, they are violent irritants, and require to be used with the utmost caution. ******** After all, the safest depilatory is a pair of tw r eezers and patience." 400. DISINFECTING LIQUID. In a wine bottle of cold water, dissolve two ounces acetate of lead (sugar of lead ;) and then add two (fluid) ounces of strong nitric acid ( aquafortis ). Shake the mixture and it will be ready for u.se. A very small quantity ofthe liquid, in its strongest form, should be used for cleansing all kinds of chamber utensils. For removing offensive odors clean cloths thoroughly moistened witb 1H GOLD IS THE nr.ST TUAT BLINDS ALL EYES. the liquid, diluted with eight or tt-n parts of 'water, should be suspended at various parts of the room. In this case the of Ion sire and deleterious gases are neutralized by chemical action. Fumi- gation in the usual way is only the sub- stitution of one odour for another. In itsing the above, or any other disinfect- ant, let it never be forgotten that/res/t 'iir and plenty of it, is cheaper and more effective than any other ma- terial. 401. CLEANLINESS."! have more than once expressed my convic- tion that the humanizing influence of habits of cleanliness arid of those decent observations which imply self-respect best, indeed the only foundation of re- spect for others has never been suffi- ciently acted on. A clean, fresh, and well ordered house exercises over its inmates a moral no less than a physical influence, and has a direct tendency to make the members of a family sober, peaceable, and considerate of the feel- ings and happiness of each other; nor is it difficult to trace a connexion be- tween habitual feeling of this sort and the formation of habits of respect for property, for the laws in general, and even for those higher duties and obliga- tions the observance of which no laws can enforce." (-See 878.) 402. DYEING. The filaments from which shifts of all kinds are fabricated, are derived either from the animal or the vegetable kingdom. We recognise the former by the property they possess of liberating ammonia on being treated with potash ; while the latter afford a liquor having no acid reaction under the same treatment. The animal king- dom furnishes three varieties silk, wool, and the furs, &c., of various ani- mals; the vegetable kingdom also three flax, hemp, and cotton : all of which require certain preliminary pre- parations to render them fit for the dyer, which do not come within our province, our space only admitting of a rapid glance at the production of the rarious colours. 403. GENERAL OHSERYATIONS. The various shades produced by colour ing matters may be chi^t-d in one or other of the following group : 1. Blues 2. Reds 3. Yellows 4. Violets 5. Orange colours 6. Greens 7. Compound colours 8. Black. Simple. Binary Ternary, Some colours adhere at once to the stuff, and are substantial colours: while others require that the material to be dyed should undergo some previous preparation in order to render it per manent. The substance used to fix the colouring matters are called mor dants, which should possess four quali- fications : 1, They should possess an equal affinity for the fibre of the mate- rial and the colouring matter. 2. They should be incapable of injuring or des- troying either by prolonged action. 3. They should form, with the colour, a compound capable of resisting tbe action of air and water. 4. They should be capable of readily conforming to the various operations of the dyer. 404. THE MORDANTS. For tie reasons just given, the acetate or tar- trate of iron is preferable to the sul- phate ; and the acetate or tartrate of alumina to alum. 405. For rtds, yellows, greens, ana pinks. Aluminous mordants are to be used. 406. For Hacks, Iroicns, putes, and violets. The acetate or tartrate of iron must be employed. 407. For scarlets use a tin mordant made by dissolving in strong nitric acid one-eighth of its weight of sal-ammo niac ; then adding by degrees one- eighth of its weight in tin, and diluting the solution with one-fourth of its weight of water. 408. CALICO, LINEN, AND MUSLIN Blue. Wash well to remove dressing, and dry ; then dip in a strong solution of sulphate of indigo partly saturated with potash and hang up. Pry 9 IS A SELF-EXECUTIONER. 115 piece to see if the colour is deep enough, if not, dip again. 409. Saxon Blue. Boil the article in alum, nnd then dip in a strong solu- tion of chemie blue. 410. Buff. Boil an ounce of anatto in three quarts of water, and two ounces of potash, stir well, and put in the cali- co while boiiing, and stir well for five minutes; remove and plunge into cold pump water, hang up the articles with- out wringing, and when almost dry, fold. 411. Pink. Immerse in the acetate of alumina mordant, and then in the colouring matter of a pink saucer. 412. Green. Boil the article in an alum mordant, and then in a solution of indigo mixed with any of the yellow dyes, until the proper colour is ob- tained. 413. Yellow. I. Cut potatoe tops when in flower, and express the juice ; steep articles in this for forty-eight hours. 2. Dip in a strong solution of weld after boiling- in an aluminous mor- dant. Turmerie, fustic, anatto, &c., will answer the same as weld 414. CLOTH, Black. Impregnate the material with the Rotate of iron mordant, and then boil in a decoction of madder and logwood. 415. Madder Red. Boil the cloth in a weak solution of pearl-ash an ounce to a gallon of water wash, dry, and then steep in a decoction of bruised nutgalls. After dyeing, it is to be steeped twice in warm alum water, then dried and boiled in a decoction made of three-quarters of a pound of madder to every pound of the article. It should then be taken out and dried, and steeped in a second bath in the same manner. When dyed, the articles should be washed in warm soap and water, to remove a dun-coloured matter given out by the madder. 416. Scarlet. Three-quarters of a pint of a tin mordant, made by dissolving three pounds of tin in sixty pounds of hydrochloric acid, is added to every pound of lac dye, and digested for six hours To dye twenty-five pounds of cloth, a tin boiler of seventy-five gal- lons capacity should be filled nearly full with water, and a fire kindled un der it. When the heat is 150 deg. Fahr., half a handful of bran and two ounces of tin mordant are to be thrown into it. The froth which arises is skim- med off, the liquor is made to boil, and two pounds and three quarters of lac dye, previously mixed with a pound and three quarters of the solvent, and fourteen ounces of the tin solvent are added. Immediately afterwards two pounds and three-quarters of tartar, and a pound of ground sumach, both tied up in a linen bag, are to be added and suspended in the bath for five minutes. The fire being withdrawn, five gallons of cold water, and two pints and three-quarters of tin mordant being poured into the bath, the cloth ig im- mersed in it. The fire is then replaced, and the liquid made to boil rapidly for an hour, when the cloth is removed and washed in pure water. 417. Yellow. Use No. 2. for calico. Quercitron and weld produce a solid yellow; fustic, a very brilliant tint; white turmeric yields a less solid yel low. 418. FEATHERS. Black. Use the same as for cloth. 419. Blue. Every shade may be given by indigo or dip in silk dye. 420. Crimson. Dip in acetate of alumina mordant, then in a boiling-hot decoction of Brazil wood and, last o! all, pass through a bath of cudbear. 421. Pink, or Rose colour, is given by safflower and lemon juice. 422. Deep red. Proceed as for crim- son, omitting the cudbear bath. 423. Yellow. Mordant with acetate of alumina, and dip in a bath of tur rneric, or weld. 424. HAIR. Black. As the object in view is simply to dye the hair with- out tinging the skin, the following will be found the best : Take equal partg of litharge and lime ; mix well, and form into a paste with water, : a black is desired ; with milk, if brown. Clean the head with a small-tooth comb, and 116 FRUGALITY PROVES AX EASY CHAIR FOR OLD AGE. then well was.i the hair with soda and water to free it from grease ; then lay on the paste pretty thick, and cover the heaV with oil-skin, or a cabbage-leaf: after which go to bed. Next morning the powder should be carefully brushed away, and the hair (tiled. (Sec 270, 271.) 425. LEATHER. Black. Use No. 4 Black stain, and polish with oil. 426. Gloves, Nankeen. Steep saffron in boiling hot soft water for about twelve hours ; sew up the tops of the gloves, to prevent the dye staining the insides, wet them over with a sponge dipped in the liquid. A tea-cupful of dye will do a pair of gloves. 427. Gloves, Purple. Boil four oun- ces of logwood, and two ounces of foche alum, in three pints of soft water, till half wasted; strain, and let it cool. Sew up the tops, go over the outsides with a brush or sponge twice ; then rub off the loose dye with a coarse cloth. Beat up the white of an egg, and rub it over the leather with a Bponge. Vinegar will remove the stain from the hands. 428. SILK. Black. Use the same as for cloth, but black dyeing is diffi- cult. 429. Blue. 1. Wash quite clean, rinse well, and then dip in a hot solu- tion of sulphate of iron, after a short time take it out and rinse again. Have ready in another vessel a hot solution of prussiate of potash, to which a small quantity of sulphuric acid has been added. Dip the silk in this liquid; on removal rinse in clean water, and ex- pose to the air to dry. 2. Wash well, rinse, wring out, and then dip in the following : Boil a pound of indigo, two pounds of woad, and three ounces of alum in a gallon of water. When the silk is of a proper colour, remove, rinse, and dry. 430. Carnation. Boil two gallons of wheat and an ounce of alum in four gallons of water, strain through a h'rie sieve ; dissolve half a pound more of alum and white tartar; add three pounds of madder, then put in the silk it a moderate heat. 431. Madder Rcd.Uw the dye for cloth. 4;W. Fe/foic. Take clear wheat bran iquor fifteen pounds, in which dissolve hree quarters of a pound of alum joil the silk in this for two hours, and afterwards take half a pound of weld aud boil it till the colour is good. Nitre used with alum and water in the first ooiling fixes the colour. 433. WOOL. Blue. Boil in a de- coction of logwood, and sulphate or acetate of copper. 434. Broicn. Steep in an infusion of green walnut peels. 435. Drab. Impregnate with brown oxide of iron, and then dip in a bath of quercitron bark. If sumach is added, it will make the colour a dark brown. 436. Green. First imbue with tho blue, and then with the yellow dye. 437. Orange. Dye first with the red dye for cloth, and then with a yellow. 438. Red. Take four and a half pounds of cream of tartar, four and a quarter pounds of alum ; boil the wool gently for two hours ; let it cool, and wash the following- day in pure water Infuse twelve pounds of madder for half an hour with a pound of chloride of tin in lukewarm water, filter through canvas, remove the dye from the can- vas, and put in the bath, which is to be heated to 100 deg. Fahr.; add two ounces of aluminous mordant, put the wool in, and raise to boiling heat. Ke- move the wool, wash, and soak for a quarter of an hour in a solution of white soap in water. 439. Yellow. Dye with that used for calico, &c. 440. CALF'S HEAD PIE. Bo^ the head an hour and a half, or rather more. After dining from it, cut the re- maining meat off in slices. Boil the bones in a little of the liquor for three hours; then strain it off, and let it remain till next day; then take off the ft. To make the Pie. Boil two eggs for five minutes ; let them get cold, then lay them in slices at the bottom of a pie- dish, and put alternate layers of meat and j^lly, with pepper and chopped ECONOMY IS THE HOUSEHOLD MINT. 117 lemon also alternately, till the dish is full ; cover with a crust and buke it. Next day turn the pie out upside down. 441. CARPETS. If the corner of a carpet gets loose and prevents the door opening, or trips every one up that enters the room, nail it down at once. A dog's eared carpet marks the sloven as well as the dog's-eared book. An English gentleman, travelling some years ago in Ireland, took a hammer and tacks with him, because he found dog's-eared carpets at all the inns where he rested. At one of these inns he tacked down the carpet which, as usual, was loose near the door, and soon afterwards rang for his dinner. While the carpet was loose the door could not be opened without a hard push : so when the waiter came up, he just unlatched the door, and then going back a couple of yards, he rushed against it, at his habit was, with a sudden spring to force it open. But the wrinkles of the carpet were no longer there to stop it, and not meet- ing with the expected resistance, the unfortunate waiter fell full sprawl into the room. It had never entered his head that so much trouble might be saved by means of a hammer and half- a-dozen tacks, until hie fall taught him that make-shift is a very unprofitable kind of shift. There are a good many houses in the United States where a similar practical lesson might be of service. 442. MINCE MEAT. Take seven pounds of currants well picked and cleaned ; of finely chopped beef suet, the lean of a sirloin of beef minced raw, and finely chopped apples (Golden Pip- pins), each three and a half pounds; citron, lemon-peel, and orange-peel cut small, each half a pound ; fine moist sugar, two pounds ; mixed spice, an ounce; the rind of four lemons and four Seville oranges ; mix well, and put in a deep pan. Mix a bottle of brandy and white wine, the juice of the lemons and oranges that have been grated, to- gether m a basin ; pour half over, and press down tight with the hand, then add the other half and cover closely. Some families make one year to use the next. 443. ELEGANT BREAD PUD- DING. Take light white bread, and cut in thin slices. Put into a pudding- shape a layer of any sort of preserve, then a slice of bread, and repeat until the mould is almost full. Pour over all a pint of warm milk, in which four beaten eggs have been mixed ; cover the mould with a piece of linen, place it in a saucepan with a little boiling water, let it boil twenty minutes, and serve with pudding-eauce. 444. CRAB, MOCK. Take any required quantity of good fat mellow cheese, pound it well in a mortar, incorporating made mustard, salad oil, vinegar, pepper (cayenne is the best), and salt sufficient to season and render it about the consistence of the cream of a crab. Add and mix well half a pint or more of pickled shrimps, and sorve in a crab shell, or on a dish, gar- nished with slices of lemon. 445. CURRIED BEEF, MADRAS WAY. Take about two ounces of butter, and place it in a saucepan, with two small onions cut up into slices, and let them fry until they are a light brown ; then add a table-spoonful and a half of curry powder, and mix it up well. Now put in the beef cut into pieces about an inch square ; pour in from a quarter to a third of a pint of milk, and let it simmer for thirty minutes ; then take it off, and place it in a dish, with a little lemon-juice. Whilst cooking stir constantly, to pre- vent it burning. Send to table with a wall of mashed potatoes or boiled rice round it. It greatly improves any curry to add with the milk a quarter of a cocoa-nut, scraped very small, and squeezed through muslin with a littlo water ; this softens the taste of the curry, and, indeed, no curry should be made without it. 446. CHOICE OF FRIENDS.- We should ever have it fixed in our memories, that by the character ofthotf 118 WIT IS THE LIGHTNING OF THE MIND. whom ice choose for our friends, our own is likely to be formed, and will certainly be judged of by the world. We ought therefore, to be slow and cautious in contracting intimacy ; but when a vir- tuous friendship is once established we must ever consider it as a. sacred engagement. Dr. Blair. 447.STRASBURG POTTED MEAT. Take a pound and a half of the rump of beef, cut into dice, and put it in an earthen jar, with a quarter of a pound of butter at the bottom ; tie the jar close up with paper, and set over a pot to boil ; when nearly done, add cloves, mace, allspice, nutmeg, salt, and cayenne pepper to taste ; then boil till tender, and let it get cold. Pound the meat, with four anchovies washed and boned ; add a quarter of a pound of oiled butter, work it w r ell together with the gravy, warm a little, and add cochineal to colour. Then press into small pots, and pour melted mutton suet over the top of each. 448. HAMS, TONGUES, &c., GLAZING FOR. Boil a shin of beef twelve hours in eight or ten quarts of water ; draw the gravy from a knuckle of veal in the same manner ; put the same herbs and spices as if for soup, and add the whole to the shin of beef. It must be boiled till reduced to a quart. It will keep good for a year ; and when wanted for use, warm a little, and spread over the ham, tongue, &c., with a feather. 449. BOLOGNA SAUSAGES. Take equal quantities of bacon, fat and lean, beef, veal, pork, and beef suet ; chop them small, season with pepper, salt, &c., sweet herbs and sage rubbed fine. Have a well-washed intestine, fill, and prick it; boil gently for an hour, and lay on straw to dry. They may be smoked the same as hams. 450. FRUIT STAINS IN LINEN. To remove them, rub the part on each side with yellow soap, then tie up a piece of pearl-ash in the cloth, &c., and soak well in hot water, or boil ; afterwards expose the stained part to the sun and air until removed. 451. PRESERVING THE CO LOUR OF DRESSES. The colouri of merinos, mousseline-de-laines, ging hams, chintzes, printed lawns, <&c. f may be preserved by using water thai is only milk-warm ; making a lather with white soap before you put in the dress, instead of rubbing it on the ma- terial ; and stirring into a first and second tub of water a large tablespoon- ful of ox-gall. The gall can be obtained from the butcher, and a bottle of it should always be kept in every house, No coloured articles should be allowed to remain long in the water. They must be washed fast, and then rinsed through two cold waters. Into each rinsing water, stir a teaspoonful of vinegar, which will help to brighten the colours; and after rinsing, hang them out immediately. When ironing- dry (or still a little damp), bring them in ; have irons ready heated, and iron them at once, as it injures the colours to allow them to remain damp too long, or to sprinkle and roll them up in a covering for ironing next day. If they cannot be conveniently ironed imme- diately, let them hang till they aia quite dry; and then damp and fold them on the following day, a quarter of an hour before ironing. The best way is not to do coloured dresses on the day of the general wash, but to s;ive them a morning by themselves. They should only be undertaken in lear bright weather. If allowed to freeze, the colours will be irreparably injured. We need scarcely say that no coloured articles should ever be boiled or scalded. If you get from a shop a slip for testing the durability of colours, give it a fair trial by washing it as above ; afterwards, pinning it to the edge of a towel, and hanging it to dry. Some colours (especially pinks and light greens), though they may stand perfectly well in washing, will change as soon as a warm iron is ap* plied to them ; the pink turning pm- plish, and the green bluish. No coloured article should be smoothed with a hot iron. (See 27 42, 115. "i PERSEVERANCE IS THE BRIDGE BY WHICH DIFFICULTY IS OVERCOME. 119 45;*. SWEET BAGS FOR LINEN. Ttedse may be composed of any mix- tures jf the following articles : flowers dried and pounded ; powdered cloves, mace, nutmeg, cinnamon ; leaves dried and pounded of mint, balm, dragon-wort, southern-wood, ground- ivy, laurel, hyssop, sweet marjoram, origanum , rosemary ; woods, such as cassia, juniper, rhodium, sandal-wood, and rose-wood ; roots of angelica, zedo- ary, orris ; all the fragrant balsams ; ambergris, musk, and civet. These latter should be carefully used on linen. 453. WEDDING - RINGS. The custom of wearing wedding-rings ap- pears to have taken its rise among the Romans. Before the celebration of their nuptiab, there was a meeting of friends at the house of tlje lady's father, to settle articles of the marriage con- tract, when it was agreed that the dowry should be paid down on the wedding-day or soon after. On this occasion there was commonly a feast, at the conclusion of which the man gave to the woman as a pledge, a ring, which she put on the fourth finger of her left hand, because it was believed that a nerve reached thence to the heart, and a day was then named for the marriage . ( See 259 . ) 454. TO AVOID CATCHING COLD. Accustom yourself to the use of sponging with cold water every morning on first getting out of bed. It should be follow ed with a good deal of rubbing with a wet towel. It has considerable effect in giving tone to the skin, and maintaining a proper action in it, and thus proves a safeguard to the injurious influeace of cold and sud- den changes of temperature. Sir Astley Cooper said : " The methods by which I have preserved my own health are temperance, early rising, and gponging the body every morning with cold water, immediately after getting out of bed ; a practice which I have adopted for thirty years without ever eatchhig cold." 455. CLEANING JAPANNED WAITERS, URNS, &c. Rub on with a sponge a little white soap and some lukewarm water, aud wash the waiter or urn quite clean. Never use hot water, as it will cause the japan to scale off. Having wiped it dry, sprinkle a little Hour over it ; let it rest a while, and then rub it with a soft dry cloth, and finish with a silk handkerchief. If there are white heat marks on the waiters, they will be dif- ficult to remove. But you may try rubbing them with a flannel dipped in sweet oil, and afterwards in spirits of wine. Waiters and other articles of papier mache should be washed with a rnge and cold water, without soap, dged with flour while damp ; and after a while wipe off, and then polish- ed with a silk handkerchief. 456. CEREMONIES. All ceremo- nies are in themselves very silly things ; but yet a man of the world should know them. They are the outworks of manners and decency, which would be too often broken in upon, if it were not for that defence which keeps the enemy at a proper distance. It is for that reason I always treat fools and coxcombs with great ceremony, true good-breeding not being a sufficient barrier against them. 457. TO CLEAN LOOKING- GLASSES, MIRRORS, &c. If they should be hung so high that they can- not be conveniently reached, have a pair of steps to stand upon; but mind that they stand steady. Then take a piece of a soft sponge, well washed and cleaned from everything gritty, just dip it into water and squeeze it out again, and then dip it into some spirits of wine. Rub it over the glass ; dust it over with some powder blue, or whiting sifted through muslin; rub it lightly and quickly off again, with a cloth ; then take a clean cloth, and rub it well again, and finish by rubbing it with a silk handkerchief. If the glass be very large, clean one half at a time, as otherwise the spirit of wine will dry before it can be rubbed off. If the frames are not varnished . the greatest 120 SOLITUDE IS TIIE NURSE OF WISDOM. care is necessary to keep them quite dry, so as not to touch them with the sponge, as this will discolour or take oft the gilding. To clean the frames, take A little raw cotton in the state of wool, and rub the frames with it ; this will take off all the dust and dirt withm t injuring the gilding. If the frames are well varnished, nib them with spirit of wine, which will take out all spots, and give them a fine polish. Varnished doors may be done in the same manner. Never use any cloth to frames or draw ings, or unvarnished oil paintings, when cleaning and dusting them. 458. SCONES. Flour, two pounds; bi-carbonate of soda, quarter of an ounce ; salt, quarter of an ounce ; sour buttermilk, .one pint, more or less. Mix to the consistence of light dough, and roll out about half an inch thick, and cut them out to any shape you please, and bake on & girdle over a clear fire about ten or fifteen minutes ; turn- ing them to brown on both sides or they may be done on a hot plate, or ironing-stove. A girdle is a thin plate of cast iron about twelve or fourteen inches in diameter, with a handle at- tached to hang it up by. These scones are excellent for tea, and may be eaten either cold or hot, buttered, or with cheese. 459. UNFERMENTED CAKES, ETC. 460. TEA CAKES. Take of flour, one pound ; sugar, one ounce ; butter, one ounce ; muriatic acid, two drachms ; bi-carbonate of soda, two drachms ; milk, six ounces; water, six ounces. Rub the butter into the flour ; dissolve the sugar and soda in the milk, and the acid in the water. First add the milk. &c., to the flour, and partially mix ; then the water and acid, and mix well together; divide into three portions, and bake twenty-five minutes. Flat round tins or earthen pans are the best to bake them in. If the above is made with baking powder, a teaspoonful may be substituted for the acid and soda in the above receipt, and all the other di- rections carried out as stated above. If buttermilk is used, the acid, mill and water, must be left our. 461. UXFKKMP.XTKD CAKE. Tak<% of flour, one pound and a half; bi-car- bonate of soda, three drachms ; muriatic acid, three drachms ; sugar, one ounce and a half; butter, one ounce and a half; milk, twenty ounces; currants, six ounces, more or less. Mix the soda and butter into the flour by rubbing them together ; next dissolve the sugar in the milk, and diffuse the acid through it by stirring; then mix the whole' intimately, adding fruit at dis- cretion ; and bake in a tin or earthen pan. 462. LUNCHEON CAKES. Take of flour, one pound; muriatic acid, two drachms ; bi-carbonate of soda, two drachms ; sugar, three ounces ; butter, three ounces;* currants, four ounces; milk, one pint or twenty ounces; bake one hour in a quick oven. 463. NICE PLUM CAKE. Take of flour, one pound ; bi-carbonate of soda, quarter of an ounce ; butter, six ounces ; loaf-sugar, six ounces ; currants, six ounces ; three eggs ; milk, about four ounces ; bake one hour and a half in a tin or pan. 464. LEMON BUNS. Take of flour, one pound ; bi-carbonate of soda, three drachms ; muriatic acid, three drachms ; butter, four ounces; loaf-sugar, four ounces ; one egg ; essence of lemon, six or eight drops ; make into twenty buns, and bake in a quick oven fifteen minutes. 465. SODA CAKE. Take of flour, half a pound ; bi-carbonate of soda, two drachms ; tartaric acid, two drachms ; butter, four ounces ; white sugar, two ounces ; currants, four ounces two eggs; warm milk, half a teacupiiil. 466. EXCELLENT BISCUITS. Take of flour two pounds ; carbonate of am monia, three drachms, in fine powder ; w r hite sugar, four ounces ; arrowroot, one ounce; butter, four ounces; ono egg ; mix into a stiff paste with new milk, and beat them well with a rol- ling-pin tor half an hour ; roll out thin, and cut them out with a docker, and HONESTY IS A STRONG STAFF TO LEAN UPON 121 bake in a quick oven for fifteen min- utes. 467. WINE BISCUITS. Take of flour, half a pound ; butter, four ounces ; sugar, four ounces ; two eggs ; carbon- ate of ammonia, one drachm; white wine enough to mix to a proper consis- tence, and cut out with a glass. 468. PLAIN SUET PUDDING. Take of flour, one pound and a half; bi-car- bonate of soda, three drachms ; mu- riatic acid, three drachms ; beef-suet, four ounces; powdered ginger, half a drachm ; water or milk, one pint. Mix according to the directions given for the tea-cake, and boil or steam for two hours. 469. PLUM PUDDING. Take of flour, one pound ; bi-carbonate of soda, two drachms ; muriatic acid, two drachms ; beef-suet, eight ounces ; cur- rants, eight ounces ; nutmeg and orange- peel, grated fine, quarter of an ounce; three eggs. To be boiled or steamed four hours. 470. BATTER PUDDING. Take of flour, four ounces; bi-carbonate of soda, two drachms ; a little sugar, and one egg. Mix with milk to a thin batter, and bake in a well-buttered tin, in a brisk oven half an hour. A few cur- rants may be strewed in the bottom of the tin if preferred. 471. PASTRY FOR TARTS, &c. Take of flour one pound ; bi-carbonate of soda, two drachms ; muriatic acid, two drachms; butter, six ounces. Wa- ter enough to bring it to the consistence required. 472. BREAD PUDDING. Unfer- mented brown bread, two ounces; milk, half a pint ; one egg ; sugar, quarter of an ounce. Cut the bread iiuo slices, and pour the milk over it boiling hot ; let it stand till well soaked, and stir in the egg and sugar, well beaten, with a little grated nutmeg ; and bake or steam for one hour. 473. SUGAR-BISCUITS. Cut the butter into the flour. Add the sugar and carraway seeds. Pour in the bran- dy, and then the milk. Lastly, put in the pearl-ash. Stir all well with a knife, and mix it thoroughly, till it becornei a lump of dough. " Flour your paste- board, and lay the dough on it. Knead it very well. Divide it into eight 01 ten pieces, and knead each piece sepa- rate iy. Then put them all together, and knead them very well into one lump. Cut the dough in half, and roll it out into sheets, about half an inch thick. Beat the sheets of dough very hard on both sides with the rolling-pin. Cut them out into round cakes with the edge of a tumbler. Butter iron pans, and lay the cakes in them. Bake them of a very pale brown. If done too much, they will lose their taste. Let the oven be hotter at the top than at the bottom. These cakes kept in a stone jar, closely covered from the air, will continue perfectly good for several months. 474. BALLS AND EVENING PARTIES. 475. An invitation to a ball should be given at least a week beforehand. 476. Upon entering, first address the lady of the house ; and after her, the nearest acquaintances ycif>, do not join in every dance 487. In leaving a large party it is unnecessary to bid farewell, and im- proper to do so before the gueste. 122 BE NOT T1IE FIRST TO QUARREL WITH A FRIEND. 488. A Paris card of invitation to an evening party usually implies that you are invited for the season. 489. In balls and large parties there should be a table for cards, and two packs of cards placed upon each table. 490. Chess and all unsociable games should be avoided. 491. Although many persons do not Hke to play at cards except for a stake, the stakes agreed to at parties should be very trifling, so as not to create ex- citement or discussion. 492. The host and hostess should look after their guests, and not confine their attentions. They should, in fact, assist those chiefly who are the least known in the room. 493. Avoid political and religious discussions. If you have a " hobby," keep it to yourself. 494. After dancing, conduct -your partner to a seat. 495. Resign her as soon as her next partner advances. (For the Figures of Dances, consult the Index. See 864.) 496. TO PEE VENT THE SMOK- ING OF A LAMP. Soak the wick in strong vinegar, and well dry it before you use it. 497. EGGS MAY BE PRE- SERVED by applying with a brush a solution of gum-arabic to the shells, and afterward packing them in dry char- coal dust. 498. TO RENDER SHOES WA- TER-PROOF. Warm a little bees- wax and -mutton suet until it is liquid, and rub some of it slightly over the ed- ges of the sole where the stitches are. (See 70.) 499. TO CLEAN CANE CHAIRS. Sponge them until soaked, with soap and hot water. 500. MARBLE MAY BE CLEAN- ED by mixing up a quantity of the strongest soap-lees with quick-lime, to the consistence of milk, and laying it on the marble for twenty -four hours ; clean it afterwards with soap and water. 501. A GREEN PAINT FOR GARDEN-STANDS, &c., may be ob- tained by mixing a (quantity of mineral green and white lead, ground in turpen- tine^ with a small portion of turpentine varnish for the first coat; for the second put as much varnish in the colour aw will produce a good gloss. 502. INK-SPOTS may be taken out of mahogany by applying spirits of salt. 503. STAINS may be removed from the hands by washing them in a small quantity of oil of vitriol and cold water without soap. 504. WAX may be taken out of cloth by holding a red-hot iron within an inch or two of the marks, and afterward rubbing them with a soft clean rag. 505. SILK ARTICLES should not be kept folded in white papers, as the chloride of lime used in bleaching the paper will impair the colour of the silk. 506. MILDEWED LINEN may be restored by soaping the spots, while wet, covering them with tine chalk scraped to pow r der, and well rubbed in. 507. TO TAKE INK-STAINS OUT OF A COLOURED TABLE- COVER, Dissolve a teaspoonful of oxalic acid in a tea-cup of hot water ; rub the stained part well with the so- lution. 508. BURN. The first application to a burn should be sweet oil, putting it on immediately, till other remedies can be prepared. 509. A HALF-WORN CARPET may be made to last longer by ripping it apart and transposing the breadths. 510. MEDICINE STAINS may be removed from silver spoons by rubbing them with a rag dipped in sulphuric acid, and washing it off with soap- 511. PAPIER-MACHE articles should be washed with a sponge and cold water without soap, dredged with flour while damp, and polished with a flannel. 512. TO L O O S E N A GLASS STOPPER. Pour round it a little sweet oil close to the mouth of th bottle, and lay it near the fire ; after- wards wrap a thick cloth round the end ONE DOUBT MAT LEAI> TO DISBELIEF. 123 of a stick and strike the stopper gently. (See 254.) 513. GLASS should be washed in cold water, which gives it a brighter and clearer look than when cleansed with warm water. 514. IKON WIPERS. Old soft towels, or pieces of old sheets or table- cloths, make excellent iron wipers. 515. TO BLEACH A FADED DRESS. Wash it well in hot suds, and boil it until the colour seems to be gone, then wash, and rinse, and dry it in the sun ; if still not quite white repeat the boiling. 511). FLANNEL should always be washed with white soap, and in warm but not boiling water. 517. A H A T should be brushed every day with a hat-brush, and twice a-day in dusty weather. 518. RINGS that have stones in them should always be taken off the finger when the hands are washed, else they become discoloured. 519. COLD GREEN TEA, very strong, and sweetened with sugar, will, when set about in saucers, attract flies and destroy them. 520. CLOTHES CLOSETS that have become infested with moths should be well rubbed with a strong decoction of tobacco, and repeatedly sprinkled with spirits of camphor. 521. THE STING OF A NETTLE may be cured by rubbing the part with rosemary, mint, or sage leaves. 522. CHARCOAL FUMES. The usual remedies for persons overcome with the fumes of charcoal in a close apartment arc, to throw cold water on the head and to bleed immeuiately ; also apply mustard or hartshorn to the soles of the feet. 523. AN EVER-DIRTY HEARTH, and a grate always choked with cinders and ashes, are infallible evidences of bad house-keeping. 524. TO EXTINGUISH A FIRE in the chimney, besides any water at hand, throw on it salt, or a handful of flour of sulphur as soon as you can ob- tain it ; keep all the doors and windows 6 tightly shut, and hold before the fire- place a blanket or some woollen article to exclude the air. (See 695.) 525. READING IN BED at night should be avoided, as, besides the danger of an accident, it never fails to injure the eyes. 526. IN ESCAPING FROM A FIRE, creep or crawl along the room with your face close to the ground. Children should be early taught how to press out a spark when it happens to reach any part of their dress, and also that running into the air will cause it to blaze immediately. (See 695.) 527. LIME WATER beaten up with sweet oil is an excellent ointment for burns. 528. PAPER FIRE-SCREENS should be coated with transparent var- nish, otherwise they will soon become soiled and discoloured. 529. THE BEST LAMP-OIL ii that which is clear and nearly colour- less, like water. 530. OIL-GREASE may be re- moved from a hearth by covering it immediately with thick hot ashes, or with burning coals. 531. CANDLES improve by keep- ing a few months. If wax candles be- come discoloured or soiled, they may be restored by rubbing them over with a clean flannel slightly dipped in spirits of wine. 532. IN LIGHTING CANDLES always hold the match to the side of the wick, and not over the top. 533. IN CHOOSING PAPER FOR A ROOM, avoid that which has a vari- ety of colours, or a large, showy figure, as no furniture can appear to advantage with such. Large figured papering makes a small room look smaller. 534. FOR KEEPING A DOOR OPEN, place a large brick covered neatly with a piece of carpeting against the door. 535. A STAIR-CARPET should, never be swept down with a lone sroorn, but always with a short-handled jrush, and a dust-pan held closely un- der each step of the etalrg. 124 ONE KIND WORD MAY TURN ASIDE A TOKRENT OF ANGER. 536. OIL-CLOTH should never be scrubbed with a brush, but, after being first swept, it should be cleansed by washing with a Inrge soft cloth and lukewarm or cold water. On no ac- count use soap or hot water, as either will bring oft' the paint. 537. STRAW-MATTING may be cleaned with a large coarse cloth, dip- ped in gait and water, and then wiped dry : the salt prevents the matting from turning yellow. 538. OIL-PAINTINGS hung over the mantel-piece are liable to wrinkle with the heat. 539. OTTOMANS AND SOFAS, whether covered with cloth, damask, or chintz, will look much the better for being cleaned occasionally with bran and flannel. 540. FURNITURE made in the winter, and brought from a cold ware- house into a warm apartment, is very liable to crack. 541. ROSEWOOD FURNITURE should be rubbed gently every day with a clean soft cloth to keep it in order. 542. DINING-TABLES may be po- lished by rubbing them for some time with a soft cloth and a little cold-drawn linseed oil. 543. IRON- STAINS maybe remov- ed from marble by wetting the spots with oil of vitriol, or with lemon-juice, or with oxalic acid diluted in spirits of wine, and, after a quarter of an hour, nibbing them dry with a soft linen cloth. 544. SILVER AND PLATED WARE should be washed with a sponge and warm soapsuds every day after using, and w T iped dry with a clean soft towel. (S3,149.) 545. CHINA TEA-POTS are the safest, and, in many respects, the most pleasant. Wedgwood ware i s very apt, after a time, to acquire a disagreeable taste. r.46. JAPANNED URNS, WAIT- ERS, &.c , should be cleaned with a Kponue and cold water, finislu'ng with a soft dry cloth. 547. TO CLEAN LOOKING- GLASSES. First wush the glass all over with lukewarm soap-suds itnd a sponge. When dry. rub it brigl/t witb a buckskin and a little prepared chalk finely powdered. 548. A MAHOGANY FRAME should be first well dusted, and then well cleaned with a flannel dipped in sweet oil. 549. BRONZED CHANDELIERS LAMPS, &c., should be merely dusted with a feather-brush, or w'ith a soft cloth, as washing them will takeoff the bronzing. 550. TO CLEAN KNIVES AND FORKS. Wash the blades in warm (but not hot) water, and afterwards rub them lightly over with powdered rotten-stone wet to a paste with a little cold water, then polish them with a clean cloth. 551. BLACKING FOR STOVES may be made with half a pound of black lead finely powdered, and (to make it stick) mix with it the whites of three eggs well beaten ; then dilute it with sour beer or porter till it be- comes as thin as shoe-blacking ; after stirring it, set it over hot coals to sim- mer for twenty minutes ; when cold it may be kept for use. 552. FOR CLEANING BRASSES belonging to mahogany furniture either powdered whiting or scraped rotten- stone mixed with sweet-oil and rubbed on with a buckskin is good. 553. THE BEST COVERING for a KITCHEN FLOOR is a thick im- figured oil-cloth, of one colour. 554. MEAT may be kept several days in the height of summer, sweet and good, by lightly covering it with bran,, and hanging it in some high or windy room, or in a passage where there is a current of air. 555. WHEN VELVET GETS FLUSHED from pressure,- hold the parts over a basin of hot water, with the lining of the dress next -the water ; he pile will soon rise and assume ita original beauty. 556. A TIGHT BOOT OR SHOE TAKE THINGS ALWAYS BY THE SMOOTH HANDLE. 125 goes on easier wheu thoroughly warmed by turning the soles next to the fire. 557. GLASS VESSELS, and other utensils, may be purified and cleaned by rinsing them out with powdered charcoal. 558. HOUSEHOLDERS would ex- ercise a wise precaution against fires by directing that the last person up should perambulate the premises previous to going to bed, to ascertain that all fires are sate and lights extinguished. 559. SHOULD A FIRE BREAK OUT in a chimney, a wetted blanket should be nailed to the upper ends of the mantel piece, so as to cover the opening entirely, when the fire will go out of itself. (See 524.) 560. ALL FLANNELS should be soaked before they are made up, first in cold then in hot water, in order to shrink them. 5G1. WORSTED AND LAMBS'- WOOL STOCKINGS should never be mended with worsted or lambs'- wool, because the latter being new it shrinks more than the stockings, and draws them up till the toes become short and narrow, and .the heels have no shape left. 562. PRESERVED GINGER is made by scalding the young roots till they become tender, then peeling them in cold water, frequently changing the water ; and after this they are put into a thin syrup, from which, in a few days, they are removed to the jars, and a rich syrup poured over them. 563. WHEN MUCH PASTRY IS MADE in a house, a good quantity of fine flour should be kept on hand, in dry jars, and quite secured from the air, as it ir.&.kes lighter pastry and bread wheu kept a shoit time than when quite fresh ground. 564. TO SOFTEN HARD WA- TER, or purify river water, simply boil it, and then leave it to atmospheric exposure. 565. WHERE PAINTED WAINS- COT, or other wood-work, requires cleaning, fuller's earth will be found cheap and useful ; and, on wood not painted, it forms an excellent substi tute for soap. 5b6. TO DESTROY FLIES in room, take half a tea-spoonful 01 black pepper in powder, one tea -spoonful ol brown sugar, and one table-spoonful i creaoa, mix them well together, and place them in tho room on a plate, where the flies are troublesome, and they will soon disappear. 567. WHERE A CHIMNEY SMOKES only when the fire is first lighted, it may be guarded against by allowing the fire to kindle gradually. 568. WHENEVER OIL IS USED for the purpose of artificial light, it should be kept free from all exposure to atmospheric air ; as it is apt to ab- sorb considerable quantities of oxygen. If oil is very coarse or tenacious, a very small quantity of oil of turpentine may be added. 569. FAMILY CLOCKS ought only to be oiled with the very purest oil, purified by a quart of lime water to a gallon of oil, in which it has been well shaken, and suffered to stand for three or four days, when it may be drawn off. 570. TO HEAT A BED at a mo- ment's notice, throw a little salt into the warming-pan and suffer it to burn for a minute .previous to use. 571. TO ASCERTAIN WHETHER A BED BE AIRED. Introduce a glass goblet between the sheets for a minute or two, just when the warming pan is taken out ; if the bed be dry, there will only be a slight cloudy ap- pearance on the glass, but if not, the damp of the bed will assume the more formidable appearance of drops, the warring of danger. 572. FLOWERS AND SHRUBS should be excluded from a bed-chamber. 573. WATER of every kind, ex- cept rain water, will speedily cover the inside of a tea-kettle with an unpleasant crust ; this may easily be guarded against by placing a clean oyster-shell in the tea-kettle, which will always keep it in good order, by attracting the particles of earth or of stone. 126 HOWMCCH PAIN THE EVILS HATE COST US 574. IN PREPARING TEA a good rciK>mist will be careful to have the Lx'Kt water, that is, the softest and ic'.-isr impregnated with foreign mixture, for if tea be infused in hard and in soft water, the latter will always yield the greatest quantity of the tanning' matter, and will strike the deepest black, with sulphate of iron in solution. r>?5. IN MAKING COFFEE, ob- eeiTe that the broader the bottom and the smaller the top of the vessel, the better it will be. 5?t>. TO DRIVE AWAY MOTHS from clothes, wrap up some yellow or turpentine soap in paper ; or place an open bottle containing spirits of turpen- tine in the wardrobe. 577. THE WHITE OF AN EGG, well beaten with quicklime, and a small quantity of very old cheese, forms an excellent substitute for cement, when wanted in a hurry, either for broken china or old ornamental glass ware. 578. COOKS should be cautioned against the iise of charcoal in any quantity, except where there is a free current of air ; for charcoal is highly prejudicial in a state of ignition, al- though it may be rendered even active- ly beneficial when boiled, as a small quantity of it, if boiled with meat on the turn, will effectually cure the un- pleasant taint. 579. THE HOUSEWIFE who is anxious to dress no more meat than will suffice for the meal, should know that beef loses about one pound in four in boiling, but in roasting, loses in the proportion of one pound five ounces, and in baking about two ounces less, or one pound three ounces ; mutton loses in boiling about fourteen ounces in four pounds ; in roasting, one pound six ounces. 580. THE AMERICANS, generally speaking, are very deficient in the prac- tice of culinary economy ; a French family would live well on what is often wasted in an American kitchen : the bones, drippings, pot-liquor, remains of fish, vegetables, &c., which are too often consigned to the grease-pot or the dust-heap, might, by a very trifling degree of management on the part of the cook, or mistress of a family, be converted into sources of daily support and comfort, at least to some poor pern- sioncr or other, at an expense that even the miser could scarcely grudge. 581. IF YOU ARE ABOUT TO FURNISH A HOUSE, do not spend all your money, be it much or .little. Do not let the beauty of this thing, and the cheapness of that, tempt you to buy unnecessary articles. Doctor Frank- lin's maxim was a wise one "Nothing is cheap that we do not want." Buy merely enough to get along with at first. It is only by experience that you can tell what will be the wants of your family. If you spend all your money, you will find you have purchased many things you do not want, and have no means left to get many things which you do want. If you have enough, and more than enough, to get everything suitable to your situation, do not think you must spend it all, merely because you happen to have it. Begin humbly. As riches increase, it is easy and pleas- ant to increase in comforts ; but it is always painful and inconvenient to de- crease. After all, these things are viewed in their proper light by the truly judicious and respectable. Neat- ness, tastefulness, and good sense may be shown in the management of a small household, and the arrangement of a little furniture, as well as upon a larger scale; and these qualities are always praised, and always treated with re- spect and attention. The considera- tion which many purchase by living beyond their income, and, of course, living upon others, is not worth the trouble it costs. The glare there is about this false and wicked parade is deceptive : it does not, in fact, procure a man valuable friends, or extensive influence. 582. IF A LARDER BY ITS POSITION, will not admit of opposite windows, then a current of air must be admitted by means of a flue from the outside. THAT HAVE NEVER HAPPfcXED. 127 583. THE BENEFICIAL EF- FECTS OF CHARCOAL in stopping putrefaction are now well ascertained ; fish or me it may be restored by boiling charcoal - r ith them. 584. " MORNING'S MILK," says an eminent German philosopher, "com- monly yields some hundredth s more cream than the evening's at the same temperature.' That milked at noon furnishes the least ; it would therefore be of advantage in making, butter and cheese, to employ the morning's milk, and to keep the evening's for domestic use." 585. BREAD contains eighty nutri- tious parts in 100 ; meal thirty -four in 100 ; French beans, ninety-two in 100 ; common beans, eighty-nine in 100; pe-as, ninety-throe in 100 ; lentils, ninety-four in 100 ; cabbages and tur- nips, the most aqueous of all the vege- tables compared, produce only eight pounds of solid matter in 100 pounds ; carrots and spinach produce fourteen in the saine quantity ; while one hun- dred pounds of potatoes contain twenty- five pounds of dry substance. From a general estimate it results, that one pound of good bread is equal to two pounds and a half or three pounds of potatoes ; that seventy-five pounds of bread and thirty of meat may be substi- tuted for 300 pounds of potatoes. The other substances bear the following proportions : four parts of cabbage to one of potatoes ; three parts of turnips to one of potatoes ; two parts of carrots and spinach to one of potatoes ; and about three parts and a half of potatoes to one of rice, lentils, beans, French beans, and dry peas. 586. TO TEST FLOUR, people in the trade generally knead a small quan- tity by way of experiment ; if good, the flour immediately forms an adhesive elastic paste, which will readily assume any form that may be given to it, with- out danger of breaking. Pure and un- adulterated flour may like 1 vise be easily distinguished by other methods : seize a handful briskly, and squeeze it half a minute ; it prase res the firm of the cavity of the hand in one piece, although' it may be rudely placed on the table ; not so that which contains foreign substances, it breaks in pieces more or less ; that mixed with whiting being the most adhesive, but still divid- ing and falling down in a little time. 587. A GREAT INCREASE ON HOME-MADE BREAD, even equal to one fifth, may be produced by using bran water for kneading the dougli. The proportion is three pounds of bran for every twenty-eight pounds of flour, to be boiled for an hour, and tnen strained through a hair-sieve. 588. EXCELLENT PASTE for fruit o* meat pies may be made with two-thirds of wheat-flour, one-third of the flour of boiled potatoes, and some butter or dripping ; the whole being brought to a proper consistence with warm water, and a small quantity of yeast added when lightness is desired. This will also make very pleasant cakes for breakfast, and may be made with or without spices, fruits, &c. 589. POTATOES. There are few articles in families more subject to waste, both in paring, boiling, and being actually thrown away, than potatoes ; and chere are few cooks but what boil twice as many potatoes every day as are wanted, and fewer still that do not throw the residue away as totally unfit in any shape for the next day's m^al ; yet if they would take the trouble to heat up the despised cold potatoes with an equal quantity of flour they would find them produce a much lighter dumpling or pudding than they can make with flour alone ; and by the aid of a few spoonfuls of good gravy, they will provide a cheap and agreeable ap- pendage to the dinner table. (See 12?.) 590. BOILING. This most simple of culinary processes is not often p*i- forined in perfection; it does not re- quire quite so much nicety and attend- ance as roasting ; to skim your pot well, and keep it really boiling (the slower the better) all the whi'e to know how long is required for doing the jainfc, &c., and to take it up at the 128 NOTHING IS TROUBLESOME THAT WE DO WILLIXULY. critical moment when it is clone enough of about a quart of water to a pound o1 comprehend! almost the whole art meat ; it should be covered with watei and mystery. This, however, demands during the whole of the process of boil a patient and perpetual vigilance, of ing, but not drowned in it; the lest which tew persons are, unhappily, capa- water, provided the meat be covered ble. The cook must take especial care with it, the more savoury wiij be the that the water really boils all the while meat, and the better will be the broti she is cooking, or she will be deceived in every respect. The water should be in the time ; and make up a sufficient heated gradually, according to the thick- fire (a frugal cook will manage with ness, &c., of the article boiled ; for in- much less fire for boiling than she uses stance, a leg of mutton of ten pounds for roasting) at first, to last all the weight should be placed over a mode time, without much mending or stir- ring, and thereby save much trouble. rate fire, which will gradually make the water hot, without causing it to boil, ibi When the pot is coming to a boil, about forty minutes ; if the water boils there will always, from the cleanest much sooner, the meat will be hard- meat and clearest water, rise a scum to ened, and shrink up as if it had beer the top of it ; proceeding partly from scorched by keeping the water a cei the foulness of the meat, and partly tain time heating without boiling, it. from the water: this must be care- fibres are dilated, and it yields a quan- Stilly taken off, as soon as it rises. On tity of scum, which must be taken of this depends the good appearance of as soon as it rises, for the reasons al- all boiled things, an essential mat- ready mentioned. " If a vessel con- ter. "When you have scummed well, taining water be placed over a steady put in some cold water, which fire, the water will grow continually will throw up the rest of the scum. hotter, till it reaches the limit of boil- The oftener it is scummed, and the ing ; after which, the regular accessions cleaner the top of the water is kept, of heat are wholly spent in converting the cleaner will be the meat. If let it into steam ; the water remains at the alone, it soon boils down and sticks to same pitch of temperature, however the meat ; which, instead of looking fiercely it boils. The only difference delicately white and nice, will have is, that with a strong fire it sooner that coarse and filthy appearance we comes to boil, and more quickly boils bave too often to complain of, and the away, and is converted into steam." butcher and poulterer be blamed for Such are the opinions stated by Bucha- the carelessness of the cook in not nan in his " Economy of Fuel." There Bcumming her pot with due diligence. was placed a thermometer in water in Many put in milk, to make what they that state which cooks call gentle sim- boil look white, but this does more mering the heat was 212, t. e., the harm than good : others wrap it up in same degree as the strongest boiling. a cloth; but these are needless pre- Two mutton chops were covered with cautions; if the scum be attentively re- cold water, and one boiled fiercely, and moved, meat will hare a much more the other simmered gently, for three- dt-licate colour and finer flavour thn it quarters of an hour ; the flavour of the has when muffled up. This may give chop which wag simmered was decidedly rather more trouble but those who superior to that which was boiled; the wish to excel in their art, must only liquor which boiled fast, wab in like consider how the processes of it can be moxi perfectly performed : a cook who has a proper pride and pleasure in her KnKiriHSR. will niafcfl this hor maxim proportion more savoury, and, when cold, had much more fat on its surface ; this explains why quick boiling renders meat hard. &c. because its mires nr and rule on all occasions. Put your extracted in a greater degree. (Set meat into cold water, ir the proportion 1239.) \VE SELDOM REPENT OF HAVING EATIXG TOO LITTLE. 129 591. RECKON THE TIME for its first coming to a boil. The old rule ot fifteen minutes to a pound of meat, we think rather too little ; the slower it boils, the tenderer, the plumper, arid whiter it will be. For those who choose their food thoroughly cooked (which all will who have any regard for their stomachs), twenty minutes to a pound will not be found too much for gentle simmering by the side of the fire ; allowing more or less time, according to the thickness of the joint, and the coldness of the weather ; always remem- bering, the slower it boils the better. Without some practice it is difficult to teach any art; and cooks seem to sup- pose they must be right, if they put meat into a pot, arid set it over the fire for a certain time making no allow- ance, whether it simmers without a bubble, or boils at a gallop. 592. FRESH KILLED MEAT will take much longer time boiling than that which baa been kept till it is what the butchers call ripe, and longer in cold than in warm weather ; if it be frozen, it must be thawed before boiling as before roasting ; if it be fresh killed, it will be tough and hard, if you stew it ever so long, and ever so gently. In cold weather, the night before you dress it, bring it into a place of which the temperature is not less than forty- five degrees of Fahrenheit's ther- mometer. The size of the boiling pots should be adapted to what they are to contain ; the larger the saucepan the more room it takes upon the fire ; and a larger quantity of water requires a proportionate increase of fire to boil it. In small families, we recommend block tin saucepans, &c., as lightest and safost ; if proper care is taken of them, and they are well dried after they are cleansed, they are by far the cheapest; j the purchase of a new tin sauce-pun being little more than the expense of j tinning a copper one. Take care that j the covers of your boiling pots fit close ! not only to prevent unnecessary j evaporation of t'ie water, but that, the imoke may /v>f .ushriAte itself unler ! the edge of the lid, and give the meat ia bad taste 593. IF YOU LET MEAT OR POUL- TRY REMAIN IN THE WATER after it is done enough, it will become sodden and lose its flavour. 594. BEEF AND MUTTON a little un- der-done (especially very large joints, which will make the better hash or broil) is not a great fault by some peo- ple it is preferred ; but lamb, pork, and veal, are uneatable if not thoroughly boiled but do not overdo them. A tri- vet, or fish-drainer, put on the bottom of the boiling pot, raising the contents about an inch and a half from the bot- tom, will prevent that side of the meat which comes next the bottom from being done too much and the lower part of the meat will be as delicately done as the other part ; and this will enable you to take out the contents of the pot without sticking a fork, &c., into it. If you have not a trivet, use four skewers, or a soup-plate laid the wrong side upwards. 595. TAKE CARE OF THE LIQUOR you have boiled poultry or meat in; in five minutes you may make it into soup. 596. THE GOOD HOUSEWIFE never boils a joint without converting the broth into some sort of soup. 597. IF THE LIQUOR BK TOO S\LT, only use half the quantity, and the rest water ; wash salted meat well with cold water before you put it into the boiler. 598. ROASTING. BEEF. The no- ble sirloin of about fifteen pounds (if much thicker the outside will be done too much before the inside is enough), will require to be before the fire about three and a half or four hours. Take care to spit it evenly, that it may not be heavier on one side than the other ; put a little clean dripping into the dip- ping-pan (tie a sheet of paper over it to preserve the fat) ; baste it well as soon as it is put down, and every qunrter-of- an-hour all the time it is roasting, til] the lust half hour; then take off the paper and make some gravy for it, stir 130 PRIDE COSTS MORE Til AX 11UXCLR, THIRST, OR COLD. the fire and make it clear ; to brown and froth it, sprinkle a little salt over it, baeto it with butter, and dredge it with flour ; let it go a few minutes longer, till the froth rises, take it up, put it on the dish, &c. Garnish it with horse-radish, scraped as fine as possible with a very sharp knife. 599. A YORKSHIRE PUDDING is an excellent accompaniment. 600. RIBS OF BEEF. The three first ribs, of fifteen or twenty pounds, will take three hours, or three and a- half ; the fourth and fifth ribs will take as long, managed in the same way as the sirloin. Paper the fat and the thin part, or it will be done too much, be- fore the thick part is done enough. 601. RIBS OF BlJSF BONED AND ROLLED. When you have kept two or three ribs of beef till quite tender, take out the bones, and skewer it as round as possible (like a fillet of veal) ; before they roll it, some cooks egg it, and sprinkle it with veal stuffing. As the meat is more in a solid mass, it will require more time at the fire than in the preceding receipt ; a piece of ten or twelve pounds weight will not be well and thoroughly roasted in less than four and a half or five hours. For the first half hour it should not be less than twelve inches from the fire, that it may get gradually warm to the centre ; the last half hour before it will be finished, sprinkle a little salt over it, and if you wish to froth it, flour it, &c. 602. MUTTON. As beef requires a large eound fire, mutton must have a brisk and sharp one ; if you wish to have mutton tender it should be hung as long as it will keep, and then good eight-tooth, i. e. four years' old mutton is as good eating as venison. 603. THE LEG, HAUNCH, & SADDLE Avill be the better for being hung up in a cool airy place for four or five days at leaf-t ; in temperate weather a week ; in cold weather, ten days. A leg of eight pounds will take about two hours ; let it be well basted. 604. A CHINE OR SADDLE i.e. the two loins, of ten o- eleven Bounds two hours and a half. It is the business of the butcher to take off the skin and skewer it on again, to defend the meat from extreme heat, and preserve its succulence. If this is neglected, tie a sheet of paper over it; baste the strings you tie it on with directly, or they will burn. About a quarter of an hour be- fore you think it will be done, take off the skin or paper, that it may get a pale brown colour, and then baste it, and flour it lightly to froth it. 605. A SHOULDER, of seven pounds, an hour and a half. Put the spit in close to the shank-bone, and run it along the blade-bone. 606. A LOIN OF MUTTON, from an hour and a half to an hour and three- quarters. The most elegant way of carving this is to cut it lengthwise, as you do a saddle. A neck about the same time as a loin. It must be care- fully jointed, or it is very difficult to carve. 607. THE NECK AND BREAST are, in small families, commonly roasted to- gether. The r>5. WHEN WATER is HARD, and wiil not readily unite with soap, it will always be proper to boil it before use; which will be found sufficiently effica- cious, if the hardness depends solely upon the impregnation of lime, is the form of what mi dern chemistry desig- nates as a eubcarbonate. The philoso- phical reason for this is, that the lime, by some secret process of nature, is united to a portion of carbonic acid, which causes it to be suspended in the water: but, in the process of boiling, the carbonic acid unites with the ac- quired caloric, and is carried off with it into the atmosphere. Even exposure to the atmosphere will produce this effect in a great degree upon spring water so impregnated, leaving it much fitter for lavatory purposes. In both cases the water ought to be carefully poured off from the sediment, as the neutralized lime, when freed from its extra quantity of carbonic acid, falls to the bottom by its own gravity. Boil- ing, however, has no effect, when the hardness of the water proceeds from lime united with the sulphuric acid, or sulphate of lime of the modern chem- istry ; and it must be neutralized, or brought to its proper state, by the ap- plication of common wood ashes from the kitchen grate, or of barilla, now- called soda, or the Dantzic ashes, or pearl-ash : or by the more scientific process of dropping in a, solution of subcarbonate of potash. Each of these unite with the sulphuric acid, and se- parate it from the lime, which gravi- tates, as in the former case, to the bottom. Having thus philosophically explained the arcana of the washing- tub, we may offer a saving hint in order to economise the use of soap, which is, to put any quantity of pearl-ash into a large jar, covered from the dust; in a few days the alkali will become liquid, which must be diluted in double its quantity of ^oft water with its equal quantity of new-slacked lime. Boil it half-an-hour, frequently stirring it ; adding as much s tore hot water and drawing off the liquor, whei the residuum may be boiled afresh, and drained, until it ceases to feel acrid to the tongue. 656. SOAP AND LABOUR MAY BE SAVED by dissolving alum and chalk in bran-water, in which the linen ought to be boiled, then well rinsed out, and exposed to the usual process of bleaching. 657. SOAP MAY BE DISUSED, OT nearly so, in the getting up of muslins and chintzes, which should always be treated agreeably to the oriental man- ner ; that ^is, to wash them in plain water, and'then boil them in congee or rice-water : after which they ought not to be submitted to the operation of the smoothing iron, but rubbed smooth with a polished stone. 658. THE ECONOMY which must re- sult from these processes renders their consideration important to every private family, in addition to which we must state that the improvements in philoso- phy extend to the laundry as well as to the wash-house. 659. EXERCISE. Three principal points in the manner of taking exercise are necessary to be attended to: 1. The kind of exercise. 2. The proper time for exercise. 3. The duration of it. With respect to the kinds of exer- cise, the various species of it may be divided into active and passive. Among the first, which admit of being consi- derably diversified, may be enumerated walking, running, leaping, swimming, riding, fencing, the military exercise, different sorts of athletic games, &c. Among the latter, or passive kinds of exercise, may be comprised riding in a carriage, sailing, friction, swinging, &c. 660. THE FIRST, or active exercises are more beneficial to youth, to the middle-aged, to the robust in general, and particularly to the corpulent and the plethoric. 661. THE SECOND, or passive kinrta of exercise, on tr e contrary, are better calculated for children ; old, dry, and emaciated persons of a delicate and de- bilitated constitution ; and particularly to the asthmatic and consumptive. 136 PUNCTUALITY BEGETS CONFIDENCE 662. THE TIME at which exercise is most proper, depends on such a variety of concurrent circumstances, that it does not admit of being 1 regulated by any general rules, and must therefore be collected from the observations made on the effects of air, food, drink, &c. 063. WITH respect to the DURATION of exercise, there are other particulars, relative to a greater or less degree of fatigi.3 attending the different specie* aud utility of it in certain states of tho mind and body, which must determine this consideration as well as the pre- ceding. 664. THAT exercise is to be pre- ferred which, with a view to brace and strengthen the body, we are most ac- customed to, as any unusual one may be attended w y ith a contrary effect. 665. EXERCISE should be begun finished gradually, never abruptly. 666. EXERCISE in the open air has many advantages over that used within doors. 667. To continue exercise until a profuse perspiration or a great degree of weariness takes place, is far from being wholesome. 668. IN the forenoon, when the stomach is not too much distended, muscular motion is both agreeable and healthful ; it strengthens digestion, and heats the body less than with a full stomach ; and a good appetite after it is a proof that it has not been carried to excess. 669. BUT, at the same time, it should be understood, that it is riot advisable to take violent exercise immediately before a meal, as digestion might there- by be retarded. 670. NEITHER should we sit down to a substantial dinner or supper im- mediately on returning from a fatiguing walk, at a time when the blood is heated, and the body in a state of per- upiration from previous exertion, as the worst consequences may arise, especially where cooling dishes, salad, or a glass of cold drink is begun with. 671. EXKRCISB is always hurtful after nealr from ;t. impeding diges- and ones. tion, by propelling those fluids too much towards the surface of the Uody which are designed for the solution of the food in the stomach. ti~2. CARPETS. In buying a car- pet, as in everything else, those of the best quality are cheapest in the end. As it is extremely desirable that they should look as clean as possible, avoid buying carpet that has any white in it. Even a very small portion <;t white in- terspersed through the pattern will in a short time give a dirty appearance to the whole ; arid certainly no carpet can be worse for use than one with a white ground. 673. A CARPET in which all the colours are light, never has a clean, bright effect, from the want of dark tints to contrast arid set off the light 674. Foil a similar reason, carpets whose colours are all of what artists call middle tint (neither dark nor light), cannot fail to look dull and dingy, even when quite new. 675. THE caprices of fashion at times bring these ill-coloured carpets into vogue ; but in apartments where elegance is desirable, they always have a bad effect. 676. Fou a carpet to be really beau- tiful and in good taste, there should be, as in a picture, a judicious disposal of light and shadow, with a gradation of very bright and of very dark tints ; some almost white, and others almost or quite black. 677. THE most truly chaste, rich, and elegant carpets are those where the pattern is formed by one colour only, but arranged in every variety of shade. For instance, we have seen a Brussels carpet entirely red ; the pattern formed by shades or tints, varying from the deepest crimson (almost a black), to the palest pink (almost a white). Also one of green only, shaded from the dark tot bottle-green, in some parts of the figure, to the lightest pea-green io others. Another, in which there was no colour but brown, in all its various gradations, some of the shade* MONET IS A GOOD SERVANT, BUT A BAD MASTER. 137 nearly black, others of a light buff. All those carpets had much the look of ru-.h cut velvet. 678. Ttiu Curtains, Sofas, &c., of course, were of corresponding colours, and the effect of tlie whole was noble and elegant. 679. CARPETS of many gaudy colours are much less in demand than formerly. Two colours only, with the dark and light shade of each, will make a very handsome carpet. 680. A VKRY light blue ground, with the figure of shaded crimson or purple, looks extremely well ; so does a salmon-colour or buff ground, with a deep green figure ; or a light yellow ground, with a shaded blue figure. 681. IF you cannot obtain a Hearth- rug that exactly corresponds with the carpet, get one entirely different ; for a decided contrast looks better than a bad match. 682. WE have seen very handsome hearthrugs with a rich, black, velvet- looking ground, and the figure of shaded blue, or of various tints of yel- low and orange. 683. No CARPET decidedly light- coloured throughout, has a good effect on the floor, or continues long to look clean. 684. CLEANSING OP FURNI- TURE. The cleaning, of furniture forms an important part of domestic economy, not only in regard to neat- ness, but also in point of expense. 685. THE readiest mode indeed con- sists iu good manual rubbing, or the es- sence of elbows, as it is whimsically termed ; but our finest cabinet work requires something more, where bril- liancy of polish is of importance. 686. TUB IT ALI AN ^ cabinet work in this respect excels that jf any other Country. To produce th s effect, the workmen first saturate the surface with olive oil, and then apply a solution of gum arabic in boiling alcohol. This mode of varnishing is equally brilliant, If not superior, to that employed by the French in their most elaborate works 687. Bur another mode may be sub- stituted, which has less the appearance of a hard varnish, and may always be pplied so as to restore the pristine beauty of the furniture by a little manual labour. Heat a gallon of wa- ter, in which dissolve one pound and a-half of potash ; add a pound of virgin wax, boiling the whole for half-an-hour, then suffering it to cool, when the wax will float on the surface. Put the wax into a mortar, and triturate it with a marble pestle, adding soft water to it until it forms a soft paste, which laid neatly on furniture, or even n paint- ngs, and carefully rubbed w en dry, with a woollen rag, gives a polish of great brilliancy without the harshness of the drier varnishes. 688. MARBLE chimney-pieces may also be rubbed with it, after cleaning with diluted muriatic acid, or warm soap and vinegar ; but the iron or brass work connected with them requires other processes. 689. POLLSUED iron work may be preserved from rust by a mixture not very expensive, consisting of copal var- nish intimately mixed with as much olive-oil as will give it u degree of greasiuess, adding thereto nearly as much spirit of turpentine as of varnish. 690. CAST IRON VVOKK is best pre- served by the common method of rub- bing with black lead. 691. IF RUST has made its appear- ance on grates or fire-irons, apply a mixture of tripoli, with half its qHanti- ty of sulphur, intimately mingled on a marble slab, and laid on with a piece ot soft leather. Or emery and oil may be applied with an excellent effect: not laid on in the usual slovenly way, but with a spongy piece of fig-tree fully sa- turated with the mixture. This will not only clean but polish, and render the use of whiting unnecessary. 69-2. BRASS ORNAMENTS, when not gilt or lackered, may be cleaned the same way, and a fine colour given to them by two simple processes. 693. The FIRST is to beat sal ammo- niac into a fine powder, then to moisten 138 NEVER OPEN THE DOOR TO A LITTLE VICE, it with soft water, rubbing it on the or- naments, which must be heated over charcoal, and rubbed dry with bran and whiting. 694. The SECOND is to wasli the brass work with roach alum boiled in strong ley, in proportion of an ounce to a pint ; when dry, it must be rubbed with line tripoli. Either of these pro- cesses will give to brass the brilliancy of gold. 695. PRECAUTIONS IN CASE OF FIRE. The following precau- tions should be impressed upon the me- mories of all our readers : 696. SHOULD a fire break out, send off to the nearest engine or police-sta- tion. 697. FILL BUCKETS with water, carry them as near the fire as possible, dip a mop into the water, and throw it in showers on the fire, until assistance arrives. 698 IF A FIRE is violent, wet a blanket, and throw it on the part which is in flames. 699. SHOULD A FIRE break out in the kitchen-chimney, or any other, a blanket wetted should be nailed to the upper ends of the mantle-piece, so as to cover the opening entirely, the fire will then go out of itself; for this pur- pose two knobs should be permanently fixed in the upper ends of the mantel- piece on which the blanket may be bJtched. 700. SHOULD the bed or window- curtains be on fire, lay hold of any woollen-garment, and beat it on the flames until extinguished. 701. Avoid leaving DOOR OR WIN- DOW OPEN in the room where the fire has broken out, as the current of air in- creases the force of the fire. 702. Should the STAIKCASE BE BURN- ING so as to cut off all communications, endeavour to escape by means of a trap- door in the roof, a ladder leading to which should always be at hand. 703. AVOID HURRY AND CONFU- SION ; no person except a fire police- man, friend, or neighbour, should be admit ted 704. IF a lady's dn-ss takes fire she should endeavour t6 roll Lemlf in a rug carpet, or the first woollen garment she meets. 705. IT IS A GOOD PRECAUTION to have always at hand a large piece of baize, to throw over a female whose dress is burning, or to be wetted and thrown over a fire that has -recently broken out. 706. A SOLUTION OF FEARLASII in water, thrown upon a fire, extinguishes it instantly. The proportion is a quar- ter of a pound dissolved in hot water, and then poured into a bucket of com- mon water. 707. IT is RECOMMENDED to house- holders to have two or three fire-buck- ets, and a carriage-mop with a long handle near at hand ; they will be found essentially useful in case of fire. 708. ALL HOUSEHOLDERS, but parti- cularly hotel, tavern, and innkeepers, should exercise a wise precaution by directing that the last person up should perambulate the premises previous to going to rest, to ascertain that all fires are safe and lights extinguished. 709. A WINTER SALAD. Two large potatoes, passed through kitchen sieve, Unwonted softness to the salad give, Of mordent mustard add a single spoon Distrust the condiment which bites so soon; But deem it not, thou man of herbs, a fault, To add a double quantity of salt : Three times the epoon with oil ol Lucca crown, And once with vinegar procured from town. True flavour needs it, and your poet begs, The pounded yellow of two well-boiled eggs, Let onion atoms lurk within the bowl, And, scarce suspected, animate the whole : And lastly on the favoured compound tosa LEST A GREAT ONE SHOULD ENTER ALSO. 139 A. magic teaspoon of anchovy sauce : Then, though green turtle fail, though vemgon's tough, And hain and turkey are not boiled enougl, Serenely full, the epicure may Bay " Fate cannot ha ;m me I have dined to-day." 710. ECONOMY. If you have a strip of land, do not throw away soap- suds. Both ashes and soap-suds are good manure for bushes and young plants. .711. WOOLLEN CLOTHES should be washed in very hot suds, and not rinsed. Lukewarm water shrinks them. 712. Do NOT let coifee and tea stand in tin. 713. SCALD your wooden-ware often, and keep your tin-ware dry. 714. PRESERVE the backs of old let- ters to write upon. 715. IP YOU HAVE CHILDREN who are learning to write, buy coarse white paper by the quantity, and keep it locked up, ready to be made into writing-books. It does not cost half so much as it does to buy them at the stationers. 716. SEE THAT NOTHING is THROWN AWAY which might have served to nourish your own family or a poorer one. 717. As FAR AS POSSIBLE, have bits of bread eaten up before they become hard ; spread those that are not eaten, and let them dry, to be pounded for puddings, or soaked for brewis. 718. BKEWIS is made of crusts and dry pieces of bread, soaked a good while in hot milk, mashed up, and eaten with salt. Above all do not let crusts accumulate in such quantities that they cannot be used. With proper care, tl er is no need of losing a particle of bread. 719. ALL THE MENDING in the house should be done once a week if pos- sible. 720. NEVER PUT OUT SEWING. If it be not possible to do it in your own fa- mily, hire some one into the house, and work with them. 721 . A WARMING-PAN full of coals, or a shovel of coals, held over varnish- ed furniture, will take out white spots. Care should be taken not to hold tho clothes near enough to scorch ; and the place should be rubbed with a flannel while warm. 722. SAL-VOLATILE or hartshorn will restore colours taken out by acid. Jt may be dropped upon any garment without doing harm. 723. NEW IRON should be very gra- dually heated at first. After it has be- come inured to the heat, it is not so likely to crack. 724. CLEAN A BRASS KETTLE, before using it for cooking 1 , with salt and vinegar. The oftener carpets are shaken, the longer they wear ; the dir* that collects under them grinds out the threads. 725. LINEN RAGS should be carefully saved, for they are extremely useful in sickness. If they have become dirty and worn by cleaning silver, &c., wash them and scrape them into lint. 726. IF YOU ARE TROUBLED TO GET SOFT WATER FOR WASHING, fill a tub Or barrel half full of wood ashes, and fill it up with water, BO that you may have ley whenever you want it. A gallon of strong ley put into a great kettle of hard water, will make it as soft as rain water. Some people use pearlash, or potash ; but this costs something, and is very apt to injure the texture of the cloth. 727. Do NOT LET KNIVES be dropped Into hot dish-water. It is a good plan to have a large tin pot to wash them in, just high enough to wash the blades without icetting the handles. 728. IT is better to accomplish per- fectly a very small amount of work, ;han to half do ten times as much. 729. CHARCOAL powder will be bund a' very good thing to give kuivea a first-rate polish. 730. A BONNET and trimmings may worn a much longer time, if the lust be brushed well off after walking. 731. MUCH knowledge may be ob ;ained by the good housewife observing 140 DO A LITTLE WELL AND YOU DO MUCH. how things are managed iu well-regu- lated families. 732. APPLES intruded for dumplings (should not have the core taken out of them, as the pips impart a delicious flavour to the dumpling'. 733. A RICE pudding IB most ex- cellent without either eggs or sugar, if baked gently; it keeps bet^r without eggs. 734. "WILFUL waste makes woful want." Do not cook a fresh joint whilst any of the last remains uneaten hash it up, and with gravy and a little management eke out another day's dinner. 735. THE shanks of mutton make a good stock for nearly any kind of gravy and they are very cheap a dozen may be had for a penny, enough to make a quart of delicious soup. 736. THICK curtains, closely drawn around the bed, are very injurious, be- cause they not only confine the effluvia thrown off from our bodies whilst in bed, but interrupt the current of pure air. 737. REGULARITY in the payment of accounts is essential to housekeeping. All tradesmen's bills should be paid weekly, for then any errors can be de- tected whilst the transactions are fresh in the memory. 738. ALLOWING children to talk incessantly is a mistaken intelligence ; we do not mean to say that they should be restricted from talking in proper seasons, but they should be learnt to know when it would be proper for them to cease. 739. RULES OF THE GAME OF DRAUGHTS. The nine laws for regulating the game of draughts are as follows : 740. Each player takes the first move alternately, whether the last game be won or drawn. 741. Any action which prevents the ndverniry from having a full view of the men is not allowed. 74'2. The player who touches a man must play him. 74 5. In case of standing the huff, which means emitting to 1:;.ke a man when an opportunity fivr so doing oc curred, the other party nwy either take the man, or insist upon Lit? i<;;n:, which has been so omitted by hie adversary, being taken. 744. If either party, when it is his turn to move, hesitate above three minutes, the other may call upon him to play ; and if, after that, he delay above five minutes longer, then he loses the game. 745. In the losing game, the player can insist upon his adversary taking all the men, in case opportunities should present themselves for their being so taken. 740. To prevent unnecessary delay, if one colour have no pieces, but two kings on the board, and the other no piece but one king, the latter can call upon the former to win the game in twenty moves; if he does not finish it within that number of moves, the game to be relinquished as drawn. 747. If there are three kings to two on the board, the subsequent moves are not to exceed forty. 748. SEA PIE. Make a thick pudding crust, line a di>h with it, or what is better, a cake tin, put a layer of sliced onions, then a layer of salt beef cut in slices, a layer of sliced potatoes, a layer of pork, and another of onions, strew pepper over all, cover with a crust, and tie down tightly with a cloth previously dipped in boiling water and floured. Boil for two hours, and serve hot in a dish. 749. THE YOUNG LADY'S TOILETTE. 750. Self -Knowledge The Enchanting Mirror. This curious glass will bring your faults to light, And make your virtues shine both strong and bright. 751. Contentment Wash to smooth Wrinkles. A daily portion of this essence use, 'Twill* smooth the brow, and tranquil lity infuse. USE A BOOK AS A BEE DOES A FLOWER. 141 752. Truth Fine Lip salves. Use daily for your lips this precious dye, They'll redden, and breatli-e sweet melody. 753. Prayer Mixture, giving Sweetness to the Voice. A.t morning, noon, and night, this mix- ture take, Your tones improved, will richer music make. 7 r )4. Compassion Best Eye-water. These drops will add great lustre to the eye ; When more you need, the poor will you supply. 755. Wisdom Solutions to prevent Eruptions. It calms the temper, beautifies the face, And gives to woman dignity and grace. 756. Attention and Obedience Match- less Pair of Ear-rings. With these clear drops appended to the ear, Attentive lessons you will gladly hear. 757. Neatness and Industry Indispen- sable Pair of Bracelats. Clasp them on carefully each day you live, To good designs they efficacy give. 758. Patience An Elastic Girdle. The more you use the brighter it will grow, Though its least merit is external show. 759. Principle Ring of Tried Gold. Yield not this golden bracelet while you live, Twill sin restrain and peace of con- science give. 760. Resignation Necklace of Purest Pearl. This ornamer.t embellishes the fair, And teaches all the ills of life to bear. 761. Love Diamond Breast-pins. Adorn your bosom with this precious pin, It Bhiiu's without, and warms the heart within 762. Politeness A Grateful Bandeau. The forehead neatly circled with thii band, Will admiration and respect command 763. PL"tyA Precious Diadem. Whoe'er this precious diadem shall own, Secures herself an everlasting crown. 764. Good Temper Universal Beau' tifier. With this choice liquid gently touch the mouth, It spreads o'er all the face the charms of youth 765. CAMP COOKERY. 766. STEWED SALT BEEF AND PORK (A LA OMAR PASHA). Put into a can- teen saucepan about two pounds of well soaked beef, cut in eight pieces ; half- a-pound of salt pork, divided in two, and also soaked; half pound of rice, or six tablespoonsful ; quarter of a pound of onions, or four middle-sized ones, peeled and sliced ; two ounces of brown sugar, or one large table-spoonful ; a quarter of an ounce of pepper, and five pints of water ; simmer gently for three hours, remove the fat from the top and serve. 7(57. MUTTON SOUP. Put the rations of six into a pan (half a pound of mut- ton will make a pint of good family soup), six pounds of mutton, cut in four or six pieces ; three quarters of a pound of mixed vegetables, or, three ounces of preserved, as compressed vegetables are daily given to the troops ; three tea-spoonsful and a half of salt ; one teaspooDful of sugar, and half a tea- spoonful of pepper, if handy; six ounces of barley or rice, or five table- spoonsful of either ; eight pints of water; let it simmer gently for three hours and a half, remove the fat, and serve. Bread and biscuit m;iv be added in small quantities. 768. PLAIN PEA Sour. Put in a pau 6 pounds of pork, well soaked and cut into eight pieces ; pour six quarts of water over ; one pound of split peas ; one tea-spoonful of sugar ; half a tea- spoonful of pepper; four ounces of 142 BUSTLE IS NOT INDUSTRY fresh vegetables, or two ounces of pre- served, it' handy ; let it boil gently for two hours, or until the peas are tender, When the pork is ruther fat, as is generally the case, wash it only ; a quarter of a pound of broken biscuit may be used for the soup. Salt beet, when rather fat and soaked, may be used for pea soup. 769. FRENCH BEEP SOUP, or POT AU FEU (CAMP FASHION). Put in the kettle six pounds of beef, cut into two or three pieces, bone included ; one pound of mixed green vegetables, or half a pound of preserved, in cakes ; four teaepoonsful of salt ; if handy, one teaspoonful of pepper, one of sugar, and three cloves ; and eight pints of water. Let it boil gently three hours ; remove some of the fat, and serve. The ad- dition of a pound and a half of bread, cut into slices, or one pound of broken biscuits, well soaked, will make a very nutritious soup. Skimming 1 is not re- quired. (The three above receipts are ap- plicable to hospitals.) 770. How TO STEW FRESH BEEF, PORK, MUTTON, AND YEAL. Cut or chop two pounds of fresh beef into ten or twelve pieces ; put these into a saucepan with one and a half teaspoons- fill of salt, one teaspoonful of sugar, half a teaspoonful of pepper, two middle-sized onions sliced, half a pint of water. Set on the fire for ten mi- nutes until forfning a thick gravy. Add a good tablespoonful of flour, stir on the fire a few minutes ; add a quart and a hdf of water ; let the whole simmer until the meat is tender. Beef will take from two hours and a half to three hours ; mutton and pork, about two hours ; veal, one hour and a quar- er to one hour and a half; onions, ugar, and pepper, if not to be had, must be omitted ; it will even then make a good dish; half a pound of sliced potatoes, or two ounces of pre- served potatoes ; ration vegetables may be added, also a small dumpling. 771. PLAIN BOILED BEEF. For six rations, put in a canteen saucepan six pounds of well-soaked beef, cut in two with three quarts of cold water ; siai mer gently three hours, and serve About a pound of either carrots, turnips parsnips, greens or cabbages, or dump lings may be boiled with it. 772. COSSACK'S PLUMPUDDING. Put into a basin one pound of flour, three- quarters of a pound of raisins (stoned, if time be allowed), three-quarters of a pound of the fat of salt pork (well washed, cut into small dies, or chopped), two tablespoonfuls of sugar or treacle, and half a pint of water ; mix all to- gether ; put into a cloth tied tightly ; boil for four hours, and serve. If time will not admit, boil only two hours, though four are preferable. How to spoil the above : Add anything to it ! 773. EARLY RISING. The dif- ference between rising every morning at six and at eight, in the course ot forty years, amounts to 29,200 hours or three years one hundred and twenty one days and sixteen hours, which are equal to eight hours a day for exactly ten years. So that rising at six will be the same as if ten years of life (a weighty consideration) were added, wherein we may command eight hours every day for the cultivation of our minds and the despatch of business. 774. COMPOSITION. If you would write to any purpose, you must be perfectly free from without, is the first place, and yet more free from within. Give yourself the natural rein ; think on no pattern, no patron, no paper, no press, no public ; think on nothing, but follow your own impulses. Give yourself as you are, what you are, and how you see it. Every man sees with his own eyes, or does not see at all. This is incontrovertibly true. Bring out what you have. If you have nothing, be an honest beggar rather than a respectable thief. Great care and attention should be devoted to epistolary correspondence, as nothing exhibits want of taste and judgment so much as a slovenly letter. Since the establishment of the cheap postage i it is recognised as a rule that all letter? NOR IS IMPUDENCE COURAGE. 148 should be prepaid ; indeed, many per- sons make it a point of never taking in an unpaid letter. The following hints may be worthy of attention : 775. ALWAYS put a stamp on your envelope at the top of the right hand corner. 776. LET the direction be written very plain ; this will save the postman trouble, and facilitate business by pre- venting mistakes. 777. AT the head of your letter, in the right-hand corner, put your address in full, with the day of the month underneath ; do not omit this, though you may be writing to your most inti- mate friend three or four times a day. 778. WHAT you have to say in your letter, say as plainly as possible, as if you were speaking ; this is the best rule ; do not revert three or four times to one circumstance, but finish up as you go on. 779. LET your Big-nature be written as plainly as possible (many mistakes will be avoided, especially in writing to stranger*) and without any flourishes, as they tend not to add in any way to the harmony of your letter. We have seen signatures that have been almost impossible to decipher, being a inere mass of strokes, without any form to indicate letters. This is done chiefly by the ignorant, and would lead one to suppose that they were ashamed of signing what they had written. 780. Do not cross your letters ; surely paper is cheap enough now to admit of your using an extra half-sheet, in case of necessity. (This practice is chiefly prevalent amongst young ladies). 781. IF you w T rite to a stranger for information, or on your own business, fail not to send a stamped envelope with your address, plainly written ; this will not fail to procure you an answer. 782. IF you are not a good writer it is advisable to use best ink, the b a st paper, and the best pens, as, though they may not alter the character of your handwriting, yet they will assist to make your writing look better. 783. THE paper on which you should be clean, and neatly f'ulded 784. THERE should not be stains on the envelope ; if otherwise, it is only an indication of your own slovenliness. 785. CARE must be taken in giving titled persons, to whom you write, their proper directions. 786. BITING THE NAILS. This is a habit that should be immediately corrected in children, as, if persisted in for any length of time, it perma- nently deforms the nails. Dipping the finger-ends in some bitter tincture will generally prevent children from putting them to the mouth ; but if this fails, as it sometimes will, each finer-end ought to be encased in a stall until the propensity is eradicated. 787. TO FILL A DECAYED TOOTH. Procure a small piece of gutta percha, drop it into boiling w r ater, then, with the thumb and finger, take off as much as you suppose will fill up the tooth nearly level, and while in thiw soft state press it into the tooth ; then hold on that side of the mouth cold water two or three times, which will harden it. 788. TO RESTORE HAIR WHEN REMOVED BY ILL HEALTH OR AGE. Onions rub- bed frequently on the part requiring it. The stimulating powers of this vege- table are of service in restoring the tone of the skin, and assisting the ca- pillary vessels in sending forth new hair ; but it is not infallible. Should it succeed, however, the growth of these new hairs may be assisted by the oil of myrtle-berries, the repute of which, perhaps, is greater than its real effi- cacy. These applications are cheap and harmless, even where they do no good; a character which cannot be said of the numerous quack remedies that meet the eye in every direction. 789. BIRDS' EGGS. In selecting eggs for a cabinet, always choose those which are newly laid ; make a medium sized hole at the sharp end with a pointed instrument : having made the hole at the sharp end, make one at the 144 ONE TO-DAY IS WORTH TWO TO-MORROW. blunt, and let this last hole be us small as possible ; this done, apply your mouth to the blunt end, and blow the contents through the sharp end. If the yolk will not come freely, run a pin or wire up into the egg, and stir the yelk well about ; now get a cupfui of water, and, immersing the sharp end of the shell into it, apply your mouth to the blunt end, and suck up some of the water into the empty shell ; then put your finger and thumb upon the two holes, shake the water well with- in, and, after this, blow it out. The water will clear your egg- of any re- mains of yolk, or of white, which may etay in after blowing. If one suck up of water will not suffice, make a second or third. An egg, immediately after it is produced, is very clear and fine; but by staying in the nest, and coming in contact with the feet of the bird, it soon assumes a dirty appearance. To remedy this, wash it well in soap and water, and use a nail-brush to get the dirt off. Your egg-shell is now as it ought to be, and nothing remains to be done but to prevent the thin white membrane (which is still inside) from corrupting; take a wine-glass and fill it with the solution of corrosive subli- mate in alcohol, then immerse the sharp end of the egg-shell into it, keeping your finger and thumb, as you hold it, just clear of the solution ; apply yonr mouth to the little hole at the blunt end, and suck up some of the solution into the shell ; you need not be fearful of getting the liquor into your mouth, for, as soon i,s it rises in the shell, the cold will strike your finger and thumb, arid then you cease sucking; shake the shell just as you did when the water was in it, and then blow the solution back into the glass. Your egg-shell is now beyond the reach of corruption ; the membrane for ever retains its pris- tine whiteness, and no insect for the time to come will ever venture to prey upoii it. If you wish your egg to ap- pear extremely brilliant, give it a coat of mastic varnish, put on very sparingly with a camel-hair pencil ; green or blue eggs must be done with gum arable; the mastic varnish is apt to in- jure the colour. 790. PRESERVING EGGS. Th several modes recommended for pre- serving eggs any length of time are not always successful. The egg, to be preserved well, should be kept at a temperature so low that the air and fluids within its shell shall not be brought into a decomposing condition; and, at the same time, the air outside of its shell should be excluded, in order to prevent its action in any way upon the egg. The following mixture was patented several years ago by a Mr. Jayne. He alleged that by means ol it he could keep eggs two years. A part of his composition is often made use of perhaps the whole of it would be better. Put. into a tub or vessel one bushel of quick-lime, two pounds of salt, half a pound of cream-of tartar, and mix the same together, with as much water as will reduce the composition, or mix- ture, to that consistence that it will cause an egg put into it to swim with its top just above the liquid ; then put and keep the eggs therein. 791. GOSSIPING. If you wish to cultivate a gossiping, meddling, censo- rious spirit in your children, be sure when they come home from church, a visit, or any other place where you do not accompany them, to ply them with questions concerning what everybody wore, how everybody looked, and what everybody said and did ; and if you find anything in this to censure, always do it in their hearing. You may rest assured, if you pursue a course of this kind, they will not return to you un- laden with intelligence; and rather than it should be uninteresting, they will by degrees learn to embellish, in such a returner as shall not fail to call forth re- marks and expressions of wonder from you. You will, by this course, render the spirit of curiosity, which is BO early visible in children and which, if lightly directed, may be "uade the instrument of enrichi ng and en la- ging thei r minxls LOOK ON THE BRIGHT SIDE OK EVERYTHING. 145 a vehicle of mischief which shall serve only to narrow them. 792. WORDS. Soft words soften the soul. Angry words are fuel to the flame of wrath, and make it blaze more freely. Kind words make other peo- ple good-natured cold words freeze people, and hot words scorch them, and bitter words make them bitter, and wrathful words make them wrath- ful. There is such a rush of all other kinds of words in our days, that it seems desirable to give kind words a chance among them. There are vain words, and idle words, and hasty words, and spiteful words, and silly words, and empty words, and profane words, and boisterous words, and warlike words. Kind words also produce their own image on men's souls, and a beautiful image it is. They smooth, and quiet, and comfort the hearer. They shame him out of his sour, aud morose, and unkind feelings. We have not yet be- gun to use kind words in such abund- ance as they ought to be used. 793. PICKLING. Do not keep pickles in common earthen-ware, as the glazing contains lead, and combines with the vinegar. Vinegar for pickling should be sharp, though not the sharp- est kind, as it injures the pickles. If you use copper, bell-metal, or brass ves- sels, for pickling, never allow the vine- gar to cool in them, as it then is poison- ous. Add a teaspoonful of alum, and a teacup of salt to each three gallons of vinegar, and tie up a bag with pepper, ginger-root, spices of all the different sorts in it, and you have vinegar pre- pared for any kind of pickling. Keep pickles only in wood or stone-ware. Anything that has held grease will spoil pickles. Stir pickles occasionally, and if there are soft ones take them out and scald the vinegar, and pour it hot over the pickles. Keep enough vine- gar to cover them well. If it is weak, take fiesh vinegar and pour on hot. Do not boil vinegar or spice above five minutes. 794. YULECAKE. Take one pound of fresh butter, one pound of su- gar, one pound and a half of flour, two pounds of currants, a glass of brandy, one pound of sweetmeats, two ounces of sweet almonds, ten eggs, a quarter ol an ounce of allspice, aud n quarter oi an ounce of cinnamon. Melt the but ter to a cream, and put in the sugar. Stir it till quite liyht, adding the all spice and pounded cinnamon ; in a quarter of an hour, take the yolks oi the eggs, and work them two or three at a time ; and the whites of the same must by this time be beaten into a strong snow, quite ready to work in. As the paste must not stand to chill the butter, or it will be heavy, work in the whites gra- dually, then add the orange-peel, lem- on, and citron, cut in fine stripes, and currants which must be mixed in well with the sweet almonds ; then add the sifted flour and glass of brandy. Bake this cake in a tin hoop, in a hot oven, for three hours, and put twelve sheets of paper under it to keep it from burning. 795. TO WASH CHINA CRAPE SCARFS, &c. If the fabric be good, these articles of dress can be washed as frequently as may be required, and no diminution of their beauty will be dis- coverable, even when the various shades of green have been employed among other colours in the patterns. In cleaning them make a strong lather of boiling water ; suffer it to cool ; when cold, or nearly so, wash the scarf quickly and thoroughly, dip it imme- diately in cold hard water in which a little salt has been thrown (to pre- serve the colours), rince, squeeze, and hang it out to dry in the open air ; pin it at its extreme edge to the line, so that it may not in any part be folded together ; the more rapidly it dries the clearer it will be. 796. ADVICE TO YOUNG LA DIES. 797. If you have blue eyes, you need not languish. 798. If black eyes, you need net stare. 799. If you have pretty feet there ii no occasion to we&/ short petticoats. 146 READ NOT BOOKS ALONE, BUT MEN ; 800. If you are doubtful as to that point, there can be no harm in letting them be long. 801 . If you have good teeth, do not laugh for the purpose of showing them. 802. If you have bad ones, do not laugh less than the occasion may justify. 803. If you have pretty hands and arms, there can be no objection to your playing on the harp if you pkiy well. 804. If they are disposed to be clumsy, work tapestry. 805. If you have a bad voice rather speak in a low tone. 806. If you have the finest voice in the world, never speak in a high tone. 807. If you dance well, dance but seldom. 808. If you dance ill, never dance at all. 809. If you sing w r ell, make no pre- vious excuses. 810. If you eing indifferently, hesi- tate not a moment when you are asked, for few people are judges of singing, but every one is sensible of a desire to please. 811. If you would preserve beauty, rise early. 812. If you would preserve esteem, be gentle. 813. If you would obtain power, be condescending. 814. If you would live happy, endea- vour to promote the happiness of others. 815. TO EXTRACT GREASE- SPOTS, FROM BOOKS OR PA- PER. Gently warm the greased or spotted part of the book or paper, and then press upon it pieces of blotting- paper, one after another,- so as to ab- sorb as much of the grease as possible. Have ready some fine clear essential oil of turpentine heated almost to a boiling state, warm the greased leaf a little, and then, with a soft clean brush, wet the heated turpentine both sides of the spotted part. By repeating this ! application, the grease will be extract- j ed. Lastly, with another brush, dip- j ped in rectified spirits -f wine, go over j the place, and the grease will no longei appear, neither will the paper be dig- coloured. 816. TO PRESERVE Mil K.- Provide bottles, which must be perfectly clean, sweet, and dry: draw the milk from the cow into th^ bottles, and as they are filled, immediately cork them well up, and fasten the corks with pack- thread or wire. Then spread a little straw at the bottom of a boiler, on which place bottles with straw between them, until the boiler contains a suf- ficient quantity. Fill it up with cold water ; heat the water, and as soon aa it begins to boil, draw the fire, and let the whole gradually cool. When quite cold, take out the bottles and pack them in saw-dust, in hampers, and stow the'm in the coolest part of the house. Milk preserved in this manner, and al- lowed to remain even eighteen months in the bottles, will be as sweet as when first milked from the cow. 817. GERMAN PASTE. German paste for cage birds, which will be found of better quality and cheaper than what is sold in the shops. Boil four eggs until quite hard, then throw them into cold water ; remove the white, and grate or pound the yolks until quite fine, and add a pound of w r hite peameal and a tablespoouful of olive oil. Mix the whole up together, and press the dough through a tin co- lander so as to form into small grains like shot. Fry them over a gentle fire, gradually stirring them until of n light brown colour, when they are fit for use. 818. FRENCH POLISH FOR BOOTS AND SHOES. Mix together two pints of the best vinegar and one pint of soft- water ; stir into it a quarter of a pound of glue, broken up, half a pound of logwood chips, a quarter of an ounce of finely powdered indigo, a quarter of an cmnce of the best soft- soap, and a quarter of an ounce of isinglass. Put the mixture over the fire, and let it boil for ten minutes, or more. Then strain the liquid, and bottle and cork it. When cold, it is fit AND. ABOVE ALL, READ THYSKLF. 147 for use. The polish should be applied with clean sponge. 819. DAMP WALLS. The follow- ing method is recommended to prevent the effect of damp walls on paper in rooms: Line the damp part of the wall with sheet lead, rolled very thin, and fastened up with small copper nails. It may be immediately covered with paper. The lead is not to be thicker fchan that which lines tea-chests. 820. TEA -MA KING. Dr. Kitch- ener recommends that all the water ne- cessary should be poured in at once as the second drawing is bad. When much tea is wanted, it is better to have two tea-pots instead of two drawings. 821. RICE-FLOUR CEMENT. An excellent cement may be made from rice flour, which is at present used for that purpose in China and Japan. It is only necessary to mix the rice-flour in- timately with cold water, and gently simmer it over a fire, when it readily forms a delicate and durable cement, not only answering all the purposes of common paste, but admirably adap- ted for joining together paper, cards, &c., in forming the various beautiful and tasteful ornaments which affords much employment and amusement to the ladies. When made of the consistence of plaster clay, models, busts, bas-re- lievos, &c. maybe formed of it, and the articles when dry, are susceptible of high polish, and very durable. 822. RULES OF CONDUCT. We cannot do better than quote the valuable injunctions of that excellent woman, Mrs. Fry, who combined in her character and conduct all that is truly excellent in woman : 1 I never lose any time ; I do not think that lost which is spent in amusement or recre- ation some time every day ; but always be in the habit of being employed. 2. Never err the least in truth. 3. Never ^say any ill thing of a person when thou canst say a good thing of him ; not only speak charitably, but feel so. 4. Never bo irritable or unkind to anybody. 5. Never indulge thyself in luxuries that are not necessary. 6. Do all things 7 with consideration ; and, when thy path to act right is most difficult, feel confi- dence in that Power alone which is able to assist thee," and exert thy own powers as far as they go. 823. FOOD OF BLACKBIRDS. The natural food of the blackbird is berries, worms, insects, shelled-snails, cherries, and other similar fruit ; and its artificial food, lean fresh meat, cut very small, and mixed with bread, or German paste. 824. CRAMP IN BATHING. For the cure of the cramp when swim- ming, Dr. Franklin recommends a vig orous and violent shock to the part affected, by suddenly and forcibly stretching out the leg, which should be darted out of the water into the air if possible. 825. TO EXTINGUISH A FIRE IN A CHIMNEY. Throw some powdered brimstone on the fire in the grate, or ignite some on the hob, and then put a board or something in the front of the fire-place to prevent the fumes descending into the room. The vapour of the brimstone ascending the chimney will then effectually extinguish the soot on fire. (See 524, 695.) 826. TO GET RID OF A BAD SMELL IN A ROOM NEWLY PAINTED. Place a vessel full of lighted charcoal in the middle of the room, and throw on it two or three handfuls of juniper berries ; shut the windows, the chimney, and the door close; twenty-four hours afterwards, the room may be opened, when it will be found that the sickly unwholesome smell will be entirely gone. The smoke of the juniper berry possesses this ad- vantage, that should anything be left in the room, such as tapestry, &c., none of it will be spoiled. 827. RICE DUMPLINGS. Pick and wash a pound of rice, and boil it gently in two quarts of water till it be- comes dry keeping the pot well covered, and not stirring- it. Then take it oft the fire \nd spread it out to cool on the bottom of an inverted sieve, loosening the grains lightly with a fork. 148 WITHOUT ECONOMY, NONE CAN BE RICH ; that all the moisture may evaporate. Pare a dozen pippins, or some large juicy apples and scoop out the core, then fill up the cavity with marmalade, or with lemon and sugar. Cover every apple all over with a thick coating of the boiled rice. Tie up each in a sepa- rate cloth, and put them into a pot of cold water. They will require about an hour and a quaiter after they begin to boil, perhaps longer. 828. COUGHS. It is said that a small piece of resin dipped in the water which is placed in a vessel on a stove (not an open fire-place), will add a peculiar property to the atmosphere of the room, w ? hich will give great relief to persons troubled with a cough. The heat of the stove is sufficient to throw off the aroma of the resin, and gives the same relief that is afforded by the combustion, because the evaporation is more durable. The same resin may be used for weeks. 829. METHOD OF ASCERTAIN- ING THE STATE OF THE LUNGS. Persons desirous of ascer- taining the true state of their lungs, are directed to draw in as much breath as they conveniently can ; they are then to count as far as they are able, in a slow and audible voice, without draw- ing in more breath. The number of seconds they can continue counting must be carefully observed ; in a con- sumption the time does not exceed ten, and is frequently less than six seconds ; in pleurisy and pneumonia it ranges from nine to four seconds. When the lungs are in a sound condition, the time will range as high as from twenty to thirty-five seconds. 830. TO PRESERVE STEEL GOODS FROM RUST. After bright grates have been thoroughly cleaned, they should be dusted over with un- slaked lime, and thus left until want- ed. All the coils of piano wires are thus sprinkled, and will keep from rust for many years. Table-knives which are not in constant use, ought to be put in a case in which sifted quicklime is placed about eight inches deep. They should be plunged to the top of th blades, but the lime should not touch the bundles. 831. HOW TO GET SLEEP. How to get sleep is to many pereons a matter of high importance. Nervou persons who are troubled with wake fulness and excitability, usually have strong- tendency of blood on the brain with cold extremities. The pressur of the blood on the brain keeps it in stimulated or wakeful state, and th pulsations in the head are often painful Let such rise and chafe the body and extremities with a brush or towel, ol rub smartly with the hands to promote circulation, and withdraw the excessive amount of blood from the brain, and they will fall asleep in a few moments. A cold bath, or a sponge bath and rub- bing, or a good run, or a rapid walk in the open air, or going up or dow 7 n stairs a few times just before retiring, will aid in equalising circulation and promoting- sleep. These rules are simple and easy of application in castle or cabin, and may minister to the com- fort of thousands who would freely expend money for an anodyne to pro- mote " Nature's sweet restorer, balmy sleep ?" 832. TURKISH MODE OF MAKING COFFEE. The Turkish way of making- coffee produces a very different result from that to which we are accustomed. A small conical saucepan, with a long handle, and cal- culated to hold about two table-spoon- fuls of water, is the instrument used The fresh roasted berry is pounded, not ground, and about a dessert-spoon- ful is put into the minute boiler ; it is then nearly filled with water, and thrust among the embers. A few seconds suffice to make it boil, and the decoc- tion, grounds and all, is poured out into a small cup, which fits into & brass socket, much -like the cup of an acorn, and holding the china cup as that does the acorn itself. The Turks seem to drink this decoction boiling, and swal- low the grounds with the liquid. We allow it to remain a minute, in order to WITH ECONOMY, FEW NEED BE POOH. 149 leave the sediment at the bottom. It ip always taken plain ; sugar or cream would be thought to spoil it ; and Eu- ropeans, after a little practice (longer, however, than we had) are said to prefer it to the clear infusion drunk in France. In every hut you will see these coffee boilers suspended, and the means for pounding the roasted berry will always be found ready at hand. 833. HOW TO TREAT A WIFE. First, get a wife ; secondly, be pa- tient. You may have great trials and perplexities in your business with the world, but do not carry to your home a clouded or contracted brow. Your wife may have had many trials, which, though of less magnitude, may have been as hard to bear. A kind, con- ciliating word, a tender look, will do wonders in chasing from her brow ail clouds of gloom. You encounter your difficulties in the open air, fanned by heaven's cool breezes ; but your wife is often shut in from these healthful influences, and her health fails, and her spirits lose their elasticity. But oh ! bear with her ; she has trials and sorrows to which you are a stranger, but which your tenderness can deprive of all their anguish. Notice kindly her little attentions and efforts to promote your comfort. Do not treat her with indifference, if you would not sear and palsy her heart, which, watered by kindness, would, to the latest day of your existence, throb with sincere and constant affection. Sometimes yield your wishes to hers. She has prefer- ences as strong as you, and it may be just as trying to yield her choice as to you. Do you find it hard to yield sometimes ? Think you it is not dif- ficult for her to give up always 1 If you never yield to her wishes, there is danger that she will think you are selfish, and care only for yourself, and with such feelings she cannot love as ehe might. Again, show yourself manly, so that your wife can look up at you and feel that you will act nobly, and that she can confide in yoi;r judg- ment. (See 191 to 202.) 834. TO REMOVE WATER STAINS FROM BLACK CRAPE When a drop of water falls on a black crape veil or collar, it leaves a conspicuous white mark. To obliterate this, spread the crape on a table (laying on it a large book or a paper-weight to keep it steady), and place underneath the stain a piece of old black silk. With a large camel's-hair brush dipped in common ink, go over the stain ; and then wipe off the ink with a little bit, of old soft silk. It will dry immediate- ly, and the white mark will be seen n<* more. 835. CLEANLINESS, it is said,haa a powerful influence on the health and preservation of the body. Cleanliness, as well in our garments as in our dwellings, prevents the pernicious ef- fects of dampness, of bad smells, and of contagious vapours arising from sub- stances abandoned to putrefy ; cleanli- ness keeps up a free perspiration, renews the air, refreshes the blood, and even animates and enlivens the mind. Whence we see that persons attentive to the cleanliness of their persons and their habitations, are in general more healthy, and less exposed to diseases than those who live in filth and nastiness ; and it may moreover be remarked, that cleanliness brings with it, throughout every part of do- mestic discipline, habits of order and arrangement, which are among the first and best methods and elements of happiness. 836. FIRST-WATCH STEW. Cut pieces of salt beef and pork into dice, put them into a stew-pan with six whole peppercorns two blades of mace, a few cloves, a tea-spoonful of celery-seeds, and a faggot of dried sweet herbs ; cover with water, and stew gently for an hour, then add frag- ments of carrots, turnips, parsley, or any other vegetables at hand, with two sliced onions, and some vinegar to fla- vour ; thicken with flour or rice, re- move the herba, and pour into the dish with toasted bread, or freshly baked biscuit broken small, and serve hot ioO TIIERE IS NO GRIEF LIKE THE GRIEF WHICH DDKS MOT Sl'KAK. When they can be procured, a few potatoes improve it very much. 8:;?. SEVEN-BELL PASTY. Shred a pound of euet fine, cut salt pork into dice, potatoes and onions small, rub a sprig of dried sage up fine, mix with Home pepper, and place in the corner of a square piece of paste, turn over the other corner, pinch up the sides, and bake in a quick oven. If any bones, &c., remain from the meat, season with pepper and sage, place them with a gill of water in a pan, and bake with the pasty : when done, strain, and pour the gravy into the centre of the pasty. 838. DIRECTIONS FOR TAK- ING LEAF IMPRESSIONS. Hold oiled paper in the smoke of a lamp, or of pitch, until it becomes coated with the smoke ; to this paper apply the leaf of which you wish an impression, hav- ing previously warmed it between your hands, that it may be pliable. Place the lower surface of the leaf upon the black- ened surface of the oil paper, that the numerous veins that are so prominent on this side may receive from the paper a portion of the smoke. Lay a paper over the leaf, and then press it gently upon the smoked paper, with the fingers, or with a small roller (covered with woollen cloth, or some like soft material), so that every part of the leaf may come in contact with the sooted oil-paper. A coating of the smoke will adhere to the leaf. Then remove the leaf carefully, and place the blackened surface on a sheet of white paper, not ruled, or in a book prepared for the purpose, covering the leaf with a clean slip of paper, and pressing upon it with the fingers, or roller, as before. Thus may be obtained the impression of a leaf, showing the perfect outlines, together with an accurate exhibition of the veins which extend in every direc- tion through it, more correctly than the finest drawing. And this process is so simple, and the materials so easily ob- tained, that any person, with a little practice to enable him to apply the right quantity of smoke to the oil-paper, and give the leaf a proper pressure, can pre- pare beautiful leaf impressions, such M a naturalist would be proud to possess There is another, and we think a bet- ter method of taking leaf impressions, than the preceding one. The only dif- ference in the process consists in the use of printing ink. instead of smoked oil-paper. 8:59. LEAF PRINTING. After warming the leaf between the hands, apply printing ink, by means of a small leather ball containing cotton, or some soft substance, or with the end of the finger. The leather ball (and the fin- ger when used for that purpose), after the ink is applied to it, should be pressed several times on a piece of leather, or some smooth surface, before each application to the leaf, that the ink may be smoothly and evenly ap- plied. After the under surface of the leaf has been sufficiently inked, apply it to the paper, where you wish the im- pression ; and, after covering it with a slip of paper, use the hand or roller to press upon it, as described in the for- mer process. 840. PLANT SKELETONS. The leaves are to be put into an earthen or glass vessel, and a large quantity of rain-water to be poured over them; after this they are to be left to the open air and to the heat of the sun, without covering the vessel. When the water evaporates so as to leave the leaves dry, more must be added in its place; the leaves will by this means putrefy, but they require a different time for this: some will be finished in a month, others will require two months or longer according to the toughness of their parenchyma. When they have been in a state of putrefaction for some time, the tw r o membranes will begin to separate, and the green part of the leaf to become fluid : then the operation of clearing is to be performed. The leaf is to be put upon a fiat white earthen plate and covered with clear water; and being gently squeezed with the finger, the membranes will begin to open, and the green substance will come out at the edges ; the membrane* PLEASURE IS A PHANTOM ; WEALTH A VANITY ; POWER A BOAST. 151 must be carefully taken off with the finger, and great caution must be used in separating them near the middle rib. When once there is an opening towards this separation, the whole membrane always follows easily ; when both mem- branes are taken off, the skeleton is finished, and it has to be washed clean with water, and then dried between the leaves of a book. Fruits are_ di- vested of their pulp and made into skeletons in a different manner. Take, for an instance, a fine large pear which is soft, and not tough ; let it be neatly pared without squeezing it, and without injuring either the crown or the stalk ; put it into a pot of rain-water, covered, set it over the fire, and let it boil gently till perfectly soft, then take it out and lay it in a dish filled with cold water ; then holding it by the stalk with one hand, rub off as much of the pulp as you can with the ringer and thumb, be- ginning at the stalk, and rubbing it re- gularly towards the crown. The fibres are most tender towards the extremities, and are therefore to be treated with great care there. When the pulp has thus been cleared pretty well off, the point of a fine pen-knife may be of use to pick away the pulp sticking to the core. In order to see how the operation ad- vances, the soiled water must be thrown away from time to time, and clean poured on in its place. When the pulp is in this manner perfectly separated, the clean skeleton is to be preserved in spirits of wine. This method may be pursued with the bark of trees, which afford interesting views of their consti- tuent fibres. 841. ROLLS. Mix the salt with the flour. Make a deep hole in the middle. Stir the warm water into the yeast, and pour it into the hole in the flour. Stir it with a spoon just enough to make a thin batter, and sprinkle Borne Hour over the top. Cover the pan, and set it in a warm place for several hours. When it is light, add half a pint more of lukewarm water, and make it, with a little more flour, into a dong i. Knead it very well for ten minutes. Then divide it into small pieces, and knead each separately. Make them into round cakes or rolls. Cover them, and set them to rise about an hour and a half. Bake them, and, when done, .ler them remain in the oven, without the lid, for about ten minutes. 842. EARLY RISING. Dr. Wilson Philip, in his " Treatise on Indigestion," says : " Although it is of consequence to the debilitated to go early to bed, there are few things more hurtful to them than remaining in it too long. Getting up an hour or two earlier, often gives a degree of vigour which nothing else can procure. For those who are not much debilitated and sleep well, the best rule is to get out of bed soon after waking in the morning. This at first may appear too early, for the debilitated require more sleep than the healthy ; but rising early will gradu- ally prolong the sleep on the succeed- ing night till the quantity the patient enjoys is equal to his demand for it. Lying late is not only hurtful, by the relaxation it occasions, but also by occupying that part of the day at which exercise is most beneficial." 843. SUPERIOR CLEANLINESS sooner attracts our regard than even finery itself, and often gains esteem where the other fails. 844. COFFEE A DISINFECT- ANT. Numerous experiments with roasted coffee prove that it is the most powerful means, not only of rendering animal and vegetable effluvia innoc- uous, but of absolutely destroying them. A room in which meat in an advanced degree of decomposition had been kept for some time, was instantly deprived of all smell on an open coffee-roaster being carried through it, containing a pound of coffee newly roasted. In another room, exposed to the effluvium occasioned by the clearing out of the dung-pit, so that sulphuretted hydrogen and ammonia in great quantities could t>e chemically detected, the stench was completely removed in half a minute, on tl 9 employ ment of three ounces of 15U ONE WATCH SET EIGHT "WILL DO TO SET MANY I3Y ; fresh roasted coffee, whilst the other parts of the he use were permanently cleared of the same smell by being simply traversed with the coff;>- roaster, although the cleansing of the dung-pit continued for several hours at:er. The best mode of using the coffee as a disinfectant is to dry the raw bean, pound it in a mortar, and then roast the powder on a moderately heated iron plate, until it assumes a dark brown tint, when it is fit for use. Then sprinkle it in sinks or cess-pools, or lay it on a plate in the room which you wish to have purified. Coffee acid or coffee oil acts more readily in minute quantities. 845. UTILITY OF SINGING. It is asserted, and we believe with some truth, that singing is a corrective of the too common tendency to pulmonic com- plaints. Dr. Rush, an eminent physi- cian, observes on this subject : " The Germans are seldom afflicted with con- sumption ; and this, I believe, is in part occasioned by the strength which their lungs acquire by exercising them in vocal music, for this constitutes an es- sential branch of their education. The music master of an academy has fur- nished me with a remark still more in favour of this opinion. He informed me that he had known several instances of persons who were strongly disposed to consumption, who were restored to health by the exercise of their lungs in singing. 846. DOMESTIC RULES. 1. Do every thing in its proper time. 2. Keep everything to its proper use. 3. Put everything in its proper place. 847. THE CHEMICAL BARO- METER. Take a long narrow bottle, such as an old-fashioned Eau-de-Co- logne bottle, and put into it two and a half drachms of camphor, and eleven drachms of spirits of wine; when the camphor is dissolved, which it will readily do by slight agitation, add the following mixture : Take water, nine drachms: nitrate of potash (saltpetre), thirty- eight grains; and I'.uriate of am- monia (sal amironias) thirty-eight grains. Dissolve these salts in the water prior to mixing with the cam phorated spirit ; then shake the whole well together. Cork the bottle well, and wax the top, but afterwards make a very small aperture in the cork with a red-hot needle. The bottle may then be hung up, or placed in any stationary position. By observing the different appearances which the materials assume, as the weather changes, it becomes an excellent prog- nosticator of a coming storm or of a sunny sky. 848. FRUGALIT Y. The great philosopher, Dr. Franklin, inspired the mouth-piece of his own eloquence, " Pool Richard," with " many a gem of purest ray serene," encased in the homely garb of proverbial truisms. On the subject of frugality we cannot do better than take the worthy Mentor for our text, and from it address our re- marks. A man may, if he knows not how to save as he gets, " keep his nose all his life to the grindstone, and die not worth a groat at last. A fat kitchen makes a lean will," and " Many estates are spent in getting-, Since women for tea forsook spin ning and knitting, And men for punch forsook hewing and splitting." 849. IF you would be wealthy, think of saving as well as of getting. The In- dies have not made Spain rich, because her out-goes are greater than her in- comes. 850. AWAY then with your expen- sive follies, and you will not then have so much cause to complain of hard times, heavy taxes, and chargeable 851. " What maintains one vice would bring up two children." 852. You may think, perhaps, that a ittle tea, or superfluities now and then, diet a little more costly, clothes a little finer, and a little entertainment now and then, can be no great matter ; but remember, " many a little makes a mickle." ONE THAT GOES WRONG MAY MISLEAD A WHOLE NEIGHBOURHOOD. 153 853. BEWARE of little expenses: " A email leak will sink a great ship," as Poor Richard says : and again, " Who dainties love, shall beggars pvove ;" and moreover, " Fools make leasts and wise men eat them." 854. HERE you are all got together to this sale of fineries and nick-nacks. You call them goods; but if you do not take care they will prove evils to Borne of you. You expect they will be sold cheap, and perhaps they may for less than they cost; but if you have no occasion for them they must be dear to you. 855. REMEMBER what poor Richard says, " Buy what thou hast no need of, and ere long thou ehalt sell thy neces- saries." 856. AND again, " At a great penny- worth, pause awhile." He means, per- haps, that the cheapness is apparent only, and not real ; or the bargain, by straitening thee in thy business, may do thee more harm than good ; for in another place he says, "Many have been ruined by buying good penny- Vorths." 857. AGAIN, " It is foolish to lay out money in the purchase of repentance ;" and yet this folly is practised every day at auctions, for want of minding the almanac. 858. MANY, for the sake of finery on the back, have gone with a hungry Btomach, and half starved their fa- milies. " Silks and satins, scarlets and velvets, put out the kitchen fire,' as Poor Richard says. These are not the necessaries of life; they can scarcely be called the conveniencies and yet, only because they look pretty how majiy want to have them ? 859. BY these and other extrava gances, the genteel are reduced t< poverty, and forced to borrow of thos< whom they formerly despised, but who through industry and frugality havf maintained their standing: in whict case it appears plainly that, " A ploughman on his legs is higher than a gentleman on his knees," as PforRich- ird swj s Pe 'haps thev had i small estate left them, which they knew not begetting of; they think "It is day, and will nevei benight;" that a little o be spent out of so much is not worth minding ; but ' Always taking out of ;he meal-tub, and never putting in, soon comes to the bottom," as Poor Richard says ; and then, " When the well is dry, they know the worth of water." 860. BUT this they might have known before, if they had taken his advice : " If you would know the value of money, go and try to borrow some ; for he that goes a borrowing goes a sorrowing , ' as Poor Richard says; and, indeed, so does he that lends to such people, when he goes to get it in again. Poor Dick further advises : " Fond pride of dress is sure a very curse ; Ere fancy you consult, consult your purse." 861. AND again, " Pride is as loud a beggar as want, and a great deal more saucy." 862. WHEN you have bought one fine thing, you must buy ten more, that your appearance may be all of a piece ; but Poor Dick says, " It is easier to suppress the first desire than to satisfy all that follow it ;" and it is as truly folly for the poor to ape the rich, as for the frog to swell in order to equal the ox. " Vessels large may venture more, But little boats should keep near shore." *862. IT is, however, a folly soon pun- ished ; for " Pride that dines on vani- ty, sups on contempt ; pride breakfast- ed with plenty, dined with poverty, and supped with infamy. 863. AND, after all, of what use i this pride of appearance, for which so muck is risked, so much is suffered ? It cannot promote health, nor ease pain ; it makes no increase of merit in .the person ; it creates envy, it hastens misfortune. 154 EVERY PEA HELPS TO FILL THE PECK. 864. CONVERSATION. 865. There are many talkers, but few who know how to converse agree- ably. (See 279, 3015.) 866. Speak distinctly, neither too rapidly nor too slowly. 867. Accommodate the pitch of your voice to the hearing of the person with whom you are conversing. 868. Never speak with your mouth full. 869. Tell your jokes and laugh af- terwards. 870. Dispense with superfluous words such as " Well, I should think." 871. The woman who wishes her conversation to be agreeable will avoid conceit or affectation, and laughter, which is not natural and spontaneous. Her language will be easy and un- studied, marked by a graceful careless- ness, which, at the same time, never oversteps the limits of propriety. Her lips will readily yield to a pleasant smile ; she will not love to hear her- self talk ; her tones will bear the im- press of sincerity, and her eyes kindle with animation, as she speaks. The art of pleasing is, in truth, the very soul of good breeding : for the precise object of the latter is to render us agreeable to all with whom we associ- ate ; to make us at the same time, es- teemed and loved. 872. We need scarcely advert to the rudeness of interrupting any one who is speaking, or to the impropriety oi pushing, to its full extent, a discus'sion which has become unpleasant. 873. Some men have a mania for Greek and Latin quotations; this is pe- culiarly to be avoided. It is like pull- ing up the stones from a tomb where- with to kill the living. Nothing is more wearisome than pedantry. 874. If you feel your intellectual superiority to any one with whom you are conversing, do not seek to bear him down ; it would be an in glorious triumph, and a breach o good manners. Beware too of speak ng lightly of subjects which bear a 8* cred character. 875. Witlings occasionally gain a reputation in society; but nothing ia nore insipid and in worse taste than :heir conceited harangues and self-suf- icient air. 876. It is a common idea that the art cf writing and the art of couversa- ;ion are one ; this is a great mistake. A man of genius may be a very dull talker. 877. The two grand modes of making your conversation interesting, are to enliven it by recitals calculated to af- Fect and impress your hearers, and to intersperse it with anecdotes and smart things. Rivasol was a master in the latter mode. (See 1338.) 87S CLEANLINESS. The want of cleanliness is a fault which admits of no excuse. Where water can be had for nothing, it is surely in the power of every person to be clean. 879. THE discharge from our bodies, by perspiration, renders frequent changes of apparel necessary. 880. CHANGE of apparel greatly pro- motes the secretion from the skin, so necessary to health. 881. WHEN that matter which ought to be carried oft' by perspiration is either retained in the body, or re-absorbed by dirty clothes, it is apt to occasion fe- vers and other diseases. 882. MOST Diseases of the Skin proceed from want of cleanliness. These indeed may be caught by infec- tion, bnt they will seldom continue long where cleanliness prevails. 883. To the same cause must we im- pute the various kinds of vermin that infest the human body, houses, &c. These may generally be banished by cleanliness alone. 884. PERHAPS the intention of na- ture, in permitting such vermin to an- noy mankind, is to induce them to tha practice of this virtue. 885. ONE common cause of putrid and malignant fevers is the want of cleanliness. 886. THESE fevers commonly begia TO DAY, MAN LIVES IN PLEASURE, WEALTH, AA'D PKIDE. 155 among the inhabitants of close dirty houses, who breathe bad air, take little exercise, use unwholesome food, and wear dirty clothes. There the infection is generally hatched, which spreads far and wide to the destruction of many. Hence cleanliness may be con- sidered as an object of the public atten- tion. 887. IT is not sufficiei.t that I be clean myself, while the v ant of it in my neighbour affects my health as well as his own. 888. IF dirty people cannot be re- moved as a common nuisance, they ought at least to be avoided as infec- tious. All who regard their health, should keep at a distance, even from their habitations. 889. IN places where great numbers of people are collected, cleanliness be- comes of the utmost importance. 890. IT is well known, that infec- tious diseases are caused by tainted air. Everything, therefore, which tends to pollute the air, or spread the infec- tion, ought with the utmost care to be avoided. 891. FOR this reason, in great towns, no filth of any kind should be permitted to lie upon the streets. We are sorry to say, that the importance of general cleanliness does by no means seem to be sufficiently understood. 892. IT were well if the lower class- es of the inhabitants of the United States would imitate the Dutch, in the cleanliness of their streets, houses, &c. 893. WATER, indeed, is easily ob- tained in Holland ; but the situation of most towns in the United States is more favourable to cleanliness. 894. NOTHING can be more agreea- ble to the senses, more to the honour of the inhabitants, or conducive to their health, than a clean town; nor does anything impress a stranger sooner with a disrespectful idea of any people than its opposite. 895. IT is remarkable, that, in most eastern countries, cleanliness makes a great part of their religion. The Ma- hometan, as well lit; the Jewish reli- 7* gion, enjoins various bathings, wash ings, and purifications. No doubt these were designed to represent in ward purity ; but they are at the same time calculated for the preservation of health. 896. HOWEVER whimsical these washings may appear to some, few things would appear more to prevent diseases than a proper attention to many of them. 897. WERE every person, for exam- ple, after handling a dead body, visit- ing the sick, &c., to wash before he went into company, or sat down to meat, he would run less hazard either of catch- ing the infection himself, or cominuni eating it to others. 898. FREQUENT washing not only- removes the filth which adheres to the skin, but likewise promotes the per- spiration, braces the body, and enlivens the spirits. 899. EVEN washing the feet tends greatly to preserve health. The sweat and dirt with which these parts are fre- quently covered, cannot fail to obstruct their perspiration. This piece of clean- liness would often prevent colds and fevers. 900. WERE people to bathe their feet and hands in warm water at night, after being exposed to cold or wet through the day, they would seldom experience any of the fatal ef fects which often proceed from thesf causes. 901 . IN places where great numbers of sick people are kept, cleanliness ought most religiously to be observed. The very smell in such places is often sufficient to make one sick. It is easy to imagine what effect that is likely to have upon the diseased. 902. A PERSON in health has a greater chance to become sick, than n sick person has to get w r ell, in an hos- pital or infirmary where cleanliness is neglected. 903. THE brutes themselves set us an example of cleanliness. Most of them seem uneasy, and thrive ill, if they be not kept clean. A horse that 156 TO-DAY, LAYS PLANS FOR MANY YEARS TO COME J is kept thoroughly dean, will thrive better on a sraalle: quantity of food, than \vith a greater where cleanliness is neglected. 904. EVEN OUR OWN FEELINGS a e sufficient proof of the necessity of cleanliness. How refreshed, how cheer- ful and agreeable does one feel on be- ing shaved, washed and dressed ; espe- cially when these have been L-ng ne- glected. 905. MOST PEOPLE esteem sleanli- iiess ; and even those who do i at prac- tise it themselves, often adnrre it in others. 906. DOMESTIC PHARMACO- FCEIA. In compiling this part of our hints, we have endeavoured to supply- that kind of information that is so often wanted in the time of need, and can- not be obtained when a medical man or a druggist is not near. The doses are all fixed for adults, unless otherwise ordered. The various remedies are arranged in sections, according- to their uses, as being more easy for reference. (For the meanings of medical terms, tee INDEX.) 907. COLLYRIA, OR EYE-WASHES. 908. Alum. Dissolve half a drachm f Alum in eight ounces of water. Use, as an astringent. When the strength of the alum is doubled, and only half the quantity of water used, it acts as a discutient. 909. Common. Add one ounce of diluted acetic acid to three ounces of decoction of poppy heads. Use, as an anodyne wash. 910. Compound Alum. Dissolve clum and white vitriol, of each one drachm, in one pint of water, and filter through paper. Use, as an astringent wash. 911. Zinc and Lead. Dissolve white vitriol and acetate of lead, of each seven grains, in four ounces of elder- flower water ; then add one drachm of laudanum (tincture of opium), and the same quantity of spirit of camphor; then strain. Use, as a detergent wash. 91-2. Acetate of Zin:. Dissolve fialf a drachm of white vitriol ir. five ounces of water. Dissolve two scru- ples ot acetate of lead in five ounces of water. Mix these solutions, then set aside for a short time, and afterwarda filter. Use, as an astringent ; this forms a most valuable colly rium. 913. Sulphate of Zinc. Dissolve ten grains of white vitriol in a pint of wa- ter or rose water. Use, for weak eyes. 914. Zinc and Camphor. Dissolve a scruple of white vitriol in eight ounces of water, then add one drachm of spirit of camphor, and strain. Use, as a stimulant. 915. Compound Zinc. Dissolve ten grains of white vitriol in eight ounces of camphor water (Mistura camphora>), and the same quantity of decoction of poppy heads. Use, as an anodyne and detergent ; useful for weak eyes. 916. CONFECTIONS AND ELECTUAR IBS. 917. Confections are used as vehicles for the administration of more active medicines, and Electuaries are made for the purpose of rendering some rem- edies palatable. Both should be kept in closely covered jars. 918. Almond Confection. Remove the outer coat from an ounce of isweet almonds, and beat them well in a mor- tar with one drachm of powdered gum arabic, and half an ounce of white sugar. Use, to make a demulcent mix- ture, known as almond emulsion. 919. Alum Confection. Mix two scruples of powdered alum with four scruples of treacle. Dose, half a drachin. Use, as an astringent in sore throat and relaxed uvula, and ulcerations of the mouth. 920. Orange Confection. Take one ounce of the freshly rasped rind of orange, and mix it with three ounceg of white sugar, after it is well beaten. Dose, from one drachm to one ounce. Use, as a gentle stomachic and tonic, and for giving tonic powders in. 921. Black Pepper Confection. Take of black pepper and elecampane- root, each one ounce; fennel seeds, t'"ree ounces ; honey and /sugar, of each TO-MORROW, SINKS INTO THE SILENT TOMB. ^wo ounces. Rub the dry ingredien lo a fine powder, and when the coiifec tion is wanted, add the honey, and mi well. Dose, from one to two drachm Use, in haemorrhoids. 922. Cowhage, Mix as much of th fine hairs or spiculae of cowhage int treacle as it will take up. Dose, a tea spoonful every morning and evening Use, as an anthelmintic. 923. Senna Confection. Take o senna four ounces, figs half a pounc cassia pulp, tamarind pulp, and th pulp of prunes, each four ounces ; co riander seeds, two ounces ; liquorice one ounce and a half; sugar, one poun and a quarter ; water, one pint and half. Rub the senna with the corian der, and separate, by sifting, five oun ces of the mixture. Boil the wate: with the figs and liquorice added, unti it is reduced to one half; then press out and strain the liquor. Evaporate the strained liquor in a jar by boiling until twelve fluid ounces remain ; ther add the sugar, and make a syrup. Now mix the pulps with the syrup, add the sifted powder, and mix well. Use, purgative. 924. Castor oil and Senna Confec tion. Take one drachm of powdered gum arabic, and two ounces of confec- tion of senna, and mix by gradually rubbing- together in a mortar, with half an ounce of castor oil. Dose, from one to two drachms. Use, purgative. 925. Sulphur and Senna Confection. Take of sulphur and sulphate of pot- ash, each half an ounce ; of confection of senna, two ounces ; and oil of ani- seed, twenty minim ; mix well. Dose, from one to two dr.tchms. Use, purga- tive. 926 Cream of Tartar Confection. Take one ounce of cream of tartar, and half a drachm of powdered ginger ; mix into a thick paste with treacle. Dose, two drachms. Use, purgative. 927 Antispasmodic Electuary. T/tke six drachms of powdered valeri- an and orange leaves, mixed and made into an electuary, with a sufficient quantity of syrup of wovmwoo L Dose, from one to two drachms, to be taker two or three times a day. 928. DECOCTIONS. 929. These preparations soon spoil, and therefore should only be made in small quantities, particularly in sum- mer. 930. Of Chimaphila.T&ke one ounce of pyrola, (chimaphila or winter green), and boil it in a pint and a hall of water until it is only one pint ; then strain. Dose, from one to two ounces, four times a day. Use, in dropsies, as a diuretic. 931. Of Logwood. Boil one ounce and a half of bruised logwood in two tints of water until it comes to one pint ; then add one drachm of bruised jassia, and strain. Dose, from one to wo ounces. Use, as an astringent. 932. Of Dandelion. Take two oun- ces of the freshly sliced root, and boil n two pints of water until it comes to me pint ; then add one ounce of com- ound tincture of horse-radish. Dose, rom two to four ounces. Use, in a luggish state of the liver. '33. EMBROCATIONS AND LINIMENTS. 934. These remedies are used exter- ally as local stimulants, to relieve eep-seated inflammations when other means cannot be employed, as they are lore easily applied locally. 935. Anodyne and Discutient. Take wo drachms of scraped white soap, alf a drachm of extract of henbane, nd dissolve them by a gentle heat in x ounces of olive oil. Used in doses f two or three drachms at a time, for andular enlargements which are pain- ul and stubborn. 936. Strong Ammoniated. Add one ince of strong liquid ammonia (Lt- wris ammoniac fortis) to two onnces :' olive oil ; shake them well together ntil they are properly mixed. Use. mployed as a stimulant in rheumatic lins, paralytic numbness, chronic andular enlargements, lumbago, scia- ca, &c. 937. Compound Ammoniated. Add x teaspoonfuls of oil of turpentine to 158 TO-DAY, HIS FOOD IS DRESS'D IX DAINTY FORMS J the strong ammoniated liniment above Use, for the diseases mentioned uude the head of strong ammoiiiated liiii ment, and chronic affections of th knee and ankle-joints. 938. Lime and Oil. Take equa parts of common linseed -oil and lime water (L\qtwr calcis), and shake well Use. Applied to burns, scalds, sun peelings, &c. 939. Camphorated. Take half an ounce of camphor, and dissolve it in two ounces of olive oil. Use, as a stim ulant, soothing application in stubborn breasts, glandular enlargements, drops) of the belly, and rheumatic pains. 940. Soap Liniment with SpanisJ Flies. Take three ounces and a half o' soap-liniment, and half an ounce of tine ture of Spanish flies : mix and shake well. Use, as a stimulant to chronic bruises, sprains, rheumatic pains, ant indolent swellings. 941. Turpentine. Take two ounces and a half of resin cerate (ceratum re since), and melt it by standing the ves eel in hot water ; then add one ounce and a half of oil of tui-pentine, and mix. Use, as a stimulant application to ulcers, burns, scalds, &c. 942. ENEMAS 943. Are a peculiar kind of medi- cines, administered by injecting them into the rectum or outlet of the body. The intention is either to empty the bowels, kill worms, protect the lining membrane of the intestines from in- jury, restrain copious discharges, al- lay spasms in the bowels, or nourish the body. These clysters or Clysters are administered by means of bladders and pipes, or a proper apparatus. 944. Laxatite. Take two ounces of Epsom salts, and dissolve in three- quarters of a pint of gruel, or thin broth, with an ounce of olive oil. Use, BS all enemas are used. 945. Nutritive. Take twelve ounces of strong beef tea, and thicken \\ r ith hartshm-n shavings or arrow-root. 946. Turpentine. Take half an ounce of oil of turpentine, the yolk of one gg, and half a pirt o f jrueL. Mix the turpentine and egg, and then add the gruel. Use, as an anthelmiutic. 947. Common. Dissolve one ounce of salt in twelve ounces of gruel. 948. Castor Oil. Mix two ounces of castor oil with one drachm of starch then rub them together, and add four teen ounces of thin gruel. Use, pur- gative. 949. Opium. Rub two grains of opium with two ounces of starch, then add two ounces of warm water. Use as an anodyne, in colic, spasms, &c. 950. Oil. Mix four ounces of olive oil with half an ounce of mucilage and half a pint of w 7 arm water. Use, as a demulcent. 951. Assafatida. Dissolve two drachms of the gum in a pint of barley- water. Use, as an anthelmintic, or in convulsions from teething. 952. GARGLES 953. Are remedies used to stimulate chronic sore throats, or a relaxed state of the swallow or uvula. 954. Acidulated. Mix one part of white vinegar with three parts of honey of roses, and twenty-four of barley- water. Use, in chronic inflammations of ;he throat, malignant sore throat, &c. 955. Astringent. Take two drachms of roses and mix with eight ounces of >oiling water, infuse for one hour, strain, and add one drachm of alura, and >ne ounce of honey of roses. Use, in levere sore throat, relaxed uvula, &c. 956. For salivation. Mix from one o four drachms of 'bruised gall-nuts, vith a pint of boiling water, and infuse or two hours, then strain and sweeten. 957. Tonic and stimulant. Mix six mnces of decoction of bark with two Dunces of tincture of myrrh, and half , drachm of diluted sulphuric acid Jse, in scorbutic affections. 958. Alum. Dissolve ODC drachm ot lum in fifteen ounces of water, then dd half an ounce of treacle and one rachm of diluted sulphuric a#id. Use, stringent. 959. Myrrh. Add six drachms o/ ncture of myrrh to seven ounces ot nfusion of linseed, nnd then add two TO-ORROW, IS HIMSELF A FEAST FOR WORMS. 159 drachms of diluted sul; huric acid. Use, as a detergent. 9oJ . For slight inflammation of the thrnat< Add one drachm of sulphuric ether to half an ounce of syrup of marsh-mallows, an * six ounces of bar- ley-water. This .nay be used fre- quently. 961. LOTIONS. 962 . Lotions are usually applied to ./he parts required by means of a piece of linen rag wetted with them, or bj wetting the bandage itself. 963. Emollient. Use decoction of marsh-mallow or linseed. 964. Elder -flowers. Add two drachms and a half of elder-flowers to one quart of boiling water, infuse for one hour, and strain. Use, as a dis- cutient. 965. Sedative. Dissplve one drachm of extract of henbane in twenty-four drachms of water. 966. Opium. Mix two drachms of bruised opium with half a pint of boil- ing water, allow it to grow cold, and use for painful ulcers, bruises, &c. 967. Stimulant. Dissolve one drachm of caustic potash in one pint of water, and then gradually pour it upon twenty-four gi'ains of camphor and one drachm of sugar, previously bruised together in a mortar. Used as in fun- goid and flabby ulcers. 968. Ordinary. Mix one drachm of ealt with eight ounces of water. Used for foul ulcers and flabby wounds. 969. Cold evaporating. Add two drachms of Sulard's extract (Liquor plumbi diacetcttis), and the same quan- tity of sweet spirit of nitre (Spiritus a-.theris nitrici) to a pint of cold water. Use, as a lotion for contusions, sprains, inflamed parts, &c. 970. Hydrochlorate of ammonia. Dissolve half an ounce of sal ammoniac (Ammonice hydrochloras) in six ounces pf water, then add an ounce of distilled "inegar anl the same quantity of recti- fied spirit. Use, as a refrigerant. 971 YkUow lotion. Dissolve one of co-.ros\7r gublhnat- ( ffydrar- gyri chloridum, A VIOLENT POISON) in an ounce of lime-water, taking- care to bruise the crystals of the salt in order to assist its solution. Use, as a deter- gent. 972. Black wash. Add half a drachm of calomel to four ounces of lime-water, or eight grains to an onuce of lime-water ; shake well. Use, k a detergent. 973. Acetate of lead with opium. Take ten grains of acetate of lead, and a drachm of powdered opium, mix, and add an ounce of vinegar and four ounces .*f warm water, set aside for an hour then filter. Use, as an astringent. 974. Kreosotc. Add a drachm of kreosote to a pint of water, and mix by shaking. Use, as an application in tinea capitis. or other cutaneous diseases. 975. Galls. Boil one drachm of bruised galls in twelve ounces of water until only half a pint remains, then strain, and add one ounce of laudanum. Use, as an astringent. 976. OINTMENTS AND CERATES. 977. These remedies are used as topical applications to parts, generally ulcers, and are usually spread upon linen or other materials. 978. Camphorated. Mix half an ounce of camphor with one ounce of lard, having, of course, previously pow- dered the camphor. Use, as a discu- tient and stimulant in indolent tumors. 979. Chalk. Mix as much prepared chalk as you can into some lard, so a to form a thick ointment. Use, as an application to burns and scalds. 980. For Itch. Mix four drachma of sublimed sulphur, two ounces of 'ard, and two drachms of sulphuric acid together. This is to be rubbed into the body. 981. For Scrofulous ulcer aiions. Mix one drachin of ioduret of zinc, and one ounce of lard together. Use. twice a day in the ulcerations. 982. Catechu Mix one ounce ot powdered catechu, two drachms and a half of powdered alum, one ounce of powdered white resin, and two ounces and a half of olive oil together. Us* TO-DAY, HE 5 CLAD IN GAUDY, HIGH ARRAY J to apply to flabby and indolent ulce'ra- tions. 983. Tartar Emetic. Mix twenty grains of tartar emetic and ten grains of white sugar with one drachm and a half of lard. Use, as a counter-irritant in white swellings, &c. 984. PILLS. 985. Strong Purgative. Take of powdered aloes, scauimony, and gam- boge, each fifteen grains, mix and add sufficient Venice turpentine to make into a mass, then divide into twelve pills. Dose, one or two occasionally. 985. Milder Purgative. Take four grains of powdered scammony and the same quantity of compound extract of colocynth, and two grains of calomel ; mix well, and add a few drops of oil of cloves, or thin gum- water, to enable the ingredients to combine properly; divide into two pills. Dose, one or two when necessaiy. 987. Common Purgative. Take of powdered jalap and compound extract of colocynth, each four grains, of calo- mel two grains, mix as usual, and di- vide into two pills. Dose, one or two occasionally. 988. Tonic. Mix twenty-four grains of extract of gentian and the same of green vitriol (sulphate of iron} togeth- er, and divide into twelve pills. Dose, one. or two when necessary. Use. in debility. 989. Cough. Mix one drachm of compound powder of ipecacuanha with one scruple of gum ammoniacum and dried squill- bulb, and make into a mass with mucilage, then divide into twenty pills. Dose one, three times a day. 990. Astringent. Mix sixteen grains of acetate of lead (Sugar of lead} with four grains of opium, and make into a mass with syrup, so as to make eight pills. Dose, from one to two. Use, as an astringent in obstinate diarrhoea, dys- entery, and cholera. 901. MIXTURES. 992. Fexf?, simple. Add three oun- ces of sp'tK of miudererus (Liquor ammonia ai,rtatis} to five ounces of water, or 'Dedicated water, such as cin- namon, aniseed, &c. Dose, for ao adult, one ounce every three hours. Use, as a diaphoretic. 993. Aromatic. Mix two drachma of aromatic confection with two drachms of compound tincture of car- damums, and eight ounces of pepper- mint water. Dose, from one ounce to one and a half. Use, in flatulent cholic and spasms of the bowels. 994. Cathartic. Dissolve one ounce of Epsom salts in four ounces of com- pound infusion of senna, then add three ounces of peppermint water. Dose, from one and a half to two ounces. Use as a warm stomachic and cathartic. 995. Diuretic. Add half an ounce of sweet spirit of nitre, two drachms of tincture of squills, and two ounces of liquid acetate of ammonia, to six ounces of decoction of broom. Dose, one ounce evejy two hours. Use, in dropsies. 996. Cough. Dissolve three grains of tartar emetic and fifteen grains of opium in one pint of boiling water, then add four ounces of -treacle, five ounces of vinegar, and one pint more of boiling water. Dose, from two drachms to one ounce. Use, in com- mon catarrh, bronchitis, and irritable cough. 997. Cough, for children. Mix two drachms of ipecacuanha wine with half an ounce of oxymel of squills, and the same quantity of mucilage, and two ounces of water. Dose, one teaspoon- ful for children under one year, two teaspoonfulg from one to five years, and a tablespoonful from five years, every time the cough is troublesome. 998. Anti-spasmodic. Dissolve fifty grains of camphor in two drachms of chloroform, and then add two drachms of compound tincture of lavender, six drachms of mucilage of gum arable, eight ounces of aniseed, cinnamon, or some other aromatic water, and two ounces of w*ater ; mix well. Dose, one tablespoonful every half hour if necessary. Use, in cholera in the cold stage, when cramps are severe, or ex- haustion very great ; as a general anti- TO-MORROW, SHROUDED "FOR A BED OF CLAV. 161 spasmodic in doses of one dessert spoon- ful when the spasms are severe. 999. Tonic and stimulant. Dissolve one drachm of extract of bark, and half a drachm of powdered gum arabic m six ounces of water, and then add ne ounce of syrup of marsh-mallow, nd the same quantity of syrup of tolu. Dose, one tablespoonful every three ours. Use, after fevers and catarrhs. 1000. Stomachic. Take twenty rains of powdered rhubarb, and dis- solve it in three ounces and a half of peppermint water, then add sal volatile and compound tincture of gentian, each one drachm and a half. Mix. Dose, from one to one ounce and a half. Use, as a tonic, stimulant, and stomachic. 1001. DRINKS. 1002. Tamarind. Boil two ounces of the pulp of tamarinds in two pints of milk, then strain. Use, as a refrig- erant drink. 1003. Tamarind. Dissolve two ounces of the pulp in two pints of warm water, and aliow it to get cold, then strain. Use, refrigerant. 1004. POWDERS. 1005. Compound Soda. Mix one drachm of calomel, five drachms of ses- qtii-carbonate of soda, and ten drachms of compound chalk powder together. Dose, five grains. Use, as a mild pur- gative for children during teething. 1006. Tonic. Mix one drachm of powdered rhubarb with the same quan- tity of dried carbonate of soda, then add two drachms of powdered Calum- ba root. Dose, from ten to twenty grains as a tonic after fevers, in all cases of debility, and dyspepsia attend- ed with acidity. 1007. Rhubarb and Magnesia. Mix one drachm of powdered rhubarb with two drachms of carbonate of magnesia, and half a drachm of ginger. Dose, from fifteen grainy to one drachm. Use, as a purgative for children. 1008. Sulphur and Potash. Mix one drachm of sulphur with four scruples of bicarbonate of potash, and two scru- ples of nitre Dose, from half a drachm to one drachm. Use., as a purgative, diuretic, and refrigerant. 1009. Ant i - Diarrhxal. Mix one grain of powdered ipecacuanha, and one grain of powdered opium, with the same quantity of camphor. Dose, one of these powders to be given in jam, treacle, &c., five or six times a day if necessary. 1010. Anti- Spasmodic. Mix four grains of subnitrate of bismuth, forty- eight grains of carbonate of magnesia, and the same quantity of white sugar, and then divide in four equal parts. Dose, one-fourth part. Use, in obsti- nate pain in the stomach with cramps, unattended by inflammation. 1011. Anti-Pcrtussal, or against Hooping Cough. Mix one drachm of powdered belladonna -root, and five drachms of white sugar, together. Dose, six grains morning and evening for children under one year; twelve grains for those under two and three years of age ; twenty-four grains for those between five and ten : and forty- eight grains for adults. Caution, this should be prepared by a chemist, as the belladonna is a poison, and occasional doses of castor-oil should be given while it is being taken. 1012. Purgative (common}. Mix ten grains of calomel, with one drachm of powdered jalap, and twenty grains of sugar. Dose, fifty grains for adults. 1013. Sudorific. Mix six grains of compound antimonial powder, and two grains of sugar, together. Dose, as mixed, to be taken at bed- time, ffse, in catarrh and fever. 1014. MISCELLANEOUS. 1015. JEthereal Tincture of Male Fern. Digest one ounce male fern buds in eight ounces of sulphuric aether, then strain. Dose, thirty drops early in the morning. Use, to kill tape- worm. 1016. Emulsion, Laxative. -Rub down an ounce of castor oil in two drachms of mucilage of gum arabic, three ounces of dill water, and add a drachm of tincture of jalap, gradually. Dos* 162 TO-DAY, ENJOYS HIS IlALLS, I1UILT TO HIS MINI) ; as prepared thus, to be taken while fasting in the morning. 1017. Emulsion, Purgative. Rub down six grains of scammony with six drachms of white sugar in a mortar, and gradually add four ounces of al- mond emulsion, and two drops of oil of cloves. Dose, as prepared, early in the corning. 1018. To prevent pitting after Small- pox. Spread a sheet of thin leather with the ointment of ammoniacum with mercury, and cut out a place for the mouth, eyes, and nostrils. This forms what is called a mask, and after an- ointing the eye-lids with a little bin* ointment (unguentum hydrargyri), it should be applied to the face, and allowed to remain for three days for the distinct kind, and four days for the running variety. Period to apply it : Before the spots fill with matter, al- though it will answer sometimes even after they have become pustulous. It may be applied to any part in the same way. 1019. Mucilage of Gum Arabic Rub one ounce of gum arable in a mor- tar, with four ounces of warm water. Use, for coughs, &c. 1020. Mucilage of Starch. Rub one drachm of starch with a little water, and gradually add five ounces of water, then boil until it forms a mucilage. Use, for enemas, topical application and demulcent. 1021. GARDENING OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR. 1022. JANUARY. Flower of the Htonth. Christmas Rose. 1023. Gardening. Indoor prepara- tions for future operations must be ruude, as in this month there are only five hours a-day available for out-door work, unless the season be unusually mild. Mat over tulip-beds, begin to force roses. Pot over secale and plant dried roots of border flowers in mild weather. Take strawberries in pots into the green-house. Prune and plant gooseberry, currant, fruit, and decidu- ous trees a'id -shrubs. Cucumbers and melons to be sown in the hot bed. Ap ply manures. '1024. FEBRUARY. Flowers of tlit month. Camelia Japonica. 1025. Gardening. Transplant pinks, carnations, sweet-williams, candituft, campanulas, &c., sweet and garden peas and lettuce, for succession of crops, covering the ground with straw, &c. Sow also savoys, leeks and cabbages. Prune and nail walnut trees, and to- wards the end of the month plant stocks for next year's grafting, alo cuttings of poplar, elder, and willow- trees, for ornamental shrubbery. Sow fruit and forest tree seeds. 1026. MARCH. Flower of the month Violet, 1027. Gardening operations. " Spring flowers " to be sown. Border flowers to be planted out. Tender an- nuals to be potted out under glasses. Mushroom beds to be made. Sow arti- chokes, Windsor beans, and cauliflowers for autumn ; lettuces and peas for sue cession of crops; onions, parsley, ra dishes, savoys, asparagus, red and white cabbages, and beets; turnips, early broc- coli, parsnips and carrots. Plant slips and parted roots of perennial herbs. Graft trees and protect early blossoms. Force rose-tree cuttings under glasses. 1028. APRIL. Flower of the month. Cowslip. 1029. Gardening Operations . Sow for succession peas, beans and carrots ; parsnips, celery and secale. Sow " Spring flowers." Plant evergreens, dahlias, chrysanthemums, and the like; also potatoes, slips of thyme, parted roots, lettuces, cauliflowers, cabbages, onions. Lay down turf, remove caterpillars. Sow and graft Camelias, and propagate and graft fruit and rose trees by all the various means in use. Sow cucumbers and vegetable marrows for planting out. Tins is the most im- portant month in jjie year for garden* I. 1030. MAY. Flower of the montn.- Hawthorn. 1031. Gardening. Plant out your seedling flowers as they are ready, and TO-MORROW, IN A COFFIN IS CONFINED. 103 BOW again for succession larkspur, mignionette, arid other spring flowers. Pot out tender annuals. Remove {mric-ilas to a N.E. aspect. Take up bulbous roots as the leaves decay. Sow kidney beans to .' spring- use, cape for autumn, cauliflowers for December; corn, cress; onions, to plant out as bulbs next year, radishes, aromatic herbs, tur- nips, cabbages, savoys, lettuces, &c. Plant celery, lettuces, ^ and annuals; thin spring crops. Stick peas, &c. Earth up potatoes, &c. Moisten mush- room beds. 1032. JUNE. Flowers of the month. Waterlily, Honeysuckle. 1033 Gardening Operations. Sow giant stocks to flower next spring. Slip myrtles to strike, and lay pinks, carna- tions, roses, and evergreens. Plant annuals in borders, and auriculas in shady places. Sow kidney beans, pumpkins, cucumbers for pickling, and, (late in the month,) endive and lettuces. Plant out cucumbers, marrows, leeks. celery, cauliflowers, savoys, and seed- lings* and plants propagated by slips. Earth up potatoes, &c. Cut herbs for drying when in flower. 1034. JULY. Flowers of the month. Rose and Carnation. 1035. Gardening Operations. Part auricula and polyanthus roots. Take up summer bulbs as they go out of flower, and plant saffron crocus and autumn bulbs. Gather seeds. Clip evergreen borders and hedges, strike myrtle slips under glasses. Net fruit trees. Finish budding by the end of the month. Head down espaliers. Sow early dwarf cabbages to plant out in October for spring ; also onions, kidney beans for late crop, and turnips. Plant celery, lettuces, cabbages, leeks, straw- berries, and cauliflowers. Stick peas. Tie up salads. Earth celery. Take up onions, &c., for drying. 1036. AUGUST. Flowers of the month. Harebell and mallow. 1037. Gardening Operations. Sow flowers to flower in-doors in winter, and pot all young stocks raised in the green house. Sow early red cabbages, cauliflowers for spring and summer use, cos and cabbage lettuce for winter crop Plant out winter crops. Dry herbs and mushroom spawn. Plant out strawberry roots, and net currant trees, to preserve the fruit through the win- ter. 1038. .SEPTEMBER. Flowers of the month. * Clematis, or traveller's joy, arbutus, and meadow saffron. 1039. Gardening Operations. Plant crocuses, scaly bulbs, and evergreen shrubs. Propagate by layers and cut- tings of all herbaceous plants, currant, gooseberry, and other fruit trees. Plant out seedling pinks. Sow onions for spring plantation, carrots, spinach, and Spanish radishes in warm spots. Earth up celery. House potatoes and edible bulbs. Gather pickling cucum- bers. Make tulip and mushroom beds. 1040. OCTOBER. Flowers of tht. month. China-aster, holly, and ivy. 1041. Gardening Operations. Sow rose-tree seeds and fruit stones, also larkspurs and th hardier annuals to stand the winter, also hyacinths and smooth bulbs, in pots and glasses. Plant young trees, cuttings of jasmine, honeysuckle, and evergreens. Sow mignionette in pots for winter. Plant cabbages, &c., for spring. Cut down asparagus, separate roots of daisies, irises, &c. Trench, drain, and manure. 1042. NOVEMBER. Flower of the month. Laurestine. 1043. Gardening Operations. Sew sweet peas for an early crop. Take up dahlia roots. Complete beds for aspa- ragus and artichokes. Plant dried roots of border flowers, daisies, &c. Take potted-mignionette in-doors. Set straw- berries. Sow peas, leeks, beans, and radishes. Plant rhubarb in rows. Prune hardy trees, and plant stocks of fruit trees. Store carrots, &c. Shelter from frost where it may be required. Plant shrubs for forcing. Continue to trench and manure vacant ground. 1044. DECEMBER. Flowers of the month. Cyclamen and Winter aconite (Holly berries are now available foi floral decoration.) L61 TO-DAY, IIE FLOATS OX HONOUR'S LOFTY \VAVK : 1045. Gardening Operations. Con- tinue in open weather to prepare vacant ground for spring, and to protect plants from frost. Cover bulbous roots with matting. Dress Jlower borders. Pre- pjre forcing ground for cucumbers, and force asparagus and secale. Plant goose- berry, currant, apple and pear trees. Roll grass plats if the season be mild and not too wet. Prepare poles, stakes, pea-sticks, &c., for spring. 1046. KITCHEN GARDEN. This is one of the most important parts of general domestic economy, whenever the situation of a house will permit a family to avail themselves of its assist- ance, in aid of butchers' bills. It is, indeed, much to be regretted that small plots of ground, in the immediate vici- nity of the metropolis more especially, are too often frittered away into shrub- beries and baby gardens, when they might more usefully be employed in raising vegetables for the family, during the week-day residence in town, than wasting their sweetness on the smoky air in all the pride of lilac, hollyhock, and batchelors' buttons, to be merely smelled to, by the whole immigrating household on the day of rest. With a little care and attention, a kitchen- garden, though small, might be ren- dered not only useful, but in fact, as ornamental as a modern grass carpet ; and the same expense incurred to make the ground a labyrinth of sweets, might suffice to render it agreeable to the palate, as well as to the olfactory nerves, arid that even without offending the most delicate optics. It is only in accordance with our plan to give the hint, and to record such novel points as may facilitate the proposed arrange- ment. It is one objection to the adop- tion of a kitchen-garden in front of the dwelling, or in sight of the family apartments, that its very nature makes it rather an eye-sore than otherwise at all seasons. This, however, is an ob- jection that may be readily got over by a little attention to neatness and good order, whilst the plants themselves, if attended to, and the borders sown or planted with ranunculus, poly anthus, mignionette, &c., in succession, will really be ornamental : but then, in cutting the plants for use, the business must be done neatly, all useless leaves cleared from the ground, the roots no longer wanted taken up, and the rav- ages of insects to be guarded against by sedulous extirpation. It will also bt found a great improvement, where space will admit of it, to surround tho beda with neat espaliers, with fruit trees, or even gooseberry and currant bushes trained along them, instead of these being suffered to grow in a state of ragged wildness. 1047. TEMPERANCE. "If," ob- serves a writer, " men lived uniformly in a healthy climate, were possessed of strong and vigorous frames, were de- scended from healthy parents, were educated in a hardy and active manner, were possessed of excellent natural dis- positions, were placed in comfortable situations in life, were engaged only in healthy occupations, were happily con- nected in marriage, and kept their pas- sions in due subjection, there would be little occasion for medical rules." All this is very excellent and desirable; but unfortunately for mankind, unat- tainable. 1048. MAN must be something more than man, to be able to connect the dif- ferent links of this harmonious chain to consolidate this summum bonum of earthly felicity into one uninterrupt- ed whole ; for independent of all regu- larity or irregularity of diet, passions, and other sublunary circumstances, con- tingencies, and connections, relative or absolute, thousands are visited by dis- eases and precipitated into the grave, independent of accident, to whom no particular vice could attach, and with whom the appetite never overstepped the boundaries of temperance. Do we not hear almost daily of instances Ot men living near to and even upwards of a century? We cannot account for this either; because of such men we know but few who have lived other- wise than ihe world around them ; and TO-MORROW, LEAVES HIS TITLES FOR A GRAVE. 166 we have known many who have lived in habitual intemperance for forty or fifty years without interruption and with little apparent inconvenience. 3 049. THE assertion has been made by those who have attained a great age (Parr, and Henry Jenkins, forinstance,) that they adopted no particular arts for the preservation of their health ; con- sequently, it might bo inferred that the duration of life has no dependence on manners or customs, or the qualities of particular food. This, however, is an error of no common magnitude. 1050. Labourers, and other hard- working people, more especially those whose occupations require them to be much in the open air, may be consider- ed as following a regulated system of moderation ; and hence the higher de- gree of health which prevails among them and their families. They also observe rules ; and those which it is said were recommended by Old Parr are remarkable for good sense ; namely, " keep your head cool by temperance, your feet warm by exercise ; rise early, and go soon to bed ; and if you are in- clined to get fat, keep your eyes open ami your mouth shut." In other words, sleep moderately, and be ab- stemious in diet; excellent admoni- tions, more especially to those inclined to corpulency. 1051. THE ADVANTAGES to be de- rived from a reg-ular mode of living, with a view to the preservation of health and life, are nowhere better ex- emplified than in the precepts and practice of Plutarch, whose rules for this purpose are excellent ; and by ob- serving them himself, he maintained his bodily strength and mental faculties unimpaired to a very advanced age. Galen is a still stronger proof of the advantages of a regular plan, by means of which he reached the great age of 140 years, without having ever experi- enced disease. His advice to the read- ers of his " Treatise on Health," is as ibllows: "I beseech all persons who shall read this work, not to degrade themselves to a level with the bn tea, or the rabble, by gratifying their sloth, or by eating and drinking promiscuous- ly whatever pleases their palates, or by indulging their appetites if every kind, But, whether they understand physic or not, let them consult their reason, and observe what agrees, and what does not agree with them, that, like wise men, they may adhere to the use of such things as conduce to their health, and forbear everything which, by their own experience, they find to do them hurt ; and let them be assured that, by a diligent observation and practice of this rule, they may enjoy a good share of health, and seldom stand in need of physic or physicians." 1052. CHILDREN. Happy indeed is the child who, during the first period of its existence, is fed upon no other aliment than the milk of its mother, or that of a healthy nurse. If other food becomes necessary before the child has acquired teeth, it ought to be of a liquid form: for instance, biscuits or stale bread boiled in an equal mixture of milk and water, to the consistence of a thick soup ; but by no means even this in the first week of its life. 1053. FLOUR OR MEAL ought never to be used for soup, as it produces viscid humours, instead of wholesome nutricious chyle. 1054. AFTER THE FIRST six MONTHS weak veal or chicken broth may be given, and also, progressively, vegeta- bles that are not very flatulent ; for in- stance, carrots, endive, spinach, pars- nips, with broth and boiled fruit, such as apples, pears, plums, and cherries. 1055. WHEN THE INFANT is WEAN- ED, and has acquired its proper teeth, it is advisable to let it have small portions of meat and other vegetables ; as well as dishes prepared of flour, &c., so that it may gradually become accustomed to eveiy kind of strong and wholesome food. 1056. WE OUGHT, however, to bo cautious, and not upon any account to allow a child pastry, confectionery- cheese, heavy dishes made of boiled ur baked flours, onions, horse-radish. IBU* 166 TO DAY, HIS BEAUTEOUS VISAGE WE EXTOL J tard, smoked and salted meat, especi- ally pork, and all compound dishes ; for the most simple food is the most salubrious. 1057. POTATOES should be allowed only in moderation, and not to be eaten with butter, but rather with other veg- etables, either mashed up or in broth. 1058. THE TIME OF TAKING FOOD is not a matter of indifference : very young infants make an exception ; for, as their consumption of vital power is more rapid, they may be more frequent- ly indulged with aliment. 1059. IT is, however, advisable to accustom even them to a certain regu- larity, so as to allow them their victuals at stated periods of the day ; for it has been observed, that those child- ren which were fed indiscriminately through the whole day, were subject to debility and disease. The stomach should be allowed to recover its tone, and to colle9k the juices necessary for digestion, before it is supplied with a new portion of food. 1060. THE following order of giving food to children has been found proper, and conducive to their health : After rising in the morning, suppose about six o'clock, a moderate portion of luke- warm milk, with well-baked bread, which should by no means be new ; at nine o'clock, bread with some fruit, or, if fruit be scarce, a small quantity of fresh butter : about twelve o'clock, the dinner, of a sufficient quantity; be- tween four and five o'clock, some bread with fruit, or, in winter, the jam of plums, as a substitute for fruit. 1061. ON this occasion, children should be allowed to eat till they are satisfied, without surfeiting- themselves, that they may not crave for a heavy eupper, which disturbs their rest, and is productive of bad humours : lastly, about seven o'clock, they may be per- mitted a light supper, consisting either of milk, soup, fruit, or boiled vegeta- bles and the like, but neither meat nor mealy dishes, nor any article of food which produces flatulency; in short, they ought then to eat but little, and remain awake at least for one hour aftei it. 1062. IT has often been contended that bread is hurtful to children ; but this applies only to new bread, or such as is not sufficiently baked; for in- stance, our rolls, muffins, and crumpets, than which nothing can be more hurt- ful and oppressive. Good wheateu bread is extremely proper during the first years of infancy ; but that made of rye, or a mixture of wheat and rye, would be more conducive to health after the age of childhood. 1063. WITH RESPECT TO DRINK, physicians are decidedly against giving it to children in large quantities, and at irregular periods, whether it consists of the mother's milk, or any other equally mild liquor. 1064. IT is IMPROPER and perni- cious to keep infants continually at the breast; and it would be less hurtful, nay even judicious, to let them cry for a few nights, rather than to fill them incessantly with milk, which readily turns sour on the stomach, weakens the digestive organs, and ultimately generates scrofulous affections. 1065. IN THE LATTER PART OF THE FIRST YEAR, pure water may occasion ally be given; and if this- 1 cannot be procured, a light and well-fermented table-beer might be substituted. Those parents who accustom their children to drink water only, bestow on them a fortune, the value and importance of which will be sensibly felt through life. 1066. MANY children, however, ac- quire a habit of drinking during their meals : it would be more conducive to digestion, if they were accustomed to drink only after having made a meal. This useful rule is too often neglected, though it be certain that inundations of the stomach, during the mastication and maceration of the food, not only vitiate digestion, but they may be at- tended with other bad consequences; as cold drink when brought in contact with the teeth previously heated, mav easily occasion cracks or cMnks ur TO-MORROW, LOATHSOME IK THE SIGHT OK ALL. 167 these useful bones, and pave the way for their carious dissolution. 1067. IF WE INQUIRE into the causes, which produce the crying of infants, we find that it seldom originates from pain or uncomfortable sensations; for those who are apt to imagine that such causes must always operate on the body of an infant, are egregiously mis- taken ; inasmuch as they conceive that the physical condition, together with the method of expressing - sensations, is the same in infants and adults. 1068. IT REQUIRES, however, no de- monstration that the state of the former is essentially different from that of the latter. 1069. IN THE FIRST TEAR OF INFAN- CY, many expressions of the tender or- gans are to be considered only as ef- forts or manifestations of power. 1070. WE OBSERVE, for instance, that a child, as soon as it is undressed or disencumbered from swaddling clothes, moves its arms and legs, and often makes a variety of strong exer- tions ; yet no reasonable person would suppose that such attempts arise from a preternatural or oppressive state of the little agent. 1071. IT is, therefore, equally absurd to draw an unfavourable inference from every inarticulate cry ; because, in most instances, these vociferating sounds imply the effort which children necessarily make to display the strength of their lunge, and exercise the organs of respiration. 107-2. NATURE has wisely ordained that by these very efforts the power and utility of functions so essential to life should be developed, and rendered more perfect with every inspiration. 1073. HENCE it follows, that those aver-anxious parents or nurses, who con- tinually endeavor to prevent infants from crying, do them a material injury; for, by such imprudent management, their children seldom or never acquire a perfect form of the breast, while the foundation is laid in the pectoral vessels for obstructions, and other diseases. 1074. INDEPENDENTLY of any par ticular causes, the cries of children, with regard to their general effects, are highly beneficial and necessary. 1075. IN THE FIRST PERIOD OF LIFE, such exertions are the almost only exercise of the infant : thus the circula- tion of the blood, and all the other fluids, is rendered more uniform ; di- gestion, nutrition, and the growth of the body, are thereby promoted ; and the different secretions, together with the very important office of the skin, or in- sensible perspiration, are duly per- formed. 1076. HENCE it is extremely im- proper to consider every noise of an in- fant as a claim upon our assistance, and to intrude either food or drink, with a view to satisfy its supposed wants. By such injudicious conduct, children readily acquire the injurious habit of demanding things, or nutri- ments, at improper times, and without necessity ; their digestion becomes im- paired ; and consequently, at this early age, the whole mass of the fluids is gradually corrupted. 1077. IF, HOWEVER, the mother or nurse has no recourse to the adminis- tration of aliment, they at least remove the child from its couch, carry it about, frequently in the middle of the night, and thus expose it to repeated colds, which are in their effects infinitely more dangerous than the most violent cries. 1078. WE LEARN from daily experi- ence, that children who have been the least indulged thrive much better, un- fold all their faculties quicker, and acquire more muscular strength and vigour of mind than those who have been constantly favoured, and treated by their parents with the most soli- citous attention : bodily weakness and mental imbecility are the usual attri- butes of the latter. 1079. THE first and principal rule of education ought never to be forgotten; that man is intended to be a free and independent agent ; that his moral aud physical powers ought to be spontane- ously developed ; and that he should a 168 TO-DAY. HE HAS DELUSIVE DREAMS OF HEAVEN soon as possible be made acquainted with the nature and uses of all his fac- ulties, in order to attain that degree of perfection which is consistent with the structure of his organs ; and that he is not originally designed for what we en- deavor to make of him by artificial aid. 1080. HENCE the greatest art in edu- ating children consists in continual vigilance over all their actions, with- out ever giving them an opportunity of discovering that they are guided and watched. 1081. THERE ARE, however, instances in which the loud complaints of infants deserve our attention. 1082. THUS, if their cries be un- usually violent and long continued, we may conclude that they are troubled with colic pains ; if, on such occasions, they move their arms and hands re- peatedly towards the face, painful teeth- ing may account for the cause ; and, if other morbid phenomena accompany their cries, or if these expressions be repeated at certain periods of the day, we ought not to slight them, but en- deavour to discover the proximate or remote causes. 1083. INFANTS cannot sleep too long ; and it is a favourable symptom, when they enjoy a calm and long-continued rest, of which they should by no means be deprived, as this is the greatest sup- port granted to them by nature. 1084. A CHILD lives, comparatively, much faster than an adult; its blood flows more rapidly; every stimulus operates 'more powerfully; and not only its constituent parts, but its vital resources, also, are more speedily con- sumed. 1085. SLEEP promotes a more calm and uniform circulation of the blood ; it facilitates the assimilation of the nu- triment received, and contributes to- wards a more copious and regular de- position of alimentary matter, while the horizontal posture is the most favour- able to the growth and development of the child. 1086. SLEEP ought to be in propor- tion to the age of the infant. After the age of six months, the periods of sleep as well as all other animal functions may in some degree be regulated ; yet even then, a child should be suffered tc sleep the whole night, and several hours both in the morning and in the after- noon. 1087. MOTHERS and nurses should endeavour to accustom infants, from the time of their birth, to sleep in the night preferably to the day, and for this purpose they ought to remove all external impressions which may dis- turb their rest, suck as noise, light, C M but especially not to obey every call for taking them up, and giving food at improper times. 1088. AFTER the second year of their age, they will not instinctively re- quire to sleep in the forenoon, though, after dinner, it may be continued to the third and fourth year of life, if the child shows a particular inclination to repose ; because, till that age, the full half of its time may safely be allotted to sleep. 1089. FROM that period, however, it ought to be shortened for the space of one hour with every succeeding year; so that a child of seven years old may sleep about eight, and not exceeding nine hours; this proportion may be continued to the ag'e of adolescence, and even manhood. 1090. To AWAKEN children from their sleep with a noise, or in an impe- tuous manner, is extremely injudicious and hurtful : nor is it proper to carry them from a dark room immediately into a glaring light, or against a daz- zling wall ; for the sudden impression of light debilitates the organs of vision, and lays the foundation of weak eyes, fram early infancy. 1091. A BED-ROOM, or nursery, ought to be spacious and lofty, dry, airy, and not inhabited through the day. 1092. No SERVANTS, if possible, should be suffered to sleep in the same room, and no Ihen or washed clothei should ever bf hung there to dry, a they contaminate the air in which s* TO-MORROW CRIES TOO LATE TO BE FORGIVEN. 169 considerable, a portion of infantine life must be spent. 1093. THE consequences attending a vitiated atmosphere in such rooms, are various, and often fatal. j.094. FEATHER-BEDS should be ban- ished from nurseries, as they are an unnatural and debilitating contrivance. ]Q95. THE windows should never be opened at night, but left open the whole day, in fine, clear weather. 1096. LASTLY, the bedstead must not be placed too low on the floor ; nor is it proper to let children sleep on a couch which is made without any ele- vation from the ground; because the most mephitic and pernicious stratum of air in an apartment, is that within one or two feet from the floor, while the most wholesome, or atmospheric air, is in the middle of the room, and the inflammable gas ascends to the top. 1097. FAMILY TOOL CHESTS. Much inconvenience and considerable expense might be saved, if it was the general custom to keep in every house certain tools for the purpose of per- forming at home what are called small jobs, instead of being always obliged to send for a mechanic, and pay him for executing little things that, in most cases, could be sufficiently well done by a man or boy belonging to the fami- ly, provided that the proper instruments were at hand. 1098. THE cost of these articles is very trifling, and the advantages of hav- ing them always in the house are far beyond the expense. 1099. FOR instance, there should be an axe, a hatchet, a saw (a large wood-saw, also, with a buck or stand, if wood is burned), a claw-hammer, a mallet, two gimlets of different sizes, two screw-drivers, a chisel, a small plane, one or two jack-knives, a pair of targe scissors or shears, and a carpet- fork or stretcher. ] 100. ALSO an assortment of nails of various sizes, from large spikes down to small tacks, not forgetting brass-headed nails, some larger and some smaller. 1 101 . SCRS ws, likewise, will be found very convenient, and hooks on which to hang things. 1102. THE nails and screws should be kept in a wooden box, made with divisions to separate the various sorts r for it is very troublesome to have them mixed. 1103. AND let care be taken to keep up the supply, lest it should run out unexpectedly, and the deficiency cause delay and inconvenience at a time when their use is wanted. 1104. IT is well to have somewhere in the lower part of the house, a deep, Tight closet, appropriated entirely to tools and things of equal utility, for ex- ecuting promptly such little repairs as convenience may require, without the delay or expense of procuring an arti- san. This closet should have at least one large shelf, and that about three feet from the floor. 1105. BENEATH this shelf may be a deep drawer, divided into two compart- ments. This drawer may contain cakes of glue, pieces of chalk, and balls of twine of different size and quality. 1106. THERE may be shelves at the sides of the % closet for glue-pots, paste- pots, and brushes, pots for black, white, green, and red paints, cans of painting oil, paint-brushes, &c. 1107. AGAINST the wall, above the large shelf, let the tools be suspended, or laid across nails or hooks of proper size to support them. 1108. THIS is much better than keeping them in a box, where they may be injured by rubbing against each other, and the hand may be hurt in feeling among them to find the thing that is wanted. 1109. BUT when hung up against the back wall of the closet, of course each tool can be seen at a glance. 1110. WE have been shown an ex- cellent and simple contrivance for designating the exact places allotted to all these articles in a very complete tool closet. 1111. ON the closet wall, directly under the large nails that eipport the 170 TO-DAY, HE LIVES IX HOPES AS LIGHT AS AIR tools, is drawn with a small brush dip- ped in black paint or ink, an outline representation of the tool or instru- ment belonging to that particular place. 1112. FOR instance, under each saw is sketched the outline of that saw, un- der each gimlet ft sketch of that gimlet, under the screw-drivers are slight drawings of screw-drivers. 1113. So that, w T hen bringing back any tool that has been taken away for use, the exact spot to which it belongs can be found in a moment; and all con- fusion in putting them up and finding them again is thus prevented. 1114. WRAPPING paper may be piled on the floor under the large shelf. It can be bought veiy low by the ream, at the large paper warehouses; and every house should keep a supply of it in several varieties. 1115. FOR instance, coarse brown paper for common purposes, that de- nominated ironmonger's paper, which is strong, thick, and in large sheets, is useful for packing heavy articles ; and equally so for keeping silks, ribbons, blondes, &c., as it preserves their colours. 1116. PRINTED papers .are unfit for wrapping anything, as the printing ink rubs off on the articles enclosed in them and also soils the gloves of the person that carries the parcel. 1117. WHEN shopping, if the person at the counter proceeds to wrap up your purchase in a newspaper (a thing rarely attempted in a genteel shop), refuse to take it in such a cover. 1118. IT is the business of every re- spectable shopkeeper to provide proper paper for this purpose, and printed paper is not proper. 1119. WASTE newspapers had best be used for lighting fires, and singeing 1120. WASTE paper that has been written on, cut into slips, and creased and folded, makes very good alumettes or lamp-lighters. These matters may appear of trifling importance, but order and regularity are necessary to happi- 1121. CHINA AND GLASS WARE. The best material for clean- sing either porcelain or glass-ware, is fullers' earth ; but it must be beaten into a fine powder, and carefully clear- ed from all rough or hard particles, which might endanger the polish of the brilliant surface. 1122. IN cleaning porcelain it must also be observed that some species re- quire more care and attention th;ui others, as every person must have ob- served that china-ware in common use frequently loses some of its co- lours. 1123. THE red, especially of vermil- lion, is the first to go, because that colour, together with some others, is laid on by the Chinese after burning. 1124. THE modern Chinese porce- lain is not, indeed, so susceptible of this rubbing or wearing off, as vegeta- ble reds are now used by them instead of the mineral colour. 1125. MUCH of the red now used in China is actually produced by the anotto extracted from the cuttings of scarlet cloth, which have long formed an ar- ticle of exportation to Canton. 1126. IT ought to be taken for granted that all china or glass-ware is well tempered ; yet a little careful at- tention may not be misplaced, even on that point : for, though ornamental china or glass-ware are not exposed to the action of hot water in common do- mestic use, yet they may be injudici- ously immersed in it for the purpose of cleaning ; and, as articles intended solely for ornament may not be so highly an- nealed as others, without any fraudu lent negligence on the part of the ma- nufacturer, it will be proper never to apply water to them beyond a tepid temperature. 1127. AN ingenious and simple mode of annealing glass has been some time in use by chemists. It consists in im mersing the vessel in cold water, gra- dually heated to the boiling point, and suffered to remain till cold, when it will be fit for use. Should the glass be exposed to a higher temperatmv TO-MOEROW, DIES IN ANGUISH AND DESPAIR. 171 than that of boiling water, it will be necessary to immerse it in oil. 1128. HAVING thus guarded against fractures, we naturally come to the best modes of repairing them when they casually take place, for which pur- pose various mixtures have been pro- posed ; and it will here be sufficient to select only tkpse which excel in neat- ness and facility. 1129. PERHAPS the best cement, both for strength and invisibility, is that made from mastic. The process, indeed, may be thought tedious ; but a sufficient quantity may be made at once to last a lifetime. To an ounce of mastic, add as much highly rectified spirits of wine as will dissolve it. Soak an ounce of isinglass in water until quite soft, then dissolve it in pure rum or brandy, until it forms a strong glue, to which add about a quarter of an ounce of gum ammoniac, well rubbed and mixed. Put the two mixtures to- gether in an earthen vessel over a gentle heat ; when well united, the mixture may be put into a phial and kept well 130. WHEN wanted for use, the bottle must be set in warm water, when the china or glass articles must be also warmed, and tie cement ap- plied. 1131. IT will be proper that the broken surfaces, when carefully fitted, shall be kept in close contact for twelve hours at least, until the cement is fully set ; after which the fracture will be found as secure as any part of the ves- sel, and scarcely perceptible. It may be applied successfully to marbles, and even to metals. ll&J. WHEN not provided with this cement, and in a hurry, the white of an egg, well beaten with quicklime and a email quantity of very old cheese, form an excellent substitute, either for broken china, or old ornamental glass- ware. 1133. IT is also a fact well ascer- tained, that the expressed juice of gar lie is an everlasting cement, leaving no laark of fracture, if neatly done. 8 1134. THESE are fully sufficient for every useful purpose but we may still further observe, in respect to the ce- ment of quicklime, that it may be im proved, if, instead of cheese, we substi- tute the whey produced by boiling- milk and vinegar, separating the curd care- fully, and beating up with half a pint of it, the whites of six eggs, adding the sifted quicklime until it forms a thick paste, which resists both fire and water (See 139, 72, and 254.) 1135. ECONOMY OF FUEL. There is no part of domestic economy which everybody professes to under- stand better than the management ot a fire, and yet there is no branch in the household arrangement where there is a greater proportional and unnecessary waste, than arises from ignorance and mismanagement in this article. 1136. IT is an old adage that we must stir no man's fire until we havo known him seven years ; but we might find it equally prudent if we were care- ful as to the stirring of our own. 1137. ANYBODY, indeed, can take up a poker and toss the coals about : but that is not stirring a fire ! 1138. IN short, the use of a poker applies solely to two particular points the opening of a dying fire, so as to admit the free passage of the air into it, and sometimes, but not always, through it or else approximating the remains of a half-burned fire, so as to concentrate the heat, whilst the parts still ignited are opened to the atmos- phere. 1139. THE same observation may ap- ply to the use of a pair of bellows, the mere blowing of which, at random, nine times out of ten will fail ; the force of the current of air sometimes blowing out the fire, as it is called, that is, car- rying off the caloric too rapidly, and at others, directing the wanned current Vom the unignited fuel, instead of into t. 1140. To prove this, let any person sit down with a pair of bellows, to a Ire only partially ignited, cr partially extinguished; let him blow, at first, no* 172 WHEN ANGRY, COUNT TEX BKFORE YOU SPEAK ; into the burning part, but into the dead coal close to it, BO that the air may partly extend to the burning coal. 1141. AFTER a few blasts, let the bellows blow into the burning fuel, but directing the stream partly towards the dead coal; when it will be found that the ignition will extend much more ra- pidly than under the common method of blowing furiously into the flame at random. 1142. IF the consumer, instead of ordering a large supply of coal at once, will at first content himself with a sample, he may with very little trouble ascertain who will deal fairly with him ; and, if he wisely pays ready money, he will be independent of his coal mer- chant ; a situation which few families, even in genteel life, can boast of. 1143. INDEED, we cannot too often repeat the truth, that to deal for ready money only, in all the departments of domestic arrangement, is the truest economy. 1144. READY money will always com- mand the best and cheapest of every article of consumption, if expended with judgment; and the dealer, who intends to act fairly, will always pre- fer it. 1145. TRUST not him who seems more anxious to give credit than to receive cash. 1146. THE former hopes to secure custom by having a hold upon you in his books; and continues always to make up for his advance, either by an advanced price, or an inferior article; whilst the latter knows that your cus- tom can only be secured by fair deal- ing. 1147. THERE is, likewise, another consideration, as far as economy is con- cerned, which is, not only to buy with ready money, but to buy at proper sea- sons; for there is with every article a cheap season and a dear one ; and with none more than coate: insomuch that the master of a family who fills his coal cellar in the middle of the summer, rather than the beginning of the winter. ' will find it tilled at less expense than it [ would otherwise cost him : and wiil ba enabled to see December's snows falling without feeling his enjoyment of his fireside lessened by the consideration that the cheerful blaze is supplied at twice the rate that it need have done, if he had exercised more foresight. 1 148. WE must now call to the re- collection of our readers that chimneyi often smoke, and that coal is often wasted by throwing too much fuel at once upon a fire. 1149. To pitovE this observation, it is only necessary to remove the super- fluous coal from the top of the grate, when the smoking instantly ceases ; as to the waste, that evidently proceeds from the frequent, intemperate and injudicious use of the poker, which not only throws a great portion of the small coals among the cinders, but often extinguishes the fire it was in- tended to foster. 1150. HEALTH IN YOUTH. Late hours, irregular habits, and want of attention to diet, are common errors with most young men, and these gradually, but at first imperceptibly, undermine the health, and lay the foundation for various forms of disease in after life. It is a very difficult thing to make young persons comprehend this. They frequently sit up as late as twelve, one, or two o'clock, without experiencing any ill effects; they go without a meal to-day, and to-morrow eat to repletion, with only temporary inconvenience. One night they will sleep three or four hours, and the next nine or ten; or one night, in their eagerness to get away into some agree- able company, they will take no food at all ; and the next, perhaps, will eat a hearty supper, and go to bed upon it. These, with various other irregularities, are common to the majority of young men, and are, as just stated, the cause of much bad health in mature life. Indeed, nearly all the shattered consti- tutions with which too many are cursed, are the result of a disregard to the plainest precepts of health in early life. IF VERY ANGRY, A HUNDRED. 173 1151. A WIFE'S POWER. The power of a wife for good or evil, is irresistible. Home must be the seat of happiness, or it must be for ever unknown. A good wife is to a man, wisdom, and courage, and strength, and endurance. A bad one is confusion, weakness, discomfiture, and despair. No condition is hopeless where the wife possesses firmness, decision, and economy. There is no outward pros- perity which can counteract indolence, extravagance, and folly at home. No spirit can long endure bad domestic influence. Man is strong, but his heart is not adamant. He delights in enter- prise and action; but to sustain him he needs a tranquil mind, and a whole heart. He needs his moral force in the conflicts of the world. To recover his equanimity and composure, home must be to him a place of repose, of peace, of cheerfulness, of comfort ; and his soul renews its strength again, and goes forth with fresh vigour to en- counter the labour and troubles of life. But if at home he finds no rest, and is there met with bad temper, sullenness, or gloom, or is assailed by discontent or complaint, hope vanishes, and he sinks into despair. % 1152. ADVICE TO WIVES. A wife must learn how to form her hus- band's happiness, in what direction the secret lies; she must not cherish his weaknesses by working upon them; she must not rashly run counter to his prejudices ; her motto must be, never to irritate. She must study never to draw largely on the small stock of patience in a man's nature, nor to increase his obstinacy by trying to drive him ; never, never, if possible, to have scenes. We doubt much if a real quarrel, even made up, does not loosen the bond between man and wife, and sometimes, unless the affection of both be very sincere, lastingly. If irritation should occur, a woman must expect to hear from most men a strength and vehemence of language far more than the occasion requires. Mild, as well as stern men, are prone to this exaggera- tion of language ; let not a woman bo tempted to say anything sarcastic or violent in retaliation. The bitterest repentance must needs follow if she do. Men frequently forget what they h,?e said, but seldom what is uttered by their wives. They are grateful, too, for forbearance in such cases; for, whilst asserting most loudly that they are right, they are often conscious that they are wrong. Give a little time, as the greatest boon you can bestow, to the irritated feelings of your husband. 1153. COUNSELS FOR THE YOUNG. Never be cast down by trifles. If a spider break his thread twenty times, twenty times will he mend it again. Make up your minds to do a thing and you will do it. Fear not if a trouble comes upon you; keep up your spirits, though the day be a dark one. If the sun is going down, look up to the stars. If the earth is dark, keep your eye on Heaven ! With God's promises, a man or a child may be cheerful. Mind what you run after ! Never be content with a bubble that will burst, firewood that will end in smoke and darkness. Get that which you can keep, and which is worth keep- ing. Fight hard against a hasty temper Anger will come, but resist it strongly. A fit of passion may give you cause to mourn all the days of your life. Never revenge an injury. If you have an enemy, act kindly to him and make him your friend. You may not win him over at onoe, but try again. Let one kindness be followed by an- other, till you have compassed your end. By little and little, great things are completed ; and repeated kindness will soften the heart of stone. What- ever you do, do it willingly. A boy that is whipped to school never learna his lessons well. A man who is com- pelled to work cares not how badly it is performed. He that pulls off his coat cheerfully, strips up his sleeves ii: earnest, and sings while he works, ife the man of action. 1154. SALLY LUNN T EA CAKES. Take one pint of milk quite warm, a 174 THE fOOR MAN FASTS BECAUSE HE HAS NO MEAT ; quarter of a pint of thick, small-beer yeast: put them into a pan with flour sufficient to make it as thick as batter, cover it over, and let it stand till it has risen as high as it will, i.e., about two hours: add two ounces of lump sugar, dissolved in a quarter of a pint of warm milk, a quarter of a pound of butter rubbed into your flour very fine, then make your dough the same as for French rolls, &e. ; let it stand half an hour : then make up your cakes, and put them on tins : when they have stood to rise, bake them in a quick oven. Care should be taken never to put your yeast to water or milk too hot, or too cold, as either extreme will destroy the fermen- tation. IB summer it should be luke- warm, in winter a little warmer, and in very cold weather, warmer still. When it has first risen, if you are not prepared, it will not hurt to stand an hour. 1155. FRENCH BREAD AND ROLLS. Take a pint and a half of milk ; make it quite warm ; half a pint of small-beer yeast ; add sufficient flour to make it as thick as batter ; put it into a pan ; cover it over, and keep it warm ; w y hen it has risen as high as it will, add a quarter of a pint of warm water, and half an ounce of salt, mix them well together, rub into a little flour two ounces of butter ; then make your dough, not quite so stiff as for your bread ; let it stand for three quar- ters of an hour, and it will be ready to make into rolls, &c. : let them stand till they have risen, and bake them in a quick oven-. 1156. RULES FOR THE PRE- SERVATION OF HEALTH. 1157. PUBE atmospheric air is com- posed of nitrogen, oxygen, and a very small proportion of carbonic acid gas. Air once breathed has lost the chief part of its oxygen, and acquired a proportionate increase of carbonic acid gas. 1158. Therefore, health requires that w r e breathe the same air once only. 1159. THE solid part of our bodies are continually wasting, and requirei to be repaired by fresh substances. 1160. Therefore, food, which is to re- pair the loss, should be taken with duo regard to the exercise and waste of the body. 1161. THE fluid part of our bodies also wastes constantly; there is but one fluid in animals, which is water. 1162. Therefore, water only is neces- sary, and no artifice can produce a better drink. 1163. THE fluid of our bodies is to the solid in proportion as nine to one. 1164. Therefore, a like proportion should prevail in the total amount of food taken. 1165. LIGHT exercises an important influence upon the growth and vigour of animals and plants. 1166. Therefore, our dwellings should freely admit the solar rays. 1167. DECOMPOSING animal and veg- etable substances yield various noxious gases, which enter the lungs and cor- rupt the blood. 1168. Therefore, all impurities should be kept away from our abodes, and every precaution be observed to secure a pure atmosphere. 1169.*VARMTH is essential to all the bodily functions. 1170. Therefore, an equal bodily tem- perature should be maintained by exer- cise, by clothing, or by fire. 1171. EXERCISE warms, invigorates, and purifies the body; clothing pre- serves the warmth the body generates; fire imparts warmth externally. 1172. Therefore, to obtain and pre- serve warmth, exercise and clothing are preferable to fire. 1173. FIRE consumes the oxygen of the air, and produces noxious gases. 1174. Therefore, the air is less pure in the presence of candles, gas, or coal fire, than otherwise, and the deteriora- tion should be repaired by increased ventilation. 1175. THE skin is a highly-organized membrane, full of minute pores, cells, blood-vessels, and nerves; it imbibes moisture or throws it off, according to THE POOR MAN FASTS BECAUSE HE HAS NO MEAT | 175 the state of tho atmosphere and the temperature of the body. It also " breathes," as do the lungs (though less actively). All the internal organs sympathise with the skin. 1 176. Therefore, it should be repeat- edly cleansed. 1177. LATE hours and anxious pur- suits exhaust the nervous system, and produce disease and premature death. 1178. Therefore, the hours of labour and study should be short. 1179. MENTAL and bodily exercise are equally essential to the general health and happiness. 1130. Therefore, labour and study should succeed each other. 1181. MAN will live most healthily upon simple solids and fluids, of which a sufficient but temperate quantity should be taken. 1182. Therefore, strong drinks, tobac- co, snuff, opium, and all mere indulgen- ces should be avoided. 1183. SUDDEN alternations of heat and cold are dangerous (especially to the young and the aged). 1184. Therefore, clothing, in quantity and quality, should be adapted to the alterations of night and day, and of the seasons. 1185. And, therefore, also, drinking cold water when the body is hot, and hot tea and soups when cold, are pro- ductive of many evils. 1186. MODERATION in eating and drinking, short hours of labour and study, regularity in exercise, recrea- tion, and rest, cleanliness, equanimity of temper and equality of temperature, these are the great essentials to that which surpasses all wealth, health of mind and body. 1187. USE OF LIME- WATER IN MAKING BREAD. It has lately been found that water saturated with lime produces in bread the same white- ness, softness and capacity of retaining moisture, as results from the use of alum; while the former removes all acidity from the dcugh, and supplies an ingredient needed in the structure of the bones tut which is defir.entin the cerealia. The best proportion to use is, five pounds of water saturated with lime, to every nineteen pounds of flour. No change is required in the process of baking. The lime most effectually coagulates the gluten, and the bread weighs well ; bakers must therefore approve of its introduction, which is not injurious to the system, like alum, &c. 1188. SPECIAL RULES FOR THE PREVENTION OF CHOLERA. 1189. WE urge the necessity, in all cases of cholera, of an instant recourse to medical aid, and also under every form and variety of indisposition : for all disorders are found to merge in the dominant disease. 1190. LET immediate relief be sought under disorder of the bowels especially, however slight. The invasion of chol- era may thus be readily prevented. 1191. LET every impurity, animal and vegetable, be quickly removed to a distance from the habitations, such as slaughter-houses pig-sties, cesspools, necessaries, and all other domestic nuisances. 1192. LET all uncovered drains be carefully and frequently cleansed. 1193. LET the grounds in and around the habitations be drained, BO as effectually to carry off moisture of every kind. 1194. LET all partitions be re- moved from within and without habi- tations, which unnecessarily impede ventilation. 1195. LET every room be daily thrown open for the admission of fresh air; this should be done about noon, when the atmosphere is most likely to be dry. 1196. LET dry scrubbing be used in domestic cleansing in place of water cleansing. 1197. LET excessive fatigue, and exposure to damp and cold, especially during the night be avoided 1198. LET the use of cold drinks and acid liquors, especially under fatigue, be avoided, or when tho body is heated. 1199. LET the use of cold acid fruits and vegetables be avoided. 176 THE RICH MAN FASTS BECAUSE HE WILL NOT EAT. 1200. LET excess in the use of ar- dent an 1 fere lented liquors and tobac- co be avoided. 1201. LET a poor diet, and the use of impure water in cooking, or for drinking, be avoided. 1202. LET the wearing of wet and insufficient clothes be avoided. 1203. LET a flannel or woollen 'belt be worn round the belly. 1204. LET personal cleanliness be carefully observed. 1205. LET every ca:se tending to depress the moral anc physical ener- gies be carefully avoided. Let expo- sure to extremes of heat and cold be avoided. 1206. LET crowding- of persons with- in houses and apartments be avoided. 1207. LET sleeping in low o* iamp rooms be avoided. 1208. LET fires be kept u t uuring the night in sleeping or adjoining apart- ments, the night being the period of most danger from attack, especially under exposure to cold or damp. 1209. LET all bedding and clothing be daily exposed during winter and spring to the fire, and in summer to the heat of the sun. 1210. LET the dead be buried in places remote from the habitation of the living. By the timely adoption of simple means such as these, cholera or other epidemic will be made to lose its venom. 1211. ETIQUETTE OF THE NEWLY MARRIED. A newly mar- ried couple send out cards immediately after the - ceremony, to their friends and acquaintance, who, on their part, return either notes or cards of congrat ulaticn on the event. As soon as the lady is settled in her new home, she may expect the calls of her acquaint- ance ; for which it is not absolutely necessary to remain at home, although politeness requires that they should be returned as soon as possible. But, having performed this, any further in- tercourse may be avoided (where it is deemed necessary ) by a police refusa of invitations. Where card are to be eft, the number must be determined according to the various members of which the family called upon is com- posed. For instance, where there are ;he mother, aunt, and daughters (tht atter having been introduced to so- ciety ), three cards should be left. See 2865. 1212 DISEASES. For the proper Remedies and their Doses ace "Prescriptions," 1273. 1213. IT should be clearly under- stood, that in all cases of disease, the advice of a skilful physician is of the first importance. It is not, therefore, ntended by the following information to supersede the important and neces- sary practice of the medical man ; but rather, by exhibiting the treatment re- quired, to show in what degree his aid is imperative. In cases, however, where the disorder may be simple and transient, or in which remote residence, or other circumstance may deny the privilege of medical attendance, the following particulars will be found of the utmost value. Moreover, the hints given upon what should be AVOIDED will be of great service to the patient since the physiological is no less im- portant than the medical treatment of disease. 1214. APOPLEXY. Immediate and large bleeding from the arm, cupping at the back of the neck, leeches to the temples, aperients No. 1 and 7, one or two drops of croton oil rubbed or drop- ped on the tongue. Avoid excesses, intemperance, animal food. 1215. BILE, BILIOUS, OR LIVER COMPLAINTS. Abstinence from ma' 4 liquors, cool homoeopathic cocoa for drink, no tea or coffee, few vegetables, and little bread ; bacon in a morning, and well cooked fresh animal food once a day, No. 59 and 60. 1216. CHICKEN Pox. Mild aperu ents No. 4, succeeded by No. 7 ; No. 8, if much fever accompany the eruption. 1217. CHILBLAINS. Warm, dry, woollen clothing to exposed parts in cold weather, as a preventive. In the first stage, frictions with No. 63, uee THE MISER FASTS WITH GREEDY MIND TO SPARE ; 177 cold. When ulcers form they should be poulticed with bread and water for a Jay or two and then dressed with calamine cerate. 1218. COMMON CONTINUED FE- VER. Aperients in the commencement No. 1, followed bj No. 7 ; then refriger- ants No. 8, and afterwards tonks No. 16, in the stage of weakness. Avoid all excesses. 1219. COMMON COUGH. The linctus No. 57 or No. 58, abstinence from malt liquor, and cold damp air. Avoid cold, damp, and draughts. 1220. CONSTIPATION. The observ- ance of a regular period of evacuating the bowels, which is most proper in a morning after breakfast. The use of mild aperients, No. 62, brown instead of white bread. Avoid too much dry and stimulating food, wine, and opium. 1221. CONSUMPTION. The disease may be complicated with various mor- bid conditions of the lungs and heart, which require appropriate treatment. To allay the cough, No. 57 is an admira- ble remedy. Avoid cold, damp, excite- ment, and over exertion. 1222. CONVULSIONS (CHILDREN). If during teething, free lancing of the gums, the warm bath, cold applications to the head, leeci. J to the temples, an emetic, and a laxatu clyster, No. 24. 1223. CROUP. Leeches to the throat, with hot fomentations as long as the attack lasts, the emetic No. 19, afterwards the aperient No. 5. Avoid cold and damp. 1224. DROPSY. Evacuate the water by means of No. 11. 1225. EPILEPSY. If accompanied 5r produced by a fulness of the vessels of the head, leeches to the temples, blis- ters, and No. 1 and No. 7. If from de- bility or confirmed epilepsy, the mix- ure No. 22. Avoid drinking and ex- citement. 1226. ERUPTIONS ox THE FACK. The owder No. 34 internallv, sponging the ace with the lotion No. 35. Avoid ex- cesses ixi diet. 1227. EFYSIPELAS. Aperients, if tho pati/ nt bo Hrong, No 1, followed by No. 7 ; then tonics No. 31. No. 31 from the commencement in weak sub jects. 1228. FAINTNESS Effusion of cold water on the face, stimulants to th nostrils, pure air, and the recumbent position, afterwards avoidance of the exciting cause. Avoid excitement. 1229. FROST-BITE AND FROZEN LIMBS. No heating or stimulating liquors must be given. Rub the parts affected with ice, cold or snow water, and lay the patient on a cold bed. 1230. GOUT. The aperients No. 1, followed by No. 28, bathing the parts with gin and water; for drink, weak tea or coffee. Warmth by flannels. Avoid wines, spirits, and animal food. 1231. GRAVEL. No. 5, followed by No. 7 ; the free use of magnesia as an aperient. The pill No. 26. Avoid fermented drinks, nard water. 1232. HOOPING COUGH. Hooping cough may be complicated with con- gestion, or inflammation of the lunga, or convulsions, and then becomes a serious disease. If uncomplicated, No. 58. 1233. HYSTERICS. The fit may be prevented by the administration of thirty drops of laudanum, and as many of aether. When it has taken place open the windows, loosen the tight parts of the dress, sprinkle cold water on the face, &c. A glass of wine or cold water when the patient can swal- low. Avoid excitement and tight lacing. 1234. INDIGESTION. The pills, No 2, with the mixture No. 22, at the same time abstinence from veal, pork, mac- kerel, salmon, pastry and beer ; fur drink, homoeopathic cocoa, a glass of cold spring water the first thing every morning. Avoid excesses. 1235. INFLAMMATION OP THK BLADDER. Bleeding, aperients No. 5 and No. 7, the warm bath, afterwards opium; the pill No. 12 three times a day till relieved. Avoid fermenteu liquors, &c. 1236. INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS. Leeches, blisters, foment* 178 THE GLUTTON FASTS PO KAT TilK GREATER SHARE. tions, iced-drinks, the pills No. 23; move the bowels with clysters, if ne- cessary, No. 24. Avoid cold, indigest- ible food, &c. 1237. INFLAMMATION OP THE BRAIN. Application of cold to the head, bleed- ing from the temples or back of the neck by leeches or cupping ; aperients No. 1 followed by No. 7. Mercury to salivation No. 18. Avoid excitement, tudy, intemperance. 1238. INFLAMMATION OF THE KIDNEYS. Bleeding from the arm, leeches over the seat of pain, aperients No. 5, fol- lowed by No. 7, the warm bath. Avoid violent exercise, rich living. 1239. INFLAMMATION OF THE LIVER. Leeches over the right side, the seat of pain, blisters, aperients No. 1, followed by No. 7, afterwards the pills No. 23, till tbe gums are slightly tender. Avoid cold, damp, intemperance, and anxiety. 1240. INFLAMMATION OF THE LUNGS. Bleeding from the arm, or over the painful part of the chest by leeches succeeded by a blister ; the de- mulcent mixture No. 17 to allay the cough, with the powders No. 18. Avoid cold, damp, and draughts. 1241. INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH. Leeches to the pit of the stomach, followed by fomentations, cold iced water for drink, bowels to be evacuated by clysters ; abstinence from all food except cold gruel, milk and water or tea. Avoid excesses, and con- diments. 1242. INFLAMMATORY SOEE THROAT. Leeches and blisters exter- nally, aperients No. 1, followed by No. 7 gargle, to- clear the throat No. 20. Avoid cold, damp, and draughts. 1243. INFLAMED EYES. The bowels to be regulated by No. 5, a small blister behind the ear or on the nape of the neck the eyes to be bathed with No. 39. 1244. INFLUENZA. No. 4, as an aperient and diaphoretic. No. 17, to allay fever and cough. No. 31, as a tonic, when weakness only remains. Avoid cold and damp, use clothing suit- ed to the change of temperature. 1245. INTERMITTENT FEVER OR AGUE. Take No. 16 during the inter- mission of the paroxysm of the fever; keeping bowels free with a wine-glass of No. 7. Avoid bad air, stagnant pools, &c. 1246. ITCH. The ointment of No. 32, or Jotion No. 33. 1247. JAUNDICE. The pills No. 1, afterwards the mixture No. 7, drinking freely of dandelion tea. 1248. LOOSENESS OF THE BOW- ELS, ENGLISH CHOLERA. One pill No. 23, repeated if necessai y ; afterwards the mixture No. 25. Avoid unripe fruits, acid drinks, gim ,er beer ; wrap flannel around the abd'/men. 1249. MEASLES. A well ventilated room, aperients No. 4, with No. 17, to allay the cough ar JL fever. 1250. MENSTRUATION (EXCESSIVE). No. 47 during the attack, with rest in the recumbent position ; in the inte* vals, No. 46. 1251. MENSTRUATION (SCANTY). In strong patients, cupping the loing. exercise in the open air, the feet in warm water before the expected per- iod, the pills No. 45 ; in weak subjects, No. 46. Gentle and regular exercise. Avoid hot rooms, and too much sleep. 1252. MENSTRUATION (PAINFUL). No. 48 during the attack, in the inter vals No. 45 twice a week, with No. 46. Avoid cold, mental excitement, &c. 1253. MU3IPS. Fomentation with a decoction of chamomile, and poppy heads ; No. 4, as an aperient, and No. 9, during the stage of fever. Avoid cold and attend to the regularity of the the bowels. 1254. NERVOUSNESS. Cheerful so- ciety, early rising, exercise in the open air, particularly on horseback, and No. 15. Avoid excitement, study, and late meals. 1255. PALPITATION OF THE HEART. The pills No. 2, with the mixture No. 15. 1256. PILES. The paste No. 38, a* the same time a regulated diet. 1257. QUINSEY. A blister applied WHEN IN MOTION, TO PUSH ON IS EASY. 179 all round the throat ; an emetic No. 19, commonly succeeds in breaking the ab- scess, afterwards the gargle No. 20. Avoid cold and damp. 1258. RHEUMATISM, Bathe the af- fected parts with No. 27, and take in- ternally No. 28, with No. 29 at bed- time to ease pain, &c. Avoid damp and cold, wear flannel. 1259. PUCKETS. The powders No. 37, a dry, pure atmosphere, a nourish- ing diet. 1260. RINGWORM. The lotion No. 36, with the occasional use of the pow- der No. 5. Fresh air and cleanliness. 1261. SCARLET FEVER. Well venti- lated room, sponging the body when hot with cold or tepid vinegar, or spirit and water; aperients, No. 4; refrigerants, No. 8. If dropsy succeed the disap- pearance of the eruption, frequent purging with No. 5, succeeded by No. 7. 1262. SCROFULA. Pure air, light but warm clothing, diet of fresh animal food ; bowels to be regulated by No. 6, and No. 30, taken regularly for a considerable time. 1263. SCURVY. Fresh animal and vegetable food, and the free use of ripe fruits and lemon juice. Avoid cold and damp. 1264. SMALL Pox. A well ventila- ted apartment, mild aperients, if fever be present, No. 7> succeeded by refrig- erants No. 8, and tonics No. 16, in the stage of debility, or decline of the eruption. 1265. ST.VITUS'S DANCE. The oc- casional use in the commencement of No. 5, followed by No. 7, afterwards No. 61. 1266. THRUSH. One of the powders No. 6 every other night, in the inter- vals a dessert spoonful of the mixture No. 22 three times a day ; white spots to be dressed with the honey of borax. 1267. Tic DOLOREUX. Regulate the bowels with No. 3, and take in the in- tervals of pain No. 31. Avoid cold, damp, and mental anxiety. 1268. TOOTH- ACHE. Continue the Ofle of No. 3 for a few alten*te days. 8* Apply liquor ammonia to reduce the pain, and when that is accomplished, fill the decayed spots with silver suc- cedaneum without delay, or the pain will return. (See 142.) 1269. TYPHUS FEVER. Sponging the body with cold or tepid water, a well ventilated apartment, col'd applications to the head and temples. Aperients No. 4, with refrigerants No. 9, tonics No. 16, in the stage of debility. 1270. WATER ON THE BRAIN. Local bleeding by means of leeches, blisters, aperients No. 5, and mercurial medi- cines No. 18. 1271. WHITES. The mixture No. 43, with the injection No. 44. Clothing light, but warm, moderate exercise in the open air, country residence. 1272. WORMS IN THE INTESTINES. The aperient No. 5, followed by No. 7, afterwards the free use of lime water and milk in equal parts, a pint daily Avoid unwholesome food. 1273. PRESCRIPTIONS. To be used in the Cases enumerated i.ndtr the head "Diseases," 1219. 1274. The following prescriptions, originally derived from various Prescrib- ers' Pharmacopoeias, embody the favor- ite remedies employed by the most em- inent physicians: 1. Take of powdered rhubarb and chloride of mercury each four grains ; syrup of ginger, sufficient to make two pills ; at bedtime ; in fevers and inflam- mations. 2. Powdered rhubard, socotrine al- oes, and gum mastiche, each one scru- ple ; make into twelve pills ; one before and one after dinner. 3. Compound extract of colocynth, extract of jalap, and Castile soap, of each one scruple ; make into twelve pills. 4. James's powder, five grains ; calo- mel, three grains ; in fevers. 5. Calomel, three grains ; compound powder of scammony, twelve grains ; in worms and tumid belly in children. 6. Powdered rhubarb, four grains ; mercury and chalk, three grains ; gin 180 THE HYPOCRITE WILL FAST TO SEEM MORE HOLY J ger in powder, one grain ; an altera- tive aperient lor children. 7. Dried sulphate of magnesia, six drams ; sulphate of soda, three drams ; infusion of senna, seven ounces; tinc- ture of jalep, and compound tincture of cardamoms, ea^h half an ounce; in acute diseases generally ; take two tblespoonfuls every four hours, till it operates freely. 8. Nitrate of potass, one dram and a half; spirits of nitric sether, half an ounce ; camphor mixture, and the spirit of mindererus, each four ounces ; in fevers, &c. ; two tablespoonfuls three times a day. 9. Spirit of nitric aether, three drams ; dilute nitric acid, two drams; syrup, three drams ; camphor mixture, seven ounces; in fevers, &c., with debility, dose as last. 10. Spirit of mindererus and camphor mixture, each three ounces and a half; wine of antimony, one dram and a half; wine of ipecacuanha, one dram and a half; syrup of Tolu, half an ounce; dose as last. 11. Decoction of broom, half a pint; cream of tartar, one ounce ; tincture of squills, two drams ; in dropsies, a third part three times a day. 12. Pills of soap and opium, five grains for a dose as directed. 13. Compound powder of ipecacuan- ha, seven to twelve grains for a dose, as directed. 14. Battley's solution of opium, from ten to forty drops ; camphor mixture, an ounce and a half; in a draught at bedtime.' 15. Ammoniated tincture of valerian, six drams ; camphor mixture, seven ounces ; a fourth part three times a day ; in spasmodic and hysterical disorders. 16. Disulpbate of quina, half a dram; dilute sulphuric acid, twenty drops ; compound infusion of roses, eight ounces; two tablespoonfuls every four hours, in intermittent fever, during the absence of (he paroxysm. 17. Almond m'xture, seven ounces and a half : wine of antimony and ipe- cacuanha, of each, ">ne dram .and a half; a tablespoonful every four hours, in cough with fever, &c. 18. Calomel, one grain; powdered white sugar, two grains; to make a powder to be placed on the tongue every two or three hours. 19. Antimony and ipecacuanha, wines of each an ounce ; a teaspoonful every ten minutes till it vomits. 20. Compound infusion of roses, seven ounces; tincture of myrrh, one ounce. 21. Decoction of bark, six ounces ; aromatic confection, one dram; tincture of opium, five drops. 22. Infusion of orange peel, seven ounces ; tincture of hops, half an ounce ; and a dram of carbonate of soda two tablespoonfuls twice a day. 23. Blue pill, four grains ; opium, half a grain : to be taken three times a day. 24. FOE A CLYSTER. A pint and a half of gruel or fat broth, a tablespoon- ful of castor oil, one of common salt, and a lump of butter ; mix, to be in- jected slowly. 25. Chalk mixture, seven ounces ; aromatic and opiate confection, of each one dram; tincture of catechu, six drams; two table spoonfuls every two hours. 26. Carbonate of soda, powdered rhubarb and Castile soap, each one dram ; make thirty-six pills ; three twice a day. 27. LOTION. Common salt, one ounce ; distilled water, seven ounces ; spirits of wine, one ounce ; mix. 28. Dried sulphate of magnesia, six drams; heavy carbonate of magnesia, two drams ; wine of colchicum, two drams; water, eight ounces; take two tablespoonfuls every four hours. 29. Compound powder of ipecacu- anha, eight grains ; powdered guaia- cum, four grains ; in a powder at bed- time. 30. Brandish's solution of potash thirty drops twice a day in a wineglass of beer. 31. Disulphate of quina, half a drf-m j dilute sulphuric acid, ten drops; coin THE RIGHTEOUS MAN TO PUNISH SIN AND FOLLY. 181 pound infusion of roses, eight ounces ; two tab! ijspoonfuls every four hours, and as a tonic in a stage of weakness succeeding fever. 32. Flowers of sulphur, two ounces; hog's lard, four ounces; white helle- bore nowder, half an ounce ; oil of laven- der, nixty drops. 33. Hydriodate of potass two drams ; distilled water, eight ounces. 34. Flowers of sulphur, half a dram ; carbonate of soda, a scruple ; tartarized antimony, one-eighth of a grain : one powder, night and morning, in erup- tions of the skin or face. 35. Milk of bitter almonds, seven ounces ; bichloride of mercury, four grainp ; spirits of rosemary, one ounce ; bathe the eruption with this lotion three times a day. 36. Sulphate of zinc, two scruples ; sugar of lead, fifteen grains ; distilled water, six ounces; the parts to be washed with the lotion two or three times a day. 37. Carbonate of iron, six grains; powdered rhubarb, four grains; one powder night and morning. 38. Elecampane powder, two ounces ; sweet fennel seed powder, three ounces; black pepper powder, one ounce ; puri- fied honey and brown sugar, of each two ounces; the size of a nutmeg, two or three times a day. 39. Sulphate of zinc^ twelve grains ; wine of opium, one dram ; rose water six ounces 40. Common salt, one ounce ; water, four ounces ; spirits of wine and vine- gar, each two ounces ; the parts to be bathed or rubbed with this lotion fre- quently. 41. Spirits of wine and distilled vin- egar, each one ounce ; rose water, six ounces ; the parts to be kept constantly damp with the lotion. 42. Linseed oil and lime water, equal parts: anoint the injured parts fre- quently with * feather. 43 Sulphate of magnesia, six drams ; sulphate of iron, ten grains^ dilute sul- phuric acid, forty drops tincture of cardajnoins, (compound,) half an ounce ; water, seven ounces ; a fourth part night and morning. 44. Decoction of oak bark, a pint ; dried alum, half an ounce; for an injec- tion, a syringeful to be used night and morning. 45. Compound gamboge pill, and a pill of assafcetida and aloes, of each halfr a dram; make twelve pills, two twice or three times a week. 46. Griffith's mixture one table- spoonful three times a day. 47. Ergot of rye, five grains ; in a powder, to be taken every four hours. 48. Powdered opium, half a grain; camphor, two grains ; in a pill, to be taken every three or four hours whilst in pain. 49. Balsam of copaiba, half an ounce ; powdered cubebs, half an ounce ; solu- tion of potass, three drams ; pow- dered acacia, two drams ; laudanum, twenty drops; cinnamon water, seven ounces ; one tablespoonful three times a day. 50. Tartarized antimony, two grains ; sulphate of magnesia, six drams ; nitrate of potass, one dram ; compound tinc- ture of cardamoms, half an ounce ; water, eight ounces. 51. Lime water, two ounces ; calomel, one scruple ; make a lotion, to be ap- plied by means of soft lint. 52. Blue pill, five grains ; powdered opium, half a grain ; two pills at night, and one in the morning. 53. Biniodide of mercury, two grains; bydriodate of potass, one dram ; extract of sarsaparilla, one ounce ; water, eight ounces ; one tablespoonful three time* a day. 54. Sulphate of zinc, twenty-four grains in a wine glass of water, to be given for an emetic, and repeated if ne- cessary. 55. Dill water, one and a half ounces, volatile tincture of valerian, twenty drops; tincture of cartor, one drari; spirits of sulphuric aether, twenty droj-s ; make a draught to be taken thiee times a day. 56. Syrup of poppies, oxymel of squills, of each one ounce ; Kolution of 182 NEVER WALK ONE WAT AND LOOK ANOTHER. potash, two drains ; a teaspoonful fre- quently. 57. Syrup of balsam of Tolu, two ounces ; the muriate of morphia, two grains ; muriatic acid, twenty drops ; a teaspoonful twice a day. 58. Salts of tartar, two scruples twenty grains of powdered cochineal 4 Ib. of honey ; water, half a jJint oil and give .a teaspoonful three times day. 59. Calomel, ten grains ; castile soap extract of jalap, extract of colocynth, of each one scruple ; oil of juniper, ten drops; make into eighteen pills and take two at bedtime occasionally. 60. Infusion of orange peel, eight ounces ; carbonate of soda, one dram ; and compound tincture of cardamoms half an ounce ; take two large teaspoon- fuls twice the day succeeding the pill. 61. Carbonate of iron, three ounces ; syrup of ginger, sufficient to make an electuary ; a teaspoonful three times a day. 62. Take of castile soap, compound extract of colocynth, compound rhu- barb pill, and the extract of jalap, of each one scruple ; oil of carraway, ten drops ; make into twenty pills, and take one after dinner every day whilst neces- sary. 63. Spirits of rosemary five parts, spirits of wine, or 'spirits of turpentine, one part. 1275. USEFUL RECEIPTS. 1276. OINTMENT FOR SCURF IN THE HEADS OF INFANTS. Lard, two ounces; sulphuric acid, diluted, two drams ; rub .them together, and anoint the head once a day. 1277. RANCID BUTTER. This may be restored by melting it in a water bath, with some coarsely powdered animal charcoal (which has been thor- oughly sifted from dust), and strained through flannel. ]-278. REMEDY FOR BLISTERED FEET FROM LONG WALKING. Rub the feet, at going to bed, with spirits mixed with tallow dropped from a lighted candle into the pain? of the 1279. AN EASY METHOD OF EXTER, MINATING RATS AND MlCE. Mix powdered nux vomica with oatmeal, and lay it in their haunts, observing proper precaution to prevent accidents. Another method is, to mix oatmeal with a little powdered phosphorus. 1280. WASH FOR A BLOTCHED FACE. Rose water, three ounces ; sul- phate of zinc, one dram. Mix. Wet the face with it, gently dry it, and then touch it over with cold cream, which also dry gently off 1281. OIL OF ROSES FOR THE HAIR. Olive oil, two pints ; otto of roses, one dram ; oil of roaemary, one dram. Mix. It may be coloured red by steeping a little alkanet root in the oil (with heat) before scenting it. 1282. CURE FOR CHAFFED HANDS. Instead of washing the hands with soap employ oatmeal, aa-1 after each washing take a little dry oatmeal, and rub over the hands, so as x> absorb any moisture. 1283. To PREVENT THE SMOKING OF A LAMP. Soak the wick in strong vinegar, and dry it well before you use it ; it will then burn both sweet and pleasant, and give much satisfaction for the trifling trouble taken in prepar- "ng it. 1284. DR BIRT DAVIES' GOUT MIX- TURE. Wine of Colchicum, one ounce ; spirit of nitrous ether, one ounce; odine of potassium, two scruples ; dia milled water, two ounces. Mix. A tea- spoonful in carnmomile tea two or three ;imes a day. 1285. To RENDER LINEN, &c., in- COMBUSTIBLE. All linen, cotton, mug- ins, c., &c.,when dipped in a solution of the pure vegetable alkali at a gravity of from 124 to 130 (taking water at the gravity of 100) become incombus- ible. 1286. To TAKE GREASE OUT OF VELVET OR CLOTH. Get some tur- >entine and pour it over the place that s greasy ; rub it till quite dry with a >iece of clean flannel ; if the grease be ot quite removed, repeat the applica- tion, and when done, brush the place PLAIN WOttDS MAKE THE MOST ORNAMENTAL SENTENCES. 183 well, and hang up the garment in the open air to take away the smell. 1287. DK. BABINGTON'S MIXTURE FOR INDIGESTION. Infusion of calum- ba, six ounces; carbonate of potassa, one drachm ; compound tincture of gen- tian, three drachms. Mix. Dose, two or three tablespoonfuls daily at noon. 1288. LEMONADE. Powdered sugar four pounds; citric or tartaric acid, one ounce ; essence of lemon two drachms ; mix well. Two or three tea- spooufuls make .s very sweet and agree- able glass of ei temporaneous lemon- ade. 1289. GINGER BEER. White sugar, twenty pounds ; lemon or lime juice, eighteen (fluid) ounces; honey, one pound, bruised ginger, twenty-two ounces ; water, eighteen gallons. Boil the ginger in three gallons of water for half an hour, then add the sugar, the juice and the honey, with the remain- der of the water, and strain through a cloth. When cold add the white of one egg, and half an ounce (fluid) of es- sence of lemon ; after standing four days, bottle. This yields a very supe- rior beverage, and one which will keep for many months. (See .79.) 1290. To TAKE STAINS OP WINE OUT OF LINEN. Hold the articles in milk that is boiling on the fire, and the stains will soon disappear. 1291. DR. CLARK'S PILLS FOR NERV- OUS HEADACHE. Socotrine aloes, powdered rhubarb, of each one drachm; compound powder of cinnamon, one scruple; hard soap, half a drachm; syrup enough to form the mass To be di- vided into fifty pills, of which two will be sufficient for a dose ; to be taken occasionally. 1292. To TAKE INK-STAINS OUT OF MAHOGANY. Put a few drops of spirits of nitre in a teaspoonful of water, touch the spot with a feather dipped in the mixture, and on the ink disappearing, rub it over immediately with a rag wet- ted in cold water, or there will be a white mark whicl. will not be easily effaced Ax EFFB TUAJI. LTME FOB THE DESTRUCTION OF BUGS. Two OUnc6B of red arsenic, a quarter of a pound of white soap, half an dunce of camphor dissolved in a teaspoonful of spirits rectified, made into a paste of the con- sistency of cream : place this mixture in the openings and cracks of the bed- stead. 1294. MIXTURE FOR DESTROYING FLIES. Infusion of quassia, one pint ; brown sugar, four ounces ; ground pepper, two ounces. To be weir mixed together, and put in small shallow dishes when required. 1295. WILSON'S LOTION TO PRO- MOTE THE GROWTH OP THE HAIR. Eau de Cologne, two ounces ; tincture of cantharides, two drachms; oil of rosemary and oil of lavender ; of each, ten drops. 1296. DR. SCOTT'S WASH TO WHITEN THE NAILS. Diluted sulphuric acid, two drams ; tincture of myrrh, one dr.im ; spring water, four ounces. Mix. First cleanse with white soap, and then dip the fingers into the wash. 1297. CURE FOR CORNS. Take two ounces of gum-ammoniac, two ounces of yellow wax and six drachms of ver- digris, melt them together, and spread the composition on soft leather. Cut away as much of the corn as you can, then apply the plaster, and renew it every fortnight till the corn is away. 1298. DEAFNESS FROM DEFICIENT SE- CRETION OF WAX. Take oil of turpen- pentine, half a drachm ; olive oil, two drachms. Mix. Two drops to be in troduced into the ear at bed-time. 1299. To RENOVATE BLACK CRAPE. Skim-milk and water, with a little bit of glue in it, made scalding hot, will restore old rusty black Italian crape. If clapped and pulled dry, like fine mus lin, it will look as good as new. 1300. SCOURING DROPS FOR REMOV- ING SPOTS, GREASE, &c., FROM LINEN OR ANY OTHER SUBSTANCE. Take spirits of turpentine and essence of lemons, of each, one ounce. The es- sence must be newly made, or it will leave a circle round the spot. 1301. To CLEAN MARBLE. Take t\c 184 UNCERTAINTY WALKS ON BOTH SIDES OF US. parts of common sxla, one part of pu- mice-stone, and one part of finely pow- dered chalk ; sift it through a fine sieve, and mix it with water ; then rub it well all over the marble, and the stains will DC removed ; then wash the inarble over with soap and water, and it will be as clean as it was at first. 1302. PAINT. To get rid of the mell of oil paint plunge a handful of ay into a pailfull of water, and let it tand in the room newly painted. 1303. AN EXCELLENT JELLY. (FOR THE SICK ROOM.) TaTte rice, sago, pearl-barley, hartshorn shavings, each one ounce ; simmer with three pints of water to one, and strain it. When cold it will be a jelly, of which give, dis- solved in wine, milk, or broth, in change with the other nourishment. 1304. IMPRESSIONS FROM COINS. Melt a little isinglass glue with brandy, and pour it thinly over the medal, &c., so as to cover its whole surface ; let it remain on for a day or two, till it has thoroughly dried and hardened, and then take it oft', when it will be fine, clear, and as hard as a piece of Muscovy glass, and will have a very elegant impression of the coin. It will also resist the ef- fects of damp air, which occasions all other kinds of glue to soften and bend If not prepared in this way. ]3U5. TRAP FOE SNAILS. Snails are particularly fond of bran ; if a little is spread on the ground, and covered ovei with a few cabbage leaves or tiles, they will congregate under them in greal numbers, and by examining them every morning, and destroying them, their numbers will be materially decreased. 1306. To DESTROY SLUGS. Slugs are very voracious, and their ravages of- ten do considerable damage, not only to the kitchen garden, but to the flower- beds also. If, now and then, a few slices of turnip be put about the beds, on a summer or autumnal evening, the slugs will congregate thereon, and may be destroyed. 1307. T KEEP MOTHS, BEETLES, &c., FROM THE CLOTHES.-^Put a piece of eanrohor i a line \ ong, or some aroma- 5c herbs, in the drawers, among linen >r woollen clothes, and neither moth nor worm will come near them. 1308. To CLEAR ROSE TREES FROM SLIGHT. Take sulphur and tobacco dust in equal quantities, and strew it over the trees of a morning when the dew is on them. The insects will dis- appear in a few days. The trees should hen be syringed with a decoct' on of ;lder leaves. 1309. To PREVENT MILDEW ON ALL SORTS OF TREES. The best preventive against mildew is to keep the plant pub- ect to it occasionally syringed with a decoction of elder leaves, which will prevent the fungus growing on them. 1310. To DETECT COPPER IN PICK- LES OR TEA. Put a few leaves of the tea, or some of the pickle, cut small, into a phial with two or three drachms of liquid ammonia, diluted with one-half the quantity of water. Shake the phial, when, if the most minute portion of copper be present, the liquid will assume a fine blue colour. 1311. OFFENSIVE BREATH. For this purpose, almost the only substance that should be admitted at the toilette is the concentrated solution of chloride of soda. From six to ten drops of it in a wine glass full of pure spring water, taken immediately after the operations of the morning are completed. 1312. IN some cases, the odour aris- ing from carious teeth with that of the stomach. is combined If the mouth be well rinsed with a teaspoonful of the solution of the chloride in a tumbler ol water, the bad odour of the teeth will be removed. 1313. To PROTECT DAHLIAS .FROM EARWIGS. Dip a piece of wool or cot- ton in oil, and slightly tie it round the stalk, about a foot from the earth. The stakes which you will put into the ground to support your plants must also be surrounded by the oiled cotton or wool, or the insects will climb up them to the blossoms and tender tops of the stems. 1314. To FREE PLANTS FROM LEAF- LICE. M. Braun, of Vienna, give* thi PERSE1 ERANCE OVERCOMES DIFFICULTIES. 185 followirg as a cheap and easy mode of effecting it : Mix one ounce of flowers of sulphur with one bushel of sawdust ; scatter this over the plants infected with these insects, and they will soon be freed, though a second application may possibly be necessary. 1315. TREATMENT OF WARTS. Pare the hard and dried skin from their tops, and then touch them with the smallest drop of strong acetic acid, taking care that the acid does not run off the wart upon the neighbouring skin, for if it do, it will occasion inflammation and much pain, if this practice be continued once or twice daily, with regularity, paring the surface of the wart occasion- ally, when it gets hard and dry, the wart may be soon effectually cured. 1316. To FATTEN FOWLS IN A SHORT TIME. Mix together ground rice well scalded with milk, and add some coarse sugar. Feed therewith this in the day- time, but not too much at once : let it be pretty thick. 1317. To DISCOVER WHETHER BREAD is ADULTERATED WITH ALUM. The bread must be soaked in water, and to the water in which it has been soaked, a little of the solution of muriate of lime must be added, upon which, if any alum be present, the liquid will be pervaded with milkiness ; but if the bread be pure the liquid will remain limpid. Ra- tionale : sulphuric acid has a stronger affinity for lime than for the alumina and potass, with which it forms alum ; it therefore quits those bodies to form sulphate of lime with the lime of the test, which produces the milkiness. 1318. To MAKE IMPRESSIONS OF LEAVES UPON SILKS, SATIN, PAPER, OR ANY OTHER SUBSTANCE. Prepare two rubbers of wash-leather, made by tying up wool or any other substance in wash-leather; then prepare the colours which you wish the leaves to be, by rubbing up with cold-drawn linseed oil the colours you want, as indigo for blue, chrome for yellow, indigo and chrome for green, &c. ; get a number of leaves the size and kind you wish to stamp, then dip the rubbers into the paint, and rub them one over the other, so that you may have but s. small quanti- ty of the composition upon the rubbers; place a leaf upon one rubber and moist- en it gently with the other ; take the leaf off, and apply it to the sub- stance you wish stamped ; upon the leaf place a piece of white paper, press gently, and there will be a beautiful impression of all' the veins of the leaf. It will be as well if only one leaf be used one time. The leaves picked should be of one size, as otherwise the work will not look uniform. 1319. To EXTERMINATE BEETLES. 1. Place a few lumps of unslacked lime where they frequent. 2. Set a dish or trap containing a little beer or syrup at the bottom, and place a few sticks slanting against its sides, so as to form a sort of gangway for the beetles to climb up by, when they will go head- long into the bait set for them. 3. Mix equal weights of red lead, sugar, flour, and place it nightly near their haunts. This mixture made into sheets, form the beetle wafers sold at the oil shops. 1320. To CLEAN HAIR BRUSHES. As hot water and soap very soon soften the hairs, and rubbing completes their destruction, use soda, dissolved in cold water, instead ; soda having an affinity for grease, it cleans the brush with lit- tle friction. Do not set them near the fire, nor in the sun, to dry, but after shaking them well, set them on the point of the handle in a shady place. 1321. To CLEAN FRENCH Km GLOVES. Put the gloves on your hand and wash them, as if you were wash- ing your hands, in some spirits of tur- pentine, until quite clean ; then hang them up in a warm place, or where there is a current of air, and all smell of the turpentine will be removed. This method is practiced in Paris, and since its introduction into this country, thousands of dollars have been gained by it. 1322. EASY METHOD OF BREAKING GLASS TO ANY REQUIRED FIGURE. Make a small notch by means of a tile on the edge of a piece of glass, tne 186 DESPERATE CUTS MUST HAVE DESPERATE CURES. make the end of a tobacco-pipe, or of a rod of iron of the same size, red hot in the fire, apply the hot iron to the notch, and draw it slowly along the surface of the glass in any direction you please, a crack will follow the direction of the ir^n. *1323. ERRORS IN SPEAKING. (see 29G5. ) There are several kinds of errors in speaking. The most ob ectionable of them are those in which Word* are employed that are unsuitable to convey the meaning intended. Thus, a person wishing to express his inten- tion of going to a given place, says, " I propose going," when, in fact, he pur- poses going. An amusing illustration of this class of error was overheard by ourselves. A venerable matron was speaking of her son, who, she said, was quite stage-struck. " In fact," remark- ed the old lady, " he is going to a prema- ture performance this evening !" Con- sidering that must amateur perform- ances are premature, we hesitate to say that this word was misapplied ; though, evidently, the maternal intention was to convey quite another meaning. 1324. OTHER errors arise from the substitution of sounds similar to the words which should be employed. That is, spurious words instead of gen- uine ones. Thus, some people say ' re- numerativc,' ' when they mean "remu- nerative." A nurse, recommending her mistress to have one of the newly- invented carriages for her child, advised her to purchase a preamputator ! 1325. OTHER errors are occasioned by imperfect knowledge of the English grammar. Thus many people say, " Between you and 7," instead of " Be- tween you and me." By the misuse of the adjective: " What beautiful butter,'' " What a nice landscape." They should say, " What a beautiful landscape" " What nice butter." And by numerous other departures from the rules of grammar which will be pointed out hereafter. * See a work published by Dick k Fitz- gerald. New York, entitled " Live and Learn, at 1000 Mistakes Corrected." 1326. BY the mispronunciation of words. Many persons say pronouncia- tion instead of pronunciation : other* say pro-nun'-she-a-shun, instead of pro- nun-ce-a-shun. 1327. By the niisdivision of words and syllables. This defect makes the words an ambassador sound like a nam-bassador, or an adder like a nadder 1328. BY imperfect enunciation, as when a person says hebben for heaven, ebber for ever,jocholate for chocolate, a hedge, a ncdge, or an edge, a hedge. 1329. IN affirmative sentences, shall in the first person, simply foretells ; as " I shall write." 1 330. IN the second and third persons, shall is used potentially, denoting a promise, command, OT determination; as, ' You shall be rewarded ;" "Thou shall not kill;" " He shall be punished." 1331. Will, in the first person, is used potentially, denoting promise or determination ; as, " I will go at all hazards." In the second and third per- sons, will simply foretells ; as, " You icill soon be there ;" " He will expect your." 1332. IN interrogative sentences, shall, in the first person, may either be used potentially to inquire the will of the person addressed, as, " Shall I bring you another book ?" or it may simply ask whether a certain event will occur ; as, " Shall I arrive in time for the train?" 1333. .When shall is used interroga- tively in the second person, it simply denotes futurity ; as, " Shall you be in New York next week ?" 1334. Shall, employed interrogative- ly in the third person, has a potential signification, and is used to inquire the will of the person addressed ; as, " Shall John order the carriage ?" 1335. Will, used interrogatively in the second person, is potential in it signification; as, " Will you go?" 1336. Will may be used interroga- tively in the third person, to denote mere futurity ; as, " Will the boat "leave to-day?" Or it may have a potential j signification, inquiring the wifl of tn FAIR AND SOFTLY GO SURE AND FAR. 187 person spoken of; as, " Will he hazard his life for the safety of his friend?" 1337. IN the subjunctive mood, shall. in all the persons, denotes mere futurity ; as, " If thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault." 1338. Will, on the contrary, is po- tential in its signification, ha-ing re- spect to the will of the agent or sub- ject ; as, " If he will strive to improve, IK shall be duly rewarded." ,.339. THE following expressions are Dy some persons considered objection- able : they are, however, so far sanc- tioned by custom, that any deviation from them would be looked on as pe- dantic : 1340. He lives opposite the church; the very best ; the very worst ; he need not go ; she dare not come ; this house to let ; he could neither read nor write ; they were bred and born in New York. 1341. SOME would have us say, oppo- site to, c., the best and the worst, leav- ing out very ; he needs not, &c. ; she dares not, &c. 1342. Tobe let ; neither icrite nor read; born and bred,&c. 1343. PERSONS bred in Ireland and Scotland retain more or less of their provincialisms; and, therefore, when they move into other 'districts they be- come conspicuous for the peculiarities of their speaking. In mnny cases they appear vulgar and uneducated, when they are not so. It is, therefore very desirable for all persons to approach the recognized standard of correctness as nea-rly as possible. 1344. To correct these errors by a systematic course of study, would in- volve a closer application than our read- ers generally could afford; and would require much more space than we can devote to the subject. We will there- fore give numerous rules and hints, in a concise and simple form, which will be of great assistance to Enquirers. 1345. THESE Rules and Hints will be founded upon the authority of scholars, the usages of the bar, the pulpit, and the senate, and the authority of socie- ties ff rme^ for the purpose of collecting and diffusing knowledge pertaining to the language of this country. 1346. Who and ichorn are used in re- lation to persons, and which in relation to things. But it was once common to say " the man which." This should now be avoided. It is now usual to say, " Our Father who art in Heaven," in- stead of " which art in Heaven." 1347. Whose, is, however, sometimes applied to things as to persons. We may, therefore, say, " the country whose inhabitants are free." [Grammarians differ in opinion upon this subject, but general usage justifies the rule.] 1348. Thou is employed in solemn discourse, and you in common language. Ye (plural) is also used in serious ad- dresses, and you in familiar language. 1349. THE uses of the word It are various and very perplexing to the un- educated. It is not only used to imply persons, but things, and even ideas, and therefore, in speaking or writing, its assistance is constantly required. The perplexity respecting this word arises from the fact that in using it in the construction of a long sentence, suffi- cient care is not taken to ensure that when it is employed it really points out or refers to the object intended. For instance, " It was raining when John set out in his cart to go to the market, and he was delayed so long that it was over before he arrived.'' Now what ia to be understood by this sentence? Was the rain over ? or the market 1 Either or both might be inferred frpm the construction of the sentence, which, therefore, should be written thus : " II was raining when John set out in his cart, to go to the market, and he was delayed so long that the market was over before he arrived." 1350. Rule. After writing a sentence always look through it, and see that wherever the word It is employed, it refers to or carries the mind back to the object which it is intended to point out 1351. THE general distinction be- tween This and TJiat, is, this denotes an object present or near, in time or place, that to be absent. 188 HALF A LOAF IS BETTER THAN NO BREAD. 1352. These refers, in the same man ner, to present objects, while those re fers to thing that are remote. 1853. Who changes under certain conditions, into whose and whom. But that and which always remain the same 1354. That may be applied to nouns or subjects of all sorts, as, the girl that went to school, the dog that bit me, the ship that went to New Orleans, the opinion that he entertains. ^ 1355. THE misuse of these pronouns gives rise to more errors in speaking and writing 1 than any other cause. 1356. WHEN you wish to distinguish between two or more persons, say, " Which is the happy man ?" not who " Which of those ladies do you ad- mire ?" 1357. Instead of " Ww do you think him to be ?" say, " whom do you think him to be ?" 1358. Whom should I see ?" 1359. To whom do you speak ?" 1360. JFAosaidso? 1361. Who gave it to you ?" 1362. Of whom did you procure them ?" 1363. fffcowasAe?" 1364. Who do men say that 7am. 1365. Whom do they represent me to be? 1366. In many instances in which who is used as an interrogative, it does not become whom ; as, " WTio do you Bpeak to?" " Who do you expect?" " Who is she married to ?" " Who is this reserved for ?" " Who was it made by ?" Such sentences are found in the writ- ings of our best authors, and it would be presumptuous to consider them as ungrammatical. If the word whom should be preferred, then it would be best to say, " For whom is this reserv- ed ?" &c.' 1367. Instead of " After which hour," tay, " After that hour." _ 1368. Self should never be added to his, their, mine or thine. 1369. Each is used tc denote every individual of a number. 1370. Every denotes all the individ- uals of a n'nubrr. 1371. Either and or denote an alter native : " 1 will take either road, at youi pleasure;" " 1 will take this or that." 1372. Neither means not either ; anc nor means not other. 1373. Either is sometimes used for each. " Two thieves were crucified, on either side one." 1374. "LicT each esteem others as good as themselves," should be, " Let each esteem others as good as himself. 1 1375. " THERE are bodies each of which arc so small," should be, " each of which is so small." 1376. Do not use double compara- tives, such as most straightest, most highest, most finest. 1377. THE term worser has gone out of use ; but lesser is still retained. 1378. The use of such words as chief est, extremest, &c., has become ob- solete, because they do not give any su- perior force to the meanings of the primary words, chief, extreme, &c. 1379. SUCH expressions as more im- possible, more indispensable, more uni- versal, more uncontrollable, more un- limited, &c., are objectionable, as they really enfeeble the meaning which it is the object of the speaker or writer to strengthen. For instance, impossible gains no strength by rendering it more mpossible. This class of error is com- mon with persons who say, " A great J arge house," " A great big animal," 'A little small foot," "A tiny little land." 1380. Here, there, and where, origi- lally denoting place, may now, by common consent, be used to denote other meanings; such as, " There I agree with you," " llliere we differ," We find pain where we expected Measure," " Here you mistake me." 1381. Hence, whence, and thence, de- noting departure, c., may be used without the word from. The idea of from is included in the word ichencc- herefore it is unnecessary to say ' From whence." 1382. Hither, thither, and whither, de- noting to a place, have generally been uperseded by here, there, and irherc IDLE FOLKS TAKE THE MOST PAINS. 189 But there is no good reason why they should not be employed. If, however, they are used, it is unnecessary to add the word to, because that is implied " H'liii/ier are you going?" " Where are yougoing?" Each of these sentences is complete. To say, " Where are you going to ?" is redundant. 1383. Two negatives destroy each other, and produce an affirmative. " Nor did he not observe them," con- veys the idea that he did observe them." 13S4. But negative assertions are allowable. " His manners are not un- polite," which implies that his manners are, in some degree, marked by polite- ness. 1385. Instead of "I had rather walk," say " I would rather walk." 1385.* Instead of " I had better go," say " It were better that I should go." 1386. Instead of " I doubt not but I shall be able to go," say " I doubt not that I shall be able to go." 1387. Instead of " Let you and /," Bay " Let you and me." 1388. Instead of " I am not so tall as Aim," say " I am not RO tall as he." 1389. When asked "Who is there?" do not answer " Me," but " I." 1390. Instead of "For you and/," say " For you and me." 1391. Instead of " Says /," Bay " I said." 1392. Instead of "You are taller than me," Bay " You are taller than I." 1393. Instead of "I ayn't," or, "I arrCt" say " I am not." 1394. Instead of " Whether I be present or no," say " Whether I be present or not." 1395. For " Not that I knows on," say "Not that I know." 139C. Instead of " Was I to do so," Bay " Were I to do so." '1397. Instead of " I would do the same if I was him, 1 ' say " I would do the same if I were he." 1398. Instead of "I had as lief go myself," saj- " I would as soon go my- elf,' 1 or " I would rather." 1399. It is better to say " Bred and born," than " Born and bred." 1400. It is better to say " Six weeks ago," than " Six weeks back." 1401. It is better to say " Since which time," than ' Since when." 1402. It is better to say "I repeated it," than "I said so over again." 1403. It is better to say " A physi- cian" or " A surgeon" (according to his degree), than " A medical man." 1404. Instead of " He was too young to have suffered much," say " He was too young to suffer much." 1405. Instead of" Less friends," say "Fewer friends." Less refers to quantity. 1406. Instead of "A quantity of people," say " A number of people." 1407. Instead of " He and they we know," say " Him and them." 1408. Instead of " As far as I can see," say " So far as I can see." 1409. Instead of " If I am not mis- taken,' 1 say " If I mistake not.'' 1410. Instead of "You are *nis- taken, 1 ' say " You mistake." 1411. Instead of "What beautiful tea," say " What good tea." 1412. Instead of " What a nice pros- pect," say " What a beautiful pros- pect." 1413. Instead of "A new pair of gloves," say "A pair of new gloves." 1414. Instead of saying " He belongs to the ship, 11 say " The ship belongs to him." 1415. Instead of saying " Not no such thing," say "Not any such thing." 1416. Instead of " I hope you'll think nothing on it," say " I hope you'll think nothing of it." 1417. Instead of " Restore it back to me," say " Restore it to me." 1418. Instead of "I suspect the veracity of his story," say " I doubt the truth of his storv." 1419. Instead of " I seldom or ever see him," say " I seldom see him." 1420. Instead of Rather warmish," or "A little wirinish," say " Rathsi waru\." 190 PEN AND INK ARF iH^ BEST WITNESSES. 1421. Instead of " I expected to ha^s found him," say " I expected to nd him." 142*2. Instead of " Shay, " say Chaise." 1423. Instead of "He is a very rising person," say " He is rising rapidly." 1424. Instead of "Who learns you music?" say "Who teaches you music ?" 1 425. Instead of " I never sing when- ever I can help it " say " I never sing when I can help it." 1426. Instead of " Before I do that I must first ask leave," say " Before I do that I must ask leave.' ' 1427. Instead of "To get over the difficulty," say " To overcome the diffi- culty." 1428. The phrase " get over,' ' is in many cases misapplied, as, to " get over a person,' ' to " get over a week,' ' to " get over an opposition.' ' 1429. Instead of saying " The obser- vation of the rule,' ' say " The observ- ance of the rale." 1430. Instead of "A man of eighty years of age,' ' say " A man eighty years old." 1431. Instead of "Here lays his honored head,' ' say " Here lies his hon- ored head." 1432. Instead of " He died from negligence,'' say " He died through ne- glect," or, " In consequence of neglect." 1433. Instead of "Apples are plenty," say "Apples are plentiful." 1434. Instead of " The latter end of the year,' ' say " The end, or, the close of the year.' 7 1435. Instead of "The then govern- ment," say "The government of that age, or century, or year, or time." 1436. Instead of " For ought I know,' ' eay "For aught I know." 1437. Instead of "A couple of chairs,' ' Bay " Two chairs." 1438. Instead of" Two couples," say " Four persons." 1439. But you may say " A married couple," or " A married pair,". or, "A couple of fowls," &c., in any case where one of each sex is to be under- stood. 1440. Instead of " They are united together in the bonds of matrimony," say " They are united in matrimony,' ' or, " They are married." 1441. Instead of " We travel slow," say " We travel slowly." 1442. Instead of " He is noways to blame,'' say " He is nowise to be blamed." 1443. Instead of " He plunged down into the river," say " He plunged into the river." 1444. Instead of " He jumped from off the scaffolding," say "He jumped off from the scaffolding. ' ' 1445. Instead of " He came the last of all," say " He came the last." 1446. Instead of "universal,'' with reference to things that have any limit, say "general," "generally approved,'' instead of "universally approved ; " gen- erally beloved," instead of "univer- sally beloved." 1447. Instead of " They ruined one another," say " They ruined each other." 1448. Instead of " If in case I sue ceed," say " If I succeed." 1449. Instead of " A large enough room," say "A room large enough.' 5 1450. Instead of " This villa, to let." say " This villa to be let." 1451. Instead of " I am slight in comparison to you,' ' say I am slight in comparison with you.' ' 1452. Instead of "I went /or to see him," say "I went to see him." 1453. Instead of " The cake is all eat up," say " The cake is all eaten." 1454. Instead of " It is bad at the beet." say " It is very bad." 1455. Instead jof handsome is as handsome does," say "Handsome i who handsome does." 1456. Instead of " As I take it," say "As I see," or, " As I understand it." 1457. Instead of " The book fell on the floor," say " The book fell to the floor." 1458. Instead of " His opinions are approved o/by all,'' say "His opinions are approved by all." 1459. Instead of " I will add one mort OUT OP DEBT OUT OP DANGER. 191 arrument," say "I will add one argu- ment more," or, " another argument." 1460. Instead of " Alexander Hamil- ton was killed by a bullet," say "Alex- ander Hamilton was killed with a bullet." 1461. Instead of " A sad curse is war," say " War is a sad curse." 1642. Instead of "He stands six foot high," say " He measures six feet," or, " His height is six feet." ] 463. Instead of " I go every now and then," say " I go often, or frequently." " 1464. Instead of " Who finds him in clothes," say " Who provides him with clothes." 1465. Say " The first two," and " the last two," instead of the " two first," "the two last; 1 ' leave out all exple- tive?, such as "of all," "first of all," " last of all," " best of all," &c., &c. 1466. Instead of " His health was drank with enthusiasm," say " His health was drunk enthusiastically." 1467. " Instead of " Except I am prevented," say "Unless I am pre- vented." 1468. Instead of " In its primary sense," say " In its primitive sense." 1469. Instead of " It grieves me to see you," say " I am grieved to see you." 1470. Instead of "Give me them papers," say "Give me those papers." 1471. Instead of " Those papers I hold in my hand," say " These papers I hold in my hand." 1472. Instead of "I could scarcely imagine but what," gay, " I could scarce- ly imagine but that." 1473. Instead of " He was a man notorious for his benevolence," say " He was noted for his benevolence." 1474. Instead of " She was a woman celebrated for her crimes," say " She was notorious on account of her crimes." 1475. Instead of " What may your name be,'' say " What is your name 1" 1476. Instead of " Bills are request- ed not to be stuck here,' ' say " Bill-stick era are requested not to stick bills here.' 1477. Instead of "By smoking it often becomes habitual,' 1 say "By smoking often it becomes habitual." 1478. Instead of " I lifted it up," say "I lifted it." 1479. Instead of "It is equally of the same value," say " It is of the same value," or " equal value." 1480. Instead of " I knew it previ- ous to your telling me,' ' say " I knew it previously to your telling me.' ' 1481. Instead of "You was out when I called," say " You wtte out when I called. 1482. Instead of " I thought I should have icon this game," say " I thought I should win this game." 1483. Instead of " This much is cer- tain," say "Thus much is certain," or " So much is certain." 1484. Instead of " He went away as it may be yesterday week," say " He went away yesterday week." 1485. Instead of " He came the Sat- urday, as it may be, before the Monday," specify the Monday on which he came. 1486. Instead of " Put your watch in your pocket," say "Put your watch into your pocket." 1487. Instead of" He has^o* riches," say " He has riches.' ' 1488. Instead of " Will you set down," say " Will you sit down ?" 1 489. Instead of " The hen is setting," say " The hen is sitting.' ' 1490. Instead of "It is raining very hard,' ' say " It is raining very fast." 1491. Instead of "No, thank 'ee," say "No, thank you." 1492. Ipstead of "I cannot do it without farther means," say " I cannot do it without further means." 1493. Instead of "No sooner but," or " No other but," say " than." 1494. Instead of " Nobody else but her," say "Nobody but her." 1495. Instead of "He fell down from the balloon," say " He fell from the balloon." 1496. Instead of " He rose up from the ground," say " He rose from the ground." 4 1497. Instead of " These kind of 192 SHORT RECKONINGS MAKE I ONG FRIENDS. oranges art not good," say " This kind of oranges is not good " 1498. Instead of " Somehow or an- other," say " Somehow or other." 1499. Instead of " Undeniable refer- ences required,' ' say " Unexception- able references required." 1500. Instead of "I cannot rise sufficient funds," say "I cannot raise sufficient funds." 1501. Instead of " I cannot raise so early in the morning," say " I cannot rise so early in the morning." 1502. Instead of " Well, I don't know," say " I don't know." 1503. Instead of " Will I give you some more tea ? say " Shall I give you eoine more tea?" 1504. Instead of " O, dear, whattriM I do ?" say " O, dear, what shall I do?" 1505. Instead of " I think indifferent of it," say I think indifferently of it." 1506. Instead of " I will send it con- formable to your orders.' ' say " I will send it conformably to your orders." 1507. Instead of " Give me a few broth," say " Give me some broth." 1508. Instead of "Her said it was hers," say " She said it was hers." 1509. Instend of " To be given away gratis,' ' say " To be given away." 1510. Instead of " Will you enter in?" say " Will you enter?" 1511. Instead of " This three days, or more,' ' eay " These three days or more." 1512. Instead of "He is a bad gram- marian," say "He is not a gram- marian." 1513. Instead of " W accuse him f or," say " We accuse him of." 1514. Instead of " We acquit him f rorn" say " We acquit him of." 1515. Instead of " I am averse from that," say "I am averse to that." 1516. Instead of " I confide on you," say " I confide in you." 1517. Instead of "I differ tcithyou," gay " I differ from you." 1518. Instead of "As soon as ever," say "As soon as." 1519. Instead of " The very best," or "The very worst," eay "The beet or the wcrst." 1520. Instead of "A winters morn' ing," say " A winter morning," or, " A wintry morning." 1521. Instead of "Fine morning, this morning," say "This is a fine morning." 1522. Instead of " How do you dol" say " How are you ?" 1523. Instead of " Not so well as I could wish," say "Not quite well." 1524. Avoid such phrases as " No great shakes," "Nothing to boast of," " Down in my boots," " Suffering from the blues." All such sentences indi- cate vulgarity. 1225. Instead of "No one cannot prevail upon him," say "No one can prevail upon him." 1526. Instead of "No one hasn't called," say "No one has called." 1527. Avoid such phrases as " If I was you," or even, " If I were you." Better say " I advise you how to act." 1528. Instead of " You have a right to pay me," say "It is right that you should pay me." 1 529. instead of " I am going on & tour," say "I am about to make a tour," or "going." 1530. Instead of "I am going over the bridge,' ' say " I am going across the bridge." 1531. Instead of "He is coming here," say " He is coming hither." 1532. Instead of " He lives oppo- site the square," say "He lives oppo- site to the square." 1533. Instead of " He belongs to the Mercantile Library," say "He is a member of the Mercantile Library." 1534. Avoid such phrases as "I am up to you," "I'll be down upon you," "Cut," or "Mizzle." 1535. Instead of "I should just think I could," say " I think I can." 1536. Instead of there has been a good deal, 'say " There has been much." 1537. Instead cf " Following up a principle," say "Guided by a prin- ciple." THE EAKLY BIRD CATCHES THE WORM. 193 1538. Instead of "Your obedient, numble servant," say" Your obedient," or, "Your humble servant." 1539. Instead of saying " The effort you are making for meeting the bill," say "The effort you are making to meet the bill." 1540. Instead of saying "It shall be submitted to investigation and inquiry,' ' say " It shall be submitted to investi- gation," or " to inquiry." 1541. Dispense with the phrase " Conceal from themselves the fact." It suggests a gross anomaly. 1542. Never say " Pure and unadul- terated,' 1 because the phrase embodies a repetition. 1543. Instead of saying " Adequate for," say " Adequate to." 1544. Instead of saying, " A surplus over and above" say "A surplus." J545. Instead of saying "A lasting and permanent peace," 8hy " A perma- nent peace." 1546. Instead of saying " I left you behind at New York," say "I left you behind me at New York." 1547. Instead of saying " Has been followed by immediate dismissal," say " Was followed by immediate dis- missal." 1548. Instead of saying " Charlotte was met with Thomas," say " Charlotte was met by Thomas." But if Charlotte and Thomas were walking together, " Charlotte and Thomas were met by," &c. 1549. Instead of " It is strange that no author should never have written," say " It is strange that no author should ever have written." 1550. Instead of " I won't never write," say " I will never write." 1551. To say " Do not give him no more, of your money," is equivalent to saying "Give him some of your money." Say " Do not give him any of your money." 1552. Instead of saying " They are not what nature designed them," say " They are not what nature designed them to be." 1553. Instead of saying " A beautiful seat and gardens," say " A beautiful seat and its gardens." 1545. Instead of " By this means," say " By these means." 1555. Instead of " All that was want ing," say " All that was wanted." 1556. Instead of saying " I had not the pleasure of hearing his sentimenti when I wrote that letter," say " I had not the pleasure of having heard," fec. 1557. Instead of " The quality of th apples were good," say " The quality of the apples was good." 1558. Instead of "The want of learn- ing-, courage, and energy are more visi ble," say " is more visible." 1559. Instead of "We are convers- ant about it," say " We are conversant with it." 1560. Instead of " We called at William," say " We called on Wil- liam." 1561. Instead of " We die/or want," say "We die of want." 1562. Instead of" He died by fever," say " He died of fever.'' 1563. Instead of " I enjoy bad health,'' say " My health is not good. 1 ' 1564. Instead of " Either of th* three," say "Any one of the three." 1565. Instead of " Better nor that," say " Better than that." 1566. Instead of " We often think on you," say " We often think of you.'' 1567. Instead of " Though he came, I did not seen him,' ' say " Though he came, yet I did not see him.'' 1568. Instead of" Mine is 50 good as yours," say "Mine is as good as yours." 1569. Instead of " He was remark- able handsome," say "He was remark- ably handsome." 1570. Instead of " Smoke ascenda up the chimney,'' say " Smoke ascends the chimney." 1571. Instead of " You will some day be convinced," say " You will one day be convinced. 7 ' 1572. Instead of saying ' Because I don't choose to," say " Because I would rather not." 194 A GOOD WORD IS AS SOON SAID IS AX ILL ONE. 1573. Instead of " Because why? 1 ' eay "Why ?" 1574. Instead of < That there boy,' 7 ay " That boy." 1575. Instead of " Direct your let- ter to me," say " Address your letter to me." 1576. Instead of " The horse is not m\ich worth," say "The horse is not worth much." 1577. Instead of " The subject-matter of debate," say " The subject of de- bate." 1578. Instead of saying " When he was come back," say " When he had come back." 1579. Instead of saying " His health has been shook," say " His health has been shaken." 1580. Instead of " It was spoke in my presence," say " It was spoken in my presence." 1581. Instead of " Very right," or "Very wrong," say "Eight," or " Wrong." 1582. Instead of " The mortgager paid him the money," say "The mort- gagee paid him the money." The martgagee lends ; the mortgager bor- rows. 1583. Instead of " This town is not as large as we thought," say " This town is not so large as we thought." 1584. Instead of " I took you to le another person,' ' say " I mistook you for another person." 1585. Instead of " On either side of the river,' ' say " On each side of the river. ' ' 1586. Instead of " There's fifty/' say " There are fifty." 1587. Instead of " The best of the two," say " The better of the two." 1588. Instead of " My clothes have become too small for me,' ' say " I have grown too stout for my clothes." 1589. Instead of " Is Mr. Smith in?" say " Is Mr. Smith within ?" 1590. Instead of " Two spoonsful of physic," say " Two spoonfuls of physic." 1591. Instead of " He need not do It." say " He needs not do it." 1592. Instead of " She said, sayi she," say " She said." 1593. Avoid such phrases as " I said, says I," " Thinks I to myself, thinks I," &c. 1594. Instead of " I don't think so," say " I think not. ' ' 1595. Instead of " He was in eminent danger," say "He was in imminent danger. ' ' 1596. Instead of "The weather it hot, 7 ' say "The weather is very warm." 1597. Instead of " I sweat," say " I perspire." 1598. Instead of " I only want two shillings,'' say " I want only two shil- lings.' 1 1599. Instead of " JVJiatsomever," say " Whatever," or " Whatsoever." 1600. Avoid such exclamations ai " God bless me ! " " God deliver me ! " " By God ! '' " Upon my soul ! ' ' &c. (See 1781 to 1791). 1601. " THOU SHALT NOT TAKE THE NAME OF THE LORD THY GOD IN VAIN." 1602. PRONUNCIATION. Ac- cent is a particular stress or force of the voice upon certain syllables or words. This mark ' in printing de- notes the syllable upon which the stress or force of the voice should be placed. 1603. A WORD may have more than one accent. Take as an instance as pira'tion. In uttering this word we give a marked emphasis of the voice upon the first and third syllables, and therefore those syllables are said to be accented. The first of these accents i less distinguishable than the second, upon which we dwell longer, therefore the second accent is called the primary, or chief accent of the word. 1604. WHEN the full accent falls on a vowel, that vowel should have a long sound, as in vo'cal ; but when it falls on a consonant, the preceding vowel has a short sound, as in habit. 1605. To obtain a good knowledge of pronunciation, it is advisatle for the reader to listen to the examples given ONE STORY IS GOOD UNTIL ANOTHER IS TOLD. 195 by good speakers, and by educated Colleague To colleague' persons. We learn the pronunciation Col lect To collect' of words, to a great extent, by imita- Com' pact To compact' tion, just as birds acquire the notes of Com'plot To complot' other birds which may be near them. Com'pound To compound' 1606. BUT it will be veiy important Com'press To com press' to bear in mind that there are many Con'cert To concert' words having a double meaning or Con'crete To concrete' application, and that the difference of Con'duct To conduct' meaning is indicated by the difference Con'fect To confecf of the accent. Among these words, Con'fine To confine' Aouns are distinguished from verbs by Con'flict To conilict' this means: Nouns are accented on the Con'serve To conserve' first syllable, and verbs on the last. Con'sort To consorf 1607. Noun signifies name; nouns Con'test To contest' are the names of persons and things ; Con'text To context' ns well as of things not material and Con'tract To contract' palpable, but of which we have a con- Con'trast To contrast' ception and knowledge, such as cour- Con'vert To convert' age, firmness, goodness, strength ; and Con'verse To converse' verbs express actions, movements, &c. Con'vict To convict' If the word used signifies that anything Con'voy To convoy' has been done, or is being done, or is, Des'cant To descanf or is to be done, then that word is a Des'ert To deserf verb. De'tail To detail' 1G08. THUS, when we say that any- Di'gest To digest' thing is an " in'sult," that word is a Dis'cord To discord' noun, and is accented on the first syl- Dis'count To discounf lable ; but when we say " he did it to in- Es'cort To escort' sult' another person," the word insult Es'say To essay' implies acting, and becomes a verb, and Ex'ile To exile' should be accented on the last syllable. Ex'port To exporf The effect is, that, in speaking, you Ex'tract To extracf should employ a different pronunciation Fer'ment To fermenf in the use of the same word, when ut- Fore'taste To foretaste' tering such sentences as these : " What an in'sult!" "Do you mean to insult' Fre'quent Im'part To frequenf To imparf me ?" In the first instance you would Im'port To import' lay the stress of voice upon the in', Im'press To impress' and in the latter case upon the svlt'. In'cense To incense' 1609. WE will now give a list of In'crease To increase' nearly all the words that are liable to In'lay To inlay this variation : In'sult To insult' Ab'ject To abject' Ob'ject To object' Ab'sent To absent' Per'fumo To perfume* Ab'stract To abstract' Per'mit To permit Accent To accent' Pre'fix To prefix' Affix To affix' Pre'mise To premise' As'sign - To asoign' Pre'sage To presage' Attribute To attribute' Pre'sent To presenf Aug'ment To augment' Pro'duce To produce Bom'bard To bombard' Proj'ect To project' 196 IS NOT SO SOON HEALED AS HURT. Prot'est Reb'el Eec'ord Refuse Be 'tail Subject Survey Tor'ment Traject Trans'fer Trans'port To protest' To rebel' To record' To refuse' To retail" To subject To survey' To torment To traject' To transfer' To transport' 1610. CEMENT' is an exception to the above rule, and should always be accented on the last syllable. So also the word consols'. 1611. As a general principle, it may be observed that the syllables of a word are those divisions which are made in a correct pronunciation of it. 1612. THE foil, .wing are, perhaps, the Dnly definite rulet that can be given on this subject. 1613. Two consonants forming but Due sound, as ng, ch, t/i, sh, ph, wh, are never separated. Thus, we write church-cs, wor-thy,feath-er, ring-ing, a- ic/iilc, ocean, dan, ceous, cious, dal, tian, tion, tious, tinl, geon, gion,geous,gious, sion and s ier are seldom divided. Thus, we write, na-tion, o-cean, capa-cious, pi-geon, cap-tious. 1614. COMPOUND words are com- monly separated into the simple words, of which they aro composed ; as, care- less, lee-hive, rail road. 1615. THE termination ed, though not always pronounced separately, is regarded in writing as a distinct syllable ; as lov-ed, burn-cd. 1616 DERIVATIVE and grammatical terminations should generally be sepa- rated from the radical word ; as, great- ly, teach-er, rusk-cst, prov-est. 1617. RULES OF PRONUNCIA- TION. 1618. C before a, o, and u, and in gome other situations, is a close articu- lation, like h. Before e i and y c is pre- cisely equivalent to sin same, this, as in ttdar, civil, .cypress, capacity sire, robe lyre, abate, recede, invite, remote, intrude. 1620. E final indicates thate preced- ding has the sound of s, as in lace, lance ; and that g preceding has the sound of j, as in charge, page, chal- lenge. 1621. E final in proper English words, never forms a syllable, and in most used words, in the terminating un- accented syllable, it is silent. Thus, mo- tive, genuine, examine, juvenile, reptile, granite, are pronounced motiv, genuin, examin. juvenil, reptil, granit. 1622. E final in a few words of foreign origin, forms a syllable, as syn- cope, simile. 1623. E final is silent after I in the following terminations, Me, cle, die, fie, , kle, pie, tie, zle ; as in able, manacle t cradle, ruffle, mangle, wrinkle, SU A t rattle, puzzle, which are pronounc a'bl, man'acl, cra'dl, ruffl, man'gl, wrinkl, sup'pl, pus'zl. 1624. E is usually silent in the ter- nination en, as in token, broken ; pro- lounced tokn, brokn. 1625. OUS in the termination of ad- ectives and their derivatives is pro- lounced MS, as in gracious, pi^us, pomp- usly. 1626. CE, CI, TI, before a vowel iave the sound of sh ; as in cetaceous, 'radons, motion, partial, ingratiate, renounced cetashus, grashus, moshon, arshal, ingrashiate. 1627. TI, after a consonant, have the ound of ch, as in Christian, bastion ; >ronounced Chrischan, basckan. 1628. SI, after an accented vowel, are renounced like zh, as in Ephesian,con- >tsion; pronounced Ephezian, confu- han. 1629. When CI or TI precede eimi- ar combinations, as in pronunciation, ego^ation, they may be pronounced e, instead of she, to prevent a repetition f the latter syllable ; as pronuncra- * 'ton, instead of pronunsheashon. 1630. GH, both in the middle and at the end of words ate silent; as in 1619 E final indicates that the p re- caught, bought, fright, nigh sigh; ca/rf, ceding vowel is long, as in Aote, mete, \baut frite, ni, si. In the following excep- NEVER QUIT CERTAINTY FOR HOPE. 197 lions, however, GH are pronounced as F : cough, chough, dough, enough, laugh, rough, slough, tough, trough. 1631. When WH begin a word, the aspirate h precedes w in pronunciation; as in what, whiff, whale ; pronounced heat, hwiff, hwale, w having precisely the sound of oo : French ou. In the following words w is silent: who whom, whose, whoop, whole. 1632. II after r has no sound or use ; as in rheum, rhyme ; pronounced reum, ryme. 1633. II should be sounded in the middle of words ; as in fore/tead, ab/ior, be/told, exhaust, in/iabit, unAorse. 1634. H should always be sounded except in tho following words ; heir, herb, honest, honour, hospital, hostler, hour, humour, and humble, and all their derivatives ; (See 279) such as hu- morously, derived from humour. 1635. K and g are silent beforen; as know, gnaw ; pronounced no, naw. 1636. W before r is silent; as in wring, wreath ; pronounced ring, reath. 1637. B after m is silent; as iu dumb, numb ; pronounrced dum, num. 1638. L before k is silent ; as iu baulk, walk, talk; pronounced bauk, wautc, tank. (See 1663.) 1639. PH have the sound of/; as in vhilosophy ; pronounced filosophy. 1640. NG has two sounds; one as in singer the other ns infrn-ger. 1641. N after m, and closing a sylla- ble, is silent, as in hymn, condemn. 1642. P before s and t ip mute, as in psalm, pseudo, ptarmigan ; pronounced sam, sudo, tarmigan. 1643. R has two sounds, one strong and vibrating, as at the beginning of words and syllables, such as robber, reckon, error; the other as at the ter- minations of words, or when it is succeed- ed by a consonant, as farmer, morn. 1644. Before the letter R there is a slight sound of e between the vowel and the consonant. Thus, bare, parent, apparent, mere, mire, more, pure, pyre, are pronounced nearly baer, paercnt, ap- vaerent, me-er, mier moer, pucr, pyer. This pronunciation proceeds from the ! peculiar articulation of r, and it occa sions a slight change of the sound of a, which can only be learned by the ear. 1645. There are other rules of pro- nunciation affecting the combinations of vowels, &c. ; but as they are more difficult to describe, and as they do not relate to errors which are com monly prevalent, we shall content our selves with giving examples of them in the following list of words : 1646. WORDS WITH THEIR PRONUN- CIATIONS. Again, &-gen, not as spelled. Alien, ale-yen, not a-lye-n. Antipodes, an-fi/j-o-dees, Apostle, without the t. Arch, artch in compounds of our own language, as in archbishop, archduke ; but ark in words derived from the Greek, as archaic, ar-Aa-ik : arch- aeology, ar-ke-of-o-gy ; archangel, ark-aiw-gel; archetype, ar-ke-type; archiepiscopal, ar-ke-e-pis-co-pal ; archipelago, ar-ke-j?e-a-go ; archives, ar-kivz; &c. Asia, asha. Asparagus, not asparagrass. Awkward, awk-zourd, not awk-wrrf. Bade, bad. Because, be-cawz not be-cos. Been, bin. Beloved, as a verb, be-luvd, as an ad- jective, be-Zwc-ed. Blessed, cursed, &c., are subject to the same rule. Beneath, with the th in breath, not with the th in breathe. Biog'raphy, as spelled, not beography. Buoy, bwoy, not boy. By and my, in conversation, b'e, m'e When emphatic, an in poetic read ing, by and my. Canal', as spelled, not ca-ncl. Caprice, capreece. Catch, as spelled, not krtch Chaos, ka-o&s. Charlatan, sharlatan. Chasten, chasn. Chasm, kazm. Chivalry, shivalry. Chemistry, Aim-is-trey. Choir, kwire. Clerk, klark. 198 LITTLE BOATS MUST KEEP NEAR THE SHORE. Combat, hum bat. Conduit, /cwM-dit. Corps, core ; plural, cores. Covetous, cuv-e -tus, not cov-e-chus. CourteoiiK, curt-jus. Courtesy (politeness) cur-te-sey. Courtesy (a lowering of the body,) curt-eey. Cresses, as spelled, not creeses. Cu'riosity, cu-re- os-e-ty , not curosity. Cushion, coosh-un, not coosh-in. Daunt, dant, not datcnt. Design aud desist have the sound of s, nd of z. Desire should have the sound of z. Despatch, de-spatch, not rfis-patch. Dew, due, not doo. Diamond, as spelled, not di-mond. Diploma, de-pto-ina, not dip-/o-ma. Diplomacy, de-p/o-ma-cy, not dip-\o- ma-cy. Direct, de-reckt, not di-rect. Divers (several), iair smoothed off from his noble brow, his dark eyes lighted with Unnatural brightness, and contrasting strongly with the pallid hue which marked him as an expectant cf the dread mes- senger. lo'57. The apostrophe ' is used to indicate the combining of two words in one as John's book, instead of John, his book ; or to show the omission of parts of words, as Glo'ster, for Glouces- ter tho' for though. These abbrevia- tions should be avoided as much as possible. Cobbctt says the apostrophe " ought to be called the mark of lazi- ness and vulgarity." The first use, however, of which we gave an example, is a necessary and proper one. 1658. The hyphen, or conjoiner - is used to unite words which, though they are separate and distinct, have so close a connection as almost to become one word, as water-rat, wind-mill, &c. It is also used in writing and printing, at the end of a line, to show where a word is divided anl continued in the next line. Look dtwn the ends of the lines in this column, i,nd you will notice the hyphen in seven \ places. 1659. The note of interrogation^ )in- dicates that the sentence to which frt is nut asks a question, as " What is the meaning of that ass* rtion? What am I to do?" 1060. The note of exclamation or of admiration (!) indica .'8 surprise, pleas ure, or s< rrow, as' Oh ! Ah ! Good- Ness Beautiful! I nm astonished! Woe \e me !" 1661 The paret.il -sis ( ) is used to prevent confusion by the introduc- tion to a sentence, of a passage not necessary to the sense thereof. " I am going to meet Mr. Smith ^though I am no admirer next. 1 ' It of him) better, on Wednesday however, as a rule, not to employ parenthetical sen- tences. 1662. The asterisk, or star * may be employed to refer from the text to a note of explanation at the foot of a column, or at the end of a letter. %* Three stars are sometimes used to call particular attention to a paragraph. 1663. HINTS UPON SPELLING. The following rules will be found of great assistance in writing, because they relate to a class of words about the spelling of which doubt and hesita tion are frequently felt : 1664. All words of one syllable end- ing in /, with a single vowel before it, have double I at the close : as, mill, sell. 1665. All words of one syllable ending in /, with a double vowel before it, have one I only at the close : as, mail, sail. 1606. Words of one syllable ending in /, when comounded, retain but one I each ; 1667. ilfil, skilful. fords of more than one syllable ending in /, have one I only at the close ; as, delightful, faithful ; ex- cept befall, downfall, recall, unwell, &c. 1668. All derivations from wordi ending in I have one I only ; as equality, from equal ; fulness, from full ; except they end in er or ly ; as mill, miller ; full, fully. 1669. All participles in ing from verbs ending in e, lose the e final; as have, having ; amiwe, amusing ; unless they come from verbs ending in double e, and then they retain both ; as, see, seeing ; agree, agreeing. 1670. All adverbs in ly and nouns in ment retain the tives; as, brave. e final of the prlmi- bravely; refine, refine ment ; except acknowledgment and judg- ment. 1671. All derivations from words ending in er retain the before the r 202 KNOWLEDGE TALKS LOWLY as, refer i reference ; except hindrance, from hinder; remembrance, from remem- ber; disastrous, from disaster; mon- strous, from monster; won drous, from wonder ; cumbrous, from cumber, &c. 1672. Compound words, if both end not in I, retain their primitive parts entire ; as, millstone, changeable, race- less ; except always, also, deplorable, although, cdmost, admirable, &c. 1673. All one-syllables ending in a Consonant, with a single vowel before it, double that consonant in deriva- tives ; as sin, sinner; ship, shipping; biff, bigger ; glad, gladder, &C. 1674. One-syllables ending in a, con- sonant, with a double vowel before it, do not double the consonant in derivatives; as, sleep, sleepy; troop, trooper. 1675. All words of more than one syllable ending in a single consonant, preceded by a single vowel, and ac- cented on the last syllable, double that consonant in derivatives ; as, commit, committee', compel, compelled; appal, appalling ; distil, distiller. 1676. Nouns of one syllable ending in y, preceded by a consonant, change y into ies in the plural ; and verbs end- ing in y, preceded by a consonant, Change y into ies in the third person singular of the present tense, and into ied in the past tense and past participle : as, fly, flies ; I apply, he applies ; we reply, we replied or have replied. If the y be preceded by a vowel, this rule is not applicable; as, key, keys ; I play, he plays; we have enjoyed ourselves. 1677. Compound words whose primi- tives end io y change y into i; as beau- ti/. beautiful ; lovely, loveliness. 1678. QUADRILLES. THE FIRST SET. 1679. Figure I. Le Pantahn. Right and left. Balancez to partners: turn partners. Ladies chain. Half prome- nade : half right and left. (Four times). 1680. Figured. L'ete. Leading lady and opposite gentleman advance and retire ; chassez to right and left. Cross over to each other's places : chassez to right and left. Balancez and turn partners. (Four times,) 1681. Or Doublei:ete. Both couples advance and retire at the same time ; crossover; advance and retire again; cross to places, balancez and turn partners. (Four times.) 1682. Figure 3. La Poule. Leading lady and opposite gentleman cross over giving right hands ; recross, giving left hands, and fall in a line. Set, four in a line ; half promenade. Advance two, and retire (twice). Advance four, and retire: half right and left. (Four times.) 1683. Figure 4. Trenise. The first couple advance and retire twice, the lady remaining on the opposite side, the two ladies go round the first gentleman, who advances up the centre, balancez and turn hands. (Four times.) 1684. Figure 5. La Pastorale. The leading couple advance twice, leaving the lady opposite the second time. The three advance and retire twice. Leading gentleman, advance and set. Hands four half round : half right and left.* (Four times.) 1685. Figure 6. Galop Finale. Top and bottom couples galopade quite round each other advance and retire, four advance again and change the gentlemen ladies' chain advance and retire four, and regain your partners in your places the fourth time all galop- ade for an unlimited period. (Four times.) Or, all galopade or promenade eight bars, advance four en galop obligue, and retire, then half promenade, eight bars, advance four, retire and return to places with the half promenade, eight bars. Ladies' chain, eight bars. Repeated by the side couples, then by the top and bottom, and lastly by the side couples, finishing with giaud pro- menade. 1686. LANCERS. La Rose. First gentleman and opposite lady advance and set turn with both haoJs, reu/ing to places return, leading outside set and turn at corners. 1687. La Lodoiska. Wrst couplo advance twice leaving thk lady in the This or the Trcnise must b? omit it A IGNORANCE TALKS LOUD ; 203 centre. Set in the centre tun; to 1694. Fourth Figure.. The first lady places all advance in two lines all and opposite gentleman advance and turn partners. stop ; then their partners advance ; 1688. La Dorset, First lady advance turn partners to places. The four and stop, then the opposite gentleman ladies move to right, each taking the both retire, turning 1 round ladies' next lady's place, and stop the four hands across half round, and turn the gentlemen move to left, each taking opposite gentleman with left hands the next gentleman's place and stop repeat back to places and turn partners the ladies repeat the same to the right with left hands. then the gentlemen to the left. All 1689. L'Etoile. First couple set to join hands and promenade round to couple at right set to couple at left places and turn partners. Repeated by change places with partners and set, the other couples. d couple, re-commence the figure and so n until they go completely round the ircle, when the dance is concluded. 1707. POLKA. In the polka there are but two principal steps, all others be- long to fancy dances ; and much mis- chief and inconvenience is likely to arise from their improper introduction into the ball-room. First Step: The gentleman raises the left foot slightly behind the right, the right foot is then jumped upon, and the left brought for- ward with a glissade. The lady com- mences with the right, jumps on the left, and glissades with the right. The gentleman during his step has hold of the lady's left hand with his right. Second Step: The gentleman lightly hops the left foot forward on the neel, then hops on the toe, bring- ing the left foot slightly behind the right. He then glissades with the left foot forward ; the same is then done, commencing with the right foot. The lady dances the same step, only begin- ning with the right foot. There are a variety of other steps of a fancy char- acter, but they can only be understood with the aid of a master, and, even when well studied, must be introduced with care. The polka should be danced with grace-and elegance, eschewing all outre and ungainly steps and gestures, taking care that the leg is not lifted too high, and that the dance is not com- .nenced in too abrupt a manner. Any number of couples may stand up, and it is the privilege of the gentleman to 'brm what figure he pleases, and vary it as often as his fancy and taste may dictate. First Figure: Four or eight bars are devoted'to setting forwards and backwaiJs, turning from and to- wards your partner, making a slight hop at the commencement of each set, and, holding your partner's left hand, you then perform the same step (for- wards) all round the room. Second Figure: The gentleman faces his partner, and does the same step backwards all round the room, the lady following with the opposite foot, and doing the step forwards. Third Figure : The same at the second figure, only reversed, the lady stepping backwards, and the gen- tleman forward*, always going the same way round the room. Fourth Figure: The same step as figures two and three, but turning as in a waltz. 1708. THE GORLITZA is similar to the polka, the figures being waltzed through. 1709. THE SCHOTTISHE. The gen- tleman holds the lady precisely as in the polka. Beginning with the right foot, he slides it forward, then brings up the right foot to the place of the left slides the left foot forward and springs or hops on this foot. This movement is repeated to the right. He begins with the right foot, slides it forward, brings up the left foot to the place of the right foot slides the right foot forward again, and hops upon it. The gentleman springs twice on the left foot, turning half round ; twice on the right foot; twice encore on the left foot, turning half round; and again twice on the right foot, turning half round. Beginning again, he proceeds as before. The lady begins with the right foot, and her step is the same in principle as the gentleman's. Vary, by a reverse turn ; or by going in a straight line round the- room.. Double, if you like, each part, by giving four bars to the first part, and four bars to the second part. The time may be stated as precisely the same as in the Polka; but let ifc not be forgotten that La Schottishe ought to be danced much slower. 1710. COUNTRY DANCES. Sir Rog- er de Cover ly. First lady and bottom gentleman advance to centre, salute, and retire ; first gentleman and bottom lady same. First lady and bottom gentleman advance to centre, turn, m EAT NO.' TO DULNKSS DRINK NOT TO ELEVATION. 207 retire ; first gentleman and bottom lady the same. Ladies promenade, turning off to the right down the room, and back to places, while gentlemen do the same, ^rning to the left ; top couple re main .at bottom; repeat to the end of danQe. 1711. LA POLKA COUNTRY DAN- CES. All form two lines, ladies on the right, gentlemen an the left. Figure: Top lady and second gentleman heel and toe (Polka step) across to each other's place second lady and top gentleman repeat back to places second lady and top gentlemen the same. Two couples Polka step down the middle and back again two first couple, Polka Waltz. First couple repeat with the third couple, then with fourth, and so on to end of dance. 1712. THE HIGHLAND REEL. This dance has now become a great favorite ; it is performed by the company arranged in parties of three along the room in the following manner : a lady between two gentlemen in double rows all ad- vance and retire each lady then per- forms the reel with the gentleman on her right hand, and the opposite gentle- man to places hands three round and back again all six advance and retire then lead through to the next trio and continue the figure to the end of the room. Adopt the Highland step, and music of three -part tune. 1713. TERMS USED TO DESCRIBE THE MOVEMENTS OF DANCES. Baiancez : Set to partners. Chaine Anglaise : The top and bot- tom couples right and left. Chaine, Anglaise double : The right and left double. C/iaine des dames : The ladies' chain. Cham* dcs dames double : The ladies' chain double T 'hich is performed by all the ladies co;uinencing at the same timo. Chassez : Move to the right and left. C/msscj croisez : Gentlemen change places with partners, and back again. Demie Chaine Anglaise : The fo% ' opposite person? hJf right nud loft. Dcmie Promenade : All eight half promenade. Dos-d-dos: The two opposite per- sons pass round each other. Demi Moulinet : The ladies all ad- vance to the centre, giving hands, and return to places. La grand chaine : All eight chassez quite round, giving alternately right and left hands to partners, beginning with the right. Le grand rond : All join hands and advance and retire twice. Pas d'Allemande: The gentlemen turn the partners under their arms. Traversez : The two opposite persona change places. Vis-a-vis : The opposite partner. 1714. TERMS USED TO EXPRESS THE PROPERTIES OF MEDICINES. 1715. ABSORBENTS are medicine* which destroy acidities in the stomach and bowels, such as magnesia, prepared chalk, &c. 1716. ALTERATIVES are medicines which restore health to the constitu- tion, without producing any sensible ef- fect, such as sarsaparilla, sulphur, &c. 1717 ANALEPTICH are medicines that restore the strength which has been lost by sickness, such as gentian, bark, &c. 1718. ANODYNES are medicines which relieve pain, and they are divided into three kinds, paregorics, hypnotics, and narcotics (see these terms) ; camphor is anodyne as well as narcotic. 1719. ANTACIDS are medicines which destroy acidity, such as lime, magnesia, soda, &c. 1720. ANTALKALIES a-re medicines given to neutralize alkalies in the sys- tem, such as citric, nitric, or sulphuric acids, &c. 1721. ANTHELMINTICS are medicine* used to expel and destroy worms from the stomach and intestines, such an turpentine, cowhage, male fern, &c. 1722. ANTIDILIOUS are medicine? which are useful in bilious affections such ag calomel, &c. 1723 WTIRHEUMATICS are medicine* 208 LET ALL THINGS HAVE THEIR PLACES. used for the cure of rheumatism, such as colchieuin, iodido of potash, Arc. 1724. ANTISCORBUTICS are medicines ngainst scurvy, such as citric acid, &c. 1725. ANTISEPTICS are substances used to correct putrefaction, such as bark, camphor, c. 1726. ANTISPASMODICS are medicines which possess the power of overcoming spasms of the muscles, or allaying se- vere pain from any cause unconnected with inflammation, such as valerian, ammonia, &c. 1727. APERIENTS are medicines which move the bowels gently, such as dan- delion root, &c. 1728. AKOMATICS are cordial, spicy, and agreeably-flavored medicines, such as cardamoms, cinnamon, 210 LITTLE DEEDS ARE LIKE LITTLE SEEDS favour by subserviency; but so far from gaining favour, you lose respect. 1775. Avoid falsehood. There can be found no higher virtue thau the love of truth. The man who deceives others must himself become the victim of morbid distrust. Knowing the deceit of his own heart, and the falsehood of his own tongue, his eyes must be al- ways filled with suspicion, and he must lose the greatest of all happiness confi- dence in those who surround him. 1776. The following elements of manly character are worthy of frequent meditation : 1. To be wise in his disputes. 2. To be a lamb in his home. 3. To be brave in battle and great in moral courage. 4. To be discreet in public. 5. To be a bard in his chair. 6. To be a teacher in his household. 7. To be a councillor in his nation. 8. To be an arbitrator in his vicinity. 9. To be a hermit in his church. 10. To be a legislator in his country. 11. To be conscientious in his ac- tions. 12. To be happy in his life. 13. To be diligent in his calling. 14. To be just in his dealing. 15. That whatever he doeth be to the will of God. 1777. Avoid manifestations of ill- temper. Reason is given for man's guidance. Passion isHhe tempest by which reason is overthrown. Under the effects of passion man's mind becomes disordered, his face disfigured, his body deformed. A moments passion has frequently c"ut off a life's friendship, de- stroyed a life's hope, embittered a life's peace, and brought unending sorrow and disgrace. It is scarcely worth while to enter into a comparative analysis of ill-temper and passion: they are alike discreditable, alike injurious, and should (stand equally condemned. 1778. Avoid pride. If you are hand- some, God made you so ; if' you are learned, some one instructed you ; it you are rich, God gave you what you own It is for others to perceive your goodness; but you should be blind to your own merits. There can be no comfort in deenJ^^ yourself better than you really are : fo.t is self-deception. The best men throughout all history have been tb juv.t humble. 1779. Affeci&tlon is a form of pride It is, in fact. frAe made ridiculous and contemptible Some one writing upon affectation bja remarked as follows: ' If ftn;t.Hng will sicken and disgust a man, it is the affected mincing way in which Brittle people choose to talk. It is perf.'ct'/y naueecrs. If these young jackanp.pes who srrew thett words into all roj./mer of diabolical shapes could only foel how perfectly disgusting they were, it might induce them to drop it. Will* many, it soon becomes such a con- firnr/ed habit, that they cannot again be taught to talk in a plain, straight forward, mar.ly way. In the lower order of la- dies' boarding-schools, and indeed, too much everywhere, the same sickening mincing- tone is too often found. Do pray, good people, do talk in your natu- ral tone, if you don't wish to be utterly ridiculous and contemptible." 1780. We have adopted the foregoing paragraph because we approve of some of its sentiments, but chiefly because it shows that persons who object to affectation may go to the other extreme vulgarity. It is vulgar, we think, to call even the most affected people "jackanapes, who screw their words into all manner of diabolical shapes." Avoid vulgarity in manner, in speech, and in correspondence. To conduct yourself vulgarly is to offer offence to those who are around you ; to bring upon yourself the condemnation of per- sons of good taste ; and to incur the penalty of exclusion from good society, Thus, cast among the vulgar, you be- come the victim of your own error. 1781. Avoid swearing. An oath it but the wrath of a perturbed spirit. 1782. It is mean. A man of high moral standing would rather trea* an offence with contempt, than sho\ bii indignation by an oath. THEY GROW TO FLOWERS, OR TO WEEDS. 211 1783. Ib is vulgar: altogether too low for a deceit man. 1784. It is cowardly : implying a fear either of not being believed or obeyed. 1785. It is ungentle-manly. A gentle- man, according to Webster, is a gentcd- man well-bred, refined. 1786. It is indecent : offensive to delicacy, and extremely unfit for human ears. 1787. It is foolish. " Want of de- cency is want of sense." 1788. It is abusive to the mind which conceives the oath, to the tongue which utters it, and to the person at whom it is aimed. 1789. It is venomous, showing a man's heart to be as a nest of vipers ; and every time he swears, one of them starts out from his head. 1790. It is contemptible forfeiting the respect of all the wise and good. 1791. It is wicked : violating the Divine law, and provoking the dis- pleasure of Him who will not hold him guiltless who takes His name in vain. 1792. Be a gentleman. Moderation, decorum, and neatness, distinguish the gentleman; he is at all times affable, diffident, and studious to please. In- telligent and polite, his behaviour is pleasant and graceful. When he enters the dwelling of an inferior, he endeav- ours to hide, if possible, the difference between their ranks in life ; ever willing to assist those around him, he is neither unkind, haughty, nor overbearing. In the mansions of the rich, the correct- ness of his mind induces him to bend to etiquette, but not to stoop to adula- tion ; correct principle cautions him to avoid the gaming-table, inebriety, or any other foible that could occasion him self- reproach, pleased with the leasures of reflection, he rejoices to ee the gaieties of society, and is fasti dious upon no point of little import. Appear only to be a gentleman, and its elvnduw will bring upon you contempt: bo a gentleman, and its honors will remaiu even after you are dead. 1793. THE TRUE GENTLEMAN. 'Tis he whose every thought and deed By rule of virtue moves ; Whose generous tongue disdains to speak The thing his heart disproves. Who never did a slander forge, His neighbour's fame to wound ; Nor hearken to a false report, By malice whispered round. Who vice, in all its pomp and power, Can treat with just neglect ; And piety, though clothed in rags, Religiously respect. Who to his plighted word and trust Has ever firmly stood; And, though he promise to his loss, He makes his promise good. Whose soul in usury disdains His treasure to employ ; Whom no reward can ever bribe The guiltless to destroy 1794. Be Honest. Not only because " honesty is the best policy," but be- cause it is a duty to God and to man. The heart that can be gratified by dis- honest gains ; the ambition that can be satisfied by dishonest means ; the mind that can be devoted to dishonest pur- poses, must be of the worst order. (Set 281.) 1795. Having laid down these gener- al principles for the government of personal conduct, we will epitomise what we would still enforce ; 1796. Avoid Idleness it is the pa- rent of many evils. Can you pray, " Give us this day our daily bread," and not hear the reply, " Do thou this day thy daily duty ?" 1797. Avoid telling idle tales, which is like firing arrows in the dark ; yoti know not into whose heart they may fall. 1798. Avoid talking about yourself ; praising your own works ; and pro- claiming your own deeds. If they are good, they will proclaim themselves ; it bad, the less you say of them the better. 1799. Avoid Envy, for it cannot benefit you, nor can it injure those against whom it is cherished. 212 A LADY MADE A QUILT IX 55,555 PIECES. 1800. Avoid Disputation, for th< mere sake of argument. The man win disputes obstinately and in a bigotec spirit, in like the man who would sto] the fountain from which he shoul drink. Earnest discussion is commend able ; but factious argument never ye produced a good result. 1801. Be kind in little things. The true generosity of the heart is more displayed by deeds of minor kindness than by acts which may partake of ostentation. 1802. Be polite. Politeness is the poetry of conduct and like poetry il has many qualities. Let hot your po liteness be too florid, but of that gentle kind which indicates refined nature. 1803. Be sociable avoid reserve in society. Remember that the social elements, like the air we breathe, are purified by motion. Thought illumines thought, and smiles win smiles. 1804. Be punctual. One minute too late has lost many a golden opportunity. Besides which, the want of punctuality is an affront offered to the person to whom your presence is due. 1805. The foregoing remarks may be said to apply to the moral conduct, rather than to the details of personal manners. Great principles, however, suggest minor ones ; and hence from the principles laid down many hints upon personal behaviour may be ga- 1806. Be hearty in your salutations. 1307. Discreet and sincere in your friendships. 1808. Like to listen rather than to talk. 1809. Behave, even in the presence of your relations, as though you felt respect to be due to them. 1810. In society never forget that you are but one of many. 1811 \Vhen you visit a friend, con- firm to the rules of his home. 1812. Lean not upon his tables, nor rub your feet against his chairs. 1813. Pry not into letters l^iat are not your own. 1814. Pay unmistakable reppect tc ladies everywhere. 1815. Beware of foppery and of siily flirtation. 1816. In public places be not too pertinacious of your own rights. 1817. Find pleasure in making con- cessions. 1818. Speak distinctly. 1819. Look at the person to whom you speak. 1820. When you have spoken, give him an opportunity to reply. 1821. Avoid drunkenness as you would a curse ; and modify all appe- tites, especially those that are acquired. 1822. Dress well, but not superflu- ously. 1823. Be neither like a sloven, nor like a stuffed model. 1824. Keep away all uncleanly ap- pearances from the person. Let the nails, the teeth, and, in fact, the whole system receive salutary rather than studied care. But let these things receive attention at the toilet not elsewhere. 1825. Avoid displaying excess of jewellery. Nothing 'looks more ef- feminate upon a man. 1826. Everyone of these suggestions may be regarded as the centre of many thers, which the earnest mind cannot ail to discover. (See Enquiries upon Etiquette.} 1827. HABITS OF A MAN OF BUSINESS. A sacred regard to the n'inciples of justice forms the basis of very transaction, and regulates the conduct of the upright man of business. He is strict in keeping his engage- ments. Does nothing carelessly or in a lurry. Employs nobody to do what he can asily do himself. Keeps everything in its proper lace. Leaves nothing undone that ought t e done, and which circumstances per- mit him to do. Keeps his designs and business from tie view of others.' AN HOUR IN THE MORNING IS WOETH TWO AT NIGHT. 213 Is prompt and decisive with his cus- tomers, and does not over-trude liis capital Prefers short credits to long ones ; and cash to credit at all times, either in buying or selling ; and small profits in credit cases, with little risk to the chance of better gains with more hazard. He is clear and explicit in all his bargains. Leaves nothing of consequence to memory which he can and ought to commit to writing. Keeps copies of all his important letters which he sends away, and has every letter, invoice, &c , relating to his business, titled, classed, and put away. Never suffers his desk to be confused by many papers lying upon it. Is always at the head of his business, well knowing that if he leaves it, it will leave him. Holds it as a maxim that he whose credit is suspected is not one to be trusted. Is constantly examining his books, and sees through all his affairs as far as care and attention will enable him. Balances regularly at stated times, and then makes out and transmits all his accounts current to his customers, both at home and abroad. Avoid as much as possible all sorts of accommodation in money matters and lawsuits where there is the least hazard. He is economical in his expenditure, always living within his income. Keeps a memorandum-book in his pocket, in which he notes every parti- cular relative to appointments, ad- dresses, and petty cash matters. Is cautious how he becomes security for any person ; and is generous when urged by motives of humanity. Let a man act strictly to these habits ; when once begun they will be easy to continue in ever remembering that he hath no profits by his pains whom Providence doth not prosper and suc- cess will attend his efforts. Take pleasure in your business, and it will become your recreation. Hope for the best, think for the worst, and bear whatever happens. 1826. MILK LEMONADE. Die- solve three quarters of a pound of loaf sugar in one pintjDf boiling water, and mix with them one gill of lemon juice, and a gill of sherry, then add three gills of cold milk. Stir the whole well together, and strain it. 1829. GROUND GLASS. The frosted appearance of ground glass may be very nearly imitated by gently dabbing the glass over with a piece of glazier's putty, stuck on the ends of the fingers. When applied with a light and even touch, the resemblance is considerable. 1830. VEGETABLE SOUP. Peel and cut up very fine three onions, three turnips, one carrot, and four potatoes, put them into a stewpan with a quarter of a pound of butter, the same of lean ham, and a bunch of parsley, pass them ten minutes over a sharp fire ; then add a good spoonful of flour, mix well in, moisten with two quarts of broth and a pint of boiling milk, boil up, keeping it stirred, season with a little salt and sugar, and rub through a hair sieve, put it into another stewpan, boil again, skim and serve with fried bread in it. 1831. To PICKLE GHERKINS. Put about two hundred and fifty in a pickle of two pounds, and let them remain in it three hours. Put them in a sieve to drain, wipe them, and place them in a jar. For a pickle, best vinegar one gallon : common salt, six ounces ; all- spice, one ounce; mustard seed, one ounce ; cloves, half an ounce ; mace, half an ounce; one nutmeg sliced; stick of horseradish sliced : boil fifteen minutes, skim it well. When cold pour it over them, and let stand twenty- four hours, covered up ; put them into a pan orer the fire, and let them simmer only until they attain a a green colour. Tie the jure down closely with bladder and leather. 1832. To KILL COCKROACHES. A teacupful of well-bruised Plaster of 214 MORNING FOR WORK, EVENING FOR CONTEMPLATION'. Paris, mixed with double the quantity of oatmeal, to which add a little sugar (the latter is not essential). Strew it on the floor or iu the chinks were they frequent. 1833. CUTANEOUS ERUPTIONS. The following mixture is very useful in all cutaneous eruptions : Ipecacuanha wine, four drachms ; flowers of sulphur., two drachma ; tincture of cardamoms, one ounce. Mix. One teaspoonful to be taken three times a day, in a wine- glassful of water. 1834. WHEN TO CHANGE THE WA- TER IN WHICH LEECHES ARE KEPT. Once a month in winter, and once a week in summer, is sufficiently often, unless the water becomes discoloured or bloody, when it should be changed every day. Either clean pond water, or clean rain water should be employed. 1835. PEAS PUDDING. Dry a pint or quart of split peas thoroughly before the fire; then tie them up loosely in a cloth, put them into warm water, boil Jiem a couple of hours, or more, until quite tender ; take them up, beat them well in a dish with a little salt (some add the yolk of an egg) and a bit of butter. Make it quit smooth, tie it up again in a cloth, and boil it an hour longer. This is highly nourishing. 1836. To ARREST BLEEDING AT THE NOSE. Introduce by means of a probe, a small piece of lint or soft cotton, pre- viously dipped into some mild styptic, as a solution of alum, white vitriol, creosote, or even cold water. This will generally succeed ; but should it not, cold water may be snuffed up the nostrils. Should the bleeding be very profuse, medical advice should be pro- cured. 1837. To CLEAR VEGETABLES OF INSECTS. Make a strong brine of one pound and a half of salt to one gallon of water, into this place the vegetables with the stalk ends uppermost, for two or three hours; this will destroy all the insects which cluster in the leaves, and they will fall out and sink to the bottom of the water. 1838. DISINFECTING FUMIGATION Common salt, three ounces ; black manganese, oil of vitriol, of each one ounce; water, two ounces. Carried in a cup through the apartments of the sick, or the apartments intended to be fumigated, where sickness has been, may be shut up for an hour or two, and then opened. 1839. DEPILATORY OINTMENT FOR REMOVING SUPERFLUOUS Finely powdered quick lime, one ounce ; finely powdered orpiment, one dram; white of egg to mix. 1840. TO PREVENT MICE TAKING PEAS. Previous to the peas being sown, they should be well saturated with a solution of bitter aloes ; or, they may be saturated with salad oil, and then rolled in some powdefed resin previous to sowing, and the mice will not touch them. 1841. To POLISH ENAMELLED LEA- THER. Two pints of the best cream, one pint of linseed oil; make them each lukewarm, and then mix them well together. Having previously cleaned the shoe, &c., from dirt, rub it over with a sponge dipped in the mix- ture : then rub it with a soft dry cloth until a brilliant polish ie produced. 1842. DEVONSHIRE JUNCKET. Put warm milk into a bowl, turn it with a little rennet, then add some scalded cream, sugar and cinnamon on the top, without breaking the curd. 1843. To CLEAN BRASS ORNAMENTS. Wash the brass work with roche alum boiled to a strong ley, in the proportion of an ounce to a pint. When dry, it must be rubbed with a fine tripoli. 1844. To RENOVATE SILKS. Sponge faded silks with warm water and soap, then rub them with a dry cloth on a flat board ; afterwards iron them on the inside with a smoothing iron. Old black silks may be improved by spong- ing with spirits; in this case the ironing may be done on the right side, thin paper being spread over to prevent glazing. 1845. To TAKE OUT STAINS FROM MAHOGANY FURNITURE. Stains and spots may be taken out of mahog&n* MAKE HAY WHILE THE SUN SHINES. 215 furniture b> the use of a little aqua- fortis or oxalic acid and water, by rub- bing the part with the liquid, by means of a cork, till the colour is restored ; observing afterwards to well wash the wood with water, and to dry and polish as usual. 1846. BOILED TURNIP RADISHES. Boil in plenty of salted water, and in about twenty-five minutes they will be tender; drain well, and send them to table with melted butter. Common radishes, when young, tied in bunches, boiled for twenty minutes, and served on a toast, are excellent. 1847. To REMOVE STAINS FROM MOURNING DRESSES. Boil a handful of fig leaves in two quarts of water until reduced to a pint. Bombazines, crape, cloth, &c., need only be rubbed with a sponge dipped in this liquor, and the effect will be instantly produced. 1848. ICELAND Moss CHOCOLATE FOR THE SICK ROOM. Iceland moss has been in the highest repute on the con- tinent as a most efficacious remedy in incipient pulmonary complaints ; com- bined with chocolate, it will be found a nutritious article of diet, and may be taken as a morning and evening bever- age. Directions : Mix a teaspoonful of thj chocolate, with a teaspoonful of boiling water or milk, stirring constant- ly until it is completely dissolved. 1849. A HINT ON HOUSEHOLD MANAGEMENT. Have you ever ob- served what a dislike servants have to anything cheap? They hate saving 1 their master's money. I tried this ex- periment with great success the other day. Finding we consumed a vast deal of soap, I sat down in my thinking- chair, and took the soap question into consideration, and found reason to sus- pect we were using a very expensive article, where a much cheaper one would serve the purpose better. I or- dered half a dozen pounds of both sorts, but took the precaution of changing the papers on which the prices were mark- ed before giving them into the hands of Betty. "Well, Betty, which soap do you find washes best?" "Oh, please sir, the dearest, in the blue paper ; it makes a lather as well again as the other." "Well, Betty, you shall al- ways have it then ; and thus the unsus- pecting Betty saved me some pounds a year, and washed the clothes better. Rev. Sidney Smith. 1850. TO THOSE WHO WRITE FOR THE PRESS. It would be a great favor to editors and printers, should those who write for the presa observe the following rules. They are reasonable, and our correspondents will regard them as such: 1. Write with black ink, on white paper, wide ruled. 2. Make the pages small, one-fourth that of a foolscap sheet. 3. Leave the second page of each leaf blank. 4. Give to the written page an ample margin all round. 5. Number the papers in the order of their succession. 6. Write in a plain bold hand, with less respect to beauty. 7. Use no abbreviations which are not to appear in print. 8. Punctu- ate the manuscript as it should be printed. 9. For italics underscore one line, for small capitals, two ; capitals, three. 10. Never interline without the caret to show its place. 11. Take spe- cial pains with every letter in proper names. 12. Review every word, to be sure that none is illegible. 13. Put directions to the printer, at the head of the first page. 14. Never write a pri- vate tetter to the editor on the printer's copy, but always on a separate sheet. 1851. DIAPHANIE. This is a beautiful, useful, and inexpensive art, easily acquired, and producing imita- tions of the richest and rarest stained glass ; and also of making blinds, screens, skylights, Chinese lanterns, &c., in every variety of colour and de sign. 1852. In decorating his house, au American spends as much money as he can conveniently spare ; the elegances and refinements of modern taste de- mand something more than mere com- fort; yet though his walls are hung with pictures, his drawing-room filled with bijouterie, how is it that tho win 216 THE LOVLIKST Bill]) HAS NO SOXCJ. dows of his hall, his library, hie stair- case arc neglected ? The reason is ob- vious. The magnificent historical old stained glass might be envied, but could not be brought within the compass of ordinary means. Recent improvements in printing in colours led the way to this beautiful invention, by which econ- omy is combined with the most perfect results. 1853. A peculiar kind of paper is rendered perfectly transparent, upon which designs are printed in glass col- ours (vitro de r.oulcurs), which will not change with the light. The paper is applied to the glass with a clear white varnish, and when dry, a preparation is finally applied, which increases the transparency, and adds tenfold brillian- cy fro the effect. 1854. There is another design, print- ed in imitation of the half-light (abat- iour), this is used principally for a ground, covering the whole surface of the glass, within which (the necessary spaces having been previously cut out before it is stuck on the glass), are placed medallion centres of Watteau figures, perfectly transparent, which derive increased brilliancy from the semi-transparency of the surrounding ground. 1855. To ascertain the quantity of designs required, measure your glass carefully, and then calculate how many sheets it will take. The sheets are arranged so that they can be joined together continuously, or cut to any size or shape. 1856. PRACTICAL INSTRUCTIONS. Choose a fine day for the operation, as the glass should be perfectly dry and unaffected by the humidity of the at- mosphere. Of course if you have a choice, it is more convenient to work on your glass before it is fixed in the frame. If you are working on a piece of unat- tached glass, lay it on aflat table (a marble slab is preferable), over which you must previously lay a piece of baize or cloth to keep the glass steady. The glass being thus fixed, clean and polish the side on which you intend to operate (in windows thip is the innei side), then with your bnsh lay on it very equably a good coat of the pre- pared varnish ; let this dry for an hour, more or less, according to the drynepa of the atmosphere and the thickness of the coat of varnish ; meantime cut and trim your designs carefully to fit the glass (if it is one entire transparent sheet you will find little trouble) ; then lay them on a piece of paper, lico downwards, and damp the back of them with a sponge, applied several times, to equalize the moisture. In this opera- tion, arrange your time, so that your designs may now be finally left to dry for fifteen minutes before application to the glass, the varnish on which has now become tacky or sticky, and in a pro- per state to receive them. Apply the printed side next to the glass without pressure ; endeavor to let your sheet fall perfectly level and smooth on your glass so that you may avoid leaving creases, which would be fatal. Take now your palette, lay it flat on the de- sign, and press out all the air bubbles, commencing in the centre, and working them out "rom the sides; an ivory stick will be found useful in remov- ing creases ; you now leave this to dry, and after twenty four hours apply a slight coat of the liqueur diaphane, leaving it another day, when if dry, apply a second coat of the same kind which must be left several days: final ly, apply a coat of varnish over all. 1857. If these directions are care fully followed, your glass will never b affected by time or by any variation in the weather ; it will defy hail, rain, frost and dust, and can be washed the same as any ordinary stained glass, to which, in some respects, it is even superior. 1858. It is impossible to enumerate the variety of articles to ttie manufac ture of which Piaphanie u.fly be success- fully applied, ? s it is not confined to glass, but can be done on silk, parch- ment, paper, linen, &c., afar they havt 'teen made transparent, whic^v rimy WALK SWIFTLY FROM TEMPTATION, OR IT MAY OVERTAKE YOU. 217 be accomplished in the following manner: 1859. Stretch your paper, or what- ever it may be, on a frame or drawing board, then apply two successive coats ^a day between each), of diaphanous liquor, and after leaving it to dry for several days, cover it with a thin layer of very clear size, and when dry it will be in a fit state to receive the coat of varnish and the designs. 1860. Silk, linen, or other stuffs, should be more carefully stretched, and receive a thicker coat of size than paper or parchment ; the latter may be strained on a drawing or any other smooth board, by damping the sheet, and after pasting the edges, stretching it down while damp (silk, linen, and other stuffs require to be carefully stretched on a knitting or other suitable frame). Take great care to allow, whatever you use, time to dry before applying the liqueur diaphane. 1861. All kinds of screens, lamp shades, and glasses, lanterns, &c. &c., may be made in this way, as heat will produce no effect upon them. The transparent pictures are successful, be- cause they may be hung on a window frame or removed at and the window blinds are far superior to any- thing of that kind that have yet been seen. 1862. Instead of steeping the de- signs in the transparent liquor at the time of printing them, which was previously done in order to show their transparency to the purchaser, but which was practically objectionable, as the paper in that state was brittle, and devoid of pliancy, necessitating also the use of a peculiarly difficult vehicle to manage (varnish) in apply- ing it to the glass, the manufacturer now prepares his paper differently, in order to allow the use of parchment- gize in sticking them on the glass. The liqueur diaphane, which is finally applied, renders them perfectly trans- parent. In this mode of operation, no delay is requisite, the designs being laying on the size, taking :are to press out all the air bubbles, for which pur- pose a roller will be found indispensa- ble. The designs should be damped before the size is applied to them. 1863. We are of opinion that this art may be applied to the production of magic lantern slides, dissolving views, and dioramic effects ; though we are not aware whether such experi ments have been tried. 1864 . POTICHOMANIE. This elegant accomplishment, which has be- come so extremely popular and fashion- able, promises not only to supersede altogether many of those meretricious accomplishments which have hitherto absorbed the attention of our fair coun- trywomen, but to rank among the Fine Arts. It possesses many advantages 1st. The process is simple, and easily acquired. 2nd. It is an exceedingly pleasing and interesting employment, requiring no previous knowledge of drawing, yet affording abundant space for the exercise of the most exquisite taste. 3rd. The time employed is richly re- paid ; the results produced are of actual value; articles of ornament and domes- tic utility being produced, in perfect imitation of the most beautiful Chinese and Japanese Porcelain, of Sevres and Dresden China, and of every form that is usual in the productions of the Cera- mic Art. 4th. It furnishes an inexhaustible and inexpensive source for the production of useful and elegawt presents, which will be carefully preserved as tokens oi friendship, and as proofs of the taste and talent of the giver. 1865. ARTICLES NECESSARY IN THE ART OF POTICHOMANIE. 1st. Glass vases (Potiches en vcrre) of shapes suitable to the different orders of Chinese, Japanese, Etruscan, and French Porcelain, Alumettes, &c. cups, plates, &c., &c., of Sevres and Dresden design. 2nd. Sheets of coloured drawings the glass immediately after ' or prints characteristic representut'/na 218 FIRST BE JUST ; THEN YOU MAY BE GEXEROUS. of the designs or decorations suitable to every kind of porcelain and cbina. 3rd. A bottle of liquid guru. 4th. Three or four hog-hair brushes. 5th. A bottle of varnish. 6th. Very fine pointed scissors for cutting out. 7th. An assortment of colours for the foundation, in bottles. 8th. A packet of gold powder. 9th. A glass vessel for diluting the colours. 1866. DIRECTIONS. We will sup- pose the object selected for imitation to be a Chinese vase. After providing yourself with a plain glass vase, of the proper shape, you take your sheets of coloured prints on which are depicted subjects characteristic of that peculiar style. 1867. From these sheets you can select a great variety of designs, of the most varied character, on the arrange- ment and grouping of which you will exercise your own taste. 1868. After you have fully decided upon the arrangement of your drawings, cut them out accurately with a pair of scissors, then apply some liquid gum carefully over the coloured side of the drawings, and stick them on the inside of the vase, according to your own pre- vious arrangement pressing them down till they adhere closely, without any bubbles of air appearing between the glass and the drawings. 1869. When the drawings have had sufficient time to dry, take a fine brush and cover every part of them ('without touch'D'g the glass) with a coat of parchment size or liquid gum, which prevents the oil colour (which is next applied) from sinking into or becoming absorbed by the paper. 1870. When the interior of the vase is perfectly dry, and any particles of gum eizc that may have been left on the glass, have been removed, your vase is ready for the final and most important process. 1871. Yon have now to tint the whole of the vase with a proper colour to give it the appearance of porcelain, for up to this time you will recollect it is but glass vase, with a few coloured print! stuck thereon. 1872. Select from your stock of pre- pared colours, in bottles, the tint most appropriate to the kind of china you are imitating (as we are now supposed t<> be making a Chinese vase, it will be 01 a greenish hue), mix fully sufficient colour in a glass vessel, then pour the whole into the vase. Take now your vase in both hands and turn it round continually in the same direction, until the colour is equally spread over the whole of the interior ; when this is satisfactorily accomplished, pour back the remainder. If the prepared colour is too thick, add a little varnish to the mixture before applying it. 1873. If preferred, the colour may be laid on with a soft brush. Should the vase be intended to hold water, the in- terior must be well varnished after the above operations, or lined with zinc or tin foil. 1874. If the Potichomanist wishes to decorate the mouth of his vase with a gold border, he can do so by mixing some gold powder in a few drops of the essence of lavender and some varnish, applying it on the vase with a fine brush ; or he can purchase gold bands, already prepared for application, in varied sheets, suitable to the Potiche- manie designs. 1875. Potichomanists have found the art capable of greater results than the mere imitation of porcelain vases, by the introduction of glass panels (previously decorated with beautiful flowers on a white ground) into drawing-room doors, and also into walls which, being panel Sapered, offer opportunities of intro- ucing centre pieces of the same cha- racter as the doors ; elegant chess and work-tables, folding and cheval-screens, panels for cabinets, chiffioniers and aook-cases, slabs for pier and console- tables, glove-boxes, covers for books, music, albums, &c. 1876. WAXEN FLOWERS AND FRUIT. There is no art more easily TAKE CARE OF PENCE, POUNDS WILL TAKE CARE OF THEMSELVES. 219 acquired, nor more encouraging in its immediate results, than that of model- ling 1 flowers and fnrt in wax. We do not mean that it is easy to attain the highest perfection in this art ; but that, compared with other pursuits of a (similar nature, the difficulties to be surmounted are comparatively few ; and the first rewards of perseverance come very speedily, and are surpris- ingly agreeable. The art, however, is attended by this drawback that tbe materials required are somewhat ex- pensive. But then, the flowers pro- duced are of value, and this is a set-off against the cost. 1877. The materials required for com- mencing waxen-flower making will cost from $5,00 to $10,00 ; and no progress can be made without this outlay at the starting. 1878. The materials may be obtained at jiiost fancy repositories in large towns ; and persons wishing to commence the art would do well to call at those places and inquire the particulars, and see the specimens of materials ; because, in tnis, as in every other pursuit, there are novelties and improvements being introduced which no book can give an idea of. 1879. Those who reside in places where they cannot obtain the requisite materials, may procure information by writing to any of the many dealers in those articles in New York. 1880. There are some small works published, which profess to teach the art. 1881. But they are, in fact, written by professors, and the chief aim of them is to sell the materials, which they are written to advertise. 1882. Those who wish to pursue ;.he subject further than our instructions will take them, may be able to refer to either or all of the works mentioned. 1883. Printed instructions are, how- ever, of comparatively little value, ex- cept at the starting, to supply the (simplest elements of the art. 1884. The petals, haves, &c. of flowers, Are made of sheets of coloured wax, 10 which may be purchased in packets of assorted colours. 1885. The stems are made of wire of suitable thicknesses, covered with silk, and overlaid with wax ; and the leaves are frequently made by thin sheets of wax pressed upon leaves of embossed calico. Leaves of various descriptions are to be obtained of the persons who sell the materials for wax-flower making. 1886. Ladies will often find among their discarded artificial flowers, leaves and buds that will serve as the base of their wax models. 1887. The best guide to the construc- tion of a flower far better than printed diagrams or patterns is to take a flower, say a tulip, a rose, or a camelia. If possible, procure two flowers, nearly alike, and carefully picking one of them to pieces, lay the petals down in the order in which they are taken from the flower, and then cut paper patterns from them, and number them from the centre of the flower, that you may know their relative positions. 1888. The perfect flower will guide you in getting the wax petals togethe' and will enable you to give not only to eacn petal, but to the contour of the flower, the characteristics which are natural to it. In most cases they are merely pressed together and held in their places by the adhesiveness of the wax. From the paper patterns the wax petals or other portions of the flowers may be cut. They should be cut singly by a scissors rather loose at the points ; and the scissors should be frequently dipped into water to prevent the wax from adhering to the blades. 1889. The scraps of wax that fall from the cuttings will be found useful for making seed vessels, and other parts of the flowers. 1890. Very few and very simple instru- ments are required, and these may be purchased at the place where the wax sheets, &c., are obtained. 1891. With regard to the leaves of flowers,where the manufactured founda- tions of them cannot be obtained, pat- terns of them should be cut in paper, and 220 ALL'S WKLL THAT EXDS WELL. theveinous appearance may be imparted to the wax by pressing the leaf upon it. 1692. In the construction of sprigs it is most important to be guided by sprigs of the natural plant, as various kinds of plants have many different charac- teristics in the grouping of their flowers, leaves, and branches. 3893. It would be possible to extend these instructions to an indefinite length, but nothing would be gaineU thereby. The best instruction of all is TAKE A FLOWER AND COPY IT, observing care in the selection of good sheets of wax, and seeing that their colours are pre- cisely those of the flower you desire to imitate. 1894. For the tints, stripes, and spots of variegated flowers, you will be supplied with colours among the other materials, and the application of them is precisely upon the principle of water- colour painting. 1895. With regard to the imitations of fruit in wax, very different rules are to be observed. The following directions are from a reliable source : The material of which moulds for waxen fruit should be composed, is the best plaster of Paris, which can be bought from the Italian figure-makers at about a penny a pound, in bags containing fourteen pounds, or half-bags contain- ing seven pounds. If this cannot be procured, the cheaper plaster from the oil-shops may be substituted, if it can be procured quite fresh. If, however, the plaster is faulty, the results of the modelling will of course be more or less so also. It is the property of plaster of Paris to form a chemical union with water, and to form a paste which rapidly " sets" or hardens into a sub- Btance of the density of firm chalk. The mould must, therefore, be made by an impression from the object to be imitated, made upon the plaster before it sets. 1896. The use of an elastic fruit in early experiments, leads to a want of accuracy in the first steps of the opera- tion, which causes very annoying diffi- culties afterwards ; and therefore a <>olid, inelastic body an egg boiled hard is recommended as the first ob- ject to be imitated. 1897. Having filled a small pudding basin about three quarters full of damp sand (the finer the better) ; lay the egg lengthways in the sand, so that half of it is above, and half below, the level of the sand, which should be perfectly smooth around it. Then prepare the plaster in another basin, which should be half full of water. Sprinkle the plaster in quickly till it comes to the top of the water, and then, having stirred it for a moment with a spooii, pour the whole upon the egg in iliu other basin. 1898. While the /m//mould thus made is hardening thoroughly, carefully re- move every particle of plaster from the basin in which it was mixed, and also from the spoon which has been used. Thir must be done by placing them both in water and wiping them perfectly clean. This is highly important, since a small quantity of plaster which has set will destroy the quality of a second mixing if it is mixed therewith. In about five minutes the half mould will be fit to remove, which may be done by turning the basin up with the right hand (tak- ing care not to lose the sand), so that the mould falls into the left hand. The egg should then be gently allowed to fall back on the sand out of the mould ; if, however, it adheres, lightly scrape the plaster from the edge of the mould, and then shake it out into the hollow of the hand. If, however, the exact half of the egg has been immersed in the sand, no such difficulty will arise ; this shows how important is exactness in the first position of the object from which a casting is to be taken. The egg being removed and laid aside, the mould or casting must be " trimmed ;" that is, the sand must be brushed from the flat surface of the mould with a nail-brush very slightly, without touch ing the extreme and sharp edges where the hollow of the mould commences. Then upon the broad edge from which the sand has been brushed, make fottf TRUTH IS THE HIDDEN GEM WE ALL SHOULD DIG FOR. 221 equi-distant hollows (with the round end of a table-knife) like the deep im- pression of a thimble's end. These are to guide hereafter in the fixing of the second half of the mould. The egg should now be replaced in the casting, and the edge of the cast, with the holes, thoroughly lubricated with sweet oil, laid on with a feather, or what is better, a large camel-hair brush. 1899. Into the small pudding-basin from which the sand has been emptied, place with the egg uppermost the half mould, which, if the operation has been managed properly, should fit close at the edges to the side of the vessel ; then prepare some more liqid plaster as before, and pour it upon the egg and mould, and while it is hardening, round it with the spoon as with the first half. 1900. In due time remove the whole from the basin : the halves will be found readily separable, and the egg being re- moved, the mould is ready to cast in, after it has been set aside for an hour or two so as to completely harden. This is the simplest form of mould, and all are made upon the same principle. 1901. The casting of an egg is not merely interesting as the first step in a series of lessons,but as supplying a means of imitating peculiarly charming objects, which the natural historian tries almost in vain to preserve. We shall proceed, then, with the directions for the casting of an egg in the mould. 1902. For the first experiments, com- mon yellow wax may be used as the material, or the ends of half-burnt wax- candles. The materials of the hard (not tallow) composition mould candles will also answer. 1903. Every large object to be imitated in wax should be cast hollow ; and there- fore, though the transparent lightness required in the imitation of fruits is not requisite in an artificial egg, we shall east the egg upon the same principle as a fruit. 1st. The two pieces of the plaster of Paris mould must be soaked in hot water for ten minutes. nd. The wax should in the mean- time be very slowly melted in a small tin saucepan, with A spout to it, care being taken not to allow it to boil, or it will be discoloured. As to the quan- tity of wax to be melted, the following is a general rule : If a lump, the size of the object to be imitated, be placed in the saucepan, it should be sufficient for casting twice, at least. 3d. As soon as the wax is melted thoroughly, place the saucepan on the hob of the grate, and taking the parts of the mould from the hot water, re- move the moisture from their surfaces by pressing them gently with a hand- kerchief or soft cloth. It is necessary to use what is called in some of the arts " a very light hand " in this operation, especially in drying moulds of fruits, whose aspect possesses characteristic irregularities such as those on the orange, the lemon, or the cucumber. The mould must not be wiped but only pressed. If the water has not been hot enough, or if the drying is not perform- ed quickly, the mould will be too cold, and the wax will congeal too rapidly, and settle in ridges and streaks ; on the other hand, if the wax has been made too hot, it will adhere to the mould, and refuse to come out entire. 4th. Having laid the two halves of the mould so that there can be no mis- take in fitting the one in its exact place quickly on the other, pour from the saucepan into one of the half moulds nearly as much wax as will fill the hollow made by the model (egg), quickly fit the other half on the top of it, squeeze the two pieces tightly together in the hand, and still holding them thus, turn them over in every possible posi- tion, so that the wax which is slowly congealing in the internal hollow of the mould may be of equal thickness in all parts. Having continued this process at least two minutes , the hands ( i till holding and turning the mould) may be immersed in cold water to ac- celerate the cooling process. The per- fect congealment of the wax may be known, after a little experience, by the 222 IT IS A FOUL TONGUE THAT GIVES FORTH FALodflOOD. absence of the sound of fluid on shak- ing the mould. rth. As soon as the mould is com- pletely cooled, the halves may be sepa- rated carefully, the upper being lifted straight up from the under, and if the operation has been properly managed, a waxen egg will be turned out of the mould. 6th. The egg will only require trim- rin<.r, that is, removing the ridge which marks the line at which the halves of ihe mould joined, and polishing out the cratches or inequalities left by the knife with a piece of soft rag, wet with spirits of turpentine or spirits of wine. 1904. It is always desirable, when the materials and moulds are prepared, to make several castings of the same object, as the moulds are apt to get chipped when laid by in a cupboard ; and for this reason, as well as for the sake of practice, we recommend our pupils to make at least a dozen waxen eggs before they proceed to any other object. If they succeed in this com- pletely, they may rest assured that every difficulty which is likely to meet them in any future operations will be easily overcome. That these results of experiment may be rendered correct imitations of the object from whose form they were modelled, we shall now add a few fur- ther directions: 1905. To colour the wax. While the wax is yet on the hob, and fluid, stir into it a little flake rchite, in powder, and continue to stir the mixture while it is being 'poured into the half mould. It will be found that unless the fixing and shaking of the moulds is managed quickly, the colouring matter will settle on the side of the half into which the mixture is poured; a little care in manipulation is therefore again re- quisite. ] 906. To produce a good imitation of the surface. It will be noted by the close observer, that the shell of the common hen's egg has a number of minute holes, which destroy the perfect smoothness of its appearance. This peculiarity is imitated in the following simple manner: in the first place, very slightly prick with a fine needle the surface of your \v;ixen egg-, and then, having smeared it with spirits of tur- pentine, rub the surface all over, so as nearly to obliterate the marks of the needle point. 1907. The simple experiment which has just been described really embodies all that need be said to start the pupil in his first endeavour. The colouring of the wax is a matter which comes easily enough by experiment. Oranges, lemons, large gooseberries, small cu- cumbers, &c.,&c., are excellent objects for practice. 1908. FEATHER FLOWERS. The art of making Feather Flowers, though a very easy and inexpensive accomplishment, and yielding pretty ornaments for the mantel-piece or the chiffioneer, is but little pursued. Many persons are under the impression that they can only be made from the feathers of exotic birds, and that these are ex- pensive. But the following instructions will dispel this misconception, and re- move the difficulty. There is a mag- nificent boquet of feather flowers in the Crystal Palace, west of the centre transept, made according to these di- rections : 1909. Procure the best white geese or swans' feathers, have them plucked off the fowl with care not to break the web, free them from down, except a small quantity on the shaft of the feather. 1910. Having procured two good specimens of the flower you wish to imitate, carefully pull oft' the petals of one, and, with a piece of tissue pa per, cut out the shape of each size, taking care to leave the shaft , f the feather at least half an inch longer than the petal of the flower. Carefully bend the feather with the thumb and finger to the proper shape ; mind not to break the web. 1911. TO MAKE THE STEM AND HEABT OF A FLOWER Take a piece of wire six inches long ; across the top THE MAN MUST BE GOOD WHO HAS MANY ENEMIES. 223 lay a small piece of cotton wool, turn the wire over it, and wind it round until it is the size of the heart or centre of the flower you are going to imitate. If a single flower, cover it with paste or velvet of the proper ee!our, and round it must be arranged the stamens ; these are made of fine India silk, or feathers may be used for this purpose. After the petals have been attached, the silk or feather is dipped into gum, and then into the farina. Place the petals round, one at a time, and wind them on with Moravian cotton, No. 4; arrange them as nearly like the flower you have for a copy as possible. Cut the stems of the feathers even, and then make the calix of feathers, cut like the pattern or natural flower. For the small flow- ers the calix is made with paste. Cove- the stems with paper or silk the game as the flowers ; the paper must be cut in narrow strips, about a quarter of an inch wide. 1912. TO MAKE THE PASTES OF THE CALIX, HEARTS, ANU BUDS OF FLOWERS. Take common white starch and mix it with gum water until it is the substance of thick treacle ; colour it with the dyes used for the feathers, and keep it from the air. 1913. TO MAKE THE FARINA. Use common ground rice, mixed into a stiff" paste with any dye ; dry it before the fire, and when quite hard, pound it to a fine powder. The buds, berries, and hearts of some double flowers are made with cotton wool, wound around wire, moulded to the shape with thumb and finger. Smooth it over with gum water, and when dry, cover the buds, berries, or calix with the proper col- oured pastes ; they will require one or two coats, and may be shaded with a little paint, and then gummed and left to dry. 1914. Flowers of two or more shades or colors are variegated with water- colours, mixed with lemon-juice, ultra- marine and chrome for blue, and gold may also be used in powder, mixed with lemon-juice and gum water. 1915. The materials required are some good white goose or swan's fea- thers ; a little fine wire, different sizes; a few skeins of fine floss silk, some good cotton wool or wadding, a reel of No, 4, Moravian cotton, a skein of India silk, the starch and gum for pastes, and a pair of small sharp scissors, a few sheets of coloured silk paper, and some water colours, with the following dyes ; 1916. To DYE FEATHERS BLUE. Into two pennyworths of oil of vitriol, mix two pennyworths of the best indi go in powder; let it stand a day or two; when wanted shake it well, and into a quart of boiling water put one table- spoonful of the liquid. Stir it well, put the feathers in, and let them simmer a few minutes.- (See 419.) 1917 YELLOW. Put a tablespoonful of the best turmeric into a quart of boiling water ; when well mixed put in the feathers. More or less of the tur- meric will give them different shades, and a very small quantity of soda will give them an orange hue. (See 423.) 1918. GREEN. Mix the indigo liquid with turmeric, and pour boiling water over it ; let the feathers simmer in the dye until they have acquired the shade you want them. 1919. PINK. Three good pink sau- cers in a quart of boiling water, with a small quantity of cream of tartar. If a deep colour is required, use four sau cers. Let the feathers remain in the dye several hours. 1920. RED. Into a quart of boiling water dissolve a teaspoonful of cream of tartar, put in one taoleRpoonful of pre- pared cochineal, and then a few drops of muriate of tin. This dye is expen- sive, and scarlet flowers are best made with the plumage of the red Ibis, which can generally be had of a bird-fancier or bird-stuffer, who will give directions how it may be applied. 1921. LILAC. About two teaspoon- fuls of cudbear, into about a quart of boiling- water ; let it simmer a few minutes before you put in thb fcathers A small quantity of cream of tartar turns the color from lilac to amethyst. 1922 BLACK. (See 418.) CRIMSON 224 MORNING IS WELCOME TO TIIK INDUSTRIOUS. ( See 420. ) Read the general instruc- tions upon Dyeing (402.) 1923. BEFORE THE FEATIIFRS ARE DYED they must be put into Lot water, and let them drain before they are put into the dyes. After they are taken out of the dye, rinse them two or three times in clear cold water (except the red), which must only be done once. Then lay them on a tray, over which a cloth has been spread, before a good fire ; when they begin to dry and un- fold draw each feather gently between your thumb and finger, until it regains its proper shape. 1924. THE LEAVES OF THE FLOW- ERS are made of green feathers, cut like those of the natural flower, and serrated at the edge with a very small pair of scissors. For the calix of a moss-rose the down is left on the feath- er, and is a very good representation of the moss on the natural flower. 1925. COLLECTING AND LAY- ING OUT SEA- WEEDS. First wash the sea-weed in fresh water, then take a plate or dish (the larger the bet- ter), cut your paper to the size required, place it on the plate with fresh water, and spread out the plant with a good- sized camel-hair pencil in a natural form (picking out with the pin gives the sea-weed an unnatural appearance, and destroys the characteristic fall of the branches, which should be carefully avoided) ; then gently raise the paper with the specimen out of the water, placing it in a slanting position for a few moments, so as to allow the super- abundant water to run off; after which place it in the press. The press is made with either three pieces of board or paste-board. Lay on the first board two sheets of blotting-paper; on that lay your specimens ; 'place straight and smooth over them a piece of old muslin, fine cambric, or linen ; then some more blotting-paper, and place another board on the top of that, and continue in the game way. The blotting-paper and the muslin should be carefully removed and dried every day, am 1 , then replaced; at fhe same tiuia those specimens tha 4 > are sufficiently dried may be taken away. Nothing now remains but tt write on. each the name, date, and lo- cality. You can iither gum the epeci- mens in a scrap-book, or fix them in, as drawings are often fastened, by making four slits in the page, and in- serting each corner. This is by far the best plan, as it admits of their removal, without injury to the page, at any future period, if it be required either to insert better specimens, or interme- diate species. Some of the larger Algae will not adhere to the paper, and conse- quently require gumming. The follow- ing method of preserving them has been communicated tome by a botanical friend: "After well cleaning and pressing, brush the coarser kinds of Algae over with spirits of turpentine, in which two or three small lumps of gum mastic have been dissolved, by shaking in a warm place ; two-thirds ot a small phial is the proper proportion, and this will make the specimens retain a fresh appearance. 1926. DRY BOTANICAL SPECI- MENS FOR PRESERVATION. The plants you wish to preserve should be gathered when the weather is dry, and after placing the ends in water, let them remain in a cool place till the next day. When about to be submitted to the process of drying, place each plant between several sheets of blotting- paper, and iron it with a large smooth heater, pretty strongly warmed, till all the moisture is dissipated. Colours may thus be fixed, which otherwise be- come pale, or nearly white. Some plants require more moderate heat than others, and herein consists the nicety of the experiment : but I have gene- rally found, that if the iron be not too hot, and is passed rapidly, yet carefully, over the surface of the blotting-paper, it answers the purpose equally well with plants of almost every variety of hue and thickness. In compound flowers, with those also of a stubborn and solid form, as the Centaurea, some little art is required in cutting away the under part, by which means the profile SLEEP FALLS SWEETLY UPON THE TIRTUOUS. 225 and forms of the flowers will be more distinctly exhibited. This is especially necessary, when the method employed by Major Velley is adopted : viz., to fix the flowers and fructification down with gum upon the paper previous to ironing, by" which means they become almost incorporated with the surface. When this very delicate process is attempted, blotting-paper should be laid under every part excepting the blossoms, in order to prevent staining the white paper. Great care must be taken to keep preserved specimens in a dry place. 19*7. SKELETON LEAVES may be made by steepiag leaves in rain water, in an open vessel, exposed to the air and sun. Water must occasionally be added to compensate loss by evapo- ration. The leaves will putrefy, and then their membranes will begin to open ; then lay them on a clean white plate, filled with clean water, and with gentle touches take off the external membranes, separating them cautiously near the middle rib. V/hen there is an opening towards the latter the whole membrane separates easily. The pro- cess requires a great deal of patience, as ample time must be given for the vege- table tissues to decay, and separate 1928. A MORE EXPEDITIOUS METH- OD. A table-spoonful of chloride of lime in a liquid state, mixed with a quart of pure spring water. Leaves or seed- cessels of plants to be soaked in the n'ixture for about four hours, then taken out and well washed in a large bason filled with water, after which, they should be left to dry with free exposure to light and air. Some of the larger species of forest leaves, or such as have strong ribs, will require to be left rather more than four hours in the liquid. 19-29. DWARF PLANTS. Take a cutting of the plant you wish to dwarf, say a uvjrtle, for instance, and having Bet it in a pot. wait until you are satisfied that it has taken root ; then take a cutting from it, and place it in a miniature flower-pot, taking care to fill It more tl an three parts with fino sand the remainder with mould. Put it under a glass, on the chimney-piece, or in any warm place, and give it very small quantities of water. 1930. PRESERVE FUNGI. Re- ceipt of the celebrated botanist, William Withering-, Esq., by which specimens of fungi may be beautifully preserved. Take two ounces of sulphate of cop- per, or blue vitriol, and reduce it to powder, and pour upon it a pint of boiling Water, and when cold, add half a pint of spirits of wine ; cork it well, .11. ,1 rtoll i4- * 4 * " T^rv A iaper to a smooth paste by boiling it to 228 LET T1UTH r.E OUR GUIDE, water; then add an equal weight each of sifted whiting land good size ; boil to a proper consistence, and use. 11)58. 2. Take equal parts of paper, paste, and size, sufficient finely powder- ed plaster of Paris to make into a good paste, and use as soon as possible after it is mixed. This composition may be used to cust architectural ornaments, busts, statues, &c,, being very light, and receiving a good polish, but it will not stand weather. 1959. The several mountains and other parts being formed, we join them together in their proper places with Borne of the No. 1. paper cement, ren- dered rather more fluid by the addition of a little thin glue. The towns were made of a piece of cork, cut and scratched to the form of the town; steeples of cardboard, and trees of blades of moss. Sand was sprinkled in one part ; looking-glass in others, for the lakes, bays, and rivers ; and green baize flock for the verdant fields. 1960. MONUMENTS, ancient or mod- ern, are better constructed of cork, on account of the lightness and facility in working, the more especially the an- cient ones. We once constructed a model of the Acropolis of Athens in cork, which was completed in one-fifth the time occupied by other materials, and looked much better; and have lately been at work upon others rep- resenting the ancient monuments of Egypt. 1961. CITIES AND TEMPLES. We will suppose that the model is to repre- sent the Temple of Theseus, at Athens, which was built by Cimon, the son of Miltiades. In the first place we must obtain the necessary dimensions, and then reducing the number of feet to fractional parts of an inch, form a scale suitable for carrying out the whole. A piece of wood of the necessary size is procured, the plan marked out in pencil, and the ground on which it stands imitated in cork; by cutting away the parts that are not required, with a sharp penknife and addirg others with glue. The flc >r or the temple is now to be glued on with common glue, for we should remark that the liquid glue does not dry quick enough for cork modelling, and is not sc good as the old plan ; the sides and ends are formed of cork sheets, marked with a i?ad-pencil to represent the blocks of stone ; and ruined and broken parts imitated, by pricking the cork with a blunt penknife or needle. The frieze representing the battle between the Centaar and Lapithae, and the metopes in mezzo-relievo, containing a mixture of the labours of Hercules and Theseus, should be drawn upon the sheets of cork according to scale, and coloured with a little lamp-black and raw sienna, to represent the subject intended. If the scale is small, or if the model ad- mits of it, the groups may be neatly carved with a sharp penknife from the cork, which has been previously out- lined with a pencil. The next thing we shall have to do, is to strengthen the interior of the model, and this is done by glueing small pieces of cork, at ir- regular intervals at the angles formed by the junction of any parts ; these are put on the inside, and lastly, the roof is affixed. Any parts that require to be coloured, must be touched up with varnish or water colours, and lichen, &c., affixed with mucilage where it is requisite. 1962. TO MODEL FROM LIVING OB- JECTS. We will imagine that the reader desires to model the features of some friend, and as there is some diffi- culty in the matter, on account of the person operated upon having a natural tendency to distort the features when the liquid plaster is poured upon the face, and some danger of suffocation if the matter is not well managed, we will proceed at once to describe the various stages of operating : 1963. Mix the plaster of Paris with warm water, and have it about as thick as cream, but do not mix it until all is ready. Lay the friend upon his back, and having raised the head to the nat- ural position when walking, by means of a pillow of bran or sand, cover the AND FAITH BE OUR STAFF. 229 the parts intended to be cast with oil of almonds or olives, applied by means of a leather, brush, or lump of cotton ; plug the ears with cotton or wool, and insert two quills into the nostrils, and plug the space between each quill and the nostril very carefully with cotton. 1964. Corer the face with the plaster, beginning at the upper part of the fore- bead, and spread it downwards, over the eyes, which should be kept firmly closed, but in such a manner as not to produce any distortion by too violent compression and continue the plaster as far as the lower border of the chin; cover that part of the chest and arms that is to be represented, and carry the plaster upwards, so as to join the cast of the face ; then carefully remove each, and season for casting, by soaking or brushing with linseed oil boiled with sugar of lead or litharge. Some per- sons boil the moulds in the oil ; and many, instead ef casting the face in one piece, and the chest in another, lay threads acr^a- the face and up and down it, leaving the ends out. As the plaster sets, or is nearly set, the threads are pulled through, so as to divide the cast into four, five, or more pieces. 1965. The back part of the head is moulded by having an oval trencher- sort of vessel, deeper than half the head, and generally made of plaster, and boiled in oil. The back of the head being oiled, and this trencher partially filled with liquid plaster of Paris, the head is lowered into it, and the cast taken. The back of the neck is cast with the person turned over on bis face. 1966. Each part of the mould is marked, so as to admit of its corre- sponding; sometimes with an X or ||, which passing over the junction of two pieces, serves to distinguish them. 1967. To model the face, join the novei-al pieces, and tie them together with twine ; then wrap some rag round the joints to prevent the plaster oozing out, and pour in the plaster made tolerably fluid, taking care to oil the inside of the mould very carefully first. When the outer part of the model is nearly set, scoop out the centre with a spoon, and let the whole dry ; then remove the strings, &c., and smooth off the edges of the joints upon the model with a sharp penknife, and carve out the eyes from the mass, otherwise they will appear as if closed. 1968. Wax models may be rnad from the moulds used for the plaster ; but when the wax sets at the outside to about one-eighth of an inch, the rest should be poured out of the mould ; or, a smaller portion being poured in, it may be shaken about the inside of the mould until it is coated. The pieces are removed, and the seams trimmed up, as in the plaster cast. 1969. If a cast be made in gutta percha from the model in plaster or, what is still better, in fusible metal, then by pressing basil leather, moistened with water, into the mould, and strengthening the back and centre with chips of wood, affixed by liquid glue, a very nice model may be obtained in leather, which, when varnished, will look like oak carving the more es- pecially if it be stained with Stephens' Oak Stain. 1970. RUINS should be constructed of cork, according to the directions we have given, and when it is necessary to represent the mouldering walls covered with moss or ivy, a little green baize flock, or moss drippings, should be attached by mucilage to the part ; and oftentimes a brush of raw sienna, com- bined with varnish, requires to be laid underneath the moss or flock, in order to improve the effect. Prostrate columns and huge blocks are effectively repre- sented in cork, and should be neatly cut out with a sharp knife, and the various parts supposed to be destroyed by age, picked away with a pin or blunt knife afterwards. 1971. RUSTIC WORK, SEATS, &c. , may be constructed of wire twisted to the proper shape and size, and then covered with gutta percha, rendered soft by being flipped in hot wator. The gutta 230 THRIVE BY HONESTY, OR. RKMATX POOH. percha whould be twisted round the wire previously warmed, and gently heated over a spirit lamp, or dipped again into hot water, so as to allow the various parts to be covered with it. When the model is finished, it should be touched up here and there with oil colours green, yellow, sienna, and Ve- netian red according to fancy, and the effect produced will be very good. 1 172. B A KING, BOILING, BROIL- NG, FRYING, ROASTING, STEW- ING, and SPOILING. A DIALOGUE between the DUTCH OVEN, the SAUCE- PAN, the SPIT, the GRIDIRON, and the FRYIXG-PAX, with reflections thereupon, in which all housekeepers and cooks are invited to take an interest. 1973. We were once standing by our scullery, when all of a sudden we heard a tremendous clash and jingle the Saucepan had tumbled into the Frying-pan : the Frying-pan had shot its handle through the ribs of the Grid- iron ; the Gridiron had bestowed a ter rible thump upon the hollow head of the Dutch-oven ; and the Spit had dealt a very skilful stroke, which shook the sides of all the combatants, and made them ring out the noises by which we were startled. Musing upon this inci- dent, we fancied that we overheard the following dialogue : 1974. FRYING-PAN. Hallo, Sauce- pan ! what are you doing here, with your dropsical corporation ? time that you were superannuated ; you are a mere meat- spoiler. You adulterate the juices of the best joint, and give to the stomach of our master little else" than watery compounds to digest. 1975. SAUCEPAN. Well ! I like your conceit ! You who harden the fibre of flesh so much, that there is no telling whether a steak came from a bullock, a horse, or a bear ! who can't fry a slice of potato, or a miserable smelt, but you must be flooded with oil or fat, to keep your spitemJ nature from burning or bitiug t^e morsel our master should enjoy. Not only that you open your mouth ec wide, that the soot pf the chimney drops in, nnd frequently spoili our master's dinner; or you throw the fat over your sides, and set the chimney in a blaze. 1976. SPIT. Go on ! go on ! six one, and half-a-dozen the other. 1977. DUTCH-OVEN Well, Mr. Spit, you needn't try to foment the quarrel. You require more attention than any of us ; for if you are not continually watched, and helped by that useful little attendant of yours they call a Jack, your lazy, lanky figure would stand still, and you would expose the most delicious joint to the ravages of the fire. In fact, you need not only a, Jack to keep you going, but a cook to constantly baste the joint confided to your care, without which our master would have but a dry bone to pick. Not only so, but you thrust your spear- like length through the best meat, and make an unsightly gash in a joint which otherwise might be an ornament to the table. 1978. SPIT. What, Dutch oven, is that you ? venerable old sobersides, witli a hood like a monk ! Why, you are a mere dummy as you are placed so you remain ; there you stand in one place, gaping wide and catching the coals as they fall ; if you w r ere not well watched, you would burn the one half, and sod- den the other, of whatever you were re- quired to prepare. Bad luck to your Quite impertinence! 1979. GRIDIRON. Peace! Peace! We all have our merits and our demerits, At this remark of the Gridiron, therfr was a general ehout of laughter. 1980. SAUCEPAN. Well, I declare, I never thought that I should have my merits classed with those of the miser- able skeleton called a Gridiron. That is a joke ! A thing with six ribs and a ( tail to compare with so useful a mam her of the cuisine community as my self! Why you, Gridiron, waste onn half of the goodness of the meat in the fire, and the other half you send to the table tainted with smoke, and burnt to cinders ! A loud rattle of approbation went round, as the poor Gridiron telJ PEOPLE ARE THE MOST MODEST. 231 under this torrent of derision from the Saucepan. 1981. Coming away from the scene !>f contusion, I ordered the scullerymaid to go instantly and place each of the utensils that lay in disorder upon the ground, into its proper place, ctiarging her to cleanse each carefully, until it should be required for use. 1982. Returning 1 to my library I thought it would form no mean oc- cupation were I to spend a fevr hours iu reflection upon the relative claims of the disputants. I did BO, and the fol- lowing is the result : 1983. THE GRIDIRON. The Gridiron, though the simplest of cooking instru- ments, is by j^ means to be despised. The Gridiron, as indeed all cooking utensils, should be kept scrupulously clean ; and when it is used, the bars should be allowed to get warm before the meat is placed upon it, otherwise the parts crossed by the bars will be insufficiently dressed. The fire should be sharp, clear, and free from smoke. The heat soon forms a film upon the surface of the meat, by which the juices are retained. Chops and steaks should not be too thick nor too thin. From a half to three-quarters of an inch is the proper thickness. Avoid thrust- ing the fork into 1 he meat, by which you release the juice. There is a de- scription of Gridiron iu which the bars are grooved to catch the juice of the meat ; but a much better invention is the upright Gridiron, which is attached to the front of the grate, and has a pan at the bottom to catch the gravy. Kid- neys, rashers, &c., dressed in this man- ner will be found delicious. There are some, however, vrho think that the dressing of meat over the fire secures a flavour which cannot otherwise be ob- tained. Keme'inber that the Gridiron is devoted to the cooking of small dishes, or snacks, for breakfast, supper, and luncheon, and is therefore a most useful servant, ready at a moment's notice. Remember, also, that every moment which is lost, aftei the Gridiron has delivered up his cl:arge ui a deUy to the prejudice of the Gridiron. From the Gridiron to the table without loss of time should be the rule. (See 239.) 1984. THE FRYING-PAN is less a favourite, in our estimation, than tb Gridiron; but not to be despised, never- theless. He is a noisy and a greasy servant, requiring much watchfulness. Like the Gridiron, the Frying-pan re- quires a clear, but not a large fire, and the pan should be allowed- to get thoroughly hot, and be well covered with fat, before meat is put into it. The ex- cellence of frying very much depends upon the sweetness of the oil, butter, lard, or fat, that may be employed. The Frying-pan is very useful in the warming of cold vegetables and other kinds of food, and, in ^his respect, may be considered a real friend of economy. All know the relish afforded by a pancake a treat which the Gridiron would be unable to afford us. To say nothing of eggs and bacon, and various kinds of fish, to which both the Sauce pan and the Gridiron are quite unsuited, because they require that which is the essence of frying, boiling and browning in fat. (See 239.) 1985. THE SPIT is a very noble and a very useful implement of cookery, as ancient, we presume, as he is straight- forward at his work. Perhaps the pro- cess of roasting stands only second in the rank of excellence in Cookery. Tha process is perfectly sound in its chemi- cal effects upon the food ; while the joint is kept so immediately under the eye of the cook, that it must be the fault of that functionary if the joint does not go to the table in the highest state of perfection. The process may be commenced very gradually, by the joint being kept a good distance from the fire, and gradually brought forward, until it is thoroughly soaked within and browned without. The Spit has this advantage over the Oven, and espe- cially over the common oven, that the meat retains its own flavour, not having to encounter the evaporation from fifty different dishes, and that the steam from its own substan : passes entirely 232 NIGHT IS NOT DARK TO THE GOOD, away, leaving the essence of the meat in its prunest condition. (See 239, 598.) l!t>(3. TUE DUTCH OVEN, though not so royal an instrument as the Spit, is, nevertheless, of great utility for small dishes of various kinds, which the Spit would spoil by the magnitude of its operations, or the oven destroy by the severity of its heat. It combines, in fact, the advantages of roasting and baking, and may be adopted for com- pound dishes, and for warming cold scraps. It is easily heated, and causes no material expenditure of fuel. (See 238). 1987. THE SAUCEPAN. When we come to speak of the Saucepan, we have to consider the claims of a very large, ancient, and useful family ; and perhaps, looking at the generic orders of the Saucepan, all other cooking implements must yield to its claims. There are large saucepans, which we dignify with the name of boilers, and small sauce- pans, which come under the denomina- tion of stew-pans. There are few kinds of meat or fish which it will not re- ceive, and dispose of in a satisfactory manner ; and few vegetables for which its modus opcrandi is not adapted. The Saucepan, rightly used, is a very econo- mical servant, allowing- nothing- to be lost ; that which escapes from the meat while in its charge forms broth, or may be made the uase of soups. Fat rises upon the surface of the water, and may be skimmed off; while in various stews it combines, in an eminent degree, what we may term the fragrance of cookery, and the piquancy of taste. The French are perfect masters of the use of the Stew-pan. And we shall find that, as all cookery is but an aid to digestion, the operations of the Stew- pan resemble the actku of the stomach very closely. Th-e stomach is a close sac, in which solids and flajds are mixed together, macerated in the gastric juice, and dissolved by the aid of heat and motion, occasioned by th-3 continual contractions and relaxations of the coats f the stomach during the action of digestion TJiis is more cjoselv resem- bled by the process of stewing than by any other of our culinary methods. (See 239, 590.) 1988. In this rapid review of the claims of various cooking utensils, we think that we have done justice to each. They all have their respective advan- tages; besides which, they contribute to the VARIETY presented by our tables, without which the routine of eating would be very monotonous and unsatis- factory. 1989. There is one process to which we must yet allude the process of SPOILING. Many cooks know how to produce a good dish, but too many of them know how to spoil it. They leave fifty things to be done just at the critical moment when the chief dish should be watched with an eye of keen- ness, and attended by a hand thoroughly expert. Having spent three hours in making a joint hot and rich, they forget that a quarter of an hour, after it is taken from the fire, may impair or spoil all their labours. The serving-up of a dinner may be likened to the assault upon Sebastopol. Looking upon the joint as the Malakoff, and the sur- rounding dishes as the Redans, the bas- tions, and the forts, they should all be seized simultaneously, and made the prize of the commander-in-chief, and bis staff around the dinner-table. Such a victory will always do the cook the highest honour, and entitle him to the gratitude of the household. 1990. WHY does a polished metal teapot make better tea than a black earthen one ? As polished metal is a very bad radiator of heat, it keeps the water hot much longer ; and the hotter ;he water is, the better it "draws' the tea. 1991. WHY will not a dull black ;eapot make good tea? because the icat of the water flies off so quickly, ;h rough the dull black surface of the teapot, that the water is very rapidly cooled, and cannot " draw " the ;ea. 1992. Do not pensioners, anci aged cottagers, generally prefer the NOR IS DAY BRIGHT TO THE WICKED. 233 earthen teapot to the bright metal one ? Yes, because they set it on the bob to "draw;" in which case, the little black teapot will make the best tea. 1993. WHY will a black teapot m&ke better tea than a bright metal one, if it is set upon the hob to draw ? lie- cause the black teapot will absorb heat plentifully from the fire, and keeps the water hot; whereas a bright metal teapot (set upon the hob) would throw off the heat by reflection. 1994. THEN sometimes a black earthen teapot is the best, and some- times a bright metal one? Yes; when the teapot is set on the hob to " draw," the black earth is the best, because it absorbs heat; but when the teapot is not set on the hob, the bright metal is the best, because it radiates heat very Blowly, and therefore keeps the water hot. 1995.- WHY does a saucepan which has been used boil in a shorter time than a new one? Because the bottom and back are covered with soot, and the black soot rapidly absorbs the boat of the glowing coals. 1996. WHY should the front and lid of a saucepan be clean and bright? As they do not come in contact with the fire, they cannot absorb heat, and (being bright) they will not suffer the heat to escape by radiation. 1997. WHY s* aid not the bottom and back of n vettle be cleaned and polished? P cause they come in con- tact with the fire, and (while they are covered with black soot) absorb heat freely from the burning coals. 1998. WHY are dinner covers made of bright tin or silver ? Because li^'at- coloured and highly-polished metal is a very bad radiator of heat ; and, there- fore, bright tin or silvei will not allow the heat of the cooked food to escape through the cover by radhition. 1999. WHY should a meat cover be very brightly polished ? If the cover be dull or scratched, it will absorb beat from the food ; and instead of keeping it hot, will make it cold. 2000 WHY should a silver meat- cover be plain, and not chased ? Be- cause, if the cover be chased, it will absorb heat from the food ; and instead of making it hot, will make it cold. 2001. WHAT is the smoke of a candle? Solid particles of carbon, separated from the wick and tallow, but not con- surned. 2002. WHY are some particles con- sumed and not others ? The com- bustion of the carbon depends upon its combining with the oxygen of the air. Now, as the outer surface of the flame prevents the access of air to the interior parts, much of the carbon of those parts passes off in smoke. 2003. WHY do lamps smoke? Either because the wick is cut unevenly, or else because it is turned up too high. 2004. WHY does a lamp smoke, when the wick is cut unevenly ? Because the points of the jagged edge (being very easily separated from the wick) load the flame with more carbon that it can consume ; and as the heat of the flame is greatly diminished by these little bits of wicks, it is unable to consume even the usual quantity of smoke. The same applies when the wick is turned up too high. 2005. WHY does a lamp-glass diminish the smoke of a wick ? Because it increases the supply of oxygen to the flame, by producing- a draught ; and it concentrates and reflects the heat ot the flam* in consequence of which, the com! stion of the carbon is more perfect, a* d very little escapes uncon- sumed. (From No. to are quoted from " Dr. Brewer's Guide to Science" We have taken some care to extract the answers relating to domestic subjects. See 291.) 2006. CAUTIONS FOR THE PRE- VENTION OF ACCIDENTS. The following regulations should be engraved on the memories of all ; 2007. As most sudden deaths come by water, particular caution is therefore necessary in its vrcinity. 2008. Stand not near a tree, or any leaden spout, iron gate, or palisade, iu time of lightning. 234 FOOLS HAVE AX AI;IM)AN\'K OF VANITi'. 2009. Lay loaded guns in safe places and never imitate tiring a gun in jest. 20 JO. Xever sleep near charcoal ; if drowsy at any work where charcoal fires are used, take the fresh air. 2011. Carefully rope trees before they are cut down, that when they fall they may do no injury. 20] 2. When benumbed with cold be- ware of sleeping out of doors ; rub yourself, if you have it in your power, with snow, and do not hastily approach the fire. 2013. Beware of damps. 2014. Air vaults, by letting them re- main open some time before you enter, or scattering pow r dered lime in them. Where a lighted candle will not burn, animal life cannot exist ; it will be an excellent caution, therefore, before en- tering damp and confined places, to try this simple experiment. 2015. Never leave saddle or draught horses, while in use, by themselves ; nor go immediately behind a led horse as he is apt to kick. 2016. Ride not on foot- ways. 2017. Be wary of children, whether they are up or in bed ; and particularly when they are near the fire, an element with which they are very apt to amuse themselves 2018. Leave nothing poisonous open ov accessible; and never omit to write the word "POISON"' in large letters upon it, wherever it may be placed. 2019. In walking the stre .skeepout of the line of the cellars, and never look one way and walk another. 2020. Never throw pieces of orange- peel, or 'broken glass bottles into the streets. 2021 . Never meddle with gunpowder by candle-light. 2022. In trimming a lamp with naph- tha, never fill it. Leave space for the spirit to expand with warmth. 2023. Never quit a room leaving the poker in the fire. 2024. When the bmss rod of the stair- carpet becomes loose, fasten it imme- diately. 2025 In opening effervescing drinks, such as soda water, hold the cork in your hand. 2026. Quit your house with care on n frosty morning. 2027. Have your horses' shoes roughed directly there are indications of iro^r. 2028. Keep lucifer matches in their cases, and never let them be strewed about. 2029. BIRDLIME. Take any quan tity of linseed oil, say half a pint ; put it into an old pot, or any vessel that will stand the fire without breaking ; the vessel must not be more than one- third full, put it on a slow 7 fire, stir it occasionally until it thickens as much as required ; this will be known by cooling the stick in water, and trying it with the fingers. It is best to make it rather harder than for use. Then pour it into cold water. It can be brought back to the consistency required with a little Archangel tar. 2030. RING W OEM. The head to be washed twice a day with soft soap and warm soft water ; whett dried, the places to be rubbed with a piece of linen rag dipped in ammonia from gas tar ; the patient should take a little sulphur and molasses, or some other gen- tle aperient, every morning ; brushes and combs should be washed -every day, and the ammonia kept tightly corked. (See 1260.) 2031. ORIGIN OF PLANTS. Madder came from the East. Celery originated in Germany. The chesnut came from Italy. - The onion originated in Egypt. Tobacco is a native of Virginia. The nettle is a native of Europe. The citron is a native of Greece. The pine is a native of America. Oats originated in North Africa. The poppy originated in the East Rye came, originally, from Siberia. Parsley was first known in Sardinia. The pear and apple are from Eui'ope. Spinach was first cultivated in Arabia. The sunflower was brought froru Peru, The mulberry tree originated U Persia. PEOPLE SWEAR BECAUSE THEY KNOW THEIR WORDS ARE WORTHLESS. 235 The gourd is probably an Eastern plant. The walnut and peach came from Persia. The h , :se chestnut is a native of Thibet. The cucu Tiber came from the East Indies. The quince came from the island of Orete. * The radish is a native of China and Japan. Peas are supposed to be of Egyptian origin. The garden cress is from Egypt and the East. Horse-radish came from the South of Europe. The Zealand flax shows its origin by its name. 2032. LOVE'S TELEGRAPH If a gentleman wants a wife, he wears a ring on the first finger of the left hand ; if lie is engaged, he wears it on the second finger ; if married, on the third ; and on the fourth, if he never intends to be married. When a lady is not engaged, she we.irs a hoop or diamond on her first finger ; if engaged, on the second; if married, on the third ; and on the fourth, if she intends to die a maid. "When a gentleman presents a fan, flower, or trinket, to a lady with the left hand, this, on his part, is an over- ture of regard ; should she receive it with the left hand, it is considered as an acceptance of his esteem ; but if with the right hand it is a refusal of the offer. Thus, by a few simple tokens, explained by rule, the passion of love is expressed : and, through the medium of the telegraph, the most timid and diffident man may, without difficulty, communicate his sentiments of regard to a lady, and in case his offer should be refused, avoid expe- riencing the mortification of an explicit refusal. 303:*. SLUGS and SNAILS are groat enemies to every kind of garden plant, whether flower or vegetable they wander in the night to feed, and return at day-lisrht to their haul * ;he shortest and surest direction is, ' rise early, catch them, and kill them." [f you are an early riser, you may cut hem off from their day retreats, or you may lay cabbage leaves about the ground, especially on the beds which they frequent. Every morning examine ;hese leaves, and you will find a great many taking refuge beneath ; if they jlague you very much, search for their retreat, which you can find by their slimy track, and hunt there for them day by day ; lime and salt are very an- noying- to snails and slugs ; a pinch of salt kills them, and they will not ;ouch fresh lime ; it is a common prac- ice to sprinkle lime over young crops, and along the edges of beds, about rows of peas and heans, lettuces and other vegetables; but when it has been on ;he ground some days, or has been moistened by rain, it loses its strength. (See 1305, 1306.) 2034. CATERPILLARS and APHIDES. A garden syringe or engine, with a cap on the pipe full of very minute holes, will wash away these disagreeable visit- ors very quickly. You must bring the pipe close to the plant, and pump hard, so as to have considerable force on, and the plant, however badly in- fested, will soon be cleared without re- ceiving any injury. Every time that you use the syringe or garden engine, you must immediately rake the earth under the trees, and kill the insects you have dislodged, or many will recov- er and climb up the stems of the plants. 2035. GRUBS on orchard trees and gooseberry and currant bushes, will sometimes be sufficiently numerous to spoil a crop ; but, if a bonfire be made with dry sticks and weeds on the windward side of the orchard, so that the smoke may blow among the trees, you will destroy thousands ; for the grubs have such an objection to smoke, that very little of it makes them roll themselves up and fall off ; they must be swept up afterwards. 2036. WASPS destroy a good deal oi fruit, but every pair of wasps killed iu 236 IP YOU DESir.E TO KNOW, DO NOT FEAR TO ASK. spring saves the trouble and annoyance of a swarm in autumn; it is necessary, however, to be very careful in any at- tempt upon a wasp, for its sting is pain- ful and lasting. In case of being stung, get the blue bag from the laundry, and rub it well into the wound as soon as possible. Later in the season, it is cus- tomary to hang vessels of beer, or water and sugar, in the fruit-trees, to entice them to drown themselves. 2037. BUTTERFLIES and MOTHS, how- ever pretty, are the worst enemies one can have in a garden ; a single insect of this kind may deposit eggs enough to overrun a tree with caterpillars, there- fore they should be destroyed at any cost of trouble. The only moth that you must spare, is the common black and red one ; the grubs of this feed exclusively on grounsel, and are there- fore a valuable ally of the gardener. 2038. EARWIGS are very destructive insects ; their favourite food is the petals of roses, pinks, dahlias, and other flowers. They may be caught by driving stakes into the ground, and placing on each an inverted flower-pot ; the earwigs W 7 ill climb up and take refuge under it, when they may be taken out and killed. Clean bowls of tobacco-pipes placed in like manner on the tops of smaller sticks are very good traps ; or very deep holes may be made in the ground with a crowbar, into these they will fall, and may be de- etroyed by boiling water. 2039. TOADS are among the best friends the gardener has ; for they live almost exclusively on the most destruc- tive kinds of vermin. Unsightly, there- fore, though they may be, they should on all accounts be encouraged ; they ghould never be touched nor molested in any way ; on the contrary, places of shelter should be made for them, to which they may retire from the bum- ing heat of the sun. If you have none in your garden, it will be quite worth your while to search for thorn in your walks, and bring them home, taking care to handle them tenderly, for al- f.hough they havt' nei'^er the will nor the power to injure you, a very little rough treatment will injure them ; m cucumber or melon frame should b without one or two. 2040. SMALL-POX MARKS. Mi Waddington lances the pustules with a needle, and thus allows the poisonous matter (which is the cause of the dis- figurement) to eveapc, and also orders the room to be kept dark. Mr. Wad- dington states that, during twelve years' practice, he has not known one case aut of twenty of a person being marked by the small- pox, when the above sim- ple expedient has been resorted to. (See 1018.) 2041. VENTILATING BED- ROOMS. A sheet of finely-perforated zinc, substituted for a pane of glass in one of the upper squares of a chamber window, is the cheapest and best form of ventilator ; there should not be a bed-room without it. 2042. GREASE SPOTS FROM SILK. Upon a deal table lay a piece of woollen cloth or baize, upon which lay smoothly the part stained, with the right side downwards. Having spread a piece of brown paper on the top, apply a flat-iron just hot enough to scorch the paper. About five or eight seconds is usually sufficient. Then rub the stained part briskly with a piece of cap-paper. (See 815.) 2043. CLEAN WHITE OSTRICH FEATHERS. Four oz. of white soap, cut small, dissolved in four pints of water, rather hot, in a large basip ; make the solution into a lather, bj beating- it with birch rods, or wires Introduce the feathers, and rub well with the hands for five or six minutes. After this soaping, "wash in clean water, as hot as the hand can bear. Shake until dry. 2044. INK STANDS. Very fre- quently, when logwood has been used in manufacturing ink, a reddish stain still remains, after the use of oxalic acid, as in the former directions. To remove it, procure a solution of the chloride of lime, and apply it in the same manner as directed for the oxalio WRITE YOUR OWN HISTORY DAILY. 237 acid. (Sec 176, 177, 277, 502, and 507.) 2045. BALDNESS. The decoction of boxwood, successful in cases of bald- ness, is thus made : Take of the com- mon box, which grows in garden borders, stems and leaves four large handfub ; boil in three pints of water, in a closely- covered vessel, for a quarter of an hour, and let it stand in a covered earthen- ware jar for ten hours or more ; strain, ttnd add an ounce and a half of Eau de Cologne, or lavender water, to make it keep. The head should be well washed with this solution every morning. (See 148, 149, and 169.) 2046. TO DESTROY ANTS. Drop some quicklime on the mouth of their nest, and wash it in with boiling water ; or dissolve some camphor in spirits of wine, then mix with water, and pour into their haunts ; or tobacco water, which has been found effectual. They are averse to strong sceuts. Camphor will prevent their infesting a cupboard, or a sponge saturated with creosote. To prevent their climbing up trees, place a ring of tar about t'ae trunk, or a circle of rag moistened oc- casionally with creosote. 2047. " BREACH OF PROMISE OF MARRIAGE. A verbai offer of marriage is sufficient whereon to grouud an action for breach of promise of marriage. The conduct of the suitor, subsequent to the breaking off the en- gagement, would weigh with the jury iu estimating damages. An action may be commenced although the gen- tleman is not married. The length of time which must elapse before action, must be reasonable. A lapse of three years or even half that time, without any attempt by the gentleman to renew the acquaintance, would lessen the damages very considerably perhaps io away with all chance of success, unless the delay could be satisfacto-ily ex- plained, The mode of proceeding is by an action at law. For this an attorney must be retained, who will manage the whole affair tc its termi- nation. 2048. Before legal proceedings arc commenced, a letter should be written to the gentleman by the father or brother of the lady, requesting him to fulfil his engagement. A copy of thi" letter should be kept, and it had bettet be deli vered by some person who can prove that he did so, and that the copy is correct : he should make a memo- randum of any remarks or conver- sation. 2049. We give an extract or two from the law authorities : they will, we have no doubt, be perused by our fair readers with great attention, and some satisfaction. " A man, who was paying particular attentions to a young girl, was asked by the father of the latter, after one of his visits, what his inten- tions were, and he replied, I have pledged my honour to marry the girl in a month after Christmas ;' and it was held that this declaration to the father, who had a right to make the inquiry, and to receive a true and correct an- swer, taken in connexion with the visits to the house, and the conduct of the young people towards each other, was sufficient evidence of a promise of marriage." 2050. '* The common law does not altogether discountenance long engage- ments to be married. If parties are young, and circumstances exist, showing that the period during which they had agreed to remain single was not unrea- sonably long, the contract is binding upon them ; but if they are advanced in years and the marriage is appointed to take place at a remote and un- reasonably long period of time, the contract would be voidable, at the option of either of the parties, as being in restrain of matrimony. If no time is fixed and agreed upon for the per- formance of the contract, it is in con- templation cl law a contract to mar^y within a reasonable period after request*. Either of the parties, therefore, after the making of such a contract, may call upon the other to fulfil the engage- ment ; and in case of refusal, V>r a neglect so to do on the part of the 238 A GAMBLER AND A SWINDLER ARE NEAR NEIGHBORS. latter within a reasonable time after the request made, the party so calling upon the other for a fulfilment of the engagement, may treat the betrothment as at an end, and bring an action for damages for a breach of the engagement If both parties lie by for an unreason- able period, and neither renew the con- tract from time to time by their conduct or actions, or call upon one another to carry it into execution, the engagement will be deemed to be abandoned by mutual consent, and the parties will be free to marry whom they please." 2051. "The Roman law very proper- ly considered the term of two years amply sufficient for the duration of a betrothment; and if a man who had engaged to marry a girl did not think fit to celebrate the nuptial within two years from the date of the engage- ment, the girl was released from the contract." 2052. DYE SILK LILAC. For every pound of silk, take one and a-half pound of archil, mix it well with the liquor ; make it boil a quarter of an hour, dip the silk quickly, then let it cool, and wash it in river water, and a fine half violet, or lilac, more or less full, will be obtained. (See 402.) 2053. DYE HAIR AND FEA- THERS GREEN. Take of verdigris or verditer, of each one ounce ; gum water, one pint; mix them well, and dip the hair or feathers into the mix- ture, shaking them well about. (See 418 to 421.) 2054. EXCELLENT HAIR WASH. Take one ounce of borax, half an ounce of camphor ; powder these ingredients fine, and dissolve them in one quart of boiling water j when cool, the solution will be ready for use: damp the hair frequently. This wash effectually cleanses, beauti- fies, and strengthens the hur, preserves the colour, and prevents early baldness. The camphor will form into lumps fitter being dissolved, but the water Vvill be sufficiently impregnated. 2055. ESSENCE OF CELERY. This is prepared by soaking for a fort- night a-half ounce of the seeds of celery in a-quarter pint of brandy. A few drops will flavour a pint of soup 01 broth, equal to a head of celery. 2056. HICCOUGH, OR HICCUP This is a spasm of the diaphragm caused by flatulency, indigestion, or acidity. It may be relieved by the sudden application of cold, also by two or three mouthfuls of cold water, by eating a small piece of ice, taking *a pinch of snuff, or anything that excites counter action. 2057. SUBSTITUTE FOR CREAM IN TEA OR COFFEE. Beat the white of an egg to a froth, put to it a very small lump of butter, and mix well. Then turn into it gradually, so that it may not curdle. If perfectly done, it will be an excellent substitute for cream. 2058. STAINS AND MARKS FROM BOOKS. A solution of oxalic acid, citric acid, or tartaric acid, is at- tended with the least risk, and may be applied upon the paper and prints with- out fear of damage. These acids, tak- ing out writing ink, and not touching the printing, can be used for restoring books where the margins have been written upon, without attacking the text. (See 543 ) 2059. MINT VINEGAR. Put into a wide-mouthed bottle, fresh nice clean mint leaves enough to fill it loosely ; then fill tip the bottle with good vine gar ; and after it has been stopped close for two or three weeks, it is to be poured off clear into another bottle, and kept well corked for use. Serve with lamb when mint cannot be ob- iained. 2060. YELLOW RICE. Take one pound of rice, wash it clean and aut it into a saucepan which will hold ;hree quarts ; add to it half a pound of currants picked and washed, one quar- ter of an ounce of the best turmeric powder, previously dissolved in a cup- ul of the water, and a stick of cinna- mon ; pour over them two quarts ol cold water, place the saucepan uncov ered on a moderate fire, and allow it tc THE HOPE IS SURE WHICH HAS ITS FOUNDATION IN VJKTUE. 239 boil till the rice is dry, then stir in a quarter of a pound of sugar, and two ounces of butter : cover up, and place the pan near the fire for a few minutes, then mix it well and dish up. This is a favourite dish with the Javanese, and will be found excellent as a vegetable with roast meat, poultry, &c. It also forms a capital pudding, which may be improved by the addition of raisins, and a few blanched almonds. 2061. NEAT MODE OF SOLDER- ING. Cut out a piece of tinfoil the size of the surfaces to be soldered. Then dip a feather in a solution of sal ammo- niac, and wet over the surfaces of the metal, then place them in their proper position with the tinfoil between. Put it so arranged on a piece of iron hot enough to melt the foil. When cold they will be found firmly soldered tog-ether. 2062. TRACING PAPER. Mix together by a gentle heat, one oz. of Canada balsam, and a-quarter pint of spirits of turpentine ; with a soft brush .spread it thinly over one side of good tissue paper. It dries quickly, is very transparent, and is not greasy, there- fore does not stain the object upon which it may be placed. 2063. DYE SILK, &c., CRIMSON. Take about a spoonful of cutbear, put it into a small pan, pour boiling water upon it ; stir and kt it stand a tew minutes, then put in the silk, and turn it over in a short time, and when the colour is full enough, take it out ; but if it should require more violet or crimson, add a spoonful or two of purple archil to some warm water ; steep, and dry it within doors. It must be mangled, and ought to be pressed. 2064. CLEAN KID GLOVES. Make a strong lather with curd soap and warm water, in which steep a small piece of new flannel. Place the glove on a flat, clean, and unyielding surface such as the bottom of a dish, and having thoroughly soaped the flannel (wheu squeezed from the lather), rub the kii till al! dirt be removed, clean- ing and re-soaping the flannel from time to time. Care must be taken to omit no part of the glove, by turning the fingers, &c. The gloves must be dried in the sun, or before a moderate fire, and will present the appearance ol old parchment. When quite dry, they must be gradually "pulled out," and will look new. (See 323, 1321.) 2063. PREVENT GALLING IN INVALIDS. The white of an rgu, beaten to a strong froth, then drop in gradually whilst you are beating two teaspoonfuls of spirits of wine, put it into a bottle, and apply occasionally with a feather. 2066. MASHED POTATOES AND SPINACH OR CABBAGE. Moisten cold mashed potatoes with a little white sauce : take cold cabbage or spinach, and chop either one very finely. Moisten them with a brown gravy. Fill a tin mould with layers of potatoes and cabbage ; cover the top ana put it into a stew-pan of boiling water. Let it re- main long enough to warm the vege- tables ; then turn the vegetables out and serve them. This might be pre- pared by boiling the vegetables sepa- rately, and merely putting them into the mould in layers, to be turned out when wanted. It forms a very pretty dish for an entree. (See 122.) 2067. COLD CARROTS AND TUR- NIPS may be added to soups, if they have not been mixed -with gravies ; or warmed up separately, and put into moulds in layers ; they may be turned out, and served the same as the pota- toes and cabbage described above. 2068. RASPBERRY VINEGAR. Put a pound of very fine ripe raspberries in a bowl, bruise them well, and pour upon them a quart of the best white wine vinegar ; next day strain the liquor on a pound of fresh ripe raspberries ; braise them also, and the following day do the same, but do not squeeze the fruit, or it will make it foment; only drain 'he liquor as dry as you can from it. The last time pass it through a canvas bag, previously wet with the vinegar, to prevent waste. Put the juice into 240 VICE CHEATS ITS VOTARIES. stone jar, with a pound of sugar to every pint of juice ; the sugar must be broken into lumps ; stir it, arid when melted, put the jar into a pan of water; let it simmer, and skim it ; when cold, bottle it ; it will be fine, and thick, when cold, like strained honey, newly prepared. 2069. SIGNS OF THE WEATHER. 2070. DEW. If the dew lies plenti- fully on the grass after a fair day, it is a sign of another. If not, and there is no wind, rain must follow. A red even- ing portends fine weather ; but if it spread too far upwards from the hori- zon in the evening, and especially morning, it foretells wind or rain, or both. When the sky, in rainy weather, is tinged with sea green, the rain will increase ; if with deep blue, it will be showery. (See 3366.) 2071. CLOUDS. Against much rain, the clouds grow bigger, and increase very fast, especially before thunder. When the clouds are formed like fleeces, but dense in the middle and bright to- wards the edges, with the sky bright, they are signs of a frost, with hail, snow, or rain. If clouds form high in air, in thin white trains like locks of wool, they portend wind, and probably rain. When a general cloudiness covers the eky, and small black fragments of clouds fly underneath, they are a sure sign of rain, and probably it will be lasting. Two currents of clouds always portend rain, and, in summer, thunder. 2072. HEAVENLY BODIES. A haziness in the air, which fades the sun's light, and ma^es the orb appear whitish, or ill-defined or at night, if the moon and stars grow dim, and a. ring encircles the former, rain will follow. If the sun's rays appear like Moses' horns if white at setting, or shorn of his rays, or goes down into a bank of clouds in the horizon, bad weather is to be expected. If the moon looks pale and dim, we ex- pect rain; if red, wind; and if or her natural colour, with a clear sky, fair weather. If the moon is rainy through- out, it will be clear at the change, and perhaps the rain return a few days after. If fair throughout, and rain at the change, the fair weathtr will pro- bably return on the fourth or fifth day. 2073. ASTHMA. The following ii recommended as a relief. Two ounces of the best honey, and one ounce (A castor oil mixed. A teaspoonful to J-e taken night and morning. 2074. MILDEW OUT OF LINEN. Take soap, and rub it well ; then scrape some fine chalk, and rub it also on the linen. Lay it on the grass. As it dries, wet it a little, and it will come out in twice doing. 2075. EXCELLENT REMEDY FOR SPRAINS. Put the white of an egg into a saucer, keep stirring it with a piece of alum about the size of a walnut until it becomes a thick jelly ; apply a prrtion of it on a piece of lint or tow large enough to cover the sprain, ch'inging it for a fresh one as often as it feels warm or dry ; the limb is to be kept in an horizontal position by plucing it on a chair. 2076. REMEDY FOR RHEUMA- TISM, LUMBAGO, SPRAINS, BRUI- SES, CHILBLAINS, (BEFORE THEY ARE BROKEN) AND BITES OF INSECTS. One raw egg well beaten, half a pint of vinegar, one ounce of spirits of turpentine, a quarter of an an ounce of spirits of wine, a quarter of an ounce of camphor. These ingif di- ents to be Beaten well together, ,hen put in a bottle and shaken for ten minutes, after which, to be corked down tightly to exclude the air. In half an hour it is fit for use. J*rrec tions: To be well rubbed in, two, three, or four times a day. For tfieu- matism in the head, to be rubb* 1 at th'jback of the neck and behind the *ars. 2077. UNFERMENTED BRFAD. Three pounds wheat meal ; half an ounce, avoirdupois, muriatic acid ; hall an ounce, avoirdupois, carbonate soda ; wnter enough to make it of a proper consistence. For white flour, lour pounds of flour ; half an ounce, avoir- dupois, muriatic acid ; half an ounce, avoirdupois, carbonate eoda ; water about a quaM. The v.ay of milking i TIME, WHICH IS MOST VALUABLE, IS MOST TRIFLED WITH. ai follows : First mix the soda and flour well together by rubbing in a pan ; then pour the acid into the water, and mix well by stirring. Mix altogether to the required consistence, and bake in a hot oven immediately. The gain from this method of baking is as follows : four pounds of wheat meal made seven pounds nine ounces of excellent light bread ; and four pounds of seconds flour made six pounds of excellent light bread. It keeps moist longer than bread made with yeast, and is far more sweet and digestible. This is especially recommended to persons who suffer from indigestion, who will find the brown bread invaluable. (See 461.) 2078. SCURF IN THE HEAD. A simple and effectual remedy. Into a pint of water drop a lump of fresh quick lime, the size of a walnut; let it stand all night, then pour the water off clear from the sediment or deposit, add a quarter of a pint of the best vinegar, and wash the head with the mixture. Perfectly harmless ; only wet the roots of the hair. (See 1276.) 2079. JAUNDICE. One penny- worth of allspice, ditto of flour of brimstone, ditto of turmeric ; these to be well pounded together, and afterwards to be mixed with half- a-potind of molasses. Two table-spoon- fuls to betaken every day. (See 1247.) 2080. CRAMP IN THE LEGS. Stretch out the he-el of the leg as far as possible, at the same time drawing up the toes as far as possible. This will often stop a fit of the cramp after it hag commenced. 2081. CLEAN FURS. Strip the fur articles of their stuffing and binding, and lay them as much as possible in a flat position. They must then be sub- jected to a very brisk brushing, with a stiff clothes brush ; after this, any moth-eaten parts must be cut out, and be neatly replaced by new bits of fur to match. Sable, chinchilla, squirrel, fitch, &c., should be treated as follows: Warm a quantity of new bran in a pan, taking care that it does not burn, to prevent which it must be actively- stirred. When well warmed, rub it thoroughly into the fur with the hand Repeat this two or three times ; then shake the fur, and give it another sharp brushing until free from dust. White furs, ermine, &c., may -be cleaned as follows : Lay the fur on the table, and rub it well with bran made moist with warm water ; rub until quite dry, and afterwards with dry bran. The wet bran should be put on with flannel, and the dry with a piece of book-muslin. The light furs in addition to tho above should be well rubbed with magnesia, or a piece of book-muslin, after the bran process. Furs are usually much improved by stretching, which may be managed as follows : to a pint of soft water add three ounces of salt, dissolve ; with this solution sponge the inside of the skin ('taking care not to wet the fur), until it bec.oines thorough- ly saturated ; then lay it carefully on a board with the fur side downwards, in its natural disposition ; then stretch, as much as it will bear to the required shape, and fasten with small tacks. The drying may be quickened by placing the skin a little distance from the fire or stove. 2082. WHIST. (Upon the princi- ples of Hoyle's games). Great silence and attention must be observed by the players. Four persons cut for partners ; the two highest are against the two lowest. The partners sit opposite to each other, and the person who cuts the lowest card is entitled to the deal. The ace is the lowest in cutting. Each person has a right to shuffle the cards before the deal ; but it is usual for the elder hand only, and the dealer after. The pack is then cut by the right hand adversary; and the dealer dis- tributes the cards, one by one, to each of the players; beginning with the person who sits on his left hand until he comes to the last card, which he turns up, being the trump, and leaves on the table till the first trick is played. The person on the left hand side of the dealer is called the elder, and play first; whoever wins the trick becorai 242 THE OATHS OF THE PASSIONATE HAVE NO MEANING. elder hand, and plays again ; and so on, till the cards are played out. No intimations or signs of any kind, during the play of the cards, are per- mitted between the partners. The mistake of one" party is the game of the adversary, except in revoke, when the partners may inquire if he has any of the suit in his hand. The tricks belonging to each party should be turned and collected by the respective partners of whoever wins .he first trick in every hand. All above six tricks reckon towards the game. The ace, king, queen, and knave of trumps are called honours ; and when either of the partners have three sepa- rately, or between them, they coui.t two points towards the game; and ij case they have four honours, they count four points. The game, consists of ten points. 2083. TERMS USED IN WHIST. Finessing, is the attempt to gain an advantage ; thus : If you have the best, and third best card of the suit led, you put on the third best, and run the risk of your adversary having the /second best ; if he has it not, which is two to one against him, you are then certain of gaining a trick. Forcing, is playing the suit of which your partner or adversary has not any, and which he must trump, in order to win. Long trump, means the having one or more trumps in your hand when all the rest are out. Loose card, means a card in hand of 110 value/ and the most proper to throw away. Points. Ten make the game; as many as are gained by tricks or honours, BO many points are set up to the score of the game. Quart, is four successive cards in any euit. Quart Major, is a sequence of r.ce, king, queen, and knave. Quint, is five successive cards in any eiiit. Quint Major, is a sequence of ace, V'mg, queen, and ten. See saw, is when each partner turns a suit, and when they play those suits to each other for that purpose. Score, is the number of points set up. Tto following is the most approved method of ecoring : 1 23 456789 00 000 00 000 0000 00 000 00 Slam, is when cither party win every trick. Tenace, is possessing the first and third best cards, and being the last player, you consequently catch the adversary when that suit is played; as, for instance, in case you have ace and quetsn of any suit, and your adversary leads thai mit, you must win two tricks, by having the best and third best of the suit played, and being the last player. Terce, is three successive cards in any suit. Terce Major, is a sequence of ace, king, and queen. 2084. KULES. 1. Lead from your strong suit, and be cautious how you change suits ; and keep a commanding card to bring it in again. 2. Lead through the strong suit and up to the weak, but not in trumps, unless very strong in them. 3. Lead the highest of a sequence ; but if you have a quart or cinque to a king, lead the lowest. 4. Lead through an honour, partic- ularly if the game is much against you. 5. Lead your best trump, if the ad- versaries be eight, and you have no honour; but not if you have four trumps, unless you have a sequence. 6. Lead a trump if you have four or five, or a strong hand ; but not if weak. 7. Having ace, king, and two or three small cards, lead ace and king, if weak in trumps, but a small one if strong in them. 8. If you have the last trutnp, witu some winning cards, and one losing card only, lead the losing card. 9. Return your partner's lead, not the adversaries ; and if you Lave only THERE IS NO DARKNESS SO DKEP AS THAT OF THE MIND. 243 three originally, play the best; but you need not return it immediately, when you win with a king, queen, or knave, and have only small ones, or when you hold a good sequence, have a strong suit, or have five trumps. 10. Do not lead from ace queen, or tice knave. 11. Do not lead an ace, unless you have a king. 12. Do not lead a thirteenth card, unless trumps be out. J 3. Do not trump a thirteenth card, unless you be last player or want the lead. 14. Keep a small card to return your partner's lead. 15. Be cautious in trumping a card when strong in trumps, particularly if you have a strong suit. 16. Having only a few small trumps, make them when you can. 17. If your partner refuses to trump A suit, of which he knows you have not the best, lead your best trump. 18. When you hold all the remaining trumps play one, and then try to put the lead in your partner's hand. 19. Remember how many of each euit are out, and what is the best card left in each hand. 20. Never force your partner if are weak in trumps, unless you have a renounce, or want the odd trick. 21. When playing for the odd trick, be cautious of trumping out, especially if your partner be likely to trump a suit ; and make all the tricks you can early, and avoid finessing. 22. If you take a trick and have a sequence, win it with the lowest. 2085. LAWS OF WHIST. 2086. Dealing I. If a card be turned up in dealing, the adverse party may call a new deal, unless they have been the cause ; then the dealer has the option. 2. If a card be faced in the deal, the dealer must deal again, unless it be the last deal. 3. If any one play with twelve cards, and tfap rest have thirteen, the deal to stand good, and the player to be punished for each revoke ; but, if any have fourteen cards, the deal is lost. 4. The dealer to leave the trump card on the table till his turn to play ; after which none may ask what card was turned up, only what is trumps. 5. No person may take up the cards while dealing; if the dealer in that case should iniss the deal, to deal again, un- less his partner's fault; and if a card be turned up iu dealing, no new deal, unless the partner' s fault. 6. If the dealer put the trump card on the rest, with face downwards, he is to lose the deal. 2087. Playingoutofturn.7.If&ny person play out of his turn, the adver- sary may call the card played at any time, if he do not make him revoke ; or if either of the adverse party be to lead, may desire his partner to name the suit, which must be played. 8. If a person supposes he has won the trick, and leads again before his partner has played, the adversary may oblige his partner to win it, if he can. 9. If a person lead, and his partner play before his turn, the adversary's partner may do the same. 10. If the ace, or any other card of you^ a suit, be led, and any person play out of turn, whether his partner have any of the suit led or not, he is neither to trump it nor win it, provided he do not revoke. 2088. Revoking. 11. If a revoke happen to be made, the adversary may add three to their score, or take three tricks from them, or take down three from their score ; and, if up, must re- main at nine. 12. If any person revoke, and, before the cards be turned, discover it, the adversary may cause the highest or lowest of the suit led, or call the card then played at any time, if it do not cause a revoke. 13. No revoke to be claimed till the trik be turned and quitted, or the party who revoked, or his partner, have played again. 14. If aoy person claim a revoke. 244 A GOOD l;of:K IS A UGlIT TO THE SOUL. the .adverse party are not to mix their cards, upon forfeiting the revoke. 15. No revoke can be claimed after the cards are cut for a new deal. 2089. Calling honours. 16. If any person call, except at the point of eight, the adverse party may consult, and have a nevr deal. 17. After the trump card is turned up, no person may remind his partner to call, on penalty of losing one point. 18. If the trump card be turned up, no honours can be set up, unless before claimed ; and scoring honours, not hav- ing them, to be scored against them. 19. If any person call at eight, and be answered, and the opposite parties have thrown down their cards, and it appear they have not their honours, they may consult, and have a new deal or not. 20. If any person answer without an honour, the adversaries may consult and stand the deal or not. 21. If any person call at eight, after he has played, the adversaries may call a new deal. 2090. Separating find Showing the Cards. 22. If any person separate a card from the rest, the adverse party may call it if he name it ; but if he call a wrong card, he or his partner are liable, for once, to have the highest or lowest card called in any suit led dur- ing that deal, 23. If any person throw his cards on the table, supposing the game lost, he may not take them up, and the adver- saries may call them, provided he do not revoke. 24. If any person be sure of winning every trick in his hand, he may show his cards, but is liable to have them called. 2091. Omitting to play to a Trick. 25. If any person omit to play to a trick, and it appear he has one card more than the rest, it shall be at the option of the adversary to have a new deal. 2092. Respecting icho played a, Par- ticular Card. 26. Each person ought to lay his card before him ; and if either of the adversaries mix their came with his, his partner may demand each per- eon to lay his card before him, but not to inquire who played any particular card. These laws are agreed to by the best judges. 2093. MAXIMS FOK WHIST. 2094. Leader I. Begin with the suit of which you have most in num ber ; for, when the trumps are out, you will, probably make several tricks by it. 2. If you hold equal numbers in dif- ferent suits, begin with the strongest, because it is the least liable to injure your partner. 3. Sequences are always eligible leads, as supporting your partner with- out injuring your own hand. 4. Lead from a king or queen, rather than from an ace ; for, since the adver- saries will lead from those suits which you do not, your ace will do them most harm. 5. Lead from a king rather than a queen, and from a queen rather than from a knave ; for the stronger the suit, the less is your partner endangered. 6. Lead not from ace queen, or ace knave, till necessary; for, if that suit be led by the adversaries, you have a good chance of making two tricks in it. 7. In all sequences to a queen, knave, or ten, begin with the highest, because it will frequently distress your left- hand adversary. 8. Having ace, king, and knave, lead the king : for, if strong in trumps, you may wait the return of this suit, and finesse the knave. 9. Having ace, queen, and one small card, lead the small one ; for, by this lead, your partner has a chance to make the knave. 10. Having ace, king, and two or three small cards, play ace and king, if weak, but a small card, if strong in trumps, you may give your partner the chance of making the first trick. 11. Having king, queen, and one small card, play the small one ; for youi partner has an equal chance to win OBSERVATION IS THE BEST TEACHER. 245 and you need not fe.ar to make king or queen. 12. Having king, queen, and two or tnree small cards, lead a small card if strong, and the king if weak in trumps ; for .strength in trumps entitles you to play a backward game, and give your partner a chance of winning the first trick ; but, if weak in trumps, lead the king or queen, to secure a trick in that suit. 13. Having an ace, with four small cards, anfl no other good suit-, play a small card, if strong in trumps, and the ace it weak; for strength in trumps may enable you to make one or two of the small cards, although your partner cannot support the lead. 14. Having king, knave, and ten, lead the ten ; for, if your partner hold the ace, you have a good chance to make three tricks, whether he pass the ten or not. 15. Having king, queen, and ten, lead the king; for, if it fail, by putting on the ten, upon the return of that suit from your partner, you have a chance of making two tricks. 16. Having queen, knave, and nine, lead the queen ; for, upon the return of that suit from your partner by putting on the nine, you will, probably, make the knave. 2095. Second Hand. 1. Having ace, king, and small ones, play a small card, if strong in trumps j but the king if weak in them ; for, otherwise, your ace or king mfght be trumped, in the latter case, and no hazards should be run with few trumps but in critical cases. 2. Having ace, queen, and small cards, play a small one, for, upon the return of that suit, you will, probably, make two tricks. 3. Having ace, knave, and small ?ards. play a small one, for, upon the return of that suit, you will, perhaps, make two tricks. 4. Having ace, ten, or nine, with small cards, play a small one, for, by this method, you have a chance of making two tricks in the suit. 5. Having king, queen, teu and small cards, play the queen; for, by playing the ten upon the return of the suit, you will probably, make twe tricks in it. 6. Having king, queen, and small cards, play a small card if strong in trumps, but the queen if weak in them; for strength in trumps warrants playing a backward game, and it is always ad- vantageous to keep back your adver- sary's suit. 7. If you hold a sequence to your highest card in the suit, play the low- est of it, for, by this means, your part- ner will be informed of your strength. 8. Having- queen, knave, and small ones, play the knave, because you will, probably, secure a trick. 9. Having queen, ten, and small ones, play a small one, for you partner has an equal chance to win. 10. Having either ace, king, queen, or knave, with small cards, play a email one, for your partner has an equal chance to win the trick. 11. Having either ace, king, queen, or knave, with one small card only, play the small one, for, otherwise, your adversary will finesse upon you. 12. If a queen be led, and you hold the king, put that on, for if your part- ner hold the ace, you do no harm ; and, f the king be taken the adversaries have played two honours to one. 14. If a king be led, and you hold ace, knave, and small ones, play the ace, for it cannot do the adversay a reater injury. 2096. Third Hand. 1. Having aca and king, play the ace and return the king, because you should not keep the command of your partner's strong suit. 2. Having ace and queen, play the ace, and return the queen ; for, although t may prove better in some cases to put on the queen, yet, in general, your sartner is best supported by this method. 3. Having ace and knave, play the ace and return the knave, in order to strengthes your partner's hand. 4. Having king aid knave, play th 246 FALSEHOOD, LlKli A NETTLE, STIiNGS THOSE WHO MEDDLE WITH IT. king; and, if it win, return the knave, for the reason in No. 3. 5. Always play the best when your partner plays a small card, as it best supports your partner. 6. If you hold the ace and one small card only, and your partner lead the king, put on the ace, and return the small one ; for, otherwise, your ace will be an obstruction to his suit. 7. If you hold the king and one email card onty, and your partner lead the ace, if the trumps be out, play the king: for, by putting on the king there will be no obstruction to the suit. 2097. Fourth Hand.l. If a king be led, and you hold ace, knave, and a small card, play the small one; for, supposing the queen to follow, you pro- bably make both ace and knave. 2. When the third hand is weak in his partner's lead, you may often re- turn that suit to great advantage ; but this rule must not be applied to trumps, unless you are very strong indeed. 2098. Cases in which you should re- turn your partner's lead ijnmcdiatcly. 1. When you win with the ace and can return an honour, for that will greatly strengthen his hand. 2. When he leads a trump, in which case, return the best remaining in your hand, (unless you held four originally), except the lead be through an honour. 3. When your partner has trumped out ; for then it is evident he wants to make his great suit. 4. When, you have no good card in any other suit ; for then you entirely depend on your own partner. 2099. Cases in which you should not eturn your partner's lead immediately. 1. If you win with the king, queen, pr knave, and have only small cards left ; for the return of a small card will more distress than strengthen your partner. 2. If you hold a good sequence ; for then you may show a strong suit, and not injure his hand. 3. If you have a strong suit ; because leading from a strong suit direuls youi partner, and cannot injure him. 4. If you have a good hand ; for in this case you ought to consult you* own hand. 5. If you hold five trumps ; for then you are warranted to play trumps, if you think it right. 2100. Leading Trumps. 1. Lead trumps from a strong hand, but never from a weak one, by which means you will secure your good cards from being trumped. 2. Trump not out with a bad hand, although you hold five small trumps; for, since your cards are bad, it is only trumping for the adversaries' good ones. 3. Having ace, king, knave, and three small trumps, play ace and king; for the probability of the queen's fall- ing is in your favour. 4. Having ace, king, knave, and one or two small trumps, play the king, and wait the return froni your partner to put on the knave, in order to win the queen; but if you particularly wish the trumps out, play two rounds, and then your strong suit. 5. Having ace, king, and two or threo small trumps, lead a small one ; this is to let your partner win the first trick ; but, if you have good reason for getting out the trumps, play three rounds, or play ace and king, and then proceed with your strong suit. 6. If your adversaries be eight, and you do do not hold an honour, throw oft* your best trump, for, if your partner has not two honours, you have lost the game ; and, if he holds two ho- nours, it is most advantageous to lead a trump. 7. Having ace, queen, knave, and small trumps, play the knave ; for, by this means, the king only can make against you. 8. Having ace, queen, ten, and one or two small trumps, lead a small one, for it will give your partner a chance to win the trick, and keep the com- mand in your own hand. 9. Having king, queen, ten, and small trumps, lead the king ; for if the STRIVE TO LEARN FROM ALL THINGS. 247 king be lost, upon the return of trumps, you may finesse the ten. 10. Having king, knave, ten, and small ones, lead the knave, because it will prevent the adversaries from making a small trump. 1 1 . Having queen, knave, nine, and small trumps, lead the queen ; for, if your partner hold the ace, jou have a good chance of making the* whole suit. 12. Having queen, knave, and two or three small trumps, lead the queen, for the reason in No. 11. 13. Having knave, tvn, eight, and small trumps, lead the luiave ; for, on the return of trumps, you probably, may finesse the eight to advantage. 14. Having knave, ten, eight, and three small trumps, lead the knave, be- cause it will most distress your adversa- ries, unless two honours are held on your right hand ; the odds against which are about three to one. 15. Having only small trumps, play the highest : by which you will support your partner all you can. 16. Having a sequence, begin with the highest; by this means, your partner is best instructed how to play his hand, and cannot possibly be injured. 17. If any honour be turned up on your left, and the game much against you, lead a trump the first opportunity ; for, your game being desperately bad, this method is the most likely to re- trieve it. 18. In all other cases it is dangerous leading through an honour, unless you be strong in trumps, or have a good hand ; because all the advantage of trumping through an honour lies in your partner's finessing. 19. Supposing it hereafter proper to lead trumps, when an honour is turned up on your left, you, holding only one honour with a small trump, play the honour and next the small one ; because It will greatly strengthen your part- ner's hand, and cannot hurt your own. 20. If an honour be turned up on the left, and you hold a sequence, lead the high ?!. >f it. I erause 't v'll pre- vent the last hand from injuring you* partner. 21. If a queen be turned up on the left, and you hold ace, king, and a small one, lead the small trump, because you will have a chance of getting the queen. 22. If a queen be turned up on the left, and you hold a knave, with small ones, lead the knave ; for the knave cannot be of service, as the queen is on your left. 23. If an honour be turned up by your partner, and you strong in trumps, lead a small one ; but if weak in them, lead the best you have ; by this play the weakest hand will support the strongest. 24. If an ace be turned up on the right, you holding king, queen, and knave, lead the knave ; a secure lead. 25. If an ace be turned up on the right, and you hold king, queen, and ten, lead the king, and upon the return of trumps play the ten ; for, by this means, you show a great strength to your partner, and will, probably make two tricks in them. 26. If a king be turned up on the right, and you hold queen, knave, and nine, lead knave, and, upon the return of trumps, play the nine, because it may prevent the ten from making. 27. If a king be turned up on your right, and you hold knave, ten and nine, lead the nine, and, upon the return of trumps play the ten ; because this method will best disclose your strength in trumps. 2.8. If a queen be turned up on the right, and you hold ace, king, and knave, lead the king, and, upon the return of trumps, play the knave, because you are then certain to make the knave. 29. If a queen be turned up on the right, and you hold ace, king, and small ones, lead the king; and upon the return of trumps, you may finesse, unless the queen falls, for otherwise the queen will make a trick. 30. If a knave be turned up on the right, and you hold king, queen, and 248 AN ILL FIXED BLIND NO ONE CAN WIND. ten, lead the queen, and, upon the return of trumps, pUv the ten ; for, by this means, you will make the ten. 31 . If a knave be turned up on the right, and you hold king, queen, and small ones, lead the king : and if that come home, play a small one, for it is probable your partner holds the ace. 32. If a knave be turned up on the right, and you hold king and ten or queen and ten, with two small cards, lead a small one ; and, upon the return of trumps play the ten, for it is five to four that your partner holds one honour. 2101. IVJien you turn up an Honour. 1. If you turn up an ace, and hold only one small trump with it, if either adversary lead the king, put on the ace. 2. But, if you turn up an ace, and hold two or three small trumps with it, and either adversary lead the king, put on a small one ; for, if you play the ace, you give up the command in trumps. 3. If you turnup the king, and hold only one small trump with it, and your right hand adversary lead a trump, play the king". 4. If you turn up a king, and hold two or three small trumps with it, if your right hand adversary lead a trump, play a small one. 5. If you turn up a queen or knave, and hold, besides, only small trumps, if your right hand adversary lead a trump, put on a small one. 6. If you hold a sequence to the honour turned up, play it last. 2102. Playing for the Odd Trick. I. Be cautious of trumping out, notwith- standing you have a good hand. 2. Never trump out, if your partner appears likely to trump a suit. 3. If you are moderately strong in trumps, force your partner, for by this you probably make a trick. 4. Make your tricks early, and be cautious of finessing. 5. If you hold a single card of any suit, and only two or three small trumps, lead the single card. 2103. CALCULATIONS. 1 . I* is about five to four that you; partner holds one card out of any two. 2. It is about five to two that he holds one card out of three. 3. It is about four to ope that b holds one card out of any four. I. It is two to one that he does not hold a certain card. 5. It is about three to one that he does not hold two cards out of any three. 6. It is about three to two that he does not hold two cards out of any four. 2104. CRIBBAGE. The game of Cribbage differs from all other games by its immense variety of chances. It *s reckoned useful to young people in the science of calculation. It is played with the whole pack of cards, generally by two persons, and sometimes by four. There are also five different modes of , playing that is, with five, six, or eight cards; but the games are principally those with five and six cards. The rules vary a little in different companies, but the following are those most gener- ally observed : 2105. TERMS USED IN CRIBBAGE. Crib. The cards thrown away by each party, and the dealer is entitled to score whatever poiuts are made by them. Pairs are two similar cards ; as two aces or two kings. Whether in hand or playing they reckon for two points. Pairs Royal are three similar cards, and reckon for six points, whether in hand or playing. Double Pairs Royal are four similar cards, and reckon for twelve points, whether in hand or playing. The points gained by pairs, pairs royal, and double pairs royal, in playing, are thus affected : Your adversary having played a seven and you another, con- stitutes a pair, and entitles you to score two points ; your antagonist then play, ing a third seven, makes a pair royal and he marks six ; and your playing- a fourth is a double pair royal, and en- titles you to twelve points. Fifteens. Every fifteen reckons foi FIRE IS A GOOD SERVANT BUT A BAD MASTER. 249 fcW3 points, whether in hand or playing. In hand they are formed either by two sards, such as a five and any tenth sard, a six and a nine, a eeven and an eight, or by three cards, as a two, a five, and an eight, &,c. And in playing thus, if such cards are played as make to- gether fifteen, the two points are to be scored towards the game. Sequences are three or four more suc- cessive cards, and reckon for an equal number of points, either in hand or play. In playing a sequence, it is of no consequence which card is thrown down first ; as thus : your adversary playing an ace, you a five, he a three, you a two, then he a four, he counts five for the sequence. Flush. When the cards are all of one suit, they reckon for as many points as there are cards. For a flush in the crib, the card turned up must be of the game suit as those put out in the crib. Noddy. The knave of the suit turned up reckons for one point ; if a knave be turned up, the dealer is to mark two ; but it cannot be reckoned again ; and when played it does not score any- thing. End Hole. The point scored by the last player, if he makes under thirty- One ; if he makes thirty-one exactly, he is to mark two. To obtain either of these is considered a great advantage. Last. Three points taken at the con: mencement of the game of five-car . 3ribbage by the non-dealer. 2106. RULES OF CRIBBAGE. l.The adverse parties cut the cards to deter- mine who shall be dealer ; the lowest card has it. The ace is the lowest. 2. In dealing, the dealer may dis- cover his own cards, but not those of his adversary who may mark two, a, d call a fresh deal. 3. Should too many cards be dealt to either, the non-dealer may score two, and demand another deal, if the error be detected previous to taking up the cards , if he do not wish a new 3e;il, the extra cards must be drawn aw a" \vhnn *uy player has ra^e than the proper number of cards in hand, the opponent may score four and call a new deal. 4. If any player meddle with the pack after dealing, till the period of cutting it for the turn-up card, then his opponent may score two points. 5. If any player take more than he is entitled to, the other party should not only put him back as many points as are overscored, but likewise take the same extra number for his own game. 6. Should either party even meddle with his own pegs unnecessarily, the opponent may score two points ; and if any one take out his front peg, he must place the same back behind the other. If any be misplaced by accident, a by- stander may replace the same, accord- ing to the best of his judgment ; but he should never otherwise interfere. 7. If any player neglect to set up what he is entitled to, the adversary is allowed to take the points so omitted. 8. Each player may place his own cards, when done with, upon the pack. 9. In five-card cribbage, the cards are to be dealt one by ono ; but when played with six cards, then it is cus- tomary to give three, and if with eight cards, four at a time. 10. The non-dealer, at the com- mencement of the game, in five- card cribbage, scores three points, called three for last ; but in six and eight-card cribbage this is not to be done. 11. In what is called the Bath game, they reckon flushes upon the board ; that is, when three cards of the same suit are played successively, the party playing the third scores three points ; if the adversary play a fourth of the same suit, then he is to score four, and so on for four, five, six, or as long as the the same suit continues to be played in uninterrupted succession, and that the whole number of pips do not reckun thirty-one. 2107. FIVE-CARD CRIBBAGE. It is unnecessary to describe cribbageboards; the sixty-one points or holes marked 250 WINDOWS OPENED MORE WOULD KEEP DOCTORS FROM THE DOOR. thereon make the game. We have before said, that the party cutting the lowest card deals ; after which, each player is first to lay out two of the five cards for the crib, which always belongs to the dealer; next, the adversary is to cut the remainder of the pack, and the dealer to turn up and lay upon the crib the uppermost card, for which, if a knave, he is to mark two points. The card turned up is to be reckoned by both parties, whether in showing their hands or crib. After laying-out and cutting as above- mentioned, the eldest hand is to play a card, which the other should endeavour to pair, or find one, the pips of which, reckoned with the first, will make fif- teen ; then the non-dealer must play another card, and try to make a pair, pair-royal, sequence, flush, (where allowed of) or fifteen, provided the cards already played have not exceeded that number -, and so on alternately, until the pips on the cards played make thirty-one, or, the nearest possible num- ber under that. When the party whose turn it may be to play, cannot produce a card that will make thirty-one, or come under that number he is then to say Go to his antagonist, who, thereupon, will be en- titled to score one, or must play any card or cards he may have that will make thirty-one, or under ; and if he can make exactly thirty-one, he is to take two points ; if not, one ; the last player has often opportunity this way to make pairs or sequences. Such cards as remain after this are not to be played ; but each party having, during the play, scored his points gained, in the manner before directed, must proceed ; the non-dealer first to count and take for his hand, then the dealer for his hand, and also for his crib, reckoning the cards every way they can possibly be varied, and always including the t irned-up-card. Points For every fifteen ..... 2 Pair, or two of a sort .... 2 Pair-royal, or three of a sort . 6 Double pa : " royal, or four ditto 12 Knave of the turned-up suit . 1 Sequences and flushes whatever number. 2108. MAXIMS FOR LAYING OUT THE CRIB CARDS. It is always requisite in laying out cards for the crib, that every player should consider not only his own hand, but also to whom the crib be- longs, as well as the state of the game ; for what might be proper in one situa- tion would be highly imprudent in another. When any player possesses a pair-royal, it is generally advisable to lay out the other cards, for crib, unless it belongs to the adversary, and they consist of two fives, a deuce, and a trois, five and six, seven and eight, five and any other tenth card, or that the game be almost finished. A player, when he does not thereby materially injure his hand, should for his own crib, lay out close cards, in hope of making a sequence, or two of a suit, in expectation of a flush ; or any that of themselves amount to fifteen, or such as reckoned with others will make that number, except when the -antagonist be nearly up, and it may be expedient to keep such cards that probably may pre- vent him from gaining at play. The direct contrary method should be pur- sued in respect to the adversary's crib, which each person should endeavour to baulk, by laying out those cards that 'c v e not likely to prove to advantage, unless at such a stage of the game, \\ neii it may be of consequence to keep in hand cards likely to tell in play, or when the non-dealer would be either out by his hand, or has reason for judging the crib of little moment. A king is the best card to baulk a crib, as none can form a sequence beyond it, except in some companies, where king, queen, ace, are allowed as a sequence ; and either a king or queen, with an ace, six, seven, eight, or nine, are good ones to put out. Low cards are generally the most likely to gain at play ; the flushes and sequences, particularly if the latter be also flushes, are, the most part, eligible hands, as thereby tn* player will often be enabled either to YOU MA.Y DEPEND THE DUSTMAN IS YOUR FRIEND: 251 assist his own crib, or baulk that of the opponent, to whom a knave should never be given, if with propr'ety it can be retained. 2109. THREE OR FOUR HAND CRIB- BAGE, Differs only from the preced- ing, as the parties put out but one card each to the crib, and when thirty- one, or near as can be, has been made, then the next eldest hand leads, and the players go on again in rotation, with any remaining cards, till all are played out before they proceed to show. For three-hand cribbage triangular boards are used. A sort of three-hand cribbage is some- times played, wherein one person sits out, not each game, but each deal in rotation. In this the first dealer gene- rally wins. The chances in this game are often so great that even between skilful game- sters, it is possible, at five-card cribbage, when the adversary is fifty-six, for a lucky player who had not previously made a single hole, to be more than up in two dciilfi; his opponent getting no further than sixty in that time ; and in four-hand cribbage a case may occur, wherein none of the parties hold a single point in hand, and yet the dealer and his friend, with the assistance of a knave turned up, may make sixty-one by play in one deal, while the adversary only gets twenty-four ; and although this may not happen for many years, yet similar games may now and then be met with. 2110. SIX-CARD CKIBBAGE, varies from that played with five, as the players (always only two) commence on an equality without scoring any points for the last, retain four cards in hand and all the cards are to be played out, as in three and four-hand cribbage, with five cards. At this game it is of ad- vantage to the last player to keep as close as possible, in hopes of coming in for fifteen, a sequence, or pair, besides the end-hole, or thirty-one. The first dealer is reckoned to have some trifling advantage, and each player may, on the average, expect to make twenty-five points in eve - r two d^U The c a'st 11* non-dealer is considered to have the preference, when he gains ten or more the first hand, the dealer not making more than his average number. Twenty-nine is the greatest possible number that can be gained by the show of any hand or crib, either in five or six-card cribbage ; it is -composed of three fives and a knave, with a fourth five, of the same suit as the knave turned up ; this very seldom happens ; but twenty-four is an uncommon number, and may be formed of four threes and a nine, or two fours, one five, and two sixes ; and some other combinations that experience will point out. 2111. EIGHT-CARD CRIBBAGE, is some- times played, but very seldom. Some ingenious people, invented a game of chance, they styled playing at cribbage by hackney .-coaches ; that is, two persons placed themselves at a window in some great thoroughfare street, one would take all the coaches from the right, the other from the left ; the figures on the doors of the carriages Were reckoned as cards in show, and every person that happened to sit, stand, or hold at the back of any of them, was called a noddy, and scored one. 2112. ODDS OF THE GAME. The average number estimated to be held from the cards in hand is rather more than four, and under five ; to be gained in play ; two foc,the dealer, and one for the adversary, making in all an average of six throughout the game ; the probability of the crib is five ; BO that each player ought to make sixteen in two deals ; by which it will appear the dealer has somewhat the advan- tage, supposing the cards to run equal, and the players well atched. By attending to this calculb -,ion, any per- son may judge whether h be at home or not, and thereby pla his game accordingly : either making a grand push when he is behind and holds good cards, or endeavouring to baulk his adversary when his hand proves indifferent. 2113. ALL-FOURS is usually played by two persons : not unfrequently by 252 MUDDLE AT HOME MAKES THE HUSBAND ROAM. four Its name is derived from the four chances called high, low, Jack, gamt, each making a point. A com- plete pack of cards must be provided, six of which are to be dealt to each party, three at a time ; and the next card, the thirteenth, is to be turned up for the trump by the dealer, who, if it prove a knave, is to score one point. The party who cuts the highest card is to deal first. The cards rank in the same manner as at whist, for whoever scores the first ten points wins. 2114. LAWS OF ALL-FOURS. 1. A new deal can be demanded, if in deal- ing the dealer discovers any of the adversary's cards ; if, to either party, too many cards have been dealt ; in the latter case it is optional with the parties, provided it be done before a card has been played, but not after, to draw from the opposing hand the extra card. 2. If the dealer expose any of his own cards, the deal is to stand good. 3. No person can beg more than once in each hand, except by mutual agreement. 4. Each party must trump or fol- low suit if they can, on penalty of the adversary scoring one point. 5. If either player score wrong-, it must be taken down, and the adversary shall either score four points or one, as may have previously been agreed. 6. When a trump be played, it is allowable to ask the adversary if it be either high or low. 7. One card may count all-fours ; for example, the eldest hand holds the knave and stands his game, the dealer has neither trump, ten, ace, nor court- card, it will follow that the knave will be both high, low, Jack, and game, as explained by 2115. TERMS USED IN ALL- FOURS High, The highest trump out, the holder to score one point. Low, The lowest trump out, the original holder to score one point, even if it be taken by the adversary. Jack, The knar a of trumps, the holder to score one, unleas it bo won by the adversary, in that case the winner is to score the point. Game, The greatest number that, iu the trick gained, can be shown hy either party ; reckoning Four for an ace. I One for knave. Three for a king. Ten for a ten. Two for a queen. | The other cards do not count, thus it may happen that a deal may be played without having any to reckon for game. Begging is when the eldest hand, disliking his card, uses his privilege, and says, " I leg ;" in which case, the d >aler must either suffer his adversary t- *core one point, saying " take one,' ' o : give each three cards more from the pack, and then turn up the next card, the seventh, for trumps; if, however the trump turned up be of the same suit as the first, the dealer must go on, giving each three cards more, and turning up the seventh, until a change of suit for trumps shall take place. 2116. MAXIMS. 1. Always make your knave as soon as you can. 2. Strive to secure your tens: this is to be done by playing any small cards, by which you may throw the lead into your adversary's hand. 3. Win your adversary's best cards when you can, either by trumping or with superior cards. 4. If, being eldest hand, you hold either ace, king, or queen of trumps, without the knave or ten, play them immediately, as by this means, you have a chance to win the knave or ten. 2117. DOMINO. This game is play- ed by two or four persons, with twenty- eight pieces of oblong ivory, plain at the back, but on the face divided by a black line in the middle, and indented with spots, from one to a double -six, which pieces are a double blank, ace- blank, double ace, deuce blank, deuce- ace, double-deuce, trois-blank, trois-ace, trois-deuce, double-trois, four-blank four-ace, four deuce, fbur-trois, double- four, five-blank, five-ace, five-deuce, feve-trois, five-four, double-five, si* A WAITING APPETITE KINDLES MANY A SPITE. 253 blank, six-ace, six-deuce, six-trois, six- four, six five, and double-six. Some times a double set is played with, of which double-twelve is the highest. At the commencement of the game, the dominoes are well mixed together, with their faces upon the table. Each person draws one, and if four play, those who choose the two highest are partners, against those who take the two lowest; drawing the latter also serves to determine who is to lay down the first piece, which is reckoned a great advantage. Afterwards each player takes seven pieces at random. The eldest hand having laid down one, the next must pair him at either end of the piece he may choose, according to the number of pips, or the blank in the compartment of the piece ; but when- ever any one cannot match the part, either of the domino last put down, or of that imp/tired at the other end of the row, then he says go ; and the next is at liberty to play. Thus they play alternately, either until one party has played all his pieces, and thereby won the game, or till the game be blocked; that is, when neither party can play, by matching the pieces where unpaired at either end ; then that party wins who has the smallest number of pips on the pieces remaining in their possession. It is to the advantage of every player to dispossess himself as early as possible of the heavy pieces, such as a double- six, five, four, &c. Sometimes, when two persons play, they take each only seven pieces, and agree to play or draw, i. e., when one cannot come in, or pair the pieces upon the board at the end unmatched, he then is to draw from the fourteen pieces in stock till he find one to suit. This game requires strict attention, and nothing but practice will make a skilful player. 2118. LOO. Loo, or hie, is subdi- vided into limited and unlimited loo, is & game the complete knowledge of which can easily be acquired; it is played two ways, both with five and three cards, though most commonly with five, dealt from a vthole pack, either first three and then two, or by one at a time. Several persons may play together, but the greatest number can be admitted when with three cards only. After five cards have been given to each player another is turned up for trump ; the knave of clubs generally, or sometimes the knave of the trump suit, as agreed upon, is the highest card, and is styled pain ; the ace of trumps is next in value, and the rest in succes- sion as at whist. Each player has the liberty of changing for others, from the pack, all or any of the five cards dealt, or of throwing up the hand, in order to escape being looed. Those who play their cards, either with or without changing, and do not gain a trick, are looed ; as is likewise the case with all who have stood the game, when a flush or flushes occur ; and each, excepting any player holding pam, of an inferior flush, is required to deposit a stake, to be given to the person who sweeps the board, or divided among the winners at the ensuing deal, according to the tricks which may then be made. For instance, if every one at dealing stakes half-a dollar, the tricks are entitled to six- pence a piece, and whoever is looed must put down half-a-dollar, exclusive of the deal; sometimes it is settled that each person looed shall pay a sum equal to what happens to be on the table at the time. Five cards of a suit or four with pain, compose a flush, which sweeps the board and yields only to a superior flush, or the elder hand. When the ace of trumps is led, it is usual to say, "Pam, be civil; 1 ' the holder of which last mentioned card is then expected fo let the ace pass. When loo is played with three cards they are dealt by one at a time, pam ie omitted, and the cards are not ex- changed, nor permitted to be thrown u l 2119. PUT. The game of put ia ph yed with an entire pack of cards, generally by two but sometimes by four persons. At this game the card* 264 EGGS BADLY BOILED ARE GOOD THINGS SPOILED. have a different value from all others. The best card in the pack is a t rots, or three , the next a deuce, or two ; then come in rotation, as at other games, the ace, king-, queen, knave, ten, &c. The dealer distributee three cards to each player, by one at a time : whoever cuts the lowest card has the deal, and live points make the game, except when both parties eay, " I put " for then the score is at an end, and the contest is determined in favour of that party who may win two tricks out of three. When it happens that each player has won a trick, and the third is a tie that is, covered by a card of equal value the whole goes for nothing, and the game must begin anew. 2119*. TWO-HANDED PUT. The eldest hand should play a card ; and whether the adversary pass it, win it, or tie it, you have a right either to say, " I put," or place your cards on the pack. If you accept the first, and your oppo- nent decline the challenge, you score one: If you prefer the latter, your adversary gains a point ; but if, before he play, your opponent says, " I put," and you do not choose to see him, he is entitled to add one to his score. It is sometimes good play to say, "I put," before you play a card ; this depends on the nature of your hand. 2120. FOUR-HANDED PUT. Each party has a partner, and when three cards are dealt to each, one of the players gives his partner his best card, and throws the other two away : the dealer is at liberty to do the same to his partner, and vice versa. The two persons who have received their part- ners' cards play the game, previously discarding their worst card for the one they have received from their partners. The game then proceeds as at two- handed put. 2121. LAWS OP PUT. 1. When the dealer accidentally discovers any of his adversary's cards, the adversary may demand a new deal. 2. When the dealer discovers any of his own cards in dealing, he must abide by the deal 3. When a faced card is discovered during the deal, the cards must be re- shuffled, and dealt again. 4. If the dealer gives his adversary more cards than are necessary, the adversary may call a fresh deal, or suffer the dealer to draw the extra cards from his hand. 5. If the dealer give himself more cards than are his due, the adversary may add a point to his game, and call a fresh deal if he pleases, or draw the extra cards from the dealer's hand. 6. No bystander must interfere, under penalty of paying the stakes. 7. Either party saying, "I put" that is, I play cannot retract, but must abide the event of the game, or pay the stakes. 2122. SPECULATION is a noisy round game, at which several may play, using a complete pack of cards, bearing the same import as at wL:?t, with fish or counters, on which sucL a value is fixed as the company may agree. The highest trump in each deal wins the pool; and whenever it happens that not one is dealt, then the company poo] again, and the event is decided by the succeeding coup. After determining the deal, &c., the dealer pools six fish, and every other player four ; then three cards are given to each, by one at a time, and another turned up for trump. The cards are not to be looked at except in this manner: the eldest hand shows the uppermost card, which, if a trump, the company may speculate on, or bid for the highest bidder buy- ing and paying for it, provided the price offered be approved of by the seller. After this is settled, if the first card does not prove a trump, then the next eldest is to show the uppermost card, and so on the company speculating as they please, till all are discovered, when the possessor of the highest truinp, whether by purchase or other- wise, gains the pool. To plav at specu- lation well, a recollection only is requi- site of what superior cards of that particular suit have appeared in the preceding deals, and calculating tha WHEN THE HAND IS CLEAN IT NEEDS NO SCREEN. i offered proving the highest in the deal then undeter- mined. 2123. CONNEXIONS. Three or four persons may play at this game. If the former number, ten cards each are to be given ; but if the latter, only eight are dealt, and bear the same im- port as at whist, except that diamonds are always trumps. The connexions are formed as follows: 1. By the tw black aces. 2. The ace o" spades and king of hearts. 3. The ace of clubs and king of hearts. For the first connexion 20cts. are drawn from the pool; for the second, lOcts. ; for the third, and by the win- ner of the majority of tricks, Sets, each is taken. These sums are supposing gold staked : when only silver is pooled, then pence are drawn. A trump played in any round where there is a connex- ion wins the trick, otherwise it is gained by the player of the first card of con- nexions; and, after a connexion, any following player may trump without incurring a revoke ; and also, whatever suit may be led, the person holding a card of connexion is at liberty to play the same ; but the others must, if pos- sible, follow suit, unless one of them can answer the connexion, which should be done in preference. No money can be drawn till the hands are finished; then the possessors of the connexions are to take first according to preced- ence, and those having the majority of tricks take last. 2124. POPE JOAN. Pope, a game somewhat similar to that of matrimony, is played by a number of people, who generally use a board painted for this purpose, which may be purchased at most turners' or toy shops. The eight of diamonds must first be taken from the pack, and after settling the deal, shuffling, &c., the dealer dresses the board, by putting fish counters, or other stakes, one each to ace, king, queen, knave, and game ; two to matrimony, two to intrigue a d SIT k *-! 3 nine of diamonds, styled Pope. This dressing is, in some companies, at the individual expense of the dealer, though, in others, the players contribute two stakes a-piece towards the same. The cards are next to be dealt round equally to every player, one turned up for the trump, and about six or eight left in the stock to form stops; as, for example, if the ten of spades be turned up, the nine consequently becomes a stop ; the four kings and the seven of diamonds, are always fixed stops, and the dealer is the only person permitted, in the course of the game, to refer occasion- ally to the stock for information what other cards are stops in their respective deals. If either ace, king, queen, or knave happen to be the turned-up trump, the dealer may take whatever is deposited on that head ; but when pope be turned up, the dealer Is entitled both to that and the game, besides a stake for every card dealt to each player. Unless the game be deter- mined by pope being turned up, the eldest hand must begin by playing out as many cards as possible; first the stops, then pope, if he has it, and after- wards the lowest card of his longest suit, particularly an ace, for that never can be led through; the other players are to follow, when they can, in se- quence of the same suit, till a stop oc- curs, and the party having the stop thereby becomes eldest hand, and is to lead accordingly ; and so on, until some person part with all his cards, by which he wins the pool (game), and becomes entitled besides to a stake for every card not played by the others, except from any one holding pope, which ex- cuses him from paying; but if pope has been played, then the party having held it is not excused. King and queen form what is denominated matrimony ; queen and knave make intrigue, when 'u the same hand ; but, neither these, ior ace, king, queen, knave, nor pope, entitle the holder to the stakes deposit- ed thereon, unless played out ; and no claim can be allowed after the board 3e dressed for the succeeding deal ; but 56 TO OBTAIN COFFEE HOT, WELL WARM THE POT. in all such cases the stakes are to re- main for future determination. This game only requires a little attention to recollect what stops have been made in the course of the play ; as, for instance, it a player begin by laying down the eight of cl'ibs. then the seven in another liand forms a stop, whenever that suit be led from any lower card; or the holder, when eldest, may safely lay it down, in order to clear his hand. 2125. MATRIMONY. The game of matrimony is played with an entire pack of cards, by any number of per- sons from five to fourteen. It consists of five chances, usually marked on a board, or sheet of paper, as follows : Besi. The Ace of Diamonds turned up. E ^1 INTEIGUE ; 1 s l-e OR, P rt 3 D. *> e g * QUEEN AND KNAVE. :*^ L _ fl This game is generally played with counters, and the dealer puts what he pleases on each or any chance, the other players depositing each the same quan- tity, except one that is, when the dealer stakes twelve, the rest of the company lay down eleven each. After this, two cards are dealt round to every one, beginning on the left ; then to each person one other card, which is turned up, and he who so happens to get the ace of diamonds sweeps all. If it be not turned up, then each player shows his hand; -and any of them having matrimony, intrigue, &c., takes the counters on that point; and when two or more people happen to have a simi- lar combination, the eldest hand has the preference ; and, should any chance ot be gained, it stands over to the t ext deal. Observe: The ace of dia- nonds turned up takes the whole pool, ut when in Lund ranks only as any other ace ; and if not turned up, nor any ace in hand, then the king, or next superior card, wij.s th chancf styled best. 2126. CASSINO. The game of ca sino is played with an entire pack 01 cards, generally by four persons, but sometimes by three, and often by two. 2127. TERMS USED IN CASSINO. Great Cassino, the ten of diamonds, which reckons for two points. Little Cassino, the two of spades, which reckons for one point. The Cards is when you have a greater share than your adversary, and reckons for three points. The Spades is when you have the majority of that suit, and reckons for one point. The Aces : each of which reckons for one point. Lurched is when your adversary has won the game before you have gained six points. In some deals, at this game, it may so happen that neither party wins anything, as the points are not set up according to the tricks, &c., obtained; but the smaller number is constantly subtracted from the larger, both in cards and points ; and, if they both prove equal, the game commences again, and the deal goes on in rotation. When three persons play at this game, the two low- est add their points together, and sub- tract from the highest ; but when their two numbers together either amount to or exceed the highest, then neither party scores. 2128. LAWS OF CASSINO. The deal and partners are determined by cut- ting, as at whist, and the dealer gives four cards, by one at a time, to svery player, and either regularly, as be deals, or by one, two, three, or four at a time, lays four more, face upwards, upon the board, and, after the first cards are played, four others are to be dealt to each person, until the pack be con- cluded ; but it is only in the first deal that any cards are to be turned up. The deal is not lost when a card i& faced by the dealer, unless in the first round, before any of the four cards are turned up upon the table ; but if a card happen to be faced in the pack, before any of the said four bo turned A DIRTY STOVE MAKES DINNER LATE. 257 ap, then the deal must be begun again. - Any person playing with less than four cards must abide by the loss ; and should a card be found under the table the player whose number is deficient is to take the same. Each person plays one card at a time, vith which he may not only take at nee every card of the same denomi- nation upon the table, but likewise all hat will combine therewith ; as, for nstance, a ten takes not only every ten, but also nine and ace, eight and deuce, seven and three, six and four, or two fives ; and if he clear the board before the conclusion of the game, he is to score a point, and whenever any player cannot pair or combine, then he is to put down a card. The number of tricks are not to be examined or counted before all the cards be played ; nor may any trick but that last won be looked at, as every mistake must be challenged immediately. After all the pack be dealt out, the player who obtains the last trick sweeps all the cards then remaining unmatched upon the table, 2129. VINGT-UN. The game of Vingt-un, or twenty-one, may be played by two or more people ; and, as the deal is advantageous, and often con- tinues long with the same person, it is usual to determine it at the commence- ment by turning up the first ace, or any other mode that may be agreed upon. The cards must all be dealt out in succession, unless a natural Vingt-un occurs, and in the meantime the pone, or youngest hand, should collect those that have been played, and shuffle them together, ready for the dealer, against the period when he shall have dis- tributed the whole pack. The dealer is first to give two cards, by one at a time, to each player, including himself; then to ask eve~v person in rotation, beginning with tne eldest hand on the left, whether he stands or chooses another card, which, if required, must be given from off the top of the pack, and afterwards another, or more, if desired, till the points of the additional card or cards, added to those dealt, exceed or make twenty-one exactly, ot such a number less than twenty-one as may be judged proper to stand upon ; but when the points exceed twenty- one, then tke cards of that individual player are to be thrown up directly, and the stakes to be paid to the dealer, who also is, in turn, entitled to draw additional cards; and, on taking a Vingt-un, is to receive double stakes from all who stand the game, except such other players likewise having twenty-one, between whom it is thereby a drawn game ; and when any adversary has a Vingt-un, and the dealer not, then the opponent so having twenty-one, wins double stakes from him. In other cases, except a natural Vingt-un hap- pen, the dealer pays single stakes to all whose numbers under twenty-one are higher than his own. and receives from those who have lower numbers ; but nothing is paid or received by such players as have similar numbers to the dealers ; and when the dealer draws more than twenty-one, he is to pay to all who have not thrown up. Twenty-one, whensoever dealt in the first instance, is style-da Natural yingt- un, should be declared immediately, ind entitles the possessor to the deal, >esides double stakes from all the )layers, unless there shall be more than )ne natural Vingt-un ; in which case ;he younger hand or hands, so having ;he same, are excused from paying to 'he eldest, who takes the deal of course. Observe : An ace may be reckoned either as eleven or one ; every court- sard is counted as ten, and the rest of he pack according to their points. The odds of this game merely depend ipon the average quantity of cards ikely to come under or exceed twenty ne : for example, if those in hand nake fourteen exactly, it ie seven to ix that the one next drawn does not nuke the number of points abovo wenty-one, but if the points be fifteen, t is seven to six against that hand v<** 258 A CHAIR UNSOUND WILL SOON FIND THE GROUND. it would not, therefore, always be prudent to stand at fifteen, for us th ace may be calculated both ways ; it if rather above an even bet that the ad versary's two first cards amount to more than fourteen. A natural Vingt- un may be expected once in seven coups, when two, and twice in seven when four people play, and so on, ac- eonling to the number of players. 2130. QUADRILLE. The game o Quadrille is played by four persons : and the number of cards required are forty ; the four tens, nines, and eights, being discarded from the pack. The deal is made by distributing the cards to each player, three at a time for two rounds, and four at a time for one round ; commencing with the right-hand player, who is the eldest hand. The trump is made by the person who plays, with or without calling, by naming spades, clubs, diamonds, or hearts, and the suit named are trumps. Rank and order of the cards, when trumps, or when not so : 2131. RANK AND ORDER OF THE CARDS WHEN TRUMPS : Clubs and Spades. Hearts and Diamonds Spadille, the ace of Spadille, the ace of spades spades. Manille, the deuce Manille, the seven of spades or of of hearts or of clubs. diamonds. Basto, the ace of Basto, the ace of clubs. clubs. Punto, the ace of hearts or of dia- monds. King. Six. King. Three. Queen. Five. Queen. Four. Knave. Four. Knave. Five. Seven. Three. Deuce. Six. 11 in all. 12 in all. 2132. RANK AND ORDER OF THE CARDS WHEN NOT TRUMPS : Clubs and Spades. Hearts and Diamonds King. Five. King. Three. Queen. Four. Queen Four. Knave Three. Knave. Five. Seven. Deine. Ace. Six. Six. Deuce. Seven. 9 in all I 10 in all. From those tables it will be observed that spadille and basto are always trumps: and that the red suits have one trump more than the black, the former twelve, and the latter only eleven. There is a trump between spadille and basto, which is called manille, and is in black the deuce, and in red the seven : they are the second cards when trumps, and the last in their respective suits when not trumps. Example : the deuce of spades being second trump, when they are trumps, and the lowest card when clubs, hearts, or diamonds are trumps, and so of the rest. Punto is the ace of hearts or dia- monds which are above the king, and the fourth trump, when either of those suits are trumps, but are below the knave, and ace of diamonds or hearts when they are not trumps. The two of hearts or diamonds is always supe- rior to the three ; the three to the four ; the four to the five ; and the five to the six ; the six is only superior to the seven when it is not trumps, for when the seven is manille, it is the second trump. There are three matadores, viz., spadille, manille, and basto : whose priv- ilege is, when the player has no other trumps but them, and trumps are led, be is not obliged to play them, but may- play what card he thinks proper, prr ided, however, that the trump led is of an inferior value; but, if spadille should be led, he that has manille, or tmsto only, is compelled to lead it, which s the case with basto in respect to ma- nille, the superior matadore always forcing the inferior. Terms used in Quadrille. To ask leave is to ask leave to play with a partner, by calling a king. Basto is the ace of clubs, and alwayi ;he third best trump. Bast is a penalty incurred by not winning when you stand your game, or >y renouncing ; in which cases you pay as many counters as are down. Chemlle is being between theeldes iand aud the dealer TEA SELDOM SPOILS) WHEN WATER BOILS. 259 Codille is when those who defend the pool make more tricks than those who defend the game, which is called winning the codille. Consolation is a claim to the game, always paid by those who lose, whether by codille or demise. Devole is when he who stand* the game make? no trick. Double is to p. ay for double stakes, with regard to the game, the consola- tion, the sans prendre, the matadores, and the devole. Force, the ombre is said to be forced when a strong trump is played for the adversary to over-trump. He is, like- wise, said to be forced when he asks leave, and one of the other players obliges him to play sans prendre ; or pass, by offering to play sans prendre. Forced spadille is, when all have passed, he who has spadille is obliged to play it. Forced sans prendre is, when having asked leave, one of the players offers to play alone, in which case you are obliged to play alone or pass. Friend is the player who has the king called. Impasse. To make the impasse is when, being in cheville, the knave of a suit is played, of which the player has the king. Manille is, in black, the deuce of spades or clubs ; in red the seven of hearts or diamonds, and is always the second best trump. Mark means the fish put down by the dealer. Mille is a mark of ivory which is sometimes used, and stands for ten fish. Matadores, or matts, are spadille, manille, and baeto, which are always the three best trumps. False mata- dores are any sequence of trumps, fol- lowing- the matadores regularly. Ombre is the name given to him who stands the game, by calling or playing sans peller, or sans prendre. Party is the duration of the game, in vording to the number of tours agreed to be played. Pass is the term used when you have not either a hand to play alone, or with calling a king. Ponto or Punto, is the ace of dia- monds, when diamonds are trumps ; or hearts, when they are trumps, and is then the fourth trump. Pool. The pool consists of the fishes, which are staked for the deals, or the counters put down by the players, or the basts which go to the game. To defend the pool is to be agains^ him who stands the game. Prise is the number of fish or coun- ters given to each player at the com- mencement of the game. Regie is the order to be observed at the game. Remise is when they who stand tho game do not make more tricks than they who defend the pool, and then they lose by remise. Denounce is not to play in the suit led when you have it ; likewise, when not having any of the suit led, you win with a card that is the only one you have of that suit in which you are playing. Reprise is synonymous with party Report is synonymous with reprme and party. Roi Rendu is the king surrendered when called and given to the ombre, for which he pays a fish; in which case, the person to whom the game is given up, must w T in the game alone. Spadille is the ace of spades, which is always the best trump. Sans Appeller is playing without call- ing a king. Saws Prendre is erroneously used for sans appeller, meaning the same. Tenace is to wait with two trumps that must make when he that has two others is obliged to lead, such as the two black aces against manille or punto. Tours are the counters, which they who win put down, to mark the num- ber of coups played. Vole is to get all the tricks, eithof with a friend or alone, sans prendre, 01 de^.ared at the first of the deal. 260 TOO MUCH BED MAKES A DULL HEAD. 2133. LAWS OF QUADRILLE. 1. The cards arc to be dealt by fours ancl threes, and in no other manner. The dealer is at liberty to begin by four or three. If in dealing there is a faced card, there must be a new deal, unless it is the last card. 2. If there are too many or too few cards, it is also a new deal. 3. No penalty is inflicted for dealing wrong, but the dealer must deal again. 4. He who asks leave must play. 5.^o one should play out of his turn ; if, however, he does, he is not basted for it, but the card played may be called at any time in that deal, pro- vided it does not cause a revoke ; or either of the adversaries may demand the partner of him who played out of his turn, or his own partner, to play any suit he thinks fit. 6. No matadore can be forced but by a superior matt ; but the superior forces the inferior, when led bj the first player. 7. Whoever names any suit for trumps must abide by it, even though it should happen to be his worst suit. 8. If you play with eleven cards you are basted. 9. If you play sans prendre, or have matadores, you are to demand them be- fore the next dealer has finished his deal, otherwise you lose the benefit. 10. If any one names his trump with- out asking leave, he must play alone, unless the youngest hand and the rest have passed. 11. If any person plays out of his turn, the card may be called at any time or the adversary may call a suit. 12. If the person who won the sixth trick plays the seventh card, he must play the vole. 13. If you have four kings, you may call a queen to one of your kings, 01 call one of your kings; but you must not call the queen of trumps. 14. If a card is separated from the rest, and it is seen, it must be played if the adverse party has seen it, unless the person who separated it plays sane prendre. 1 5. If the king called or his partner alays out of his turn, no vole can be clayed. 16. No one is to be basted for a re- nounce, unless the trick is turned and quitted ; and if any person renounces and it is discovered, if the player should lappen to be basted by such renounce, all the parties are to take up their cards and play them over again. 17. Forced spadille is not obliged to make three tricks. 18. The person who undertakes to play the vole has the preference of playing before him who offers tc play sans prendre. 19. The player is entitled to know who is his king called, before he de- clares for the vole. 20. When six tricks are won, the person who won the sixth must say, ' I play or do not play the vole ;" or " I ask ;" and no more. 21. He who has passed once has no right to play after, unless he has spa- dille ; and he who asks must play, un- less somebody else plays sans pren- dre. 22. If the players show their cards before they have won six tricks, they may be called. 23. Whoever has asked leave cannot play sans prendre, unless he is forced. 24. Any person may look at the tricks when he is to lead. 25. Whoever, playing for a vole, loses it, has a right to stakes, sans prendre, and matadores. 26. Forced spadille cannot play for the vole. 27. If any person discover his game he cannot play the vole. 28. No one is to declare how many trumps are out. 29. He who plays and does not win three tricks, is basted alone, unless forced spadille. 30. If there are two cards of a port, it is avoid deal, if discovered before the deal is played out. 2133.* RULES FOB LEARJCERS. When you are the ombre, and your friend leads from a matt, play your best trumn A LETTER-BOX SAVES MANY KNOCKS. 261 and then lead the next best the first opportunity. If you possess all the trumps, con- tinue to lead them, except you hold certain other winning cards. If all the other matts are not re- vealed by the tizue you have six tricks, do not run a risk in playing for the vole. When you are the friend called, and hold only a mutt, lead it ; but if it is guarded by a smali trump, lead that. But when the ombre is last player, lead the best trump you possess. Punto in red, or king of trumps in black, are good cards to lead when you are best; and should either of them succeed, then play a small trump. If the ombre leads to discover his friend, and you have king, queen, and knave, put on the knave. Preserve the suit called, whether friend or foe. When playing- against a lone hand, never lead a king, unless you have the queen ; or change the suit : and pre- vent, if possible, the ombre from being last player. You are to call your strongest suits, except you have a queen guarded ; and if elder hand, you have a better chance than middle hand. A good player may play a weaker game^ either elder or younger, than middle hand. 2134. QUINZE. This game is usually played by only two persons, and is much admired for its simplicity and fairness, as it depends entirely upon chance, is soon decided, and does not require that attention which most other games do. It is, therefore, par- ticularly calculated for those who love to sport upon an equal chance. Quwize is a French game, and is so called from fifteen being the game, which must be made as follows : 1. The cards must be shuffled by the two players, and when they have cut for deal," which falls to the lot of him who cuts the lowest, the dealer has the liberty at this, as well as all other games, to ahuffle them again 2. When this is done, the adversary cuts them ; after which, the dealer gives one card to his opponent, and one to himself. 3. Should the dealer's adversary not approve of his card, he is entitled to have as many cards given to him, one after the other, as will make fifteen, or come nearest to that number ; which are usually given from the top of the pack : for example if he should have a deuce, and draw a five, which amounts to seven, he must continue going on, in expectation of coming nearer to fifteen If he draw an eight, which will make just fifteen, he, as being eldest hand, is sure of winning the game. But if he overdraw himself, and make more than, fifteen, he loses, unless the dealer should happen to do the same ; which circum- stance constitutes a draw game ; and the stakes are consequently doubled. In this manner they persevere, until one of them has won the game, by standing and being nearest to fifteen. 4. At the end of each game the cards are packed and shuffled, and the players again jjut for deal. on the side of the elder hand. (See 161.) 2J35. THE WEATHER AND THE BLOOD. In dry, sultry weather the heat ought to be counteracted by means of a cooling diet. To this pur- poce, cucumbers, melons, and juicy fruit are subservient. We ought to give the preference to such alimentary substances as lead to contract the juices which are too much expanded by the heat, and the property is possessed by all acid food and drink. To this ciass belong all sorts of salad, lemons, oranges, pomegranates sliced and sprinkled with sugar, for the acid of this fruit is not so apt to derange the stomach as that of lemons: also cherries and strawberries, curds turned with lemon acid or cream of tartar : cream of tartar dissolved in water lemonade and Khenish or Moselle wine mixed with water. 2136. A LEMONADE, composed 01 two bottles "f champagne, one bottl* 262 A BE1.L HUNG WELL ITS TALE WILL TELL. of seltzer water, three pomegranates, three lemons, and of sugar quantum sitfficit, is a princely beverage in hot weather ; only care must be taken that the perspiration is not thereby too much encouraged. 2137. SUMMER CHAMPAGNE. To four parts of eelter water add one of Moselle wine (or hock), and put a tea- spoon ful of powdered sugar into a wine-glassful of this mixture ; an ebulli- tion takes place, and you have a sort of champagne which is more wholesome in hot weather than the genuine wine known by that name. 2138. OUR ATTENTION ought to be directed to the means of thinning the blood, when it has been deprived by too profuse transpiration, in hot, dry winde, of its aqueous particles and ren- dered thick and viscid. Water would easily supply this want of fluidity if it were capable of mingling with the blood when in this state ; acid matter cannot be ultimately combined with the blood when the body is in this state. In order to find a menstruum by which water may be rendered capable of com- bining ultimately with the blood of remaining long in combination with it and of thinning it, we must mix it with a substance possessing the prop- erty of a soap, and consequently fit to dissolve viscous matters, and make them unite with water. The eoap must contain but little salt, that it may not increase the thirst of the parched throat. It must not have a disagreeable taste, that we may be able to drink a considerable quantity of it : and it must be capable of recruiting the strength without overloading the sto- mach. Now all these qualities are to be found in the yolk of egg. No bever- age therefore is more suitable (whilst it is very agreeable) for hot, dry wea- ther than one composed of the yolk of egg beaten up with a little sugar (quan- tum sujjicit for taste) and mixed with a quart of cool spring or filtered water, half a glass of Moselle or any other Rhenish wine, and some lemon juice. f he wine, however, may be omitted, and lemon juice alone (and rathei more) used. In like manner hartfrhorn shavings, boiled in water, may be sub- stituted for the yolk of egg ; equal quantities of beef tea and whey are ood for delicate infants. 2139. SUBSTITUTE FOR THE FOREGOING. The yolk of eggi beaten up, lump sugar (quantum sufficit), Rhenish wine or not, citric acid, pow- dered, or tartaric acid (small quantity exact quantity soon found) ; one or two drops of essence of lemon on a lump o! sugar, to make it mix readily with the water ; one quart of water. This is really an excellent, agreeable, and, with- out the wine, an inexpensive beverage. 2140. AGREEABLE EFFER- VESCENT DRINK FOR HEART- BURN, &c. Orange juice (of one orange) water and lump sugar to flavor, and in proportion to acidity of orange, bicarbonate of soda, about half a tea- spoonful. Mix orange juice, water and sugar together in a tumbler, then put in the soda, stir, and the effervescence ensues. 2141. DEAFNESS. Take three drops of a sheep's gall, warm, and drop it into the ear on going to bed. The ear must be thoroughly syringed with warm soap and water in the morning. The gall must be applied for three successive nights. It is only effic/icSouB when the deafness is produced by cold. The most convenient way of warming the gall is by holding it in a silver spoon over the flame of a candle. The above remedy has been frequently tried with perfect success. 2142. SWEEPING CARPETS. Persons who are accustomed to use tea leaves for sweeping their carpets, and find that they leave stains, will do well to employ fresh cut grass instead. It is better than tea leaves for preventing dust, and gives the carpets a very bright, fresh look. 2143. THE ROUGH AND READY NIGHT-CAP, made in a moment, costing nothing, and admira- ble for railway and other travellers. Take your \>ocket-bandkerchief. and THE HEALTHIEST FEAST COSTS T11K LEAST. laying it out the full square, double down one-third over the other part. Then raise the whole and turn it over, BO that the third folded down shall now be underneath. Then take hold of one of the folded corners, and draw its point towards the centre ; then do the same with the other, as in making a cocked- hat, or a boat, of paper. Then take hold of the two remaining corners, and twisting the hern of the handkerchief, continue to roll it until it meets the doubled corners brought to the centre, and catches th'em up a little. Lift the whole and you will see the form of a cap, which will cover the head and ears, and being tied under the chin, will not come off. Very little practice will enable you to regulate the size of the folds, so as to suit the head. 2144. MOCK GOOSE (being a leg of pork skinned, roasted, and stuffed goose fashion). Parboil the leg; take off the skin, and then put it down to roast ; baste it with butter, and make a savoury poicder of finely minced or dried and powdered sage, ground black pepper, salt and some bread-crumbs, rubbed together through a colander: you may add to this a little very finely- minced onion ; sprinkle it with this when it is almost roasted ; put a half pint of made gravy into the dish, and goose stuffing under the knuckle skin ; or garnish the dish with balls of it frk'd or boiled. 2145. TINCTURE OF LEMON- PEEL. A very easy and economical way of obtaining and preserving the flavour of Lemon-peel, is to fill a wide- mouthed pint bottle half full of brandy, or proof spirit ; and when you use a lemon pare the rind off very thin, and piit it into the brandy, &c. : in a fort- night it will impregnate the spirit with the llavour very strongly. 2146. RELISHING RASHERS OF BACON. If you have any cold bacon, you may make a very nice dish of it by cutting it into slices about a quarter of an inch thick ; grate some crust of bread as directed for ham, and powder them well with it on both sides : lay the rashers in a cheese tester, they will be browned on one side in about three minutes : turn them and do the other. These are a delicious accompaniment to poached or fried eggs: the bacon having been boiled first, is tender and mellow. They are an excellent garnish round veal cutlets, or sweet-breads, or calf s head hash, or green peas, or beans, &c. 2147. RUMP-STEAK PIE. Cut three pounds of rump-steak (that has been kept till tender) into pieces half as big as your hand, trim off all the skin, sinews, and every part which has not indisputable p retentions to be eaten, and beat them with a chopper. Chop very fine half a dozen eschalots, and add them to half an ounce of pepper and salt mixed, strew some of the mixture at the bottom of the dish, then a layer of steak, then some more of the mixture^ and BO on till the dish is full; add half a gill of mushroom catsup, and the same quantity of gravy, or red wine ; cover it as in the preceding receipt, and bake it two hours. Large oysters, parboiled, beard- ed, and laid alternately with the steaks, their liquor reduced and substituted instead of the catsup and wine, will be a variety. 2143. RAISED PIES. Put two pounds and a half of flour on the paste- board, and put on the fire, in a sauce- pan, three quarters of a pint of water, and half a pound of good lard ; when the water boils, make a hole in the middle of the flour, pour in the water and lard by degrees, gently mixing the flour with it with a spoon, and when it is well mixed, then knead it with your hands till it becomes stiff; dredge a little flour to prevent its sticking to the board, or you cannot make it look smooth : do not roll it with the rolling- pin but roll it with your hands, about the thickness of a quart-pot; cut it into six pieces, leaving a little for the cov- ers, put one hand in the middle, and keep the other close on the outside till you have worked it either in an oval or a round shape : have your meat ready 264 MUDDLE AT HOME MAKES THE HUSBAND ROAM. cut, awl seasoned with pepper and salt : If pork, cut it in small slices : the griskin is the best for pasties: if you use mutton, cut it in very neat cutlets, and put them in the pies as you make them ; roll out the covers with the rolling-pin just the size of the pie, wet it round the edge, put it on the pie, and press it together with your thumb and finger, and then cut it all round with a pair of scissors quite even, and pinch them inside and out, and bake them an hour and a half. 2149. RELISH FOR CHOPS, &c. Pound fine an ounce of black pepper, and half an ounce of allspice, with an ounce of salt, and half an ounce of scraped horseradish, and the same of eschalots, peeled and quartered ; put these ingredients into a pint of mush- room catsup, or walnut pickle, and let them steep for a fortnight, and then strain it. Obs. A teaspoonful or two of this is generally an acceptable addition, mixed with the gravy usually sent up for chops and steaks; or added to thick melted butter. 2150. ESSENCE OF MUSH- ROOM. This delicate relish is made by sprinkling a little ealt over either flap or button mushrooms ; three hours after, mash them, next day, strain off the liquor that will flow from them, put it into a stew-pan, and boil it till it is reduced to half. It will not keep long, but is preferable to any of the catsups, which in order to preserve them, must have spice, &c., which over- powers the, flavour of the mushrooms. An artificial mushroom bed will supply this all the year round. 2151. ARTIFICIAL MUSH- ROOM BEDS. Mushrooms may be grown in pots, boxes, or hampers. Each box may be three feet long, one and a half broad, and seven inches in depth. Let each box be half filled with horse-dung from the stables (the fresher the better, and if wet to be dried for three or four days before it is put into the boxes) ; the dung is to be well beat down in the box. After the second or third day, if any heat hat arisen amongst the dung, break each spawn brick into three parts as equally as possible, then lay the pieces about four inches apart upon the surface of the dung in the box ; here they are to lie for six days, when it will probably be found that the side of the spawn next to the dung has begun to run in the dung below ; then add one and a half inch more of fresh dung on the top of the spawn in the box, and beat it down as formerly. In the course of a fortnight, when you find that the spawn has run through the dung, the box will be ready to receive the mould on the top ; this mould must be two and a half inches deep, well beat down, and the surface made quite even. In the space of five or six weeks the mushrooms will begin to come up; if then the mould seems dry, give a gentle water ing with lukewarm water. The box will continue to produce from six weeks to two months, if duly attended to by giving a little water when dry, for they need neither light nor free air. If cut as button mushrooms, each box will yield from twenty-four to forty eight pints, according to the season and other circumstances. They may be kept in dry dark cellars, or any other places where the frost will not reach them. And by preparing, in succession of boxes, mushrooms may be had all the year through. They may be grown without the dung, and be of a finer fla- vour. Take a little straw, and lay it carefully in the bottom of the mush- room-box, about an inch thick, or rather more. Then take some of the spawn bricks and break them down each brick into about ten pieces, and lay the fragments on the straw, as close to each other as they will lie. Cover them up with mould three and a half inches deep, and well pressed down. When the surface appears dry, give a little tepid water, as directed for the List way of raising them ; but this method needs about double the quantity of water that the former does, owing to having no moisture in the bottom, whil YOU MAY DEPEND THE DUSTMAN IS YOUR FRIEND. 265 ttie other has the dung. The mush rooms will begin to start in a month or five weeks, sometimes sooner, some- times later, according to the heat of the place where the boxes are situated. The spawn bricks may be obtained from seedsmen, or be collected from meadows. 2152. GOOSE OR DUCK STUFF- ING. Chop very fine about two ounces of onion, of green sage leaves about an ounce (both unboiled), four ounces of bread-crumbs, a bit of butter about as big as a walnut, &c., the yolk and white of an egg, and a little pepper and salt ; some add to this a minced apple. 2153. ROAST GOOSE. When a goose is well picked, singed, and clean ed, make the stuffing with about two ounces of onion (if you think the flavour of raw onions too strong-, cut them in slices, and lay them in cold water for a ' couple of hours, or add as much apple or potato as you have of onion), and half as much green sage ; chop them very fine, adding four ounces i. e. , about a large breakfast cupful of stale bread crumbs, a bit of butter about as big ns a walnut, and very little pepper and salt (to this some cooks add half the liver, parboiling it first), the yolk of an egg or two, and incorporating the whole well together, stuff the goose; do not quite fill it, but leave a little room for the stuffing to swell. Spit it, tie it on the spit at both ends, to pre- vent it swinging round, and to prevent the stuffing from coming out. From an hour and a half to an hour and three quarters will roast a fine full-grown goose. Send up gravy and apple- sauce with it. 2154. SAGE AND ONION, OR GOOSE-STUFFING SAUCE Chop very fine one ounce of onion and half an ounce of green sage leaves, put them into a stew-pan with four spoon- fuls of water, simmer gently for ten minutes, then put in a tea-spoonful of pepper and salt, and one ounce of fine bread crumbs; mix well together; then pour to it a quarter of a pint of broth, or gravy, or melted butter, stir well together, and simmer it a few min- utes longer. This is a very relishing sauce for roast pork, poultry, geese, 01 ducks ; or green peas. 2155. APPLE SAUCE. Pare and core three good-sized baking apples, put them into a well-tinned pint sauce- pan, with two table-spoonfuls of cold water; cover the saucepan close, and set it on trivet over a slow fire a couple of hours before dinner, some apples will take a long time stewing, others will be ready in a quarter of an hour: when the apples are done enough, pour off the water, let them stand a few minutes to get dry ; then beat them up with a fork, with a bit of butter about as big us a nutmeg, and a tea-spoonful of powdered sugar. Some add lemon- peel, grated, or minced fine, or boil a bit with the apples. Some are fond ol apple sauce with cold pork. 2156. BEEF GRAVY SAUCE ( Or Brown Sauce, for Ragout, Game, Poultry, Fish, Sfc.,) If you want gravy, furnish a thick and well-tinned stewpan with a thin slice of fat ham or bacon, or an ounce of butter, and a middling sized onion; on this lay a pound of nice juicy gravy beef (as the object in making gravy is to extract the nutri- tious succulence of the meat; it must be beaten to comminute the containing vessels, and scored to augment the sur- face to the action of the water), cover the stewpan, set it on a slow fire ; when the meat begins to brown, turn it about, and let it be slightly browned (but talu care it is not at all burnt) : then pour in a pint and a half of boiling water, set the pan on the fire ; when it boils, carefully catch the scum, and then put in a crust of bread toasted brown (don't burn it) a sprig of winter sa- voury, or lemon thyme and parsley a roll of thin-cut lemon peel, a dozen berries of allspice, and a dozen of black pepper, cover the stew-pan close, let it steio very gently for about two hours, ihen strain it through a sieve into a 3a sin. If you wish to thicken it, set a clean stew-pan over a slow fire, with about an ounce of butter in it ; wheu 266 FIRE IS A GOOD SERVANT BUT A BAD MASTER. it is melted, dredge to it (by degrees) as much flour as will dry it up, stirring them well together; when thoroughly mixed, pour in a little of the gravy, stir it well together, and add the re- mainder by degrees; set it over the fire, let it simmer gently for fifteen or twenty minutes longer, and skim off the fat, &c., as it raises: when it is about as thick as cream, squeeze it through a tamis or fine sieve, and you will have a fine rich brown sauce, at a very moderate expense, and without much trouble. Obs. If you wish to make it still more relishing, for Poul- try, you may pound the liver with a bit of butter, rub it through a sieve, and stir it into the sauce when yo\i put in the thickening. 2157. BEEF ALAMODE AND VEAL DITTO. Take about eleven pounds of the mouse buttock, or clod of beef, or blade-bone, or the stick- ing-piece, or the like weight of the breast of veal ; cut it into pieces of thr^e or four ounces each ; put three or four ounces of beef dripping, and mince a couple of large onions, and put them into a large deep stew-pan : as soon as it is ^uite hot, flour the meat, put it into the stew-pan, keep stirring it with a wooden spoon; when it has been on ibout ten minutes, dredge it with flour, and keep doing so till you have stirred in as mucn as you think will thicken it; then cover it with boiling water (it will take about a gallon), adding it by degrees, and stirring it together; skim it when it boils, and then put in one drachm, of ground black pepper, two of allspice, and two bay -leaves; set the pan by the side of the fire, or at a dis- tance over it, and let stew very slowly for about three hours; when you >d the meat sufficiently tender, put it into a tureen, and it is ready for table. 2158. WALNUT CATSUP. Take six half-sieves of green walnut shells, put them into a tub, mix them up well with common salt, three pounds, let them soft and pulpy, then by banking it up on one side of the tub, and at the same time by raising the tub on that side, the liquor will drain clear off to the other; then take that liquor out: the mashing and banking up may be re- peated as oi'ten as liquor is found. The quantity will be about six quarts. When done, let it be simmered in an iron boiler as long as any scum arises ; then bruise a quarter of a pound of ginger, a quarter of a pound of allspice, and two ounces of long pepper, two ounces of cloves, with the above ingre- dients, let it slowly boil for half an hour; when bottled let an equal quantity of the spice go into each bottle; when corked, let the bottles be filled quite up : cork them tight, seal them over, and put them into a cool and dry place for one year before they are used. 2J59. CURIOUS PROPERTIES OF THE NUMBER NINE. If any row of two or more figures be reversed and subtracted from itself, the figures composing the remainder, will, when added horizon- tally, be a multiple of nine : 42 24 886 648 3261 1628 18-9X2. 198-9X2. 1638-9X2 2160. YEAST. Boil, say on Monday morning, 2 oz. of the best hops in four quarts of water, for half-an-hour ; strain it, and let the liquor cool down to new milk warmth ; then put in a small hand- ful of salt and half a pound of sugar : beat up one pound of" the best flour with some of the liquor, and then mix well all together. On Wednesday add three pounds of potatoes boiled and then mashed, to stand till Thursday ; then strain it, and put it into bottles, and it is ready for use . It must be stirred frequently while it is making, and kept near thejire. Before using, shake the bottle up well. It will keep in a cool place for two months, and is best at the latter part of the time. The beauty ol from two to this yeast is that it ferments sponta stand for six neously, not requiring the aid of other days, frequently beating and mashing yeast; and if care be taken to let it fer- them; by this time the shells become] ment well in the earthen bowl in which A SCRAPER AT THE DOOR KEEPS DIRT 1'IIOM THE FLOOR. 267 it ii made, you may cork it up tight when bottled. The quantity above given will fill four seltzer-water bottles. The writer of the above receipts has used this yeast for many months, and never had lighter bread than it affords, and never knew it to fail. 2161, FORCEMEAT BALLS (for turtle, mock turtle, or made dishes). Pound some veal in a marble mortar, rub it through a sieve with as much of the udder as you have veal, or about a third of the quantity of butter ; put some bread-crumbs into a stew-pan, moiiS'ten them with milk, add a little chopped parsley and eschalot, rub them well together in a mortar, till they form a smooth paste ; put it through a sieve, and when cold, pound, and mix all toge- ther, with the yolks of three eggs boiled hard ; season it with salt, pepper, and curry powder, or cayenne, add to it the yolks of two raw eggs, rub it well together, and make small balls ; ten minutes before your soup is ready, put them in. 2162. SYRUP OF ORANGE OR LEMON- PEEL. Of fresh outer rind of Seville orange or lemon-peel, three ounces, apothecaries' weight ; boiling water, a pint and a-half ; infuse them for a night in a close vessel : then strain the liquor ; let it stand to settle ; and having poured it off clear from the sediment, dissolve in it two pounds of double-refined loaf sugar, and make it into a syrup with a gentle heat. 2163. HORSERADISH VINEGAR. Pour a quart of best vinegar on three ounces of scraped horseradish, an ounce of minced eschalot, and one drachm of cayenne ; let it stand a week, and you will have an excellent relish for cold beef, salad, &c., costing scarcely any- thing. Horseradish is in highest per- fection about November. 2164. CRESS VINEGAR. Dry and pound half an ounce of cress-sesd (such as is sown in the garden with mustard), pour upon it a quart of the best vinegar, let it steep ten days, shaking it up every day. This is very strongly flavored with cress, and for salads, and cold 12 meats, &c., it is a great favorite with many ; the quart of sauce costs only a halfpenny more than the v negar. Celery vinegar may be made in the same manner. 2165. COCOANUT PIE. Cut off the brown part of the cocoanut, grate the white part, and mix it with milk, and set it on the fire and let it boil slowly eight or ten minutes. To a pound of the grated cocoanut allow a quart of milk, eight eggs, four table- spoonsful of sifted white sugar, a glass of wine, a small cracker, pounded fine, two spoonsful of melted butter, and half a nutmeg. The eggs and sugar should be beaten together to a froth, then the wine stirred in. Put them into the milk and cocoanut, which should be first allowed to get quite cool ; add the cracker and nutmeg, turn the whole into deep pie-plates, with a lining and rim of puft' paste. Bake them as soon as turned into the plates. 2166. A NICE WAY of serving up a fowl that has been dressed. Beat the white of two eggs to a thick froth ; add a small bit of butter, or some salad oil, flour, a little lukewarm water, and two tablespoonfuls of beer, beaten alto- gether till it is of the consistency of very thick cream. Cut up the fowl into small pieces, strew over it some chopped parsley and shalot, pepper, salt, and a little vinegar, and let it lie till dinner time; dip the fowl in the batter, and fry it in boiling lard, of a nice light brown. Veal that has been cooked may be dressed in the same way. The above is a genuine family receipt, long practised by a French ser- vant. 2167. CURRY POWDER, (agenu ine Indian receipt.) Turmeric, cori- ander, black pepper, four ounces each : Fennigreek, three ounces ; ginger, two ounces ; cummin seed, ground rice, one ounce each ; cayenne pepper, car- damoms, half an ounce each. 2168. ANOTHER CURRY POW- DER. Coriander, twelve ounces ; black pepper six ounces ; turmeric, four ounces and three quarters , cummin 268 A SPARK MAT RAISE AN AWFUL BLAZE. seed three ounces ; cayenne one ounce and a-half ; ground rice, one ounce ; cardamoms, half an ounce ; cloves, quarter of an ounce. I have found it best to have the above receipts prepared at my chemist's. 2169. BOILED RICE FOR CURRY. Put the rice down in cold water, and let it come to a boil for a minute or so ; strain it quite dry, and lay it on the bob in a stewpan without a cover to let the steam evaporate, then shake it into the dish while very hot. A squeeze of lemon juice after it boils will make it separate better. The three last re- ceipts were give me by a lady who had passed the greater part of her life in India, and who had them from native cooks. 2J70. INDIAN SYRUP. (A deli- cious summer drink.) Five pounds cf lump sugar, two ounces of citric acid, a gallon of boiling water: when cold add half a drachm of essence of lemon, and half a drachm of spirits of wine ; stir it well, and bottle it. About two table- spoonfuls to a glass of cold water. 2171. CHUTNEY. One pound of salt, one pound of mustard seed, one pound of stoned raisins, one pound of brown sugar, twelve ounces of garlic, six ounces of cayenne pepper, two quarts of unripe gooseberries, two quarts of best vinegar. The mustard seed, gently dried and bruised ; the sugar made into a syrup with a pint of the vinegar; the gooseberries dried and boiled in a quart of the vinegar; the garlic to be well bruised, in a mortar. When cold gradually mix the whole in a large mortar, and with the remaining vinegar thoroughly amalgamate them. To be tied down clos^, the longer kept the better. This is excellent. 2172. CURING OF HAMS AND BACON. It is simply to use the same quantity of common soda as saltpetre one ounce and a half of each to the fourteen potinds of ham or bacon, using the usual quantity of salt. The soda prevents that hardness in the lean of ike bacon which is so often found, and keeps it quite mellow al. through, besides being a preventive of reast. This receipt has been very extensively tried amongst my acquaintance for the last fifteen years, and inv-ariably ap- proved. 2173. COL. BIRCH'S RECEIPT for rheumatic gout or acute rheu matism. Half an ounce of nitre (sat- petre), half an ounce of sulphur, half an ounce of flower of mustard, half an ounce of Turkey rhubarb, quarter of an ounce of powdered gum guiacum. Mix. A teaspoonful to be taken every other night for three nights, and omit three nights, in a wine-glassful of cold water, water which has been well boiled. 2174. OINTMENT FOB THE PILES or Haemorrhoids. Take of hogs' lard, four ounces, camphor two drachms, powdered galls, one ounce, laudanum, half an ounce. Mix ; make an oint- ment to be applied every night at bed- time. 2175. OINTMENT FOR SORE NIPPLES. Take of tincture of tolu two drachms, spermaceti ointment half an ounce ; powdered gum two drachms. Mix. Make an ointment. The white of an egg mixed with brandy is the best application for sore nipples ; the person should at the same time use a nipple shield. 2176. OINTMENT FOR BRO- KEN CHILBLAINS OR CHAPPEIJ HANDS, &., Sweet oil, one pint; Venice turpentine, three ounces ; hogs' lard, half a pound ; bees' wax, three ounces. Put all into a pipkin over a slow fire, and stir it with a wooden spoon till the bees' wax is all melted, and the ingredients simmer. It is fit for use as soon as cold, but the longer it is kept the better it will be. It must be spread very thin on soft rag, or (for chaps or cracks) rubbed on the hands when you go to bed. A visitor to t, large poor district has never know* this to fail. 2177. FOR A COUGH. Syrup of poppies, oxymel of squills, simple FOR THE LIGHT O* THE DAY WE'VE NOTHING TO PAT. 369 oxymel, in equal parts, mixed, and a teaspoonful taken when the cough is troublesome. It is best to have it mixed by a chemist. The cost is trifling. 2178. BUGS. Spirits of naphtha rubbed with a small painter's brush into every part of a bedstead is a certain way of getting rid of bugs. The mat- trass and binding of the bed should be examined, and the same process attend- ed to, as they generally harbour more in these parts than in the bedstead. Three pennyworth of naphtha is suffi- cient for one bed. 2179. WASHING. (Suprem acy of soap-suds over lime (See 654 and 3668.) To save your linen and your labour. Pour on half a pound of soda two quarts of boiling water, in an earthenware pan ; take half a pound of soap, shred fine ; put it into a saucepan with two quarts of cold water ; stand it on a fire till it boils ; and when per- fectly dissolved and boiling, add it to the former. Mix it well, and let it stand till cold, when it has the appear- ance of a strong jelly. Let your linen be soaked in water, the seams and any other dirty part rubbed in the usual way, and remain till the following morning. Get your copper ready and add to the water about a pint basin full ; when lukewarm put in your linen and allow it to boil twenty minutes. Rinse it in the usual way, and that is all which is necessary to get it clean and to keep it in good colour. The above receipt is invaluable to house- keepers. If you have not tried it, do so without delay. 2180. LEECH BAROMETER. - Take an eight ounce phial, and put in it three gills of water, and place in it a healthy leech, changing the water in summer once a week, and in winter once in a fortnight, and it will most accurately prognosticate the weather. If the weather is to be fine, the leech lies motionless at the bottom of the glass and coiled together in a spiral form ; if rain may be expected, it will creep up to the top of its lodgings and remain thejre till the weather is settled ; if we are to have wind, it will move through its habitation with amazing swiftness, and seldom goes to rest till it begins to blow hard ; if a remarkable storm of thunder and rain is to suc- ceed, it will lodge for some days before almost continually out of the water, and discover great uneasiness in violent throes and convulsive-like motions ; in frost as in clear summer-like weather it lies constantly at the bottom ; and in snow as in rainy weather it pitches its dwelling in the very mouth of the phial. The top should be covered over with a piece of muslin. 2181. LIFE-BELTS. An excel- lent and cheap life belt, for persons pro- ceeding to sea, bathing in dangerous places, or learning to swim, may be thus made : Take a yard and three-quarters of strong" jean, double and divide it into nine compartments. Let there be a space of two inches after each third compartment. Fill the compartments with very fine cuttings of cork, which may be made by cutting up old corks, or (still better) purchased at the cork- cutters. Work eyelet holes at the bot- tom of each compartment to let the water drain out. Attach a neck-band and waist strings of stout boot- web, and sew them on strongly. 2182. ANOTHER. Cut open an old boa, or victorine, and line it with fine cork-cuttings instead of wool. For ladies going to sea these are excellent, as they may be worn in stormy weather, without giving appearance of alarm in danger. They may be fastened to the body by ribands or tapes, of the colour of the fur. Gentlemen's waistcoats may be lined the same way. 2183. A CHATTEL MORTGAGE, as it is technically called, must be filed in the town or city of the mortgager (in this city at the register' s). It must be accom- panied by an immediate delivery of the property, and followed by an actual and continued change of possession, other- wise it is void as against creditors of the mortgagers, subsequent lien-holders, or purchasers in good faith. Every con- tract for the leasing for a longer period 270 A \VIFK S All T DISPLAYED IN A TABLE WELL LAID. than for one year is void unless the contract, or some note or memoran- dum thereof, expressing the considera- tion, ho in writing, and be subscribed by the party who makes the lease, or by the agent of such party lawfully authorized. 2184. PEAS POWDER. Pound in a marble mortar half an ounce each of dried mint and sage, a drachm of celery seed, and a quarter of a drachm of cayenne pepper ; rub them together door of knowledge may be opened. through a fine sieve. This gives a very savoury relish to peas soup and to gruel, which, by its help, if the eater of it has not the most lively imagination, he may fancy he is sipping good peas soup. A drachm of allspice, or black pepper, may be pounded with the above as an addition, or instead of the cayenne. 2185. HORSERADISH POWDER. The time to make this is during Novem- ber and December ; slice it the thickness of a shilling, and lay it to dry very grad- ually in a Dutch oven (a strong heat soon evaporates its flavour) ; when dry enough, pound it and bottle it. 21.86. DOMESTIC SURGERY. This will comprise such hints and advice as will enable any one to act on an emergency, or in ordinary trivial accidents requiring simple treatment ; distinguish between serious simple accidents, and the best and and means to adopt in all cases that are likely to fall under a person's notice. These hints will be of the utmost value to the heads of families, to emigrants, and to persons who are frequently called upon to attend upon the sick. We strongly recommend the Parent, Emigrant or Nurse, to read over these directions occasionally, to regard it as a duty to do so at least three or four times a year, so as to be prepared for emer- gencies whenever they may arise. When accidents occur, people are too excited to acquire immediately a knowl- edge of what they should do ; and many lives have been lost for want of this knowledge. Study, therefore, at moderate intervals the Domestic Sur- gery, Treatment of Poisons, Rules for the Prevention of Accidents, How to Escape from Fires, the Dannie Pharma- copeia, &c., which will be found in various pages of Enquire Within. And let it be impressed upon your mind that THE INDEX will enable you to refer to anything you may require ix A MOMENT. Don't trouble to hunt through the pages ; but when you wish to ENQUIRE WITHIN, remember that the Index is the knocker, by which the 2187. 1. DRESSINGS. Dressings are substances usually applied to parts for the purpose of soothing, promoting their reunion when divided, protecting them from external injuries, as a means of applying various medicines, to absorb discharges, protect the surrounding parts and securing cleanliness. 2188. Certain instruments are re- quired for the application of dressings in domestic surgery, viz. Scissors, a pair of tweezers, or simple forceps, a knife, needles and thread, a razor, a lancet, a piece of lunar caustic in a quill, and a sponge. 2189. The materials required for dressings, consist of lint, scraped linen, carded cotton, tow, ointment spread on calico, adhesive plaster, compresses, pads, poultices, old rags of linen or calico, and water. 2190. The following rules should bo attended to in applying dressings : 1 . Always prepare the new dressings before removing the old one. 2. Al- ways have hot and cold water at hand, and a vessel to place the foul dressings in. 3. Have one or more persona at hand ready to assist, and tell each person what they are to do before you commence, it prevents confusion ; thus one is to wash out and hand the sponges, another to heat the adhesive plaster, or hand the bandages and dressings, and, if requisite, a third to support the limb, &c. 4. Always stand on the outside of a limb to dress it. 5. Place the patient in as easy a posi- tion, as possible, so as not to fatigue him. 6. Arrange the bed after changing the dressings, but in some cases you wilJ WHO NEVER TRIES CANNOT WIN THE PRIZE. 271 have to do so before the patient is placed on it. 7. Never be in a hurry when applying dressings, do it quietly. 8. When a patient requires moving from one bed to another, the best way is for one person to stand on each side of the patient, and each to place an arm behind his back, whilr- he passes his arms over their necks; th^nlet their other arms be passed under his thighs, and by holding each other's hands, the patient can be raised with ease, and removed to another bed. If the leg is injured a third person should steady it, and if the arm, the same precaution should be adopted. Sometimes a stout sheet is passed under the patient, and by several people holding the sides, the patient is lifted without any fatigue or much disturbance. 2191. Lint may be made in a hurry, by nailing the corners- of a piece of old linen to a board, and scraping its sur- face with a knife. It is used either alone or spread with ointment. Scraped lint is the fine filaments from ordinary lint, and is used to stimulate ulcers and absorb discharges ; it is what the French call Charpie. 2192. Scraped Lint is made into various shapes, for particular purposes. For example, when it is screwed up into a conical or wedge-like shape, it is called a tent, and is used to dilate fis- tulous openings, so as to allow the matter to escape freely, to plug wounds, BO as to promote the formation of a clot of blood, and thus arrest bleeding. When it is rolled into little balls they are called boulettes, and are used for absorbing matter in cavities, or blood in wounds. Another useful form is made by rolling a mass of scraped lint into a long roll, and then tying it in the middle with a piece of thread ; the middle is then doubled and pushed into a deep-seated wound so as to press upon the bleeding vessel, while the ends remain loose and assist in forming a clot, or it is used in deep-seated ulcers to absorb the matter and keep the edges apart. This form is called fehe bourdonna Another form is called the pelote, which is merely a ball of scaped lint tied up in a piece of linen rag, commonly called a dabber. This is used in the treatment of pro- trusion of the navel in Children. 2193. Carded Cotton is used as a dressing for superficial burns, an care should be taken to free it fron specks, as flies are apt to lay their egg there, and generate maggots. 2194. Tow is chiefly employed as padding for splints, as compresses, an also as an outer dressing where ther is much discharge from a surface. 2195. Ointments are spread on cal- icoes, lint, or even thin layers of tovr by means of a knife ; they should not be spread too thick. 2196. Adhesive Plaster is cut into strips, ranging in width according to the nature of the wound, &c., but the usual width is about three-quarters of an inch. Isinglass plaster is not so irritating as diachylon, and is more easily removed. 2197. Compresses are made of pieces of linen, calico, lint, or tow, doubled or cut into various shapes. They are used to confine dressings in their places, and to apply an equal pressure on parts. They should be free from darns, hems, and knots. Ordinary compresses are square, oblong, and triangular The pierced compress, is made by folding up a square piece of linen five or six times on itself, and then nicking the surface with scissors, so as to cut out small pieces. It is then opened out, and spread with ointment. It is applied to discharging- surfaces, for the purpose of allowing the matter to pass freely through the holes, and is frequently covered with a thin layer of tow. Com- presses are also made in the shape of a Maltese cross, and half a cross, some- times split singly, and at other times doubly : or they are graduated by placing square pieces of folded cloth on one another, so arranged that they de crease in size each time. They are used for keeping up pressure upon cer- tain parts. 2198. Pads are made by sewing tovi A HUSBAND'S WRATH SPOILS THE BEST BROTH. inside pieces of linen, or folding linen auvl sew.ng the pieces together. They are used to keep off pressure from parts, such t.ti that caused by splint in frac- tures. 2199 Poult. ccs are usually made of linseed-xneal, oatmeal, or bread, either combined with water and other fluids ; iometime/s they are made of carrots, charcoal, potatoes, yeast, and linseed- meal, mustard, &c. (See 3313.) 2200. BANDAGES. Bandages are strips of calico, linen, flannel, muslin, elastic- webbing, bunting, or some other sub- stance of various lengths, sucli as three, four, eight, ten, or twelve yards, and one, one an<2 a-half, two, two and a.-half, three, four, or six inches wide, free from hems or darns ; soft and unglazed. They are better after they have been washed. Their uses are to retain dress- ings, apparatus, or parts of the body in their proper positions, support the soft parts, and maintain equal pressure. 2201. Bandages are simple and com- pound ; the former are simple slips rolled up tightly like a roll of ribbon. There is also another simple kind which is rolled from both ends, this is called a double-headed bandage. The com- pound bandages are formed of many pieces. 2202. Bandages for the head should be two inches wide and five yards long ; for the neck two inches wide and three yards long ; for the arm, two inches wide and seven yards long ; for the leg, two inches and a-half wide and seven yards long : for the thigh, three inches wide and eight yards long ; and for the body, four or six inches wide and ten or twelve yards long. 2203. To apply a single-headed band- age, lay the outside of the end next to the part to be bandaged, and to hold the roll between the little, ring, and middle fingers, nd the palm of the left hand, using the thumb and fore fin- ger of the same hand to guide it, and the right hand to keep it firm, and pass the bandage partly round the leg to- wards th 3 left hand. It is sometimes necessary to reverse this order, and therefore it is well to be able to use both hands. Particular parts require a different method of applying bandages, and therefore we shall describe the most useful separately, and there are different ways of putting on the same bandage, which consists in the manner the folds or turns are made. For example, the circular bandage is formed by horizontal turns, each of which over-laps the one made before it ; the spiral consists of spiral turns ; the oblique follows a course oblique or slanting to the centre of the limb ; and the recurrent folds back again to the part whence it started. 2204. Circular bandages are used for the neck, to retain dressings on any part of it, or for blisters, setons, &c. ; for the head, to keep dressings on the forehead or any part contained within a circle passing round the head ; for the arm, previous to bleeding ; for the leg, above the knee; and for the fingers, &c. 2205. To confine the ends of bandages, some persons use pins, others slit the end for a short distance, and tie the two strips into a knot, and some use a strip of adhesive plaster. Always place the point of a pin in such a position that it should not be likely to prick the patient, or the person dressing the limb, or be likely to draw out by using the limb : therefore, as a general rule, turn the head of the pin from the free end of the bandage, or towards the upper part of the limb. 2206. The oblique bandage is gene- rally used for arms and legs to retain dressings. 2207. The spiral bandage is generally applied to the trunk and extremities, but it is apt to fall off even when very carefully applied; therefore we gene- rally use another called the recurrent, which folds back again. 2208. The recurrent bandage is the best kind of bandage that we can em- ploy for general purposes. The method of putting it on is as follows : Apply the end of the bandage that is free, with the outside of it next the skin, and hold this end with the finger and thumb oi the left hand, while some one support* MIND THAT YOUR 8EEDS ARE NOT OF WEEDS. 273 the heel of the patient ; then with the right liand to pass the bandage over the piece you are holding, and keep it crossed thus, until you can place your right forefinger upon the spot where it crosses the other bandage, where it must be kept firm. Now hold the roll of the bandage in your left hand, with the palm looking upwards, and taking care to keep that part of the bandage be- tween your right fore-finger, and the roll in your left hand quite slack; turn your left hand over, and bi'ing the bandage down upon the leg ; then pass the roll under the leg towards your right hand, and repeat this until the leg is bandaged up to the knee, taking- care not to drag the bandage at any time during the process of bandaging. When you arrive at the knee, pass the bandage round the leg in circles just below the knee, and pin it as usual. Bandaging is very easy, and if you once see any one apply a bandage properly, and attend to these rules, there will not be any difficulty ; but bear one thing in mind, with- out which you will never put on a bandage even decently ; and that is, never to drag or pull at a bandage, but make the turns while it is slack, and you have your right forefinger placed upon the point where it is to be folded down. When a limb is properly bandaged, the folds should run in a line corresponding to the shin-bone. Use, to retain dressings, and for varicose veins. 2209. A bandage for the chest is always placed upon the patient in a Bitting posture ; and it may be put on in circles or spirally. Use, in fractures of the ribs, to retain dressings, and after BeVere contusions. 2210. A bandage for the belly is placed on the patient as directed in the last, if spiral!) carrying it from above down- wards. Use, to compress the belly after dropsy, or retain dressings. 221 1 . The hand is bandaged by cross- ing the bandage over the back of the hand. Use, to retain dressings. 2212. tor the head, a bandage may be c'.if v Ur. or spiral, chalk ointment is the best. In the absface af all these, cover the parts with treacle, and dust on plenty of flour. 2240. Body in Flames. Lay the person down on the floor <>f the room, and throw the tablecloth, rug, or other large cloth over him, and roll him on the floor. 2241. Dirt in the Eye. Place your forefinger upon the cheekbone, having the patient before you ; then draw up the finger and you will probably be abte to remove the dirt ; but if this will not enable you to get at it, repeat this operation while you have a netting- needle or bodkin placed over the eyelid ; this will turn it inside out, and enable you to remove the sand, or eyelash, &c., with the corner of a fine silk handker- chief. As soon as the substance is re- moved, bathe the eye with cold water and exclude the light for a day. If the inflammation is severe, take a purga- tive and use a refrigerant lotion (969). 2242. Lime in the Eye. Syringe it well with warm vinegar and water (one ounce to eight ounces of water) ; take a purgative, and exclude light. 2243. Iron or Steel Spiwlcr in the Eye This occurs while turning iron or steel in a lathe. Drop a solution of sulphate of copper (from one to three grains of the salt to one ounce of water) iiifto the eye, or keep the eye open in a wine-glassful of the solution. Take a purgative, bathe wiih cold lotion, and exclude light to keep down inflamma- tion. 2244. Dislocated Thumb. This is frequently produced by a fall. Make a clove hitch, by passing tw r o loops of cord over the thumb, placing a piece of rag under the cord to prevent it cutting the thumb; then pull in the eauie line as the thumb. Afterwards apply a cold lotion (970). 2245. Cuts and Wounds. Cut thin strips of sticking-plaster, and bring the parts together: or if large and deep, cut two broad pieces so as to look like the teeth of a comb, and place one on each side of the wound, which must be cleaned previously. These pieces must I be arrariged so that they eball interlaca DESPISE SCHOOL AND REMAIN A FOOL. 277 one another ; then by laying hold of the pieces on the right hand side with one hand, and those on the other Bide with the other hand, and pulling 1 them froin one another, the edges of the wound are brought together, and with- out any difficulty. 2246. Ordinary Cuts are dressed by thin strips applied by pressing down the plaster on one side of the wound, and keeping it there and pulling in the opposite direction ; then suddenly de- pressing the hand when the edges of the wound are brought together. 2247. Contusions. When they are vr-ry severe, lay a cloth over the part, and suspend a basin over it filled with cold lotion. (969, 970.) Put a piece of cotton into the basin, so that it shall allow the lotion to drop on the cloth, and thus keep it always wet. 2248. Haemorrhage, when caused by an artery being divided or torn, may be known by the blood jumping out of the wound, and being of a bright scar- let colour. If a vein is injured, the blood is darker, and flows continuously. To stop the latter, apply pressure by means of a compress and bandage. To arrest arterial bleeding get a piece of wood (part of a mop-handle will do), and tie a piece of tape to one end of it; then tie a piece of tape loosely over the arm, and pass the other end of the wood under it ; twist the stick round and round until the tape compresses the arm sufficiently to nrrest the bleeding, and then confine the other end by tying the string round the arm. If the bleeding is very obstinate, and it occurs in the arm, place a cork underneath the string, on the inside of the fleshy part, where the artery may be felt beating by any one ; if in the leg, place a cork in the direction of a line drawn from the inner part of the knee a little to the outside of the groin. It is an excellent thing to accustom yourself to find out the position of these arteries, or indeed any that are superficial, and to explain to every one in your house where they are. and how to stop blt as soon as the vomiting ceases, and repeat three times at intervals of a quarter of an hour. 2270. TIN. (Butter of tin ; putty &wder) E. Colic and purging. A. ilk. T. Give warm or cold water to promote vomiting, or tickle the throat with u feather. 2*271. ZlNC. (iniitc Vitriol; flowers of; chloride of). E. An astringent taste, sensation of choking, nausea, vom- iting, purging, pain and burning in the throat and stomach, difficult breathing, pallor and coldness of the surface, pinched face, cramps of the extremities, but, with the exception of the chloride, seldom death. A. For the two first give copious draughts of milk, and white of eggs and water, mucilage, and olive oil ; for the third, carbonate of soda, and warm water in frequent draughts, with the same as for the other compounds. T. Relieve urgent symp- toms by leeching and fomentations, and nfter the vomiting give castor-oil. For the chloride use frictions and warmth. (See 2225.) 2272. SILVER. (Lunar caustic; flowers of silver.) GOLD (Chloride of) ; and BISMUTH (nitrate ; flowers of; pearl white), are not frequently met with as poisons. E. Burning pain in the throat, mouth, and the usual symptoms of corrosive poisons. A. For silver, common salt and water ; for gold and bismuth, uo antidotes are known. T. Give milk and mucilaginous fluids, and castor-oil. 2273. ACIDS. (Hydrochloride or spirit of salt ; nitric or aquafortis ; sulphuric or oil of vitriol). E. Acid burning taste, acute pain in the gullet and throat, vomiting of bloody fluid, which effer- vesces when chalk is added to it ; hic- cough, tenderness of the belly, cold sweats, pinched face, convulsions, and death.-A. Give calcined magnesia, chalk, Boap anJ water. D. A. Carbonated alkalies. Caution. Do not give water if oil of ?i ~oj has been taken. F. Kxcire vomiting ; give fluids after the poison has been ejected. 2274. CHLORINE (gas). E. Violent coughing, tightness of the chest, debility, inability to stand. A. The vapour of caustic ammonia to be inhaled, or 10 drops of liquid ammonia to one ounce of water to be taken. T. Dash cold water over the face, and relieve urgent symptoms. 2275. LEAD (sugar of; red lead; toine sweetened by ; and water impreg- nated with). E. Sugary astringent metallic taste, tightness of the throat, colicky ,paius,violent vomiting, hiccough , convulsions and death. A. Epsom or Glauber's salts ; plaster of Paris ; or phosphate of soda. T. An emetic of sulphate of zinc (24 grains to half pint of water) ; leeches to belly, and foraen tatioris if necessary. 2275. PHOSPHORUS. E. Intense burning and pain in the throat and stomach. A. magnesia and carbonate of soda. T. Large draughts of cold water, and tickle the throat with a feather. Caution. Do not give oil or milk. 2276. LIME. E. Burning in the throat and stomach, cramps in the belly, hiccough, vomiting, and paralysis of limbs. A. Vinegar or lemon juice. T. Thin starch water to be drunk fre- quently 2278. ALKALIES (Caustic ; potash , soda ; ammonia). E. Acrid, hot, dis- agreeable taste ; burning in the throat, nausea, and vomiting bloody matter, profuse purging, pain in the stomach, colic, convulsions, and death. A. Vine- gar and vegetable acids. T. Give lin- seed tea, milk, almond or olive oil, and excite vomiting. 2279. BARYTA (carbonate ; pure and muriate). (See Lime.) 2280. NITRE. E. Heartburn, nausea, violent vomiting, purging, convulsions, difficult breathing, violent pain in the bowels, and death. T. (See Arsenic.) 2281. NARCOTIC POISONS (bane berries; fooVs parsley; deadly nightshade ; water hemlock ; thorn apple ; opium ; cam- phor, <&c.). E. Giddiness* faintneea A TllUTH ASCERTAINED IS A LIFE PENSION GAINED. 281 nausea, vomiting, stupor, delirium, and death. T. Give emetics, large draughts of fluids, tickle the throat, apply smelling salts to the nose, dash cold water over the face aud chest, apply mustard poultices, and, above all, endea- vour to rouse the patient by walking between two persons ; and, if possible, by electricity. 2282. VEGETABLE IRRITATING POI- SONS. Mezereon ; monk's-hood ; bitter apple ; gamboge ; white hellebore, &c. E. Acrid, biting, bitter taste, choking sensation, dryness of the throat, retch- ing, vomiting, purging, pains in the stomach aud bowels, breathing diffi- cult, and death. T. Give emetics of chamomile, mustard, or sulphur of zinc ; large draughts of warm milk, or other bland fluids ; foment and leech the belly if necessary, and give strong infusion of coffee. 2283. OXALIC ACID. E. Vomiting and acute pain in the stomach, general debility, cramps, aud death. A. Chalk. T. Give large draughts of lime-water or magnesia. 2284. SPANISH FLIES. E. Acid taste, burning heat in the throat, stomach, mid belly ; bloody vomitings, colic, purging, retention of urine, convulsions, death. T. Large draughts of olive oil, thin gruel, milk, starch enemas, and camphorated water. 2285. POISONOUS FISH. Old-imfe ; sea-lobster ; mussel ; tunny ; blower ; rock-Jish, &c. E. Intense pain in the Btomach after swallowing- the fish, vo- miting, purging, and sometimes cramps. T. Give an emetic, excite vomiting by tickling the throat, and plenty of warm water. Follow emetics by active purgatives, abate inflammation by the usual remedies, and drink freely of eugar and water. 2286. BITES OF REPTILES. Vipa* : Hack viper ; Indian serpents ; rattle- snake. E. Violent aud quick inflamma- tion of the part, extending towards the body, soon becoming livid ; na-vw^a, vomiting, convulsions, difficult breath- Ing, mortification, cold sweats, and t?eath. 'T Suppose A hat the wrist has been bitten, immediately tie a tape between the wound and the heart. scarify the parts with a penknife, razor, or lancet, and apply a cupping-glasa over the bite, frequently removing it and bathing the wound with volatile alkali, or heat a poker and burn ^hfe wound well, or drop some of Sir Win. Burnett's Disinfecting Fluid into the wound. Give plenty of warm drinks, and cover up in bed. 2287. MAD ANIMALS, BITE OF. E. Hydrophobia, or a fear of fluids. T. Tie a string tightly over the part, cut out the bite, and cauterize the wound with a red-hot poker, lunar caustic, or Sir Wm. Burnett's Disinfecting Fluid. Then apply a piece of "spongio-piline,'' give a purgative, and plenty of warm drink. Whenever chloroform can be procured, sprinkle a few drops upon a handkerchief and apply to the nose and mouth of the patient before cauterizing tha wound. When the breathing ap- pears difficult, cease the application of the chloroform. A physician, writing in the Times, strongly urges this course, and states that there is no danger, with ordinary care, in the application ot the chloroform, while the cauterization may be more effectively performed. 2288. INSECT STINGS. Wasp, bee, fnat, hornet, gad-fly, scorpion. E. welling, nausea, and fever. T. Press the barrel of a watch-key over the part, so as to expose the sting, which must be removed. Lay a rag moistened with hartshorn and oil over the part. Give six or eight drops of hartshorn in two ounces of infusion of chamomile, and cover up in bed. 2289. OYSTER CATSUP. Take fine fresh oysters ; wash them in their own liquor, skim it, pound them in a marble mortar, to a pint of oysters add a pint of sherry, boil them up, and ad<^ an ounce of salt, two drachms of pound- ed mace, and one of cayenne. let it just boil up again, skim it, aud rub it through a sieve ; and when cold bottle it, then cork it well, and seal it down. 2290. OX-CHEEK STEWED. Pre- pare the day before it is to be eaten ; cloaw THK TOAD, TMiifCH I'tiLY, IS I Sr.lTL. the cheek and put it into soft water, just warm ; let it lie three or four hours, then put it into cold water, and let it soak all night ; next day wipe it clean, put it into a stew-pan, and just cover it with water; skim it well when it is coming to a boil, then put two whole onions, stick two or three cloves into each, three turnips, quartered, a couple of carrots sliced, two bay-leaves, and twenty-four corns of allspice, a head of celery, and a bundle of sweet herbs, pepper, and salt; add cayenne and gar- lic, in such proportions as the palate that requires them may desire. Let it stew gently till perfectly tender, about three hours ; then take out the cheek, divide it into pieces, fit to help at table ; skim, and strain the gravy ; melt an ounce and a half of butter in a stew pan ; stir into it as much flour as it will take up ; mix with it by degrees a pint arid a half of the gravy : add to it a table-spoonful of mushroom or walnut catsup, or port wine, and give it a boil. Serve up in a soup or ragout-dish, or make it into barley broth. This is a very economical, nourishing, and sa- voury meal. 2291. CHILDREN AND CUT- LERY. Serious accidents having- oc- curred to babies, through their catching hold of the blades of sharp instruments, the following hint will be useful. If a child lays hold of a knife or razor, do not try to pull it away, or to force open the hand. But holding the child's hand that is empty, offer to its other hand, anything nice or pretty, and it will im- mediately open the hand, and let the dangerous instrument fall. 2292. COFFEE MILK FOR THE SICK ROOM. Boil a dessert-spoonful of ground coffee, in nearly a pint of milk, a quarter of an hour, then put into it a shaving or two of isinglass, and clear it ; let it boil a few minutes and set it by the side of the fire to clarify. This is a very fine breakfast; but it should be sweet- ened with sugar of a good quality. 2293. FRECKLES. To disperse them, take one ounce of lemon juice, a juarter of a drachm of nowdered borax, and half a drachm of sugar; mix them, and let them stand a few days in a gifts* bottle till the liquor is fit for une; tlica rub it on the hands and face occa- sionally. (See 172.) 2294. CHLOROFORMING BEES. The quantity of chloroform required for an ordinary hive is the sixth part o, an ounce ; a very large hive may take nearly a quarter of an ounce. Set down a table opposite to, and about four feet distant from the hive ; on the table spread a thick linen cloth, in the centre of the table place a small shallow breakfast plate, which cover with a piece of wire gauze, to prevent the bees from coming in immediate contact with the chloroform. Now quickly and cautiously lift the hive from the board on which it is^standing, set it down on the top of the table, keeping the plate in the centre ; cover the hive closely up with cloths, and in twenty minutes or so the bees are not only sound asleep, but not one is left among the combs ; the whole of them are lying helpless on the table. You now remove what honey you think fit, replace the hive in its old stand, and the bees, as they recover, will return to their domi- cile. A bright, calm, sunny day is the best; and you should commence your operations early in the morning, before many of them are abroad. 2295. ARNICA FOR BITES. A correspondent says : " Noticing an ac- count of the death of a man from the bite of a cat, I beg to trouble you with the following case, which occurred to myself ; I took a strange dog home, which produced consternation among the cats. One of them I took up, to effect a reconciliation between her and the dog. In her terror she bit me so severely on the first finger of the left hand, as not only to cause four of the teeth of her low T er jaw to enter the flesh, but so agonizing was her bite that the pressure of her palate caused the finger to swell at the joint on the opposite side to where the lower teeth entered the finger. In a minute or two the pain was about as excruciating as anythJuf EATING AND DRINKING SHOULDN T KEEP US FROM THINKING. 283 I ever felt certainly greater than I have suffered from a wound. I got gome tincture of arnica, diluted with about twalve times the quantity of water, and proceeded to bathe the fin- ger well with it. In about half a min- ute the blood began to flow freely, the pain ceased, and the swelling abated, and up to this moment I have had no further inconvenience nor pain, not even soreness." 2298. A VEUY PLEASANT PER- FUME, and also preventative against moths, may be made of the following ingredients : Take of cloves, carraway seeds, nutmeg, mace, cinnamon, aud Tonquin beans, of each one ounce ; then add as much Florentine orris-root as will equal the other ingredients put together. Grind the whole well to powder, and then put it in little bags, among your clothes, &c. 2297. MAPS AND CHARTS. Maps, charts, or engravings may be effectually varnished by running a very delicate coating of guttapercha solution over their surface. It is perfectly trans- parent, aud is said to improve the appearance of pictures. By coating both sides of important documents they can be kept waterproof aud preserved perfectly. 2298. CEMENT FOR LEATHER AND CLOTH. An adhesive material for uniting the parts of boots and shoes, and for the seams of articles of cloth- ing, may be made thus : Take one pound of gutta percha, four ounces of India rubber, two ounces of pitch, one ounce of shellac, two ounces of oil. The ingredients are to be melted toge- ther, and used hot. 2299. ARTIFICIAL MANNERS. Artificial manners, and such as spring from good taste and refinement, can i over be mistaken, and differ as widely as gold and tinsel. How captivating is gentleness of manner derived from true humility, and how faint is every imitation : the one resembles a glorious rainbow, spanning a dark cloud the other, its pale attendant, the water-gall. That sua'ity o/ uatnfr which renders a real gentlewoman courteous to all, and careful to avoid giving offence, is often copied by those who merely sub- ject themselves to certain rules of eti- quette; but very awkward is the copy! Warm professions of regard are be- stowed on those who do not expect them, and the esteem which is due to merit appears to be lavished on every one alike. And as true humility, blended with a right appreciation of self respect, gives a pleasing cast to the countenance, so from a sincere and open disposition springs that artless ness of manner which disarms all preju- dice. Feeling, on the contrary, is ridiculous when affected, and, even when real, should not be too openly manifested. Let the manners arise from the mind, and let there be no dis- guise for the genuine emotions of the heart. 2300. DECOCTION OF SARSA- PARILLA. Take four ounces of the root, slice it down, put the slices into four pints of water, and simmer for four hours. Take out the sarsaparilla, and beat it into a mash ; but it into the liquor again, and boil down to two pints, then strain and cool the liquor. Dose a wine-glassful three times a-day. Use to purify the blood after a course of mercury; or indeed whenever any taint is given to the constitution, viti- ating the blood, and producing eruptive affections. 230 J. HOT WATER. In bruises, hot water is most efficacious, both by means of insertion and fomentation, in removing pain, and totally preventing discolouration and stiffness. It has the same effect after a blow. It should be applied as quickly as possible, and as hot as it can be borne. Insertion in hot water will cure that troublesome and painful thing called a whitlow. The efficacy of hot water in preventing the ill effects of fatigue is too well known to require notice. 2302 . PRESERVING P O T A- TOES. The preservation of potato by lipping them in boiling water is a val .able and useful discovery. 1:84 IF THERE WERE NO CLOUDS, WK SHOULD NOT ENJOY THE SUN. quantities may be cured at once, by putting them into a basket as large as the vessel containing the boiling wate will admit, and then just dipping thei a minute or two at the utmost. Tin germ, which is so near the skin, isthm destroyed without injury to the potato In this way several tons might be curec in a few hours They should be then dried in a warm oven, and laid up in sacks, secure from the frost, in a dry place. (See 122 to 135.) 2303. SQUINTING. Squinting fre- of the eyes, the weaker eye being turned away from the object, to avoid the fatigue of exertion. Cases of squinting of long standing have often been cured by covering the stronger eye, and thereby compelling the weaker one to exertion. 2304. SCRATCHES. Trifling as scratches often seem, they ought never to be neglected, but should be covered and protected, and kept clean and dry, until they have completely healed. If there is the least appearance of inflam- mation, no time should be lost in apply- ing a large bread and water poultice, or hot flannels repeatedly applied, or even leeches in good numbers may be put on at some distance from each other. 2305. BLACK OR WHITE EL- DERBERRY WINE. Gather the berries ripe and dry, prick them, bruise them with your hands, and strain them. Set the liquor by in glazed earthen ves- sels for twelve hours to settle ; put to every pint of juice a pint and a half of v/ater, and to every gallon of this liquor three pounds of good moist sugar ; set in a kettle over the rire, and when it is ready to boil clarify it with the white of four or five eggs; let it boil one hour, and when it is almost cold, work it with strong ale yeast, and turn it, filling up the vessel from time to time with the same liquor, saved on purpose, as it sinks by working. In a month's time, if the vessel holds about eight it tvi ! be fine and fit to bottle, and, after bottling, will be fit to drink in twelve months. 2300. DRY COUGH. Take of powdered gum-arabic, half an ounce ; liquorice-juice, half an ounce. Die- solve the gum first in warm water squeeze in the juice of a lemon, then add of paregoric two drachms ; syrup of squills, one drachm. Cork all in a bottle, and shake well. Take one teaspoonful when the cough is trouble- some. (See 996). 2307. CLEAN WHITE VEILS. Put the veil in a solution of white soap and let it simmer a quarter of an hour squeeze it in some warm water am 1 soap till quite clean. Rinse it from soap, and then in clean cold water, in which is a drop of liquid blue ; then pour boiling water on tea-spoonful of starch, run the veil through this, and lear it well by clapping it. Afterwards pin it out, keeping the edges straight and even. 2308. CANARIES. To distinguish a cock-bird from a hen, observe the )ird when it is singing, and if it be a cock you will perceive the throat heav 'ng with a pulse-like motion, a peculiar ty which is scarcely perceptible in the hen. (See 287). 2309. Feed young canaries with white .nd yolk of hard egg, mixed together ,vith a little bread steeped in water. Dhis should be pressed and placed in >ne vessel, while in another should be ut some boiled rape-seed, washed in resh water. Change the food every lay. When they are a month old, put hem in separate cages. 2310. Cut the claws of cage birds iccasionally, when they become too ong, but in doing so be careful not o draw blood. 2311. BULLFINCHES. Old birds hould be fed with German Paste . 2, and occasionally rape-seed. The Germans occasionally give them a little )oppy-seed, and a grain or two of rice, teeped in Canary wine, when teaching hem to pipe, as a reward for the pro- ^ress they make. Bird organs, or "aseolets, are used to teach them TELE HASTY ANGLER LOSES THE FISH. 285 They breed three or four times a year. The young require to be kept very warm, and to be fed every two hours, with rape-seed, soaked for several hou^s in cold water, afterwards scalded and strained, bruised, mixed with bread, and moistened 'with milk. One, two, or three mouthfuls at a time. 2312. SQUIRRELS. In a do- mestic state there little animals are fed with hazel nuts, or indeed any kind of nuts; and occasionally bread and milk. They should be kept very clean. 2313. LINNETS. Cock-birds are browner on the back than the hens, and have some of the large feathers of the wings white up to the quills. Canary 4md hemp-seed, with occasion- ally a little groundsel, water-cress, ehickweed, &c., constitute their food. 2314. THRUSHES. A Cock nmy be distinguished from a hen by a darker back and the more glossy appearance of the feathers. The belly also is white. Their natural food is insects, worms, and snails. In a domesticated state they will eat raw meat, but snails and worms should be procured for them. Young- birds are hatched about the middle of April, and should be kept very warm. They should be fed with raw meat, cut small, or bread mixed in milk with hemp-seed well bruised ; when they can feed them- selves give them lean meat cut small, and mixed with bread or German paste, plenty of clean water, and keep them in a warm, dry, and sunny situation. (See 817.) 2315. WINES FROM RHUBARB, GRAPES (UNRIPE), CURRANTS, GOOSEBERRIES, &c. The whole art of wine-making consists in the pro- per management of the fermentation process ; the same quantity of fruit, whether it be rhubarb, currants, gooPd- berries, grapes (unripe), leaves, tops, and tendrils, water and sugar, will pro- duce two different kinds of wine, '>y vary ; ng the process of fermentation onty that is, a dry wine like sherry, or a brisk one lik^ champagne : hutnfther rhubarb, currants, nor gooseberries wiL produce a wine with the true cham- pagne flavour ; it is to be obtained only from the fruit of the grape, ripe or unripe, its leaves, tops, and tendrils. The receipt I hero give will do for rhubarb, or any of the above-mentioned fruits. To make ten gallons of cham- pagne, imperial measure : Take fifty pounds of rhubarb and thirty-seven pounds of fine moist sugar. Pro- vide a tub that will hold from fifteen to twenty gallons, taking care that it has a hole for a tap near the bottom. In this tub bruise the rhubarb ; when done add four gallons of water; let the whole be well stirred together; cover the tub with a cloth or blanket, and let the materials stand for twenty- four hours ; then draw off the liquor through the tap; add one or two more gallons of water to the pulp, let it be well stirred, and then allow to remain an hour or two to settle, then draw off; mix the two liquors together, and in it dissolve ^\e sugar. Let the tub be made clean, and return the liquor to it, cover it with a blanket, and place it in a room the temperature of which is not below 60 C . Fahr. ; here it is to re- main for twenty-four, forty-eight, or more hours, until there is an appear- ance of fermentation having begun, when it should be drawn off into the ten-gallon cask, as fine as possible, which cask must be filled up to the bung-hole with water ; if there is not liquor enough, let it lean to one side a little, that it may discharge itself; if there is any liquor left in the tub not quite fine, pass it through flannel, and fill up with that instead of water. As the fermentation proceeds and tho liquor diminishes, it must be filled up daily, to encourage the fermentation, for ten or twelve days ; it then becomes more moderate, when the bung should be put in, and a gimlet-hole made at the side of it, fitted with a spile ; this spile should be taken out every two o three days, according to the state of the fermentation, for eight or ten days to allow some of the carbonic acid ga* 286 JOY OFTEN COMES AFTER SORROW, LIKE MORNING AFTER NIGHT. to escape. When this state is passed, the cask may be kept full by pouring a little liquor in at the vent-hole once a week or ten days, for three or four weeks. This operation is performed at long intervals, of a month or more, till the end of December, when on a fine frosty day it should be drawn off from the lees as fine as possible ; the turbid part passed through flannel. Make the jCask clean, return the liquor to it, with 'one drachm of isinglass (pure) dissolved in a little water; stir the whole to- gether, and put the bung in firmly. Choose a clear dry day in March for bottling it. They should be champagne bottles common wine bottles are not strong enough ; secure the corks in a proper manner with wire, &c. I gen- erally make up the liquor to two or three pints over the ten gallons, which I bottle for the purpose of filling the cask as it is wanted. For several years past I have made a wine with ripe and unripe grapes, according to the season, equally aa good as any foreign. It has always spirit enough without the addi- tion of brandy, which, Dr. Maculloch says, in his Treatise onWines (published twenty or thirty years ago), spoils all wines ; a proper fermentation produces spirit enough. The way to obtain a dry wine from these materials is to keep the cask constantly filled up to the bung-hole, daily or every other day, as long as any fermentation is percep- tible, by applying the ear near to the hole : the bung may then be put in lightly for a time, before finally fixing it ; it may be racked off on a fine day in December, and fined with isinglass as above directed, and bottled in March. Dr: William Bartlett. 2316. CONVULSIONS. Dr. Wil- liamson, reports an interesting and remarkable case, in which he saved the life of an infant in convulsions, by the use of chloroform. He commenced the use of it at nine o'clock one even- ing, at which period the chiid was rapidly sinking, numerous remedies naving been already tried without effect. He dropped half a drachm of chloro- form into a thin muslin handkerchief and held it about an inch from the in- fant's face. In about two minutes the convulsions gave way, and the child fell into a sleep. By slightly releasing the child from the influence of the chloro form, he was able to administer food by which the child was nourished and strengthened. The chloroform was continually administered in the manner described, from Friday evening at nine o'clock until Monday morning at nine. This treatment lasted sixty hours, and sixteen ounces of chloroform were used. Dr. Williamson says he has no doubt that the chloroform was instrumental in saying the infant' s life; and that no injurious effects, however trivial, from the treatment adopted, have- subse- quently appeared. 2317. CORNS. Boil a potato in its skin, and after it is boiled take the skin and put the inside of it to the corn, and leave it on for about twelve hours ; at the end of that period the corn will be much better. The above useful and simple receipt has been tried and found to effect a remedy. 2318. CLEANSING FEATHERS OF THEIR ANIMAL OIL. The fol- lowing receipt gained a premium from the Society of Arts : Take for every gallon of clean water one pound of quicklime, mix them well together and when the undissolved lime is pre- cipitated in fine powder, pour off the clean lime-water for use. Put the feathers to be cleaned in another tub, and add to them a quantity of the clean lime-water, sufficient to cover them about three inches, when well immersed and stirred about therein. The feath- ers, when thoroughly moistened, will sink down, and should remain in the lime-water three or four days; after which, the foul liquor should be sepa- rated from them, by laying them in a sieve. The feathers should be iifrer wards well washed in clean water, ant! dried upon nets, the meshes of which may be about the fineness of cabbage- nets. The feathers must be, from timg to time, shaken on the nets, and as the* HOPE AND STRIVE IS THE WAY TO TE1UVE 287 get dry will fall through the raeshee, and are to be collected for use. The admission of air will be serviceable in drying. The process will be completed in three weeks; and after being thus prepared, the feathers will only require to be beaten to get rid of the dust. (See 2043.) '2319. PRESTON SALTS. Take of sal ammoniac and salts of tartar, of e;ich about two ounces ; pound up the sal ammoniac into small bits, and mix them gently with the salts of tartar. After being well mixed, add a few drops of oil of lavender, sufficient to scent, and also a little musk ; stop up in a glass bottle, and when required for use, add a few drops of water, or spirits of hartshorn, when you will immediately have strong smelling salts. The musk, being expensive, may be omitted; it will still be good. Any person can for a few pence obtain these ingredients at any druggist's, and they will make salts, which to buy, prepared, would cost at least eighteen pence. 2320. FIG-PUDDING. Three- quarters of a pound of grated bread, half a pound of best figs, six ounces of suet, six ounces of moist sugar, a tea- cupful of milk, and a little nutmeg. The figs and suet must be chopped very fine. Mix the bread and suet first, then the figs, sugar, and nutmegs, one egg beaten well, and lastly the milk. Boil in a mould four hours. To be eaten with sweet sauce. 2321. PRESERVING EGGS. It has been long known to housewives, that the great secret of preserving eggs fresh, is to place the small end down- wards, and keep it in that position other requisites not being neglected, such as to have the eggs perfectly fresh when deposited for keeping, not allow- ing them to become wet, keeping them cool in warm weather, and avoiding freezing in winter. Take an inch-board of convenient size, say a foot wide, and two and a half feet long, and bore it full of holes, each about an inch and a half in diameter ; a board of this size may have five dozen holes bored in it, for as many e^s. ^hen nail strips of thin board two inches wide round tha edges to serve as a ledge. Boards such as this may now be made to constitute the shelves of a cupboard in a cool cel- lar. The only precaution necessary is to place the eggs as fast as they are laid in these holes, with the small end downwards, and they will keep for months perfectly fresh. The great ad vantage of this plan is the perfect ease with which the fresh eggs are packed away, and again obtained when wanted. A carpenter would make such a board for a trifling charge. (See 497, 790.) 2322. GUM ARABIC STARCH. Take two ounces of white gum arable powder, put it into a pitcher, and pour on it a pint or more of boiling water (according to the degree of strength you desire), and then, having covered it, let it set all night. In the morning pour it carefully from the dregs into a clean bottle, cork it, and keep it for use. A tablespoonful of gum water stirred into a pint of starch that has been made in the usual manner, will give the lawns (either white, black, or print- ed), a look of newness, when nothing else can restore them after washing. It is also good, much diluted, for thin white muslin and bobbinet, 2323. HOME-MADE BREAD-- To one quartern of flour (three pounds and a-half), and a dessert-spoonful oi salt, and mix them well ; mix about two table spoonfuls of good fresh yeast (se.& 2160) with half-a-pint of water a little warm, but not hot ; make a hole with your hand in the middle of the flour, but not quite touching the bottom of the pan ; pour the water and yeast into this hole, and stir it with a spoon till you have made a thin batter ; sprinkle this over with flour, cover the pan over with a dry cloth, arid let it stand in a warm room for an hour ; not near the fire, except in cold weather, and then not too close ; then add a pint of water a little warm, and knead the whole well -ogether, till the dough comes clean through the hand ; some flour will require a i?ttle more water- 288 THE QUIET MIND EXJOYS THE SWEETFST REST. but in this experience must be your guidt- : let it stand again for about a quarter of an hour, and then bake at pleasure. 2;h>4. TO MAKE BREAD WITH GERMAN YEAST. To one quartern of flour add a dessert-spoonful of salt as before ; dissolve one ounce of dried German yeast in about three table- spoonfuls of cold water, add to this one pint and a half of water a little warm, and pour the Avhole into the flour; knead it well immediately, and let it stand as before directed for an hour ; then bake at pleasure. It will not hurt if you make up a peck of flour at once, and bake three or four loaves in suc- cession, provided you do not keep the dough too warm. German yeast may be obtained at almost any corn-chan- dler's in the metropolis and suburbs. In winter it will keep good for a week in a dry place, and in summer it should be kept in cold water, and the water changed every day. Wheat-meal re- E'res a little more yeast than fine r, or a longer time to stand in the dough for rising. 2325. PICKLING.-Thereare three metheds of pickling ; the most simple is, merely to put the article into cold vinegar. The strongest pickling vine- gar of white wine should always be used for pickles ; and for such a's are wanted for white pickles, use distilled vinegar. This method we recommend for all such vegetables au, being hot themselves, do not require the addition of spice, and such as do not require to be softened by heat, such as capsicums, chili, nasturtiums, button onions, radish- pods, horseradish, garlic, and eschalots. Half fill the jais with best vinegar, fill them up with the vegetables, and tie down immediately with bladder and leather. One advantage of this plan is, that those who grow nasturtiums, radish-pods, and so forth, in their own gardens, may gather them from day to day when they are exactly of the proper growth. They are very much better if pickled quite fresh, and all of a size, which can scarcely be obtained if they be pickled all at the pa mo t'nie. Th onions should be dropped in the vine gar as fast as peeled ; this secures then colour. The horseradish should be scraped a little outside, and cut up in rounds half an inch deep. Barberries for garnish; gather fine full bunches before they are quite ripe ; pick away all bits of stalk, and leaf, and injured berries, and drop them in cold vinegar; they may be kept in salt and water, changing the brine whenever it begins to ferment ; but the vinegar is best. 2326. THE SECOND METHOD OP PICKLING is that of heating vinegar and spice, and pouring them hot over thd vegetables to be pickled, which arc previously prepared by sprinkling with salt, or immersing in brine. It is better not to boil the vinegar, by which pro- cess its strength is evaporated. Put the vinegar and spice into a jar, bung it down tightly, tie a bladder over, and let it stand on the hob or on a trivet by the side of the fire for three or four days, well shaken three or four times a day ; this method may be applied to gherkins, French beans, cabbage, bro- coli, cauliflowers, onions, and so forth. 2327. THE THIRD METHOD OF PICK- LING is when the vegetables are in a greater or less degree done over the fire. Walnuts, artichokes, artichoke bottoms, and beet-roots are done thus, and sometimes onions and cauliflowers. 2328. FRENCH BEANS. The best sort for this purpose are white runners. They are very large, long beans, but should be gathered quite young, before they are half grown ; they may be done in the same way as gherkins, but will not require so long a time. 2329. ONIONS. Onions should be chosen about the size of marbles, the silver-skinned sort are the best. Pre- pare a brine and put them into it hot; let them remain one or two days, then drain them, and, when quite dry, put them into clean dry jars, and cover them with hot pickle, in every quart of which has been steeped one ounce each ol horseradish sliced, black pepper, all- sp ",e, ind salt, with or without mustard IP YOU ARE IN DEBT, SOMEBODY OWXS PAET OF YOU. 28S seed. In all picklos the vinegar should always be two inches or more above the vegetables, as it is sure to shrink, and if the vegetables are not thorough- ly immersed in pickle they will not keep. 2380. RED CABBAGE. Choose fine linn cabbages : the largest are not the best: trim off the outside leaves ; quar- ter the cabbage, take out the large p. talk, slice the quarters into a colander, and sprinkle a little salt between the layers ; put but a little salt too much will spoil the colour ; let it remain in the colander till next day,, shake it well, that all the brine may run off; put >t in jars, cover it with a hot pickle composed of black pepper and allspice, of each an ounce ; ginger pounded, norseradish sliced, and salt, of each half an ounce to every quart of vinegar (steeped as above directed); two capsi- cums may be added to a quart, or one drachm of cayenne. 2331. GARLIC AND ESCHALOTS. Garlic and eschalots may be pickled in the same way as onions. 2332. MELONS, MANGOES, AND LONG CUCUMBERS may all be done in the same manner. Melons should not be much more than half grown ; cucum- bers fuU grown, but not overgrown. Cut oft' the top, but leave it hanging by a bit of rind, which is to serve as a hinge to a box-lid ; with a marrow-spoon scoop out all the seeds, and till the fruit with equal p,\rts of mustard seed, ground pepper, and ginger, or flour of mustard instead of the seed, and two or three cloves of garlic. The lid which incloses the spice may be sewed down or tied, by running a white thread through the cucumber, and through the lid, and then, tying i together, cut off the ends. The pickle may be prepared with the spices directed for cucumbers, or with the following, which bears a nearer re- semblance to India. To each quart of vinegar put salt, flour of mustard, curry powder, bruised ginger, turmeric, half an ounce of each, cayenne pepper one drachm, all rubbed together with a large glassful of salad oil ; eschalots two ounces, and garlic half an ounce, sliced ; steep the spice in vinegar as be- fore directed, and put the vegetables into it hot. 2333. CAULIFLOWER. Choose such as are firm, yet of their full size ; cuJ away all the leaves, and pare the stalk , pull away the flowers by bunches, steep in brine two days, then drain them ; wipe them dry and put them into hot pickle ; or merely infuse for three days three ounces of curry powder hi eve-iy quart of vinegar. 2334. WALNUTS. Be particular in obtaining them exactly at the proper season ; if they go beyond the middle of July, there is danger of their becom- ing hard and woody. Steep them a week in brine. If they are wanted to be soon ready for use, prick them with a pin, or run a larding- pin several times through them ; but if they are not wanted in haste, this method had better be left alone. Put them into a kettle of brine, and give them a gentle simmer, then drain them on a sieve and lay them on fish drainers in any airy place, until they become black, which may be twx> days ; then add hot pickle of vinegar in which has been steeped, in the propor tion of a quart, black pepper one ounce, ginger, eschalots, salt, and mustard seed, one ounce each. Most pickle vine- gar, when the vegetables are used, may b6 turned to use, walnut pickle in par- ticular ; boil it up, allowing to each quart four ur six anchovies chopped small, and a large table-spoonful of eschalots, also chopped. Let it stand a few days, till it is quite clear, then pour off and bottle. It is an excellent store sauce for hashes, fish, and various other purposes. 2335. BEET-ROOTS. Boil or ball gently until they are nearly done ; ao cording to the size of the root, they will require from an hour and a half to two hours ; drain them, and when they begin to cool peel and cut in slices hall an inch thick, then put them into a pickle composed of black pepper and allspice, of each one ounce, gingei pounded, horseradish sliced, and salfc 290 HUNGER IS THK BEST- SAUCE. of each half an ounce to every quart of vinegar, steeped. Two capsicums may be .added to a quart, or one drachm of cayenne. 2336. ARTICHOKES. Gather young artichokes as soon as formed ; throw them into boiling brine, and let them boil two minutes ; drain them ; when void and dry put them in jars, and cover with vinegar, prepared as in method the third, but the only spices employed should be ginger, mace, and nutmeg. 2337. AKTICIIOKE BOTTOMS. Get full- grown artichokes and boil them, but not so much as for eating, but just until the leaves can be pulled ; remove them and the choke ; in taking off the stalk, be careful not to break it off so as to bring away any of the bottom ; it would be better to pare them with a silver knife, and leave half an inch of tender stalk corning to a point ; when cold, add vinegar and spice, the same as for artichokes. 2338. MUSHROOMS. Choose small white mushrooms ; they should be but one night's growth. Cut off the roots and rub the mushrooms clean with a bit of flannel and salt ; put them in ajar, allowing to every quart of mushrooms one ounce each of salt and ginger, half an ounce of whole pepper, eight blades of mace, a bay leaf, a strip of lemon rind, and a wine-glassful of sherry ; cover the jar close, and let it stand on the hob or on a stove, so as to be thoroughly heated, and on the point of boiling ; so let it remain a day or two, till the liquor is absorbed by the mush- rooms and spices ; then cover them with hot vinegar, close them again, and stand till it just comes to a boil ; then take them away from the fire. When they are quite cold divide the mushrooms and spice into wide-mouthed bottles, fill them up with the vinegar, and tie them over. In a week's time, if the vinegar has shrunk so as not entirely to cover the mushrooms, add cold vine- fi ar. At the top of each bottle put a tea spoonful of salad or almond oil ; cork close, and dip in bottle resin. (See 2150,2151.) 2339. SAMPHIRE. On the sea-coast this is merely preserved in water, or qual parts of sea-water and vinegar ; but as it is sometimes sent fresh as a present to inland parts, the best way ol managing it under such circumstances is to steep it two days in brine, then drain and put it in a stone jar covered with vinegar, and having a lid, over which put thick paste of flour and w r ater, and set it in a very cool oven all night, or in a warmer oven till it nearly, but not quite boils. Then let it stand on a warm hob for half an hour, and let it become quite cold before the paste is removed ; then add cold vinegar if any more is required, and secure as other pickles. 2340, INDIAN PICKLE. The vege- tables to be employed for this fa- vourite pickle are small hard knots of white cabbage sliced, cauliflowers or brocoli in flakes, long carrots, not larger than a finger, or large carrots sliced (the former are far preferable), gher kins, French beans, small botton onions, white turnip radishes half grown, radish pods, eschalots, young hard apples, green peaches when the trees are thinned before the stones begin to form, vegetable marrow not larger than a hen's egg, small green melons, celery, shoots of green elder, horseradish, nas- turtiums, capsicums, and garlic. As all these vegetables do not come in sea- son together, the best method of doing this is to prepare a large jar of pickle at such time of the year as most of the things may be obtained, and add the others as they come in season. Thus the pickle will be nearly a year in making, and ought to stand another year before using, when, if properly managed, it will be excellent, but will keep and continue to improve for years. For preparing the several vegetables, the same directions may be observed as for pickling them separately, only take this general rule that, if possible, boiling is to be avoided, and soaking in brine to be preferred ; be very parti- cular that every ingredient is perfectly dry before putting into the jar, and CONTENTMENT WILL BOTH CLOT1IK AND FEED. 291 that the jar is very closely tied down every time that it is opened for the addition of fresh vegetables. Nei- ther mushrooms, walnuts, nor mi cab- bage are to be admitted. For the pickle : To a gallon of the best white wine vinegar add salt three ounces, flour of mustard half a pound, turmeric two Dunces, white ginger sliced three ounces, cloves one ounce, mace, black pepper, long pepper, white pepper, half an ounce each, cayenne two dracnms, eschalots peeled four ounces, garlic peeled two ounces ; steep the spice in vinegar on the hob or trivet for two or three days. The mustard and turmeric must be rubbed smooth with a little cold vinegar, and stirred into the rest when as near boiling as possible. Such vegetables as are ready may be put in; when cayenne, nasturtiums, or any other vegetables mentioned in the lirst method of pickling corne in season, put them in the pickle as they are ; any in the second method, a small quantity of hot vinegar without spice ; when cold pour it off, and put the vegetables into the general jar. If the vegetables are greened in vinegar, as French beans and gherkins, this will not be so neces- sary, but will be an improvement to all. Onions had better not be wet at ail ; but if it be desired not to have the lull flavour, both onions, eschalots, and garlic, may be sprinkled with salt in a colander, to draw off all the strong juice ; let them lie two or three hours. The elder apples, peaches, and so forth, to be greened as gherkins. 2341. THE ROOTS, radishes, carrots, celery, are only soaked in brine and dried. Half a pint of salad oil, or of mustard oil, is fioinetimes added. It should be rubbed with the flour of mustard and turmeric. It is not essen- tial to Indian pickle to have every variety of vegetable here mentioned ; but all these are admissible, and the greater variety the more it is approved. 2342. BLACKBIRDS. The cock bird is of a deep black, with a yellow bill. The female is dark drown. It is difficult to distinguish male from female 13 birds when young; but the darkest generally are males. Their food con- sists of German paste (817), bread, meat, and bits of apple. The same treatment as given for the thrush ap- plies to the blackbird. (See 823.) 2343. SKYLARKS. The cock is recognized by the largeness of his eye, the length of Ms claws, the mode 01 erecting his crest, and by marks of white in the tail. It is also a larger bird than the hen. The cage should be of the following proportions : Length, one foot five inches ; width, nine inches ; height, one foot three inches. There should be a circular projection in front, to admit of a fresh turf being placed every two or three days, and the bot- tom of the cage should be plentifully and constantly sprinkled with river sand. All vessels containing food should be placed outside, and the top of the cage should be arched and padded, so that the bird may not injure itself by jumping about. Their food, in a natural state, con- sists of seeds, insects, and also buds, green hesbage, as clover, endive, let- tuce, &c., and occasionally berries. When confined, they are usually fed with a paste made in the following man ner: Take a portion of bread, well-baked and stale, put it into fresh water, and leave it until quite soaked through, then squeeze out the water and pour boiled milk over it, adding two-thirds of the same quantity of barley-meal well sifted, or, what is better, wheat meal. This should be made fresh every two days. Occasionally the yolk of a hard-boiled egg should be crumbled small and given to the birds, as well as a little hempseed, meal-worms, and elderberries. Great cleanliness shoul be observed in the cages of these birds 2344. CORNS. The cause of corng is simply friction; and to lessen the friction you have only to use your toe as you do a coach- wheel lubricate it with some oily substance. The best and cleanest thing to use is a little sweet oil, rubbed on the affected part (after 292 A SMALL TEAR RELIEVES A fiKEAT SORROW. the corn is carefully pared) with the tip of the finger, which should be done on getting up in the morning and just be- wre stepping into bed at night. In a rew days the pain will diminish, and in * few day* more it will cease, when the nightly application may be discontinu- ed. 23-15. HINTS ON ETIQUETTE. There are numberless writers upon this subject, from Chesterfield to Willis, but the great fault with all of them is, that their works are designed exclusively for the ban ton. They are very well for those who spend their whole lives in the fashionable circles ; but if a plain, unpretending man or woman were to follow their directions, they would only make themselves ridiculous. In view of this fact, I now present a few plain directions fashioned not after an imaginary model, but upon the world as it is. I address only sensible per- sons, and expect them to be satisfied with such rules and principles as shall form well-bred men and women, and not coxcombs and dandies. My direc- tions are the result of my own observa- tion and experience, and may be relied upon as being the actual practices of respectable people, both in this country and Europe ; for the manners of well- ored people are the same in all parts of the world. In all your associations, keep con- stantly in view the adage, " too much freedom breeds contempt." Never be guilty of practical jokes; if you accustom yourself to them, it is probable you will become so habituated as to commit them upon persons who will not allow of such liberties : I have known a duel to arise from a slap on the back. If there be another chair in the room, do not offer a lady that from which you have just risen. Always suspect the advances of any person who may wish for your acquaint- ance, and who has had no introduc- tion : circumstances may qualify this remark, but as a general principle, ac- quaintances made in a public room or place of amusement are not desir able. Never converse while a person ii singing ; it is an insult not only to the singer, but to the company. The essential part of good breeding is the practical desire to afford pleasure, and to avoid giving pain. Any man possessing this desire, requires only op- portunity and observation to make him a gentleman. Always take off your hat when hand- ing a lady to her carriage, or the box of a theatre, or a public room. If, in a public promenade, you pass and re-pass persons of your acquaint- ance, it is only necessary to salute them on the first occasion. Do not affect singularity of dress by wearing anything that is so conspicuous, as to demand attention ; and particular- ly avoid what I believe I must call the ruffian style. Never lose your temper at cards, and particularly avoid the exhibition of anxiety or vexation at w r ant of ne cess. If you are playing whist, not only keep your temper, but hold your tongue ; any intimation to your partwei is decidedly ungentlemanly. Let presents to a young lady be char acterized by taste not remarkable fo intrinsic value. Except under very decided circum stances, it is both ungentlemanly an* 1 dangerous to cut a person : if you wish to rid yourself of any one's society, & cold bow in the street, and particular ceremony in the circles of your mutual acquaintance, is the best mode of con duct to adopt. Never introduce your own affairs fo- the amusement of a company ; it show? a sad want of mental cultivation, or ex cessive weakness of intellect : recoJ lect, also, that such a discussion canco* be interesting to others, and that th probability is that the most patient listener is a complete gossip, laying the foundation for some tale to make you appear ridicuP is. When you meet a gentleman witk whom you are acquainted, you bow A CUP MUST BE BITTER THAT A SMILE WILL NOT SWEETEN. 293 raising your hat slightly with the left hand, which leaves your right at liberty to shake hands if you stop. If the gentleman is ungloved, you must take off yours, not otherwise. Meeting ii lady, the rule is that she should make the first salute, or at least indicate by her manner that she re- cognizes you. Your bow must be lower, and your hat carried further from your head ; but you never offer to shake hands ; that is her privilege. The right, being the post of honor, is given to superiors and ladies, except in the street, when they take the wall, as farthest from danger from passing carriages, in walking with or meeting them. In walking with a lady, you are not bound to recognize gentlemen with whom she is not acquainted, nor have they, in such a case, any right to salute, much less to speak to you. Whenever or wherever you stand, to converse with a lady, or while handing her into or out of a carriage, keep your hat in your hand. Should her shoe become unlaced, or her dress in any manner disordered, fail not to apprize her of it, respectfully, and offer your assistance. A gentle- man may hook a dress or lace a shoe with perfect propriety, and should be able to do so gracefully. Whether with a lady or gentleman, a street talk should be a short one ; and in either case, when you have passed the customary compliments, if you wish to continue the conversation, you must say, " Permit me to accompany you." Don't sing, hum, whistle, or talk to yourself, in walking. Endeavor, besides being well dressed, to have a calm good- natured countenance. A scowl always begets wrinkles. It is best not to srnoKe at all in public, but none but a ruffian in grain will inflict upon society the odor of a bad cigar, or that of any kind, on ladies. Ladies are not allowed, upon ordinary occasions, to take the arm of any one a relative or an accepted lover in the street, and in the day time ; in the evening in the fields, or iu a crowd, wherever she may need protection she should not refuse it. She should pass her hand over the gentleman's arm, merely, but should not walk at arm's length apart, as country girls sometimes do. In walking with a gen- tleman, the step of the lady must be lengthened, and his shortened, to pre- vent the hobbling appearance of not keeping step. Of course, the conver- sation of a stranger, beyond asking a necessary question, must be consider- ed as a gross insult, and repelled with proper spirit. Having dressed yourself, pay no further attention to your clothes. . Few things look worse than a continual fussing with your attire. Never scratch your head, pick your teeth, clean your nails, or worse than all, pick your nose in company ; al) these things are disgusting. Spit as little as possible, and never upon the floor. Do not lounge on sofas, nor tip back your chair, nor elevate your feet. If you are going into the company of ladies, beware or onions, spirits, and tobacco. If you can sing or play, do so at once when requested, without requiring to be pressed, or make a fuss. On the other hand, let your performance be brief, or, if ever so good, it will be tire- some. When a lady sits down to the pianoforte, some gentleman should at- tend her, arrange the music-stool, and turn over the leffves. Meeting friends in a public prome- nade, you salute them the first time in passing, and not every time you meet. Never tattle, nor repeat in one society any scandal or personal matter you hear in another. Give your own opinion of people, if you please, but never repeat that of others. Meeting an acquaintance among strangers, in the street or a coffee-house, never address him by name. It is vul gar and annoying. 2354. LAWS OF CHESS. The 294 GUARD WELL THE STEPS OF THE YOUTHFUL. rules given below are based upon the ci> his king and moving elsewhere. [Other- wise?] If the player should touch a man which cannot be moved without placing his king in check, he must move his king instead. 2361. VII. If a player about to move touch one of his adversary's men, without saying j'adoube when he first touches it, he must take that piece, if it can be lawfully taken. Should it not be taken, he must, as a penalty, move his king ; but should the king be unable to play without going into check, no penalty can be enforced. It is not allowed to castle upon a compulsory move of the king. 2362. VIII. While you bold your piece you may move it anywhere allowed by the rules ; but when you quit your hold the move is completed, and must be abided by. 2363. IX. If you inadvertently move one of your adversary ' s pieces instead of your own, he may compel you to take the piece you have touched, should it be en prise; or to replace it and move your king, or to leave it on the square to which you have moved it, and forego any other move at that time. Should you capture one of the adverse pieces with another, instead of one of your own, the capture holds good if your opponent so decides. 2364. X. If the player takes a piece through a false move, his adversary may compel him to take such piece with one that can lawfully take it, or t move the piece that has been touched, if such move does not expose the king to check, or he may be directed to move his king. 2365. XI. If you take one of your own men, instead of one of your adver- sary's, you may be compelled to move PREVENTION IS BETTER THAN CURB. 295 one of the two pieces touched, at the option of your opponent. Mr. Walker thinks that the penalty should be to lose the man you have improperly taken off. 2366. XII. Ai. opponent has the option of punishing a false move, by Claiming the false move as your move, by compelling you to move the piece touched, as you may think fit, or to replace the piece and move your king. 2367. XIII. The king must never be exposed to check by any penalty en- forced. 2368. XIV. If you move twice running, you may be compelled to abide by both moves, or to retract the second. 2369. XV. Unlimited time is allowed for the moves [unless otherwise agreed.] If one player insists upon the postpone- ment of the termination of a game, against the will of his opponent, the game is forfeited by him who will not play on. 2370. XVI. When a pawn is moved two squares, it is liable to be taken, en passant, by a pawn, but not by a piece. 2371. XVII. If you touch both king and rook, intending to castle, you must move one of the two pieces, at the option of your adversary ; or ho may compel you to complete the castling. You cannot take a piece and castle at the same time ; nor does the rook check as it passes to its new position ; but it may check on its position after castling. 2372. XVIII. False castling is liable to the same penalties as a false move. 2373. XIX. When a player gives the odds of a rook, he does not relinquish the right of castling on the side from which the rook has been taken, all other conditions being lawful, as if the rook were in its place. 2374. XX. When you give check you must say so aloud. If check is not cjillc.d on either side, but subsequently discovered, you must endeavour to re- sail all the moves back to the period when the check first occirred. 2375 XX T. You are n?t compelled to cry check when you attack the queen. 2376. XXII. If you cry check, and afterwards alter your determination, you are not compelled to abide by the intention, provided you have not touched the piece. 2377. XXIII. When a pawn reaches the opposite side of the board it may be replaced by any piece, at the option of the owner, and irrespective of the pieces already owned by him. 2378. XXIV. Stall-mate is a drawn game. 2379. XXV. Drawn games count for nothing ; and he who moved first in the drawn game moves first in the fol- lowing. 2380. XXVI. If you declare to win a game, or position, and only draw it, you are accounted the loser. 2381. XXVII. When you have either of the following advantages of force, you are compelled to give check-mate in fifty moves, or the game is consi- dered drawn. King and queen against king. King and rook against king. King and two bishops against king. King, bishop,, and knight, against king. King and queen against king and rook. King and rook against king and minor piece. King and pawn against king. King and two pawns against king and pawn. 2382. XXVIII. If you move after your adversary has made a false move, or committed other irregularity, you cannot claim the penalties. 2383. XXIX. Spectators are for- bidden to make remarks. 2384. XXX Disputes to be referred to a third party. 2385. HINTS UPON MONEY MAT- TERS. Have a supply of change in hand. This will obviate the various incon. veniences of keeping people at the door, sending out at unreasonable times, and running or calling after any inmate in the house, supposed to be better pro- 296 BENJAMIN FRANKLIN, BORN 1706, DIED 1790. vided with " the needful " The trades- people with whom you regularly deal \\ill always give you extra change' when you are making purchases or paying bills ; while those to whom you apply for it on a sudden emergency, may neither be willing nor able to do so. Some housekeepers object to this arrangement that, " as soon as five- pound notes or sovereigns are changed, they always seem to go, without their understanding how ;" but to such persons I would humbly intimate, that this is rather the fault of their not getting understanding, than any inevi- table consequence of getting change. The fact is, that it is the necessity of parting with your money which obliges you to get the larger pieces changed, and not the circumstance of having smaller coin that necessitates your part- ing with your money, though it cer- tainly facilitates your doing so, when 1 the necessity arrives. However, as it is easier to count a few sovereigns than many shillings, and loose money is most objectionable, it is well to put up re- serve change in small collective packets, and to replenish the housekeeping purse from these daily or weekly, as may be most convenient. 2386. If money for daily expenses has to pass through the hands of a com- mon domestic, it is a time and trouble- saving plan to settle with her every night, and make up her cash in hand to a certain similar sum. 2387. ADULTERATIONS. Much has been written upon the subject of adulteration. Somebody (whose name we forget) took up the subject prior to Dr. Hassall ; Dr. Hassall wrote a series of papers in the Lancet ; these broug-ht about a parliamentary inquiry ; the inquiry ended in demonstrating that nearly everything we eat and drink is adulterated in many cases with ingredients very prejudicial to human health. Somebody has written a little oook to inform people " How to detect adulterations in our daily food and drink ' and there is room for some one to write a key to the said littte book, entitled " How to understand the in- structions ' How to Detect Adultera tion in our Daily Food and Drink' " for, although the advertisement of the book savs that it gives instructions for the employment of " simple means" of detection, the means suggested are in most cases highly impracticable, and in some instances dangerous. Thus tlio housewife, who sets about the dis- covery of some supposed evil, may, by an error or accident the upsetting of a bottle of sulphuric acid, or the explo- sion of a receiver of gas do herself more injury in an hour than she would suffer from adulteration in a life-time. 2388. IMPRACTICABLE MODES OP DE TECTION. The writer alluded to states that, to discover the adulterations in arrowroot, you are to " mix it with twice its weight of concentrated muri- atic acid." To discover adulterations in flour, you are to " take of the sus- pected flour about 350 grains, and the same quantity of fine sand, and two and a-half fluid ounces of water -, tritu- rate in a mortar the sand and flour for five minutes, then gradually add a little of the water, so as to dilute it evenly, and form a homogeneous paste ; throw the whole upon a filter, and take about one ounce of the clear liquid, place it in a test-glass, and add the same quantity of an aqueous solution of iodine." The author remarks, that this method is tedious, and far from satisfactory. So we think. He then gives another : " If chalk be sus- pected, place a tea-spoonful of flour in a wine-glass, with a little water, and add a few drops of muriatic acid. If chalk be present, a brisk effervescence will ensue, owing to the escape of carbonic acid [it should be carbonic acid^as.] Lime may be detected in a similar way using oxalate of ammonia, instead of muriatic acid. The lime will form an insoluble precipitate, which is oxalate of lime ! ' ' Then, to detect the presence of bone-dust, you are told to burn a portion of the suspected flour, and " if a portion of the ash dissolved in water give, with nitrate of silver, an abundani THOMAS JEFFERSON, BORN 1743, DIED 1826. 297 precipitate, phosphate of lime is pres- ent. The test of oxalate of ammonia may be used to detect lime in the ash, as already advised for its detection in flour !" This is the character of by far the greater number of these " simple" instructions ; and, to crown the whole, to enable you to detect adulteration in bottled, cured, and potted anchovies, with their heads decapitated, and their entrails removed, you are favoured with Mr. Yarrell's pen-and-ink portrait of the fish, when in a living, or at least, a fresh and whole condition ! Among other adulterations we therefore dis- cover the adulteration of books, by the introduction of matter to give an appearance of learning to their pages, and of no possible use to the buyer, who is compelled to pay sixpence fur what he ought to obtain at one sixth that cost. '2389. DIFFICULTY OF DETECTING ADULTERATIONS. It is obvious, that if adulterations could be easily discov- ered, tradespeople who resorted to them would soon suffer from discredit. Many of the adulterations defy even the power of the chemist, and Dr. Has- sal's investigations are exceedingly im- perfect, being chiefly confined to the agency of the microscope, and passing over a large catalogue of liquid and oleaginous compounds. For many adulterations, the retail dealer is not responsible. Do all he may, he cannot obtain a pure article, since it undergoes adulteration in every stage of its pro- gress to the market, and many sub- stances partake of compound adultera- tion. Thus Cayenne pepper may be adulterated with mustard, which has previously been adulterated with a cheaper farina, and the whole be coloured with vermilion, cochineal, or red-lead, either or all of which may previously have been adulterated with gome inferior substance. 231)0. How TO ESCAPE ADULTERA- TIONS, AND ALSO TO DETECT FRAUD- ULENT TRADERS. We are not about to advUe the housewife to set up a chemical laboratory nor to put her husband to the expense of a compound achromatic microscope. CKl* instruc- tions will neither burn holes in her dress, stain her mahogany table, blacken her nails, make smarting chaps in her hands, nor fill her with monornixniacal fears that she is being ossified by bone- dust, or that in a liftle while she will be crystallized all over like an alum-basket. Our apparatus is as fol- lows : A hand flour-mill, A pestle and mortar, A coffee-mill, A pepper and spice-mill, Meat-cutting machine, Scales and weights, Imperial measures, 2391. FORMATION OF FAMILY CIE CLES. The mill is the most expensive item in this table of expenditure and what we propose is this: "Family Circles " (see 340; should be called, for the purpose of mitigating the evils complained of. Let every " Circle " have its mill let it be kept at a place convenient to all. By such means, a capital subscribed by each member, would be sufficient ; a little company would be formed, upon a better rinciple than that of " limited lia- ility," since the capital being paid up, there would be no liability at all ! What would be the result ? Why, that people would obtain pure bread, pure coffee, pure condiments, and other "ngs, at a cost of full twenty-five per cent, under that which they now pay for spurious and health- destroy ing mix- tures. 2392. OTHER EVILS BESIDES ADULTERATIONS." The butcher cannot adulterate the beef and the mutton (see 1), but he can send home short weight ; aud the baker, besides putting alum in the bread, to make it white and retain water, can send home deficient weight; the same with the grocer, and the coal merchant; th* publican can give short measure, and froth up the porter to fill the jug, and disguise the shortness of quantity ; and the draper can slip his scissors th* 2D8 JOIiM QUINCY ADAMS, BORN 1707, DIED 1848. wrong side of his finger, and make a yard contain only thirty-three inches. We don't mean to say that they do this, nor do we mean to say that \\\c,j don't. We argue, that people ought to possess the means of ascertaining who among shop-keepers arc honest, and who are not. Then the just would meet with justice, and the unjust would suffer for their .own sins. 2393. ADULTERATIONS, AND REALLY SIMPLE MODES OP DETECTING THEM. ARROWROOT is adulterated with po- tato-starch, sago, and tapioca-starch. There is nothing injurious in these adul- terations. When largely adulterated with potato-starch, the arrowroot, being passed through the hand, imparts a slippery and glaze-like feeling. Pure arrowroot may generally be obtained by paying the best prices. The arrow- root packed in tin cases, and puffed as pure, may generally be regarded as highly adulterated. OQO/I 2394. ANATTO is adulterated with chalk, wheat-flour, rye-flour, salt, and soap ; and is coloured with Venetian red and red lead. It is difficult to detect these adulterations. 2395. A MICROSCOPE will be of material assistance in detecting the ad- mixture of impure substances with articles of food. Even a common phial filled with water possesses a high mag- nifying power. (See 3778. ) 2396. BRANDY is adulterated with cayenne pepper, water and burnt sugar. 2397. BREAD. Grind your own wheat, make your own yeast, and bake your own bread (See'llS, 587, 2077, 2160,2323). The advantages will be immense, and you need not then trouble about adulterations. 2398. The Adulterations of Bread, 8>c. Bread and flour are adulterated with flour of inferior grain, Indian corn flour, potato flour, pea and bean flour, bone dust, &c. None of these are posi- tively injurious. But they are also adulterated with plaster of Paris, chalk, alum, &c., and these are highly preju- dicial to health, especially when taken eontinuously. (See 586.) 2399. To Discover whether Bread be Adulterated icith Alum. Run into a loaf that is one day old, a knife made ,-L-iy hot; if there be alum present, it will adhere in very small particles to the blade of the knife, and will indicate its presence by a peculiar smell. If bread looks unnaturally white, and if it gives off a good deal of water, and becomes veiy brittle and dry when toasted, alum may be regarded as being present. 2400. To Discover whether Bread be Adulterated with Pea or Bean Flour. Pour boiling- water upon it, and if the flour is mixed with the farina of peas or beans, the strong smell of those grains will become manifest. 2401. To Djpcover whether Flour be Adulterated with Chalk, Plaster of Paris or Mineral Powders. If con- taining these admixtures, it will be found to be heavier, measure for meas- ure, than pure flour. That is to say, a pint of pure flour would be overbalanced in the scales by a pint of adulterated flour. Slice the soft part of a loaf, and put it into a large quantity of water in an earth en vessel. Place it over a slow fire for three hours. Scoop up the pap, and let the water stand. When perfectly settled, pour off the water, and a chalky sediment will be found to cover the bottom of the ves- sel. Heartburn, after eating impure bread is a sign of its impurity. Put some flour upon a table, and blow it gently with the breath. If little heaps remain upon the table, resisting the action of the breath, and differing ma- nifestly from the indications given by other portions when blown upon, the substance thus remaining is impure. Potato flour, and indeed all white flours, are heavier than pure wheat. Bake a small quantity of the suspected flour, until it is of a full brown. Then take it, and rub in your hands or on a table, and white particles will be seen, if chalk or plaster of Paris ba present. 2402. Pure Wheat Flour is remark- able for its cohesiveuess. If squeezed PATRICK HENRY, BORN 1736, DIED 1799. it will adhere ; it is also ve may be blown into a cloud with the lightest breath. 2403. BUTTER is made heavy by water which may generally be seen exuding from bad samples, which should It 3 rejected by the purchaser. 2404. CAYENNE PEPPER. Having four own pestle and mortar, make it according to the instructions given (2165), which are excellent. Let a quantity be made at one time for the "Family Circle." The cayenne of commerce is adulterated with brick- dust, red wood dust, cochineal, ver- milion, and red-lead. The latter two are highly injurious, and the former ones not very salutary. As to the means of detecting these, it would be a great waste of time to find them out, since all cayenne is largely adulterated. There- fore,, make your own or don't use any. 2405. CHICORY. This is the dried and roasted root of a plant allied to the dandelion, and it is found by almost unanimous testimony to be an agree- able flavourer of coffee. Dr. Hassall denounces the use of chicory, but with no sufficient reason. He states it to be " diuretic and aperient' ' qualities which we declare to be in its favour, for it is the prevailing defect of our food that it is too astringent and heat- ing, and the fact that chicory finds such general approbation we believe rests in the very qualities which Dr. Hassall condemns. We know a respect- able grocer who, before legislation, took the matter up from conscientious motives, ceased to mix chicory with coffee : the immediate effect was the falling-off of his coffee trade, his cus- tomers declaring that his coffee was not so good as previously ; and he was compelled again to mix chicory with it to meet their taste. Chicory is found to be " adulterated" with carrot, pars- nips, and mangel-wurzel. In Dr. Has- Ball' s papers the name of those roots are italicised, as though some dreadful tjisclosure lay therein. But as these roots are all of them high! uutricious 13* and agreeable, instead of detract from the claims of chicory, the stated rather elevate " chicory ' ' in our estimation, and point to the probability that the roots mentioned possess qual- ities hitherto imperfectly ascertained, and irorthy of further examination and de velopment. Our remarks are not merely of conjecture, they are founded upon observation arid analysis. 2406. CHOCOLATE AND COCOA. The adulterations of these articles pointed out by Dr. Hassall are not of a serious nature, being confined to flour, starch, potato-farina, sago-meal, wheat- flour, tapioca-starch, Maranta, and other arrowroots, tons les mois, and animal fats ; but as the latter are employed in the roasting of all farinaceous grains, to prevent the burning thereof, and also to preserve as far as possible their es- sential oils from destruction by heat, we see nothing to make our readers uncomfortable. Those who prefer the pure cocoa can obtain the " nibs," or more properly" beans," and grind them. But many prefer the soluble cocoa, which is simply cocoa modified by admixture with less stimulating sub- stances. 2407. COFFEE. Coffee is adulterated with chicory, roasted beans, peas, and acorns; bt hiefly by chicory. Hav- ing your own mill, buy the roasted beans; find out a respectable grocer, ascertain his roasting-days, and always buy from a fresh roast If you like the flavour of chicory, purchase it sepa rate, and'add to taste. Chicoy, in small quantities is not, as has been represented, injurious, but healthful: because the " taraxacum >: root has been used medicinally, and its name has found a place in Pharmacopseias, it has been vulgarly set down as "physic," and thrown to the dogs. The tonic hop might be discarded upon the same pretext. Chicory is a healthful addition to coffee, but you need riot pay the coffee price for it. Grind your coffee / and mix with chicory for yourself. 2408. CONFECTIONS AND SWEET MEATS are coloured with poisonous in 800 DE WITT CLINTON. BORN 1769, DIED 1828. gradients. Avoid them there is not the slightest necessity for running any risk. ^ 2409. CURRY-POWDERS are but an accumulation of adulterations : adul- terated pepper adulterated coriander, adulterated c irdamoms, adulterated ginger, adulterated spices, and so on. ll'itk your spice mill and prater prepare your own from the seeaj and roots. You will thereby obtain such a curry- powder, and be able to produce such a curry, as will spread your reputa- tion for and wide. (See 168, 234, 2167, 2168.; 2410. CUSTARD AND EGG-POWDERS contain wheat, potato, and rice-flours, and are coloured with chrome yellow, or chromate of lead and turmeric. They are not essential articles of household economy. 2411. GIN is adulterated with water, sugar, cayenne, cassia, cinnamon, grains of paradise, sulphuric acid, coriander seed, angelica root, calken root, almond cake, orris root, cardamom seeds, orange peel, and grey and white salts, and is " fined ' ' by alum and salts of tartar. The best way is to purchase the unsweetened gin, for the sweeten- ing is employed to disguise the flavour of various adulterations. If you ex- amine gin through a clean glass, it should have no tint, either of a bluish or yellowish cast. The cheap gins should be avoided, and only the res- pectable dealers should be resorted to. 2412 ISINGLASS. Our chief object iu roticing the adulteration of this article is to insure its purity in the making of cements, which is of the utmost importance. (See 78.) Isin- glass is a preparation from fishes' bladders, and it is found to be adul- terated with gelatine. Take a few breads of the substance, drop some nto boiling water, some into cold water and some into vinegar. In the boiling water the isinglass will dissolve ; in cold water it will become white and "cloudy;" and in vinegar it will well and become jelly-like. In boiling water gelatine will not so con pletcly dissolve as isinglass ; in cold water it becomes clear and jelly-like; and ip vinegar it will harden. 2413. LARD is adulterated with po- tato flour, water, salts, carbonate of soda, and caustic lime. Take a small portion of the suspected lard, and eva- porate it upon a hot iron pan or plate, when the admixed substances will be deposited thereon. 2414. MARMALADE is found to be adulterated with course apples, Swede turnips, and course puopkins. These substances may be easily detected by washing off the saccharine matter in tepid water. Generally speaking, how- ever, it is only the low-priced marma- lades that are thus admixed. 2415. MILK is adulterated with water, and coloured with anatto. 2416. MUSTARD AND PEPPER are both adulterated with inferior grain, husks of seeds, and even dust of a variety of descriptions. Having your pepper-mill, purchase the seed whole, and grind for yourself. You will then obtain the pure article at a moderate cost. 2417. OATMEAL is adulterated with barley-flour and the husks of barley. A pint of pure oatmeal will weigh heavier than a pint of the adulterated. 2418. PICKLES AND PRESERVES. These are found to be adulterated with various compounds; but the greatest evil lies in the fact that they are fre- quently impregnated with copper. In the case of preserves, the copper prob- ably proceeds from the use of copper pans in making the preserves, but with regard to pickles, copper is employed to improve their color, and sulphuric acid to strengthen bad vinegar. The best way is to avoid purchasing the pickles sold in clear glass bottles, and presenting a most tempting appear- ance. 2419. POTTED MEATS AND FISH are adulterated with inferior sub- stances, and colored with bole armenian and Venetian red. 2420. PORTER AND ALB are adulte- rated with cocculus indicug, tobacco, CHARLES CARROLL, BORN 1737, DIED 1832. 301 grains of Paradise, capsicum, ginger, quassia, wormwood, calamus root, carra- way and coriander-seeds, orange pow- der, liquorice, honey, sulphate of iron, sulphuric acid, cream of tartar, alum, carbonate of potash, oyster shells, hartshorn shavings, fabia amara, or nux vomica, and beans for fining. Beer which is quickly " heady" rapidly in- toxicating, may be regarded as drug- ge'd. The large brewers supply the purest. The publicans adulterate after they receive supplies from the brew- ers. 2421 . EUM is adulterated with water, and sharpened with cayenne pepper. Let it stand in a decanter, and if a cloudy precipitate is found at the bot- tom, that is a sign of adulteration. 2422. SAUSAGES. The most offensive of all adulterations is found in these savory morsels. Horseflesh, diseased animals, and odds and ends of every description, find their way into the tempting guise of "sausages." To escape from this evil, make your own sausages, by the aid of the sausage machine, which will enable you to add many savory morsels to the attraction of your table. The same thing may be used for CHOPPING VEGETABLES, which it will do to such perfection that they will perfectly dissolve in soups au.d" stews, and afford most delicious i ade dishes. And in this, as in the grinding of wheat, you will soon save the cost of the machine. 2423. SNUFF is adulterated with the chromates of potash, chromate of lead, various earths and colours, red lead, carbonate of ammonia, lime, powdered glass or silex, and powdered orris root. 2424. SUGAR is commonly adulte- rated with fine sand, sawdust, &c. Dis- solve some of the sugar in a long, nar- row beer-glass, and stir it until all the soluble parts have been thoroughly dis- solved. Then allow it to stand for some ho- rs. Sand will sink to the bottom, while sawdust will rise to the top. Both the sand and the sawdust mrill b i fo"i\d to b*> vory fine, but their presence will be sufficiently indicated. Loaf sugar is generally purer than soft. 2425. TEA is adulterated with leaves of the sycamore, horse chestnut, and plum ; with lie tea, which is made up of tea dust, sand and gum, to give it consistency; also with leaves of the beech, bastard plane, elm, poplar, wil- low, fancy oak, hawthorn, and sloe. It s coloured with black lead, rose pink, Dutch pink, vegetable red and yellow dyes, arsenite of copper, chromate and bichromate of potash. Green teas are more adulterated than black. They are coloured with Prussian blue, tur- meric, Chinese yellow, &c., flavoured with sulphate of iron, catechu gum, la veno beno, and Chinese botanical pow- der. Tea-leaves that have been once used are collected, "doctored," and again sold as fresh tea. Obtain some genuine leaves of tea, moisten them, and lay them out with gum upon paper. Press them between the leaves of books until dry. When you suspect a sample of tea, damp and unroll the leaves, and gum and dry them as*genuine ones, you will then be able by comparison to detect the admixture. 2426. TOBACCO is adulterated with rhubarb, potato, coltsfoot, dock-leaves, sawdust, malt combings, and medicinals. The leaves may be unrolled and com- pared, as recommended in the case of tea. 2427. WINES are adulterated with the juice of elderberries, gooseberries, hop-champagne, cider, the juices of various fruits, known as wines, and coloured by means of logwood, burnt sugar, and other ingredients. There is scarcely a drop of pure wine to be ob- tained; and the best remedy for this department of the evil will be for the Government to abolish or reduce the duty upon foreign wines, by which pure, light and innoxious beverages will be introduced, and tht temptation to practice adulteration be "eatly dimin- ished. 2428. THE RESULT of ihe** inquirie proves that a majority of articles soW 302 AXDItKW JACKSON, 17U7, 1MKD 1M.">. are adulterated. But it is also proved that a majority of the substances used lor adulterations are not positively in- jurious, though they are fraudulently substituted for the genuine article. 2429. THE following- are hints which, if followed, will turn these discoveries to practical account: 1. Grind your own irhca t,and make cur bread at home. 2. Avoid green pickles. That is, pickles artificially raised to a. bright green. 3. Avoid bright-red peppers, spices, and sauces. 4. Purchase spirits and beer of large dealers and brcivcrs. 5. Avoid coloured confections, espe- cially those that are green, blue, or red. 6. Weigh and measure your pur- chases when they are brought home. You will thus not only secure your just amount, but will arrive at a knowledge of the proper weights of pure articles, and be assisted in the rejection of the spurious. 2430. FOR If , SPARE-RIB. Joint it nicely before roasting, and crack the ribs across as lamb. Take care not to have the fire too fierce. It should be basted with very little butter and flour, and may be sprinkled with dried sage, fine.. Takes from two to three hours. Apple sauce, mashed potatoes, and greens are the proper accompaniments. Good mustard, fresh made. 2431. CUSTARD (BAKED). Boil in a pint of milk a few coriander &eeds, a little cinnamon and lemon-peel, sweeten with four ounces of loaf sugar, mix with ;t a pint of cold milk ; beat eight eggs for ten minutes 5 add the other ingredients ; pour it from one pan into another six or eight times, strain through a sieve; let it stand; skim the froth from the top, fill it in earthen cups, and bake immediately in a hot oven; pi ve tii em a good colour; ten minutes will do them. 2432. VERMICELLI S O U P . Take in th proportions of three quarts of grary soup, o- stock, to six ounces of vermicelli. Simmer for half an hour, stir frequently. 2433. APPLES for keeping should be laid out on a dry lloor for three weeks. They then may be packed away in layers, with dry straw between them. Each apple should be rubbed with a dry cloth as it is put away. They should be kept in a cool place, but should be sufficiently covered with straw to protect them from frost. They should be plucked on a dry day. They also keep if packed in drv sand. 2434. GINGERBREAD 'APERI ENT. Gingerbread, made with oat meal or with barley flour, is a very agreeable aperient for children. Be- ware of giving children medicines too frequently. 2435. EVENING PASTIME. Among the innocent recreations of the fireside, there are few more commend- able and practicable than those afford- ed by what are severally termed Ana- grams, Charades, Conundrums Enig- mas, Puzzles, Rebuses, Riddles, Trans- positions,- &c. Of these there are such a variety, that they are suited to every capacity ; and they present this additional attraction, that ingenuity may be exercised in the invention ot them, as well as in their solution. Many persons W 7 ho have become noted for their literary compositions may date the origin of their success to the time when they attempted the composition of a trifling enigma or charade. 2436. ANAGRAMS are formed by the transpositions of the letters of w 7 ords or sentences, or names of persons, so as to produce a word, sentence, or verse of pertinent, or of widely different mean- ing. They are very difficult to dis- cover, but are exceedingly striking when good. The following are some o/ the most remarkable : Transposed forms Astronomers No more stars. Catalogues Got as a clue. Elegant Neat leg. Impatient Tim in a p*t. Immediately I met my Delia. Masquerade Queen a& ma*. GENERAL PUTNAM, BORN 1718, DIED 1790. 303 Matrimony Into my arm. Melodrama Made moral. Midshipman Mind his map. Old England Golden land. Parishioners I hire parsons. Parliament Partial men. Penitentiary Nay I repent. Presbyterians Best in prayer. Radical Reform Rare mad frolic. Revolution To love ruin. Sir Robert Peel Terrible poser. Sweetheart There we sat. Telegraphs Great helps. 2437. CONUNDRUMS. These are sim- ple catches, in which the sense is play- fully cheated, and are generally found- ed upon words capable of double mean- ing. The following are examples : Where did Charles the First's exe- cutioner dine, and what did he take ? He took a chop at the King's Head. When is a plant to be dreaded more than a mad dog? When iCs madder. What is Majesty stripped of its ex- ternals ? It is a jest. [The m and the y, ex- ternals, are taken away.] Why is hot bread like a caterpillar? Because it's the grub that makes the butter fly. Why should a gouty man make his will? To have, his legatees (leg at ease). Why are bankrupts more to be pitied than idiots ? Because bankrupts are broken, while idiots are only cracked. 2433. THE CHARADE is a poetical or other composition founded upon a word, each syllable of which constitutes a noun, and the whole of which word constitutes another noun of a somewhat different meaning from those supplied by its separate syllables. Words which fully answer these conditions are the best for the purposes of charades ; though many other words are employed. In writing, the first syllable is termed <' My first," the second syllable, " My aevma," and the complete word, " My ichok." The following is an example of a Poetical Clnrade ; The breath of the morning is sweet, The earth is bespangled with flowers; And buds in a countless array Have oped at the touch of the showers. The birds whose glad voices aie ever A music delightful to hear, Seem to welcome the joy of the morn- ing As the hour of the bridal draws near. What is that which now steals on my first Like a sound from the dream-land of love, And seems wan the ear; there might be a dan-je of the villager*, in which a ring might be formed ; a wed- ding might be performed ; and so on. Though for acting Charades there are many better words, because Ear-ring could with difficulty be represented without at once betraying the mean- ing. 2441. WORDS which maybe con- certed into ACTING OR WRITTEN CHARADES : Aid-less Birth- right Cab-in Air-pump Black-guard Can-did Ale-house Blame-less Can-ton Ann-ounce Block-head Care-ful Arch-angel Boat-man Car-pet ArroJet Boot-jack Car-rot Art-lens Book-worm Cart-ridge Ass-ail Bound-less Chair-man Ba-boon Bow-ling Ciiamber-maid Back-bite Brace-let Cheer-ful Back-slide Brain-less Cheer-less Bag-gage Break -fast Christ-mas Bag-pipe Break-less Church-yard Bag-dad Brick-bat Clans-men Bail able Brick-dust Clerk-ship Bale-fal Bride-groom Cob web Band-age - Bride-cake Cock-pit Band-box Brim-stone Cod-ling Bane-ful Broad-cloth Coin-age Bar-bed Broad -side Con-tent Bar-gain Broad-sword Con-fined Bar rack Brow-beat Con-firm Bar- row Bug-bear Con-form Bat-ten Bull-dog Con-test Beard-lees Bump-kin Con-tract Bid -den Buoy-ant Con-verse Bird-liine But-ton Cork-screw ount-less Court ship 'rub-bed Cross-bow 3ur-tail Cut-throat Dark-some Day-break Gold-finch Death-watch Gold-smith Dog-ma Don-key Drink-able Drug-get Duck -ling Ear-ring Glut-ton High-way God-father Hind-most God- mother Hoar-trout God-daughterHob-gv,blin God-son Hogs-head God-like Home-bred God-child Honey-comb Honey-bag Honey-moon Goose-berry Honey suckle Grand-father Hood-wink Grate-ful Horse-back Green-finch Horse- shoe Grey-hound Host-age Grate-stone Hot-bed Earth-quake Grim-ace Hot-house Ear-wig Grind-stone Hot-spur Ground-plot Hounds ditch Ground-sel Hour-glasR Guard-ship House-hold Gun-powder House-maid Had-dock House-wife Hail-stone Hail-storm False-hood Fan-atic Fare-well Far-thing Fear-less Fee-ling Field-fare Fire-lock Fire-man Fire-pan Fire-ship Fire-work Fir-kin Fish-hook Flag-rant ip-pant Flood-gate Fond-ling Foot-ball Foot-man Foot-pad Foot-step Foot- stool For-age For-bear For-bid Fox-glove Free-hold Free-stone Fret-work Friend-ship Hen-roost Frost-bite Herb-age Fur-long Herds-man Gain-say Her-self Gang-way Hid-den Glow-worm High-land Hum-drum Hump-back Half-penny Hurri-cane Ham-let Ill-nature Ham-mock Hl-asaga Hand cuff In-actio.n Hang-man In-born Hap-pen In-crease Hard-ship In-justice Harts-horn Ink-ling Head-land In-land Head-long In-mate Head-less In- no-cent Head-stone In-sane Head-strong In-spirit Hearsay In-tent Heart-less Inter-meddli Heart-sick Inter-sect Heart- string Inter- view Hedge-hog In-valid Heir-less Heir-loom Hell-hound Hell-kite In-vent In- vest In -ward Ire-ful Hence-forth Iron-mould I-sin-glass Jaco-bite Joy-ful Joy-less Justice-ship Key-stone JOHN C. CALHOUN, BORN 1782, DIED 1850. 305 Kid-nap Meat-man Over-eye Out-brazen Patch-work Quench-less King-craft Mis-chance Over-feed Out-cast Pa- tent Quick-lime King-fisher Mis-chief Over-flow Out-cry Path-way Quick-sand Kins-man Mis-count Over-grown Out-do Pat-ten Quick-set Kit-ten Mis-deed Over-head Out-grow Peace-able Quick-silver Knight-hood Mis-judge Over-hear Out-law Pea-cock Rain-bow Know-ledge Mis-quote Over-heart Out-line Pear-led Ram-pant Lace-man Moon-light Over-joy Out-live Peerage Ran-sack Lady-bird Moon-beam Over-lade Out-march Peer less Rap-a-city Lady-ship Muf-fin Over-leap Out-rage Pen-knife Rasp-berry Lamp-black Name-sake Over-lay , Out-ride Pen-man Rattle-snake Land-lady Nan-keen Over-load Out-run Pen man-ship Rare-house Land-scape Nap-kin Over-look Out-sail Penny-worth Red-breast Land-lord Neck-lace Over-mast Out-sell Per-jury Red den Land-mark Neck-cloth Over-match Out-shine Rid-dance Land-tax Lap-dog Lap-pet Land-able Nest-ling News-paper Nick -name Night cap Over-right Over-pass Over-pay Over- peer Out-side Out-sleep Out-sit Out-spread Pick-lock Pick-pocket Pie-bald Ring-leader Ring-let Ring-tail Ring-worm Law-giver Night-gown Over-plus Out-stare Pike-staff Rolling-pin Law-suit Night-mare Over-poise Out-stretch Pill-age Room-age Lay-man Night-watch Over-power Out talk Pin-cushion Rose-water Leap-frog Nine-fold Over-press Out-vie Pine-apple Rot-ten Leap-year Noon-tide Over-rack Out- ward Pip-kin Round-about Lee-ward North-star Over-rate Out-weigh Pitch-fork Round-house Life-guard North-ward Over-reach Out-wit Pit-men Run-a-gate Like- wise Not-ablo Over-ripen Out-work Plain-tiff Rush-light Live-long . Not-ice Over-rule Out-worn riay-fellow Safe-guard Load -stone No-where Over- roast Ox-gall Play-game Sal-low Log-"book Nut-gall Over-run Ox-lip Play-house Sand-stone Log-wood Nut-meg Over-see Pack-ago Play-wright Sat-in Loop-hole Oak-apple Over-seer Pack-cloth Plough-man Sat-ire Lord- ship Oat-cake Over-set Pad-dock Plough-shareSauce-bnx Love-sick Oat-meal Over-shade Pad-lock Pole-cat Sauce-pan Low-land Off-end Over -shadow Pain-ful Pol-lute Saw-dust Luck-lees Oil- man Over- shoe Pain-less Pop-gun Saw-pit Luke-warm O-men Over-shoot Pal-ace Port-able Scare-crow Ma-caw On-set Over-sight Pal-ate Pop-in-jay Scarf-skin Mad-cap O-pen Over size Pal-let Port-hole Scar-let Mad-house O-pinion Over-sleep Pan-cake Post -age Pchoo'-fellow Mad- man Over act Over-spread Pan-tiles Post-chaise School-master Mag-pie Over-awe Over-stock Pa-pa Post-date School-mistresa Main-mast Over-bear Over-strain Pa-pal Post-house Scot-free Main- sail Over-board Over-sway Par-able Post-Dffice Screech-owl Main-spring Over-boil Over-swell Pa-rent Post-man Scul-lion Mam-moth Over-burden Over-take Pa-ring Pot-ash Sea-born Man -age Over-cast Over-throw Par-son Pot-hook Sea-calf Man-date Over-charge Over-took Par-snip Pound-age Sea-coal Marks-man Ove K cloud Over-value Par-took Prim-rose Sea-faring Mar-row Over-come Over- work Part-ridge Prior-ship Sea-girt Mass-acre O^er-court Our-selves Pass-able Prop-a-gate Sea-gull Match less Over-due Outbid Pass -over Punch-bowl Sea-maid May -game Over-do Out-brave Pass-time Quad-rant Sea-man 30G WASHINGTON, BORN 1732, DIED 1798. Seam -less Skip-jack Stew-urd-ship Thank-less Turn-stihi "\Vcntlier cock Seam -stress Sky tark Stiff-neck Them-selves Tutor-age }J>! Sea-nymph Sky -light Still-born Thence-forth Twelfth-tide ^ h Sea -piece Slap-dash Stock-jobber There-after Twelfth-night lL e ? ! Sea-port Sleeve-less Stone-fruit Sea-sick Slip-board Store fruit Season Slip-shod Store-house There-at Two-fold ig'SS There bv Two-pence v\eaiocK TherLSre Vain-glory Weekday Sea-ward Slip-slop Stow-age There-from Van-guard JJTf^ Second-handSlope-wise Strata-gem There-in Vault-age -Jy ;,,'., , Seed-cake Slow-worm Straw-berry There-on gPlJ 11 }. Wellborn Seed-ling Snip-snap Stream-let There-to Up hold ^^5^ Seed-pearl Snip-pet Strip-ling Seeds-man Snow-ball Summer-house There-with Up-braid where-at Thick-set Up-land where-by Seed time Snow-drop Sura-mary Sex tile Snuff-box Summer set Sex-ton Sod-den Sun-bean Thought-fill Up- light whet-etono Thought-less Uproar whip-cord Thread-bare Up-shot whip-hand Shame-less Sol-ace c< mi K 1irn t Three-fold Up-nde whirl-pool n . -, _ O till- U til 11 u Sham-rock So-lo g un day Three-score Up-start whirl-wind Shape-less Sol-vent gim _ dry Shaip-set Some-hody Sun-flower Sheep-cot Some-time Sun-less Rheep-shearing Some-how Sup-plant Sheep-walk Some-what Sup-pliant Sheet-anchorSome-where Sup-port Shell-fish Song-stress Sup . port . able Thresh-old Up-ward white-wash Through-out Use-lesa whit-low Thunder-struck Wag- on Whit-sun-tide Thunder bolt Wag-tail Who ever Till-age Wain-scot Whole-sale Tin-gent Waist-coat Whole-some Tip-pet Wake-ful Wil-low Tip-staff Wai- nut Wild-fire Shift-less Sup-position T?re-some Wan-ton Wind-lass Ship-board Southern-wood g gg Ship-wreck Span-king Swans-down Shirt-less Spare-rib Sweep-stake Shoe-maker Spar-row Sweet-bread Shoe-string Speak-able Sweet-briar Title-page Ward-robe Wind-mill Toad-stool Ward-ship Wind-pipe Toil-some Ward-mote Win-now Tom-boy Ware-house Wise-acre Tooth- ache War- fare Wit-less Snop-board Speech-less Sweet-heart Shop-keeper Spite-ful Sweet-wiiham Top-knot War-like Wolf-dog- Top-most War- rant Wood cock Shop-man Sports-man Sweet-willow Short-hand Spot-less Swine-herd Shore-less Spring-halt Sword-man Top-sail Wash-ball Wood-land Touch-stone Waste-full Wood-man Touch-wood Watch-man Wood-note Short-lived Spruce-beer Tar-get Siiort-siijhted Stair-case Tar-tar Towns-man Watch-wordWood-nymph Toy-shop Water-course Work- house Shot-free Star-board Taw-dry Track-less Water-fall Work -man Shoulder-belt Star-gazer Tax-able Trap-door Water-fowl Work-shop Shrove-tide g**H?Si Tea-cup Tre-foil Water-man Worm-wood Side-board |tar- hgh t Teem-ful Trip- thong Water-mark Wrath-ful Sidelong Teem-less Trip-let Water-mill Wrath-less Side-saddle Star-ling T ell-tale Trod- den Water-work Wrist-band Side-ways ^ ate f, m f Ten-able Si o-ht-less Stead-fast T en-a-city Turn-pike Waylay Writ-ten Turn-spit Way-ward Year ling SiiVweaver Steel-yard T en-ant Yourh-ful Silkworm Steer-age Ten-dance Silver-smith Step-dame T en-dril 2442. ENIGMAS are compositions f A different character, based upon idea* Sinless Step-daughter Tendon rather than upon words, and frequently Six-fold Step-father Ten-or constructed so as to mislead, and to Bkim-milk Step-mother Thank-ful surprise when the solution is mad* HENRY CLAY, BORN 1777, DIED 1852. C01 known. Enigmas may be founded upon simple catches, like Conundrums, in which form they are usually called KIDJJLF..S, such as " Though you set me on foot, I shall be on my head," The answer is, A nail in a shoe. The celebrated Enigma, by Lord Byron, (see 279, ; age 92), is an admirable spe- cii aen of what may be rendered through the form of an Enigma. ANCIENT ENIGMA. The ancients fabled a monster whom they named the SPHINX, and whom they described as having the head and breasts of a woman, the body of a dog, the tail of a serpent, the wings of a bird, the paws of a lion, and a human voice. This monster, it was said, was sent into the neighbourhood of Thebes by Juno, who wished to punish the family of Cadmus. It was further stated, that he laid this part of Bceotia under con- tinual alarms, by proposing Enigmas, and devouring the inhabitants if unable to explain them. Also, that as the calamity of this monster was become an object of public concern, and as the successful explanation of an enigma would end in the death of the Sphinx, Creon promised his crown and Jocasta to him who succeeded in the attempt. The enigma proposed was this : " What animal in the morning walks on four feet, at noon on two, and in the evening on three '?" (Edipus solved the enigma on which the monster dashed his head against a rock, and perished. Answer, MAN: in the morning, or days of infancy, he crawls, or walks on "all-/ours; at noon, or in the days of youth and middle age, he uses two feet only ; in the evening, or in his old age, be requires the support of a staff, so that he may be said to walk upon three fi*t. 24 4'3. REBUSES are a class of enigmas generally formed by the first, some- times the first and last, letters of words, or of transpositions of letters, or addi- tions to words. Dr. Johnson, how- over, represents Rebus to be a word represented by a picture. And putting the Doctor's definition and our own explanation together, the reader may glean a good conception of the nature of the Rebus. Example : The father of the Grecian Jove : A little boy who's blind ; The foremost land in all the world, The mother of mankind ; A poet whose love-sonnets ar Still very much admired ; The initial letters will declare A blessing to the tired. Answer Saturn ; Love ; England Eve : Plutarch. The initials form sleep . 2444. PUZZLES vary very much. One of the simplest that we know is this : Take away half of thirteen, and let eight remain. Write XIII on a slate, or on a piece of paper rub out the lower half of the figures, and VIII will remain. What are termed " practical puzzles' ' are cut out of wood, cardboard, ivory, &c., and may be purchased at the toy- shops. (See 3234.) 2445. BEDS FOR THE POOR. Beech-tree leaves are recommended for filling the beds of poor persons. They should be gathered on a dry day in the autumn, and perfectly dried. It is said that they smell grateful, and will not harbour vermin. They are also very springy. 2446. PLUM OR APRICOT JAM.-^ After taking away the stones from the apricots, and cutting out any blemishes they may have, put them over a slow fire, in a clean stew-pan, with half a pint of water : when scalded, rub them through a hair sieve ; to every pound of pulp put one pound of sifted loaf sugar, put it into a preserving-pan over a brisk fire, and when it boils skim it well, and throw in the kernels of the apricots and half an ounce of bitter almonds, blanched ; boil it a quarter of an hour fast, and stirring it all the time ; re- move it from the fire, fill it into pots, and cover them. Green gages may be done in the same way. 808 WILLIAM I'EXX, BORX 1G40, DIED 1718. ~2447. CO VE RING FOR PRE- SEEVES. -White paper, cui to a suit- able size, dipped in brandy, and put over the preserves when cold, and then a double paper tied over the top. All preserves should stand a night before they are covered. (See 61). Instead of brandy, the white of eggs may be used to glaze the paper covering-, and the paper may be pasted round the edge of the pot instead of tied it will exclude the air better ; and may be pasted as well as tied. (See 3118.) 2448. ARRACK (IMITATIVE) Dissolve two scruples of flowers of ben- jamin in a quart of best rum, and it will impart to it the fragrance of arrack. 2449. ARROWROOT BLANC- MANGE. A tea cupful of arrowroot to a pint of milk ; boil the milk with twelve sweet and six bitter almonds, blanched and beaten ; sweeten with loaf sugar, and strain it , break the arrowroot with a little of the milk as smooth as possible ; pour the boiling milk upon it by degrees, stir the while, put it back into the pan, and boil a few minutes, still stirring ; dip the shape in cold water before you put it in, and turn it out when cold. 2450. ARTICHOKES. Soak them in cold water, wash them well ; put them into plenty of boiling water, with a handful of salt, and let them boil gently for an hour and a half or two hours ; trim them and drain on a sieve ; send up melted butter with them, which some put into small cups, one for each guest. 2451. JERUSALEM ARTICHOKES may be cooked in the way directed for potatoes (123, 128, 131, &c.) 2452. ASPARAGUS (often miscalled " asparagrass"). Scrape the stalks till they are clean ; throw them into a pan of cold water, tie them up in bundles, of about a quarter of a hun- dred each ; cut off the stalks at the bottom all of a length, leaving enough to serve as a handle for the green part ; put them into a stew-pan of boiling water, with a handful of salt in it. Let it boil, and skim it. When they are tender at the stalk, ^hich will be in from twenty to thirty minutes, they are done enough. Watch the exact time of their becoming tender ; take them up that instant. While the asparagus is boil- ing, toast a round of a quartern loaf, about half an inch thick ; brown it del- icately on both sides ; dip it lightly in the liquor the asparagus was boiled in, and lay it in the middle of a dish ; melt some butter, but do not put it over them. Serve butter in a boat. 2453. APPLE PUDDINGS. One pound of flour, six ounces of very finely- minced beef suet ; roll thin, and fill with one pound and a quarter of boil- ing apples : add grated rind and strained juice of a small lemon, tie it in a cloth ; boil one hour and twenty minutes, or longer, in the water. A small slice of fresh butter stirred into it when it is Sweetened will be an acceptable addi- tion ; grated nutmeg, or cinnamon in fine powder, may be substituted for lemon-rind. For a richer pudding use half a pound of butter for the crust, and add to the apples a spoonful or two of orange or quince marmalade. 2454. APPLES IN SYRUP.Pare and core some hard apples, and throw them into a basin of water ; as they are done, clarify as much loaf sugar as will cover them; put the apples in along with the juice and rind of a lemon, and let them simmer till they are quite clear; care must be taken not to break them ; place them on the dish they are to appear upon at table, and pour the syrup over. These are for immediate use. 2455. VAPOUR BATHS may be made by putting boiling water in a pan, and placing-a cane bottom chair in the pan, the patient sitting upon it, enveloped from head to foot in a blanket covering the bath. Sulphur, spirit-vapour, herbal, and other baths may be obtained in the same manner. They should not be taken except under medical advice 2456. BARLEY BROTH (SCOTCH). Dr. Kitchener, from whose " Cook'* Oracle' ' we take this receipt, after test- ing it, says : This is a most frugal, agreo DANIEL \7EBSf ER, BORN 1782, DIED 1852. 309 able, and nutritive meal. It will neither lighten the purse nor lie heavy on the stomach. It will furnish you with a pleasant soup, AND MEAT for eight persons. Wash three quarters of a puuud of Scotch Barley in a little cold water ; put it in a soup-pot with a shin or leg of beef, of about ten pounds' weight, sawed into four pieces (tell the butcher to do this for you) ; cover it well with cold water ; set it on the fire ; when it boils skim it very clean and put in two onions, of about three ounces weight each ; set it by the side of the fire to simmer very gently about two hours ; then skim all the fat clean off, and put in two heads of celery, and a large turnip cut into small squares ; season it with salt, and let it boil an hour-and-a-half longer, and it is ready : take out the meat (carefully with a slice, and cover it up, and set it by the fire to keep warm), and skim the broth well before you put it in the tureen. Put a quart of the soup into a basin, put about an ounce of flour into a stew-pan, and pour the broth to it by degrees, stirring it well together; set it on the fire, and stir it till it boils, then let it boil up and it is ready. Put the meat in a ragout dish, and strain the sauce through a sieve over the meat ; you may put to it some capers or minced gherkins or walnuts, &c. If the beef has been stewed with proper care in a very gentle manner, and been taken up at " the critical moment when it is just tender," you will obtain an excellent savoury meal for eight people at fivepence, i.e., for only the cost of the glass of port wine. (At present prices, about ninepence per head). The doctor omitted potatoes and bread from his cal- culation. 2457. DRYING HERBS Fresh herbs are preferable to dried ones, but as they cannot always be obtained, it is most important to dry herbs at the proper seasons :- - 2458. BASIL is in a fit state for dry- ing about the middle of August. 2459. BURRF.T in June July, and August. 2460. CHERVIL in May, June, and July. 2461. ELDER FLOWERS in May, June, and July. 24G2. FENNEL in May, June, and July. 2463. KNOTTED MARJORAM during July. 2464. LEMON THYME end of July and through August. 2465. MINT end of June and July. 2466. ORANGE FLOWEBS May, June, and July. 2467. ORANGE THYME (a delicious herb), June and July. 2468. PARSLEY May, June, and July. 2469. SAGE August and Septem- ber. 2470. SUMMER SAVOURY end of July* and August. 2471. TARROGAN June, July and August. 2472. THYME end of July and Au- gust. 2473. WFNTER SAVOURY end of July and August. 2473*. These herbs always at hand will be a great aid to the cook. Herbs should bo gathered on a dry day; they should be immediately well cleansed, and dried by the heat of a stove, or Dutch oven. The leaves should then be picked off, pounded and sifted, and put avvav for use. 2474. GINGER BISCUITS AND CAKES. Work into small crumbs three ounces of butter, two pounds of flour ; add three ounces of powdered sugar and two of ginger, in fine pow der, knead into a stiff paste, with new milk, roll thin, cut out with a cutter ; bake in a slow oven until crisp through, keep of a pale colour. Additional sugar may be us-ed when sweeter bis- cuit is desired. For good ginger-cakes, butter six Ounces, sugar eight, for each pound of flour; wet the ingredients into a paste with eggs ; a little lemon- grate will give an agreeable flavour. 2475. BROWN STOCK may be made from all sorts of meat, bones, remnants of poultry, game, &e. Tin* shin of beef makes an excellent stock- BIO LA 1'AYETTE, BORN 1757, DIED 1834. 2476. BROWN STOCK. Put five pounds of shin of beef, three pounds of knuckle of veal, and some sheep's trot- ters or cow-heel into a closely-covered stewpan, to draw out the gravy very gently, and allow it nearly to dry up, until it becomes brown. Then pour in sufficient boiling water to entirely cover the meat, and let it boil up, skimming it frequently ; seasoning it with whole peppers, salt, and roots, herbs, and vegetables of any kind. That being done, let it boil gently five or six hours, pour the broth off from the meat, and let it stand during the night to cool. The following morning take off the Bcum and fat, and put it away in a stone jar for further use. 2477. BROWN GRAVY. Three onions sliced, and fried in butter to a nice brown ; toast a large thin slice of bread a considerable time unfil quite hard and of a deep brown. Take these, with any piece of meat, bone, &c., and some herbs, and set them on the fire, with water according to judgment, and stew down until a thick gravy is pro- duced. Season, strain, and keep cool. 2478. CLEAR GRAVY SOUP. This may be made from shin of beef, which should not be large or coarse. The meat will be found serviceable for the t;ible. From ten pounds of the meat let the butcher cut off five or six from the thick fleshy part, and again divide the knuckle, that the whole may lie compactly in the vessel in which it is to be stewed. Pour in three quarts of cold water, and when it has been brought slowly to boil, and been well skimmed, throw in an ounce and a half of salt, half a large teaspoonful of pep- per-corns, eight cloves, two blades of mace, a faggot of savoury herbs, a couple of small carrots, and the heart of a root of celery ; to these add a mild onion or not, at choice. When the whole has stewed, very softly for four hours, probe the large bit of beef, and if quire tender, lift it out for table ; let the soup be simmered from two to three hours longer, and then strain it through a fine sieve, into a clean pan. When it is perfectly cold, clear off every par tide of fat ; heat a couple of quarts stir in, when it boils, half an ounce of sugar, a small table-spoonful of good soy, and twice as much of Harvey's sauce, or instead of this, of clear and fine mushroom catsup. If carefully made, the soup will be perfectly trans parent and of good colour and flavour A thick slice of ham will improve it, and a pound or so of the neck of beef with an additional pint of .water, will likewise enrich its quality. A email quantity of good broth may be made of the fragments of the whole, boiled down with a few fresh vegetables. 2479. BEEF EXTRACT (AS RECOM- MENDED BT BARON LIEBIG). Take a pound of good juicy beef, from which all the skin and fat has been cut away, chop it up like sausage-meat ; mix it thoroughly with a pint of cold water, place it on the side of the stove to heat very slowly, and give an occasiona' stir. It may stand two or three hour before it is allowed to simmer, and witt then require but fifteen minutes of gentle boiling. Salt should be added when the boiling first commences, anc* this, for invalids, in general, is the onlj seasoning required. When the extract is thus far prepared, it may be poured from the meat into a basin, and allowed to stand until any particles of fat on the surface can be skimmed off, and the sediment has subsided and left the soup quite clear, when it may be poured off gently, heated in a clean saucepan, and served. The scum should be well cleared as it accumulates. 2480. BEEF TEA. The above, by adding water, formg the best beef tea, o-r broth, for invalids. 2481. ASPARAGUS SOUP. Two quarts of good beef or veal steak, four onions, two or three turnips, some sweet herbs, and the white parts of a hundred young aspxragus; if old, halt that quantity; and let them simmer tiU fit to be rubbed through a tammy, strain and season it; have ready the boiled green tops of the asparagus, and add them to the soup. ALL THINGS HAVE A BEGINNING, GOD EXCEPTED. 311 2482. BACON. Dr. Kitchener very justly says : The boiling of bacon is a very simple subject to comment upon ; but our main object is to teach com- mon cooks the art of dressing common food in the best manner. Cover a pound of nice streaked bacon with cold water, let it boil gently for three-quar- ters of an hour; take it up, scrape the underside well, and cut off the rind 5 grace a crust of bread not only on the top, but all over it, as you would ham, put it before the fire for a few minutes : not too long, or it will dry it and spoil it. Bacon is sometimes as salt as salt can make it, therefore before it is boiled it must be soaked in warm water for an houi or two, changing the water once ; then pare off the rusty and smoked part, trim it nicely on the under side, and scrape the rind as clean as possi- ble. < 2483. BACON is an extravagant article in housekeeping ; there is often twice as much dressed as need be ; when it is sent to the table as an ac- companiment to boiled poultry or veal, a pound and a half is plenty for a dozen people. A Good German sausage is a very economical substitute for bacon ; or fried Pork sausage. (See 17, 2172, 2146.) 2484. HAM OR BACON SLICES should not be more than one-eighth of an inch thick, and, for delicate persons, (should be soaked in hot water for a quarter of an hour, and then well wiped and dried before broiling. If you wish to cuil it, roll it up, and put a wooden skewer through it; then it may be dressed in a cheese toaster, or a Dutch oven. 2485. PIC-NIC BISCUITS. Take two ounces of fresh butter, and well work it with a pound of flour. Mix thoroughly with it half a salt-spoonful of pure carbonate of soda ; two ounces of sugar : mingle thoroughly with the flour ; make up the paste with spoonfuls of milk ; it will require scarcely a quar- ter of a pint. Knead smooth, rool a quarter of an inch thick, cut in rounds about the size of the top of a small wine-glass ; roll these out thin, prick them well, lay them on lightly-floured tins, and bake in a gentle oven until crisp. When cold put into dry canis- ters. Thin cream used instead of milk, in the paste, will enrich the biscuits. Caraway seeds or ginger can be added, to vary these at pleasure. (See 473.) 2486. BLACK PAPER PAT TERNS. Mix some lamp-black with sweet oil. With a piece of flannel cover sheets of writing-paper with the mixture ; dab the paper dry with a bit of fine linen. When using put the black side on another sheet of paper, and fasten the corners together with small pins. Lay on the back of the black paper the pattern to be drawn, and go over it with the point of a steel drawing pencil ; the black will then leave the impression of the pattern on the under sheet, on which you may draw it with ink. 2487. PATTERNS ON CLOTH OR MUSLIN are drawn with a pen dipped in stone blue, a bit of sugar, and a little water : wet to the consistence wanted. 2488. BLACK SILK REVIVER. Boil logwood in water half an hour; then simmer the silk half an hour ; take it out, and put into the dye a littlo blue vitriol, or green copperas ; cool it and simmer the silk for half an hour. Or, boil a handful of fig-leaves in two quarts of water until it be reduced to one pint ; squeeze the leaves, and bot- tle the liquor for use. When wanted, sponge the silk with it. 2489. BLACKBERRIES are very beneficial in cases of dysentery. The berries are healthful eating. Tea made of the roots and leaves is goo 2549. BEEF GLAZE, OR PORT- ABLE SOUP is simply the essence of beef (2479) condensed by evaporation. It may be put into pots, like potted meats, or into skins, as sausages, and will keep for many months. If further dried in cakes or lozenges, by being laid on pans or dishes, and, frequently turned, it will keep for years, and sup- ply soup at any moment. 2550. STEWED BRISKET BEEF. Stew in sufficient water to cover the meat ; when tender, take out the bones, and skim off the fat ; add to the gravy, when strained, a glass of wine and a little spice tied up in a muslin bag. (This may be omitted.) Have ready either mushrooms, truf- fles, or vegetables boiled, and cut ;uto shapes. Lay them on and round th* beef; reduce part of the gravy to glaze, lay it on the top, and pour the remain der into the dish. 2551. BEEF BRISKET may be baked, the bones being removed, and the holes being filled with oysters, fat bacon, parsley, or all three in separate holes, these stuffings being chopped and seasoned to taste. Dredge it well with flour, pour upon it half a pint of broth, bake three hours, skim off the fat, strain the gravy over the meat, and garnish with cut pickles. 2552. BAKING. In addition to the remarks (239 and 1972), we transcribe the following remarks from Dr. Kitch- ener's excellent " Cook's Oracle " : " BAKING is one of the cheapest arid most convenient ways of dressing a dinner in small families; and, I may say, that the oven is often the only kitchen a poor man has, if he wishes to enjoy a joint of meat at home with his family. " I don't mean to deny the superior excellence of roasting to baking ; but some joints, when baked, so nearly ap- proach to the same when roasted, that I have known them to be carried to the table, and eaten as such with great satisfaction. " LEGS and LOINS of PORK, LEGS of MUTTON, FILLETS of VEAL, and many other joints, will bake to great advantage, if the meat be good ; I mean well-fed rather inclined to be fat; if the meat be poor, no baker can give satisfaction. " When baking a joint of meat, be- fore it has been half baked, I have seen it start from the bone, and shrivel up in a manner scarcely to be believed. " Besides those joints above mention- ed, I shall enumerate a few baked dishes which I can particularly recom- mend : " A PIG, when sent to the baker prepared for baking, should have its ears and tail covered with buttered pa- per properly fastened on, and a bit 01 COMMODORE BAINBRIDGE, BORX 1774, DIED 1833. 319 butter tied up in a piece of linen to baste the back with, otherwise it will oe apt to blister : with a proper share of attention from the baker, I consider this way equal to a roasted one. " A GOOSE prepare the same as for roasting, taking care to have it on a stand, and when half done to turn the other side upwards. A DUCK the same. "A BUTTOCK OF BEEF ; the following way is particularly fine: After it has been in ealt about a week, to be well wash- ed, and put into a brown earthen pan, with a pint of water; cover the pan tight over with two or three thicknesses of cap or foolscap paper never cover anything that is to be baked with brown paper, the pitch and tar which are in brown paper will give the meat a smoky, bad taste give it four or five hours in a moderately-heated oven. " A HAM (if not too old) put in soak for an hour, taken out and wiped, a crust made sufficient to cover it all over, and baked in a moderately-heated oven, cuts fuller of gravy, and of a finer flavor than a boiled one. " I have been in the habit of baking small OAFISH, and MACKEREL, with a dj'.it ot flour, and some bits of butter put on them. EELS, when large are stuffed. HERRINGS are done in a brown pan, with vinegar and a little spice, and tied over with paper. " A RABBIT, prepare the same as for roasting, with a few pieces of butter, and a little drop of milk put into the dish, and basted several times, will be found nearly equal to roasting ; or cut it up, season it properly, put it into a jar or pan, and cover it over, and bake it in a moderate oven for about three hours. " In the same manner I have been in the habit of baking LEGS and SHINS of BEEF, Ox CHEEKS, &c., prepared with a seasoning of onions, turnips, &c. : they will take about four hours ; let them stand till cold, to skim off the fat ; then warm it up all together, or in part, us you may want. " All these I have beer, hi the habit of baking for the first families. " The time each of the above articles should take depends much upon th< state of the oven, and I consider the baker a sufficient judge ; if they are sent to him in time, he must bo very neglectful if they are not ready at the time they are ordered." 2553. BEEF, COLD, BOILED. The same as roast beef bones (2546). The meat should have been under-done in the first instance. Capital relish with the accessories. 2554. BEEF (RUMP) STEAK AND ONION SAUCE. Peel and slice two large onions, put them into a quart stew-pan, with two table-spoonfuls of water ; cover the pan close, and set on a slow fire till the water has boiled away, and the onions have got a little browned ; then add half a pint of good broth, and boil the onions till they are tender ; strain the broth from them, and chop them very fine, and season it with mushroom catsup, pepper, and salt ; put the onion into it, and let it boil gently for five minutes, pour it into the dish, and lay over it a broiled rump steak. If instead of broth you use good beef gravy, it will be superlative. 2555. ROUND OF SALT BEEF. Skewer it tight and round, and tie a fillet of broad tape round it. Put it into plenty of cold water, and carefully skim the skum ; let it boil till all the scum is removed, and then put the boiler on one side of the fire, to keep simmering slowly till it is done. Half a round may be boiled for a sm&il fam- ily. When you take it up, wash the scum off with a paste- brush garnish with carrots and turnips. 2556. H. BONE OF BEEF. Mn- age the same as the round. The soft, marrow-like fat which lies on the back is best when hot, and the hard fat of the upper corner is best cold. 2557. HASHED MUTTON OK BEEF. Take the meat, slice small, trim off the brown edges, and stew down the trimmings with the bonea well broken, an onion, a bunch of thyme and parsley, a carrot cut in-to slices, a few peppercorns, cloves, ealt 820 A WORD BEFORE 13 WORTH TWO BEHIND. and a pint and a half of water or stock. Wheu this is reduced to little more than three quarters of a pint, strain it, clear it from the fat, thicken It with a large dessert-spoonful of flour, or arrow-root, add salt and pepper, hoil the whole for a few minutes, then lay in the meat and heat it well. Boiled potatoes are sometimes sliced hot into the hash. 2558. ORNAMENTED LEATHER WORK. An excellent imitation of carved oak, suitable for frames, boxes, rases, and ornaments in endless variety, may be made of a description of leather called basil. The art consists in simply cutting out this material in imitation of natural objects, and in impressing upon it by simple tools, either with or without the aid of heat, such marks and characteristics as are necessary to the imitation. The rules given with regard to the imitation of leaves and flowers (1887) apply to Ornamental Leaf her Work. Begin with a simple object, and proceed by degrees to those that are more complicated. Cut out an ivy or an oak leaf, and impress the veins upon it ; then arrange these in groups, and affix them to frames, or otherwise. The tools required are ivory or steel points of various sizes, punches, and tin-shapes, such as are used for confectionery. The points may be made out of the handles of old tooth-brvsb.es. Before cutting out the leaves the leather should be well soaked in water, until it is quite pli- able. When dry it will retain the artistic shape. Leaves and stems are fastened together by means of liquid glue, and varnished with any of the dry- toe varnishes, or with sealing-wax dis- solved to a suitable-consistency in spirits of wine Wire, cork,guttapercha, bits of etems of trees, &c., may severally be used to aid in the formation of groups of buds, flowers, seed vessels, &c. Tome beau- tiful specimens may be seen in the Crystal Palace. 2559. BREWING. The best time of the year for brewing is the autumn. The spring is also suitable but !f? so. It is a great object to secure a moderate temperature for tho cooling of the worts, and to insure gradual fermenta tion. The brewing of home made drinks has to a very great extent gone out ot late years, even in country places; and therefore we have little Inducement to occupy our limited space with the lengthy directions ne- cessary to constitute a practical essay upon brewing. To those, however, who wish to enter upon the practice, without any previous knowledge, wo would advise their calling in the aid of some one practically acquainted with the process for the first operation. By so doing they will save a great deal of trouble, disappointment and expense. In all places, town or country, there are persons who have worked in brew- ing establishments, or in gentlemen's families, where they have superintended the operations of the brew-house, and the aid of such persons would be valu- able. With such assistance the follow- ing receipts will be of importance, since many who are able to go through the manipulations of brewing are unaware of the proper proportions to employ. 2560. ALE. Take three bushels ot malt, three pounds of hops, fifty-two gallons of water for two workings. Or Malt, two bushels and a half ; sugar, three pounds; hops, three pounds ; coriander seeds, one ounce ; capsicum, a drachm. Thirty-six gal- lons. This gives a pleasant ale, with a good body. 256?. AMBER ALE. Three bushels of amber malt, three-quarters of a bushel of pale amber malt, two pounds of hops, a table-spoonful of salt. Three mashes, forty to fifty gallons. Skiiu and fice with isinglass. 2562. BURTON. One quarter of pale malt, eight pounds and a half of pale hops; mash three times. Work the first mash at 170, second at 176, third at 150. Boil the first wort by itself; when boiling add three pounds of honey, a pound and a half of cori- ander seeds, one ounce of salt. Mix the worts when boiled, cool to 01, set ALL FAILS THAT FOOLS THINK. 321 to work with a piutand a half of yeast. As soon as the gyle gets yeasty, skim the head half off ; rouse the rest with another pint and a half of yeast, three- quarters of an ounce of bay salt, and a quarter of a pound of malt or bean flour. This makes a hogshead. 2563. EDINBURGH. Mash two barrels per quarter, at 183 ; mash three quarters of an hour , let it stand one hour, and allow half an hour to run off. Or, mash one barrel per quarter, at 190 ; mash three-quarters of an hour, let it stand three-quarters of an hour, and tap. 2564. PORTER. Brown, amber and pale malt, in equal quantities ; turn them into the mash -tub. Turn on the first liquor at 165 ; mash one hour, then coat the whole with dry malt. In one hour set the tap. Mix ten pounds of brown hops to a quarter of malt, half old, half new; boil the first wort briskly with the hops for three-quarters of an hour ; after putting into the copper one pound and a half of sugar, and one pound and a half of extract of liq- uorice to the barrel, turn it into coolers, rousing the wort the while. Turn on the second liquor at 174, set tap again in an hour. The second wort having run off, turn on again at 145 ; mash an hour, and stand an hour ; boil the second wort with the same hops for an hour. Turn into the coolers, and let into the tub at 64, mixing the yeast as it comes down. Cleanse the second day at 80, pre- viously adding a mixture of flour and salt, and rousing well. 2565. BRASSES, BRITANNIA METALS, TINS, COPPERS, &c., arc cleaned with a mixture of rotten-stone, soft-soap, and oil of turpentine, mixed to the consistency of stiff putty. The stone should, be powdered very fine and sifted ; and a quantity of the mix- ture may be made sufficient to last for along while. The articles should first Ke \vashed with hot water, to remove grease. Then a little of the above mixture mixed with water, should be ve r the metal : then rub off briskly, with dry clean rag or leather and a beautiful polish will be ob- tained. 2566. BREATH TAINTED BY ONIONS. Leaves of parsley, eaten with vinegar, will prevent the disagree- able consequences of eating onions. 2567. BUNIONS may be checked in their early development by binding the joint with adhesive plaster, and keep ing it on as long as any uneasiness is felt. The bandaging should be perfect, and it might be well to extend it v ound the foot. An inflamed bunion should be poulticed, and larger shoes be worn. Iodine, twelve grains ; lard or sperma- ceti ointment, half an ounce, makes a capital ointment for bunions. It should be rubbed on gently twice or thrice a-day. (Sec 178,1297.) 2568. SOFT CORNS may be relieved by placing a small piece of lint between the toes ; or be rubbed occasionally with sweet oil. 2569. BAD BUTTER may be im- proved greatly by dissolving it thor- oughly in hot water ; let it cool, then skim it off, and churn again, adding a little good salt and sugar. A small quantity can be tried and approved before doing a larger one. The water should be merely hot enough to melt the butter or it will become oily. 2570. GILT FRAMES may be pro- tected from flies and dust by oiled tar- latan pinned over them. Tarlatan al- ready prepared, may be purchased at the upholsterers' . If it cannot be pro- cured, it is easily made by brushing boiled oil over cheap tarlatan. It is an excellent material for keeping dust from books, vases, wood-work, and every description of household orna- ment. 2571. SALT BUTTER may be freshened by churning it with new milk in the proporion of a pound of butter to a quart of milk. Treat th* butter in all respects in churning as fresh. Cheap earthenware churns for domestic use may be had at any hard- ware shop. 2572. CABBAGE-WATER should S22 THREE LITTLE WORDS YOU OFTEN SEK be thrown away immediately it is done with, and clean water thrown after it, or it will give rise to unpleasant smells. A little charcoal thrown with clear water into a sink will disinfect and de- odorize it. 2573. CALVES' FEET JELLY. It is better to buy the feet of the butcher, than at the tripe shop ready boiled, because the best portion of the V'lly has been extracted. Slit them in two, and take every particle of fat from the claws ; wash well in warm water, put them in a large stew-pan, and cover with water ; skim well and let boil gently six or seven hours, until re- duced to about two quarts, then strain and skim off any oily substance on the surface. It is best to boil the feet the day before making the jelly, as, when the liquor is cold, the oily part being at the top, and the other being firm, with pieces of kitchen paper applied to it, you may remove every particle of the oily substance without wasting the liquor. Put the liquor in a stew-pan to melt with a pound of lump sugar, the peel of two, and the juice of six lemons, six whites and shells of eggs beat together, and a bottle of sherry or Madeira ; whisk the whole together until it re on the boil, then put it by the side of the stove, and let it simmer A quarter of an hour ; strain it through a jelly-bag; what is strained first must be poured into the bag again,, until it is as bright and clear as rock water ; then put the jelly in moulds to be cold nnd firm; if the weather is too warm, it requires some ice. When it is wished to be very stiff, half an ounce of isin- glass may be added when the wine is put in. It may be flavoured by the juice of various fruits and spices, &c., and coloured with saffron, cochineal red beet juice, spinach juice, claret &c., and is sometimes made with cherry brandy, red noyeau. curagoa, or essence of punch. 2574. OX-HEEL JELLY is made in the same manner. 2575. LAMP WICKS. Old cotton stockings may be made into lamp wicks, and will answer very well 2576. BEAT A CARPET on the wrong side first ; and then more gently ou the right side. Beware of using sticks with sharp points, which may tear the carpet. 2577. CLEANING CARPETS. Take a pail of cold water, and add to it three gills of ox-gall. Rub it into the carpet with a soft brush. It will raise a latlier ; which must be washed off with clear cold water. Rub dry with a clean cloth. In nailing down a carpet after the floor has been washed, be certain that the floor is quite dry, or the nails will rust and injure the carpet. Fullers' earth is used for cleaning carpets, and weak solutions of alum or soda are used for reviving the colours. The crumb of a hot wheateu loaf rubbed over a carpet has been found effective. 2578. SWEETENING CASKS. Half a pint of vitriol mixed with a quart of water, and the mixture poured into the barrel, and roll about ; next day add one pound of chalk, and roll again. Bung- down for three or four days, then rinse well with hot water. 2579 CAUTIONS IN VISITING THE SICK. Do not visit the sick when you are fatigued, or when in a state of perspiration, or with the stomach empty for in such conditions you are liable to take the infection. When the disease is very contagious, take the side of the patient which is near to the window. Do not enter the room the first thing in the morning before it has been aired ; and when you come away, take some food, change your clothing immediately, and expose the latter to the air for some days. Tobacco-smoke is a preventive of malaria. 2580. CHAMOMILE FLOWERS should be gathered on a fine day, and dried upon a tray placed in the suit, all herbs should be treated in the same manner. 2581. CHAMOMILE TEA. One ounce of the flowers to a quart of water boiling. Simmer fifteen miuutee and strain, Emetic, when token ARE ARTICLES A, AN, AND THE. tonic, when cold. Dose, a wine glass- ful to a breakfast-cup. 258s ORANGE-PEEL, dried, added to chamomile flowers in the pro- portion of half the quantity of the flowers, improves the tonic. 2583. DESSERT CHESTNUTS. Roast them well, take oft' the husks, dissolve four ounces of lump sugar in a wine-glass of water, then add the juice of a lemon. Put the chesnuts into this liquor, and stew them over a slow fire for ten minutes; add sufficient orange-flower water (If approved) to flavour the syrup ; grate lump sugar over them, and serve up quite hot. 2584. CARVING. CEREMONIES OF THE TABLE, &c. A dinner-table should be well laid, well lighted, and always aftbrd a little spare room. It is better to invite one friend less in number, than to destroy the comfort of the whole party. 2585. THE LAYING OUT OF A TABLE must greatly depend upon the nature of the dinner or supper, the taste of the host, the description of the com- ry, and the appliances possessed, will be useless, therefore, to lay down specific rulec. The whiteness of the table-cloth, the clearness of glass, the polish of plate, and the judicious distribution of ornamental groups of fruits and flowers, are matters deserv- ing the utmost attention (See 3122.) 2586. A crowded table may be great- ly relieved by a SIDE-BOARD close at hand, upon which may be placed many things incidental to the successive courses, until they are required. 2587. At large dinner-parties, where there are several courses, it is well to have the BILL OF FARE neatly inscribed upon small tablets, and distributed nbout the table, that the diners may know what there is to come. 2588. NAPKINS should be folded iieatly. The French method, which is very easy, of folding the napkin like a feii, placing it in a glass, and spreading <>ut the upper part, is very pleasing. But the English method of folding 'it like, i slipper, and placing the bread I 14* inside of it, is convenient as well aa neat. (See 3137.) 2589. BREAD should be cut into thick squares, the last thing after the table is laid. If cut too early it be- comes dry. A tray should be provided in which there should be a further supply of bread, new, stale, and brown. For cheese, pulled bread should be pro- vided. (2647.) 2590. CARVING-KNIVES should " be put in edge " before the dinner coin mences, for nothing irritates a good carver, or perplexes a bad one, more than a knife which refuses to perform its offic"e ; and there is nothing more annoying to the company than to see the carving-knife dancing to and fro over the steel, while the dinner is getting cold, and their appetites are being exhausted by delay. 2591. JOINTS that require carving should be set upon dishes sufficiently large. The space of the table may be economized by setting upon small dishes those thing* that do not require carving. 2592. However closely the diners are compelled to eit together, THE CARVER SHOULD HAVE PLENTY OF RO(|W. 2593. If the table is very crowded, the VEGETABLES may be placed upon the side-board, and handed round by the waiters. 2594. It would save a great deal of time, and much disappointment, if GEESE, TURKEYS, POULTRY, SUCK- ING-PIGS, ETC., WERE CARVED BE- FORE BEING SENT TO TABLE; es- pecially in those cftses where the whole or the principal part of such dishes are likely to be consumed. 2595. It is best for THE CARTER to supply the plates, and let the waiter hand them round, instead of putting the question to each guest us to which part he prefers, and then striving to serve him with it, to the prejudice ol others present. 2596. LADIES should be assisted bo- fore gentlemen. 2597. WAITKRS should present dish<* 32-i A NOUN s THK XAMK or ANY THING, on the left hand ; so that the diner may assist himself witti his right. 2598. WINE should be taken after the first course ; and it will be found more convenient to let the waiter serve it, than to hand the decanters round, or to allow the guests to fill for them- selves. 2599. WAITERS should be instructed ;o remove whatever articles upon the table are thrown into disuse by the progress of the dinner, as sooa a* they ire at liberty. 2600. FINGER-GLASSES, or glass or olated bowls, filled with rose or orange- A-nter, slightly warm in winter, or ced in summer, should be handed ound. 2601. WHEN THE DESSERT is served, i *\e wine should be set upon the table, hi-d the decanters passed round by the c>jnpany. (See 3373.) ^602. FRIED FISH should be divided ink suitable slices, before the fire, as BOO, as it leaves the frying-pan. 260.' TRUSSING AND CARVING. 2604. POULTRY AND GAME. 26 '5. Observations on Trussing. Although in New York the various ar- ticles ,re trussed by the poulterer from whom vhey are purchased, yet it fcap- pene that presents from the country are sometimes spoiled for want of a knowloOfe^ of the following rules, both on tLt) part of the mistress and cook: 2606. All poultry should be well picked, every plug, or stub, removed, and the bird carefully and nicely singed with white paper. 1 n drawing poultry, or game, care should be taken not to break the gall-bladder as it would spoil the flavour of the bird by impart- ing a bitter taste to it, that no washing or any process could remove nor the put joining the giczard, otherwise the inside would be gritty. 2607. Observations on Carving. The carving-knife for poultry and game is smaller and lighter than that for meat ; the point is more peaked, and the handle longer. 2608. In cutting up wxJd-ittd, duck, goose, or turkey, more prime pieeei may be obtained by carving slices from pinion to pinion without making wing-s. which is a material advantage in dis- tributicg the bird when the party i* large. 2609. DIRECTIONS FOB CARV JNG. FISH. 2610. As the manner in which meat, and other provisions, are carved, makes a material difference in the consump- tion and comfort of a family, it becomca highly important to those who study economy and good order in their do- mestic arrangements, to practice the art. 2611. We therefore recommend them to study the rules we purpose laying down, and which we commence with directions for carving fish. 2612. It must be remembered that in carving more depends upon skill than on strength; that the carving- knife should be light, and of moderate size, with a keen edge; and that the dish should be so placed as to give the operator complete command over the joint. 2613. FISH is served with a fish- slice, or the new fish-knife and fork, and requires very little carving, care being required, however, not to break the flakes, which from their size add much to the beauty of cod and salmon. Serve part of the roe, milt, or liver, to each person. The heads of cod and salmon, sounds of cod, are likewise considered delicacies. 2614. SADDLE or MUTTON. Cut thin slices parallel with the back-bone ; or slice it obliquely from the bone to the edge. 2615. SADDLES OF PORK OR LAMB are carved in the same manner. 2616. HAUNCH OF MUTTON OR VEN- ISON. Make an incision right across the knuckle-end, right into the bone, and eet free the gravy. Then cut thin slices the whole length of the haunch. Serve pieces of fat with slices of lean. 2617. RUMP OF SIRLOIN on BEEF The, undercut, called " the fillet ' i* SCHOOL OR GARDEN, HOOP OR SWING. 325 exceedingly tender, and it is usual to turn the joint and serve the fillet first, reserving the meat on the upper part to serve cold. From the upper part the slices maybe cut either lengthways or crossways, at option. 2618. RIBS OK BEEF are carved in the same way as the sirloin ; hut there is no fillet. 2619. ROUND OF BEEF. First cut away the irregular outside pieces, to obtain a good surface, and then serve thin and broad slices. Serve bits of the udder fat with the lean. 2620. BRISKET OP BEEF. Cut off the outside, and then serve long slices, cut the whole length of the bones. 2621. SUOULDEU OF MUTTON. Make a cross incision on the fore-part of the shoulder, and serve slices from both sides of the incision: then cut slices lengthways along the shoulder-blade. Cut fat slices from the round corner. 2622. LEG OF MUTTON. Make an in- cision across the centre, and serve from the knuckle-side, or the opposite, according to choice. The knuckle-side will be generally found well done, and the opposite side under-done, for those who prefer it. 2623. LOIN OF MUTTON. Cut down between the bones, into chops. 2624. QUARTER OF LAMB. Lay the knife flat, and cut off the shoulder. The proper point for incision will be indicated by the position of the shoul- der. A little lemon-juice may be squeezed over the divided part, and a little cayenne pepper, and the shoulder transferred to another dish, for the op- posite end of the table. Next, separate the BRISKET, or short bones, by cutting lengthways along the breast. Then serve from either part as desired. 2625. LOIN OF VEAL may be cut across through the thick part ; or slices may be taken ; -> direction of the bones. Serve pieced of kidney and fat with ?.'ich plate. 2626. FILLET OF VEAL is carved as a round of beef (2619). The browned bits of the outside are esteemed, and shouW b shared among the company, with bits of fat and of force meat from the centre. 2627. BREAST OF VEAL should be divided by cutting the BRISKET, or soft bones, the same as the brisket of lamb. When the sweetbread comes to table with the breast, a small piece should be served on each plate. 2628. SUCKING- PIG should be sent to table in two halves, the head divid- ed, and one half laid at each end of the dish. The shoulders and legs should be taken off by the obvious method of laying the knife under them, and lift- ing the joint out. They may be served whole, or divided. The ribs are easily divided, and are considered choice. 2629. TONGUES are cut across, in thin slices. 2630. CALVES' HEADS are carved across the cheek, and pieces taken from any part that is come-at-able. The tongue and brain-sauce are served separate. 2631. KNUCKLE OF VEAL is carved by cutting off the outside pieces, and then obtaining good slices, and appor- tioning the fat to the lean, adding bits of the sinew that lie around the joint. 2632. LEG OF PORK is carved as a ham, but in thicker slices: when stuff- ed, the stuffing must be sought for un- der the skin at the large end. 2633. LOIN OF PORK is carved the same as a loin of mutton. 2634. SPARE-RIB OF PORK is carved by separating the chops, which should previously have been jointed. Cut as tar as the joint, then return the knife to the point of the bones, and press over to disclose the joint, which may then be relieved with the point of the knife. 2635. HAMS are cut in very vhin slices from the knuckle to the blade. 2636. PHEASANTS. Carve tho breast in slices. Then take off the leu's >ind wings as a fowl. 2637. FOWLS. Fix the i<>rk fine- ly into the breast, then slip the knife under the legs, and lay it over and dis- joint ; then the wings in the same manner. Do the same on both side* 326 AN ADJECTIVE TKLLS THE KIXD OF XOUK, The smaller bones require a little prac- tice, and it would be well to watch the operations of a good carver. When the merry -thought has been removed, which it may be by slipping the knife through at the point of the breast, and the neck-bones drawn out, the trunk may be turned over, and the knife thrust through the back bone. Jt>;)3. PATRIDGES are best carved by cutting off the breast, and then dividing it. But for more economical carving, the wings may be cut with a small breast slice attached. 2639. WOODCOCKS may be cut right through the centre, from head to tail. Serve with it a piece of the toast upon which it comes to table. 2640. PIGEONS may be carved as woodcocks, or as partridges. 2641. SNIPES the same as wood- cocks. 2642. TURKEY. Cut slices each side of the breast down to the ribs ; the legs may then be removed, and the thighs divided from the drum-sticks, which are very tough ; but the pinions of the wing are very good, and the white part of the wing is preferred by many to the breast. The stuffing is usually put in the breast ; but when truffles, mushrooms, or oysters are put into the body, an opening must be made into it by cutting through the apron. 2643. GOOSED The apron must be cut off in a circular direction, when a glass of port w r ine, mixed with a tea- epoonful of mustard, may be poured into the body or not. Some of the stuffing should then be drawn out, and the neck of the goose being turned a little towards the carver, the flesh of the breast should be sliced on either side of the bone. The wings may then be taken off, then the legs. The other parts are carved the same as a fowl. 2644 r PUCKS may be carved, when large, the anie as geese ; but when young, like cmckeps. The thigh joints, however, lie much closer into the trunk than those of fowls. 2645. HARKS should be placed with their heads to the left of the carver. Slices may be taken down the whole length of the back; the legs, which, next to the back, are considered the best eating, may then be taken off, and the flesh divided from or served upon them, after the small bones have been parted from the thighs. The shoul- ders, which are not much esteemed, though sometimes liked by sportsmen, may be taken off by passing the knife between the joint and the trunk. When a hare is young, the back is sometimes divided at the joints into three or four parts, after being freed from the ribe and under-skin. 2646. Remarks. Sufficient general instructions are here given to enable the carver, by observation and practice, to acquit himself well. The art oi carving does not consist merely in dis- secting- the joints sent to table, but in the judicious and economical distribu- tion of them, and the grace and neat- ness with which this distribution is effected. Every dish should be sent to table properly garnished (2542), and the carver should preserve the neat- ness of the arrangement as much as possible. 2647. PULLED BREAD. Take from the oven an ordinary loaf when it is about half baked, and with the fingers, while the bread is yet hot, dex- terously pull the half-set dough into pieces of irregular shape, about the size of an egg. Don't attempt to smooth or flatten them the rougher their shapes the better. Set upon tine, place in a very slow oven, and bake to a rich brown. This forms a deliciousl> crisp crust for cheese. If you do not bake at home, your baker will prepare it for you, if ordered. Pulled bread may be made in the revolving ovens (1986.) It is very nice with wine in- stead of biscuits. 2648. YEAST. The following has been used and approved through 36 years. For a stone of flour: into two quarts of water put a quarter of ac ounce of hops, two potatoes sliced, tablespoonful of malt, or sugar ; bo : J twenty minutes train through a AS GREAT, SMALL, PRETTY, WHITE OB BROWN. 327 let the liquor stand until milk-warm, then add a little German yeast, for a first quickening ; afterwards some of this yeast will do. Let it stand in a large jar or jug until sufficient 1 '? risen. First put into an earthen bottle a part of the yeast for a future quickening; let it stand in a cool place until wanted for a fresh making. Any plain cook or housewife can easily make thisyeust. Put the yeast to half or more of the Hour, and two quarts of warm water ; stir well ; let it stand and rise ; knead up with the rest of the flour, put it into or upon tins, let it stand to rise, bake, and you will have good bread. 2649. RYE AND WHEAT FLOUR, half and half, makes excellent house- hold bread. 2650. DOGS. The best way to keep a dog healthy is to let him have plenty of exercise, and not to over-feed him. Let them at all times have a plentiful supply of clean water, and encourage them to take to swimming, as it assists their cleanliness.. When you wash them do not use a particle of soap, or you will prevent their licking them- selves, arid they may become habitually dirty. Properly treated, dogs should be fed only once a day. Meat boiled for dogs, and the liquor in which it is boiled thickened with barley meal, or oatmeal, forms capital food. The dis- temper is liable to attack dogs from four months to four years old. It prevails most in spring and autumn. The disease is known by dulness of the eye, husky cough, shivering, loss of appetite and spirits, and fits. When fits occur, the dog will most likely die, unless a veterinary surgeon is called in. During the distemper, dogs should be allowed to run on the grass ; their diet should be spare ; and a little sulphur be placed in their water. Chemists who dispense cattle medicines can generally advise with sufficient safety upon the diseases of dogs, and it is best for unskilful persons to abstain from physicking them. Hydrophobia \ the most dreadfu" of all diseases. The first symptoms ure attended by thirst, fever, and languor. The dog starts convulsively in his sleep, and when awake, though restless, is 'lan- guid. When a dog is suspected, he should be firmly chained la a place where neither children nor dogs or cats can get near him. Any one going to attend him should wear thick leather gloves, and proceed with great caution. When a dog snaps savagely at an imaginary object, it is almost a certain indication of madness ; and when it exhibits a terror of fluids, it is confirmed hydro-' phobia. Some dogs exhibit a great dislike of musical sounds, arid when this is the case they are too frequently made sport of. But it is a dangerous sport, as dogs have sometimes been driven mad by it. In many diseases dogs will be benefited by warm baths The mange is a contagious disease, which it is difficult to get rid of when once contracted. The best way is to apply to a veterinary chemist for an ointment, and to keep applying it for some time after the disease has disap- peared, or it will break out again. 2651 . CATS. It is generally supposed that cats are more attached to places than to individuals, but this is an error. They obstinately cling to certain places, because it is there they expect to see the persons to whom they are attached. A cat will return to an empty house, and remain in it many weeks. But when at last she finds that the family does not return, she strays away, and if she chances then to find the family, she will abide with them. The same rules of feeding which apply to dogs apply also to cats. They should not be over-fed, nor too frequently. Cats are liable to the same diseases as dogs ; though they do not become ill so fre- quently. A little brimstone in their milk occasionally, is a good preventive. The veterinary chemist will also pre- scribe for the serious diseases of cats. 2652. MEDICINES PREPARATION OF THEM These directions are of the utmost value in connexion with the DOMESTIC PHARMACOPOEIA ^906) Die- BASKS ( 1212), PRKSCRTPTIONS C 127?^ and 828 INSTEAD OF NOUNS T1IE PRONOUNS STAND- Poisoxs (226]). They will be found most important for cmixran.s, attendants upon tlit sick, and persons who reside, out of the reach of medical aid, sailors, &c., &o. Tfn.y contain instructions nrt only for the compounding of medicines, lut most useful hints and cautions upon the application of leeches, blisters, poul- tices, &c. (Sec 158, 1714, 2186, 3313.) 2653. ARTICLES REQUIRED FOR MIX- ING MEDICINES. Three glass measures, one to measure ounces, another to measure drachms, and a measure for minims or small doses. 2654. A pestle and mortar of glass or Wedgwood ware, a glass funnel, and glass stirring rods. 2655. A spatula or flexible knife for spreading ointments, making pills, &c. 2656. A set of scales and weights. 2657. A small slab of marble, slate or porcelain, for making pills upon, mixing- ointments, &e. 2658. MEDICINE WEIGHTS AND MEAS- URES. Weights. When you open your box containing the scales and weights, you will observe that there are several square pieces of brass, of dif- ferent sizes and thicknesses, and stamped with a variety of characters. These are the weights, which we will now explain. 2659. Medicines are made up by troy weight, although drugs are bought by avoirdupois weight, and of course you know that there are only twelve ounces to the pound troy, which is marked ib. ; then each ounce, which contains eight drachms, is marked 3i. ; each drachm containing three scruples, is marked i. ; and each scruple of twenty grains is marked 3i. The grain weights are marked by little circles, each circle signifying a grain. * Q"' 8 - Besides these weights, you I C I will find others marked 3ss, loo) which means half a scruple ; HSS, meaning half a drachm ; and 3ss, meaning half an ounce. When there are ounces, drachms, or scruples, the number of them is shown by Roman figures, thus: i. ii. iii. iv. v., &c.,and prescripts vis are written so. 2660. Measures. Liquid medicine* are measured by the following tablet- CD minims ^ g f 1 fluid drachm. 8 fluid drachms. 1 sr j ..1 fluid ounce 16 fluid ounces, j | ] . .1 pint. 8 pints J 5 ^ . . 1 gallon. and the signs which distinguish each are as follows; c, means a gallon ; o, a pint ; /3, a fluid ounce ; /3, a fluid drachm ; and 111, a minim. 2661. Formerly drops used to be ordered, but as the size of a drop must necessarily vary, minims are always directed to be employed now, for any particular medicine, although for such medicines as oil of cloves, essence ol ginger, &c., drops are frequently or- dered. 2662. In order that we may measure medicines accurately, there are grad- uated glass vessels for measuring ounces, drachms, and minims. 2663. When proper measures are not at hand, it is necessary to adopt some other method of determining the quantities required, and therefore we have drawn up the following table for that purpose : A tumbler ^ c ( A teacup | A wineglass. . . ! g.-? ! A tablespoon.. \\\\ A dessertspoon. f. j A teaspoon. . . . j s ^ Some persons keep a medicine-glass, which is graduated so as to show the number of spoonfuls it contains. 2664. PROCESS OF MAKING MEDICINES. To Powder Substances Place the substance in the mortar and strike it gently with direct perpendicular blows of the pestle, until it separates into several pieces, then remove all but a small por- tion, which bruise gently at first, and rub the pestle round and round the mortar, observing that the circles de- scribed by the pestle should gradually decrease in diameter, and then increase again, because by this means every part of the powder is subjected to th process of pulverization. (See 3101.* 2665. Some substances require to be 10 ounces. 6 " 2 " 5 drachms. 3 " 1 " HER HEAD, HIS FACE, TOUR ARM, MY HAND. * 329 prepared in a particular manner before they can be powdered, or to be assisted by adding some other body. For ex- ample, camphor powders more easily when a few drops of spirits of wine are added to it ; mace, nutmegs, and such oily aromatic substances are better for the addition of a little white sugar ; resins and gum resins should be pow- dered in a cold place, and if they are intended to be dissolved, a little fine well washed white sand mixed with them assists the process of powdering. Tough roots, like gentian and columba, should be cut into thin slices ; and fibrous roots, like ginger, cut slanting, otherwise the powder will be full of small fibres. Vegetable matters require to be dried before they are powdered, eucli as peppermint, loose-strife, senna, &c. 2666. Be careful not to pound too hard in a glass, porcelain, or Wedge- wood's-ware mortar ; they are intended only for substances that pulverize easily, and for the purpose of mixing or incor- porating medicines. Never use acids in a marble mortar, and be sure that you do not powder galls or any other astringent substances in an iron mortar. 2667. Sifting is frequently required for powdered substances, and this is usually done by employing a fine sieve,, or tying the powder up in a piece of muslin and striking it against the left hand over a piece of paper. 2668. Filtering is frequently required for the purpose of obtaining clear fluids, tiich as infusions, eye-washes, and other medicines ; and it is therefore proper that you should know how to perform the simple operation. We must first of oil make the filter-paper ; this is done by taking a square sheet of white blotting paper, and doubling it over, BO as to form an angular cup. We next procure a piece of wire, and twist it into a form to place the funnel in, to prevent it passing too far into the neck of the bottle. Open out the filter- paper very carefully, and having placed it in the funnel, moisten it with a little watct. Then place tM wire in the space between the funnel and the bottle, and pour the liquid gently down the side of the paper, otherwise the fluid is apt to burst the paper. (See 3085.) 2669. Maceration is another process that is frequently required to be per- formed in making up medicines, and consists simply in immersing the med- icines in cold water or spirits for a cer- tain time. 2670. Digestion resembles macera- tion, except that the process is assisted by a gentle heat. The ingredients are placed in a flask, such as salad-oil is sold in, which should be fitted with a plug of tow or wood, and have a piece oi wire twisted round the neck. The flask is held by means of the wire over the flame of a spirit lamp, or else placed in some sand warmed in an old iron saucepan over the fire, care being taken not to place more of the flask below the sand than the portion occupied by the ingredients. "2671. Infusion is one of the most frequent operations required in making up medicines, its object being to ex- tract the aromatic and volatile prin- ciples of substances that would be lost by decoction or digestion ; and to extract the soluble from the insoluble parts of bodies. Infusions may be made with cold water, in which case they are weaker, but more pleasant. The gen- eral method employed consists in slicing, bruising, or powdering the in- gredients first, then placing them in a common jug (which should be as glob- ular as possible), and pouring boiling water over them ; cover the jug with a cloth folded six or eight times, but if there is a lid to the jug so much the better; when the infusion has stood the time directed, hold a piece of very coarse linen over the spout, and pour the liquid through it into another jug. 2672. Decoction, or boiling, is em- ployed to extract the mucilaginous or unmiy parts of substances, their itter, astringent, or other qualities, and is nothing more than boiling the ingredients in a saucepan with the lid slightly raised. Be sure never to us 330 VERBS TELL OF SOMETHING BEING DONE nn iron saucepan for astringent decoc-. tions, such as oak bark, galls, &c., as they \vill turn the saucepan black and spoil the decoction. The enamelled saucepans are very useful for decoc- tions, but an excellent plan is to put the ingredients into a jar and boil the jar, thus preparing it by a water bath, as it is technically termed. 2673. Extracts are made by evapo- nting the liquors obtained by infusion or decoction, but these can be bought much cheaper and better of chemists and druggists, and so can tinctures, confections, cerates, plasters, and syrups ; but as every one is not always in the neighbourhood of druggists, we shall give, recipes for those most gene- rally useful, and the method of making them. 2674. PRECAUTIONS TO BE OBSERVED IN* GIVING MEDICINES. Sex. Medi- cines for females should not be so strong as those for males, therefore it is advis- able to reduce the doses about one- eighth. '2675. Temperament. Persons of a phlegmatic temperament bear stimu- lants and purgatives better than those of a sanguine temperament, therefore the latter require smaller doses. 2676. Habits. Purgatives never act BO well upon persons accustomed to take them, as upon those who are not, therefore it is better to change the form of purgative from pill to potion, powder to draught, or aromatic to saline. Purgatives should never be given when there is an irritable state of the bowels. 2677. Stimulants and narcotics never act so quickly upon persons accustomed to use spirit* freely as upon those who live abstemiously. 2678. Climate. The action of medi- cines is modified by climate and sea- sons. In summer certain medicines uct more powerfully than in winter, and the same person cannot bear the dose in July that he could in De- cember. 2679. General Health. Persons fv-hose general health is good, bear stronger dose? than the debilitated and those who have suffered for a long time, 2680. Idiosyncrasy. Walker will in- form you that this long term mrana a peculiar temperament or disposition not common to people generally. Foi example, some persons cannot take calomel in the smallest dose without being salivated, or rhubarb without having convulsions ; others cannot take squills, opium, senna, &c., therefore ii is wrong to insist upon their taking these medicines. 2681. Forms best suited for Adminis- tration. Fluids act quicker than solids, and powders sooner than pills. 2682. Best method of Preventing the Naifscous Taste of Medicines. Castor oil may be taken in milk, coffee, or spirit, such as brandy; but the best method of covering the nauseous flavour is to put a table-spoonful of strained orange-juice in a wine-glass, pour the castor oil into the centre of the juice, and then squeeze a few drops of lemon-juice upon the top of the oil. Cod liver oil may be taken like castor- oil in orange juice. Peppermint water almost prevents the nauseous taste of Epsom salts ; a strong solution of extract of liquorice covers the disagree- able taste of aloes ; milk, that of cinchona bark ; and cloves that of senna. 2683. An excellent way to prevent the taste of medicines is to have the medicine in a glass, as usual, and a tumbler of water by the side of it, then take the medicine and retain it in the mouth, which should be kept closed, and if you then commence drinking the water, the taste of the medicine is washed away. Even the bitterness d' quinine and aloes may be prevented by this means. 2684. Giving Medicines to Persons Medicines should be given in such a manner that the effect of the first dose should not have ceased when the next dose is given, therefore the intervals between the doses should be regulated accordingly. 268f>. DOSES OF MEDICINE FOR DLV TO READ, COUNT, SIXG, OR JUMP, OR HUN. 331 FERENT AGES. It must be plain to every one that children do not require such powerful medicine as adults or old people, and therefore it is desirable to have some fixed method of determin- ing' or regulating the administration of doses of medicine. Now, we will sup- pose that the dose for a full-grown person is one drachm, then the follow- ing proportions will be suitable for the various ages given ; keeping in view other circumstances, such as sex, tem- perament, habits, climate, state of general health, and idiosyncrasy : Age. Proportion. Proportion- ate Dose. 7 weeks. . . . one-fifteenth or grains 4 7 months.. . one-twelfth or grains 5 Under 2 yrs. one-eighth or giains 7| 3 " one-sixth or grains 10 4 " one-fourth or grains 15 7 " one-third or scruple 1 14 " one-half ordrach-m 20 " two-fifths orscrupFs2 above 21 " the full dose or drachm 1 ' 65 " The inverse gradation 2686. DRUGS, WITH THEIR PRO- PERTIES AND DOSES. We have arranged the various drugs according to their properties, and have given the doses of each ; but in compiling this we have necessarily omitted many from each class, because they cannot be em- ployed except by a medical man. The doses are meant for adults. 2687. Medicines have been divided into four grand classes: 1. General Stimulants ; 2. Local Stimulants ; 3. Chemical Remedies ; 4. Mecnanical Remedies. 2688. GENERAL STIMULANTS. Gene- ral Stimulants are sub-divided into two classes, diffusable and permanent stim- ulants : the first comprising narcotics and anti-spasmodics, and the second tonics and astringents. 2689. NARCOTICS are medicines which stupefy and diminish the activity of the nervous system. Given in small doses, they generally act as stimulants, but an increased dose vroduces a stupefy- ing effect. Under this Lead we include ateohol, camphor, aether, the hop, and opium. 2690. Alcohol, or rectified spirit, is a very powerful stimulant, and is never used as a remedy without being diluted to the degree called proof spirit ; and even then it is seldom used internally. It is used externally in restraining bleeding, when there is not any vessel of importance wounded. It is also used as a lotion to burns, and is applied by dipping a piece of lint into the spirit, and laying it over the part. Freely diluted (one part to eighteen) with water, it forms a useful eye-wash,, in the last stage of ophthalmia. Used internally, it acts as a very use- ful stimulant when diluted and taken moderately, increasing the general ex- citement, and giving energy to the muscular fibres; hence it becomes very useful in certain cases of debility, especially in habits disposed to create acidity ; and in the low stage of fevers. Dose. It is impossible to fix any- thing like a dose for this remedy, as much will depend upon the individual ; but diluted with water, and sweetened with sugar, from half an ounce to two ounces may be given three or four times a-day. In cases of extreme de- bility, however, much will depend upon the disease. Caution. Remember that alcohol is an irritant poison, and that the indul- gence in its use daily originates dys- pepsia or indigestion, and many other serious complaints. Of all kinds of spirits, the best cordial and stomachic is brandy. 2691. Camphor is not a very steady stimulant, as its effect is transitory ; but in large doses it acts as a narcotic, abating pain, and inducing sleep. In moderate doses it operates as a diapho- retic and anti-spasmodic, increasing the heat of the body, allaying irritation and spasm. It is used externally as a liniment when dissolved in oil, alcohol, or acetio acid, being employed to allay rheumatic pa'r.3 ; and it is also useful as an en> 332 HOW THINGS AUK DONE THE ADVERBS TELL brocation in sprains, bruise:?, chilblains, and, when combined with opium, it has been advantageously employed in flatulent colic and severe diarrhosa, being rubbed over the bowels. When reduced tv a fine powder by the addition of a little spirit of wine and friction, it is very useful as a local stimulant to indolent ulcers, especially when they discharge a foul kind of matter ; a pinch is taken between the finger and thumb, and sprinkled into the ulcer, which is then dressed as usual. "When dissolved in oil of turpentine, and a few drops are placed in a hollow tooth and covered with jewellers' wool, or scraped lint, it gives almost instant relief to toothache. Used internally, it is apt to excite nausea, and even vomiting, especially when given in the solid form. As a stimulant it is of great service in all low fevers, malignant measles, malignant sore throat, and running small-pox ; and when combined with opium and bark, it is extremely useful in checking the progress of malignant ulcers, and gangrene. As a narcotic it is very useful, be- cause it allays pain and irritation, with- out increasing the pulse very much. When powdered and sprinkled upon the surface of a blister, it prevents the cantharides acting in a peculiar and painful manner upon the bladder. Combined with senna it increases its purgative properties; and it is also used to correct the nausea produced by squills, and the irritating effects of drastic purgatives and mezereon. Dose, from four grains to one scru- ple, repeated at short intervals when used in small doses, and long intervals when employed in large doses. Doses of the vaiious preparations : Camphor mixture, from half an ounce to three ounces ; compound tincture of camphor (Paregoric Elixir), from fifteen minims to one drachm. Caution. When given in an over- dose it acts as a poison, producing vomiting, giddiness, delirium, convul ', and sometimes death. Mode of Exhibition It may bo rub- bed up with almond emulsion, or nm- cilage, or the yolk of eggs, and by tlua means suspended in water, or com- bined with chloroform as a mixture, in which form it is a valuable stimulant in cholera and other diseases. (See Mix- tures.) 2692. JEther is a diffusablc stimu- lant, narcotic, and anti-spasmodic. Sul- phuric JEther is used externally, both as a stimulant and a refrigerant. In the former case its evaporation is prevented by covering a rag moistened with it with oiled silk, in order to relieve headache ; and in the latter case it is allowed to evaporate, and thus produce coldness : hence it is ap- plied over scalded surfaces by means of rags dipped in it. As a local application, it has been found to afford almost instant relief in ear-ache, when combined with almond oil, and dropped into the ear. Internally it is used as a stimulant and narcotic in low fevers and cases of great exhaustion. Dose, from fifteen minims to one and a half drachm, repeated at short inter- vals, as its effects soon pass off. It is usually given in a little camphor julep or water. 2693. Nitric JEther is a refrigerant, diuretic, and anti-spasmodic, and is well known as " sicect spirit of nitre." Used externally, its evaporation re- lieves headache, and it is sometimes applied to burns. Internally it is used to relieve nausea, flatulence, and thirst in fevers; also as a diuretic. Dose from ten minims to one drachm. 2694. Compound Spirit of Sulphuric JEther is a very useful stimulant, nar- cotic and anti- spasmodic. Used internally in cases of great ex- haustion, attended with irritability. Dose, from half a drachm to two drachms, in camphor julep. When combined with laudanum it prevents the nauseating effects of the opium.* and acts more beneficially as a nat- AS SLOWLY, QUICKLY, ILL OR WELL. 33b 2695. The Hop is a narcotic, tonic, and diuretic ; it reduces the frequency of the pulse, and does not affect the ii'oud, likr 7iiost anodynes. Used externally, it acts as an ano- dyne and discutient, and is useful as a fomentation for painful tumours, rheu- matic pains in the joints, and severe contusions. A pillow stuffed with hops acts as a narcotic. When the powder is mixed with lard, it acts as an anodyne dressing in painful ulcers. Dose, of the extract, from five grains to one scruple ; of the tincture, from half a drachm to two drachms ; of the powder, from three grains to one scru- ple ; of the infusion, half an ounce to one and a half ounce. 269(3. Opium is a stimulant, narcotic, and anodyne. Used externally it acts almost as well as when taken into the stomach, and without affecting the head or causing nausea. Applied to irritable ulcers in the form of tincture, it promotes their cure, and allays pain. Cloths dipped in a strong solution, and applied over painful bruises, tu- mours, or inflamed joints, alhy pain. A small piece of solid opium stuffed into a hollow tooth relieves toothache. A weak solution of opium forms a valuable colly rium in ophthalmia. Two drops of the wine of opium dropped into the eye, acts as an excel- lent stimulant in bloodshot eye ; or after long-continued inflammation, it is useful in strengthening the eye. Applied as a liniment, in combination with ammonia and oil. or with cam- phorated spirit, it relieves muscular pain. When combined with oil of turpen- tine, it is useful as a liniment in spas- modic colic. Used internally it acts as a very pow- erful stimulant ; then as a sedative, and .finally as an anodyne and narcotic, al- laying pain in the most extraordinary manner, by acting directly upon the nervous system In acute rheumatism it is a most ex celient medicine, when combined with calomel and tartrate of antimony ; but its exhibition requires the judicious care of a medical man. Doses of the various preparations : Confection of opium, from five grains to half a drachm ; extract of opium, from one to five grains (this is a valua- ble form, as it does not produce so much after-derangement of the nervous system as solid opium) ; pills of soap and opium, from five to ten grains ; compound ipecacuanha poicder (" Do ver's powders "j, from five to twenty grains : compound kino powder, from five to twenty grains ; ic ine of opium, from ten minims to one drachm. Caution. Opium is a powerful poison when taken in too large a quantity (See Poisons), and therefore should be used with extreme caution. It is on this account that we have omitted some of its preparations. 2G97. ANTI-SPASMODICS are medi- cines which possess the power of over- coming spasms of the muscles, or allaying any severe pain which is not attended by inflammation. The class includes a great many, but the most safe and serviceable you will find to be ammonia, assafoetida, galbanum, valer- ian, bark, aether, camphor, opium, and chloroform ; with the minerals, oxide of zinc and calomel. 2698. Ammonia or " Volatile salt," is an anti-spasmodic, antacid, stimulant, and diaphoretic. Used externally, combined with oil, it forms a cheap and useful liniment, but it should be dissolved iu proof spirit before the oil is added. One part of this salt, and three parts of extract of belladonna, mixed and spread upon leather, makes an excel- lent plaster for relieving rheumatic pains. As a local stimulant it is well known, as regards its effects in hysterics, faint- ness and lassitude, when applied to the nose as common smelling- salts. It is used internally as an adjunct to infusion of gentian in dyspepsia, .* i 834 CONJUNCTIONS JOIN THE WORDS TOGETHER digestion, and in moderate doses in gout. Dose, from five to twenty grains. Caution. Over-doses act as a nar- cotic and irritant poison. 2699. Bicarbonate of Ammonia, used internally the same as the " Volatile gait." Dose, from six to twenty four grains. It is frequently combined with Ep- som salts. 2699.* Solution of Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia, used the same as the " Vo- latile salt." Dose, from half a drachm to one drachm, combined with some milky fluid, like almond emulsion. 2700. Assafoptida is an anti-spasmo- dic, expectorant, excitant, and anthel- mintic. Used internally, it is extremely useful in dyspepsia, flatulent colic, hysteria, and nervous diseases ; and where there are no inflammatory symptoms, it is an excellent remedy in hooping-cough and asthma. Used locally as an enema, it is useful in flatulent colic, and convulsions that come on through teething. Doses of various preparations : Solid gum, from ten to twenty graics. as pills ; mixture, from half an ounce to one ounce; tincture, from fifteen minims to one drachm ; ammoniated tincture, from twenty minims to one drachm. Caution. Never give it when inflam- mation exists. 2701. Galbanum is stimulant, anti- spasmodic, expectorant, deobstruent. Used externally, it assists in dispel- ling indolent tumours when spread upon leather as a plaster, and is use- ful in weakness of the legs from rickets, being applied as a plaster to the loins. Used internally, it is useful in chronic or old-standing rheumatism and hys- teria. Doses of preparations : Of the gum, from ten to thirty grains as pills ; tinc- ture, from fifteen minims to one drachm. It maybe made into an emulsion with mucilage and water. 2702. Valerian is a powerful anti spasmodic, tonic, and excitant, acting chiefly on the nervous centres. Used internally, it is employed iu hysteria, nervous languors, and spas- modic complaints generally. It is use- ful in low fevers. Doses of various preparations : Powder, from ten grains to one drachm, three or four times a day ; tincture, from two to four drachms ; ammoniated tincture, from one to two drachms ; in- fusion, from two to three ounces, or more. 2703. Bark, or, as it is commonly called, "Peruvian bark," is an anti- spasmodic, tonie, astringent, and sto- machic. Used externally, it is an excellent de- tergent for foul ulcers, and those that heal slowly. Used internally, it is particularly valuable in intermittent fever or ague, malignant measles, dysentery, diar- rhoea, intermittent rheumatism, St. Vitus' dance, indigestion, nervous affec- tions, malignant sore throat, erysipelas ; and its use is indicated in all cases of debility. Doses of its preparations : Poicder, from five grains to two drachms, mixed in wine, water, milk, syrup, or solution of liquorice ; infusion, from one to three ounces ; decoction, from one to three ounces; tincture and compound tinc- ture, each from one to three drachms. Caution. If it causes oppression at the stomach, combine it with an aromatic ; if it causes vomiting, give it in wine or soda-water ; if it purges, give opium ; and if it constipates, give rhubarb. 2704. JEther (sulphuric), is given in- ternally as an anti-spasmodic in difficult breathing and spasmodic asthma ; also in hysteria, cramp of the stomach, hic- cough, locked jaw,and cholera. It is useful in checking sea-sick- ness. Dose, from twenty minims to one ., drachm. Caution. An over-dose induces apo plectic symptoms. AS MEN AND WOMEN, WIND OR WEATHER. 335 2705. Camphor is given internally as an anti-spasmodic in hysteria, cramp in the stomach, flatulent colic, and St. Vitus' dance. Dost, from two to twenty grains. 2706. Opium is employed internally in spasmodic affections, such as cholera, spasmodic asthma, hooping-cough, fla- tulent colic, and St. Vitus' dance. Dose, from one-sixth of a grain to two grains of the solid opium, accord- ing to the disease. 2707. Oxide of Zinc is an anti-spasmo- dic, astringent, and tonic. Used externally, as an ointment, it forms a useful astringent in affections of the eyelids, arising from relaxation, or as a powder it is an excellent de- tergent for unhealthy ulcers. Used internally, it has proved effica- cious in St. Vitus' dance, and some other spasmodic affections. Dose, from one to six grains, twice a day. 2708. Calomel is an anti-spasmodic, alterative, deobstruent, purgative, and errhine. Used internally, combined with opium, it acts as an anti-spasmodic in locked jaw, cholera, and many other spasmodic affections. As an alterative and deobstruent, it has been found useful in leprosy and itch, when combined with antimonials and guaiacutn, and in enlargement of the liver and glandular affections. It acts beneficially in dropsies, by producing watery motions. In typhus it is of great benefit when combined with antimonials ; and it may be given as a purgative in almost any disease, provided there is not any in- flammation of the bowels, irritability of the system, or great debility. Dose, as a deobstruent and alterative, from one to five grains, daily ; as a ca- thartic, from five to fifteen grains ; to produce pvtalism or salivation, from one to two grains, in a pill, with a quarter of a grain of opium, night and morning. Caution. When taking calomel, ex- posure to cold or dampness should be guarded against, as such an impru dence would bring out an eruption 01 the skin, attended with fever. When this does occur, leave off the calomel and give bark, wine, and purgatives ; take a warm bath twice a day, and powder the surface of the body with powdered starch. 2709. TONICS are given to improve the tone of the system, and i ! estore the natural energies and general strength of the body. They consist of bark, quassia, gentian, chamomile, worm- wood, and angostura bark. 2710. Quassia is a simple tonic, and can be used with safety by any one as it does not increase the animal heat or quicken the circulation. Used internally in the form of in- fusion, it has been found of great bene- fit in indigestion and nervous irritabili- ty, and is useful after bilious fevers and diarrhoea. Dose, of the infusion, from one and a half to two ounces, three times a-day. 2711. Gentian is an excellent tonic and stomachic ; but when given in large doses, it acts as an aperient. It is used internally in all cases of general debility, and, when combined with bark, is used in intermittent fevers. It has also been employed in indigestion, and it is sometimes used, combined with volatile salt, in that disease; but at other times alone, in the form of infusion. After iiarrhoea it proves a useful tonic. Used externally, its infusion ia some- times applied to foul ulcers. Dose, of the infusion, one and a half to two ounces ; of the tincture, one to four drachms ; of the extract, from ten to thirty grains. 2712. Chamomile.- -The flowers ot the chamomile are tonic, slightly ano- dyne, anti-spasmodic, and emetic. ^ They are used externally as fomenta- f j tions, in colic, face-ache, and tumours, and to unhealthy ulcers. They are used internally ic the form of infusion, with carbonate of soda ; ginger, and other stomachic remedies ; 336 T1IE PROPOSITION STANDS BEFORE in dyspepsia, flatulent colic, debility following dysentery, and pout. Warm infusion of the flowers acts as an emetic; and the powdered flowers are sometimes combined with opium 01 kino, and given in intermittent i'evers Dose, of the powdered flowers, fron ten grains to one drachm, twice or thrice a-day ; of the infusion, from one to two ounces, as a tonic, three times a-day ; and from six ounces to one pint, as an emetic; of the extract, from five to twenty grains. 2713. Wormwood is a tonic and an- thelmintic. It is used externally as a discutient and antiseptic. It is used internally in long-standing cases of dyspepsia, in the form of infu- sion, with or without aromatics. It has also been used in iutermittents. Dose, of the infusion, from one to two ounces, three times a-day; of the powder, from one to two scruples. 2714. Angostura Bark, or cusparia, is a tonic and stimulant. It expels flatulence, increases the appetite, and produces a grateful warmth in the stomach. It is used internally in intermittent fevers, dyspepsia, hysteria, and all cases of debility, where a stimulating tonic is desirable, particularly after bilious diar- rhosa. Dose, of the powder, from ten to thirty grains, combined with cinnamon powder, magnesia, or rhubaib; of the extract, from three to ten grains; of the infusion, from one to two ounces. Caution. It should never be given in inflammatory diseases or hectic fe- ver. 2715. ASTRINGENTS are medicines given for the purpose of diminishing excessive discharges, and to act indi- rectly as tonics. This class includes catechu, kino, oak bark, logwood, rose- lea ves, chalk, ;md white vitriol. 2716. Catechu is a most valuable astringent. It is used externally, when powdered, to promote the contraction of flabby ulcers." As a local astringent it is use- ful in relaxed uvula, a small piece be. ing dissolved in the mouth ; small, spotty ulce rations of the mouth and throat, and bleeding gJius, and for these two affections it is used in the form of infusion to wash the parts. It is given internally in diarrhoea, dysentery, and haemorrhage from the bowels. Dose, of the infusion, from one to three ounces; of the tincture, from one to four drachms ; of the powder, from, ten to thirty grains. Caution. It must not be given with soda or any alkali ; nor metallic salts, albumen, or gelatine, as its property is destroyed by this combination. 2717. Kino is a poweiful astringent. It is used external ty to ulcere, to give tone to them when flabby and dis- charging foul and thin matter. It is used externally in the same dis- eases as catechu. Dose, of the powder, from ten to thirty grains; of the tincture, from one to two drachms ; of the compound, powder, from ten to twenty grains ; of the infusion, from a half to one and a tialf ounce. Caution. (See Catechu.) 2718. Oak Bark is an astringent and tonic. It is used externally, in the form ol decoction, to restrain bleeding from 'acerated surfaces. As a local astringent it is used in the *orm of a decoction as a gargle in sore ;hroat and relaxed uvula. It is used internally in the same dis- eases as catechu, and when combined ,vith aromatics and bitters, in intennit- ;ent fevers. Dose, of the powder, from fifteen to :hirty grains ; of the decoction, iron ;wo to eight drachms. 2719. Logwood is not a very satisfac- ;ory astringent. It is used internally in diarrhrea, the last stage of dysentery, and a lax state of the intestines, Dose, of the extract, from ten to cue drachm: of the decocticn, from one tc three ounces, three or f ur times a-day A NOUN, AS IN, Oil THROUGH A DOOR. 337 5720. Rose leaves are astringent and tonic. They are used internally in spitting of blood, haemorrhage from the sto- mach, intestines, &c., as a gargle for sore throat, and for the night sweats of consumption. The infusion is frequently used as a tonic with diluted sulphuric acid (oil of vitriol), after low fevers. Dose of infusion, from two to four ounces. 2721 . Chalk, when prepared by wash- ing, becomes an astringent as well as antacid. It is used internally in diarrhoea, in the form of mixture, and externally as an application to burns, scalds, and ex- coriations. Dose of the mixture from one to two ounces. 2722. Wliite vitriol, or sulphate of zinc, is an astringent, tonic, and emet- ic. It is used externally as a collyrium for ophthalmia (See " Domestic Phar- macopoeia, 90G), and as a detergent for scrofulous ulcers, in the proportion of three grains of the salt to one ounce of water. It is used internally in indigestion, and many other diseases ; but it should not be given unless ordered by a medical man, as it is a poison. 2723. LOCAL STIMULANTS. Local stimulants comprise emetics, cathartics, diuretics, diaphoretics, expectorants, Bialogogues, errhines, and epispastics. 2724. EMETICS are medicines given for the purpose of causing vomiting, as in cases of poisoning. They consist of ipecacuana, chamomile, and mustard. 2725. Ipecacuanha is an emetic, dia- phoretic, and expectorant. It is used internally to excite vomit- ing in doses of from twenty to thirty grains of the powder, or o ne to one and a half ounce of the infusion, every half hour until vomiting takes place. To make it act well and easily, the patient should drink half-pint doses of warm water. As a diaphoretic it should be given in doses of three grains, mixed with some soft substance, such as crumbs of bread, and repeated every four hours. Dose of the wine from twenty minims to one drachm (as a diaphoretic) ; and from one drachm to one and a half ounce (as an emetic). Caution. Do not give more than the doses named above, because, although a safe emetic, yet it is an acriduarcotic poison. 2726. Mustard is too well known to require describing. It is an emetic, diuretic, stimulant, and rubefacient. It is used externally as a poultice, (which is made of the powder, bread- crumbs, and water ; vinegar is not ne- cessary). In all cases where a stimulant is re- quired, such as sore throats, rheumatic pains in the joints, cholera, cramps in the extremities, diarrhoea, and many other diseases. When applied it should not be left on too long, as it is apt to cause ulcera- tion of the part. From ten to thirty minutes is quite long enough. When used internally as an emetic, a large tea- spoonful mixed with a tum- bler of warm water generally operates quickly and safely, frequently when other emetics have failed. In dropsy it is sometimes given in the form of whey, which is made by boiling half an ounce of the bruised seeds in a pint of milk, and straining off the curd. From three to four ounces of this is to be taken for a doso three times a day. 2727. CATHARTICS are divided into laxatives and purgatives. The former comprise manna, tamarinds, castor oil, sulphur, and magnesia ; the latter, senna, rhubarb, jalap, colocynth, buck- thorn, aloes, cream of tartar, scam- mony, calomel, Epsom salts,Glauber'8 salts, sulphate of potash, and Venice turpentine. 2728. Manna is a very gentle laxa- tive, and therefore used for Children and delicate persons. Dose fo-r children from one to four drachms ; and for adults from one to 338 THE l.\TKi:.n, forms of dyspepsia ; and the axtract is used In catarrh- Dose, of the extract, from ten grains to one drachm ; of the decoction^ from two to four ounces. 2788. Arrowroot, isinglass, almonds, suet, arid wax, are too well known to require descriptions. (See " Domestic Pharmacopoeia,'' 906, for preparations.) 2789. DILUENTS are chiefly watery compounds, such as weak tea, water thin broth, gruel, &c. 2790. EMOLLIENTS consist of unctu- ous remedies, such as corates and oint- ments, and any materials that combine heat with moisture. (See" Poultices," 2199.) 2791. BLANCHED ALMONDS. Put them into cold water, and heat them slowly to scalding ; then take them out and peel them quickly, throwing them into cold water as they are done. Dr) them in a cloth before serving. 2792. POUNDING ALMONDS. They should be dried for a few days after being- blanched. Set them in a warm place, strewn singly over a dish or tin. A little powdered lump sugar will assist the pounding. They may be first chopped small, and rolled with a rolling-pin. ALMOND PASTE may be made in the same manner. 2793. ANCHOVY BUTTER Scrape the skin from a dozen fine anchovies, take the flesh from the bones, pound it smooth in a mortar; rub through a hair-sieve, put the anchovies into the mortar with three-quarters of a pound of fresh butter, a small quantity of cayenne, and a saltspoonful of grated nutmeg and mace ; beat together until thoroughly blended. If to serve cold, mould the butter in small shapes, and turn it out For preservation, press the butter into jars, and keep cool. 2794. ANCHOVY SANDWICHES made with the above, will be found ex- cellent. 2795. LOBSTER BUTTER is made in the same manner as anchovy butter. A mixture of anchovy butter and lob- ster butter is considered excellent. 2796. ANCHOVY TOAST is made by spreading anchovy butter upon bread either toasted or fried. 344 A SLOTHFUL MAN" Id A BEGGAR'S BROTHER. 2797. APRICOTS STEWED in SYRUP. Wipe thedowu frqm young apricots, and stew them as gently as possible in a syrup made of four ounces of sugar to half a pint of water, boiled the usual time. 2798. Dry Apricots. Take before ripe, scald in a jar put into boiling water, pare and stone them ; put into a syrup of half their weight of sugar, in the proportion of half a pint of water to two Ibs. of sugar; scald, and then boil until they are clear. Stand for two days in the syrup, then put into a thin candy, and scald them in it. Keep two days longer in the candy, heating them each day, and then lay them on glasses to dry. 2799. Apricot Jelly. Pare the fruit thin, and stone it; weigh an equal quantity of sugar in fine pow r der, and strew over it. Stand one day, then boil very gently till they are clear, move them into a bowl, and pour the liquor over. The next day pour the liquor to a quart of codling-liquor ; let it boil quickly till it will jelly; put the fruit into it, and boil ; skim well, and put into email pots. 2800. SWIMMING. Every person, male and female, should endeavor to acquire the power of swimming. The fact that the exercise is a healthful ac- companiment of bathing, and that lives may be saved by it, even when least expected, is a sufficient argument for the recommendation. The art of swim- ming is, in fact, very easy, and those persons who take the few brief hints we are about to offer, will soon find themselves rewarded by complete suc- cess. The first consideration is not to attempt to learn to swim too soon. That is to say, you must not expect to succeed in your efforts to swim, until you have become accustomed to the water, and have overcome your repug- nance to the coldness and novelty of bathing. Every attempt will fail until \ou have acquired a certain confidence in the water, and then the difficulty will soon vanish. When this confid ince nap be^n gained, thr following hir *s by the celebrated Dr. Franklin will be found all that can be required : 2801. DR. FRANKLIN'S ADVICE TO SWIMMERS. "The only obstacle to improvement in this necessary and life-preserving art, is fear; and it is only by overcoming this timidity that you can expect to become a master of the following acquirements. It is very common for novices in the art of swim- ming to make use of corks or bladders to assist in keeping the body above wa- ter ; some have utterly condemned the use of them ; however, they may be of service for supporting the body, while one is learning what is called the stroke, or that manner of drawing in and striking out the hands and feet, that is necessary to produce progressive mo- tion. But you w r ill be no swimmer till you can place confidence in the power of the water to support you ; I would, therefore, advise the acquiring that confidence in the first place ; es- pecially as I have known several, who, by a little practice necessary for that purpose, have insensibly acquired the stroke, taught as it were by nature. The practice I mean is this : choosing a place where the water deepens grad- ually, walk coolly into it till it is up to your breast ; then turn round your face to the shore, and throw an egg into the water between you and the shore ; it will sink to the bottom, and be easily seen there if the water is clean. It must lie in the water so deep that you cannot reach to take it up but by div- ing for it. To encourage yourself, in order to do this, reflect that your pro- gress will be from deep to shallow wa- ter, and that at any time you may, by bringing your legs under you, and standing on the bottom, raise your head far above the water; then plunge un- der it with your eyes open, which must be kept open before going under, as you cannot open the eyelids for the weight of water above you ; throwing yourself toward the egg, and endeav- ouring, by the action of your hands and feet against the water, to get for- ward, till within reach of it. In this A TOOil PURSE MAKES A BLEAT MERCHANT. 345 attempt you will find that the water buoys you up against your inclination ; that it is not so easy to sink as you imagine, and that you cannot, but by active force, get down to the egg. Thus you feel the power of water to support you, and learn to confide in that power while your endeavors to overcome it and reach the egg, teach you the man- ner of acting on the water with your feet and hands, which action is after- wards used in swimming to support your head higher above the water, or to go forward through it. 2802. " I would the more earnestly press you to the trial of this method, because I think I shall satisfy you that your body is lighter than water, and that you might float in it a long time with your mouth free for breathing, if you would put yourself into a proper posture, and would be still, and forbear struggling ; yet, till you have obtained thip experimental confidence in the water, I cannot depend upon your having the necessary presence of mind to recollect the posture, and the direc- tions I gave you relating to it. The surprise may put all out of your mind. 2803. " Though the legs, arms, and head of a human body, being solid parts, are, specifically, somewhat heav- ier than fresh water, as the trunk, par- ticularly the upper part, for its hollow- ness, is so much lighter than water, as that the whole of the body, taken alto- gether, is too light to sink wholly un- der water, but some pait will remain above, until the lungs become filled with water, which happens from draw- ing water to them instead of air, when a person, in the fright, attempts breath- ing, while the rnouth and nostrils are under water. 2804. " The legs and arms are spe- cifically lighter than salt water, and will be supported by it, so that a hu- man body cannot sink in salt water, though the lungs were filled as above, but from the greater specific gravity of the head. Therefore, a person throwing h'inself on his back in salt witter, nd exteiriiiq; his wins, may easily lay so as to keep his mouth and nostrils free for breathing ; and, by a small motion of his hand, may pre\ ent turning, if he should perceive any ten- dency to it. 2805. "In fresh water, if a man throw himself on his back, near the surface, he cannot long continue in that situation but by proper action of his hands on the water; if he use no such action, the legs and lower part of the body will gradually sink till he come into an upright position, in which he will continue suspended,the hollow of his breast keeping the head uppermost. 2806. " But if, in this erect position, the head be kept upright above the shoulders, as when we stand on the ground, the immersion will, by the weight of that part of the head that is out of the water, reach above the mouth and nostrils, perhaps a little above the eyes, so that a man cannot long remain suspended in water, with his head in that position. 2807. " The body continuing sus- pended as before, and upright, if the bead be leaned quite back, so that the face look upward, all the back part oi the head being under water, and its weight consequently, in a great meas- ure supported by it, the face will re- main above water quite free for breath- ing, will rise an inch higher every inspiration, and sink as much every expiration, but never so low as that the water may come over the mouth. 2808. " If, therefore, a person unac- quainted with swimming, and falling accidentally into the water could have presence of mind sufficient to avoid struggling and plunging, and to let the body take this natural position, h might continue long safe from drown- ing, till, perhaps, help should come ; for, as to the clothes their additional weight when immersed is very inconsiderable, the water supporting it ; though when he comes out of the water, he will find them very heavy indeed. 2809. " But, as I said before, I would not advise you or any one, to depend on having this presence of mind on such an 46 AS LONG RUNS THE FOX AS HE FEET HATH. occasion, but learn fairly to swim, as I wish all men were taught to do in their youth ; they w r ould, on many occasions, be the safer for having that skill ; and, on many more, the happier, as free from painful apprehensions of danger, to say nothing of the enjoyment in so delightful and wholesome an exercise. Soldiers particularly should, metbinks, all be taught to swim ; it might be of frequent use, either in surprising an enenay or saving themselves ; and if I had now boys to educate, I should pre- fer those schools (other things being equal), where an opportunity was af- forded for acquiring so advantageous an art, which, once learned, is never for- gotten. 2810. "I know by experience, that it is a great comfort to a swimmer, who has a considerable distance to go, to turn himself sometimes on his back, and to vary in other respects the means of procuring a progressive motion. 2811. " When he is seized with the cramp in the leg, the method of driv- ing it away is, to give the parts affected a sudden, vigorous, and violent shock ; which he may do in the air as he swims on his back. 2812. "During the great heats in summer there is no danger in bathing, however warm we may be, in rivers which have been thoroughly warmed by the sun. But to throw one's self into cold spring water, when the body has. been heated by exercise in the sun, is an imprudence which may prove fatal. I once knew an instance of four young men, who, having worked at harvest in the heat of the day, with a view of refreshing themselves, plunged into a spring of cold water ; two died upon the spot, a third next morning, and the fourth recovered with great difficulty. A copious draught of cold water, in similar circumstances, is fre- quently attended with the same effect, in North America. 2813. "The exercise of swimming is one of the most healthy and agreeable in the world. After having swam an hour or two in the evening, one sleeps coolly the whole night, even during tho most ardent heats of summer. Per- haps the pores being cleansed, the in sensible perspiration increases and occasions this coolness. It is certain that much swimming is the means of stopping diarrhoea, and even of produc- ing constipation. With respect to those who do not know how to swim, or who are affected with diarrhoea at a season which does not permit them to use that exercise, a warm bath, by cleansing- and purifying the skin, is found very salutary, and often effects a radical cure. 1 speak from my own ex- perience, frequently repeated, and that of others to whom I have recommended this. 2814. " When I was a boy, I amused myself one day with flying- a paper kite ; and approaching the banks of a lake, which was near a mile broad, I tied the string to a stake, and the kite ascended to a very considerable height above the pond, while I was swimming. In a little time being desirous of amus- ing myself with my kite, and enjoying at the same time the pleasure of swim- ming, I returned and loosening from the stake the string with the little stick which was fastened to it, went again into the water, where I found that, lying on my back and holding the stick in my hand, I was drawn along the sur- face of the water in a very agreeable manner. Having then engaged another boy to carry my clothes round the pond, to a place which I pointed out to him, on the other side, I began to cross the pond with my kite, which carried me quite over without the least fatigue, and with the greatest pleasure imaginable. I was only obliged occasionally to halt a little in my course, and resist its pro- gress, when it appeared that by following too quick, I lowered the kite too much ; by doing which occasionally I made it rise again. I have never since that time practiced this singular mode of swimming-, though I think it not im- possible to cross, in this manner, from Dover to Calais. The packet-boat however, is still preferable*'' A HASTY MAN NEVER WANTED WOE. 341 2815. Those who prefer the aid of belts will find it very easy and safe to make belts upon the plan explained, (2181), and by gradually reducing the floating power of the belts from day to day, they will gain confidence, and speedily acquire the Art of Swimming. 2816. TAKING A HOUSE. Be- fore taking a house, be careful to calcu- late that the rent is not too high in proportion to your means ; for remem- ber that the rent is a claim which must be paid with but little delay, and that the landlord has greater power over your property than any other creditor. 2817. Having determined the amount of rent which you can afford to pay, be careful to select the best house which can be obtained for that sum. And in making that selection let the following matters be carefully con- sidered : 2818. First Carefully regard the healthl'ulness of the situation. Avoid the neighborhood of graveyards, and of factories giving forth unhealthy va- pours; avoid low and damp districts, the course of canals, and localities of reservoirs of water, gas works, &c. ; make inquiries as to the drainage of the neighborhood, and inspect the drainage and water supply of the prem- ises. A house standing on an incline is likely to be better drained than one standing upon the summit of a hill, or on a level below a hill. Endeavor to ob- tain a position where the direct sun- light falls upon tho house, for this is absolutely necessary to health; and give preference to a bouse the openings of which are sheltered from the north und east winds. 2819. Second Consider the distance of the house from your place of occu- pation ; and also its relation to provis- ion markets, and the prices that prevail in the neighborhood. 2820. Having considered these ma- terial and leading features, examine the house in detail, carefully loDking intc its state of repair; notice the win- dmvs that are broken; whether the 15* chimneys smoke ; whether they have been recently swept ; whether the papei on the wails is damaged, especially in the lower parts, and the corners, by the skirtings ; whether the locks, bolts, handles of doors, and window -fasten- ings are in proper condition ; make a list of the fixtures ; ascertain whether all rent and taxes were paid up by the previous tenant, and whether the part;? from whom you take the house is the> original landlord, or his agent or tenant. And do not commit yourself by the signing of any agreement until you are satisfied upon all these points, and see that all has been done wliich the landlord had undertaken. 282J. TAKING A SHOP OR PLACE OF BUSINESS. If you are about to take a place of business, you will do well to consider the follow- ing remarks : 2822. Small Capitalists. Let us take the case of a person who has no intimate knowledge of any particular trade, but having a very small capital, is about to embark it in the exchange of commodities for cash, in order to obtain an honest livelihood thereby. It is clear, that unless such a person starts with proper precaution and judg- ment, the capital will be expended without adequate results; rent and taxes will accumulate, the stock will lie dead or become deteriorated, and loss and ruin must follow. For the least absorption acting upon a small capital will soon dry up its source ; and we need not picture the trouble that will arise when the mainspring of a tradesman's success abides by him no more. 2823. Larger Capitalists. The case of the larger capitalist can scarcely fcws considered an exception to the same rule. For it is probable that the larger capitalist, upon commencing business, would sink more of his funds in a larger stock would incur liability to a heavier rent ; and the attendant taxes, the wages of assistants and servants vould Ke grer ter ; and therefore, if the 848 A WIGHT MAN NEVER WANTED A WEA.70N. return come not speedily, similar con- sequences must sooner or later ensue. '2824. Localities. Large or small capitalists should, there lore, upon en- tering on a shop-keeping speculation, consider well the nature of the locality in which they propose to carry on trade, the number of the population, and the habits and wants of the people, and the extent to which they are already sup- plied with the goods which the sett adventurer proposes to offer them. 2825. New Neighbourhoods. There IB a tendency among small capitalists to rush into new neighborhoods, with the expectation of making an early connexion. Low rents also serve as an attraction to those localities. We have found, however, in our experience, that the ealy suburban shops seldom succeed. They are generally entered upon at the very earliest moment that trie state of the locality will permit often before the house is finished the shop is tenanted, and goods exposed for sale even while the streets are unpaved, and while the roads are as rough and uneven as country lanes. The consequence is that, as the few inhabitants of these localities have fre- quent communication with adjacent towns, they, as a matter of habit or of choice, supply their chief wants thereat ; and the suburban shopkeeper depends principally for support upon the accidental forgetfulness of his neighbour, who omits to bring some- thing from the better and cheaper market, or upon the changes of the weather, which may sometimes fa- vour him by rendering a " trip to town " exceedingly undesirable. 2826. Failure? " While the grass is growing the horse is starving;" and thus, while the new district is becoming peopled the funds of the small shop- keeper are gradually eaten up, and he puts up his shutters just at the time when a more cautious speculator steps in to profit by the connexion already formed, and to take advantage of the now improved condition of the locality. It seems therefore desirable for the small capitalist rather to run th risk of a more expensive rent, in a well peopled district, than to resort to placef of slow and uncertain demand ; for the welfare of the small shopkeeper depends entirely upon the frequency with which his limited stock is cleared out and re- placed by fresh supplies. 2827. Precautions. But should the small capitalist still prefer opening in a 1 suburban district, where competition is less severe,, and" rents and rates less burdensome, there are certain precau- tions which he will do well to observe. He should particularly guard against opening a shop to supply what may bo termed the superfluities of life ; for the inhabitants of suburban districts are those who, like himself, have resorted to a cheap residence for the sake of economy. Or, if this be not the case if they are people of independent means, who prefer the " detached villa" to the town-house, squeezed up on both sides, they have the means of riding and driving to town, and will prefer choos- ing articles of taste and luxury from the best marts, enriched by the finest dis- "If* 828. Necessities or Luxuries. The suburban shopkeeper should, therefore, confine himself to supplying the necessi- ties of life. Hungry people dislike to fetch their bread from five miles off ; and to bring vegetables from a long dis- tance would evidently be a matter of considerable inconvenience. The baker, the butcher, the green-grocer, the beer retailer, &c., are those who find their successes first established in suburban localities. And not until these are doing well, should the tailor, the shoemaker, the hatter, the draper, the hosier, and others, expect to find return for their capital and reward for their labour. 2829. Civility. In larger localities, where competition abounds, the small shopkeeper frequently outstrips his more powerful rival by one element of success, which may be added to any stock without cost, but cannot be with- held without loss. That element is civility. It has already been spoken oJ A GREEbf MAN GOD HATES. 349 elsewhere, but must be enforced here, as aiding the little means of the small BnopKeeper to a wonderful degree . A kind and obliging manner carries with it an indescribable charm. It must not be a manner which indicates a mean, grovelling, time-serving spirit, but a plain, open, and agreeable de meanour, which seems to desire to oblige for the pleasure of doing so, and not for the sake of squeezing an extra penny out of a customer's pocket. 2830. Failures of Large Shopkeepers. The large shopkeeper frequently grows proud of his position ; there are many little civilities which customers like, but which the large shopkeeper may be too busy or unwilling to pay. He forgets that these civilities are the steps by which he rose, and that the withdrawal of them must lead to his rapid descent. These are the points upon which large traders are often weak, and where the small trader finds them vulnerable. Punctuality, cleanli- ness, the neat arrangement of the stock, the attractiveness of te window, the absence of all absurd puffing, the early and regular opening of the shop in the morning, and the attention paid to every one entering it these are the secrets of the small shopkeeper's success against the influence of giant capital. They are a series of charms before which even gold itself must yield its potent in- fluence. 2831. Connection. In small towns " connection" has a great deal to do with the success of the shopkeeper There are, accordingly, special cases which we are not prepared to discuss. For instance, if a shopkeeper proposed to set up a rivalry against an old-estab- lished and respectable tradesman, w r e should certainly feel inclined to advise him to pause in the attempt. But if he replied that his " connections" were sufficient to support him, that might be expected to overrule our objection. Connections, however, must not be too implicitly relied upon. They are, us a general rule, more exacting and less easily satisfied than the general public. We have known many ail un- fortunate victim to the promisee ol " connections'' open with the most growing prospects, and close with the most disastrous results. 2832. Your " connection," of course, expects you to give credit. 2833. Your " connection" is sur- prised that you should be so importun- ate about your little account. 2834. Your " connection'' remind* you of certain obligations that you are under. 2835. Your " connection" finds that your goods are not a bit better or cheaper than other tradesmen's. 2836. Your "connection," after a little while, finds positive disparage- ment against your goods upon com- paring them with articles bought by a friend from another establishment. 2837. Your " connection" conse- quently goes over to that other estab- lishment, too often forgetting to pay your " little account." 2838. And when you venture to remonstrate, you lose your " connec- tion." 2839. Integrity. The sole reliance of the shopkeeper should be in the in- tegrity of his transactions, and in the civility of his demeanour. He should make it the interest and the pleasure of the customer to come to his shop. If he does this, he will find the very best " connections," and so long as he con- tinues this system of business, they will never desert him. 2840. Family Connections. It is al- ways creditable, but not always easy, for a man to stand well with his family. However creditable it may be to stand well with one's own kindred, this re- lationship should never be looked upon as an element of business. It is almost certain to fail. Your shop doors should be thrown open to everybody, and you should look to the world for your sup- port. 2341. Religious Connections. Reng- ious connections very naturally form in small towns, where the mind and habiti of every man are known to his town* 350 A PROUD HEART IN A POOR BREAST, HE 8 MEIKI.E DOl.OHl TO KKLE. men. However much this may pre- vail, a man should never seek to make a show of religion the means of worldly ? regress. If he does so, he will fail, 'he truth Avill out at some time or the other, and he will be regarded as a black sheep. And having built up hi expectations, and regulated his expen diture with certain views of support he moment that support is withdrawn own the whole superstructure wil come. In these days of toleration a man may hold any religious opinions, i he do so becomingly. There should be no admixture of tea and theology, or o cheese and creed. The shop is the place wherein to practice the principle taught in the place of worship, but it is not the place to traffic in under the cloak of a religious reputation. 2842. Political Conmotions. The same with politics. A good citizen will discharge his duty to his town and the State conscientiously. Let him allow to others the freedom of opinion which he claims for himself, and there are few who will seek to interfere with him. It is generally your bigot and zealot that suffer for opinion-sake, be- cause, being dogmatical, they bring persecution upon themselves. There are proper times when we have politi- cal duties to perform ; let them be dis- charged conscientiously. But in the place of business let not the shopkeeper weigh the opinions of other men, as he would his own wares, in brass scales. Politics is the business of the State ; fair dealing is the business of the shop- keeper ; and while we are the last to ay that man should not recognize and discharge' political duties, we do most earnestly assert that he should neither geek nor bestow custom for the promo- tion of party purposes. 2843. Duties of a Shopkeeper. He should cheerfully render his best labour end knowledge to serve those who ap- proach his counter; and place confidence in his transactions : make himself alike to rich an 1 poor, but never resort to mean subt< *fuge and deception to gain approbation and support. He should be frugal in his expenditure, that, in deriving profits from trade, lie may not trespass unduly upon the interests ol others ; he should so hold the balance between man and man that he should feel nothing to reprove his conscience when the day comes for him to repose from his labours and live upon the fruits of his industry. Let the public discover such a man, and they will flock around him for their own sukes. 2844. HINTS ox SCRUBBING FLOORS. After the white-washing, paint-clean- ing, and window-washing of each room has been completed, let the floor be scrubbed ; first seeing that it has been well swept. For this purpose have a small tub or bucket of warm water; an old saucer to hold a piece of brown soap, a large thick tow-linen floor-cloth, and a long-handled scrubbing-brush. Dip the whole of the floor-cloth into the water, and with it wet a portion of the floor. Next, rub some soap on the bristles of the brush, and scrub hard all over the wet place. Then dip your cloth into the water, and with it wash the suds off the floor. Wring the cloth, wet it again, and wipe the floor with it a second time. Lastly, wash the cloth about in the water, wring it as dry as possible, and give the floor a last and mrd wiping with it. Afterwards go on ;o the next part of the floor, wet it, scrub it, wipe it three times, and pro- ceed in the same manner, a piece, at a ime, till you have gone over the whole hanging the dirty water for clean vhenever you find it necessary. For a arge room, fresh warm water will be equired four or five times in the course >f the scrubbing. When the floor has been scrubbed, eave the sashes raised while it is dry- n - For scouring common floors that aro r ery dirty, have by you an old tin pan with some grey sand in it ; and after oaping the brush, rub it on some sand Iso. 2845. LAWS OF LANDLORD .ND TENANT LEASES. A lease s a conveyance of premises or land* A SCALD MAN'S HEAD IS SOON 351 for a specified term of years, at a year- ly rent, with defmite conditions as to alterations, repairs, payment of rent, forfeiture, &c. Being an instrument 01 much importance, it should always be drawn by a respectable attorney, who will see that all the conditions in the interest of the lessee are fulfilled. 2846. PRECAUTION In taking a lease, the tenant should carefully ex- amine the covenants, or if he take an underlease, he should ascertain the covenants of the original lease, other- wise, when too late, he may find him- self so restricted in his occupation that the premises may be wholly use- less for his purpose, or he may be in- volved in perpetual difficulties and an- noyances ; for instance, he may find himself restricted from making altera- tions convenient or necessary for his trade ; lie may find himself compelled to rebuild or pay rent in case of fire ; he may find himself subject to forfeit- ure of his lease or other penalty, if he should underlet or assign his interest, carry on some particular trade, &c. 2847. COVENANTS. The covenants on the landlord's part are usually the granting of legal enjoyment of the premises to the lessee; the saving him harmless from all other claimants to title ; and also for future assurance. On the tenant's pnrt, they are usually *o pay the rent and taxes ; to keep the E remises in suitable repair; and to de- 7er up possession when the term has expired. 2848. RENT AND TAXES.- The lessee covenants to pay the rent and all taxes. 2849. ASSIGNMENTS. Unless there be a covenant against assignment, a lease may be assigned ; that is, the whole interest of the lessee may be conveyed to another, or it may be un- derlet ; if, therefore, it is intended that it should not, it is proper to insert a covenant to restrain the lessee from as- signing or underletting. Tenants for terms of years may assign or underlet, kut tenants at will cannot. 2850 REPAIRS -A tenant wh. cov- enants to keep a house in repair ie not answerable for its natural decay, but i& bound to keep it wind and water tight, so that it does not decay for want of cover. A lessee who covenants to pay rent and keep the premises in repair, is liable to pay the rent although the premises may be burned down. 2851. NEGLECT OF REPAIRS BY LANDLORD If a landlord covenant* to repair and neglects to do so, the ten ant may do it and withhold so much of the rent. But it is advisable that no- tice thereof should be given by the tenant to the landlord, in the presence of a witness, prior to commencing the repairs. 2852. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO ENTER PREMISES. A Landlord may enter upon the premises (having previous notice), although not ex ed in the lease, for the purpose of viewing the state of the property. 2853. TERMINATION OF LEA'SES. A tenant must deliver up possession at the expiration of the term (the lease being sufficient notice) or he will con- tinue liable to the rent as tenant by sufferance without any new contract; but if the landlord recognizes such tenancy by accepting a payment of rent after the lease has expired, such ac- ceptance will constitute a tenancy ; but previous to accepting a rent the landlord may bring his ejectment with out notice, for the lease having expir- ed, the tenant is a trespasser. A lease covenanted to be void, if the rent be not paid upon the day appointed, is good, unless the landlord make an en- try. 2854. MARRIED WOMEN. Married women (unless the power is expressly reserved them by marriage settlement), cannot grant leases ; but husbands, seized in right of their wives, may grant leases for twenty-one years. If a wife is executrix, the husband and wife have the power of leasing, as_ ir. the ordinary case of husband and wife 2855. Married women canncjt (ex- cept by special custom) take leases; if husband and wife accept a lease, sh* 8 352 A BURNT BAIRN DREADS FIRE. may, after his death, accept or reject it, in the same manner as an infant may, and is not bound by the cove- nants though she continues a tenant. 2856. NOTICES. All notices of what- ever description relating to tenancies, should be in writing, and the person serving the said notice should write on the back thereof a memorandum of the date on which it was served, and should keep a copy of the said notice with a similar memorandum attached. 2857. Houses are considered as let for the year, and the tenants are sub- ject to the laws affecting annual tenan- cies, unless there be an agreement in writing to the contrary. 2858. Agreement for taking a House. Forms of agreement, or leases may be obtained at any law stationers in the city ; in the country they can be pro- cured from the booksellers. 2859. Care should be taken to have inserted in the lease all terms of the contract between the parties. 2860. Leases may be for a term of years, or for life, or" at will. 2861. A lease for years is a lease for a certain number of years specified in the lease. 2862. A lease for life is a lease for either the life of the tenant, or of some other person or persons. 2863. A lease at will is where the tenantry exists only during the will of either of the parties. The statutes of most of the States provide that a parol lease for a longer term than one year shall operate only as a lease at will. 2864. A lease by sufferance is when the tenant's lease has expired, and he remains in -possession. He is then ten- ant by the sufferance of the landlord. 2865. THE ETIQUETTE OF COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE. No subject in this work is more im- portant, and certainly none will be studied with as much attention, as that of the present section. Love is the universal passion, courtship is the most interesting avocation of human life, and marriage one of the great ends of ' As ou v wives are not pur- chased as in China, nor stolen as in some parts of Africa, nor in general ne- gotiated for by parents, as in some coun- tries in Europe, but wooed and won by polite attentions, the manner in which a gentleman should behave towards la- dies is a matter of the greatest import- ance. Charms, filters, and talismans, are used no longer the only proper talismans are worth and accomplish- ments. (See 1211.) 2866. How TO WIN THE FAVOR OF LADIES. To win the favor of ladies, dress and manner must never be neg- lected. Women look more to sense than to beauty, and a man shcvvs his sense, or his want of it, in every action of his life. When a young man first finds himself in the company of the other sex, he is seldom free from a de- gree of bashfulness, which makes him more awkward than he would other- wise appear, and he very often errs from real ignorance of what he should say or do. Though a proper feeling of respect and kindness, and a desire to be obliging and agreeable, will always be recognized and appreciated, there are certain forms very convenient to be understood. 2867. HOW TO ADDRESS A LADY. We address a married lady, or widow, as Madam, or by name, as Missis or Mistress Jones. In answering a. ques- tion, we contract the Madam to ma'am as " yen, ma'am, no, ma 1 am, very fine day, ma'am.' 2868. A single lady, of a certain age, may also be addressed as Madam. 2869. A young lad\ . if the eldest of the family, unmarried, is entitled to the sirname, as Miss Smith, while her younger sisters are called Miss Mary, Miss Julia, &c. The term "Miss," used by itself, is very inelegant. 2870. It is expected that gentlemen will, upon every proper occasion, ofl'er civilities to ladies of their acquaintance, and especially to those for whom they have a particular attachment. 2871. A gentleman meeting a lady at an evening party, is struck with hel appearance. Ascertaining that she if AULD MEN ARE TWICE BAIRNS. not engaged, which he may do from some acquaintance, he takes some op- portunity of saying, " Miss Ellen, will you honor me, by accepting my escort home, to-night?" or, " Miss Ellen, shall I have the pleas- ure of seeing you home ?" or, " Miss Ellen, make me happy by se- >cting me for your cavalier;" or, " Miss Ellen, shall I have the pleas- ure of protecting you ?" The last, of course, as the others, may be half in fun, for these little mat- ters do not require much seriousness. The lady replies, if engaged, " Excuse me, sir, I am already pro- vided for ;" or, pleasantly, " How unfortunate ! If you had been five minutes earlier, I might have avail- ed myself of your services ;' ' or, if dis- engaged, " Thank you, sir, I shall be obliged fur your attention;" or, " With pleasure, sir, if my company will pay you for your trouble ;" or, any other pleasant way of saying that she accepts, and is grateful for the atten- tion proffered to her. 2872. The preliminaries settled, which should be as early as possible, his attention should be public. He should assist her in putting on her cloak and shawl, and offer her his arm before leaving the room. 2873. PRELIMINARIES OF COURT- SHIP. 2874. There is no reason why the passion of love should be wrapped up in mystery. It would prevent much and complicated misery in the world, if all young persons understood it. 2875. According to the usages of society, it is the custom for the man to propose marriage, and for the female to refuse or accept the offer, as she may think fit. There ought to be a perfect freedom of the will in both parties. 2876. When a young man admires a ady, and thinks her society necessary to his happiness, it is proper, before committing himself, or inducing the object of his admiration to do so, to ap- ply to her parents or guardians for per mission to address her; this is a be- coming mai k of respect, and the cir- cumstances must be very peculiar which would justify a deviation from this course. 2877. Everything secret and unac- knowledged is to be avoided, as the reputation of a clandestine intercourse is always more or less injurious through life. The romance evaporates, but the memory of indiscretion suivives. 2878. Young men frequently amuse themselves by playing with the feel- ings of young women. They visit them often, they walk with them, they pny them divers attentions, and after giving them an idea that they are attached to them, they either leave them, or, what is worse, never come to an explanation of their sentiments. This is to act the character of a dangler, a character truly dastardly and infamous. 2879. How TO COMMENCE A COURT- SHIP.* A gentleman having met a lady at social parties, dance J with her at balls, accompanied her to and from church, may desire to become more intimately acquainted. In short, you wish to commence a formal courtship. This is a case for palpitations, but for- get not that " faint heart never won fair lady." What will you do ? Why, taking some good opportunity, say, "Miss Wilson, since I became ac- quainted with you, I have been every day more pleased with your society, and I hope you will allow me to enjoy more of it if you are not otherwise engaged, will you permit me to visit you on Sunday evening?" The lady will blush, no doubt she may tremble a little, but if your propo- sition is acceptable to her she may say, ' I am grateful for your good opin- ion, and shall be happy to see you." Or if her friends have not been con- sulted, as they usually are before mat ters proceed so far, she may say : * See the "Lu\vs o! Love," published !>- Dit-.k & Fitzprerald. I'"ce 25 cent* 854 A BLITHE HEART MAKES A BLOMAND VISAGE. " I am sensible of your kindness, sir ; but I cannot consent to a private inter- view, without consulting my family.'' Or she may refuse altogether, and in such a case, should do so with every regard to the feelings of the gentleman, and, if engaged, should say frankly : " I shall be happy to see you at all times as a friend, but I am not at lib- "rty to grant a private interview." '2880. As, in all these affairs, the la- dy is the respondent, there is little ne- cessity for atiy directions in regard to her conduct, a a " Yes " ever so softly whispered, is a sufficient affirmative, and as her kindness of heart will in- duce her to soften as much as possible her " No." To tell a lady who has granted the preliminary favors, that you love her better than life, and to ask her to name the happy day, are matters of nerve, rather than form, and require no teach- ing. (See No. 320.) 2881. LOVE LETTERS. 2882. A gentleman is struck with the appearance of a lady, and is desir- ous of her acquaintance, but there are no means within his reach of obtaining an introduction, and he has no friends who are acquainted with herself or her family. In this dilemma there is no alternative but a letter. 2883. There is, besides, a delicacy, a timidity, a nervousness in love, which makes men desire some naode of com- munication rather than the speech, which, in such cases, too often fails them. In short, there are reasons enough for writing but when the en- amored youth has set about penning a letter to the object of his passions, how difficult does he find it ! How many efforts does he make before he succeeds in writing- one to suit him ! 2884. It may be doubted whether as ble being of whom he was enamored and it has been the same, so far as can be judged, in all the generations of tho world. 2885. Affairs of the heart the deli cafe and interesting preliminaries ol marriage, are oftener settled by the pen than in any other manner. 2886. To write the words legibly, tc ppell them correctly, to point them properly, to begin every sentence and every proper name with a capital let- ter, every one is supposed to learn at school. 2887. To give examples of letters would be useless and absurd, as each particular case must necessarily require a widely different epistle, and the judg- ment and feelings of the party writing must be left to control both the style and substance of the letter. 2888. For a love letter, good paper is indispensable. When it can be procured, that of costly quality, gold- edged, perfumed, or ornamented in the French style, may be properly need. The letter should be carefully en- veloped, and nicely sealed with a fancy wafer not a common one, of course, where any other can be had; or what is better, plain or fancy sealing- wax. As all persons are more or less governed by first impressions and externals, the whole affair should be as neat and elegant as possible. 2889. Popping the Question. There is nothing more appalling to a modest and sensitive young man than asking the girl he loves to many him ; ana there are few who do not find theii moral courage tasked to the utmost. Many a man who would lead a forlorn hope, mount a breach, and " seek the bubble reputation e'en in the cannon's mouth," trembles at the idea of asking a woman the question which is to de- many I'eams of paper have ever been j cide his fate. Ladies may congratulate used in writingletters upon all other sub- \ themselves that nature and custom have jects, as have been consumed upon epis- 1 made them the responding parry. ties of love; and there is probably no man | 2890. In a matter which men have living who has not at sometime written, always found so terrible, yet which, in or desired to write, some missive which one way or other, they have always explain his passions to the amia- i contrived in some awkward way to a A TRAVELLED MAX HATH LEAVE TO LIE. complish, it is not easy to give instruc- tions suited to every emergency. 2891. A man naturally conforms to the disposition of the woman he ad- mires. If she be serious, he will approach the awful subject with due solemnity if gay and lively, he will make it an excellent joke if softly sentimental, he must woo her in a strain of high-wrought romance if severely practical, he relies upon straight-for- ward common sense. 2892. There is one maxim of univer- sal application Never lose an oppor- tunity. What can a woman think of a lover who neglects one ? Women cannot make direct advances, but they use infinite tact in giving men occasions to make them. In every case, it is fair to presume that when a woman gives a man an opportunity, she ex- pects him to improve it ; and though he may tremble, and feel his pulses throb- bing and tingling through every limb ; though his heart is filling up his throat, and his tongue cleaves to the roof of his mouth, yet the awful question must be asked the fearful task accom- plished. 2893. In the country, the lover is taking a romantic walk by moonlight, with the lady of his love talks of the beauty of the scenery, the harmony of nature, and exclaims, " Ah ! Julia, how happy would existence prove, if I al- ways had such a companion!" She sighs, and leans more fondly on the arm that tremblingly supports her. " My dearest Julia, be mine forever !" This is a settler, and the answer, ever so inaudible, " makes or undoes him quite." 2894. " Take pity on a forlorn bach- elor," says another, in a manner either in jest or earnest," "marry me at once, and put me out of my misery.' " With all my heart, whenever you are ready," replies the laughing fair. A joke carried thus far is easily made earnest. 2895. A point is often carried by taking a thing for granted. A gentle- uiiii paying part jular attentic - to a lady, says, " Well, Mary, when i the happy day ? " " What day, pray ? ' ' she asks, with a conscious blush. " Why, everybody knows that we are going to get married, and it might as well be one time as another ; so when shall it be?" Cornered in this fashion, there is no retreat. 2896. " Jane, I love you ! Will you marry me ?" would be somewhat abrupt, and a simple, frankly given, " Yes ';" would be short and sweet, for an answer. " Ellen, one word from you would make me the happiest man in the universe!" " I should be cruel not to speak it, then, unless it is a very hard one." " It is a word of three letters, and answers the question. Will you have me ?" The lady of course says Yes, unless she happens fto prefer a word of only two letters, and answers No. And so this interesting and terrible process in practice, simple as it is in theory, is varied in a hundred ways, according to circumstances and the various dispositions. 2897. One timid gentleman asks, " Have you any objection to change your name 1 ' ' And follows this up with another, which clenches its significance, " How would mine suit you ?" Another asks, " Will you tell me what I most wish to know?" " Yes, if I can." " The happy day when we shall bo married?" 2898. Another says, " My Eliza, we must do what the world evidently ex pects we shall." " The world is very impertinent." " I know it but it can't be helped When shall I tell the parson to bt ready?" 2899. As a general rule, a gentlemar never need be refused. Every woman except a heartless coquette, finds tho means of discouraging a man whom she does not intend to have, before the matter comes to the point of a declara- tion 356 A GENTLE HORSE SHOULD NOT BE OWER SAIK Sl'l'RRED. 2900. Marriage Ceremony. Wed- dings are everywhere accompanied with some degree of ceremony, and are usu- ally considered as occasions of festiv- ity. 2901. The preliminaries having been airanged by the contracting parties, and the lady having named the happy day, preparations are made for the wedding. Thse who belong to the Episcopal and Roman Catholic churches are usually married at church, in the morning, and by the prescribed forms. 2902. In some cases there is a wed- ding-party given in the evening ; in others, the happy couple make a short wedding tour, and issue cards of invita- tion on their return. (See 2916.) 2903. Among other denominations, the parties are married by a clergyman or magistrate ; and in the State of New York, marriage being considered by the law only a civil contract, it may be witnessed by any person. 2904. Where a wedding is cele- brated in the usual forms, cards of in- vitation are issued, at least a week beforehand. The hour selected is usually eight o'clock, P. M. Wedding cake, wines, and other refreshments, are provided by the bride and her friends for the occasion. The bride is usually dressed in pure white she wears a white veil, and her head is crowned with a wreath of white flow- ers, usually artificial; and orange blossoms are preferred. She should wear no ornaments but such as her intended husband or her father may present her for the occasion certainly no gift, if any such were retained of any former sweetheart. 2905. The bridernaidor bridesmaids, if there be two, are generally younger than the bride, and should also be dressed in white, but more simply. The bridegroom must be in full dress that is, he must wear a drees coat, which if he pleases, may be faced with white satin ; a white satin vest, black pantaloons, and dress boots or pumps, black silk stockings, and white kid ploves, and a wlrte cravat. The bride- groom is attended by one or two groomsmen, who should be dressed in a similar manner. 2906. It is the duty of the bride- maids to assist in dressing the bride, and making the necessary preparations for the entertainment of the guests. The chief groomsman engages the clergyman or magistrate, and upon his arrival, introduces him to the bride and bridegroom, and the friends of the parties. 2907. The invited guests, upon their arrival, are received as at other par- ties, and after visiting the dressing- rooms, and arranging their toilets, they proceed to the room where the cere- mony is to be performed. In some cases the marriage is performed before the arrival of the guests. 2908. When the hour for the cere- mony has arrived, and all things are ready, the wedding-party, consisting of the happy couple, with the bridesmaids and groomsmen, walk into the room arm in arm; the groomsmen each at tending the bridesmaids, preceding the bride and bridegroom, and take their position at the head of the room, which is usually the end farthest from the entrance; the bride standing facing the assembly on the right of the bridegroom the bridesmaids taking their position at her right, and the groomsmen at the left of the bride- groom. 2909. The principal groomsman now formally introduces the clergyman or magistrate to the bride and bridegroom, and he proceeds to perfonn the mar- riage ceremony: if a ring is to be used, the bridegroom procures a plain gold one, previously taking some means to have it of the proper size. (See 453.) 2910. As soon as the ceremony is over, and the bridegroom has kissed the bride, the clergyman or magistrate shakes hands with the bride, saluting her by her newly-acquired name, as Mrs. , and wishes them joy prosperity, and happiness: the grooms- men and bridesmaids then do the same , and then the principal groomsmen AN ILL COOK AVALD HAVE A GOOD CLAVER. 357 brings to them the other persons in the room, commencing with the parents and relatives of the parties, the bride's relatives having precedence, and ladies being accompanied by gentlemen. In this manner all present are expected to make their salutations and congratu- lations, first to the newly-married couple, and then to their parents and friends. And where the wedding cere- mony lias been performed before the arrival of the guests, they are received near the door, having, of course, first visited the dressing-rooms, and ai-e in- troduced in the same manner. The groomsman takes occasion, before the clergyman or magistrate leaves, to pri- vately thank him for his attendance, at the same time placing in his hand the marriage fee, which is wrapped up nicely in paper, and if more than the legal sum, as is frequently the case where the parties are wealthy, it is usually in gold. The bridegroom, of course, takes an early opportunity to re- imburse his groomsman for necessary expenses. 2911. When the presentations and congratulations are over, that is, when the guests have arrived, the bridal party, which till now has kept its posi- tion, mingles with the rest of the com- pany, and joins in the dancing or other amusements. 2912. The Bridal Chamber. The festivities should not be kept up too late ; and at the hour of retiring-, the bride is to be conducted to the bridal chamber by the bridesmaids, who assist her in her night toilet. The bride- groom upon receiving notice will retire, without farther attendance or cere- mony. 2913. The practice of kissing- the bride is not so common as formerly, and in regard to this, the taste of the bride- groom may be consulted, as the rest of the company follow the example of the groomsman ; but the parents and very near relatives of the parties, of course act as affection prompts them. 2914. The chamber frolics, such as tire whole company visiting the bride and bridegroom after they are in bed, which was done some years ago, even at the marriage of monarchs, and the custom of throwing the stocking, etc., are almost universally dispensed with. 2915. WEDDING DRESS. It is impos- sible to lay down specific rules for dress, as fashions change, and tastes differ. The great art consists in selecting the style of dress the most becoming. 2916. A stout person should adopt a different style from a thin person ; a tall one from a short one. Peculiari- ties of complexion, and form of face and figure, should be duly regarded ; and in these matters there is no better course than to call in the aid of any re- spectable milliner and cfcessmaker, who will be found ready to give the best advice. The bridegroom should simply appear in full drees, and should avoid everything eccentric and broad in style. The bridesmaids should always be made aware of the bride's dress before they choose their own, which should be de- termined by a proper harmony with the former. (See 2904.) 2917. When the ceremony is per- formed according to the Protestant Episcopal service, the order of going to church is as follows : The BRIDR, accompanied by her father, not unfre- quently her mother, and uniformly by a bridesmaid, occupies theirs* carriage. The father hands out the bride, and leads her to the altar, the mother and the bridesmaid following. After them come the other bridesmaids, attended by the groomsmen, if there are more than one. 2918. THE BRIDEGROOM occupies the last carriage, with the principal grooms- man, an intimate friend or brother. He follows, and stands facing the altar, with the bride at his left hand. The father places himself behind, with the mother, if she attends. 2919. THE CHIEF BRIDEMAID oc- cupies a place on the left of the bride, u, hold her gloves and handkerchief, aiid flowers ; hei companions range them selves on the left. 2920. Remember to take the riv 358 AT OPEN DOORS DOGS COME IN. with you. The fee to a clergyman is according to the fortune of the bride- groom ; and a trifle should be given to the sexton. 2921. When the ceremony is con- cluded, the bride takes the groom 1 s arm, they enter their carriage, and proceed to the breakfast, every one else follow- ing. (See 3131.) 2922. THE ORDER OF RETURN FROM CHURCH differs from the above only in the fact that the bride and bridegroom now ride together, the bride being on his left, and a bridesmaid, and a grooms- man, or the father of the bride, occu- pying the front seats of the carriage. '2923. THE WEDDING BREAKFAST having been already prepared, the wed- ding party return thereto. If a large party, the bride and bridegroom occupy seats in the centre of the long- table, and the two extremities should be pre- sided over by elderly relatives, if possi- ble one from each family. . Everybody should endeavour to make the occasion as happy as possible. One of the senior members of either the bride or bride- groom's family, should, some time before the breakfast has terminated, rise, and in a brief but graceful man- ner, propose the " Health and happiness of the wedded pair." It is much better to drink their healths together than separately; and, after a brief interval, the bridegroom should return thanks, which he may do without hesitation, since no one looks for a speech upon such an occasion. A few words, feel- ingly expressed, are all that is required. The breakfast generally concludes with the departure of the happy pair upon their wedding tour. 2924. CARDS. With regard to send- ing out cards, as wedding tours are more extended than, in olden times, they are generally forwarded about a wwk or two previous to the return of the travellers. Plain silver-edged cards are now most fashionable, but questions relative to them ought to be referred to the engraver, as fashions change con- tinually. 2925. RECEPTION. When the mar- ried pair have returned, and the day of reception arrives, wedding-en ko and wine are handed round, of which every one partakes, and each expresses some kindly wish for the newly-married couple. The bride ought not to receive visitors without a mother or sister, or some friend being present, not even if her husband is at home. Gentlemen who are in professions, cannot always await the arrival of visitors; when such is the case, some old friend of the family should represent him, and proffer an apology for his absence. 2926. AFTER MARRIAGE. After marriage the bridal party usually travel for a week or two, upon their return , it is customary for the bride to be " at home" for a few days, to receive visits. The first four weeks after mar- riage constitute the honeymoon. You need not retain the whole of your previous acquaintance ; those only to whom you send cards are, after mar- riage, considered in the circle of your visiting acquaintance. The parents or friends of the bride usually send the cards to her connexion ; the bridegroom selects those persons among his former associates whom he wishes to retain as such. The cards are sometimes united by a silken cord, or white ribbon, to distinguish those of a newly-married pair from ordinary visitors ; but it is doubtful whether it be in good taste. A married lady may leave her own or her husband's card in returning a visit ; the latter only would bt5 adopted as a resource in the event '/f her not having her own with her. A lady will not say, " My Husband," except among intimates ; in every other case she should address him by his Christian name, calling him Mr. It is equally good ton, when alone with him to designate him by his Christian name 2927. Cobbett, in his " Advice to a Husband," says, "I never could see the sense of its being a piece of etiquette a sort of mark of good breeding, t^> make it a rule that man and wife are 1105 to sit side by side in a mixed company that if a party walk out, the wife is if A WOOL SELLER KENS A WOOL BUYER. S59 give her arm to some other than her husband; that if there be any other kind near, his is not to help to a seat or into a carriage. I never could see the sense of this ; but I have always Keen the nonsense of it plainly enough ; it is iu short, a piece of false refinement : it, being interpreted, means that so free are the parties from a liability to sus- picion, that each man can safely trust his wife with another man, and each woman her husband with another wo- man. But this piece of false refinement, like all others, overshoots its mark ; it says too much ; for it says that the par- ties have lewd thoughts in their mindg." This is the sensible view taken of part of the etiquette of marriage, by a man of extreme practical sense. 2928. ACQUAINTANCES AFTER MAR- RIAGE. When a man marries, it is un- derstood that all former acquaintance- ship ends, unless he intimate a desire to renew it, by sending you his own and his wife's card, if near, or by letter, if distant. If this be neglected, be sure no further intercourse is desired. 2929. In the first place A bachelor ie seldom very particular in the choice of his companions. So long as he is amused, he will associate freely enough with those whose morals and habits would point them out as highly dan- gerous persons to introduce into the sanctity of domestic life. Secondly A married man has the tastes of another to consult; and the friend of the husband may not be equally acceptable to the wife. Besides Newly-married people may wish to limit the circle of their friends, from praiseworthy motives of economy. When a man first "sets up" in the world, the burden of an extensive and ndiKcriminate acquaintance may be felt in various ways. Many have had cause to regret the weakness of mind which allowed them to plunge into a vortex of gaiety and expense they could ill afford, from which they have found it difficilt 10 extricate themselves, and the effects of which have proved a serious evil to in after-life. When a man is about to be married, he usually gives a dinner to his bachelor friends ; which is understood to be their conge, unless he chooses to renew their acquamtance. 2930. WEDDING CAKES. Four pounds of fine flour, well dried, four pounds ol fresh butter, two pounds of loaf sugar a quarter of a pound of mace pounded and sifted fine, the same of nutmegs To every pound of flour add eight eggs wash four pounds of currants, let them be well picked and dried before the fire; blanch a pound of sweet almonds, and cut them lengthwise very thin ; a pound of citron, one pound of candied orange, the same of candied lemon ; half a pint of brandy. When these are made ready work the butter with your hand to a cream, then beat in your sugar, a quarter of an hour, beat the whites of your egg-o to a very strong froth, mix them with your sugar and butter ; beat your yolks half an hour at least, and mix them with your cake; then put in your flour, mace and nutmeg, keep beating it well till your oven is ready pour in the brandy, and beat the currants and almonds lightly in. Tie three sheets of white paper round the bottom ot your hoop to keep it from running out, rub it well with butter, put in your cake, lay the sweetmeats in layers, with cake between each layer, and after it is risen and coloured cover it with paper before your oven is stopped up ; it will require three hours to bake properly. 2931. ALMOND ICING FOR WEDDING CAKE. Beat the whites of three eggs to a strong froth, beat a pound of Jor- dan almonds very fine with rose water, mix them, with the eggs, lightly to- gether ; put in by degrees a pound of common loaf sugar in powder. When the cake is baked enough, take it out, and lay it on the icing ; then put it in to brown. 2932. SUGAR ICING FOR WEDDING CAKE Beat two pounds of double- refined sugar with two ounces of fine starch, sift the whole through a gauze sieve, then beat the whites of four eggs with a knife upon a pewter dish for 860 ALL FELLOWS, JOCK AND THE LAIRD. naif an hour; beat in your sugar a little at a time, or it will make the eggs fall, and injure the colour; when all the s;igar is put in, beat it half an hour longer, and then lay on your almond icing, spreading it even with a knife. If put on as soon as the cake comes out of the oven it will harden by the time the cake is cold. 2933. TRUE TIME. Two kinds of time are used in Almanacs; clock or mean time in some, and apparent or sun time in others. Clock time is al- ways right, while sun time varies every day. People generally suppose it is twelve o'clock when the sun is due eouth, or at a properly made noon-mark. But this is a mistake. The sun is sel- dom on the meridian at twelve o'clock ; indeed this is the case only on four days of the year : namely, April 15, June 15, September 1, and December 24. The time when the sun is on the meridian or at the noon-mark is also given to the near- est second, for every day in the year. This affords a ready means of obtaining correct time and for setting a clock by using a noon-mark, adding or subtract- ing as the sun is slow or fast. Old-fashioned Almanacs, which use apparent time, give the rising and setting of the sun's centre, and make no allow- ance for the effect of refraction of the sun's rays by the atmosphere. The more modern and improved Almanacs, which use clock time, give the rising and setting of the sun' s upper limb, and duly allow for refraction. 2934. TO ASCERTAIN THE LENGTH OF THE DAY AND NIGHT. At any time of the year, add 12 hours to the time of the sun's setting, and from the Bum subtract the time of rising, for the length of the day. Subtract the time of setting from 12 hours, and to the re- mainder add the time of rising next morning, for the length of the night. These rules are equally true for apparent time. 2935. LEAP YEAR. Leap years are those that are exactly divisible by 4, and also by 400, and not by 100. The year 1900 therefore, will not be a leap year. 2936. DEVELOPMENT OF TIII LUNGS Much has been said and written upon diet, eating and drinking, but I do not recollect ever noticing a remark in any writer upon breathing, or the manner ol breathing. Multitudes, and especially ladies in easy circumstances, contract a vicious and destructive mode of breath- ing. They suppress their breathing, and contract the habit of short, quick breathing, not carrying the breath half way down the chest, and scarcely ex- panding the lower portions of the chest at all. Lacing the bottom of the chest also greatly increases this evil, and confirms a bad habit of breathing. Children that move about a great deal in the open air, and in no way laced, breathe deep and full to the bottom ot the chest, and every part of it. So also with most out-door labourers, and persons who take much exercise in the open air, because the lungs give us the power of action, and the more exercise we take, especially out of doors, the larger the lungs become, and are the less liable to disease. In all occupations that require standing, keep the person straight. If at table, let it be high, raised up nearly to the armpits, so as not to require you to stoop ; you will find the employment much easier not one half so fatiguing ; whilst the form of the chest and symmetry of the figure will remain perfect. 2937. To PACK GLASS OR CHINA. Procure some soft straw or hay to pack them in, and if they are to be sent a long way, and are heavy, the hay or straw should be a little damp, which will prevent them slipping about. Let the largest and heaviest things be al- ways put undermost, in the box 01 hamper. Let there be plenty of straw and pack the articles tight; but never attempt to pack up glass or china which is of much consequence, till it has been seen done by some one used to the job. The expense will be but trifling to have a person to do it who understands it, and the loss may be great if artic'.es oi such value are packed up in &a im- proper manner. A FULL HEART LIED NEVER. 361 2938. HINTS oar THINGS FAMILIAR. What is carbonic acid gas? A gaif formed by the union of carbon and oxygen. It used to be called " fixed air." 2939. Under what circumstances does carbon most readily unite with oxygen ? 1. When its temperature is raised : thus, if carbon be red-hot, oxygen will most readily unite with it; and 2. When it forms part of the fluid blood. 2940. Why do oxygen and carbon so readily unite in the blood ? Because the atoms of carbon are so loosely attracted by the other materials of the blood, that they unite very readily with the oxygen of the air inhaled. 2941. Is carbonic acid wholesome ? No: it is fatal to animal life: and (whenever it is inhaled) acts like a narcotic poison producing drowsiness, which sometimes ends in death. 2942. How can any one know if a place be infested with carbonic acid gae ? If a pit or well contain carbonic acid, a candle (let down into it) will be instantly extinguished. The rule, therefore, is this Where a candle will burn, a man can live; but what will extinguish a candle, will also destroy life. 2943. Why does a miner lower a candle into a mine before he descends ? Because the candle will be extin- guished, if the mine contains carbonic acid gas ; but if the candle is not extin- guished, the mine is safe, and the man may fearlessly descend. 2944. Why does a crowded room produce head-ache ? Because we breathe air vitiated by the crowd. 2945. Why is the air of a room vitiated by a crowd? Because it is deprived of its due proportion of oxygen, and laden with carbonic acid. 2946. How is the air of a room affected thus by a crowd ? The ele- ments of the air (inhaled by the breath) are separated in the lungs ; the oxygen is converted in the blood into carbonic acid ; and the carbonic acid (together with the nitrogen) is then thrown off by the breath into the room. 2947. Is all the niti'ogen rejected by the lunge? Yes; all the nitroger ol the air is always expired. 2948. Why is a crowded room un- wholesome ? Because the oxygen of the air is absorbed by the lungs : and carbonic acid gas (which is a noxioua poison) is substituted for it. 2949. Mention the historical circum- stances, so well known in connexion with the " Black Hole of Calcutta." In the reign of George II. the Raja (or Prince) of Bengal marched suddenly to Calcutta, to drive the English from the country: as the attack was unexpected, the English were obliged to submit, and 146 persons were taken prisoners. 2950. What became of these prison- ers? They were driven into a place about eighteen feet square, and fifteen or sixteen feet in height, with only two small grated windows. 123 of the prisoners died in one night ; and (of the twenty-three who survived) the larger portion died of putrid fevers after they were liberated. 2951. Why were 123 persons suffo- cated in a few hours, from confinement in this close, hot prison-hole ? Because the oxygen of the air was soon con- sumed by so many lungs, and its place supplied by carbonic acid, exhaled by the hot breath. 2952. Why did the captives in the Black Hole die sleeping? 1. Because the absence of oxygen quickly affects the vital functions, depresses the ner- vous energies, and produces a lassitude which ends in death : and 2. The car- bonic acid gas (being a narcotic poison) produces drowsiness and death in those who inhale it. 2953. Why are the jungles of Java and Hindostan so fatal to life? Be- cause vast quantities of carbonic acid are thrown off by decaying vegetables ; anc (as the wind cannot penetrate the thick brushwood to blow it away) it settles there, and destroys animal life. 2954. Why do persons in a crowded church feel drowsy? 1. Because the crowded congregation inhale a larg 362 A MYRTLE STANDING AMONG NETTLES portion of the oxygen of the air which alone can sustain vitality and hea.thy* action: and 2. The air of the church is impregnated with carbonic acid gas, which (being a strong narcotic) pro duces drowsiness in those who inhale it. 2955. Why do persons who are much in the open air, enjoy the best health ? Because the air they inhale is much 'more pure. 2956. Why is country air more pure than the air in cities ? 1. Because there are fewer inhabitants to vitiate the air : 2. There are more trees to restore the equilibrium of the vitiated air: and 3. The free circulation of air keeps it pure and wholesome ; (in the same way as running streams are pure and whole- some, while stagnant waters are the contrary.) 2957. Why does the scantiness of a country population render the country air more pure ? Because the fewer the inhabitants the less carbonic acid will be exhaled; and thus country people inhale pure oxygen, instead of air impregnated with the narcotic poison, called carbonic acid gas. 2958. Why do trees and flowers help to make country air wholesome ? 1. Because trees and flowers absorb the carbonic acid generated by the lungs of animals, putrid substances, and other ncxious exhalations: and 2. Trees and flowers restore to the air the oxy- gen, which has been inhaled by man and other animals. 2959. Why is the air of cHies less wholesome than country air? 1. Be- cause there are more inhabitants to vitiate the air : 2. The sewers, drains bins, and filth of a city, very greatly vitiate the air : 3. The streets and al leys prevent a free circulation : and 4 Besides all this, there are fewer trees to absorb the excess of carbonic ack gas, and restore the equilibrium. 2960. Why are persons who live in close rooms and crowded cities gener ally sickly ? Because the air thej breathe is not pure, but is (in the firs' place) defective in oxygen : and (in he second) impregnated with carbonic acid gas. 2961. Where does the carbonic acid 'f close rooms and cities come from? ?rom the lungs of the inhabitants, the sewers, drains, and other like places, n which organic substances arc under- going decomposition. 2962. What becomes of the carbonic acid of ciowded cities ? Some of it is absorbed by vegetables ; and the rest is jiown away by the wind, and diffused ;hrough the whole volume of the air. 2963. Does not this constant diffusion 'f carbonic acid affect the purity of the \vhole air? No; because it is wafted ay the wind from place to place, and absorbed in its passage by the vegetable world. 2964. What is choke damp? Car- bonic acid gas accumulated at the bot- tom of wells and pits, which renders them noxious, and often fatal to life. 2965. SYNOPSIS OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR (See 1323) is so brief, that its substance may, if desirable, be com- mitted to memory in an hour or two. The uninitiated may acquire knowledge by it perusal ; it may serve to refresh the memory of some ; the accomplish- ed grammarian may glance, and pro- ceed. 2966. " GRAMMAR is the art of speak- ing or writing a language according to established Rules. "It is divided into four parts: Or- thography, Etymology, Syntax and Prosody. 2967. " ORTHOGRAPHY teaches the powers of the letters, and the art of combining them into syllables and words. 2968. "The Letters of the English language are twenty-six in number ; ot which a, e, i, o, and u (and y in the middle or end of a word) are vowels, and the remainder consonants. 2969. "ETYMOLOGY treats oi the different kinds of words, their mod- ifications and derivations. " There are nine sorts of words, 01 parts of speech : the article, substan- tive or noun, adjective, prrtnoun, verb, DOES NOTWITHSTANDING RETAIN THE NAME OF A MYRTLE. 36S adverb, preposition, conjunction, and interjection. "2970. There are in English but two Articles , and the. "A is styled the indefinite article, and is used in a vague sense to point out one single thing otherwise indetermin- ate ; as a mam. A is changed into an before a vowel or silent h ; as an acorn, an hour. The is styled the definite ar- ticle, and is used to point out some particular objects, as the man, the men. 2971. "A 'substantive is the name of any thing that exists, or that we con- ceive. To substantives belong gender, number, and case. There are three genders, the masculine, feminine, and neuter. The masculine gender denotes animals of the male kind, as a man ; the feminine, animals of the female kind, as a woman ; and the neuter de- notes objects which are neither male nor female, as a house. There are three methods of distinguishing the genders : by different words, as king, queen , by a difference of termination, as abbot, abbess ; executor, executrix: or by a noun, pronoun, or adjective pre- fixed to the substantive ; as a man- servant, a maid-servant, &c. Substan- tives have two numbers, the singular and plural. The plural is generally formed by adding s to the singular; as a tree, trees ; but those ending in ch, sh, ss, or x, form their plural by the ad- dition of es. 2972. " Nouns ending with a single /, or fe, generally change those letters into ve in the plural ; as leaf, leaves : those in y change into ies, as lady, la- dies ; unless there be another vowel in the syllable, in which case they form their plural by the addition of s ; as key, keys. Many substantives form their plurals irregularly, as die, dice. 2973. " Some words have no plural ; as bread, wheat ; others no singular, ag riches, ashes; and some are alike in both numbers, as deer, sheep. " Substantives have three cases : the nominative, the possessive, and the ob- jective. The nominative simply ex- presses the name of a thing, and is 16 placed before the verb, when it affirms, and after the verb, when it asks a ques tion ; as Charles is ; Is Charles ? The possessive denotes the possession of something by another; as Charles' book. The objective is placed after the verb, and expresses the object of an action ; as Charles hurt William. 2974 "An adjective is a word prefix- ed to a substantive to express its qual- ity ; as a wise man. Adjectives have no variation but that of the degrees of comparison, which are three ; the posi- tive, which simply expresses the quali- ty, as large; the comparative, which increases or lessens the quality of a thing, as larger; and the superlative, which increases or lessens the quality of a thing, in the highest or lowest de- gree, as largest. The comparative and superlative degrees are generally form- ed by adding er and est to the positive, when it is a word of one syllable, as old, older, oldest ; and by prefixing the word more or most, when the positive is a word of two or more syllables ; as correct, more correct, most correct. Some adjectives form their degrees of comparison irregularly; as good, bet- ter, best. 2975. "A Pronoun is a word used instead of a Noun to avoid its too fre- quent repetition. Pronouns may be divided into personal, relative, and de- monstrative ; and they admit of gender, number, and case. 2976. " There are five personal pro nouns ; I, thou, he, she, it ; with their plurals, we, you, and they. The rela- tive pronouns, which relate to some word or phrase going before them, are who, which, that and what. IVJio, which, and ichat, are also termed interroga- tives, when they are used in asking questions. The demonstrative pronouns point out the subjects to which they relate : they are this, that, these and those. 2977. "A Verb expresses action, being, or Buffering ; as / write, I am, 1 endure. Verbs are active, passive, and neuter. An active verb expresses an action and implies an agent who acts 364 IF WE WOULD AVOID A MISCHIEF, and an object acted upon ; as, I love Mary. A passive verb expresses an action endured or suffered by an object from some agent; as, Jane is taught by the master; and if distinguished from an active verb by having the ob- ject before, and the agent after it. A neuter verb merely expresses a state of existence ; as to sit. Auxiliary verbs are those, by the help of which other verbs are conjugated ; as, I do love, &o. ti978. "To verbs belong number, person, moods, and tenses. There are five moods ; the indicative, which sim- ply declares a thing, or asks a question ; as y he loves, does he love ? the impera- tive, which commands, exhorts, or en- treats; as, bring me that book, be atten- tive ; the infinitive, which expresses a thing in an unlimited manner, or with- out respect to number or person ; as, to speak; the subjunctive, which ex- presses a doubt, or contingency, and is preceded by a conjunction expressed or understood ; as, if I go ; and the potential, which implies possibility, power, will, or liberty ; as, it may rain. 2979. " The Participle is a form of the verb, deriving its name from its participating in the qualities of the verb and adjective. There are three participles : the present, the perfect, and the compound perfect ; as loving, loved, having loved. 2980. "An adverb is a word added to a verb, an adjective, or another ad- verb, to express some quality respect- ing it ; as, he speaks correctly ; a very excellent scholar ; he speaks very cor- rectly. 2981. " Prepositions serve to connect words with one another, and to show the relation between them ; as, he went from London to taris. 2982. "A Conjunction serves to con- nect words and sentences. Conjunc- tions are of two sorts ; the copulative and the disjunctive. The copulative is used to connect a sentence by express- ing an addition, supposition, or cause ; as, he and his brother are going to Lon- don. The disjunctive expresses an op- position of meaning ; as, they came with her, but went away without her. 2983. "Interjections express some sud- den emotion ; as, Alas ! what htive I done ? 2984. " Syntax is the arrangement of words into sentences. Sentences are of two kinds : simple, and compound / as. / write ; I write, while you play. 2985. "A verb must agree with its nominative in number, and in person as, / write, he reads. 2986. "A relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender, number, and person ; as, thou, who lovest wisdom ; you, who speak truth. 2987. "Two or more nouns, joined by a copulative conjunction, mjst have verbs, nouns, and pronouns agreeing with them in the plural number ; as, John and JamcF are industrious. 2988. " Nouns connected by a dis- junctive conjunction have verbs, &c., agreeing with them in the singular number; as, John or James is at home. 2989. " Prepositions always govern the objective case ; as, 7 spoke to him. 2990. " Prosody teaches the correct sound and quantity of syllables^ and the laws of versification. 2991. "The kind of feet employed in English poetry are three ; the Iam- bic, Trochaic, and Anapaestic. The Iambic consists of two syllables ; the first short, the second long; as, 'Se- cluded from domestic strife.' The Trochaic has the first syllable long, the second short ; ae, ' When our hearts are mourning.' The Anapccstic consists of two short syllables and one long one; as, ' May I govern my passion with absolute sway.' 2992. PROPERTIES AND USES OF VEGETABLES. (See 1273.) 2993. Catnip is a warm herb, of a diaphoretic or sweating nature.' 2994. Pennyroyal is much the same, only more powerful. It retains a very powerful pungent oil. 2995. Spearmint is punger t and hot but of an astringent nature. 2996. Calamint is much the but not so strong. WE MUST NOT BE VERT KIND AND FAMILIAR WITH AN EVIL MAN. 365 2997. Hoarkound is very strengthen- ing to the lungs, and is somewhat of a pectoral. It is excellent in a cough, or stoppage in the stomach. 2998. Everlasting, or Indian Posey, is a very balsamic herb healing and cooling, and excellent in salves or oint- ments. 2999. Johnswort is much the same. 3000. Pea Balm is a^cooling and sweating herb, and is good in fevers and inflammation s. 3001. Chamomile is a great restora- tive to the lungs, and promotes perspi- ration. It is good in salves and oint- ments to take away swellings. 3002. Mayweed is of a pectoral na- ture, and is good for a pain in the side. 3003. Garden Coltsfoot is a great restorative to the lungs, and is good in syrups for coughs. 3004. Melilot is good in salves and ointments for swellings and inflamma- tions. It is mollifying and cooling. 3005. Sage is the greatest restora- tive to human nature of any herb that grows. Parsley is very cooling and softening. 3006. Bloodroot is a very powerful emetic or purge ; steeped in spirits, it will serve for an emetic ; and boiled in fair water, It serves as a purge. 3007. Mandrake root is an excellent physic, dried and pounded. 3008. Cumfrey and Spikenard are so well known that they need no describ- ing. Wild Jcnton is a strong purge, boiled. 3009. Elecampane is good in coughs, yet it is an astringent. 3010. Crancsbill is an astringent, and excellent in cankers. 301 1 Hliitcroot is of a physical na- ture, and is good to remove wind pent in the stomach, or part of the bowels. 3012. Sassafras root is good for the blood likewise Sarsaparilla, Horse Radish, Burdock roots, Elder roots, Hop roots, and Wild Coltsfoot, are good as pectorals. 3013. White and YeUow Pond LUy roots, the same. 3014. Winter's Bark. This is the product of one of the largest trees on Terra del Fuego. It is good in dropsy and scurvy. (See 1714.) ART OF CONVERSATION. (See 864.) 3015. The art of conversation, so essential to every one who wishes to mingle in society, can only be perfected by frequent intercourse with the polite yet great assistance may be derived by an intelligent person from the observa- tions below, and no important blunders can possibly be made if the rules here given be attended to. 3016. Under favorable circum- stances, and among persons who know how to train a conversation, there are few if any amusements more grateful to the human mind. Every one knowa something which he is willing to tell, and which any other that he is in com- pany with wishes to know, or which if known to him, would be amusing 01 useful. 3017. To be a skilful conversa- tionist, one's eyes and ears should bs busy; nothing should escape his ob- servation. His memory should be a good one, and he should have a good- natured willingness to please and to be pleased. 3018. It follows that all matter of offence in conversation should be avoid ed. The self-love of others is to be respected. Therefore, no one is toler- ated who makes himself the subject of his own commendation, nor who disre gards the feelings of those whom he addresses. 3019. There is as much demand for politeness and civility in conversation as in any other department of social intercourse. One who rudely inter- rupts another, does much the same thing as though he should, when walk- ing with another, impertinently thrust himself before his companion, and stop his progress. 3020. It was one of the maxims of a French philosopher, that " in con versation, confidence has a greatei share than wit. ' ' The maxim is erro- neous, although it is true that a fashion THEY CAN FIND MONEY FOIl MISCHIEF, able fool may attain to the small talk of which much of the conversation of society is composed, and his glib confi- dence may so far impose upon the superficial as to make this pass for wit: but it will not be received as such l>y that portion of society whose esteem is desirable. Good sense, sound and varied information, are as necessary as confidence to enable a man to converse well. 3021. In addition, then, to the ordinary routine of education, make yourself acquainted with the passing circumstances of the day its politics, its parties, its amusements, its foibles, its customs, its literature, and at the present time I must also say its science. Some of these subjects may be the parent of much gossip and scandal ; still, a man moving in society as a gen- tleman, must be ignorant of nothing which relates thereto, or if he is, he must not appear to be. 3022. Avoid a loud tone, particularly if speaking to ladies. By observing men of the world, you will perceive that their voices, as it were, involun- tarily assume a softness as they ad- dress the sex ; this is one of the most obvious proofs of an intimacy with good society. 3023. Never attempt to occupy the attention of a company for a long time ; unless your conversation is very bril- liant it must become very tiresome. 3024. The object of conversation is to entertain and amuse. To be agree- able, you must learn to be a good listener. A man who monopolizes a conversation is a bore, no matter how great hi6 knowledge. 3025. Never get into a dispute. State your opinions, but do not argue them. " Do not contradict, and above all, never offend by correcting mistakes or inaccuracies of fact or expression. 3026. Never lose temper never notice a slight never seem conscious of an affront, unless it is of a gross character, and then punish it at 3027. You can never quarrel in the presence of ladies, but a personal in dignity may be avenged anywhere. 3028. Never talk of people by hints slurs, inuendoes, and such mean de vices. If you have anything to say out with it. Nothing charms mor than candor, when united with good breeding. 3029. Do not call people by theii names, in speaking to them. In speak ing of your own children, never "Master" and "Miss" themin speak- ing to other people of theirs, nevei neglect to do so. 3030. It is very vulgar to talk in a loud tone, and indulge in horse-laughs Be very careful in speaking of subjects upon which you are not acquainted. Much is to be learned by confessing your ignorance nothing can be by pretending to knowledge which you do not possess. 3031. Never tell long stories. Avoid all common slang phrases and pet words. 3032. Of all things, don't attempt to be too fine. Use good honest English and common words for common things. If you speak of breeches, shirts, or petticoats, call them by their right names. The vulgarity is in avoid- ing them. 3033. Be not partial to theorizing, or your conversation will assume the style of speech-making, which is intol- erable. 3034. Badinage is pleasant, but it niay be dangerous ; stupid people may imagine you are ridiculing them, and the stupid are the most assiduous nemies. 3035. Abjure punning ; it has been aptly designated "the wit of foels," gentlemen never pun. Punning is a sort of pot-house wit, which is quite ncompatible with good manners. Be not over-anxious to be considered wit recollect that in the society of wits, the wit of the company is likely to become the butt of the company. 3036. It is a common error, that of adapting your conversation to the occu- pation of the person with whom you WHEN THEY CAN FIND NONE TO BUY CORN. 367 are conversing and to some persons it is exceeding!} offensive. 3037 Thus introducing the subject of theology to a clergyman of law to a barrister, etc., etc., is in fact saying, " I have chosen the subject with which you are best acquainted all are alike to me." This is an assumption of superiority which is highly indecorous, and will ultimately insure punishment. A man of the world might not be of- fended, but he would instantly attribute the inadvertence to ignorance ; indeed, it generally arises from a desire to avoid the awkwardness of silence, and is a bungling way of throwing on an- other the onus of sustaining the con- versation, and of confessing your own incompetence ; but where one person will give you the benefit of this apol- ogy, a dozen will consider you imper- tinent. 3038. A tattler is a most contempt- ible character, uniting in person either excessive ignorance, folly, and vanity, or the extremes of meanness, mischief, and malignity. 3039. Women ordinarily slander more from vanity than vice men, from jealousy than malignity. 3040. Without intending mischief, many persons do much by repeating conversation from one house to an- other. This gossiping is all but as injurious as scandal; for as you can never represent the exact circumstan- ces under which a fact may have been related, your version may give a totally different meaning to that which was intended by the original speaker: as observation proves that, in relating an anecdote or conversation, we give our impression of the meaning of the speaker, not his words ; thus, a miscon- ception of our own may produce infinite mischief. 3041. A man should never permit himself to lose his temper in society, nor show that he has taken offence at any supposed slight it places him in a disadvantageous position betraying an absence of self-respect, :>r a* *.hs least -of self-possession. 3042. If a "puppy" adopt a disa greeable tone of voice, or offensive manner toward you, never resent it ai the time, and, above all, do not adopt the same style in your conversation with him ; appear not to notice it, and generally it will be discontinued, as it will be seen that it has failed in its ob- ject, besides which you save your temper. 3043. If, upon the entrance of a vi itor, you continue a conversation begun before, you should always explain the subject to the new-comer. 3044. There cannot be a custom more vulgar or offensive than that of taking a person aside to whisper in a room with company, yet this rudeness is of frequent occurrence and that with persons who ought to know bet- ter. 3045. Conversation should be studied as an art. Style in conversation is as important, and as capable of* cultiva- tion, as style in writing. The manner of saying things is what gives them their value. 3046. Avoid provincialisms in your language and pronunciation. Webstei is the standard for pronouncing in the best society in the United States. 3047. Swearing, which formerly per vaded every rank of society, is now to be chiefly found in a very lew and uninstructed class ; it is, in fact, a vul- gar and proscribed mode of speech. Nevertheless, it is still used occasion- ally by persons of no humble rank, es- pecially by the young, though chiefly for the purpose of giving an emphasis to speech, or perhaps simply to give token of a redundancy of spirits, and a high state of excitement. To those who are guilty of it, for these reasons, it is only necessary to point out, that no well-informed person can be at the least loss, with the genuine words of the English language, to express all legitimate ideas and feelings ; and that to use either profane or slang words is, at the least, the indication of a low taste and inferior understanding. A direct, pure, manly use of our native 868 THOUGH THOU HAST NEVER SO MANY COUNSELLORS, language is an object which all may cultivate in a greater or less degree ; and we have invariably observed, through life, that the most virtuous persons are the most exempt from the use of mean and ridiculous phraseology and monkey tricks of all kinds. 3048. Meeting an acquaintance among strangers in the street, or a coffee-house never address him by namo. It is vulgar and annoying. 304iJ. Never tattle nor repeat in one society any scandal or personal matter you hear in another. Give your own opinion of people if you please, but never repeat that of others. 3050. You are not required to de- fend your friends in company, unless the conversation is addressed to you ; but you may correct a statement of fact, if you know it to be wrong. 3051. Do not call people by their names, in speaking to them. In speak- ing of ylmr own children, never " Mas- ter" and "Miss" them in speaking to other people of theirs, never neglect to do so. (See 1338.) 3052. DOMESTIC MANIPULA- TION. 3053. Under the head of Domestic Manipulation, we propose giving a se- ries of articles on the numerous and essential manual operations that are constantly being required in every family, and which, whether they are well or ill done, must of necessity be performed. 3054. The term Domestic Manipu- lation, employed in the widest sense, would hielud'e all the manual opera- tions required in a house, but we pro- pose to limit it to such as partake in a slight degree of a chemical or other scientific character ; thus the opera- tions of Filtering, Decanting, Weigh- ing, Measuring, Bottling, Corking, Un- stoppering, Pounding, Boiling, &c., &c.. will be included; whilst Dusting, "Washing, and Scrubbing, though no Jess, in strictness, manipulations, will be passed over in silence. 3055. In this, our first article, we propose treating of the manipulations connected with BOTTLES AND DECAN- TERS, &c., under the following heads Cleaning, Drying, Corking, Tying Down, Stoppering, and Tnstoppeiing. 3056. Cleaning. Perhaps uo more effectual and easy mode of cleaning wine and beer bottles can be recom- mended than that commonly adopted, viz., the use of small shot and water, in the case of old port wine bottles, however, it often occurs that the me- chanical action of the shot is unable to remove the hardened crust from the interior ; a small quantity of pearlash or soda, or still better, the washing liquids described in another page, add- ed to the water, will soften the crust sufficiently to permit its easy removal ; there is, however, one objection to the use of shot for the purpose of cleaning bottles ; unless due care be taken, by the violence of the shaking, it ofteu happens that several become firmly M edged between the bottom and sides of the bottles, and are not removed by the subsequent rinsing- with clean wa- ter, and if the bottles are used for acid wines or other liquids (almost all our home-made wines contain a considera- ble portion of free acid), the shots are slowly dissolved ; and from the metal- lic arsenic which they contain, as well as from the lead itself, the liquid is rendered poisonous. This effect may be readily guarded against by removing any shots which may have become fix- ed, by a stiff wire slightly hooked at the end. (See 2500.) 3057. Decanters are formed of flint glass, which is much softer and more readily scratched than the common kinds, they require therefore a less rough treatment ; in general, warm (not boiling) water, with the addition of a few pieces of coarse brown paper, and if requisite a little soda, will be found effectual; should greater force be required, a small portion of tow wrapped around the notched end of a moderately stiff wire, and used with a little strong soda, will be found suffi- cient. Sand or ashes should never be employed in cleaning decanters, a TET DO NOT FORSAKE THE COUNSEL DF THY OWN SOUL. 3G9 tfiey roughen and totally disfigure the brilliant surface of the glass. 3058. Drying. It is scarcely neces- sary to speak of the advantages of be- ing able to dry thoroughly both decan- ters and common bottles ; if the former, after having been cleansed, are put away wet, they become musty; and many liquids ar* much injured by being put 'into wet bottles. Some of our readers have doubtless experienced the inefficiency of the ordinary means for drying decanters, &c., after drain- ing for some days they still remain damp, and if placed near a fire the warmth merely drives the vapour to the colder part of the vessel ; they may, however, be readily and quickly dried after draining, by making them slightly warm and blowing in fresh air with a pair of bellows, which rapidly carries out the damp vapour, and leaves the vessel perfectly dry. If bellows are not at hand, the damp air may be drawn out (not blown) with the mouth, assisted by a tube suffi- ciently long to reach nearly to the bot- tom of the decanter; in the laboratory a piece of glass tube is usually taken, being always at hand, but for domestic use a piece of paper may be rolled up BO as to form an extemporaneous and effectual substitute. 3059. Corking. Little can be said with regard to the corking of bottles, beyond stating the fact that cheap bad corks are always dear ; the best corks are soft, velvety, and free from large pores ; if squeezed they become more elastic and fit more closely. If good corks are used of sufficiently large size to be extracted without the corkscrew, they may be employed many times in succession, especially if they are soaked in boiling water after, which restores them to their original shape, and re- news their elasticity. 3060. Tying Down. The operation of tying down corks merits a long no- tice, as without it many effervescent wines and liquids could not be preserv- ed. The most common mode of fast- " vn'ks, i with trie ginger- beer knot, which is thus made . First the loop is formed as in Fig. 1, then Fig. 2. that part of the string which passes across the loop is placed on the top of the cork, and the loop itself passed down around the neck of the bottle, and by pulling the ends of the cord is made tight beneath the rim ; the ends of the string are finally brought up, and tied either in a double knot, or in a bow on the top of the Fig 2. cork. When ginger-beer is made at home it will be found most advanta- geous to use the best corks, and to tie them down with a bow, when both c irks and strings may be made use of repeatedly. 3061. For effervescent wines, such as champagne, gooseberry, &c., which re- quire to be kept a longer time, and are more valuable, a securer knot is desir- able, which may be made thus : A loop Fig. 3. as in Fig. 2 is first formed, and the lower end is then turned upwards and carried behind the loop, as shown in Fig. 3 ; it is then pulled through the Fig. 4. loop as in Fig. 4 and in this state if 370 GO DOWN THE LADDER WHEN" THOU MARRIEST A WIFE, put over the neck of the bottle ; the part a being on one side, and the two parts of the loop on the other ; on pull- ing the two ends the whole becomes tight round the neck, and the ends, which should be quite opposite, are to be brought up ov%r the cork, twice Fig. 5. twisted, as in Fig. 5, and then tied in a single knot. 306*2. Stoppering. The stoppering of bottles is an operation usually per- formed by the makers ; it may, however, oe useful to know that badly-fitting stoppers may be readily fitted by re- grinding; this is done by dipping the stopper in a mixture of fine sand, or still better, emery and water, replacing it, and turning it backwards and for wards with a slight pressure ; fresh sand must be applied from time to time. When the fitting is exact, so that the stopper turns freely without shaking, the whole may be finished off by using a little fine emery and oil. 3063. Unstoppering. This operation is much more likely to be required than the one last described, for the stoppers of decanters, smelling bottles, &c,, from various causes, frequently become fixed, and many are the fractures both of bot- tles and stoppers, caused by the misdi- rected efforts to remove them. In treat- ing of the various means that may be employed, we will mention that in the order in which they should be tried, beginning with the simple and more easy, and passing on to those which are more effectual, and at the samo time, Unfortunately, mo-~? dangerous. The first method, then, that should be tried, is to press the stopper upwards with the fore-finger and thumb of the left hand (the other fingers holding the neck of the bottle), and at the same time giving the stopper a succession of short, sharp, light taps, with the wooden handle of a chisel, knife, or small ham- mer ; care must be taken not to strike the stopper with sufficient force to break it, and it should be borne in mind that it is not the force of the blow, but the vibration, or jar, which is effectual in loosening it ; should this plan be found ineffectual after a short trial, it may probably be from the stopper being cemented by some substance, such as the dried sugar of a sweet wine. In such cases we should endeavour to dis- solve the cement by a suitable solvent, which should be placed in the groove between the stopper and the bottle , thus, if the stopper is cemented with sugar, gum, or salt, water may be used ; in many circumstances, oil is advan- tageous, or spirit, or even strong acid may be used ; whatever liquid is em- ployed it should be allowed to remain some days, being renewed if requisite, and th tapping, &c., should be again had recWse to. (See 254.) 3064. Should these methods fail, a piece of cloth may be dipped in very hot water and wrapped round the neck of the bottle, when the heat causes the expansion of the glass, and if the stop- per be tapped or twisted before the heat has had time to enlarge it, its re moval may be effected ; this operation must necessarily be a quick one, for if the stopper is heated and enlarged, as well as the bottle, it is obvious that no benefit will result. In the laboratory it is often customary to heat the bottle, not by a strip of cloth dipped in hot water, but by turning it rapidly over the flame of a lamp ; in this way there is more danger of cracking the bottle, and the plan is not to be recommended in genera], although employed with considerable success by those who, like operative chemists, are constantly in the habit of applying heat to glass ve- GO UP WHEN THOU CHOOSEST A FRIEND. 371 eels : it will at once be seen that the plan is fraught with great danger if ap- plied to bottles containing inflammable liquids, as spirits, &c. 3065. The most effectual mode of } removing stoppers, especially those of mall bottles, such as smelling-bottles, remains to be described. Take a piece of strong cord, about a yard or four feet in length, double it at the middle, and tie a knot (Fig. 6, J) BO as to form a Fig. 6. loop (a) of about four inches in length at the doubled end, bring the knot close to one side of the stopper, and tie the ends tightly together on the opposite Bide, as at Fig. 7, (e.) so as to fasten the Fig. 7. Btring securely round the neck of the Btopper; now pass one of the ends through the loop (a), and then tie it firmly to the other end ; the doubled cord is then to be placed over a bar or other support, then if the bottle is sur- rounded by a cloth to prevent accidents in case of fracture, and pulled down- wards with a jerk, the force of which is gradually increased, it will be found that in a short time the stopper is Jrberated. Two precautions are re- quisite, one is, that the strain on both ,Bides of the stopper is equal; the other, that care be taken that when the stop- per is liberated, it is not dashed by the rebound against any hard substance, which would c*ase its fracture. 16* 3066. CUTTING, GRINDING, AND WRITING ON GLASS. We have des- cribed the most advantageous modes of extracting fixed stoppers from decan- ters, &c. It is possible that some of our readers may have followed our ad- vice sufficiently well to have succeeded, in cracking the necks of their decanters. In case any should have been so unfor- tunate, or rather we would say, if we were quite sure we were not addressing ladies so clumsy, let them not despair ; dexterity in manipulation comes by practice ; and as no evil is without a remedy, we will next consider what can be done with the broken decanter. 3067. Unless it is cracked down to the bottom, it may be cut off and con- verted into a handsome sugar basin ; or if not high enough for that purpose, will serve for a pickle-dish, or a flower- stand, &c. ; and in the same way, a tumbler broken in the upper part will furnish an elegant salt-celler, or service- able soap-dish; and even common bot- tles, if sufficiently stout, may be made into useful jars, instead of being con- signed to the dust-heap. 3068. The operation of cutting glass, consists in leading a crack in the re- quired direction ; this is readily done by a hot iron rod, a piece of pointed burning charcoal, or, what is still better, a burning pastile which is somewhat similar in its composition to those used for fumigation; and which latter, al- though rather expensive, and inconve- nient from their shape, may be applied for the purpose. 3069. When the operation of cutting up glass vessels into useful forms is much had recourse to, pastiles are pre- pared for the purpose, being superior to a heated iron rod, as they continue to burn and retain their heat, whilst the latter requires to be re-heated, if the crack has to be led any considerable distance. 3070. Pastiles are readily made by rubbing up half an ounce of powdered gum tragacanth with water, so as to form a mucilage about as thick as or dinary starch ; this should be allowed 372 CAST TOUR STAFF UP IN THE AIR. to remain a few hours, and tlien mixed With quarter of an ounce of benzoin, pre- viously dissolved in the smallest poesi bie quantity of proof spirit; after mix ing them tog-ether in a mortar, as much powdered charcoal should be added as will form a stiff paste, and the whole veil worked together, rolled into sticks the size of a common black lead pencil, and dried. 3071. As thus prepared, they should be free from cracks, and solid through- out ; and on being ignited at the end, they will burn steadily away to a point. If an iron rod is used, it should be nearly as stout as the little finger, and taper at the end for an inch and a half to a blunt point. 3072. Before commencing the line along which it is wished to divide the glass, it should be marked with a pen and ink, and allowed to dry, when the iron, heated to dull redness, or the lighted extremity of the pastile, should be brought to the end of a crack, being held in a slanting direction with regard to the glass, as shown in the cut, and slowly moved in an oblique direction towards the line; the crack will be found to follow the heated point, and may be thus led as required, even pas- sing over parts varying very considera- bly in thickness, as in the case of the flutings on a cut decanter ; but it can- not, with certainty, be made to pass pudJenly from a very thin to a very ttout part, or the reverse : thus it may be led round the sides of a tumbler, but could hardly be made to pass down one aids, across the bottom, and up the other. The rapidity with which the operation is performed, depends upon the heat of the iron or pastile ; if the former is very hot, or the latter made to burn more vividly, by blowing upon it, the operation is quickened, but it is not performed with so much certainty, ' as the crack may pass on further than is desirable : care should be taken not to lead the crack too near the edge of the vessel, or to another crack, as in that case it is apt to leave the proper oj^rse, and fly suddenly to the edge, to which an inexperienced operator should not attempt to go nearer than half an inch. 3073. It sometimes occurs that a piece is broken out of a glass, without leaving any crack to commence from ; in this case, one must be made, by heating the edge (one formed by the fracture, if possible), with the iron or pastile, and instantly applying the moistened finger. 3074. When a crack is formed, which may be used as described above, care must be taken not to cause an extensive fracture, which may run across the in- tended line of division; this may be avoided by commencing the crack at some distance from the line, and by applying the heated point for a very short time, preferring to make two or three unsuccessful attempts rather than to hasten the operation, and risk the destruction of the glass. 3075. When a glass vessel has been thus divided, the edges are sufficiently sharp to cut the fingers in handling, and are usually wavy; it is therefore necessary to make them smooth and even. 3076. The most ready way of doing this i, by grinding them down on a flat sandstone, or ordinary paving-stone, with a little sharp sand or emery, and water, taking care to move the glass in a circular direction, and not merely Backwards and forwards ; the smooth- ness of the whole will depend entirely on that of the stone, and on the fineness >f the sand or emery employed. If, *rrra any irregularity, there is mucb AND IT WILL FALL UPON ITS ROOT, OR HEAVY END. 373 glass to grind aw;ty, it is preferable to commence with sand, and finish with emery on a smooth stone ; if the edges are not thus ground down, they should have the sharp angles, which are really dangerous, removed by a fine file, which should be moistened with oil of turpen- tine or camphine, as this liquid has an extraordinary effect In increasing the action of the file upon the glass, and at the same time, protecting the steel in- strument from wear. 3077. Advantageous as cracks are in glass vessels whenever we wish to separate them into two parts, they are by no means desirable under other cir- cumstances ; and it is as important to know how to stop their progress, as to lead them forward. This is readily done in stout glass, by drilling a hole about half an inch in advance of the crack, which gradually passes on into it, and then its farther progress is ar- rested. 3078. Holes may be drilled in glass with a common drill and bow, the place being first marked with a file or flint, and the drill point kept w T et with oil of turpentine. (It is hardly neces- sary to state, that a crack existing in the neck of a decanter, and liable to be forced apart with the stopper, could not be arrested in its progress by such means). If necessary, a little emery powder may be used with the oil of turpentine ; and after the operation, the hole must be filled up with some cement ; if the vessel is to be used for holding liquids, a little fresh slaked lime, moistened with equal* parts of white of egg and water, may be used for this purpose. 3079. The grinding of glass on a flat stone with sand or emery, and water, is often used in making a bottle stand teadily; and by its means a wine- glass with a broken foot may be turned to g-x)d account ; for if as much of the tern a possible is knocked off, by Itriking it with f Vi back of a knife, the remainder may i>e ground away so that the vessel will staua. 3080 Ov of the most important Domestic Manipulations, although one of the most simple and easy, "is the labelling of glass vessels. It is not too much to afh'rm, that scores of lives might have been saved if this had been attended to; in cases of accidental poisoning, we usually find that the victim has drunk from some bottle which has been put away without a hibel ; and that thus corrosive liquid used for cleaning, or some poisonous lotion, has been inadvertently swal- lowed. 3081. One of the most ivady modes of labelling glass, and other objects, consists of having at hand a sheet of paper which has had spread on one side some gum water, mixed w r ith half its weight of coarse brown sugar, and allowed to dry ; this may be cut into labels, written on, and readily attached to glass by moistening with the tongue ; the white margin of a sheet of postage stamps answers the purpose very well. If, however, acid liquids are used, or the vessel is placed in a damp situation, as a cellar, other means must be had recourse to. 3082. With a little practice, it is easy to write in a legible, though not very conspicuous manner, on glass, with a gun- flint, or with the sharp-edged fragment of common flint. In the laboratory, what is called a writing diamond is used for this purpose ; this should not be confounded with a glazier's diamond, which is used for dividing, and not scratching glass. 3083. We would here caution our readers against writing OTI glass with a diamond ring, &c., as the practice in- jures the jewel considerably ; in the glazier's diamond, the natural edges of the crystal are used, which are not liable to injury as are the cut angles of a brilliant. 3084. When glass vessels are exposed to damp, the best mode of writing cs them is to prepare an ink for the pur- pose, by mixing the common cheap varnish, called Brunswick black, with half its weight of oil of turpentine. o+ what is the sy means of a cloth, as in cleaning tur- bid wine or spirit, the use of filtering >aper is recommended ; this paper 19 IN A FIELD THAT IS FULL OF LITTLE HILLS. 377 merely a stouter kind of blotting-paper, thick varieties of which answer very well for domestic purposes ; it is most simply used by taking a square piece, folding it into half by bringing the two opposite edges together and then folding the oblong so obtained across its length ; by this means a small square is obtained, one quarter the original size, which may be opened into a hollow cup, having three thick- ness of paper on one side, and one on the other; this is to be placed, with the point downwards, in a funnel, and the liquid poured in ; and as soon as the pores of the paper are expanded by the moisture, it will be found to flow through perfectly clear ; care must be taken in making the filter, not to finger it much where the two foldings cross each other, as a hole is readily made at that part, and the filter spoiled. The objection to this simple contrivance is, that from its flat sides applying them- selves closely to those of the funnel, the flow of the liquid is impeded, and is, therefore, slow. This effet may be obviated by the use of the plaited fil- ter, the construction of which we will endeavor to describe. 3098. A square piece of filtering, or stout blotting-paper, is to be doubled, and the oblong so obtained is to be again folded in half, when if the last fold is opened, it will have the appear- ance of Fig. 6. From the corners b b, folds are to be creased in the direction towards a, but not reaching it for half an inch ; these are indicated by the dotted lines, which divide the doubled paper into four triangles, each Fig. 6. of which is to be again folded into eighths, and care must be taken that all the folds are made the same way that is, projecting to the same side of the paper. When complete, the doubled and creased paper will appear as in Fig. 7. Now divide each eighth in halves, by a fold in the opposite direction to Fig. 7. those previously made, when it will be found that the whole will readily fold up like a paper fan ; the projecting loose ends which are formed by the corners b, should be cut off, and the double sides separated for the first time by blowing them apart, when the whole may be readily opened out as in Fig. 8. 3099. In making this filter, which takes a much less time than to fol- low the descrip- tion, two precau- tions are requi- site. The folds should be made at once with one firm pressure, and not with a series of rubbings; and all the creases should stop bhort of the middle, other wise a hole will be made at that point long before the filter is completed. The advantages of this filter are, that it exposes a large surface for the liquid to pass through ; and from its only be- ing in contact with the funnel where the angles project, the current flows away readily. 3100. The best means for filtration of water, and the construction of water filters, will be treated of when we speak of the "domestic manipulation'' connected with that liquid. 3101. DIVIDING, POWDERING, GRINDING, &c The operations of chopping, powdering, grinding, &c., are so frequently required in cooking, and the other branches of domesti* 178 THAT CITY IS IN A BAD CASE WHOSE PHYSICIAN HATII THE GOUT. economy, as to render any description of their utility wholly unnecessary ; and \ve may therefore confine ourselves to describing the best means of accom- plishing the object desired. Powder- ing is usually performed by the aid of the pestle and mortar. Most of the works on Cookery recommend the use of a marble mortar; this material is about one of the worst that could be selected for the purpose, In the first place it is expensive ; secondly, it is rapidly corroded, even by the weak ncids used for food ; thirdly, it is read- ily stained by oily substances ; fourth- ly, it is absorptive of strong flavours, imparting them readily to the next substance pounded; and lastly, it is brittle, and even if not broken, is not calculated to withstand much wear. By far the best material for the pur- pose is the wedgewood ware ; mortars made of it are cheaper, cleaner in use, and stronger than those of marble, and are not corroded by acids or alkalies their pre-eminence is so great, that they are invariably used by druggists. 3102. The act of powdering requires great tact and practice to perform it neatly and rapidly. After the object has been broken into small pieces by blows from the pestle, a grinding ac- tion is required ; this should at first be given by striking the fragments, not in the centre of the mortar, but towards the side furthest from the operator ; the pestle, by this means, grinds over them in its descent to the centre, and much more rapidly accomplishes their division than if mere blows are given. After the object has been divided to a certain extent, blows are entirely use- less, and a grinding in circles becomes requisite ; if the circle is confined to one part of the mortar, the same por- tions get rubbed over and over again, the others escaping ; this is avoided by constantly and regularly altering the size of the circles. 3103. If they are commenced in the centre, they should gradually increase in size until the sides are reached, and then contract again, and so on. By this means the whole of the powder it brought under the action of the pestle, and the operation is much quicker than if performed at ran- dom. One great fault usually com- mitted in powder- ing, is the endeavor to operate on too large a quantity of material at one time. The opera- tion is much more rapidly conducted if Fig. 9. small portions are taken ; and if the material is tough, and contains much fibrous matter, the process may be very much shortened by removing those parts which are sufficiently pow- dered, by sifting from time to time through a sieve. This may be objec- tionable, however, from the fine pow- der escaping into the air; in this case, the following contrivances will be found useful: 3104. A cylindrical tea-canister of the requisite size is taken, w : ith a loosely-fitting lid (or if tight, the lid may be enlarged by four slits being made partly up the sides) ; a bag of lawn is dropped into the canister, the top being turned over the edge ; the powder to be sifted is put in the bag, the lid put on, and by tapping and shaking, the finest portions pass into the canister without any escaping into the air a point of very considerable importance w r here the powder is irri- tating or expensive. 3105. Various contrivances are con stantly had recourse to, in order to render certain substances more readily pulverable, the contrivance varying very much with the peculiarities of the substance. We will mention a few of these, as they may afford useful sug- gestions in cases of difficulty. All veg- etable, and many mineral substances are much more readily powdered after having been thoroughly dried ; so farm this process carried, that many AN OLD MAN IN A HOUSE IS A GOOD SIGN IN A HOUSE. 379 are dried so as to low fifteen per cent, of their weight before powdering. In proof of the utility of the drying, let any person try to powder a piece of whiting as it comes from the oilman's ; it will be found to cake together, and be not readily powdered ; if dry, how- ever, it powders with the greatest ease. 3106. After drying, substances should not be exposed to the air, but, unless they are of such a nature as to be softened by heat, are better operated on whilst still warm. Flints are more readily powdered by being heated to redness, and quenched in cold water ; charcoal, for tooth-powder, whilst still warm from drying. Gum can only be pow- dered whilst perfectly dry. Camphor, which is with great difficulty powdered alone, yields readily if a drop or two of spirit is -poured on it. Substances which clog- together and cake under the pestle, are not uncommon ; to these it is sometimes requisite to add sand, which may afterwards be separated this prevents the clogging ; but its use is often impracticable. Lime, if re- quired in very fine powder, for dusting over plants to kill slugs, &c., is readily obtained by slaking it, when fresh burned, with boiling water; when, if too much water is not used, it falls into an exceedingly fine powder. 3107. Sal ammoniac, and some other saline bodies, are most readily powder- ed by dissolving them in as small a quantity of boiling water as possible, and stirring the solution rapidly as the water is boiled away, or as the solution cools. Before dismissing the pestle and mortar, we may allude to its use in mixing powders together, although a much more ready mode of doing this is with a sieve. Two or more powders stirred together, and passed two or three times through a sieve, are much more intimately mixed, than if rubbed for a long time in a mortar. 3108. Metals cannot be divided in a mortar ; the most convenient mode of proceeding, if they are fusible under ti white heat, is to melt them, and pour them whilst liquid into a pail of water, which should be lull, to avoid any splut- tering, and the hotter the metal, tho more filmy the particles. It is scarce- ly requisite to state, that the metal should be poured in a circle, so as not to collect at one place. 3109. Chopping is usually perform- ed in the kitchen, with a large com- mon knife ; but is more speedily dono by some of the improved contrivances similar to the following: The chop- ping-board should be made of hard wood, with the grain at right angles to the surface of the board, by which it is rendered much more durable than if they are parallel to it. The ehopping- knives should be fixed at right angles to the handles, and may be either oi the following patterns. If a large quantity of material has to be acted on, Fi^lO. Fig. U. we would recommend a board as above, not less than three iuches thick, and smooth on both sides, so that either may be used, of the requisite size say eighteen inches or two feet in diameter. On this should stand a loose bottomless tub, to confine the materials, and the whole resting on the floor, should be used w:th a knife, sufficiently long In the handle to be employed by a person standing erect, and it should have a small cross-bar for the hands, as shown in Fig. 12. 3110. Small chopping-knives are sold consisting of three blades nvetted to gether, and a very convenient one is made by fastening, at convenient dis- tances, a number of flat circular disk a 380 DO yOT DWELL IN A CITY. sharpened at the edges, on to a central axis with a handle at each end. 3 HI. Many substances, such as stale bread, dried herbs, &c., may be very conveniently powdered by rubbing them Fig. 12. through a wire sieve, of the requisite degree of fijeness. Herbs intended for use in this way, should be dried as rapidly as possible, without being scorched, in small heaps, before the fire ; parsley and others done this way, may be powdered, retaining their bright green colour and flavour, both of which are preserved if they are corked tightly in bottles, and kept in a dry, dark cup- board. The use of waxed paper to preserve dried powders in, or for tying them down in jars, or generally as a very good substitute for bladder, will often be found convenient. It is readily made by laying a sheet of smooth stout paper on a warm iron plate, as the top of a kitchen oven ; on this place the thin tissue or other paper to be waxed ; put a piece of wax on it, and as it melts, rub it over, spreading it evenly. One end of a cork, covered with two thick- nesses of linen, answers very well for a rubber. If a hot plate is riot at hand, ihe sheet of paper may be held before Bie fire, and rubbed over, as it warms, irith the cut edge of a cake of white wax ; but this requires the co-operation nf two persons. :>! 1 v. KNOTS. P SCKAGES, PARCELS, ETC. The poet Crabbo, speaking- of the writing of the rustics, signing his parish registers, says " 'Tis strange that men Who guide the plough should fail to guide the pen ! For half a mile the furrows even lie; For half an inch the letters stand awry." A parallel remark might with equal justice be made on the gentler sex, who, after exercising a degree of tact, oeat- ness, and tasteful invention, that the self-styled " lords of the creation' ' might in vain hope to rival, in the formation of a piece of needlework, knitting, net- ting, or crotchet, are, for the most part, totally unable, when it is finished, to tie it up so as to make a decent parcel : ladies' packages are, in fact, the oppro- brium of the sex the annoyance of all carriers, cads, and coachmen who have anything to do with their conveyance, and the torment of their owners : the cords are certain to become loose, the knots are sure to slip, except when a slip-knot is requisite, and then it is a fixture ! It is in the hope that we may be instrumental in improving this state of things, that we are induced to devote this article to Knots, Packages, Parcels, &c., and w r e shall at once lay before our fair readers a method of tying a parcel neatly and securely, and at the same time affording facilities of releasing the contents without destroying the string by cutting it away a too-ordinary practice, especially where time is an object. 3113. The most simple purpose foi which a knot is required, is the fasten ing together of two pieces of string or Fig. 13. cord : the knot selected for this pur- pose should possess two important pro- perties; it should be secure from el'tp- WHERE A HORSE DOES NOT NEIGH, NOR A DOG BARK. 381 ping, and of small size. Nothing is more common than to see two coids attached together in a manner simila to that shown in fig. 13. It is scarce!) possible to imagine a worse knot; it ii large and clumsy, and as the cords dc not mutually press each other, it is cer tain to slip if pulled with any force 3114. In striking con trust to this the worsi of all, we place one o: the best ; namely, the knot usually employee by netters, and which is called by sailors " the sheet-bend." It is read ily made by bending one of the pieces of cord into a loop (a b, Fig. 14) which is to be held be / tweeu the finger and thumb of the left hand ; the other cord c is passed through the loop from the farther side, then round behind the two legs of the loop, and last- ly, under itself, the loose end coming out at d. In Fig. 14. the smallness of its size, and the firmness with which the various parts grip together, this knot surpasses every other: it can, moreover, be tied readily when one of the pieces, viz., a b, is exceedingly short; in common stout twine, less than an inch being sufficient to form the loop. The above method of forming it is the simplest to describe, although not the most rapid in practice ; as it may be made in much ess time by crossing the two ends of eord ( a b, Fig. 15) on the tip of the forefinger of the left hand, and holding- them firmly by the left thumb, which covers the crossing; then the part c is to be wound round the thumb in a loop, as shown in the figure, and passed be- tween the two ends, behind a and be- fore />; the knot is completed by turn- ing the end b downwards in front of d, passing it through the loop, securing it under the left thumb, and tightening the whole by pulling i. Ax formed in this mode, it is more rapidly made than al- most any other knot; and, as before stated, it excels all in security and compactness, so firmly do the various turns grip each other, that after having been tightly pulled, it is very difficult Fig. 15. to untie ; this is the only drawback to its usefulness, and in this respect it is inferior to the reef-knot, Fig. 16, which is made in precisely the same manner that a shoe-string is tied, only pulling 5ut the ends instead of leaving them as bows. 31 15. The only precau- tion necessary in making a reef-knot is, to observe that the two parts of each string are on the same side of the loop ; if they ire not, the ends (and the 3ows, if any are formed) are at right angles to the cords: the knot is less secure, and is termed by sailors a granny-knot. Other knots are occa- sionally used to connect wo cords, but it is un- necessary to describe hem, as eveiy useful urpose may be answered y those abovernentioned. 3116. The binding knot Figs. 17 and 18) is ex- eedingly useful in con- Fig. 16. necting broken sticks, rods. &c., bu* S82 WHEN THE SHEPHERD IS ANGRY WITH HIS SHEEP. some difficulty is often experienced in fastening: it at the finish ; if, however, the string is placed over the part to be united, as shown in Fig. 17, and the long end b, used to bind around the rod, and finally passed through the loop a, as shown in Fig. 18, it is readily se- cured by pulling d, when the loop is drawn in, and fastens the end of the eord. Fig. 18. Fig. 17. 3117. For fastening a cord to any cylindrical object, one of the most use- ful knots is the clove hitch, which, al- though exceedingly simple and most easily made, is one of the most puzzling knots to' the uninitiated. There are several modes of forming it, the most simple being perhaps as follows : make two loops, precisely similar in every respect, as a and b, Fig. 19, then bring fe in front of a, so as to make both loops correspond, and pass them over the ob- ject to be tied, tightening the ends ; if this is properly done, the knot will not dip, although surrounding a tolerably smooth cylindrical object, as a pillar, pole, &c. This knot is employed by surgeons in reducing dislocations of tin last joint of the thumb, and by nailora in great part of the standing rigging The loop which is formed when a cable is passed around a post or tree to secure Fig. 19. a vessel near shore, is fastened by what sailors term two half hitches, which is simply a clove hitch made by the end of the rope which is passed around the post or tree, and then made to describe the clove hitch around that part of it- self which is tightly strained. 3118. From the tying of knots we may pass on to the tying over of bot- tles, preserves, jars, &c. ; the object with which this operation is performed is either to prevent the access of air or the escape or entrance of moisture ; the act itself is so very simple as to require no explanation ; but & few words may be said on the choice of material, which should be varied, so as to suit the exigencies of each particular case. When a vessel of spirit is to be tied over, leather is frequently selected a very erroneous practice, as the vapour of spirit passes readily through that substance, but cannot penetrate blad- der, which should be invariably used for the purpose. So effectually is spirit confined by bladder, that when weak spirits are put into bladders or into ves- sels tied over with bladder, and allowed to remain sometime, they are strength- ened, as the vapour of the water passes away, that of the spirit being retained. 31 19. Bladder, or other animal mem- branes of the same nature, in a moist and flaccid state, are usually selected for tying over preserves and jams, for which they are well adapted ; should it be impracticable to obtain them, the waxed paper described in 3111 is a very good substitute. Many person! 1 place a thin piece of oiled paper in the jar resting on the jam, iu addition if HE SENDS THEM A BLIND GUIDE 383 tying it down ; this assists in excluding air and preventing mouldiness, but we have found a piece of very thin paper moistened with white of egg much more efficacious. The thin sheet-lead used for lining the interior of tea-chests, or stout tin-foil, is very advantageously used in tying down vessels containing specimens of natural history preserved in spirits, as they effectually prevent the escape of the latter for a long series of years. The plan usually pursued is to tie the cork over first with a single bladder, then with the metal, and final- ly with a second piece of bladder, which is afterwards covered with black paint. 3120. The tying up of parcels in pa- per is an operation which is seldom neatly performed by persons whose oc- cupations have not given them great facilities for constant practice. Wheth- et the paper be wrapped around the objects, as is the case usually when it is much larger than sufficient to enclose them, or merely folded over itself, as is done by druggists, who cut the paper to the required size, it is important that the breadth of the paper should be no longer than sufficient to enable it to be folded over the ends of the object enclosed, without passing over the op- posite side : it is impossible to make a neat or close parcel with paper which is too broad ; excess in length may be readily disposed of by wrapping it round ; but excess of breadth should be cut away. With regard to turning in the ends the mode adopted by grocers is the best. The most common cause of failure in parcels is their being badly corded ; we will, therefore (however unnecessary the description of so simple a performance may appear to those al- ready acquainted with it), describe the most readily-acquired mode of cording. 3121. Let a single knot be made in the end of the cord, which is then pass- ed round the box or parcel. This knot- ted end is now tied by a single hitch round the middle of the cord (Fig 20) and the whole pulled tight. The cord itself is then carried at right angles round the end of the parcel, and where it crosses the transverse cord on the bottom of the tKx (Fig. 21), it should, if the parcel is heavy and requires to be firmly secured, be passed over the cross cord, then back underneath it, and pulled tightly, then, over itself; lastly, under the cross cord, and on around the other end of the box. When it reaches Fig. 20. the top it must be secured by passing it under that part of the cord which runs lengthways (a, Fig. 20) pulling it very tight, and fastening it by two half hitches round itself. The great cause Fig. 21. of parcels becoming loose is the fact of the cord being often fastened to one of the transverse parts (as b, Fig. 20) in- stead of the piece running lengthways, and in this case it invariably becomes loose. The description may perhaps be rendered clearer by the aid of the figures, which exhibit the top and bot- tom of a box corded as described. The cords, however, are shown in a loose state to allow their arrangement to be perceived more easily. 3122. LAYING OUT FIRST- CLASS TABLES. BREAKFAST, LUNCHEONS, AND FOLDING NAPKINS. 3123. The art of laying out a table consists in arrranging the various dishes, plate, glass, &c., methodically, and ad 384 GEORGE WASHINGTON'S TERM OF OFFICE, 1789 TO 1797. hering to the rules we are about to make known. 3124. Much trouble, irregularity, and confusion will be avoided in a house when there is company, if servants are instructed to prepare the table, side board, or dinner-wagon, in a similar manner and order daily. 3125. All tables are usually laid out according to the following rules through- out the United States ; yet there are local peculiarities which will necessa- rily present themselves, and should be adopted or rejected, as may appeal- proper to the good housewife : 31 26. BREAKFAST s. The table should be covered with a clean white cloth ; the cups and saucers arranged at one end, if for tea ; and at both ends, if for tea and coffee ; or the coffee-cups and saucers may be arranged at the right hand side of one end of the table, and the tea-cups and saucers at the left ; the tea-pot and coffee-pot occupy- ing the space between in front, and the urn that at the back. Some persons substitute cocoa or chocolate for coffee, in which case they a re to be placed the same. The slop-basin and milk-jug should be placed to the left ; and the cream, and hot milk-jugs, with the su- gar basin, to the right. 3127. The remainder of the table should be occupied in the centre by the various dishes to be partaken of; while at the sides must be ranged a large plate for meat, eggs, &c., and a small one for toast, rolls, &c., with a small knife and fork for each person ; the carving knife and fork being placed point to handle ; the butter and bread knives to the right of their respective dishes, which occupy the centre part, and spoons in front of the hot dishes with gravy. Salt cellers should occupy the four corners, and, if required, the cruets should be placed in the centre of the table. (Set 31 58.) 3J28. Dry toast should never be pre- pared longer than five minutes before serving, as it becomes tough, and the buttered, soppy and greasy, if too long prepared Hot rolls should be brought to table covered with a nap- kin. 3129. Every dish should be garnish- ed appropriately, either with sippets ornamental butter, water-cresses, pars- ley, or some one of the garnishes \va shall point out in another page. (Set 2542.) 3130. The dishes usually set upon the tables are selected from hot, cold, and cured meats; hot, cold, cured, and potted fish ; game ; poultry, cold or devilled ; fruit, ripe, preserved, or can- died ; dressed and undressed vegeta- bles ; meat-pies and patties, cold ; eggs ; honey-comb; entrees; and savoury morsels as grilled kidneys, ham-toast, devils, &c. 3131. When laid for a marriage breakfast, a bride's cake should occupy the centre instead of the epergne or plateau. (See 2923, and 2930.)' 3132. LUNCHEONS, OK NOONINGS The luncheon is laid in two ways: one way is to bring in a tray with let down sides, on which it is previously arranged upon a tray cloth, and letting down the sides and spreading the cloth upon the dining-table to distribute the things as required. The other is to lay the cloth as for dinner, with the pickle- stand and cruets opposite each other ; and, if in season, a small vaee of flowers in the centre ; if not, a water-jug and tumblers, which may be placed on a side-table at other times. The sides of the table are occupied by the requisites for each guest, viz., two plates, a large and small fork and knives, and dessert- spoon. A folded napkin, and the bread under, is placed upon the plate of each guest. 3133. Carafes, with the tumblers be- longing to and placed over them, are 'aid at the four corners, with the salt ellers in front of them, between two table-spoons laid bowl to handle. 3134. The dishes generally served for uncheons are tiie remains o*f cold meat neatly trimmed and garnished; cold game, hashed or p'ain ; hashes of all descriptions ; curries ; minced meats old pies, saxourj , fr lit, or plain JOHN ADAMS' TEHM }F OFFiCE,1797 TO 1801. 385 plainly-cooked cutlets, steaks, and chops ; omelettes ; bacon ; eggs ; dev- ils' and grilled bones ; potatoes ; sweet- meats ; butter ; cheese ; salad and pickles. In fact, almost anything does for lunch, whether of fish, flesh, fowl, pastry, vegetables, or fruit. 3135. Ale and porter are generally served, but occasionally sherry, port, or home-made wines are introduced, with biscuits and ripe fruit. 3136. A good housewife should al- ways have something in the house ready to convert into a neat little lun- cheon, in case a few friends drop in, to what some are pleased to call a " tif- fin;" and it is astonishing how a really handsome-looking affair may be made out of the remains of the dinner served the day before, some handsome glass, a sprinkle of good plate, a few flowers, some good ale, or a little wine, and above all, a hearty welcome. 3137. NAPKINS. Dinner napkins should be about twenty-eight inches broad, and thirty inches long-. They may* be folded in a variety of ways, which imparts a style to a table, with- out adding much to the expense, and may be readily accomplished with a little practice and attention to the fol- lowing directions and diagrams. (-See 2588.) 3138. THE MITRE (Fig. 1). Fold the napkin into three parts longways, then turn down tho right hand .corner, and turn up the left-hand one, as in Fig. 2, a and b. Turn back the point a towards the right, so that it shall lie behind c ; and b to the left, so as to be behind d. Double the napkin back at the line e, then turn up / from be- fore antl ^-frorn behind, when they will appear as in Fig. 3. Bend the corner h towards the right, and tuck it behind t, and turn back the corner k towards the left, at the dotted line, and tuck it into a corresponding part at the back. The bread is placed under the mitre, or in the centre at the top. 3139. THE EXQUISITE (Fig. 4). Fold the napkia into three parts long- ways, then fold down two-fifths of the length from each side, as in Fig. 5, at ; roll up the part b towards the back, repeat on the other side, then turn up the corner towards the corner a, and it will appear as d. The cen- tre part e is now to be turned up at the bottom, and down at the top, and the two rolls brought under the centre piece, as in Fig. 4. The bread is placed under the centre baud, fc, Fig. 4. 3140. THE COLLEGIAN (Fig. G). Fold the napkin into three parts long ways, then turn down the two sides towards you, so that they shall appear as in Fig. 7 ; then roll up the part a underneath until it looks like b, Fig. 8. Now take the corner b and turn it up towards c, so that the edge of the rolled part shall be even with the cen- tral line ; repeat the same on the other side, and turn the whole over, when it will appear as in Fig. 6. The bread iw placed underneath the part k. 3141. THE CINDERELLA (Fig. 9). Fold the napkin into three parts long- ways, then turn down the two sides as in Fig. 7 ; turn the napkin over, and roll up the lower part as in Fig. 10, a b. Now turn the corner b upwards towards c, so that it shall appear as in d ; repeat on the other side, and then bring the two parts e together so that they shall bend at the dotted line ; and the appearance will now be as in Fig. 9. The bread is pluced under the apron part k, Fig. 9. 3142. THE F L i R T. (Fig. 11.) Fold the napkin into three parts longways, then fold across the breadth, commencing at one extremity, and con- tinuing- to fold from and to yourself in folds about two inches broad, until tho whole is done ; then place in a tumbler, and it will appear as in the illustra tion. 3143. THE YOUNG AMERICA.- (Fig. 12.) Fold the napkin into three parts longways, then fold one of the up- per parts upon itself from you; turn over the cloth with the part having four folds from you, and fold down the two sides so as to appear as in Fig. 7 ; then roll up the part a underneath, until it 386 THOMAS JEFFERSON'S TERM OF OFFICE, 1801 TO 1809. JAMES MADISON'S TEIUI OF OFFICE, 1809 TO 1817. 387 appears as in the dotted lines in Fig. 15, at b. Now turn up the corner b towards c, so that the edge of the rolled part shall be even with th.e cen- tral line: repeat the same upon the opposite side, and turn the whole over, when it will appear as in Fig. 14; the bread being placed underneath the part k, as represented in the illustra- tion. 3144. 7. THE "FAVOURITE," OR OUR OWN. (Fig. 14.) Fold the nap- kin into three parts longways, then turn down the two sides as in Fig. 7, and roll up the part b on both sides, until as represented on the right hand side in Fig. 14 ; then turn it backwards (as a b) on both sides : now 7 fold down the point c towards you, turn over the napkin, and fold the two other parts from you so that they shall appear as in Fig. 15. Turn the napkin over, thus folded, and raising the centre part with the two thumbs, draw the two ends (a and b) together, and pull out the parts (c and d) until they appear as in Fig. 13. The bread is to be placed as re- presented in k, Fig. 13. 3145. DINNERS. The appearance a dinner-table presents does not depend eo much upon a profuseness of viands, as upon the neatness, cleanliness, and well studied arrangement of the whole. Taste, if well directed, may produce a handsome dinner ; whereas three times the amount of money may be expended upon another, and yet not make oven a respectable appearance. 3146. We cannot too strongly urge the necessity of having things done in the same manner every day as when there is company. The servants be- come accustomed to waiting properly, things are always at hand, and they do not appear awkward when visitors drop ii ; then everything is regular, and goes on smoothly. 3147. To LAY THE CLOTH. The t.ible should be well polished, and then covered with a green baize cloth, over which a fine white damask one should be spread. If the white cloth i to be 17 kept on after dinner, it is customary to spread a small cloth at either end of the table where the large dishes are placed, to protect the long cloth from accidental spots arising from the gravy, &c. ; these slips are removed after dinner, and the cloth cleaned with crumb-brushes. In some houses an entire upper cloth is placed upon the table instead ef slips, and this being removed after dinner, does not require the tedious process of brushing- the table-cloth. 3148. Whec the cloth has been spread, place carafes, with the tumblers be- longing to and placed over them, be- tween every four persons, a salt-celler between every third person, and a large and small knife, fork, and spoon, to each guest, with two wine-glasses, a champagne glass, and a tumbler, to the right of each, and the bread placed in or under folded napkins between the knives, forks, and spoons ; and at grand entertainments or public dinners, the name and rank of each guest neatly written on a card in front of napkin, so as to prevent confusion and jealousy. The centre ornament, usually a cande- labrum, plateau, an cpcrgne, or a vase of artificial flowers, must now be set on, and the mats for the various dishes ar- ranged; then the wine-coolers or orna- mental vases placed between the cen- tre piece and the top and bottom disheg, with the wines in the original bottles, loosely corked : the spoons for assisting the various dishes, asparagus tongs, fish knife and fork or slice, and carving knives and forks, are placed in front of the respective dishes to vahich they belong; and knife-rests opposite to those who have to carve ; with a bill of fare, and a pile of soup-plates before those that have to assist the soup. 3149. In arranging or laying out a table, several things require particular attention, and especially the follow- ing : Plate should be well cleaned, and have a bright polish ; few things look worse than to see a greasy-looking 588 JAMES MONROE'S TERM OF OFFICE 1817 T epergne and streaky spoons. (See 514.) Glass should be well rubbed with a washleather, dipped in a solution of fine whiting and stoneblue, and then dried : afterwards it should be polished with an old silk handkerchief. Plates and dishes should be hot, otherwise the guests will be disgusted by seeing flakes of fat floating about in the gravy. Bread should be ut in pieces about an inch thick, and each round of a loaf into six parts, or if for a dinner party, dinner rolls should be ordered. The bread is placed under the napkins, or on the left of each guest ; if dinner napkins are not used, some of the bread being placed in a bread-tray covered with a crotchet cloth upon the side- board. Lights, either at or after the dinner, should be subdued, and above the guests, if possible, so as to be shed upon the table, without intercepting the view. Sauces, either bottle, sweet, or boat vegetables, and sliced cucum- ber, or glazed onions for fall goose, should be placed upon the sideboard ; a plate basket for removing the soiled plates is usually placed under the side- board, or some other convenient part of the room ; and two knife-trays, covered with napkins, are placed upon a butler's tray ; these are used for removing soiled carvers and forks, and the soiled silver. It is useful to have a large sized bradawl, a corkscrew, and funnel, with etraiuer ; the former to break the wire of the champagne bottles, and the lat- ter to strain port wine, if required to be opened during dinner. 3150. To lay out the sideboard or tray. Little requires to be done, ex- cept to ' arrange the silver, knives, cruets, and various dishes to be placed there. The silver should be arranged on one end of the sideboard, a& in Figs. 1 and 2, the gravy spoons being placed bowl to handle, and the cheese-scoop, marrow-spoon, and salad-spoons or scis- sors, where most convenient. The knives are placed as in Fig. 3, for tne convenience of removal, because by this means a single knife can be abstracted without disturbing the others ; carving knives and forks should be placed above the others, point to handle. Figs. I & 2. 3151. The wine-glasses, tumblers, and finger-glasses, for dessert, are placed where most convenient, but usually in the centre, at the back, with ice-plates near to them, and the wine- * CO I glasses placed in the finger glasses, at in Fig. 4 ; but when only one glass is used, that is placed in the centre, mouth downwards. At very large or fashionable dinners, the finger-glasses are sometimes placed oi the dinner ta- ble with the plain and coloured wine- glasses in them, and the same refilled, are placed again at dessert. The cruets, sauces, &c. are placed at one end, and the vegetables Ac. in the cen- tre front of the sideboard. 3152. To place the dishes on the tdbU. Each servant should be provided, a* JOHN QUINCY ADAMS* TERM OF OFFICE 1825 TO 1829. 389 large dinners, with a bill of fare, and instructed at small ones, where fhe dishes are to be placed. No two dishes resembling each other should be near the same part of the table. Soups or broth should always be placed at the head of the table ; if t'here are two, top arid bottom ; if four, top, bottom, and frvvo sides, opposite each other, or alternately with fish. Fish should be placed at the head of the table; if there are two sorts, have fried at the bottom, and boiled at the top ; if four, arrange the same as the Boup. We may observe, that a white and brown, or a mild and high-seasoned soup, should occupy either side of the centre piece, and that it looks hand- somer to have fried and boiled fish op- posite each other, but they should never be placed upon the same dish. Fish is generally served upon a napkin, the corners of which are either turned in or thrown over the fish, or upon a piece of simple netting, which is turn- ed in all round ; but we recommend our readers to use the elegant serviette, as being more stylish. 3153. The first course generally con- sists of soups and fish, which are removed by the roasts, stews, &c., of the second course. 3154. The second course, when there are three, consists of roasts and stews for the top and bottom ; turkey or fowls, ham garnished, tongue, or fricandeau, for the side ; with small made-dishes for corners, served in covered-dishes, as curries, ragouts, fricassees, stews, palates, &c. 3155. When there are two roasts, one should be white, and the other brown. Removes are generally placed upon large dishes, for, as they supply the place of the fish and soups, they constitute the principal part of the iiriner. What are termed flancs are not so large as the removes, nor so small as the entrees, or. made-dishes, and are generally served in a different- ly formed dish. They are seldom used except when there are eighteen or twenty persons. 3156. Entries, or made dishes, re quire great care in placing them upon the table, otherwise the gravy slops over and soils the dish ; they are, there- fore, usually served with a wall of mashed potatoes, rice or other vegeta- bles, to keep them in their proper place. They should also be served aa hot as possible. 3157. -When there is but one princi- pal dish, it should be placed at the head of the table. If three dishes, the principal to the head, and the others opposite each other, near the bottom; if four, the largest to the head, the next size to the foot, and the other two at the sides ; if five, place the same as for four, with the smallest in the centre ; if six, place the same as for four, with two small dishes on each side ; if seven, put three dishes down the centre of the table, and two on each side; if eight, four dishes down the middle, and two on each side, at equal distances ; if nine, place them in three equal lines, but with the proper dishes at the top and bottom f the table ; if ten, put four down the centre, one at each corner, and one on each side, opposite the vacancy between the two central dishes ; or four down the middle, and three on each side oppo- site the vacancies of the centre dishes ; if twelve, place them in three rows of four each, or six down the middle, and three at equal distances on each side. If more than twelve, they must be ar- ranged on the same principles, but varying according to number. 3158. Oval or circular dining- tables require to have the dishes arranged in a shape corresponding to the table. 3159. The third course consists of game, confectionery, delicate vegetables dressed in the French style, puddings, creams, jellies, &c. 3160. }^ien there are only two courses, the first generally consists of soups and fish, removed by boiled poultry, ham, tongue, stews, roasts, ragouts, curries, or made-dishes generally, with vegeta- bles. The second consists of roasted poultry or game at the top and bottom 890 JACKPON'S TERM OF OFFICE 1829 TO 1837. with dressed vegetables, maccaroni, I where the dishes are to be placed, and, jellies, creams, preserved fruit, pastry I in fact, be acquainted with the whole and general confectionery, salads, & c. It is generally contrived to give as great a variety as possible in these dinners : thus a* jelly, a cream, a compote, an ornamental cake, a dish of preserved fruit, fritters, a ding, &c. blancmange, a pud- 3161. After the third course has been removed, cheese, ornamented butter, salad, radishes, celery in a glass bowl or on a dish, sliced cucumber (and at small parties, usually served. marrow-bones), are 3162. A mar row- spoon, cheese-scoop, and butter-knife, Tbeing required upon the table, are to be placed near to the dishes ; a knife and fork near the celery, and a pair of salad-scissors or a fork and spoon in the bowl with the salad. 3163. The cheese may be served in a glass bowl, and handed round from right to left ; or if Stilton, surrounded with the elegant serviette, and placed upon the cheese-cloth. The bread may be seryed as usual, or the cheese-snaps, piled up on a crochet-cloth, in a plated bread-basket placed in the centre. 3164. Waiting at Table. Much con- fusion is avoided by having an attend- ant upon each side of the table ; or, if the party is large, more than one, ac- cording to the number. The usual number require^! for parties is given below: and if the income admit of it, the scale may be increased, according to the second column, which will mater- ially add to the comfort of the guests. Guests 6 12 15 20 30 40 50 Servants \ 2 3 4 6 9 12 2 3 4 6 8 12 20, &c. appointed for that purpose nd by the side of each dish, 3165. Every attendant should be oently attired, have a white neckcloth and white gloves on, should know where all the articles required are, singly from the assisting it, and carrie routine of the party, and therefore it is better to provide each one with a bill of fare. 3166. When every guest is seated, a servant should sta with the right hand upon the cover; and as soon as grace is said, the cover is to be removed, and placed in some convenient part of the room. The plates for soup should thsn be taken i-te the person to those guests that desire that particular soup, ob- serving that ladies are to be assisted before gentlemen, and that these should commence from the head of the table continuing to assist each until both sides are helped. 3167. Soon after the eoup has been served, the servants may pass down each side of the table, and ask each guest what they will take, assisting them to the dkh desired as soon as it can be procured. When champagne is given, it is handed round upon a waiter or salver at small parties, com- mencing at the right hand side of the table from the top and bottom simul- taneously, without any distinction as regards ladies or gentlemen. In brge parties and we prefer the arrangement ourselves even in small ones the bottle being enveloped as far as the neck with a clean dinner-napkin, the wine is assisted in the same order as before; but instead of being handed round on a salver, the servants pour the wine into the glass, at the right-hand side of each guest. By these means there is less danger of the glasses being broken by any awkward collision. The champagne is generally iced in summer, and cool in winter, and is as- sisted as sooii as the soup is finished, or just after the guests have been helped to the- second course of re- moves. 3168. Liqueurs are handed round when sweets are on the table. Sauces are handed round in the sauce-boat, and MARTIX VAX BUREN'S TERM or OFFICE 1837 TO 1841. 391 When served, placed on the side-board or dinner-waggon ; if only a family party, they are returned to the table. Sweet sauces are handed round in glass dishes, and bottle-sauces in a stand or basket made for that pur- pose, 3169. In removing the dinner things, one servant goes round the table with a tray, and the other removes and places the things upon it. The cloth is then brushed with a dumb-brush ; or the two sides are turned in, and then the cloth dexterously jerked off the table, the lights replaced, and the des- sert set on. 3170. When knives, forks, and spoons, are removed from dishes or plates, they should be placed in proper trays covered with napkins ; one being used for the silver, the other for the steel articles. 3171. When plates or dishes are removed from the table, great care is to be observed with respect to holding them horizontally, otherwise the gravy, syrup or liquid, may injure the dresses of the guests. 8172. In some circles, the fashion prevails of placing finger-glasses on table immediately preceding dessert ; but in others, especially of the highest fashion, cut-glass bowls, partially filled with rose or orange-flower water, iced in summer and lukewarm in winter, are handed down each side of the table, upon salvers: into these each guest dips the corner of the dinner napkin, and just touches the lips and the tips of the fingers, to afford a re- freshing feeling. 3173. THE DESSERT. The dessert raay consist of merely two dishes of fruit for the top and bottom; dried fruits, biscuits, filberts, &c., for the sides and corners ; and a cake for the centre. 3174. When the party is large, and ices are served, the ice-plates are placed round the table, and ice-pails at both ends of the table, and dishes with wafer-biscuits nt the sides. Some persons have the ices served in glas* dishes, which, together with the wafer- biscuits, are handed round before the usual dessert. 3175. When there is preserved gin- ger, it follows the ices, as it serves to stimulate the palate, so that the deli- cious coolness of the wines may be better appreciated. 3176. The side and corner dishes usually put on for dessert, consist of: Compotes in glass dishes; frosted fruit served on lace-paper, in small glass dishes; preserved and dried fruits, in glass dishes ; biscuits, plain and fancy ; fresh fruit, served in dishes surrounded with leaves or moss ; olives, wafer-biscuits, brandy-scrolls, &c. 3177. The centre dishes may con- sist either of a Savoy or an ornamental cake, on an elevated stand a group of waxen fruit, surrounded with moss a melon a pine apple grapes or a vase of flowers. 3178. BEHAVIOR AT DINNER. There is no situation in which one's breeding is more observed, than at the dinner-table ; our work would therefore be incomplete without the proper di- rections as to its etiquette. 3179. If there are ladies, gentlemen offer their arms, and conduct them to the dining-room, according to their age, or the degree of respect to be shown them. 3180. The lady of the house sits at the head of the table, and the gentle- man opposite, at the foot. The place of hon^r for gentlemen is on each side of the mistress of the house for ladies, on each side of the master. The com- pany should be so arranged that each lady will have some gentleman at her side to assist her. Of course it is every gentleman's duty, first of all to see that ladies near him are attended to. 3181. When napkins are provided, they are at once carefully unfolded, and laid on the knees. Observe if grace is to be said, and keep a proper decorum. If soup is served, take a piece of bread in the left hand, and the spoon in the right, and sip noiselessly from the side of the spoon. Do not S92 WILLIAM H. HARRISOK 1841 : DIED THE SAME YEAR. take two plates of the same kind of soup, and never tip up the plate. 3182. When regular courses are served, the next dish is fish. If silver or wide-pronged forks are used, eat with the fork in the right hand- the knife is unnecessary. 3183. Next come the roast and boil- ed meats. If possible, the knife should never be put in the mouth at all, let the edge be turned outward. Anything taken into the mouth not fit to be swallowed, should be 'quietly removed with the fingers of the left hand, to that Bide of the plate. The teeth should be picked as little a-s possible, and never with the fork or fingers. Carefully ab- stain from every act of observation that may cause disgust, such as spitting, blowing the nose, gulping, rinsing the mouth, &c. Should a gentleman send you wine at a public table, or ask the honour of a glass with you, observe when he raises his glass, and do the same, bowing, whether you drink or not. 3184. When the ladies leave the ta- ble, which they do together at the sig- nal of the mistress of the house, the gen- tlemen rise and conduct them to the door of the apartment, and then return to the table. This is in formal parties. 3185. If at dinner you are requested to help any one to sauce, do not pour it over the meat or vegetables, but on one side. If you should have to carve and help a joint, do not load a person's plate it is vulgar: also in serving soup, one ladleful to each plate is suffi- cient. 3186. Eat peas with a dessert spoon, and curry also. Tarts and puddings are to be eaten with a spoon. 3187. As a general rule, in helping any one at table, never use a knife when you can use a spoon. 3188. Making a noise in chewing, or breathing hard in eating, are both un- seemly habits, and ought to be eschew- ed. 3189. Never pare an apple or a pear for a lady unless she desires you, and then bo careful to use your fork to hold it ; you may sometimes offer to divide a very large pear with or for a person. 3190. At some tables, large colored glasses, partially filled with water, with a bit of lemon, are brought when the cloth is removed. You dip a cor- ner of the napkin in the water, and wipe your mouth, then rinse your fin- gers and wipe them on your napkin. 3J91. The best general rule for a person unacquainted with the usages oi society, is to be cautious, pay attention and do as he sees others do, who ought to know what is proper. Most of our blunders are the result of haste and want of observation. 3192. FOUR GOOD POINTS. These were earnestly recommended by a wise and good man, and enforced by his own example. They are essentially necessary for the management of tem- poral concerns. These are : 1. Punctuality. 2. Accuracy. 3. Steadiness. 4. Dispatch. Without the first, time is wasted. Without the second, mistakes, fatal to our own interest and that of others, may be committed. Without the third, nothing can be well done. Without the fourth, opportunities of good are lost which it is impossible to recall. 3193. FOUR IMPORTANT RULES. 1. A suitable place for everything, and everything in its place. 2. A proper time for everything, and everything done in its time. 3. A distinct name for everything, and everything called by its name. 4. A certain use for everything, and everything put to its use. 3194. TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 3195. Men are often measured by weight of intellect or character, which is very diversified, but not more than the weights and measures of men in different regions, by which they measure merchandise and produce to one au JOHN TYLER'S TERM OF OFFICE 1841 TO 1845. other. For instance, a BARREL MEASURE. 3196. What is it? This it IB, when selling the following articles : 3197. Cixler and other liquids, 30 gallons. Rice, 600 Ibs. Flour, 196 Ibs. Powder, 25 Ibs, Corn, as bought and sold in Kentucky, Tennessee, &c., 5 bushels of shelled corn. As bought and sold a New-Orleans, a flour barrel full of ears Potatoes, as sold in New- York, a k./rel contains 2^ bushels. Pork, a barrel is 200 Ibs., distinguished in quality by " clear," " mess," " prime." A barrel of beef is the same weight. 3198. A barrel of salt, in one place, is 280 Ibs., and in another " five bush- els," though in measuring the bushel, cubic inches are not resorted to, but pounds, arbitrarily calling a bushel of salt 56 Ibs. in one place, and 50 Ibs. in another. 3199. A BUSHEL MEASURE. The legal bushel of America is the old Winchester measure of 2,150.42 cubic inches. The imperial bushel of Eng- land is 2,218.142 cubic inches; so that 32 English bushels are about equal to 33 of ours. 3200. Although we are all the time talking about the price of grain, &c., by the bushel, we sell by weight, UB follows : 3201. Wheat, beans, potatoes, and clover seed, 60 Ibs. Corn, rye, flax- seed, and onions, 56 Ibs. Corn on the cob, 70 Ibs. Buckwheat, 52 Ibp. Bar- ley, 48 Ibs. Hemp seed, 44 Ibs. Timothy seed, 45 Ibs. Castor beans, 46 Ibs. Oats, 35 Ibs. Bran, 20 Ibs. Blue grass seed, 14 Ibs. Salt ; the real weight of coarse salt is 85 Ibs. Dried apples, 24 Ibs. Dried peaches, 33 Ibs. according to some rules, but others are 22 IDS. for a bushel, while in Indiana, dried apples and peaches are sold by the heaping bushel. So are potatoes, turnipe, onions, apples. &c., and in some sections oats are heaped. A bushel of corn in the ear is throe heaped half bushels, or four even full. 3202. In Tennessee, a hundred ears of corn is sometimes counted as a bushel. At Chester, England, a bushel is 32 gallons; at Carlisle, 24 gallons; at Penrith, 16 gallons ; at Abbingtou, 9 gallons. 3203. A hoop 18 inches diameter, b inches deep, holds a Winchester bushel. A box 12 inches square, 7 and 7 1-32 deep, will hold half a bushel. A heap- ing bushel is 2.815 cubic inches. 3204. A GALLON MEASURE. An English imperial gallon is 10 Ibs. of distilled water at 62 Fahrenheit, when the barometer stands at 30. This is 277.274 cubic inches. The old wine measure in use here is 231 inches ; and " beer measure" 282 inches. 3205. The question, if asked: "What is a gallon measure?" can only be answered by measuring the man who is buying or selling. 3206. LAND MEASURE. An English imperial acre is 4,840 square yards, or 160 square rods. A square 13 rods upon each side is commonly counted an acre ; it is nine rods over measure. A square 22 yards upon each side is one- tenth of an acre. 3207. The following gives the com- parative size in square yards of acres in different countries : English acre , 4,840 square yards ; Scotch, 6,150 ; Irish, 7,840 ; Hamburg, 11,545; Amsterdam, 9,722; Dantzic, 6,650; France (hectare), 11,960; Prussia (morgen), 3,053. This difference should be borne in mind in reading of the products per acre in different countries. Our land measure is that of England. 3208. GOVERNMENT LAND MEAS- URE. A township, 36 sections, each a mile square. A section, 640 acres. A quarter section, half a mile iquare, 160 acres. An eighth section, half a mile long-, lorth and south, and a quarter of a mile wide, 80 acres. A sixteenth section, a quarter of a mile square, 40 acres. The sections aie all numbered one if 894 JAMES K. FOLK'S TERM OF OFFICE 1845 TO 1849. thirty-six, commencing at the northeast comer, thus : 6 5 4 3 2 N W \ E bW" SK 7 8 9 10 11 12 18 17 16 15 14 13 19 20 21 22 23 24 30 29 28 27 26 25 31 32 33 34 j 35 36 The sections are all divided in quarters, which are named by the car- dinal points, as in section one. The quarters are divided in the same way. The description of a 40 acre lot would read : The south half of the west half of the southwest quarter of section 1 in township 24, north of range 7 west, or as the case might be ; and sometimes will fall short, and sometimes overrun the number of acres it is supposed to contain. 3209. A MILE MEASURE. A stand- ard English mile, which is the measure that we use, is 5,280 feet in lengtn, 1.760 yards, or 320 rods. A strip one rod wide and one mile long, is two ac.res. By this it is easy to calculate the quantity of land* taken up by roads, and also how much is wasted by fences. 3210. The following table shows the length of miles in different countries, compared with the English mile : Scottish (ancient) 1m. 224 yds. Irish (ancient) 1 480 German (short) 3 1,570 German (long) 5 1,326 Hanoverian 6 Tuscan 1 Russian 4 Danifh 4 Dantzic 4 Hungarian 5 Swiss 6 Swedish' 6 Arabian. . . .J 999 48 1,197 1,204 1.435 313 353 1,140 380 Roman (modern), 132 yards less than the English mile. 3211. A LEAGUE MEASURE. English league 3m. French league 3 French posting league. .2 743 ydi Spanish judicial league. .2 1,115 Spanish common league .5 376 Portugal league 3 1,480 Flanders league 3 1 ,584 3212. OTHER MEASURES. Russian werst 1,1G7 yds. Turkish bein 1m. 66 Persian parasang 3 806 "A Sabbath day's journey," 1,155 yards ; which is 18 yards less than two thirds of a mile. " A day's journey," 33 miles. " A reed," 10 feet 11 inches. "A palm,'' 3 inches. " A fathom,'' 6 feet. A Greek foot is 12| inches. A Hebrew foot is 1,212 of an English foot. A cubit is two feet. A great cubit is 1 1 feet. An Egyptian cubit is 21.888 inch.es. A span is 10.944 inches. 3213. BOARD MEASURE. Boards are sold by superficial measure, at so much per foot of one inch or less in thickness, adding one fourth, to the price for each quarter-inch thickness over an inch. 3214. GRAIN MEASURE IN BULK. Multiply the width and length of the pile together, and that product by the height, and divide by 2,150, and you have the contents in bushels. If you wish the contents of a pile of ears of corn, or roots in heaped bushels, ascertain the cubic inches and divide by 2.818. 3215. A TUN WEIGHT. In this city, a tun is 2,000 Ibs. In most places, a tun of hay, &c., is 2,240 Ibs., and in some places that foolish fashion still prevails of weighing all bulky articles sold by the tun, by the " long weight," or tare of 12 Ibs. per cwt. 3216. A tun of round timber is 40 feet; of square timber, 54 cubic feet. 3217. "A quarter" of corn or other grain sold by the bushel, is eighe ZACHARY TAYLOR 1849-1850 J DIED 1850. 595 mperial bushels, or a quarter of a tun. 3218. A Tux of liquid measure is 252 gallons. 3219. BUTTER is sold avoirdupois weight, which compares with Troy weight as 144 to 175 ; the Troy pound being that much the lightest. But 175 Troy ounces equal 192 of avoir- dupoi?. 3220. A firkin of butter is 56 Ibs : a tub of butter is 84 Ibs. 3221. The KILOGRAMME of France is 1,000 grammes ; and equal to two Ibs. 2 oz. 4 grs. avoirdupois. 3222. A BALE OF COTTON, in Egypt, is 90 Ibs ; in America, a commercial bale is 400 Iba. ; though put up to vary from 280 to 720 in. different localities. A bale or bag of Sea Island cotton is 300 Ibs. 3223. WOOL. In England, wool is Bold by the sack or boll, of 22 stone, which, at 14 Ibs. the stone, is 308 Ibs. 3224. A pack of wool is 17 stone, 2 Ibs. , which is rated as a pack load for a horse. It is 240 Ibs. A tod of wool is 2 stone of 14 Ibs. A wey of wool is 6 tods. Two weys, a sack. A clove of wool is half a stone. 3225. The STONE WEIGHT, so often Bpoken of in English measures, is 14 Ibs. when weighing wool, feathers, hay, &c. , but a stone of beef, fish, butter, cheese, &c., is only 8 Ibs. 3226. HAY. In England, a truss, when new, is 60 Ibs., or 56 Ibs. of old hay. A truss of straw, 40 Ibs. A load of hay is 36 trusses. In this country, a load is just what it may happen to weigh ; and a tun of hay is either 2,000 Ibs. or 2,240, according to the custom of the locality, A bale of hay is generally considered about 300 Ibs., but there is no regularity in the weight. A cube of a solid mow, 10 feet square, will weigh a tun. 3227. A LAST is an English measure of various articles. A last of soap, ashes, herrings, and some similar things, is 2 barrels. A last of corn is 10 qxiarters. A last of gunpowder, 24 barrels. 17* A last of flax or feathers, 1,700 Ibs. A last of wool, 12 sacks. 3228. A SCOTCH PINT contains 105 cubic inches, and is equal to 4 English pints. 214 Scotch pint is is a farlot of wheat. 3229. COAL. A chaldron is 58f cubic feet, or by measure, 36 heaped bushels. A heaped bushel of anthra- cite coal weighs 80 Ibs., making 2,880 Ibs. to a chaldron. 3230. WOOD. A cord of wood is 128 solid feet, in this country and Eng- land. In France it is 576 feet. We cord wood 4 feet long, in piles 4 feet by 8. In New-Orleans, wood is retailed by the pound, and to a limited extent here. It is also sold by the barrel. A load of wood in New-York is 42 cubic feet, or one-third of a cord. Wood is sold in England by the stack, skid, quintal, billet, and bun- dle. 3231. A STACK is 108 solid feet, and usually piled 12 feet long, 3 feet high, and 3 feet wide. A QUINTAL of wood is 100 Ibs. 3232. A SKID is a round bundle of sticks, 4 feet long. A one-notch skid girts 16 inches. A two-notch skid 23 inches. A three-notch skid 28 inches. A four-notch skid 33 inches. A five- notch skid 38 inches. A BILLET of wood is a bundle ot sticks 3 feet long, and girts 7, 10 or 14 inches, and these bundles sell by the score or hundred. A spore is 20, wid comes from the count by tally, or marks. FAGGOTS OP WOOD are bundles of brush 3 feet long, 2 feet round. A load of faggots is 50 bundles. All wood should be sold by tho pound. 3233. PARLOR AMUSEMENT. 3234. RIDDLES. It may be asked, What is a riddle 1 Ah ! what is it I That's just the rub ! Well, then, it is queer affair, without shape, size, hu- manity, compassion, breath, or sex. It is caressed, abused, courted, slighted, jostled, hustled, and, notwithstanding all MILLALO FILMORE'S TERM OF OFFICE 1850 TO 1853. that i* said against it, universally looked upon as a welcome guest when it is not in a dull mood. 3235. The oldest riddle on record is that put forth by Samson (Judges xiv.) ' Out of the eater came forth meat, and out of the strong came forth sweet- ness." His solution is well known, as it is explained in the same chapter. 3236. No doubt there are many rid- dles which should have been handed down to posterity, that deserved this dis- tinction, but that ascribed to Cieobulus, one of the seven wise men of Greece, deserves to be recorded ; it is said to have been composed B. c. about 705 years. " There is a father with twice six sons: these sons have thirty daugh- ters a-piece, parti-colored, having one check white and the other black, who never see each other's face, nor live above twenty-four hours." His solu- tion was " The Year." How we have puzzled and puzzled again over some of the good old riddles of yore, and when their solutions have been whispered, half in mirth and half in fear at our wrath, we have laughed at our very stupidity, and wondered how any person could fail to discover them. What a batch now crowd upon us 'tis fearful to contemplate ! But we shall iash off a few as they pass in review, vommencing with 3-237. M. VOLTAIRE'S RIDDLE. What is the longest, and yet the short- est thing in the world ; the swiftest and the most slow ; the most divisible and the most extended ; the least valued, and the most regretted ; without which nothing cau be done ; which devours everything, however small, and yet gives life and spirit to all things how- ever great ? Answer Time. 3238. RIDDLE. Beneath the skies a creature once did dwell, So sacred writers unto us do tell, He lived, he breathed, in this vain world, 'tis true, Though he ne'er sinn'd or any evil knew He never shall in Heaven's high king- dom dwell, Or e'er be doomed to feel the pangs of Hell; Yet in him an immortal soul there wa That must be damn'd or, live among the just. Answer The Fish that swallowed Jonah. 3239. A PROBLEM FOR ARITHME- TICIANS. A. and B., two countrymen, came to the New York market with 30 geese each. A. sells his 30 geese at the rate of TWO for $1, and B. sells his 30 geese at the rate of THREE for $1, at which rate the purchaser seems to get FIVE geese for $2. The net proceeds of the sales, however, amount- ed to $25. Subsequently A. and B. have another lot of thirty geese each for the market, but as A. is sick, he gets B. to sell his lot, who comes to the market, and believing that he was sell- ing his geese on the same terms as be- fore, offers them at the rate of FIVE for $2. When he returns home, he finds, in making up his account with A., that he has only netted $24 for the sixty geese, and is out $1, but cannot account for the deficiency. In the first instance, the sixty geese brought $25 ; tn the second, only $24, and yet he has apparently sold them on the same terms FIVE for $2, as they sold them in the first place THREE for $1, and TWO for $1 FIVE for $2. Can any of our smart men at figures account for the deficiency of $1 on the second sale? Answer. The solution of the problem of the geese is very simple. It is true that the buyer of the geese from A., at two for $2, and from B. at three for $1, obtains five for $2. But when B. has sold all of his geese, having received $10 for his 30, A. has only sold 20 for the same money, and has ] left at the rate of two for $1. Thus, when A. has sold only 20, the rate of five for $2 ceases; being two for $1, or four for $2, for the remaining ten belonging to A. Therefore this accounts for the dif ference o r $1 between the two sale* FRANKLIN PlERCK's TERM OF OFFICE 1853 TO 1857. 397 3240. ARITHMETICAL PUZZLE. Arrange the figures 1 to 9 in such order that, by adding them together, they amount to 100. 15 36 47 It it done thus : 100 3241. PRACTICAL PUZZLE. It is required to name the quotient of five or three lines of figures each line con- sisting of five or more figures only seeing the first line, before the other lines are even put down. Any person may write down the first line of figures for you. How do you find the quotient? Answer. When the first line of fig- ures is set down, subtract 2 from the last right-hand figure, and place it be- fore the first figure of the line, and that is the quotient for five lines. For ex- ample, suppose the figures given are 86,214, the quotient will be 286,212. You may allow any person to put down the two first and the fourth lines, but you must always set down the third and fifth lines, and in doing so always make up 9 with the line above, as in the following example : Therefore in the annexed 86,214 diagram you will see that 42,680 you have made 9 in the 57,319 third and fifth lines with 62,854 the lines above them. If 37,145 the person desired to put - down the figure, should Qt. 286,212 set a 1 or for the last figure, you must say we will have another figure, and another, and so on until he sets down something above 1 or 2. In solving the puzzle 67,856 with three lines, you sub- 47,218 tract 1 from the last figure, 52,781 arid place it before the first figure, and make up the Qt 167,855 third line yourself to 9. For example : 67,856 is given, and the quotient will be 167,355, &B shown in the above diagram. 3242. To TELL ANY NUMBER THOUGHT OF. Ask a person to think of a number ; then tell him to subtract 1 from that number ; now tell him to multiply the remainder by 2 ; then re- quest him again to subtract 1, and add to the remainder the number he first thought of, and to inform you of the total. When he has done this, you must mentally add three to that total, and then divide it by 3, and the quo- tient will be the number first thought of. This is an excellent arithmetical pastime, examples of which we give below : 10 15 18 23 1111 9 2 18 1 17 10 27 3 14 2 28 1 27 15 42 3 17 2 34 1 33 18 51 3 22 2 44 1 43 23 66 3 3)30 3)45 3)54 3)69 10 15 18 23 3243. THE EXPUNGED FIGURE. In the first place desire a person to write down secretly, in a line, any number of figures he may choose, and add them together as units ; having done this, tell him to subtract that sura from the line of figures originally set down; then desire him to strike out any figure he pleases, and add the remaining figures in the line together as units (as in the first instance), and inform you of the result, when you will tell him the figure ho has struck out. Suppose, for example, the 76542 24 figures put down are 76542; 24 . these, added together, as unite, make a total of 24 ; 76518 deduct 24 from the first line, and 76518 will remain ; if the 5, the centre figure, be Btruck 398 NEVER PUT OFF TILL TO-MORROW WHAT CAN BE DONE TO-DAY. out, the total will be 22. If 8, the first figure be struck oirt, 19 will be the total. In order to ascertain which figure has been struck out, you make a men- tal sum one multiple of 9 higher than the total given. If 22 be given as the total, then 3 times 9 are 27, and 22 from 27 shows that 5 was struck out. If 19 be given, that sum deducted from ^7 shows 8. Should the total be equal multiples of 9, as 18, 27, 36, then 9 has been ex- punged. With very little practice any person may perform this with rapidity ; it is therefore needless to give any further examples. 3244. THE REMAINDER. A very pleasing way to arrive at an arithmet- ical sum, without the use of either slate or pencil, is to ask a person to think of a figure, then to double it, then add a certain figui-e to it, now halve the whole sum, and finally to subtract from that the figure first thought of. You are then to tell the thinker what is the re- mainder. The key to this lock of figures is, that half of whatever sum you require to be added during the working of the sum is the remainder. In the example given, five is the half of ten, the num- ber requested to be added. Any amount may be addod, but the opera- tion is simplified by giving only even numbers, as they will divide without fractions. Example. Think of .7 Double it = 14 Add to it 10 Halve it J)24 Which will leave . . . Subtract the number thought of 12 The remainder will be . . 5 3245. THE THREE JEALOUS HUS- BANDS. This is a very ingenious puzzle and should be performed with small counters of two different colors Three jealous husbands, with theii wives, having to cross a smnll stream, find a boat without an owner, which is only sufficiently large to carry two per- sons at a time. Wanted to know, how the six persons can transport thorn selves over the river in pairs, so that no woman shall be left in company with any of the men unless her husband is present. Answer. At first two wives cross the river, then one returns and takes over the remaining wife, after which she recrosses, and stays with her husband, and the two husbands cross over. Then a husband and wife come back, and the two husbands cross. Then the wife returns and takes over one of the others, and lastly the husband of the remaining one comes back for hia wife. (See 2435.) 3246. TECHNICAL TERMS RELA- TIVE TO BOOKS, ENGRAV- INGS, ETC. 3247. Books are distinguished ac- cording to the number of pages in a sheet of the paper on which they are printed ; as, two leaves, 4 pages, folio four leaves, 8 pages, quarto, or 4fo. eight leaves, 16 pages, octavo, or 8vo. twelve leaves, 24 pages twelves, duode- cimo, or 12mo. ; sixteen leaves, 32 pages, sixteens, or 16 mo. ; eighteen leaves, 36 pages, octo-decimo, eighteens, or 18mo. The size of a book is deter- mined by the size or designation of a sheet of the paper on which it ia printed ; as foolscap 4to., or 8vo. ; post 8vo. ; demy 8vo. ; royal 8vo., &c. 3248. The letters A, B, C, D, &c. and the letters and figures, A 2, A 3, A 4, fec., at the bottoms of the- first, third, fifth, seventh, &c., - pages of printed sheets, are marks for directing the printer, bookseller, and bookbinder in collecting, collating, folding- and placing the sheets in proper order. These marks are usually termed signa- tures. 3249. When the page of a book is divided into two or more parts by a line or lines, or blank spaces, running from NEVER TROUBLE ANOTHER FOR WHAT YOU CAN DO YOURSELF. 399 the top to the bottom, each division is 3259. The legality of signatures, in called a column. This work is printed , pencil, has ever been questioned. in columns. 3250. Vignette i* a French term, designating the ornamental engraving, without a boi'der, which is sometimes 3260. Account books, notes, or re- ceipts written in pencil, would not be respected in any law court. placed in the title-page of a book, at the head or termination of a chap- 3261. In those States in which ex emption laws are enforced, the drawer ter, &c. of a promissory note may expressly 3251. Xylography is the art of en- graving upon wood ; etching, mezzo- iinto, and aquatinta, are varieties of the art of engraving upon copper. Until within these few years, copper waive all right of benefit "from those laws. Conditions which the subscriber may add to a " note of promise," if accepted by the receiver, holds good in every State, unless thej directly con- and wood were the substances employ- travene local laws. ed by engravers for book-illustrations. 3262. FIFTY THOUSAND For certain purposes, wood (box-wood) CURES of drowsiness dejection, continues in the highest repute ; but dolour, clulness, depression, ennui, ill- copper has been in a great measure humor, indigestion, (mental,) from poli- superseded by steel, where a large tical or other dry reading, loss of tem- number of impressions is required. per, low spirits, melancholy, morose- 3252. Elcctrography is a newly- ness, mental anxiety, (as for instance discovered electrical process, by which on a railway journey,) sulks, stupe- one copper plate may be expeditiously produced, in fac simile from another. faction, (by a debate in Congress,) sleepiness, spleen, general used- 3253. Glyphography is a somewhat similar nrorrffis. bv which t.hronali tlio upishness, and many other complaints, have already been affected bv th use action of the voltaic battery, plates may be obtained from drawings, affording impressions ad libitum. 3254. Lithography is the art of taking impressions from drawings or writings made on prepared and highly- polished calcareous stone. Zincography is an adaptation of the same principle to plates of Zinc. All these processes are now extensivel y employee iks for vari ed in the poses. ( See 1 850 and 3360 . ) 3255. RECEIPTS. A receipt is not conclusive evidence of payment, but it throws the burden of proof upon him who attempts to impeach it. 3256. Receipts may be either in full of all demands, for a special account, " an account, or for part payment of ;pecial purpose. in R spec 3257. The arrangement of the word- Ing of a receipt is not important if the object and time be distinctly stated in it. 3258 A general receipt " in full of all demands " is a discharge of all debts except speoiu iobts unf 9r seal of that celebrated article prepared by the old lady herself Mrs. PARTING- TON S CARPET BAG OF FUN with 150 laughable designs, and 1,000 of the funniest stories, &c., ever pub- lished. It is sold by everybody and bought by the rest. The in&nt. may take it as well as the adult, as it it warranted free from all impurity, and contains nothing hurtful to the weakest mental stomach. Price 50 cents. Cloth gilt, elegant, 75 cents. GARRETT, DICK &, FITZGERALD. Also, for sala by ull Booksellers. 3263. CURIOUS FACTS. If a tal- low candle be placed in a gun and be shot at a door, it will go through with- out sustaining any injury; and if a musket-ball be fired into water, it will rebound and be flattened as if fired against any hard substance. 3264. A musket-ball may be fired through a pane of glass, and if the glass be suspended by a thread it will make no difference and the thread D<* ever, vibrate. 400 NEVER SPEND TOUR MONET BEFORE YOU HAVE IT. 3265. How TO GET A HORSE OUT OF A FIRE The great difficulty of getting horses from a stable where surrounding buildings are in a state of conflagration, is well known. The plan of covering their eyes with a blanket will not always succeed. 3266. A gentleman whose horses have been in great peril from such a cause, having in vain tried to save them, hit upon the experiment of having them harnessed as though they were going to their usual work, when, to his astonishment, they were led from the stable without difficulty. 3267. To PREVENT WOUNDS FROM MORTIFYING. Sprinkle sugar on them. The Turks wash fresh wounds with wine, and sprinkle sugar on them. Obstinate ulcers may be cured with sugar dissolved in a strong decoction of walnut leaves. 3268. To MAKE CASTOR OIL PALATABLE. Boil castor oil with an equal quantity of milk, sweetened with a little sugar. Stir it well and let it cool. Another good way is to beat the castor oil with the white of an egg until both are thoroughly mixed. In either case the taste of oil cannot be distinguished. 3269. To ascertain the height of an object a peculiar method of measure- merit is in use among the Isthmus In- dians. In measuring the height of a tree, for instance, a man proceeds from its base to a point where, on turn- ing the back towards it, and putting- the head between the legs, he can just see the top ; at the spot where he is able to do this he makes a mark on the ground, and then paces the distance to the base -of the tree : this distance is equal to the height. 3270. Stain mixture. Oxalic acid J8 infallible in removing iron-rusr. and ink stains. Used in the proportion of one ounce to a quart of soft water. The article must be spread with this mixture, over the steam of hot water, wetting occasionally. It will also re- move indelible ink and other stains. It is very poisonous, and must be kept in a bottle corked. Wash tlie arf cl afterward, or the liquor will injure it. (See 1300.) 3271. Ink and Iron Mould may be taken out by wetting the spots in milk, then covering them with common salt. It should be done before the garment has beea washed. Another way to take out ink, is to dip it in melted tal- low. For fine, delicate articles, this is the best way. (See 175.) 3272. Mildew may be removed, by dipping the article in sour buttermilk, laying in the sun, and after it is white, rinsing in fair water. Soap and starch, with half as much salt as there is starch. The juice of lemon is very good. (See 506.J 3273. To Remove Stains from Broad- cloth. Take an ounce of pipe-clay, that has been ground fine, and mix it with twelve drops of alcohol, and the same quantity of spirits of turpentine. Moisten a little of this mixture with alcohol, and rub it on the spots. Let it remain till dry, then rub it off with a woollen cloth, and the spots will dis- appear. (See 1286 and 27.) 3274. To Remove Stains from Colored Silks. Salts of ammonia, mixed with lime, will take out the stains of wine from silk. Spirits of turpentine, al- cohol, and clear ammonia, are all good to remove stains on colored silks. 3275. Spirits of Hartshorn, diluted with an equal quantity of water, will often remove stains made by acids, tea, wine or fruits. It may be necessary to repeat several times. (See 42.) 3276. To Extract Paint from Goods. Saturate the spot with pure spirits of turpentine, and let it remain several hours, then rub it between the hands. It w r ill crumble away, without injuring either the color or texture of the article. 3277. For Fruit and Wine Stains, mix two teaspoonfuls of water and one of spirit of salt, and let the stained part lie in this for two minutes : then rinse in cold water ; or wet the stain with hartshorn. (See 1290 and 450 J 3278. Dr. Boerhaave's Rules. Kee* the feet warm ; the head cool ; anil NEVER BUY WHAT YOU DO NOT WANT BECAUSE IT IS CHEAP. 401 the body open. If these are generally attended to, the physician's aid would seldom be required. 3279. Excellent, cheap Whitewash. Slack the lime as usual, except that the water used should be hot, and nearly saturated with salt ; then stir in four handfuls of tine sand, to make it thick like cream. Coloring matter can be added to both, making a light stone colour, a cream colour, or a light buff. (See 190.) 3280. Cheap Paint for a Barn. An excellent and cheap paint for rough wood-work is made of six pounds of melted pitch, one pint of linseed oil, and one pound of brick-dust or yellow ochre. 3281. To promote the growth of whiskers, moustaches, etc. The best method to force the growth of whiskers and moustaches is to shave the parts frequently. Use as a stimulant the ashes of burned tobacco, and bay- water. 3282. Night Sweats. Drink freely of cold sage tea ; said to be a certain remedy ; or, take elixir of vitriol in a little sweetened water. Dose, from twenty to thirty drops. 3283. Palpitation of the Heart. Take from ten to fifteen drops, three times a day, of the tincture of stra- monium ; or, take the tincture of gum guaiacum. Dose, a teaspoonful twice a day, in a little milk. 3284. Fever and Ague. Take of cloves and cream of tartar, each half an ounce, and one ounce Peruvian bark, mix in a little tea, molasses or honey, and take it on the well days, in such quantities as the stomach will bear. 3285. Ague Medicine. Rhubarb, colurnba, and essence peppermint, each 1 oz. ; 1 pint of water ; 45 grains quinine. Table-spoonful once an hour until it operates as physic. Then, Bame amount three times a day. To keep, add one gill of whisky. 3286. Felon, or Whitlow. Soak the finger in a strong, warm lye of ashes, for half an hour at a time, frequently. Or, make use of poultices in connec- tion with lye. (See 2301.) 3287. Cure for Cattle Swelled with Green Food. When any of your cattle happen to get swelled with an over feed of clover, frosty turnips, or such like, instead of the usual method of stabbing in the side, apply a dose of train-oil, which, after repeated trials, has been found to prove successful. The quantity of oil must vary accord- ing to the age or size of the animal. For a grown-up beast, of ordinary size, the quantity recommended is about an English pint. 3288. HOW TO *DRESS WITH TASTE. 3289. The importance of dress can scarcely be overrated, but by compar- ison. It is with the world the outward sign of both character and condition ; and since it costs no more to dress well than ill, and is not very troublesome, every one should endeavor to do the best that his circumstances will allow. 3290. A clean, unrumpled shirt coarse or fine, cotton or linen as you can afford, is of the first importance. If the choice is between a fine shirt or a fine coat, have the shirt by all means. A well-bred man may be ever so re- duced in his wardrobe his clothes may be coarse and thread-bare, but he seldom wears a coarse, and never a dirty shirt. 3291. Boots are now men's common wear on all occasions, varying in ele- gance for different purposes. They should always be clean, and invariably well blackened and polished. 3292. Make a point of buying a good hat. One proper fur hat worth four or five dollars, when a year old, looks more respectable than a silk one bought yesterday. 3293. Be as particular as you like about the cut of your pantaloons Run into no extravagances of bell-bottoms, or puckered waists. Buy strong cloth, that will not be tearing at every turn ; and if you consult economy and taste at the same time, let them be either black or very dark gray, when they will answer upon all occasions. 3294. The vest allows of some fane' 402 PRIDE COSTS US MORE TIIAN T HUNV.KR, THIRST, AND COLD. but beware of being too fanciful. A black satin is proper for any person or any occasion. Nothing is more elegant than pure white. Some quiet colours may be worn for variety, but beware of everything staring or glaring, in materials or trimmings. 3295. If you have but one coat, it will be a black dress coat, as there are occasions where no other will answer. Frock coats are worn in the morning, riding, or walking, but never at evening visits, or at weddings, balls, parties, or the opera. Overcoats are worn for comfort ; they need not be fine, -and should not be fanciful. Stocks are pretty much out of use. Most gentle- men wear a simple, plain black silk cravat, neatly tied in a bow-knot before. Balls and parties require white or light kid gloves. Black or very dark ones, of kid, silk or linen, are worn upon all other occasions, except in driving, when buff leather gloves are prefer- able. 3296. The best-dressed men wear the least jewelry. Of all things, avoid ehowy chains, large rings, and flashy gewgaw pins and brooches. All these things should be left to negroes, Indians, and South Sea Islanders. 3297. The most proper pocket-hand- kerchiefs are of white linen. If fig- ured or bordered, it should be very delicately. 3298. Gloves are worn in the street, at church, and places of amusement. It is not enough to carry them they are to be worn. 3299. Ladies are allowed to consult fancy, variety, and ornament, more than men, yet -nearly the same rules apply. It is the mark* of a lady to be always well shod. If your feet are small, don't spoil them by pinching if large, squeezing them makes them worse. Be as moderate as you can about bustles. While it is the fashion you must wear them, but don't lay them on too thick. Abov all, as you regard nealth, comfort, and beatty, do not lace too tightly. A waist too small for the natural proportion of the figure ?s the worst possible deformity, and produces many others. No woman who Incea tight can have good shoulders, a straight spine, good lungs, sweet breath, or is fit to be a wife and mother. 3300. The most elegant dresses are black or white. Common modesty will prevent indecent exposure of tho shoulders and bosom. A vulgar girl wears bright and glaring colours, fantas- tically made, a large flaring-, red, yellow, or sky-blue hat, covered with a rainbow of ribbons, and all the rings and trinkets she can load upon her. Of course, a modest, well-bred young lady, chooses the reverse of all this. In any assem- blage, the most plainly-dressed woman is sure to be the most ladylike and at- tractive. Neatness is better than rich- ness, and plainness better than display. Single ladies dress less in fashionable society than married ones : and all more plainly and substantially for walking or travelling, than on other occasions. 3301. In our opinion, nothing beyond a simple natural flower ever adds to the beauty of a lady's head-dress. 3302. It is a general rule, applicable to both sexes, that persons are the best .dressed when you cannot remember how they were dressed. Avoid every- thing out of the way, uncommon, or grotesque. (See 1822.) 3303. LADIES GUIDE TO CROTCHET. By Mrs. Ann. S. Stephens. Copious- ly illustrated with original and very choice designs in Crotchet, &c., printed in colours, separate from the letter-press, on tinted paper. Also, with numerous wood-cuts printed with the letter press, explanatory of terms, sit up meanwhile, let them be sup- plied by others. 3306. Keep the room quiet, and in perfect order. 3307. Let the sick be addressed in a gentle voice, and the conversation, if any is admitted, be pleasant and cheer- ing. The nurse and friends should ex- press sympathy with the sufferer, but at the same time seek to inspire cour- age, and patience to endure. 3308. All vials and powders should be labelled, to prevent fatal mistakes. 3309. The beds should be made at least once a day, and if the patient can bear it, twice. Carry the beds out into the open air, or if damp, into an- other room. 3310. Keep the skin clean by daily ablutions ; change the garments fre- quently, and rinse the mouth often. 3311. A nurse should be of a pleasant, agreeable, persuasive, and even temper, with great patience to bear with the whims and unreasonable fretfulness that often appear in the sick. 331:2. Never dispute with a very sick person, nor reprove him for any seeming inconsistency. Remember that he is nardly a responsible being. 3313. POULTICES. (Ser2199.) 3314. Bread Poultice. Take stale bread in crumbs, pour boiling water over it, and boil till soft, stirring it well ; then take it from the tire, and gradually stir in a little hog's lard or sweet oil, so as to render the poultice pliable when applied. 3315. Corn-Meal Poultice. Indian meal, five tabbspoonfuls ; rye flour, one tablespoonful. To be gradually let through the fingers into boiling wa- ter, briekly stirring at the same time. Then add a little oil, as for the bread- poultice. 3316. Apple Poultice. Apples pared, cored, and well boiled, then well wash- ed into a pulp, form a very good poul- tice. 3317. Starch Poultice. Starch, any quantity ; thicken with boiling water. When a little cool, stir in a little lard or oil. 3318. Slippery Elm Poultice. T&ke slippery elm in powder, and mix with water until somewhat thick, then boil it a few minutes. It is to be applied warm. 3319. Yeast Pou/fice. Wheat flour, one pound ; yeast, half a pint. Mix them together over a gentle heat until the mixture begins to rise, then apply warm. 3320. Mustard Poultice. Flour of mustard, one part ; flaxseed meal, one part. Make into a paste with water. A little oil or lard should be added to prevent its sticking. 3321. Poultice made of Hops. Boil a handful of hops for a few minutes in a pint of water, in a covered vessel, squeeze out the juice and strain. This liquor is now to be put again on the fire and thickened with Indian meal, and a little lard added as it becomes cool. 3322. Spice Poultice.- Cinnamon, allspice, cloves, and g'.nger, of each equal quantities ; honey or molasses to mix. 3323. Alum Poultice. Put the white of a couple of eggs into a plate, and then with a piece of alum between the i humb and finger stir it into a curd 404 NOTHING IS TROUBLESOME THAT WE DO WILLINGLY. To be applied wrapped in a fine piece of linen, having but one fold next tire skin. 3324. An excellent Poultice for old Sores. Scrape yellow carrots, wilt them on a pan or fire shovel, very soft. It takes out the inflammation and swelling, and is an excellent poultice for a sceris breast. 3325. Salte for Sore Breasts. Take one pound tobacco, one pound spike- nard, half a pound of cum trey, and boil them in three quarts of chamber-ley till almost dry ; squeeze out the juice, add to it pitch and bees-wax, and simmer it over a moderate heat to the consistence of salve. Apply it to the part affected. (Sec 2175.) 3326. HOW TO GET RICH. What will my readers give to know how to get rich ? Now, I will not vouch that the following rules will enable every person who may read them to acquire wealth, but this I will answer for, that if ever a man does grow rich by honest means, and re- tains his wealth for any length of time, he must practice upon the principles laid down in the following essay. The remarks are not original with me, but I strongly commend them to the atten- tion of every young man, at least as affording the true secret of success in attaining wealth. A single perusal of Buch an essay, at an impressible mo- ment, has sometimes a very wonder- ful effect upon the disposition and character. 3327. Fortune, they say. is a fickle dame full of her freaks and caprices ; who blindly distributes her favors with- out the , slightest discrimination. So inconstant, so wavering is she repre- sented, that her most faithful votaries can place no reliance on her promises. Disappointment, they tell us, is the lot of those who make offerings at her Bhrine. Now, all this is a vile slander Upon the dear blind lady. 3328. Although wealth often appears the result of mere accident, or a fortu- nate concurrence of favorable circum- stance*, vuthout any exertion of skill or foresight, yet CVIMV man of pound health and unimpaired mind may be- come wealthy, if he takes the proper steps. 3329. Foremost in the list of requi sites, are honesty and strict integrity in every transaction of life. Let a man have the reputation of being fair and upright in his dealings, and he will possess the confidence of all who know him. Without these qualities, every other merit will prove unavailing. Ask concerning a man,. " Is he active and capable?" Yes. "Industrious, tem- perate, and regular in his habits?" O, yes. "Is he honest? is he trust- worthy?" Why, as to that, I am sorry to say that he is not to be trusted ; he wants watching ; he is a little tricky, and will take an undue advantage, if he can. " Then I will have nothing to do with him;" will be the invariable re- ply. Why, then, is honesty the beet policy ? Because, without it, you will get a bad name, and everybody will shun you. 3330. A character for knavery will prove an insurmountable obstacle to success in almost every undertaking. It will be found that the straight line is, in business, as in geometry, the shortest. In a word, it is almost im- possible for a dishonest man to acquire wealth by a regular process of business, because he is shunned as a depredator upon society. 3331. Needy men are apt to deviate from the rule of integrity, under the plea that necessity knows no law : they might as well add that it knows no shame. The course is suicidal, and by destroying all confidence, ever keep'p them immured in poverty, although they may possess every other quality for success in the world. 3332. Punctuality, which is said to be the soul of business, is another import- ant element in the art of money-getting'. The man known to be scrupulously exact in the fulfillment of his engage- ments, gains the confidence of all, and may command all the means he cau use to advantage ; whereas, a man care HOW MUCH PAIN THE EVILS HAVE COST US THAT 11AVC NEVER HAPPENED. 405 less and regardless of his promises in money matters will have every purse closed against him. Therefore be prompt in your payments. 3343. Next, let'us consider the ad- vantages of a cautious circumspection in our intercourse with the world. Slowness of belief, and a proper dis- trust are essential to success. The credulous and confiding are ever the dupes of knaves and impostors. Ask those who have lost their property, how it happened, and you will find IB most cases it has been owing to misplaced confidence. One has lost by endorsing ; another by crediting ; an- other by false representations ; all of which a little more foresight and a little more distrust would have pre- vented. In the affairs of this world, men are not saved by faith, but by the want of it. 3344. Judge of men by what they do, not by what they say. Believe in looks, rather than in words. Observe all their movements. Ascertain their motives and their ends. Notice what they say or do in their unguarded mo- ments, when under the influence of excitement. The passions have been compared to tortures, which force men te reveal their secrets. Before trust- ing a man, before putting it in his power to cause you a loss, possess yourself of every available information relative to him. Learn his history, his habits, inclinations and propensi- ties ; hie reputation for honesty, in- dustry, frugality, and punctuality; his prospects, resources, supports, advan- tages and disadvantages ; his intentions and motives of action; who are his friends and enemies, and what are his good or bad qualities. You may learn a man's good qualities and advantages from his friends his bad qualities and disadvantages from nis enemies. Make due allowance for exaggeration in both. Finally, examine carefully before en- gaging in anything, and act with energy afterwards. Have the hundred eyes of Argus beforehand, and the hundred hands of Briarius afterward* 3345. Order and system in the man- agement of business must not be neg- lected. Nothing contributes more to dispatch. Have a place for everything and everything in its place ; a time for everything, and everything in its time Do first what presses most, and having determined what is to be done, and how it is to be done, lose no time in doing it. Without this method, all is huiry and confusion, little or nothing is accomplished, and business is attended to with neither pleasure nor profit. 3346. A polite, affable deportment is recommended- Agreeable manners contribute powerfully to a man's suc- cess. Take two men, possessing equal advantages in every other respect, but let one be gentlemanly, kind, obliging, and conciliating in his manners; the other harsh, rude, and disobliging, and the one will become rich, while the other will starve. 3347. We are now to consider a very important principle in the busi- ness of money-getting, namely In- dustry persevering, indefatigable at- tention to business. Persevering diligence is the Philosopher's stone, which turns everything to gold. Cou- , regular, habitual, and systematic stant, application to business must, in time, if properly directed, produce great results. It must lead to wealth, with the same certainty that poverty follows in the train of kiliaess and inattention It has been tru 1 .; remarked, that he who follows his amusements instead of his business, will, in a short time, have no business to follow. 3348. The art of money-saving is an important part of the art of money- getting. Without frugality no one can become i-ich ; with it, few would be poor. Those who consume as fast as they produce, are on the road to ruin. As most of the poverty we meet with grows out of idleness and extravagance, I so most large fortunes have been the result of habitual industry and frugality. The practice of economy is as neces- sary in the expenditure. of t'rne as of money. They say that if "we tak 406 WHEN ANGRY, COUNT TEX BEFORE YOU SPEAK ; care of the pence, the pounds will take care of themselves." So, if we take care of the minutes, the days will take cure of themselves. 3349. The acquisition of wealth de- mands as much self-denial, and as many sacrifices of present gratification, as the practice of virtue itself. Vice and poverty proceed, in some degree, from the same sources, namely the dispo- sition to sacrifice the future to the present ; the inability to forego a small present pleasure for great future advan- tages. Men fail of fortune in this world, as they fail of happiness in the world to come, simply because they are unwilling to deny themselves mo- mentary enjoyments for the sake of permanent future happiness. 3350. Every large city is filled with persons, who, in order to support the appearance of wealth, constantly live beyond their income, and make up the deficiency by contracting debts which are never paid Others there are, the mere drones of society, who pass their days in idleness, and subsist by pirating on the hives of the industrious. Many who run a short-lived career of splendid beggary, could they but be persuaded to adopt a system of rigid economy for a few years, might pass the remainder of their days in affluence. But no ! They must keep up appear- ances, they must live like other folks. 3351. Their debts accumulate; their credit fails ; they are harassed by duns, and besieged by constables and sheriffs. In this extremity, as a last resort, they submit to a shameful dependence, or engage in criminal practices, which en- tail hopeless wretchedness and infamy on themselves and families. 3352. Stick to the business in which you are regularly employed. Let peculators make their thousands in a ye<;r or a day; mind your own regular trade, never turning 1 from it to the right hand or to the left. If you are a merchant, a professional man, or a mechanic, never buy lots or stocks unless you have surplus money which you wish to invest. Your own business you understand as well as other men ; but other people's business you dp not understand. Let your business bo some one which is useful to the com- munity. All such occupations pos- sess the elements of profit iu them- selves. (See 1827.) 3353. THE AMERICAN HOME COOK BOOK. The best guide to American Cookery ever put in print containing several hundred recipes the whole based on many years' ex- perience of an American housewife. Illustrated with engravings. Price 25 cents, and the book sent free of post- age. All the recipes in this book are from actual experiments in cooking. There are no copyings from ' heoretical cooking recipes. They are intended for American families, and may be de- pended upon as good and practicable. The authoress is a lady who under- stands how cooking- ought to be done, and has here given her experience. It a book of 128 pages, and is cheap at 25 cents. We expect to sell a very large number and we send the book free of postage. Send cash orders to GARRETT, DICK & FITZGERALD, No. 18 Ann st., New York. 3354. INDIAN BANNOCK. One pint of corn meal, one quart of milk ; boil the milk, and scald the meal thor- oughly. Beat up three eggs. Thin your dough to a batter with cold milk ; add a piece of butter half as large aa an egg ; put in your eggs with a little rialt; pour in shallow paps, and bake brown. This is a delicious breakfast cake. 3355. To RESTORE SOUR MILK. Milk or cream may be sweetened after t has become slightly sour, by a email portion of carbonate of magnesia. Salaeratus, also, will correct the acid, but it slightly injures the flavor, unless very delicately managed. (See 816.) 3356. COUGH SYRUP. Put 1 qt. loarhound to 1 qt. water, and boil it down to a pint : add 2 or 3 sticks of iquorice and a table-spoonful of es- sence lemon. Take a tablespoonful of the syrup three times a day, or v NATURE TEACHES THE TRUEST PHILOSOPHY. 40? often as the cough may be troublesome. The above receipt has been sold for $100. Several firms are making much money by its manufacture. (See 21^7.) 3357. DISTANCES FROM NEW- YORK *0 SOME OP THE MOST IMPORTANT PLACES IN THE UNITED STATES. Names of Places. Miles. Boston 236 Philadelphia 87 Baltimore 184 Washington 224 Albany 144 Saratoga Springs 183 Whitehall 223 Burlington, Vt 301 Montreal, Can 403 Buffalo, via Albany 469 Buffalo, via Elmira and " Seneca Lake Dunkirk, via N. Y. and Erie R. R Cleveland, Ohio, via Albany Cincinnati, via N. Y. 2 and Erie R. R. and M Sandusky City PH Cincinnati, via N. Y. g and Erie R. R. and Cleveland & New York to Bnffdio, via the N*. Y. ani Erie R. R. 471 Hour?. 10 io| 6 2 8 10 16 23 24 22 474 18 663 39 897 50 877 46 ; fDetroit 759 40 I Chicago 1,048 59 < Milwaukie 1,100 62 St. Paul, Min. Ter 1,623 132 t St. Louis, via Chicago. 1,475 118 N. Orleans, via St. Louis.2,676 252 Pittsburg, via Philad'a. . . 470 50 Wheeling, via Baltimore. 492 46 Cincinnati, via Pittsb'g.. . 847 106 St. Louis, via Pittsburg. .1,644 240 N. Orleans, via Pittsburg 2,495 300 Charleston, S. C., via ? ~ fi , ^ Washington $ ' Savannah, Georgia 907 70 Montgomery, Alabama. . .1,299 108 Mobile 1,496 148 New Orleans. . 1,662 168 Memphis, Tenn 1,507 19S, 3358. CURE FOR A BRUISE. The tincture of Arnica is one of the most effectual remedies for a bruise. Bathe with a sponge. It should not, how- ever, be used if the skin is broken. (See 2295.) 3359. LOCAL OR RELATIVE TIME. Local time is that which is shown by our common clocks. It indicates the time at any given place, the meridian of that place being the standard from which it is reckoned ; therefore, the time or the clocks at any two places will differ by the difference of their meridians. Thus, when it is noon at New York, or when the Sun is on its meridian, the Sun at that instant at Washington is east of the meridian of that place, because the meridian of New York is east of Washington; therefore, the clocks at Washington will be earlier or slower than those in New York, by the time the Sun takes to go from the meridian of New York to the meridian of Washington viz., 12 minutes 2 seconds. Hence, when it is 12 o'clock M. at New Orleans and St. Louis, it is 1 o'clock, P.M. at Phil- adelphia, which is a difference of one hour for every fifteen degrees of longi- tude. By this regulation, the Sun is made to come to the meridian of every place about 12 o'clock. It is incom- prehensible to many how it can be true that the Sun rises and sets at the same time at all places on the same latitude around the world. The difference of local time will account for this. It is not to be understood that when the sun rises at Boston at 6 o'clock, that it i then, at that instant of absolute time, rising at every place on the same lati- tude ; but that at all places on that latitude, when the Sun rises, it will be 6 o'clock by the time-pieces of those places. The Sun will go from the horizon of Philadelphia, west to the horizon of St. Louis, in an hour. 408 * MERIT IS SUPERIOR TO BIBTH, 3360. TYPOGRAPHICAL MARKS EXEMPLIFIED. We give below, for the behoof of authors and correctors for the Frees, a specimen of the manner in which the errors in a proofsheet should be marked on the margin. An atten tive etudy of the symbols and their interpretation will promote a good under tanding between the author and the printer : Peter Schoeffer is said to be the person who in- J Caps. vented cast metal types, having learned the art 7 of o/ cutting the letters fr/m the Guttembergs, o he is also supposed to have been the first n jg whoengraved on copper plates. The following ~| A A testimony is preseved in the family, by Jo. Fred. r A ^ | Faustus of Ascheffenburg: IT A Peter Schoeffer of Gernsheim, perceiving his . \/ master Fausts design, and being himself * A tr. Cdesirous^N^rdently} to improve the art, found out (by the good providence of God) the -f- nfcthod of cutting (ineidwdi) the characters 8 tet. in a matrix, that the letters might easily be , | singly cast / instead of bieng cut. He pri- ei. yately cut matrices' for the whole alphabet :.. iv Faust was BO pleased with the contrivance y tht he promised Peter to give him his only | w / ^ughter Christina in marriage, a promise / w hich nc soon after performed.) ' ^ (But there were many difficulties at/first A with these letters, as there had bftX?n before ^ I with wooden ones, the metajx^eing by mixing . """^ A 3 21 a substance with metal which hardened it.' nd when he showed his master the letters cist from these matrices. AND VIRTUE IS NOT HEREDITARY. 409 ^ EXPLANATIONS. dele take out the superfluous word " of. ' ' turn the reversed letter "p." j& insert a space between " who" and " engraved." less space between the words. 1[ make a new paragraph. tr, transpose the words " desirous" and " ardently." stet. letincidendi (accidentally erased) remain, w./. " wrong fount" type to be changed. out , s. c. " out, see copy. ' ' The words omitted being too numerous to be written on the margin. The other marks are self-explanatory. (See 3246 and 1850.) 3361. TABLE FOR BANKING AND EQUATION, Showing the number of Days from any date in one Month to the same Date in any other Month. Example: How many days from the td of February to the 2rf of August ? Look for February at the left hand, and August at the top tA the angle is 181. In leap year, add one day if February be included. From To 1 4 rH 1 1 >> S 6 a ^ >-5 jj 13 >-9 $ ^5 S ^5 O t> 1 January 365 Q1 r.q QO 10(1 151 1-1 Ol o 24Q 07 <1 QAA Til February QQ4 QfiC OQ KQ QQ 120 ir-0 181 010 949 07 "* OAO March 306 337 365 31 61 92 122 153 184 214 945 27^ 275 306 334 Qr: Qfl 61 qi 100 153 1QQ 214 244 May 245 276 304 335 365 31 61 92 123 153 6lt 184 214 June 214 245 273 304 334 365 30 61 qo 122 153 183 July 184 215 9/n 274 304 335 365 31 69 qo 123 153 August 153 184 9]9 243 973 301 334 365 31 61 92 122 September 122 153 181 212 242 973 303 334 365 30 61 91 October 99 123 151 189 919 9-13 273 304 335 365 31 61 November 61 92 19Q 151 181 919 242 273 304 334 ! 365 30 December 31 62 90 121 151 182 212 243 274 304 335 365 I. TABLE SHOWING DIFFERENCE OF TIME AT 12 O'CLOCK (NOON) AT NEW YORK. New York, 12 00 N. Buffalo, 11.40 A.M. Cincinnati, 11.18 " Chicago, 11.7 " St. Louis, 10 55 " San Francisco, 8.45 " New Orleans, 10.56 ' Washington, 11.48 " Charleston, 11.36 " Havana, 11.25 " Boston, 12.12 P.M. Quebec, 12.12 " Portland, 12.15 " London, 4.55 -* Paris, 5.5 Rome, 5.45 f Constantinople, 6.41 ' Vienna, . 6.0P St. Petersburg,. -. ... . 657 u Pekin, night, 12.40 A.M 410 HUMBLE USEFULNESS IS PREFERABLE TO IDLE SPLENDOR. INTEREST TABLE, AT SIX PER CENT.. I.V DOLLARS A>D CENTS, FROM ONK DOLLAR TO TEN THOl'SANT). 1 day. 1 days. 15 days. Imo. 3 mog. 6 mos. 12 mo*. 1 c. 9 c. $ c. 9 o. 9 c. t c. 9 c. 1 00 00 004 001 01J 03 06 2 00 004 00 01 03 06 12 3 00 004 OOf OH 04* 09 18 4 00 00 h 01 02 06 12 24 5 00 OOi 014 02* 07i 15 30 6 00 OOf OH 03 09 18 36 f t 00 oof 01| 031 10| 21 42 8 00 01 02 04 12 24 48 9 00 01 024 041 13J 27 54 10 00 01| 02 05 15 30 60 20 004 02i 05 10 30 60 1 20 30 00 * 03| 07i 15 45 90 1 80 40 oof 04A 10 20 60 1 20 2 40 50 01 06 12} 25 75 1 50 3 00 100 OH llf 25 50 1 50 3 00 6 00 200 03 23 50 1 00 3 00 6 00 12 00 3UO 05 35 75 1 50 4 50 9 00 18 00 400 07 46i 1 00 2 00 3 00 12 00 24 00 500 08 58j 1 25 2 50 7 50 15 00 30 00 1000 17 1 16| 2 50 5 00 15 00 30 00 60 00 2000 33 2 33i 5 00 10 00 30 00 60 00 120 00 3000 50 3 50 7 50 15 00 45 00 90 00 180 00 4000 67 4 6GJ 10 00 20 00 60 00 120 00 240 00 5000 83 5 83i 12 50 25 00 75 00 150 00 300 00 10000 J 67 11 66| 25 00 50 00 150 00 300 00 600 00 8364. AT SBVB.V PSR CE.YT., I.V DOLLARS AND CENTS, FROM ONE DOLLAR TO TK.V THOUSAND. 1 00 00 004 00 Olf 03* 07 2 00 004 00 014 03 07 14 3 00 001 OOf Olf 054 10| 21 4 00 00$ 01 02| 07 14 28 5 00 oof OH 03 08| 171 35 6 00 OOf Olf 03 w 21 42 7 00 01 02 04 124 24J 49 8 00 01 024 04! 14 28 56 9 00 014 02 054 15| 31J 63 10 004 014 03 05f 17 J 35 70 20 . oof 02f 06 111 35 - 70 1 40 30 00$ 04 09 17| 52^ 1 05 2 10 40 oof 05 12 23i 70 1 40 2 80 50 01 06| 15 294 87* 1 75 3 50 100 02 13| 29 58i 1 75 3 50 7 00 200 04 274 58 1 162 3 50 7 00 14 00 300 06 40| 871 1 75 5 25 10 50 21 00 400 08 541 1 17* 2 33 7 00 14 00 28 00 500 10 68 1 46 2 9H 8 75 17 50 35 00 1000 191 1 36 2 92 5 83^ 17 50 35 00 70 00 2000 39 2 724 5 83 11 66 35 00 70 00 140 00 3000 58 4 084 8 75 17 50 52 50 105 00 210 00 4000 78 5 441 11 67 23 33i 70 00 140 00 280 00 5000 97 6 80) 14 58 29 16$ 87 50 175 00 350 00 toooo 1 94 13 61 29 17 ! 58 33 175 00 350 00 700 00 RICHES, WELL EMPLOYED, ARE A BLESSING ; 411 3365. LEGAL INTEREST AND USURY LAWS States ^ct**' Penalty for usury Alabama 8. . . .forfeit interest and usury. Arkansas 6 * forfeit usury. Connecticut 6. . . .forfeit whole debt. Delaware 6. . . .forfeit whole debt. riorida 8 .... forfeit interest and usury. Georgia 8 .... forfeit three times usury. Illinois 6. . . .t forfeit three times usury and interest due Indiana 6. . . .forfeit double the usury. Iowa 7 t forfeit three times the usury, Kentucky 6 .... forfeit usury and costs. Louisiana 5. ... $ contract exacting usury void. Maryland 6 . . . . || contract exacting usury void. Maine 6 forfeit entire debt. Massachusetts 6 forfeit three times the usury. Michigan 7 ... .forfeit usury and 4 the debt. Mississippi 8 .... H forfeit usury and costs. Missouri .- 6 ....** forfeit usury and interest. New York 7 ... .forfeit entire debt. New Hampshire. . . .6. . . .forfeit three times usury. New Jersey 6 forfeit entire debt. North Carolina 6 forfeit double usury. Ohio 6 .... contracts void. Pennsylvania 6. . . .forfeit entire debt. Rhode Island 6. . . .forfeit usury and interest. South Carolina 7. . . .forfeit usury, interest and costs. Tennessee 6 contracts void. Texas 10 contracts void. Vermont 6. . . .recovery in action with costs. Virginia 6. . . .forfeit double the usury. Wisconsin 7. . . .tt Disk Columbia 6. . . .contracts void. * S4. If there be clouds in the east in the evening. 3385. If the wind change from south east, south, or south-west, through the west to the north, without storm or rain. 3386. If there be a change of damp air into cloudy patches, vhich get thinner 3387. If clouds at the same height drive up with the wind, and gradually Become thinner, and descend. 3588. If a layer of thin clouds drive ip from the north-west under othet ligher clouds driving more south. 3389. If many gnats are seen in spring, expect a warm autumn. 3390. If gnats fly in compact bodiei n the beams of the setting sun, ther* will be fine weather. 3391. If spiders work in the morn- mg early at their webs, there will be a fine day. 3392. If spider's webs (gossamer) fly in the autumn with a south wind expect an east wind and fine weath- er. 3393. If bats flutter and beetles fly about, there will be a fine morrow. 3394. If there be lightning without thunder, after a clear day, there will be a continuance of fair weather. 3395. If the mists vanish rapidly, and do not settle upon the hills. 3396. If a north wind remain steady for two or three days. 3397. If it rain before sunrise, there will be a fine afternoon. 3398. If a white mist, or dew, form in the evening near a river, and spread over the adjoining land, there will be fine weather. 3399. If in the morning a mist rise from over low lands, it will be fine that day. 3400. If owls scream during foul weather, it will change to fair. 3401. If storks and cranes fly high and steadily. 3402. If there be a rainbow during cont'nued wet weather, the rain is pass- ing fi om us. 3403. If a rainbow disappear sudden- ly, it will be fair. 3404. If a leech be kept in a glass jar, about three-parts filled with water, and placed in u northern aspect, its motions will denote changes in the weather. Thue, if the leech lie curled up at Hie bottom of the jar, the weathet will bb fine or frosty ; if it be agitated and rise to ihe surface of. the water OBEY TOUR PARENTS, OR 'TWILL BE YOUR FATE, 411 there will be rain, wind, or snow : if it be much agitated, and creep entirely out of the water, expect thunder. Dur- ing heavy storms, leeches often die in great numbers. 3405. FOR CONTINUED RAINY AND SHOWERY WEATHER. 3406. If there be within four, five, or six days, two or three changes of the wind from the north through the west to the south, without much rain and wind, and thence again through the west to the north with rain and wind, expect continued showery weather. 3407. If the north-west or north wind, during three, four, or more days, blow, with rain and wind, or snow 7 , in the winter, and then pass through the west to the south, expect continued rain and showers. 3408. If the garden spiders break and destroy their webs, and creep away. 3409. If the air be unusually clear during rain, or a very heavy sky, provided the moon be not above the horizon. 3410. If continued fine weather change to wet by full or new moon, and remain till the second day, this bad weather will probably last until the next quarter, and not change then, or only slightly, till the next new or full moon; when, if it change not, this bad weather will very probably continue four or five weeks. 341 1. If there be change of continued fine weather, &o., by the quarters, &c. (under the same circumstances as in 3410), the bad weather may be ex- pected to last some time. 3412. FOR FOUL AND WET WEATHER. 3413. If the sun rise pale, or pale red, or even dark blue, there will be rain during the day. 3414. If the clouds at sunrise be red, there will be rain the following day. 3415. If at sunrise many dark clouds ire seen in the west, and remain, there evill be rain on that day. 3416. If the sun rise covered with a ark-spotted cloud ; rain the same day. 3417. If in the winter there be a red sky at sunrise; steady rain same day . in summer, showers and wind. 3418. If the sun set in dark heavy clouds ; rain next day ; 3419. But if it rain directly ; wina the following day. 3420. If the sun set pale, or purple ; rain or wind the following day. 3421. If the sun set, and there be a very red sky in the east ; wind : in the south-east, rain. 3422. If long strips of clouds drive at a slow rate high in the air, and gradually become larger, the gky hav- ing been previously clear, there will be wet. 3423. If there be many falling Btara on a clear evening, in the summer, there will be thunder. 3424. If there be a change of the wind from the north-west or west, to the south-west or south, or else from the north-east or east, to the south-east or south ; wet. 3425. If the sun burn more than usual, or there be a halo round the sun during fine weather ; wet. 3426. If it rain and the sun shine ; showers. 3427. If the full moon rise pale ; wet. 3428. If the full moon rise red ; wind. 3429. If the stars appear larger, and closer, and nicker ; rain or wind. 3430. If small white clouds, with rough edges, be seen to gather together ; there will be wind. 3431. Before thunder, it often begini to blow. 3432. If there be a fleecy sky, un less driving north-west ; wet. 3433. After an Aurora Borealis. 3434. If clouds, at different heights, float in diiferent directions. 3435. If an assemblage of large or email clouds spread out, or become thicker and darker. 3436. If clouds suddenly appear in the south. 3437. If the lower clouds driva more from the south than tho*f above. 114 TO FEEL REPENTENCE WHEN IT COMES TOO LATE. 3438. If there be rain about two hours after sunrise, it will be followed by showers. 3439. If there be a damp fog or mist, accompanied with wind ; wet. 3440. If there be a halo round the moon, in fine weather; and the larger the circle, the nearer the rain. 3441. If the stars above 45 degrees, especially the North Star, flicker strongly and appear closer than usual, there will be rain. 3442. If the morning be clear and sunny, in summer or autumn, there will be ruin. 3443. If the fields in the morning be covered with a heavy wet fog, it will generally rain within two or three days. 3444. " A rainbow in the morning- is the shepherd's warning." 3445. If the leaves of the trees move without any perceptible wind, rain may be expected. 3446. If there be a west and south- west wind in July and December ; much rain. 3447. T f there be a north wind in April ; rai\ 3448. If there be an abundance of hoar-frost; rain. 3449. If there be in May a south- west wind ; genial showers. 3450. If mists rise and settle on the hill-tops ; rain. 3451. If the sky, after fine weather, become wavy, with small clouds ; rain, 3452. If, in winter, the clouds appear fleecy, with a very blue sky, expect tnoiD or cold rain. 3453. If the clouds pass in opposite directions, both currents moving rapidly, expect more rain than in Rule 22. 3454. If the wind blow between north and east, or east, with clouds, for Borne days, mid if clouds be then seen driving from the south high up, rain will follow plentifully, sometimes forty- eight hours afterwards. If, after or during the rain, the wind goes to the south or south-west ; better weather. 3455. If there be a continuance ol rain from the south, it will be scarcely ever succeeded by settled weather be- fore the wind changes, either to the west or some point of the north. 3456. If rain fall during an east wind, it may be expected to last twenty- four hours. 3457. If old and rheumatic people complain of their corns and joints; and limbs once broken ache st the place ol their union. 3458. If the smoke from chimneys blow down ; or if soot take fire more readily than usual, or fall down the chimney into the grate ; expect rain. 3459. If ditches and drains smell stronger than usual, expect rain ; as al- so if tobacco smoke seems denser and more powerful. 3460. If the marygold continue shut after seven in the evening ; rain. 3461. If the convolvulus and chick- weed close, there will be rain. 3462. If sheep, rams, and goats spring about in the meadows, and fight more than usual. 3463. If asses shake their ears, bray, and rub against walls or trees. 3464. If cattle leave off feeding, and chase each other in their pas- tures. 3465. If cats lick their bodies, and wash their faces. 3466. If foxes and dogs howl and bark more than usual ; if dogs grow sleepy and dull ; also if they eat grass. 3467. If swine be restless, and grunt loudly : if they squeak and jerk up their heads, there will be much wind ; whence the proverb " Pigs can see the wind." 3468. If moles cast up hills; rain: if through openings in the frozen turf, or through a thin covering of snow, a change to open weather may be ex- pected. 3469. If horses stretch out their necks, and sniff the air, and assemble in the corner of a field, with their* headi to leeward ; rain. 3470. If rats and mice be restless land squeak much INDUSTRY IS ITSELF A TREASURE. 415 3471. If pea;ocks and guinea-fowls scream, and turkeys gobble ; and if quails mnke more noise than usual. 3472 If eea-birds fly toward land, and land-birds to sea.' 3473. If the cock crow rcu ,-a than usual, and earlier. 3474. If swallows fly lower than usual. 3475. If the crow makes a great deal of noise, and fly round and round. 3476. If water-fowl scream more than usual, and plunge into the water. 3477. If birds in general pick their feathers, wash themselves, and fly to their nests. 3478. If cranes place their bills under their wings. 3480. If bees remain in their hives, or fly but a short distance from them. 3481 . If fish bite more readily, and gambol near the surface of the streams or ponds. 3482. If gnats, flies, &c., bite sharper than usual. 3483. If worms creep out of the ground in great numbers. 3484. If frogs and toads croak more than usual. 3485. If the cricket sing louder than usual. 3486. If woodlice run about in great number. 3487. If the owl screech*. 3488. If the sea-anemone shut; and according to the extent it open, so will the weather be fine, or less so. 3489. FOR STORM. 3490. If the clouds be of different heights, the sky above being grayish or dirty blue, with hardly any wind stir- ring; the wind, however, changing from W. to S. f or sometimes to S. E., without perceptibly increasing in force. 3491. If there be a clouded sky, and dark clouds driving fast, (cither with the wind or more from the south,) * As ihe owl is most noisy at the change of weatlier, and as ii often happens that patK-n'..* with lingering diseases die at the change of weather, so the owl, b) a mistaken association of idea* has brer. *airf o foretell deuth. under the higher clouds, violent gust* of wind. 3492. If there be long points, tails, or feathers hanging from thunder or rain clouds, five, six, or more degrees above the horizon, with little wind, iu summer, thunder may be expected ; but the storm will be generally of short duration. 3493. If there be a light blue sky, with thin, light, flying clouds, whilst the wind goes to the south without much increase in force ; or a dirty-blue sky, where no clouds are to be seen ; storm. 3494. If the sun be seen double, or more times reflected in the clouds, expect a heavy storm. 3495. If the sun set with a very red sky in the east, expect stormy wind. 3496. If two or three rings be seen round the moon, which are spotted and spread out, expect a storm of long con- tinuance. 3497. If porpoises and whales sport about ships. 3498. If sea-gulls and other birds fly inland. 3499. Storms are most frequent in December, January, and February. In September, there are generally one or two storms. If it blow in the day, it generally hushes towards evening; but if it continue blowing then, it may be expected to continue. The vernal equinoctial gales are stronger than the autumnal. 3500. FOR INCREASE OF STORM. 3501. If the sky become darker, without much rain, and divide into two layers of clouds, expect sudden gusts of wind. 3502. If the sun or moon be passing through the south or north, the storin having already commenced. 3503. FOR DECREASE OF STORM 3504. The rising or setting of sun or moon, but especially of the moon. 3505. FOR THUNDER AND HEAVY RAIN. 3506. If long horizontal strips appear with two or three edges, spreading out at top into feathers, and passing ovei 416 WHEN FOOLS PRETEND TO WJT AND SENSE, the middle of other clouds, generally there will be thunder. 3507. If the clouds black, or dark gray. be uniformly 3508. In May and July it thunders most ; in May, expect thunder with a Bouth-west wind. 3509. If there be north-east or east- erly wind in the eprirg, after a strong increase of heat, and &;aall clouds ap- pear in different parts of the sky ; or if the wind change from east to south at the appearance of clouds preceded by heat. 3510. If a morning fog form into clouds, at different heights, whbh in- crease in size and drive in layers. 3511. If clouds float at different heights and rates, but generally in op- posite directions. 3512. If there be many "falling stars '' on a fine summer's eve. 3513. If there be sheet lightning, with a clear sky, on spring, summer, and autumn evenings. 3514. If the wind be hushed with sudden heat. 351 5. If trefoil contract its leaves. 3516. If there be thunder in the evening, there will be much rain and showery weather. 3517. FOR THE APPROACH OF THUN- DER. 3518. If an east wind blow against a dark heavy sky from the westward, the wind decreasing in force as the clouds approach. 3519. If the clouds rise and twist in different directions. 3520. If the birds be silent. 3521. If cattle run round and collect together in the meadows. 3522. FOR CONTINUED THUNDEB SHOWERS. 3523. If there be showery weather, with sunshine, and increase of heat in the spring, a thunder-storm may be ex- pected every day, or at least every ither day. 3524. ABATEMENT OF THUNDER STORMS. 3525. If the air be very dry, with | two following davs, the atmosphere be heavy, with a little damp tailing. 3520. With a north wind it seldom thundors ; but with a south and south- west wind, often. 3526*. FOR COLDER WEATHER. 3527. If the wind change to the north and north-east. 3528. If the wind change in summer only, to the north-west. 3529. If the wind shift to the east in summer only. 3530. If the wind shift from south to south-east in winter. 3531. FOR INCREASE OF WARMTH OR HEAT. 3532. If the wind shift round to the south and south-west. 3533. If the wind change from east, north-east, or north, to north-west and west, in the winter. 3534. If the wind change to the east, in summer only ; especially if from north-east. 3535. If the wind change to south- east, especially in summer. 3536. FOR FROST. 3537. If birds of passage arrive early from colder climates. 3538. If the cold increase whilst it snows, as soon as it begins to freeze. 3539. If the wind blow north-east in winter. 3540. If the ice crack much, expect the frost to continue. 3541. If the mole dig his hole two feet and a half deep, expect a very se- vere jeinter. If two feet deep, not so severe ; one foot deep, a mild win ter. 3542. If water-fowl or sparrows make more noise than usual ; also if robbins approach nearer houses than usual ; frost. 3543. If there be a dark gray sky, with a south wind. 3544. If there be continued fogs. 3545. If the fire burn unusually fierce and bright, in winter, there wi be frost and clear weather ; if the fire burn dull, expect damp and rain. 3540. It seldom freezes with a west clear, yet cooler weather; or i one :>r i wind ; not much with a north; .AND WISH TO SHIXE AT YOUIl EXPENSE, 417 with a north-east, south-east, aiid some- times south wind. 3547. FOR THAW. 3548. If snow fall in flakes, which increase in size. 3549. If the heat increase in the afternoon, or suddenly before twelve o'clock. 3550. If clouds drive up high from the south, south-west, or west. 3551. If it freeze, and the barome- ter fall 20 or 30 hundreths. *3552. LAW MAXIMS. 3553. A promise of a debtor to give satisfactory security " for the pay- ment of a portion of his debt, is a suffi- cient; consideration for a release of the residue by his creditor. 3554. Administrators are liable to account for interest on funds in their hands, although no profit shall have been made upon them, unless the ex- igencies of the estate rendered it pru- dent that they should hold the funds thus uninvested. 3555. Any person who voluntarily becomes an agent for another, and in that capacity obtains information to which as a stranger he could have had no access, is bound, in subsequent dealing with his principal, as purchaser of the property that formed the sub- ject of his agency, to communicate such information. 3556. When a house is rendered unten- antable in consequence of improve- ments made on the adjoining lot, the owner of such cannot recover damages, because it is presumed that he had knowledge of the approaching danger in time to protect himself from it. 3557. When a merchant ship is abandoned by order of the master, for the purpose of saving life, and a part of the crew subsequently meet the vessel so abandoned, and bring her safe into port, they will be entitled to salvage. 3558. A person who lias hccn led to &U gnods by means of false pretences. * Froi.i Wei's' '' Every M-jn >is ."-va 1 %v- tei." X(.-v\- Y>/-k. Pr/^ $1 cannot recover them from one who has purchased them in good faith from the fraudulent vendor. 3559. An agreement by the holder of a note to give the principal debtor time for payment, without depriving himself of the right to sue, does not discharge the surety. 3560. A seller of goods who accepts, at the time of sale, the note of a third party, not endorsed by the buyer, in payment, cannot, in case the note is not paid, hold the buyer responsible for the value of the goods. 3561. A day book copied from a "blotter" in which charges are first made, will not be received in evidence as a book of original entries. 3562. Common carriers are not liable for extraordinary results of negligence that could not have been foreseen by ordinary skill and foresight. 3563. A bidder at a Sheriff's sale may retract his bid at any time before the property is knocked down to him, whatever may be the conditions of the sale. 3564. Acknowledgment of debt to a stranger does not preclude the opera- tion of the statute. 3565. The fruits and grass on the farm or garden of an intestate descend to the heir. 3566. Agents are solely liable to their principals. 3567. A deposit of money in bank by a husband in the name of his wife sur- vives to her. 3568. Money paid on Sanday con tracts may be recovered. 3569. A debtor may give preference to one creditor over another, unless fraud or special legislation can be proved. 3570. A court cannot give judgment for a larger sum than that specified in the verdict. 3571. Imbecility on the part of either the husband or the wife invalidates the marriage. 3572. An action for malicious prose- cution will lie, though nothing further was done than suing out warrant* 4J8 DEFY THEM TO THE PROOF, AND YOU 3573. An agreement not to continue the practice of a profession or business in any specified town, if the party eo agreeing has received a consideration for the same, is valid. 3574. When A. consigns goods to B. to sell on commission, and B. delivers them to C. in payment of his own antecedent debts, A. an recover their *.lue. 3575. A finder of j, roperty is com- pelled to make diligent inquiry for the owner thereof, and to restore the same. If, on finding such property, he at- tempts to conceal such fact, he may be prosecuted for larceny. 3576. A private person may obtain an injunction to prevent a public mis- chief by which he is affected in com- mon with others. 3577. Any person interested may ob- tain an injunction to restrain the State or a municipal corporation from main- taining a nuisance on its lands. 3578. A discharge under the insol- vent laics of one State will not discharge the insolvent from a contract made with a citizen of another State. 3579. To prosecute a party with any other motive than to bring him to justice, is a malicious prosecution, and actionable as such. 3580. Ministers of the gospel, residing In any incorporated town, are not ex- empt from jury, military, or fire service. 3581. IVhen a person contracts to build a house, and is prevented by sickness from finishing it, he can recover for the part performed, if such part is benefi- cial to the other party. 3582. In a suit for enticing away a man s wife, actual proof of the marriage is not necessary. Cohabitation, repu- tation, and the admission of marriage by the parties, are sufficient. 3583. Permanent erections and fix- tures, made 'by a mortgagor after the execution of the mortgage upon the land conveyed by it, become a part of the mortgaged premises. 3584. Wlitn a marriage is denied, and plaintiff has given sufficient evi- ieuce to establish it. the defendant cannot examine the wife to disprove the marriage. 3585. The amount of an express debt cannot be enlarged by application. 3586. Contracts for advertisements in Sunday newspapers cannot be enforced. 3887. A seller of goods, chattels, or other property, commits no fraud, in law, when he neglects to tell the pur- chaser of any flaws, defects, or unsound- ness in the same. 3588. The opinions of witnesses, as to the value of a dog that has been killed v are not admissible in evidence. The value of the animal is to be decided by the jury. 3589. If any person puts a fence on or ploughs the land of another, he is liable for trespass, whether the owner has sustained injury or not. 3590. If a person, who is unable from illness to sign his will, has his hand guided in making his mark, the signature is valid. 3591. IVhen land trespassed upon is occupied by a tenant, he alone can bring the action. 3592. To say of a person, " If he does not come and make terms with me, I will make a bankrupt of him, and ruin him," or any such threaten- ing language, is actionable, without proof of special damage. 3593. In an action for slander, the party making the complaint must prove the words alleged ; other words of like meaning will not suffice. 3594. In a suit of damages for se* duction, proof of pregnancy, and the birth of a child, is not essential. It is sufficient if the illness of the girl, whereby she was unable to labor, was produced by shame for the seduction ; and this is such a loss of service as will sustain the action. 3595. Addressing to a wife a letter, containing matter defamatory to the character of her husband, is a publica- tion, and renders the writer amenable to damages. 3596. A parent cannot sustain an action for any wrong done to a child, unless he has incurred some direct p* WILL MAKE THEM TIIEIR OWN FOLLY SHEW. 419 cuniary injury therefrom, in conse- quence of some loss of service, or expenses necessarily consequent there- upon. 3597. A master is responsible for an injury resulting from the negligence of his servant, whilst driving his cart or carriage, provided the servant is, at the time, engaged in his master's business, even though the accident happens in a place to which his master's business does not call him ; but if the journey of the servant be solely for a purpose of his own, and undertaken without the knowledge or consent of his master, the latter is not responsible. 3598. An emigrant depot is not a nuisance in law. 3599. A railroad track through the streets is not a nuisance in law. 3600. In an action for libel, against a newspaper, extracts from such news- paper may be given to show its circu- lation, and the extent to which the libel has been published. The jury, in estimating the damages, are to look at the character of the libel, and whether the defendant is rich or poor. The plaintiff is entitled, in all cases, to his actual damages, and should be compen- sated for the mental sufferings endured, the public disgrace inflicted, and all other actual discomfort produced. 3601. Delivery of a husband's goods by a wife to her adulterer, he having knowledge that she has taken them without her husband's authority, is fiufficient to sustain an indictment for larceny against the adulterer. 3602. The fact that the insurer was not informed of the existence of im- pending litigation, affecting the premises insured, at the time the insurance was effected, does not vitiate the policy. 3603. The liability of an innkeepfr is not confined to personal baggage, but extends to all the property of the guest that he consents to receive. 3604. When a minor executes a con- tract, and pays money, or delivers proper- ty on the same, he cai not afterwards dis- affirm such contract and re.coj ->r the money, or property, unless he restores to the other party the consideration received from him for such money or property. 3605. When a person has, by legal inquisition, been found an habitual drunkard, he cannot, even in his sober intervals, make contracts to bind him- self or his property, until the inquisi- tion is removed. 3606. Any person dealing with the representative of a deceased person, is presumed, in law, to be fully apprized of the extent of such representative's authority to act in behalf of such estate. 3607. In an action against a railroad company, by a passenger, to recover damages for injuries sustained on the road, it is not compulsory upon the plaintiff to prove actual negligence in the defendants ; but it is obligatory on the part of the latter to prove that the injury was not owing to any fault or negligence of theirs. 3608. A guest is a competent witness, in an action between himself and an innkeeper, to prove the character and value of lost personal baggage. Money in a trunk, not exceeding the amount, reasonably required by the traveller to defray the expenses of the journey which he has undertaken, is a part of his baggage ; and in case of its JOSR, while at any inn, the plaintiff may prove its amount by his own testimony. 3609. The deed of a minor is not ab- solutely void. The court is authorized to judge, from the instrument, whether it is void or not, according to its terms being favorable, or unfavorable, to the interests of the minor. 3610. A married woman can neither sue nor be sued on any contract, made by her during her marriage. The ac- tion must be commenced either by or against her husband. It is only when an action is brought on a contract made by her before her mari'iage, that she is to be joined as a co plaintiff, or defend- ant, with her husband. 3611. Any contract made with a per son judicially declared a lunatic is void 420 HIS STRENGTH IN WORDS THE BLUSTER VAINLY SPENDS, 3612. Money paid voluntarily in any transaction, with a knowledge of the facts, cannot be recovered. 3613. In all cases of special contrail for services, the plaintiff can recover only the amount stipulated in the con- tract. 3614. A wife is a competent witness with her husband, to prove the contents of a lost trunk. 3615. A wife cannot be convicted of receiving stolen goods when she re- ceived them of her husband. 3616. Insurance against fire, b/ light- ning or otherwise, does not covsrloss by lightning when there is no com- bustion. 3617. Failure to prove plea of justifi- cation, in a case of slander, aggravates the offence. 3618. It is the agreement of the par- ties to sell by sample that constitutes a sale by sunnple, not the mere exhibi- tion of a specimen of the goods. 3619. An agent is liable to his princi- pals for loss caused by his misstate- ments, though unintentional. 3620. Makers of promissory notes given in advance for premiums on policies of insurance, thereafter to be taken, are liable thereon. 3621. An agreement to pay for pro- curing an appointment to office, is void. 3622. An attorney may plead the statute of limitations, when, sued by a client for money which he has collected and failed to pay over. 3623. Testimony given by a deceased witness on first trial is not required to be repeated verbatim on the second. 3624. A person entitling himself to a reward offered for lost property has a lien upon the property for the reward ; but only when a definite reward is offered. 3625. Confession by a prisoner must be voluntarily made, to constitute evU donee against him. 36'26. The defendant in a suit must be served with procees : but serrice of such process upon his wife, >ven vn his absence from tire State Is not. in the absence of statutory provisions, sufficient. 3627. The measure of damages in trespass for cutting timber, is its value as a chattel on the land wheie it was felled, and not the market price of the lumber manufactured. 3628. To support an indictment for malicious mischief in killing an animal, malice towards its owner must be shown, not merely passion excited against the animal itself. 3629. No action can be maintainea against a Sheriff for omitting to account for money obtained upon an execution within a reasonable time. He has till the return day to render such account. 3630. An interest in the profits of an enterprise, as profits, renders the party holding it a partner in the enterprise, and makes him presumptively liable to share any loss. 3631. Males can marry at fourteen, and females at twelve years of age. 3632. All cattle found at large upon any public road, can be driven by any person to the public pound. 3633. Any dog chasing, barking or otherwise threatening a passer-by in any street, lane, road, or other public thoroughfare, may be lawfully killed for the same. 3634. A written promise for the pay- ment of such amount as may come into the hands of the promisor, is held to be an instrument in writing for the payment of money. 3635. The declaration of an agent is not admissible to establish the fact of agency. But when other proper evidence is given, tending to establish the fact of agency, it is not error to admit the declarations of the agent, accompanying acts, though tending to show the capacity in which he acted. When evidence is competent in one respect and incompetent in another, it is the duty of the court to admit it, and control its effects by suitable in- structions to the jury. 3636. The court has a general power to remove or suspend an attornr for such immoral conduct ai WHILE STEADINESS IX QUIET GAINS ITS ENDS. 42] rendered him unworthy of confidence in his official capacity. 3637. Bankruptcy is pleadable in bar to all actions and in all courts, and this bar may be avoided whenever it is interposed, by showing fraud in the procurement of the discharge, or a violation of any of the provisions of the bankrupt act. 3638. An instrument in the form of B deed, but limited to take effect at the termination of the grantor's natural life, is held to be a deed, not a will. 3639. A sale will not be set aside ae fraudulent, simply because the buyer was at the time unable to make the payment agreed upon, and knew his inability, and did not intend to pay. 3640. No man is under an obliga- tion to make known his circumstances when he is buying goods. 3641. Contracting parties are bound to disclose material facts known to each, but of which either supposes the other to be ignorant, only when they stand in some special relation of trust and confidence in relation to the sub- ject-matter of the contract. But neither will be protected if he does anything, however slight, to mislead or deceive the other. 3642. A contract negotiated by mail is formed when notice of accept- ance of the offer is duly deposited in the post-office, properly addressed. This rule applies, although the party making the offer expressly requires that if it is accepted, speedy notice of acceptance shall be given him. 3643. The date of an instrument is so far a r^aterial part of it, that an alteration of the date by the holder after exec'.tion, makes the instrument void. 3644. A corporation may maintain an action for libel, for words published of them, and relating to its trade or business, by* which it has incurred special damagefe 3645. It is unprofessional for a lawyer who has abandoned his case without trying it. a term or two before trial, to claim a fee conditional upon the success of his client, although his client was successful. 3646. Although a party obtaining damages for injuries received through the default of another, was himself guilty of negligence, yet that will not defeat his recovery, unless his negli- gence contributed to cause the injury. 3647. A person may contract to labor for another during life, in con- sideration of receiving his support; but his creditors have the right to inquire into the intention w r ith which such arrangement is made, and it will be set aside if entered into to de- prive them of his future earnings. 3648. A grantor may by express terms exclude the bed of a river, or a highway, mentioned as a boundary : but if without language of exclusion a line is described as ' along,' or ' upon,' or as 'running to' the highway 01 river, or as * by,' or running to the bank of ' the river : these expressions carry the grantee to the centre of the highway or river. 3649. The court will take pains to construe the words used in a deed in such a way as to effect the intention of the parties, however unskillfully the instrument may be drawn. But a court of law cannot exchange an in- telligible word plainly employed in a deed for another, however evident it may be that the word used was used by mistake for another. 3650. One who has lost his memory and understanding is entitled to legal protection, whether such loss is occa- sioned by his own misconduct or by an act of Providence. 3651. When a wife leaves her hus- band voluntarily, it must be shown, in order to make him liable for necessa- ries furnished to her, that she could not stay with safety. Personal vio-? leneo, either threatened or inflicted, will be sufficient cause for such separa- tion. 3652. Necessaries of drees furnished to a discarded wife must correspond with the pecuniary circumstances of the husband, and be such article* a* 422 PATIENCE AND RESIGNATION' ARE SURE TO MEET THEIR REWARD. the wife, if prudent, would expect, and the husband should furnish, if the par- ties lived harmoniously together. 3053. A fugitive from justice, of one of the United States to another, may be arrested and detained in order to his surrender by authority of the latter, without a previous demand for his surrender by the executive of the State whence he fled. 3654. A watch will not pass under bequest of ' wearing apparel,' nor of 'household furniture and articles for family use.' 3655. Money paid for the purpose of settling or compounding a prosecution, for a supposed felony, cannot be recov- ered back by a party paying it. 3656. An inkeeper is liable for the death of au animal in his possession, but may free himself from liability by showing that the death was not occa- sioned by negligence on his part. 3657. Notice to the agent of a com- pany is notice to the company. * 3657. An employer is not liable to one of his employees for an injury sustained by the latter in consequence of the neglect of others of his employ- ees engaged in the same general busi- ness. 3658. Where a sheriffs sale has bid property under the purchaser at a the full price of erroneous belief that the sale would divest the property of all liens, it is the duty of the court to give relief by setting aside the sale. 3659. When notice of protest is Eroperly sent by mail, it may be sent y the mail of the day of the dishonor, if not, it must be mailed for the mail of the next day ;. except that if there is none, or it closes at an unseasonably early hour, then notice must be mailed in season for the i.ext possible mail. 3660. A powder-house located in a populous part of a city, and contain- ing large quantities of gunpowder, is the seller of goods a nuisance. 36C1. When accepts at the time of the sale, the note of a third person, unindorsed by sumption is that the payment was intended to be absolute ; and though the note should be dishonored, the pur- chaser will not be liable for the value of the goods. 3662. A man charged with crime before a committing magistrate, but discharged on his own recognizance, is not privileged from arrest on civil pro- cess while returning from the magis- trate's office. 3663. When one has been induced to sell goods by means of false pretences, he cannot recover them from one who has bonafide purchased and obtained possession of them from the fraudu- lent vendor. 3664. If the circumstances at- tendant upon a sale and delivery of personal property are such as usually and naturally accompany such a trans action, it cannot be declared a legal fraud upon creditors. 3665. A stamp impressed upon an instrument by way of seal, is good as a seal, if it creates a durable impres- sion in the texture of the paper. 3666. A witness who has been promised a reward for giving his testi- mony in case the party calling him gained the suit, is incompetent by reason of interest. 3667. If a party bound to make a payment use due dilligence to make a tender, but through the payee's ab- sence from home is unable to find him or any agent authorized to take pay- ment for him, no forfeiture will be incurred through his failure to make a tender. WASHING FLUIDS. (See 2179 and 654.) 3668. Washing Fluids, in many places, have almost universally now come into use, resulting in a great saving of labor and time, and proving far less destructive to wearing apparel than the old mode of waging. 3669. First, select from the clothe* to be washed, all the coarse and dirtiest pieces from the fine ; then put them in sep.irMte tubs of soft water to soak the purchaser, in payment, the pre-i over night (the night previous to wash Wf.CKED WORDS HURT MORE THAN SWORDS. 423 Ing). Then prepare, in a separate ves- sel, the liquid for a large washing, namely, half a pound of good brown soap, cut in small pieces, half a pound of oda, and three ounces of fresh, unslacked lime, mixed in one gallon of boiling soft water. Stir well up, so as to mix the ingredients, and let it stand until morning. Then strain off the liquid, being careful to leave all sedi- ment behind. Having readv ten gal- lons or so, of boiling soft water in your boiler, pour in the prepared liquid (keeping out all settlings that may yet be remaining, then throw in your clothes and boil them twenty minutes, or half an hour. Previous to which, put an earthen plate at th y bottom of the boiler, to prevent the clothes from burning. After boiling the appointed time, take tkem out ; scald them, blue them, and rinse them in clean, soft water, warm or cold, and your clothes will be as clean and white as snow. By this method, the finest linens, Lices, cambrics, etc., can be readily and easily cleansed, with VERY LITTLE TROUBLE. No rubbing the skin off your hands, and tearing the clothes to pieces ; and the washing for a family of twenty persons completed before break- fast ; have the clothes out to dry, the house in good order, all comfortable again for the day, and the family saved from washing-day annoyances. Who would not wish to have such comforts? Should there be only a small wash- Ing, and less than ten gallons of water required to boil them in, less of the liquid of lime, soap, and soda, can be used in proportion. When there is any difficulty in procuring fresh lime, a quantity of the liquor ^may be made at once from the lime, which will keep for years, corked in bottles, and ready for use. The above receipt is called Profes- sor Twelvetree's, and is the one mostly used in England We have made trial of this, and found it to be very good. It has one advantage over others given. In the use of the lime, which possesses et; ng ^ n * chilis and will make the clothes bea Jtifully white. 3670. Another Method of Washing, occupying exactly One Hour. Have a preparation made from two tablespoon- fuls of alcohol, two ditto spirits of tur- pentine, half a pound of brown soap, cut fine and mixed in one quart of hot water. Pour the same into a large tub of boiling water, and allow the clothes to soak for twenty minutes ; then take them out and put them in a tub of clean cold water for twenty minutes. Afterward boil them in a like quantity of the above preparation for the other twenty minutes, and rinse in cold water. N. B. In using either of the above methods of washing, all fine clothes should bo gone through with first ; as colored, very dirty, or greasy clothes ought not to be boiled with those of finer fabric, end containing less dirt, as the water in which they are boiled, must, of course, partake more or less of its contents. The same water that has been used for the finer clothes will likewise do for coarse and colored. Should the wristbands of the shirts be very dirty, a little soap may be pre- viously rubbed on. The above is a very excellent re- ceipt, and may be confided in as par- ticularly effective in labor saving. 3671. Another Receipt. Take one pint of alcohol, one pint spirits turpen- tine, two quarts of strong eoda water. Manage the clothes as above directed, in No. 2. 3672. Spirits turpentine, camphene, or Porter's burning fluid, separately, answer a good purpose. Two or three tablespoon fuls to a washing, will greatly facilitate the business. 3673. Another Very Good Receipt. One pound hard soap (for four dozen clothes), seven teaspoonfuls spirits tur- pentine, five ditto hartshorn, five ditto of vinegar. Directions. Dissolve the soap in hot water ; mix the ingredients. Then ! divide the mixture in two parts ; put ! half in the water with the clothes ove 424 A NOBLE MIND DISDAINS TO GAIN night next morning wring them out. Put them to boil in five or six gallons of water, and add the rest of the mix- ture ; boil thirty minutes, and rinse out thoroughly in cold water ; blue them, and hang 1 out to dry. This receipt has been found to an- swer a very valuable purpose, and is worthy of trial. 3674. STARCHING, FOLDING, IRONING, ETC. 3675. To Prepare Starch. Take two tablespoonfuls of starch dissolved in as much water ; add a gill of cold water ; then add one pint of boiling water, and boil it half an hour, adding a small piece of spermaceti, sugar, or salt ; strain, etc. Thin it with water. 3676. Flour Starch. Mix flour grad- ually with cold water, so that it may be free from lumps. Stir in cold water till it will pour easily ; then stir it into a pot of boiling water, and let it boil five or six minutes, stirring it frequently. A little spermaceti will make it smoother. This starch will answer very well for cotton and linen. Poland starch is made in the same manner. 3677. Glue Starch. Boil a piece of glue four inches square, in three quarts of water. Keep it in a bottle well corked. Use for calicoes. 3678. Gum Starch. Dissolve four ounces of gum arable, in a quart of hot water, and set it away in a bottle corked. This is used for silks and fine muslins. It can be mixed with water %t discretion. (See 91.) 3ft79. Starching Clothes. Muslins look well when starched, and clapped dry, while the starch is hot, then folded in a damp cloth, till they become quite damp, befoio ironing them. If mus- lins are sprinkled, they are apt to be spotted. Some ladies clap muslins, hen dry them, and afterwards sprinkle them. 3680. Sprinklinif Clothes. They ghould be sprinkle^ with clear water, and laid in separate piles; one of flan- nels, one ( f colored, one o. ' common, and one of nVu a tides. 3681. Folding Clothes. Fold the fine articles and roll them in a towel, and then fold the rest, turning them all right side outward. Lay the color- ed articles separate from the rest. They should not remain damp long as the colors might be iujured. Sheets and table linen, should be shaken and folded. 3682. Ironing. In ironing a shirt first do the back, then the sleeves, theu the collar and bosom, and then the front. Iron calicoes generally on the right side, as they thus keep clean for a longer time. In ironing a frock, first do the waist, then the sleeves, then the skirt. Keep the skirt rolled while ironing- the other parts, and set a chair to hold the sleeves while ironing the skirt, unless a skirt-board be used. Silk should be ironed on the wrong side, when quite damp, with an iron which is not very hot, light colors are apt to change and fade. In ironing velvet, turn up the face of the iron, and after dampening the wrong side of the velvet, draw it over the face of the iron, holding it straight ; always iron lace and needlework on the wrong side, and carry them away as soon as they are dry. 3683. Starching. Clear-starching etc. To Make Starch for Linen, Cotton etc. To one ounce of the best starch add just enough soft cold water to make it (by rubbing and stirring) into a thick paste, carefully breaking all the lumps and particles. When rubbed perfectly smooth, add nearly or quite a pint of boiling water (with bluing to suit the taste), and boil for at least half an hour, taking care to have it well stirred all the time, to prevent its burning. When not stirring, keep it covered, to prevent the accumulation of dust, etc. Also keep it covered when removed from the fire, to prevent a scum from rising upon it. To give the linen a fine, smooth, glossy appear- j ance, and prevent the iron from stick- I ing, add a little spermaceti (a piece as I large as a nutmeg) to the starch, when I boiling, and half a taspoonfnl of tha ITS PLEASURE FROM ANOTHER S PAIN T . 425 finest table-salt. If you have no sperm- aceti ("to be had cheap at any druggists), take a piece of the purest, whitest hog's lard, or tallow (mutton is the best), about as large as a nutmeg, or twice this quantity of the best refined loaf Bugar. and boil with the starch. In ironing linen collars, shirt bosoms, etc., their appearance will be much im- proved, by rubbing them, before iron- ing, w'tli a clean white towel, damp- ened in soft water. The bosom of a shirt should be the last part ironed, as this will prevent its being soiled. All starch should be strained before using. 3684. To Clear-starch Lace, etc. Starch for laces should be thicker and used hotter than for linens. After your laces have been well washed and dried, dip them into the thick hot starch in such a way as to have every part pro- perly starched. Then wring all the starch out of them, and spread them out smooth on a piece of linen, and roll them up together, and let them remain for about half an hour, when they will be dry enough to iron. Laces should never be clapped between the hands, as it injures them. Cambrics do not require so thick starch as net or lace. Some people prefer cold or raw starch for book-muslin, as some of this kind of muslin has a thick clammy appear- ance, if starched in boiled starch. Fin > laces are sometimes wound round bottle to dry, which prevents i-.i from shrinking. oG85. Ironing Laces. Ordinary laces and worked muslin can be ironed by the usual process with a smoothing or sad-iron ; finer laces cannot. When the lace has been starched and dried, ready for ironing, spread it out as smooth as possible on an iron-cloth, and pass over it, back and forth, as quickly as you can, a smooth, round glass bot- tle containing hot water, giving the bottle such pressure as may be requir- ed to smooth the lace. Sometimes you may pass the laces over the bottle, tak- ing we to keep them smooth. Eithei way is much better than to iron laces with an iron. In filling the bottle with lot water, care must be taken not to pour it in too fast, as the bottle will reak. (See 2501.) 3686. To raise the Pile of Velvet alien pressed down. Warm a gmooth- ng-iron moderately, and cover it with a wet cloth, and lay, or hold it under ;he velvet, on the* wrong side. The steam from this will penetrate the elvet, and you can raise the pile with , common brush, and make it appear as good as new. (See No. 555. ) 3687. PLANTING BOX FOR EDGINGS. The operation of plant- ';ngBox has ever been considered one, in vhich much practice is needed ; that it s a labour of time and inconvenience, even to the experienced labourer, as usually performed, we will not deny ; the simple process here recommended saves the one and eases the other to an extent which only needs to be known to be generally practiced. 3688. The usual mode, after forming ;he trench and inner edge, is to place the strips or tufts of box one by one ilorig the length to be planted, securing ;he same from time to time by press* ng the excavated soil against the roots, :he tips being regulated to a line stretch- ed for the purpose. This involves an amount of kneeling and stooping both painful and injurious. 3689. Having provided your box, and prepared it in the usual way ready for planting, it is simply necessary to have a few strips of deal, four, five, or six feet long, say half an inch thick by an inch wide, or common pantile laths cut into lengths will answer the end ; some shreds of matting or thin string are also required. 3690. With these inexpensive and simple materials you can prepare any number of yards in the potting-shed, house, or other building, by laying one strip of wood on the bench or table, on which arrange the prepared box, thin or thick, as desired ; then place a sec- ond strip of deal on the box, and se- cure the two strips together by tying at each end ; thus is the be* secured. 426 IX OTIIER FOLKS WE FAULTS CAN SPY, as it were, between a clamp, and can- not fail to be even. 3691. Flnce these lengths along the bed or border, and secure them by pressing the soil to the roots with your spade or rake, which done, cut the ties ; thus are the laths released from the box, and lengths in feet planted with as much despatch as inches by the ordi- nary method, and with an amount of regularity and evenness not attainable by the usual plan, at the same time avoiding the painful, back-aching pro- cess of kneeling for hours while plant- ing but a few yards. 3692. DIRECTIONS FOR PRUN- ING VINES. In pruning always cut upwards, and in a sloping direction. 3693. Always leave an inch of blank wood beyond a terminal bud, and let the cut be on the opposite side of the bud. 3694. Prune so as to leave as few wounds as possible, and let the surface of every cut be perfectly smooth. 3695. In cutting out an old branch, prune it even with the parent limb, that the wound may heal quickly. 3696. Prune so as to obtain the quantity of fruit desired on the smallest number of shoots possible. 3697. Never prune in frosty weath- er, nor when a frost is expected. 3698. Never prune in the months of March, April, or May ; pruning in either of these months causes bleeding, and occasions thereby a wasteful and injuri- ous expenditure of sap. 3699. Let the general autumnal prun- ing take place as soon after the 1st of October as the gathering of the fruit will permit. Lastly. Use a priming- knife of the best description, and let it be, if possible, as sharp as a razor. 3700. AGE OF A HORSE. Every horse has six teeth above and below; before three years old he sheds his mid- dle teeth ; at three he sheds one more on each side of the central teeth ; at four he sheds the two corner and last of the fore- teeth. 370 J. r>etweeu four and five the florfie cuts the under tusks ; at five will cut his upper tusks, at which time hit mouth will be complete. 3702. At six years the grooves and hollows begin toiillnpa little; at seven the grooves will be well-nigh filled up, except the corner teeth, leaving little brown spots where the dark brown hollows formerly were. 3703. At eight the whole of the hol- lows and grooves are filled up. 3704. At nine there is very often seen a small bill to the outside corner teeth : the point of the tusk is worn off, and the part tl>at was concave begins to fill up and become rounding; the squares of tne centra) teeth tegin to disappear, und the gums leave them small and narrow at the top. 3705. HOW TO JUDGE A HORSE.- -A correspondent, contrary to old maxims, undertakes to judge the character of a horse by outward ap- pearances, and offers the following sug- gestions, tke result of his close obsejv vation and long experience 5 3706. If the color be light sorrel, or chestnut, his feet, legs, and face white, these are marks of kindness 3707. If he is broad and full between the eyes, he may be depended on as a horse of good sense, and capable of be- ing trained to anything. 3708 As respects such horses, the moro kindly you treat them the better you will be treated in return. Nor will a, horse of this description stand a whip, if well fed. 3709. If you want a safe horse, avoid one that is dish-faced. He may be sc far gentle as not to scare ; but he wil\ have too much go-ahead in him to be sat> with everybody. 3710. If you want a fool, but a horse of great bottom, get a deep bay, witfc not a white hair about him. If his face is a little dished, so much the worse Let no man ride such a horse that is no 1 an adept in riding they are alwavj tricky and unsafe. 3711. If you want one that will nevei give out, never buy a large, AND BLAME THE MOTE THAT DIMS THEIR EYE 427 3712. A black horse cannot stand heat, nor a white one cold. 3713. If you want a gen tie horse, get one with more or less white about the head ; the more the better. Many peo- ple suppose the parti-colored liorses belonging to the circuses, shows, &c , five selected for their oddity. But the selections th is made are on account of their great docility and gentleness. 3714. WHEN OXEN refuse to work equally well on either side, or when they pull off against each other, yoke them on the side you wish them to work, and turn them out to feed in that way ; they soon become accustomed to it, and work afterward on either side. 3715. A valuable recipe for curing cattle of the fermentation produced in their stomachs from eating clover and other green food : The remedy is a spoonful of ammonia dissolved in a glass of water, Dud administered to the animal. The cure takes place within an hour. (See 3287.; 3716. Copying Ink : A little sugar dissolved in any writing ink will change it into a suitable copying- ink. 3717. THE BEST SEASON FOR PAINTING HOUSES. The outside of buildings should be painted during autumn or winter. Hot weather in- jures the paint by drying- in the oil too quickly ; then the paint will easily rub off. But when the paint is laid on during cold weather, it hardens in dry- ing, and is firmly set. 3718. SEEDS. Never retain the same kinds of seeds too long upon the land ; at the end of three years it will generally deteriorate, and ought to be changed; change of seed always pro- duces a change for the better in the crops. Heavy clay-lands will longest retain tbe seed pure ; light loams and peat soils will sooner require tho change. In selecting seed it should bo ascertained, if possible, where, and on what kind of soil it grew ; and select a eoil of different quality to that on which 't is to be sown. Never select seed from a rich soil to sow it on a poor ; but prefer that from a poor soil to sow it on a rick Always select seed well cleaned and pure, being strictly of tbe same kind ; seeds of different kinds will vegetate at different times, and ripen at different seasons, which occa- sions serious loss and further deterio- ration of sample. 3719. JOHNNY CAKES. Sift a quart of corn meal into a pan; make a hole in the middle, and pour in a pint of warm water. Mix the meal *nd water gradually in a batter, adding a teaspoonful of salt ; beat it very quick- ly, and for a long time, till it bec< mes quite light; then spread it thick and even on a stout piece of smooth board ; place it upright on the hearth before a clear fire, with something to support the board behind, and bake it well ; cut it into squares, and split and butter them hot. They may also be made with a quart of milk, three eggs, one teaspoonful of carbonate of soda, and one teacupful of wheaten flour ; add Indian corn-meal sufficient to make a batter like that of pancakes, and either bake it in buttered pans, or upon a griddle, and eat them with butter. 3720. MANAGEMENT OF A WATCH. Wind your watch as nearly as possible at the same hour every day. 3721. P5e careful that your key is in good condition, as there is much danger of injuring the machine when the key is worn or cracked ; there are more mainsprings and chains broken through a jerk in winding, than from any other cause, which injury will sooner or later result, if the key be in bad or- der. 3722. As all metals contract by cold and expand by heat, it must be manifest, that to keep the watch as nearly as pos- sible at one temperature, is a necessary piece of attention. 3723. Keep the watch as constantly as possible in one position that is, if it bangs by day, let it hang by night against something soft. 3724. The hands of a pocket-chro- nometer or duplex watch, should never be set backwards ; in other watchca this is a matter of no consequence. 428 EACH LITTLE SPECK AND BLEMISH FIND : 3725. The glass should never be opened in watches that set and regulate at the bnck. One or two directions viore it is of vital importance that you bear in mind. "3726. On regulating a watch, should it be fast, move the regulator a trifle towards the 8low ; and if going slow, do the reverse ; you cannot move the reg- ulator too slightly or too gently at a time, and the only inconvenience that can arise is, that you may have to per- form the duty more than once. 3727. On the contrary, if you move the regulator too much at a time, you will be as far, if not further than ever, from attaining your object ; so that you may repeat the movement until quite tired and disappointed stoutly blaming both watch and watchmaker, while the fault is entirely your own. 3728. Again, you cannot be too care- ful in respect to the nature and condi- tion of your watch-pocket ; see that it be made of something soft and pliant such as wash-leather, which is the best ; and, also, that there be no flue or nap that may be torn off when taking the watch out of the pocket. 3729. Cleanliness, too, is as needful here as in the key before winding ; for if there be dust or dirt in either in- stance, it will, you may rely upon it, work its way into the watch, as well as wear away the engine turning of the case. 3730. OFFENSIVE CESSPOOLS. Sul- phate of zinc can be purchased of any druggist, in the form of a salt, and a pound of it dissolved in two pails of warm water and thrown into an offen- sive cesspool, will soon deodorize it. 3w31. ALMOND CUSTARDS. Take four ounces of blanched almonds : 4 yolks of eggs; 1 pint of cream; 2 ta- ble-spoonsful of sugar; 2 leaspoonsful of rose water. Beat the almonds fine with the rose water; beat the yolks and sugir together, then add to the other ingredients, and stir thorn well to- gether until it becomes thick ; then pour it into cups. (See 2523. ) 3732. To DESTROY MITKS IN CHEESE, a piece of woolen cloth should be dipped in sweet oil, which should be well rubbed on the cheese. If one ap- plication be not sufficient to destroy the mites, the remedy may be used as often as they appear. The cheese shelves should be washed with soap and water. 3733. FOK CLEANING FLOOR BOARDS. Scrubbing them with a mixture made by dissolving unslacked lime in boiling water will have the desired ef feet. The proportions are, two table- spoonsful to a quart of water. No soap need be used. 3734. INFALLIBLE REMEDY FOR DYSENTERY. Take one table spoon- ful of common salt, and mix it with two tablespoonsful of vinegar and pour upon it a half-pint of water, either hot or cold (only let it be taken cool.) A wine-glass full of this mixture in the above proportions, taken every half- hour, will be found quite efficacious in curing dysentery. If the stomach be nauseated, a wine-glass full taken every hour will suffice. For a child, the quantity should be a teaspoonful of salt and one of vinegar in a teacupful of water. 3735. FOR BREAD JELLY, measure a quart of boiling water, and set it away to get cold. Take one-third of an ordinary baker's loaf, slice it, pare off the crust, and toast the bread nicely to a light brown. Then put it into the boiling water, set it on hot coals in a covered pan, and boil it gently, till you find, by putting some in asppon to cool, that the liquid has become a jelly. Strain it through a thin cloth, and set it away for use. When it is to be taken, warm a teacupful, sweeten it with sugar, and add a little grated leiu. on-peel. TO OUR OWN STRONGER ERRORS BLIND. 429 3736. TABLE OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM. KAM0. Menn dia. in English miles. Mean distance from the Sun. Time of rotation round their axes. Time of revolution round the Bun. The Sun, 883,246 35d. 14h. 8m. Os. D. H. M. S. Mercury, 3,224 37,000,000 1 5 28 87 23 15 43 Venus, 7,687 68,000,000 23 20 54 224 16 49 10 The Earth, 7,912 95,000,000 23 56 4 365 6 9 12 The Moon, 2,180 95,000,000 27 7 48 Mars, 4,189 144,000,000 1 39 22 686 23 30 35 Vesta, 238 225.000,000 Juno, 1,425 252,000,000 Ceres, 160 263,000,000 . 1,703 16 48 Pallas, 110 265,000,000 Jupiter, 89,170 490,000,000 9 55 37 4,332 14 27 10 Saturn, 79,042 900,000,000 10 16 10,759 1 51 11 Herschell. 35,112 1,800,000,000 30,737 18 3737. TABLE OF BULK AND WEIGHT OF SOME SUB- STANCES. Article. 2 m J|, 3 -w C " Article. .2 'S-a*: Mi ft .5 |.H d 3|* 4^0 A Q7 Plaster of Paris. . .... in^ 91 'I "Wrought Iron Aftfi A (\1 -ion Steel 4ftQ A f\7 Sea- water .... . CA 34. ft Copper RRK a m fJO ^r; Q Lead 707 3ifi Ice- KQ QQ n Brass 537 4 16 Gold 1013 221 Tin 456 4 91 551 4 Q7 White Pine . . 29 75 6 Coal, anth 53 42 3 Yellow Pine 33 fifi o , bit 50 44 8 Mahogany ... . . 66 3^8 18 123 Marble 141 15 9 Coke 31 70 8 Mill -stone 130 172 450 497 White Oak 45 49.5 Live Oak 70 70 3738. TO FIND THE MEASUREMENT OF A BOX. A box 24 by 16 inches square, and 22 deep, contains 1 barrel 24 16 12 8 8 7 4 16 16.8 11.2 8.4 8 4 4 11 8 8 8 4.2 4.8 4.2 bushel 430 DICK AND FITZGERALD, PUBLISHERS 3739. CAPACITY OF CISTERNS OR WELLS. Tabular view of the number of gallons contained in the clear between the brick work for each ten inches of depth : Diameter. Gallons. 2 feet equals 19 2-i " 30 3 " 44 3J " 60 4" " 78 4J " 97 5 " 122 5* " 148 6i 7 7J 8 1] 12 13 14 15 20 25 " 176 " 207 " 240 " 275 " 313 " 353 " 396 " 461 " 489 " 592 " 705 " 827 " 959 " 1101 " 3958 " 3059 3740. TO MEASURE CORN IN THE CRIB. Corn is generally put up in cribs made of rails, but the rule will apply to a crib of any size or kind. Two cubic feet of good, sound, dry corn in the ear, will make a bushel of shelled corn. To get, then, the quan- tity of shelled corn in a crib of corn in the ear, measure the length, breadth, and height of the crib, inside of the rail; multiply the length by the breadth, and the product by the height; then divide the result by two, and you have the number of bushels of shelled corn in the crib. In measuring the height, of course the height of the corn is intended. And there will be found to be a difference iu measuring corn in this mode, be- tween fall and spring, because it shrinks very much in the winter and spring, and settles down 3711. ARTIFICERS' WORK- How TO MEASURE. (Several differ ent Measures are in use by Artificers.) 3742. CARPENTRY and PLASTER- ING are measured by the square foot or yard ; or in mouldH or ornamental work, by the lineal font. In extensive works the square of 100 feet is also used. Deductions are made for chiui. neys, doors, windows. &c. 3743. BRICKLAYING is estimated by reducing the work to the standard thickness of a brick and a half thick, and is measured by the running perch one foot high, and a brick and a half thick. Brickwork is often measured by the square yard (9 square feet. ) or by the perch, or square rod of 304 square yards (2724 square feet.) 2724 = square of 16.} feet 304 = square of 5g yards. And if the wall is more or less than a brick and a half thick, it may be re- duced to that standard by multiplying the number of square rods or yards by the number of half bricks in thickness, and dividing the product by 3. 3744. MASONRY is estimated by the square and cubic foot the materials being measured by their cubic contents, and the execution of the work by the square foot, including in the measure- ment every projection. Thus walls, columns, blocks of stone, granite, or marble, are measured by the cubic foot: and pavements, slabs, chimney- pieces, c., by the superficial or square foot. In the solid measure, the true length, breadth, and thickness are taken, and multiplied continually to- gether. In the superficial, there must be taken the length and breadth of every part of the projection, which is seen without the general upright face of the building. 3745. PAVING is measured by the square yard, and the true area is taken for the contents. 3746. PAINTERS' WORK is coin puted in square yards. Every part is measured where the color lies, and the measuring tape is forced into all the mouldings and corners. It is usual K AND BOOKSELLERS, NO. 18 ANN STREET, NEW YORK. 431 allow double measure for carved mould- ings, &c. 3747. GLAZIERS take their dimen- sions either in feet, inches, aud parts, or tenths and hundredths, and they compute their work in square feet. In taking the length and breadth of a window, the cross bars between the squares are included. Also, round or oval windows are considered rectangles, and measured to their greatest length and breadth, on account of the waste in cutting the glass. 3748. SLATING and SHINGLING are estimated by the square of 100 sqr. feet. The average size of slates are as fol- lows; Doubles 14 by 6 inches. Ladies' 15 by 8 Countess 22 by 11 Duchess 26 by 15 Imperial and Patent. .32 by 26 Rags and Queens 39 by 27 The contents of a roof is found by multiplying the length of the ridge by the girt over from eaves to eaves allow- ing in the girt for the double row of elates or shingles at the bottom, or for how much one row is laid over another. Deductions are made for chimney shafts or window holes, If sky-lights are not large no allowance is made for them. 3749. PLUMBERS' WORK is cal- culated at so much a pound, or by the hundred- weight of 112 Ibs. Sheet lead, for roofing, guttering, chimneys, &c., is from 6 to 10 Ibs. to the square foot, depending on its thickness. Lead pipe, 1 inch in the bore, is about 14 Ibs.. to the linear yard. 3750. WEIGHTS OF A CUBIC FOOT OF VARIOUS SUB- STANCES. Loose earth or sand 95 pounds Common soil 324 Strong soil 127 Clay.. 135 Clayand stones 160 Cork 15 Tallow 59 Brick 125 3751. HAY.IO cubic yards of meadow hay weigh a ton. When the hay is taken out of large or old stacks 8 and 9 yards will make a ton. 11 to 12 cubic yards of clover, when dry, weigh a ton. 3752. DIGGING. 24 cubic feet of sand, 18 cubic feet of earth, 17 cubic feet of clay, or 13 cubic feet of chalk, make 1 ton. 1 cubic yard of solid gravel or earth contains 18 heaped bushels before dig- ging, and 1 4 cubic yard, or 27 heapefl bushels, or 1 load, when dug. 3753. To reduce the Degrees of a Fahrenheit Thermometer to those of Reaumur and the Centigrade. FAHRENHEIT TO REAUMUR. Rule. Multiply the number of de- grees above or below the freezing point by 4, and divide by 9, Thus 212 -32= 180 X 4= 720 -r 9 = 80. Ans. Thus + 24 32 = 8 X 4 = 32 -r 9 = 3.5. Ans. FAHRENHEIT TO CENTIGRADE. Rule. Multiply the number of de- grees above or below the freezing point, by 5, and dvidie by 9. Thus 212 32= 180 X 5 = 900 ~ 9 = 100. Ans. '3754. HOW TO LAY OFF A SQUARE ACRE. Measure 209 feet, on each side, and you have a square acre, within an inch. 3755. ROPES AND CABLES. 6 feet make 1 fathom, 120 fathoms 1 cable length. 3756. VELOCITY OF SOUND AND LIGHT. --Sound moves about thirteen miles in a minute. So that if we hear a clap of thunder half a minut* after the flash, we may calculate that the discharge of electricity is , 60,63, and POPULAR BOOKS. SENT FEEE OF POSTAGE AT THE PBICE ANNEXED. 1. Chesterfield's Art of Letter-Writing Simplified $0 13% 3. The Laves of Love , 35 3* Gamblers' Tricks with. Cards Exposed, by Green 5 4r. Everlasting Fortune Teller, and Dream Book 25 5. How to Woo and How to Win 13% 6. Bridal Etiquette 13% 7. How to Behave ; or. The Spirit of Etiquette 13% 8. How to Dress with Taste 9. Mind Your Stops; or, Punctuation made Plain 10. Hard Words made Easy 13% 11. Dictionary of 3000 Abbreviations 13% 13. Blunders in Behavior Corrected 13% 13. 500 French Phrases 13% 14. How to Detect Adulterations in our Dally Food 13% 15. The Young Housekeeper's Book 13% 16. How to be Healthy 12% 17. How to Cut and Contrive Children's Clothes at a Small Cost 13% 18. How to Talk and Debate 12% 19. Children, and How to Manage them 13% 30. Ladies' Guide to Beauty 35 31. Ladies' Guide to Crochet, Cloth, Gilt 75 32. The American Home Cook Book 25 23. Inquire Within for* Anything you Want to Know... 1 00 24. Live and Learn ; or, 1000 Mistakes Corrected 50 35. The Magician's Own Book, containing over 1000 Tricks, Illustrated with over 500 Engravings... 1 00 36. Every "Woman her own Lawyer. A Guide in all matters of Law, of Essential Interest to Women, 1 00 3 7. The Book of 1OOO Tales and Wonderful Things 1 OO 38. The Reason Why, by the Author of Inquire Within, 1 OO 39. The Family Aquarium 5O 30. The Great "Wizard of the North's Hand-Book of Natural Magic, by Professor Jf. H. Anderson 35 31. Kirk's Exposition of Odd-Fellowship ; Including the Secret Signs, Passwords, and Charges of the Five Degrees 15 32. Morgan's Freemasonry Exposed and Explained; Showing Manners of Conferring the Different Degrees, as practiced In all Lodges 35 33. The Arts of Beauty ; or. Secrets of a Lady's Toilet. By Lola Monte z 50 Cash Orders to DICK & FITZGERALD, Publishers, No. 18 Ann Street, New York. A Book of Never-Ending Entertainment. THE SOCIABLE; OB, One Thousand and One Home Amusements, CONTAINING ACTING PROVERBS, DRAMATIC CHARADES, ACTING CHARADES, OR DRAWING-ROOM PANTOMIMES, MUSICAL BURLESQUES, TABLEAUX YIVANTS, PARLOR GAMES, GAMES OP ACTION, FORFEITS, SCIENCE IN SPORT AND PARLOR MAGIC, AND A CHOICE COLLECTION OF CURIOUS MENTAL AND MECHANICAL PUZZLES, &c. By the author of "The Magician's Own Book." Illustrated with nearly 300 Engravings and Diagrams, THE WHOLE BEING A FUND OF NEVER-ENDING ENTERTAINMENT. Nearly 400 pages, 12mo., Cloth, gilt side srtamp, $1.00. " The Sociable" -will be found one of the most extensively popular family books ever issued from the press. As its title implies, it is a collection a com- plete repertoire of the AMUSEMENTS OF HOME, jfimbracing a large and comprehensive list of recreative pastime, arranged as follows : Parlor Theatricals, including Acting Proverbs, Acting Charades, Dramatic Charades and Tableaux Vivants; Games of Action; Games requiring Memory and Attention; Games requiring Wit and Intelligence ; Ruses, or Catch Games ; Forfeits ; Puzzles ; Fireside Games forWinter Evenings, and Science in Sport, and Parlor Magic, Many of these Games the majority of them are ENTIRELY NEW, as are, also, the PARLOR THEATRICALS TABLEAUX VIVANTS, Which were PREPARED EXPRESSLY FOR THIS WORK. Everything in the book is superior of its kind the greatest caro having been taken to exclude everthing that was not above the standard of me- diocrity in interest and ingenuity. It is THE ONLY BOOK OF THIS KIND Ever Published in America, And as it will be invaluable to Families, Schools, Social Clubs, etc., as a book of reference on all matters of Amusement and Recreation, there must be a steady and permanent demand for it at all sea- sons and in all years, although few of the so-called "Holiday Books" are as appropriate for Gifts as THE SOCIABLE. Each department is AMPLY ILLUS- TRATED with BEAUTIFUL WOOD ENGRAVINGS Which render the Text clear, and fully explain all the Puzzles, the Mechanical Contrivances mentioned, and other things difficult to describe in writing. It is elegantly bound, so as to be an ornament to any center-table, and its typographical execution is a specimen of the highest excellence. The need of such n collection of HOME GAMES has long been felt, and the pub- islicrs believe that this endeavor on their part, to supply that want, must meet with the fullest success. They have spared neither trouble nor expense to render it a complete and invaluable vade mecum of Domestic Amusements, so that its name may be familiar as a "Household Word" in all families, north, south, east and west, where the value of wholesome and innocent recreation is recognized. Price only One Dollar, bound in cloth, with gilt side and back stamp, sent to any address in the United States, free of postage. Send cash orders to DICK & FITZGERALD, Publishers, 18 Ann Street, New Yorlc. EVERY MAN A MAGHC I AJST. THE MAGICIAN'S OWN BOOK; OR, 0f Iteing a Complete Hand-Book of Parlor Magic, containing over One Thousand Optical, Chemical, Mechanical, Magnetical, and Magical Experiments, Amusing Transmutations, Astonishing Sleigbis and Subtleties, Cele- brated Card Deceptions, Ingenious Tricks with Numbers, Curious and Entertaining Puzzles Together with all the most Noted Tricks of Modern Performers. The whole Illustrated with SOO "WOOD CTJTS, And intended as a source of amusement for ONE THOUSAND AND ONE EVENINQS. 12mo., cloth, 400 pages ; gilt side and back stamp. Price, ONE DOLLAK, sent free of postage. Here is a book for the long winter evenings, and one that will make all merry and happy. It contains over a THOUSAND TRICKS, of every descrip- tion, and they are all explained so clear and explicitly that any person can comprehend and perform them with ease. It also contains numerous CURIOUS PUZZLES, with patterns showing how they are doue, any one of which will afford amusement enough for a whole evening. There is, aiso, the best collec- tion of wonderful CARD DECEPTIONS ever yet published, any one of which is worth more than double the price of the book. This work also contains a splendid collection of CURIOUS TRICKS WITH NUMBERS, and embraces several hundred tricks never before in print. It is no catchpenny affair, but a standard work, containing every variety of Experiment in Conjuring, Cards, Legerdemain, Transmutations, the Magic of Chemistry, the Magic of Me- chanics, the Magic of Pneumatics, the Magic of Numbers, the Magic of Art, the Magic of Strength, the Magic of Magnetism, tie Magic of Secret Writing, Miscellaneous Curious Tricks and Fancies, &c. This book is beautifully bound in fine cloth, with gilt side and back stamp, and is illustrated with OVER 500 WOOD ENGRAVINGS, Besides a Tinted Title Page and Frontispiece. Price, ONE DOLLAR, and sent to any address, free of postage. Send cash orders to DICK & FITZGEBALD, INo. 18 Ann Street, New Torlt. THE FOUNTAIN ^OF ALL KNOWLEDGE. THE REASON WHY: A CAREFUL COLLECTION OF Cjjrasanbs of gltHgons for icings fojjttfe, fyontfy 43ara% Jirtofow, are $mperetttg tlitbergiooxr. A BOOK OF CONDENSED SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE FOE THE MILLION. BY THE AUTHOR OF "INQUIRE \VTTHI3y ." This is a goodly sized volume of 356 pages, comprising a sort of Encyclo- pedia of Scientific Information of all kinds. It is arranged with an Afpha- betical Index, in referring to which you can solve almost any problem in Natural Philosophy or Learned Science that may come up. It is a book that will give you the cream of the information that a long course of practical ex- periments and profound study has imparted to the savants and philosophers of this progressive age. It contains a collection and solution of Thirteen Hundred Thirty-Two Facts In Science & Philosophy, some of which, on there first discovery r puzzled the most learned and aptscholars. It is useless to go into details of this excellent work. Suffice it to say, that it treats on every imaginable subject pertaining to Causes and Effects, and must necessarily be invaluable to all persons who desire KNOWLEDGE, and whose nu-iui* and position in life have prevented them from acquiring it by a regular and tedious course of Study. We hesitate not to say, that any one who closely reads this volume will ob- tain as much real learning in a few days as years of study and patient research would afford them in a regular course. In a word it makes you a learned and refined person with spending but very little money, time or trouble. No pains have been spared by the Author to make this a popular book, in fact a book for the million, and some idea may be formed of its vast usefulness when we inform the reader that THE REASON WHY has an Index of Contents requiring Forty Columns of Fine Type. No person who desires to figure in refined and intelligent circles should delay pur- chasing a copy of this capital work, for it will furnish thousands of ideas and im- portant topics of conversation, so that the most ignorant person by reading it will be posted up on all scientific subjects. What Haydn s Dictionary of Dates is in regard to historical events, this wonderful book is in respect to scientific facts. The plan of the book and its execution, leave nothing to be desired. We can cordially recommend this work to all those inquirers, young and old, of both sexes, who are never satisfied until they know the " reason why." The man who goes out into the world, or attempts to attend properly to his domestic duties, will find himself, however abundantly supplied with books or bullion, perpetually embarrassed for the want of small facts and small change. This volume supplies the Ready Coin of Conversation, In the shape of SCIENCE FOR THE MILLION , and makes even the negfected in early studies feel quite at home upon every topic likely to be discussed within the ordinary range of the social circle. It imparts Practical Information on the Subject of Practical Facts. It may be denominated, Science made easy, or a world of useful every-day learn- ing condensed into a volume for your pocket ! THE IREASOTsT "W H TT Is a handsome 12mo. volume of 356 pages, printed on fine paper, bound in cloth, gilt, and embellished with a large-number of Wood Cuts, illustrating the various subjects treatedof. PRICE ONE DOLLAR. fW Copies mailed to any address in the United States or Canada, free of postage. Send your Cash orders to DICK & FITZGERALD, Publisher*) No. 18 ANN STREET, NEW YORK. THE FAMILY AQUARIUM: Or, Aqiia Vivarmm. A NEW PLEASURE FOR THE DOMESTIC CIRCLE. Being a Familiar and Complete Instructor upon the subject of the Construction, Fitting up, Stocking, and Maintenance of the Marine and Fresh Water Aquarium, or River and Ocean Gardens. By H. 3D. BTJTLB3R, Esq. 12mo. Cloth, with gilt side stamp. Price 50 Centa. We flatter ourselves that we know something of the character and principles of the Aquarium, as well as of its management, and we feel capable of doing justice to Mr. Butler, who, in this production, has succeeded in arraying even the dryest portion of the topic in gay and vivacious, not to say really pleasing colors. His style is easy, simple, interesting, full of good nature, and his pages abound with salient points of humor, as well as occasionally, flashes of truly eloquent thought, and moral commentary. The " Family Aquarium" we do not hesitate to pronounce the most perfect work of the kind extant in our language. It is not mereiy a rehash of English books having reference to English habits and English localities. It is American in all respects, and re- markably original, not only teaching the "young idea how to shoot," in pre- paring an Aquarium as a substitute for the old fish globe, but showing why the water need never be changed, and illustrating the grand compensating princi- ple by means of which nature avoids all that redundant waste of exertion. The " Family Aquarium," also instructs the reader how and whereto supply himself with the most appropriate fish, the most suitable river or sea-plants, insects, Crustacea, anemones, or animal flowers, &c., and the best mode of sustaining them in health and vigor. With this little adviser on her parlor table, any lady may fit up an Aquarium to please her own taste. She cannot go astray Everything is set down and intelligibly explained, and though she may live a thousand miles from the sea-board, she will be able to present as perfect an Aquarium as a resi- dent on the Atlantic coast. The volume has our heartiest and most conscien- tious commendation New York Times. Tlie A.rts of Beauty; Or, SECRETS OF A LADY'S TOILET. WITH HINTS TO GENTLEMEN ON THE ART OF FASCINATING. By MADAM LOLA MONTEZ, COUNTESS OP LANDSFBLD. Beautifully "bound, in cloth.. 3?rice 5O Cents. This wonderful book contains an account, in detail, of all the arts employed by the ladies of all the chief cities of Europe for the purpose of developing and preserving their charms. Independent of its rare and useful recipes, the book is a curiosity as a piece of art itself, for the most delicate subjects are handled with a skill and an unexceptional propriety of language that is truly sur- prising. The hints to gentlemen on the art of fascinating, form one of the most amusing and biting pieces of irony and sarcasm that was ever written. The wit of this portion of the book is inimitable, and the " coarser sex," as Lola quaintly calls the men, ought universally to bow to her with thanks and admira- tion for the work which she has performed. Copies of either of the above books sent to any address in the United States or Canada. Send cash orders to DICK &FITZGERALD, Publishers, No. 1 8 Ann Street, New York. Modest yet Amusing Curious yet Chaste. JTJST ZSSTJE3D! One of the most piquant and unique volumes, upon a peculiar, singular, and uni- versally interesting subject that has ever found its way into print. A work at once MODEST AND AMUSING, CURIOUS, YET CHASTE, on that world-wide and thrilling topio LOVE being, as it were, the history, philosophy, character, and peculiarities of the passion as illustrated by the AMATORY ANNALS OF ALL NATIONS. This novel production is entitled ANECDOTES OF LOVE, And is from the pen of that celebrated Lady, Madame LOLA MONTEZ, Countess of Landsfeldt, And embraces about a THOUSAND SPRIGHTLY CHAPTERS, in which the " ten- der passion" is treated under as many different phases. Each chapter is a STORY OP LOYE in itself, and includes : Alexander and Thais, The Loves of Colatine Camilla, Curious Story of Love, Humorous Sequel to Love, Archbishop TJiititled by Love The Love of Achomath, Love a Great Teacher, Van Anna of Caumont, The Virtuous Chiomare, Countess of Salisbury; Popes Created and Destroyed Death of the Innocent, by Love, Madame de Maintenon, The Charming Yota, The Gentle Agnes, Loves of a Great General, Countess of Chateaubriant, Love between Armies, Duke de Loiigueville, Loves of Mahomet, First Love of Queen Elizabeth, Aspa-sia and Pericles, The Fate of Fausta, Love and Vengeance, Loves of Caligula, Eleanor of Castile, Love in a Dungeon, Abaillard and Heloisa, Love in Babylon, Love and Surgery, The Amorous League, Loves of Caesar, Loves of a Pope, Kingdom Lost by Love, Strange Story of Abassa, The Love of Agamemnon, Alegre the Marquis, Story of Busas, Love of a Poet, Oliver le Dainc, Story of Lucretia, Mary, Queen of Scotland, &c., fcc., &c., &c. . The subject of Love is one of those which has deeply interested mankind in all ages. History overflows, therefore, with the romance and reality of Love, which only needs a judicious pen to place them modestly before the mind, to arrest the general attention and admiration. That accomplished lady, Madame LOLA MONTEZ, with the tact which belongs peculiarly to the feminine nature, especially when im- bued with the necessary information and resources, has seized upon this circum- stance with the happiest effect in the volume before us. Her acute perception of the proprieties of language is here as wonderfully exhibited as her delicate taste in selecting those features in the sensation side of love life, which most deserve the immortalization of literary embalment. These romantic and surpassing anecdotes really contain all of the most tragic and comic events connected with the history of the tender passion among all nations and in all ages of the world. It is precisely the kind of book which a man will find it impossible to relinquish until he has read it through from the first to the last chapter. Read the volume and judge for yourself. The work is charmingly bound in cloth, price One Dollar, and sent to any ad- dress, free of postage. Send cash orders to DICK & FITZGERALD, 18 Ann Street, N. Y. "Let those now laugh who never laughed before, And those who always laughed now laugh the more.'. An Extinguisher to the " Blue Devils," or Devils of any:cqlor, FROG 5* AM ATX 38. For the benefit of all melancholy and sober-sided individuals A PERFECT CON- CENTRATION OF MIRTH ! A comic concoction from the cocoanuts of all the -wise and funny-famous men of the age through which the aged may prevent wrinkles, and resume their juvenility, and also the juvenile obtain the experience of age. A peculiarly portable volume presenting a profit able profusion of pickings and pleas- antries, in prose and verse properly prefixed with the title of THE HARP OF A THOUSAND STRINGS; OR, Laughter for a Life- Time. And peculiarly prepared to produce prolific PEALS OF LAUGHTER. The very quintessence of HUMAN WIT, WAGGERY and WISDOM. 400 Pages of the most Mirth-Provoking Literature ever printed. It contains more than a Million L,auglis, and is Illustrated with 2OO Comic Cuts Of tlie most pungently funny character, drawn (out of their heads) by Messrs. BARLEY, MCL.ENAN, HOPPIN, HENNESSEY, BELLEW, PHIZ, Quiz & Co., who have been just as funny as they dared I Also, au extra Title Page, drawn expressly for this work, Tby F. O. C. Darley, and printed with a tint. The curious compiler of this concoction cordially congratulates his con-Citizens, together with those co-existing in the communities of Communipaw, Canada, Cali- fornia, Canton, and countries circumadjacent, in the cordial, convivial, and cemen- tatory ceremonies connected with the coming out of the above cheerful volume Of the completeness of this collection, we can give but a slight conceit. Of course, among the fattening things in the book, is the famous "HARP SERMON," which convulsed the nation a few years ago. Every man, woman and child, will be glad to renew the hearty Guffaw! Every tingle person in the land should certainly cecure a copy, that they may thus conceal the cynical and cut-off condition of their unhappy lives ; while the Clergy- cemented pairs of Adam and Eves will clutch this chance to conclude their happiness and conjugal condition. And to facilitate which the Publishers have very consider- ately placed copies of " THE HARP OF A THOUSAND STRINGS," beautifully printed and elegantly bound, for sale in every Book Store, Steamboat and Railroad Car in (and out of) the Union. Large 12mo., nearly 400 Pages, Illustrated with 200 Comic Engravings, and bound in fine Cloth, with gilt side and back Stamp. PRICE ONE DOLLAR AND TWENTY-FIVE CENTS. BS" Copies mailed to any address in the United States or British Provinces free of postage. Send Cash orders to DICK & FITZGERALD, 18 Ann Street, New York, EVERY WOMAN HER OWN LAWYER A PRIVATE GUIDE IN ALL MATTERS OF LAW, OF ESSENTIAL INTEREST TO WOMEN, AND BY THE AID OF WHICH EVERY FEMALE MAY, IN WHATEVER SITUATION, UNDER- STAND HER LEGAL COURSE AND REDRESS, AND HEIR OWilXr L E 0- -A. 3L CONTAINING A. 33 "V- 1 S E I* ; THE LAWS OF THE DIFFERENT STATES Marriage and Divorce, Properly in Marriage, Guardians and Wards, Eights in Property of a Wife, Rights of Widows, Arrest of Females for debt Alimony, Bigamy, Voluntary Separations, Suits by and against Mar- ried Women, RELATIVE 1( Discarded Wives, Breach of Promise, Deserted Wives, Clandestine Marriages, Adultery, Dower, Illegitimate Children, Step-Fathers and Step- children, Seduction, Slander, Minors, Medical Maltreatment, Just causes for Leaving a Husband, A Wife's Support, Property in Trust, Transfers of Property, Deeds of Gift, Annuities, Articles of Separation, False Pretenses in Court- ship, &c., &c., &c. By G-EORGKE "BISHOP. Large 12mo., nearly 400 pages, bound in half Leather, Price $1 00. This book should be in the hands of every woman, young or old, married or single in the United States. Now-a-days, especially, when women are beginning to be so uni versally recognized as competent to attend to all sorts of business matters which relat< to themselves, such a work is invaluable. It is compiled from the very best and mos reliable authorities, and tho legal advice, forms, and information it contains, are for aO, the States of the Union. The portions relating to RIGHTS OF MARRIED WOMEN IN PROPERTY, THE LAWS OF DIVORCE IN ALL THE STATES, LEGAL RIGHTS OF GUARDIANS AND WARDS, ETC., Are very full and explicit, and should be understood by every woman who has a dollar's worth of property, wno is married or contemplates marriage, or who has children, either of her own or by adoption. An able and well-known lawyer, whose forensic attainments have given him a reputation hardly excelled in the New or Old Worlds, once said, that "more troublesome and expensive litigation arises from the total ignorance of law, among women, than from all the malice or chicanery of men !" and his statement is un- doubtedly true. A wide circulation of this work will, however, produce a great change in this state of things, and its use, as a book of constant reference, will inculcate among the women of America, a knowledge of legal science which will not only save them an ' immense amount of mental anxiety and pecuniary loss, but will enable them to instill | into the minds of their children, that comprehension and love of justice, which shali xen- | dor them good and law-abiding citizens. Price one dollar, and sent to any address, free of postage. Send cash orders to DICK & FITZGERALD, Ko. 18 Ann Street, N. Y. THE MANUAL OF FANCY OKI; A COMPLETE INSTRUCTOR IN EVERY VARIETY OP ORNAMENTAL, N E EDL, E-W O RK ; INCLUDING Applique, Bead-Work, Berlin-Work, Braiding, Bobbin- Work, Crochet, Embroidery, Golden Tapestry, Knitting, Knotting, lace-Work, Muslin-Work, French Embro'ry, Tap'se D' Auxerre, Netting, Orne-Work, Patch-Work, Point Lace, Potichomanie, Tape-Work, Tatting, Transferring, Velvet Balls, Wire-Work, Shading and Coloring, Printers' Marks, Explanatory Terms, Etc., etc. With a List of Materials, and Hints for their Selection ; Advice on Making up and Trimming ; A Catalogue of Articles suitable for Wedding, Birthday, and New Year Gifts ; and a Glossary of French and Ger- 4 man Terms, used in Needle-work, not to be found in any Dictionary. THE WHOLE BEING A COMPLETE LEXICON OF FANCY NEEDLE-WOEK. EDITOR OP " The London and Paris Gazette of Fashion" and Director of the Work-table qf Frank Leslie's Magazine, Illustrated Magazine of Art, Lady's Com- panion, Lady's Netrspaper, Belle Assemblee, Home Circle, Domestic Magazine, Illustrated London Magazine and Family Friend. Illustrated with over 300 Engravings, T>y the Best Artists, WITH EIGHT LARGE PATTERN PLATES. Elegantly Printed in Colors on Tinted Paper. LARGE OCTAVO, BEAUTIFULLY BOUND IN FINE CLOTH, WITH GILT SIDE AND BACK STAMP, I'RICE, $1.25. Full Gilt, with Gilt Edges, $1.75. There is no imnginable species of fancy needle-work, knitting, knotting, netting, lace- work, embroidery, crochet, &c. &c., which may not be found fully illustrated in this volume, and here are complete instructions for the inexperienced, from the pen of one of the ablest of needle-women of the present age. Here are materials for household amusement, sufficient to last for many years, supplying at the same time, an inexhaustible field of novelty and taste, and scope for ingenuity and imagi- nation. Here are endless resources for female industry, easily turned to profitable account. No husband should fail to place a copy on his wife's center-tnble. No brother should neglect to please his sister ; no lover should wait to gratify his sweet- heart with a vade mecum so admirable. This work, which is superbly gotten up, so as to fit it for holiday souvenirs, contains three hundred engravings, besides eight choice pattern plates in handsome colors and on tinted paper, embraces minuteln- structions for the execution of every known species of needle-work, lace-work, em- broidery, wire-work, crochet, knitting knotting, netting, tape-work, transferring, bead-work, Berlin-work, braiding, applique, and Ave know not how many more won- di rful, pretty, useful, profitable and entertaining kinds of light industry, adapted 4o the feminine taste and feminine fingers. It is precisely the sort of a volume that every lady, rich or poor, would accept with delight, and esteem beyond conception. Copies of the above book, mailed to any address, free of postage, upon receipt of the price. Send cash orders to DICK & FITZQERALD, No. 18 Ann Stveet, New York. LIVE ANI> LEA RN ; A GUIDE FOR ALL WHO WISH TO SPEAK AND WRITE CORRECTLY: particularly intended as a Book of Reference for the Solution of Difficulties connected with Grammar, Composition, Punctuation, &c., with Explanations of Latin and French words and Phrases of frequent occurrence in Newspa- pers, Reviews, Periodicals, and Books in general containing Examples of ONE THOUSAND MISTAKES of Daily Occurrence, in Speaking, Writing and Pronunciation. Together with Detailed Instructions for Writing for the Press, and forms of Articles in the various departments of Newspaper Literature. 216 pages, bound in. Cloth, 12mo, price 50 cents, and sent to any address f~cc of postage. ' Live and Learn" is a most useiul book, designed as a Guide to Gram mar, Composition, and Punctuation. So few people speak or write really good grammar, and fewer still punctuate decently, that a book that informs them how to do so and not ouly that indicates their faults, but shows them how they are to be corrected cannot fail to be popular ; there is not a person indeed, who might not learn something from it. ^ No work heretofore written on this subject contains one half the really useful information that the present does. It should be in the hand of every man, woman and child in the country, and is alike invaluable to the Scholar, the Merchant, the Farmer, and the Artizan. There are hundreds of persons engaged in professional and commercial pursuits, who are sensible of their deficiencies on many points Connected with the grimmar of their own tongue, and who. by self-tuition, are anxious to correct such deficiencies, and to acquire the means of speaking and writing, if not with elegance at least with a due regard to grammatical ac- curacy, to whom this little work is " indispensible." Asa book of refer- ence, " Live and Learn" will settle many disputes. It ought to be on every table, and be particularly recommended to the young, before habit makes common blunders uncommon hard to cure. OPINIONS OF THE PRESS. " Live and Learn" is an excellent book. To show our appreciation of its merits we have had it cased in leather, and have made a pocket companion of it. We look upon it as really indispensible. We advise our readers to imitate oar example procure the book and sell it not for any price Edu- cational Gazette. Such a book as this has long been wanted by those who entertain the wish alluded to in the title. It is suitable for ah 1 classes. We have atten- tively conned its pages, and can r eeommend it as one of the best works of reference for the young student, or even the ripe scholar, and as deserving to be generally consumed. The work is altogether useful and indispensible. Now York Tribune. This book, particularly intended as a work of reference for the solution of difficulties connected with grammar, composition and punctuation, etc., etc., will be found useful by those who have not received a sound elementa- ry 'education and who neverthsless move in position. Daily Times. This capital work not only gives examples of over 1000 mistakes, but it gives rules for their correction so clear, so terse, and at once so simple that tfre most ordinary mind cannot fail to comprehend their meaning. This is one of the chief beauties of " Live and Learn," for what is the use of point- ing out a grammatical error without giving a key to its correction ? There has been several catchpenny works on this subject lately issued. They tell the reader that mistakes exist, but give no rule for their avoidance. If you want a really good work, buy " Live and Learn." Send cash orders to DICK & FITZGERALD, No. 18 Ann St. N. T. JUDGE HALIBURTON'S WORKS. ^ " The writings of Judge Haliburton have long been regarded as the produc- tion of the finest humorist that has ever attempted the delineation of Yankee character, and these entertaining works before us show that he has lost none of his original wit and humor. It will be difficult to find volumes so full of fun and good sense as those which chronicle the experience of Sam Slick." Commercial Advertiser. SAM SLICK'S Sayings and Doings. Since Sam Slick's first work, he has written nothing so fresh, racy, and gen- uinely humorous as this. Every line of it tells, some way or other instruc- tively, satirically, jocosely or wittily. Admiration at Sam's mature talents, and laughter at his droll yarns, con- stantly alternate as with unhalting avidity we peruse this last volume of his. In every page the Cloekmaker proves himself the fastest time-killer a- going. We give the titles of some of the articles in this capital work : The Duke of Kent's Lodge ; Playing a Card ; Behind the Scenes ; The Black Brother ; The Great Unknown ; Snub- bing a Snob ; Patriotism, or, The Two Shears ; Too Knowing by Half; Matri- mony ; The Wooden Horse ; The Bad Shilling ; Trading in Bed ; Knowing the Soundings, or, Polly Coffin's Sandhole ; An Old Friend with a New Face ; The Unburied One ; Definition of a Gentle- man ; Looking Up ; The Old Minister ; The Barrel Without Hoops ; Facing a Woman ; The Attache. THE SAYINGS & DOINGS Of the Yankee Clockmaker are issued in one elegant volume, neatly bound in muslin. Price 75 cents ; in Paper, 50 cents. Sent Free of Postage. Buy it, and if you don't laugh, then there is no laugh in you. SAM SLICK IN SEARCH OF A WIFE. Everybody has heard of " Sam Slick, the Clockmaker," and he has given his opinion on almost everything. This book c( ntains his opinion about COURTIN' THE GALS, And his laughable adventures after the petticoats. Buy this book if you want many good hearty laughs. There is a book called " The Horse," and another "The Cow," and "The Dog," and so on ; why should'nt there be one on "The Gals !" They are about the most difficult to choose and to manage of any created critter, and there ain't any de- pendable directions about pickin' and choosin' of them. Is it any wonder then so many fellows get taken in when they go for to swap hearts with them. 12mo. Paper, 50 cents. Cloth, 75 cents. SAM SLICK'S Nature and Human Nature, This is the most amusing and witty collection of the Opinions, Sayings, and Doings of the famous Sam Slick, that has been published. It gives the expe- riences of the Yankee Clockmaker, and the incidents that occurred in his jour- neyings over the world, together with his Observations on Men and Things in General ; also containing his Opinions on Matrimony. Paper, 50 cents. Cloth, 75 cents. THE ATTACHE ; OB, SAM SLICK IN ENGLAND. " Since Sam Slick's first work, he has written nothing so fresh, racy and genu- inely humorous as this. Every line of it tells, some way or other instructive- ly, satirically, jocosely, or wittily." London Observer. " We sincerely pity the man who can- not find in it the materinls for the loosening of several of his coffin nails. It is full of oddity and fun, and must sell like new tomatoes." Buffalo Ex- press. Large 12mo. Paper, price 50 cents. Cloth, 75. C'opiea of either of the above popular books sent to any address, free of postage. Send cash orders to DICK & FITZGERALD, No. 18 Ann Street, New Yorfc. MRS. PARTINGTON'S CARPET BAG OF FUN. ILLUSTRATED WITH OVER 150 OF THE MOST LAUGHABLE ENGRAVINGS Ever designed, from drawings by Darley, McLennan, Leach, Phiz, Henning, Hine, Tenniel, Growquill, Cruikshank, Meadows, Doyle, Goder, and others, and a collec- tion of over 1OOO of the most Comical Stories, Amusing Adventures, Side-splitting Jokes, Cheek-extending Poetry. Funny Conun- drums, QUEER SAYINGS OP MRS. PARTINGTON, Heart-rending Puns, Witty Repartees, etc., etc. In offering this book to the public, we must caution all weakly and nervous people against buying it. It is only intended for those hearty and robust persons who can laugh long and loud, and grow fat, being a perfect Encyclopedia of Wit and Witty Sayings. To those fond of Fun it will be a treasure. To enumerate the Ludicrous, Curious, Sentimental, Essential, Witty, Pretty, Funny and many Cuts, would consume too much space ; however, any one of them is well worth the price of the whole book. This entertaining book is well printed on fine white paper, with an ornamental cover, designed by McLennan, at the amazingly low price of 50 Cents 5 bound in cloth, gilt, 75 Cents. Sent to any address in the United States free of postage. Dr. Valentine's Comic Lectures. A budget of Wit and Humor ; or, Morsels of Mirth for the Melancholy. A certain cure for the Blues, and all otlier serious complaints. Comprising Comic Lectures on Heads, Faces, Noses, Mouths, Animal Magnetism, etc., with Specimens of Elo- quence, Transactions of Learned Societies. Delineations of Eccentric Characters, Comic Songs, etc., etc. By Dr. W. VALENTINE, the favorite delineator of Eccen- tric Characters. Illustrated with twelve portraits of Dr. Valentine, in his most celebrated characters. 12mo Cloth, gilt, price 75 Cents. Ornamental paper cover, price 50 Cents. DR. VALENTINE'S COMIC METAMORPHOSES. Being the second series of Dr. Valentine's Lectures, with characters as given by the late Yankee Hill. Embellished with numerous portraits. Ornamental paper cover, price 50 Cents. Cloth, gilt, price 75 Cents. The celebrated Dr. Valentine, whose name alone, to those who have heard him, is sufficient to excite the risibilities of the most sedate. All who want a good laugh must get this book, and they will not be disappointed. A lively, sparkling, humor- ous affair. Dr. Valentine is one of the best delineators of character since the days of Matthews, of facetious memory- His Yankees, Old Women and Frenchmen, are wonderfully fine, and always draw down heavy rounds of applause from his audiences. We recommend the book cordially to our readers, for its wit, humor, and originality. Saturday Courier. Copies of the above books sent to any address in the United States free of postage. Send cash orders to DICK & FITZGERALD, Publishers, No. 18 ANN STREET, NEW YORK.